Daily Information Bulletin - 1980s - 1984 - NOV - ENG

 DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 1, 1984

CONTENTS Rage no.

LABELLING PROBLEM RESOLVED FOR TIME BEING.................... 1

HUNDREDS OF JOURNALISTS GET TRAINING ........................ 3

SHEK LEI ESTATE EXTENSION NEARING COMPLETION ................ 5

LIBRARY THAT SERVES THE PUBLIC WITH PICTURES ................ 5

OVER 1 000 CO'S REGISTERED EACH MONTH ....................... 7

REHOUSING OFFER FOR BOaT DWELLERS ........................... 7

GREATER OPPORTUNITY FOR EXPRESSING OPINIONS ................. 8

WAN CHAI SEMINAR ON ’WHITE PAPER............................. 10

IMPORTANCE OF FIRE ESCAPES STRESSED ......................... 10

MUI WO SET FOR FURTHER DEVELOPMENT .......................... 11

BRITISH MP VISITS HOUSING ESTATES............................ 12

APPLICATIONS FOR RICHLAND GARDENS CLOSE TOMORROW ............ 12

INTELPOST BEING EXTENDED TO NORWAY .......................... 13

SPORTS MEET ON SATURDAY ..................................... 14

SPORTS FOUNDATION OFFERING HELP TO STUDENTS ................. 14

STUDENTS URGED TO SERVE COMMUNITY ........................... 15

TRAFFIC MEASURES FOR SHA TIN RACE MEETINGS .................. 15

HAWKERS MOVE TO BaZAAR....................................... 16

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 1, 1934

- 1

LABELLING PROBLEM RESOLVED FOR TIME BEING * * * *

THE U.S. CUSTOMS HAS CONFIRMED THAT SWEATERS ASSEMBLED IN HONG KONG FROM PANELS KNITTED IN CHINA CAN CONTINUE TO BE MARKED AS MADE IN HONG KONG FOR THE TIME BEING.

THIS WAS STATED BY HONG KONG’S DIRECTOR OF TRADE, MR HAMISH MACLEOD, AFTER TWO DAYS OF BILATERAL CONSULTATIONS ON THE NEW AMERICAN IMPORT REGULATIONS WHICH ENDED IN WASHINGTON YESTERDAY (WEDNESDAY). DURING THE CONSULTATIONS MR MACLEOD CONTINUED TO PRESS THE U.S. ADMINISTRATION TO RESCIND THE COUNTRY OF ORIGIN RULES.

HE SAID THE U.S. CUSTOMS HAD BEEN HELPFUL IN CLARIFYING THE LABELLING PROBLEM WHICH HAD BEEN CAUSING PRACTICAL PROBLEMS FOR THE HONG KONG INDUSTRY, PARTICULARLY AS REGARDS NON-MFA SWEATERS.

HE SAIDj +ALTHOUGH THE U.S. CUSTOMS STILL INTENDS THAT THE EFFECT OF THE NEW REGULATIONS ON ORIGIN OF GOODS FOR QUOTA PURPOSES WILL ALSO AFFECT THE LABELLING REQUIREMENT, FOR DOMESTIC LEGAL REASONS THIS CANNOT YET BE IMPLEMENTED.*

NOW THAT THIS PROBLEM HAS BEEN RESOLVED FOR THE TIME BEING, A CIRCULAR WILL BE ISSUED SHORTLY TO THE TRADE IN HONG KONG.

♦DURING THE CONSULTATIONS WE WERE ABLE TO REFINE AND PRESS HOME OUR ARGUMENTS, AND IN THE LIGHT OF EXPERIENCE OF THE WORKING CF THE REGULATIONS ALSO TO BRING OUT SOME OF THE CONTRADICTIONS AND PROBLEMS,* MR MACLEOD SAID.

HOWEVER, HE SAID THE UNITED STATES HAD NOT BEEN ABLE TO PRODUCE ANY CONVINCING EXPLANATION OF HOW A CHANGE, SUCH AS WAS INTRODUCED BY THE REGULATIONS, COULD BE INTRODUCED UNILATERALLY, IN VIEW OF ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE MULTI-FIBRE ARRANGEMENT AND THE BILATERAL AGREEMENT.

I

♦FOR EXAMPLE, TAKE A SWEATER ASSEMBLED IN HONG KONG FROM PARTS KNITTED ELSEWHERE. IN 1982 AND 1983 (THE FIRST TWO YEARS OF THE CURRENT BILATERAL AGREEMENT) THAT SWEATER WAS REGARDED AS OF HONG KONG ORIGIN NOT ONLY BY HONG KONG BUT BY ALL THE COUNTRIES TO WHICH WE EXPORT, INCLUDING THE UNITED STATES.

♦THE QUESTION IS HOW THE U.S. CAN JUSTIFY - BEARING IN MIND THAT OUR TEXTILE TRADE IS GOVERNED .BY THE BILATERAL, THE HF A AND THE GATT - UNILATERALLY CHANGING THE RULES IN 1984 SO THAT THE SAME SWEATER IS NO LONGER ACCEPTED AS OF HONG KONG ORIGIN BY THE U.S. APART FROM STATING THAT THEY HAVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE ON GENERAL RULES, LITTLE OTHER EXPLANATION HAS BEEN GIVEN,* MR MACLEOD SAID.

/BUT HE .......

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 1, 1984

2 -

BUT HE ADDED THE U.S. HAD GIVEN ASSURANCES THAT THE VIEWS EXPRESSED BY HONG KONG WOULD BE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT BOTH IN THE ’TECHNICAL REVIEW’ TO BE CARRIED OUT BY THE U.S. CUSTOMS IN THE LIGHT OF COMMENTS RECEIVED, AND IN AN ASSOCIATED HIGH LEVEL

+POLICY REVIEW+.

HE SAID THAT THE DELEGATION HAD ALSO DISCUSSED SOME PARTICULAR SHIPMENTS, BOTH AS OF INTEREST IN THEMSELVES AND AS ILLUSTRATIONS OF SOME OF THE HONG KONG ARGUMENTS.

+WE SOUGHT AND RECEIVED CONFIRMATION OF THE RULINGS ON THREE SHIPMENTS WHICH HAD BEEN REFUSED ENTRY UNDER THE NEW RULES, AND THE U.S. DECLINED TO RELEASE THEM.

+AS WE WERE NOT SATISFIED WITH THE U.S. RESPONSES EITHER TO OUR GENERAL ARGUMENTS OR TO THE PARTICULAR SHIPMENT CASES, WE ADVISED THEM THAT WE WOULD NOW HAVE TO GIVE SERIOUS CONSIDERATION TO PURSUING OUR VIEWS IN TWO OTHER AVENUES, NAMELY TAKING THE SHIPMENT CASES TO THE TEXTILES SURVEILLANCE BODY (TSB), AND PRESSING OUR GATT RIGHTS IN VIEW OF THE ’NULLIFICATION AND IMPAIRMENT’ TO OUR TRADE. WHILE THE REVIEW MAY WELL PRODUCE SOME IMPROVEMENT IN THE REGULATIONS OR EVEN THEIR WITHDRAWAL, IT MAY WELL TAKE SOME TIME, AND WE CANNOT AFFORD TO WAIT,+ MR MACLEOD EMPHASISED.

THE REGULATIONS WERE ANNOUNCED ON AUGUST 3 AND VARIOUS U.S. GOVERNMENT AGENCIES ARE REVIEWING THEM IN THE LIGHT OF SEVERE CRITICISMS BY EXPORTING COUNTRIES AS WELL AS GROUPS OF AMERICAN IMPORTERS AND RETAILERS.

THE BILATERAL CONSULTATIONS BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES AND HONG KONG TOOK PLACE IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE TEXTILES COMMITTEE FEET I NG OF THE GENERAL AGREEMENT ON TARIFFS AND TRADE HELD IN GENEVA ON OCTOBER 17 AND 22 DURING WHICH THE AMERICAN DELEGATION FEARD YET ANOTHER UNANIMOUS CHORUS OF CRITICAL COMMENTS CONDEMNING THE IMPORT REGULATIONS.

MR MACLEOD EXPLAINED THAT THE IMMEDIATE AIM OF THE BILATERAL CONSULTATIONS JUST COMPLETED WAS THREEFOLD:

* FIRST, TO SEEK A RESPONSE FROM THE U.S. TO HONG KONG’S ARGUMENTS AGAINST THE REGULATIONS,

X SECOND, TO CLARIFY DISCREPANCIES IN THE ANSWERS GIVEN BY THE U.S. CUSTOMS ON THE APPLICATION OF THESE REGULATIONS, AND

* THIRD, TO ASK FOR THE RELEASE OF SEVERAL SHIPMENTS ALREADY HELD UP BY U.S. CUSTOMS ON GROUNDS OF THE NEW REGULATIONS.

A TRADE DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN IN HONG KONG ALSO ANNOUNCED THAT RENEWED CONSULTATIONS IN WASHINGTON ON OCTOBER 30 ON CATEGORY 652 (MAN-MADE FIBRE UNDERWEAR) HAD ENDED IN DISAGREEMENT.

/HE SAID: .......

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 1, 1984

HE SAID: +FOLLOWING REFERRAL OF THIS CASE TO TSB IN MAY THIS •AR TSB RECOMMENDED THAT BOTH PARTIES SHOULD HOLD FRESH CONSULTATIONS LATER IN THE YEAR ON THE BASIS OF MORE RECENT

INFORMATION.

+IN THE ABSENCE OF ANY AGREEMENT, 3 513 103 DOZEN IMPOSED BY THE U.S. IN EFFECT.

THE RESTRAINT LIMIT OF

FEBRUARY REMAINS IN

+CONS(DERATION WILL NOW BE GIVEN TO THE QUESTION OF A FURTHER REFERRAL TO THE TSB,+ HE SAID.

IN RELATION TO THE SUBSEQUENTLY ISSUED THE

ABOVE STORY, THE TRADE DEPARTMENT FOLLOWING STATEMENT:

GIVEN BY U.S

+THE CLARIFICATION

CHANGE THE PROBLEM OF SWEATER

CUSTOMS AS REGARDS LABELLING

DOES NOT RESOLVE OR UNITED STATES UNDER

THE HONG KONG - UNITED STATES

IMPORTS INTO THE TEXTILES

AGREEMENT.

+IT ONLY MEANS THAT FOR SWEATERS NOT COVERED BY THE AGREEMENT, I.E. NON-MFA SWEATERS, HONG KONG MANUFACTURERS CAN STILL PLACE MADE IN HONG KONG LABELS ON THOSE SWEATERS AND THE U.S. CUSTOMS WILL PERMIT SUCH SWEATERS ENTRY INTO THE U.S.

♦THE PROBLEM FOR MFA TO EXIST AS BEFORE.+

SWEATERS UNDER THE AGREEMENT CONTINUES

- - - - 0 -----------

HUNDREDS OF JOURNALISTS GET TRAINING ******

OVER THE PAST TWO YEARS, MORE THAN 670 JOURNALISTS IN HONG KONG HAD BENEFITED FROM TRAINING COURSES AND SEMINARS ORGANISED BY THE GOVERNMENT-SUBVENTED JOURNALISM TRAINING BOARD, THE DIRECTOR OF INFORMATION SERVICES, MR PETER TSAO, SAID TODAY (THURSDAY).

SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE CH INESE-LANGUAGE PRESS INSTITUTE’S 17TH ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING AND GENERAL ASSEMBLY, TSAO SAID THAT HONG KONG’S MASS MEDIA HAD GROWN CONSIDERABLY.

+THIS GROWTH HAS UNDOUBTEDLY BEEN ENCOURAGED BY HONG KONG’S ADVANCED INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM OF COMMUNICATIONS, AND, OF COURSE, ITS ROLE AS A CENTRE OF WORLD TRADE, FINANCE AND TOURISM, AND AS A CROSSROAD FOR TRANSPORTATION IN THE ASIA-PACIFIC REGION.

/+BUT DESPITE........

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 1, 1984

- 4 -

♦BUT DESPITE ALL THE ADVANTAGES OF TECHNOLOGY, HONG KONG i>OULD NOT HAVE SUCH AN IMPORTANT ROLE TO PLAY IN MASS MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS WITHOUT SUFFICIENT QUALIFIED JOURNALISTS,* HE SAID.

MR TSAO SAID THAT RECOGNISING THIS NEED, THE NEWS MEDIA HERE HAD BEEN ATTACHING INCREASING IMPORTANCE TO THE TRAINING CF JOURNALISTS AND OTHER COMMUNICATORS, WHILE THE GOVERNMENT HAD BEEN GIVING A HELPING HAND TOWARDS THIS END.

+l HAVE NO DOUBT THAT YOU, AS MEMBERS OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE PRESS INSTITUTE, WILL WELCOME THESE DEVELOPMENTS IN THE FIELD OF JOURNALISM HERE IN HONG KONG,+ HE SAID.

HONG KONG’S NEWS MEDIA IN GENERAL, HE SAID, WERE MAKING EVERY EFFORT TO KEEP UP WITH THE LATEST IN COMMUNICATIONS TECHNOLOGY.

WHERE THE PRINT MEDIA WERE CONCERNED, PHOTOGRAPHS AND NEWS ITEMS WERE SENT BY FACSIMILE THROUGH SATELLITE SYSTEMS, FOR PUBLICATION IN MAJOR CITIES OVERSEAS WITHIN A MATTER OF HOURS.

IN THE LAST FEW YEARS, COMPUTERS HAD BROUGHT ABOUT A BREAKTHROUGH IN CHINESE TYPE-SETTING, THRUSTING THE CHINESE PRESS INTO AN ENTIRELY NEW EPOCH, MR TSAO POINTED OUT.

+AS THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT’S CENTRAL NEWS BODY, THE GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES HAS BEEN FOLLOWING THIS TECHNOLOGICAL PROGRESS CLOSELY, SO AS TO PROVIDE BETTER SERVICES TO THE MASS MEDIA AND THE PUBLIC.

+TO MAINTAIN DIRECT CONTACT WITH THE NEWSPAPERS, RADIO AND TELEVISION STATIONS AND PRESS AGENCIES, THE GIS OPERATES A NETWORK OF TELEPRINTERS AND FACSIMILE EQUIPMENT 24 HOURS A DAY,* HE POINTED OUT.

THIS NETWORK WAS ALSO CONSTANTLY RELAYING THE LATEST INFORMATION TO THE OVERSEAS OFFICES OF THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT IN MAJOR CITIES IN THE UNITED KINGDOM, EUROPE AND THE UNITED STATES.

LOCALLY, THE GIS NOW HAD MORE THAN 80 SUBSCRIBERS ON ITS TELEPRINTER NETWORK AND MORE THAN 35 SUBSCRIBERS ON THE FACSIMILE NETWORK.

MR TSAO TOLD THE DELEGATES THAT THE-GIS PUBLIC RELATIONS DIVISION HAD FOR SOME TIME BEEN USING WORD PROCESSING AS ITS MAIN DATA BASE FOR THE STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL OF INFORMATION.

+WE ARE PLANNING TO EXPAND OUR COMPUTERISATION TO OUR NEWS AND PUBLICITY DIVISIONS, SO AS TO IMPROVE OUR EFFICIENCY IN OTHER AREAS,* HE SAID.

AFTER THE SPEECH, MR TSAO DECLARED THE GENERAL ASSEMBLY OF THE INSTITUTE OPEN.

--------0-----------

Thursday, November i, 1984

5

SHEK LEI ESTATE EXTENSION NEARING COMPLETION * * * *

THE SHEK LEI ESTATE EXTENSION PROJECT IS NEARING COMPLETION wITH THREE OF ITS FOUR MODERN BLOCKS ALMOST READY FOR OCCUPATION.

The three residential blocks, built under the first PHASE OF The project, will PROVIDE 2 253 self-contained flats for A POPULATION OF 10 500 PEOPLE.

+WHEN THESE ARE HANDED OVER TO THE ESTATE MANAGEMENT OFFICE LATER THIS MONTH, APPLICATIONS FOR TRANSFER WILL BE INVITED FROM SERIOUSLY OVERCROWDED FAMILIES AT THE OLDER SHEK LEI ESTATE PROVIDED THAT THEIR FAMILY INCOME DOES NOT EXCEED <?7 500 A MONTH,+ A HOUSING AUTHORITY SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY.

+The rents for most of the new units will range from <5430 PER MONTH FOR a FIVE-PERSON FLAT TO $660 PER MONTH FOR A NINE-PERSON FLAT,* HE ADDED.

the extension project is being carried out in two phases, the first of which produced TWO 19-STOREY slab blocks and ONE 26/28-STOREY DOUBLE-H BLOCK.

ALSO PROVIDED UNDER THIS PHASE OF DEVELOPMENT IS A TWO-STOREY CAR PARK, AN EXTERNAL LIFT TOWER, A FOOTBRIDGE LINK AND ASSOCIATED ROADS, DRAINAGE AND EXTERNAL WORKS.

the second phase of the project will provide one more RESIDENTIAL BLOCK OF THE 26/28-STOREY DOUBLE-H DESIGN WITH A TOTAL OF 778 FLATS FOR 4 200 PEOPLE, A SECONDARY SCHOOL AND A RECREATIONAL GROUND.

THIS PHASE IS EXPECTED TO BE FINISHED BY 1986.

- - 0 - -

LIBRARY THAT SERVES THE PUBLIC WITH PICTURES * * * * *

Ui t

THE PHOTOGRAPHIC LIBRARY OF THE GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVIC HAS BUILT UP A COLLECTION OF MORE THAN 1.17 MILLION BLACK-AND-WHIT NEGATIVES AND 130 000 COLOUR TRANSPARENCIES.

THESE PICTURES FORM A VIVID PANORAMA OF THE EVENTS, PEOPLE AND PLACES OF HONG KONG OVER THE YEARS.

THE LIBRARY, LOCATED ON THE GROUND FLOOR OF BEACONSFIELD HOUSE IN CENTRAL, IS OPEN TO THE PUBLIC AND COPIES OF PRINTS MAY EE OBTAINED FOR A NOMINAL FEE.

/EACH DAY,

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 1, 1984

6

EACH DAY, STUDENTS DOING PROJECTS, TEACHERS DESIGNING EDUCATIONAL MATERIALS, PUBLISHERS PLANNING BOOKS AND MAGAZINES, FOREIGN JOURNALISTS RESEARCHING ON HONG KONG, REPRESENTATIVES FROM ORGANISATIONS STAGING EXHIBITIONS, OR TOURISTS ASKING FOR SOUVENIR PHOTOS VISIT THE LIBRARY.

ON AVERAGE, IT RECEIVES MORE THAN 2 300 ENQUIRIES AND HANDLES ABOUT 600 REQUESTS FOR PHOTOS A YEAR.

ITS LARGE COLLECTION IS THE HARD WORK OF A TEAM OF 12 PHOTOGRAPHERS AND FIVE TECHNICIANS FROM THE DEPARTMENT’S PHOTOGRAPHIC SECTION OVER MANY YEARS.

+THESE PHOTOGRAPHERS CARRY OUT MORE THAN 200 ASSIGNMENTS EACH MONTH,+ A GIS SPOKESMAN SAID.

THE DARKROOM DEVELOPS ABOUT 700 ROLLS OF FILMS AND MAKES SOME 5 000 BLACK-AND-WHITE PRINTS AND 700 COLOUR DUPLICATES A MONTH FOR USE BY THE GIS AS WELL AS TO MEET REQUESTS FROM OTHER GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS AND THE PUBLIC.

+THE PHOTOGRAPHERS WORK IRREGULAR HOURS UNDER ALL WEATHER CONDITIONS TO TAKE PICTURES WHICH MUST MEET THE STANDARDS OF THE DEPARTMENT,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

EVERYDAY, AS THE DEPARTMENT’S NEWS DIVISION SENDS GOVERNMENT INFORMATION TO THE MEDIA, RELATED PHOTOGRAPHS ARE TRANSMITTED TO THEM BY FACSIMILE.

THESE COULD BE PHOTOGRAPHS SHOWING VISITING DIGNITARIES, THE OPENING OF A NEW BUILDING, MODELS OF A NEW PROJECT OR AERIAL VIEWS OF NEW TOWNS.

ALSO, THE WORKS OF THE PHOTOGRAPHERS HAD APPEARED IN MANY GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS.

*A GOOD EXAMPLE IS THE HONG KONG ANNUAL REPORT WITH ITS MANY PAGES OF COLOUR PHOTOS RECORDING THE HAPPENINGS OF THE YEAR,* HE SAID.

EVERY YEAR, THE PHOTOGRAPHIC SECTION IS INVOLVED IN PRODUCING MATERIALS FOR LARGE-SCALE PUBLICITY CAMPAIGNS ON SUCH THEMES AS CRIME PREVENTION, INDUSTRIAL SAFETY, ANTI-NARCOTICS, THE NEW I.D. CARD SCHEME, FIRE PREVENTION AND ROAD SAFETY.

+VERY OFTEN, THESE TASKS INVOLVE MORE THAN JUST TAKING PICTURES. THE PHOTOGRAPHERS MIGHT BE REQUIRED TO SPEND HOURS OF WORK IN PLANNING, CO-ORDINATION, CONCEPTUALISATION OF THE THEMES AND FINDING THE RIGHT LOCATION, OBJECTS AND PEOPLE,* THE SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED.

/in addition, ........

THUHSDAY, NOVEMBER 1, 1984

- 7 -

IN ADDITION, THE SECTION TAKES PORTRAITS OF HEADS OF DEPARTMENTS AND DISTRIBUTE THEM TO THE MEDIA FOR USE.

ALSO, MOST OF THE PHOTOGRAPHS USED IN CAREERS EXHIBITIONS ARE TAKEN BY GIS PHOTOGRAPHERS.

+ANOTHER SPECIAL TASK OF THE SECTION IS MAKING COPIES FROM THE ORIGINAL PHOTOGRAPHS OF OLD HONG KONG KEPT BY THE GOVERNMENT,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

OVER 1 OOO CO’S REGISTERED EACH MONTH * * * * *

MORE THAN 1 000 NEW COMPANIES ARE INCORPORATED IN HONG KONG EACH MONTH, AND TODAY (THURSDAY) THE CH IEF SECRETARY, SIRPHJLIP HADDON-CAVE, VISITED THE REGISTRAR GENERAL’S DEPARTMENT TO SEE THE FACILITIES AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTING COMPANY RECORDS.

DEPARTMENT’S COMPANIES REGISTRY IN THAT AT THE END OF SEPTEMBER, THERE FOREIGN COMPANIES REGISTERED HERE.

DURING THE TOUR OF THE CENTRAL, SIR PHILIP LEARNED WERE 127 715 LOCAL AND 2 015

THE DEPARTMENT IS PLANNING TO COMPUTERISE THE COMPANIES INDEX AND TO MICROFILM THE PUBLIC PART OF THE COMPANY FILES TO PROVIDE A STILL MORE EFFICIENT SERVICE TO THOSE WHO MAKE USE OF THE RECORD FACILITIES.

THE CHIEF SECRETARY WAS ACCOMPANIED ON HIS VISIT BY MR NOEL GLEESON, THE REGISTRAR GENERAL.

-----o-----

REHOUSING OFFER FOR BOAT DWELLERS

I

ABOUT 40 PER CENT OF THE 2 500 BOAT DWELLERS IN THE YAU MA TEI TYPHOON SHELTER HAVE EXPRESSED WILLINGNESS TO BE REHOUSED ASHORE IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.

this was in response to a special rehousing offer made by the HOUSING DEPARTMENT IN SEPTEMBER VITH A VIEW TO IMPROVING their living condition.

the offer was made to all boat dwellers on the 422 licenced Dwelling vessels in the typhoon shelter.

/as applications

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 1, 1?84

AS APPLICATIONS CLOSED YESTERDAY, THE DEPARTMENT HAD RECEIVED A TOTAL OF 138 APPLICATIONS, REPRESENTING 993 PEOPLE FROM 140 DWELLING BOATS.

♦THE FAMILIES WHO HAVE ACCEPTED THE OFFER WILL BE REHOUSED ACCORDING TO THEIR ELIGIBILITY TO THE CHEUNG WAH ESTATE IN FANLING AND THE SHEUNG SHU I TEMPORARY HOUSING AREA WHERE SUFFICIENT NEW UNITS HAVE BEEN SET ASIDE FOR THEM,* SAID A SPOKESMAN FOR THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT TODAY.

HE SAID THESE WERE THE ONLY PLACES WHERE HOUSING UNITS WOULD BE MADE AVAILABLE TO THEM IN THE FACE OF THE DEMAND FOR HOUSING TO PROVIDE FOR DEVELOPMENT CLEARANCE AND FOR THE VICTIMS OF NATURAL DISASTERS.

LAST MONTH, THE DEPARTMENT, TOGETHER WITH THE YAU MA TEI DISTRICT OFFICE, ORGANISED A TOUR FOR THE BOAT DWELLERS TO SEE THE LIVING ENVIRONMENT OF THE TWO LOCATIONS.

♦THEY WERE GENERALLY SATISFIED WITH THE SURROUNDINGS AND FACILITIES PROVIDED ON THE ESTATE AND THE THA, AND MANY OF THEM HAD EXPRESSED A WISH TO BE REHOUSED BEFORE THE LUNAR NEW YEAR,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

HE SAID OF THE 138 APPLICATIONS RECEIVED, INITIAL SCREENING SHOWED THAT 131 FAMILIES (795 PEOPLE) WOULD BE QUALIFIED FOR PUBLIC HOUSING AND THE OTHERS FOR TEMPORARY HOUSING.

*PRE-LETTING INTERVIEWS ARE BEING ARRANGED FOR THE COMING WEEKS AND IT IS EXPECTED THAT ELIGIBLE FAMILIES WILL BE ABLE TO MOVE INTO THEIR NEW HOMES IN JANUARY NEXT YEAR,* HE SAID.

- 0 - -

GREATER OPPORTUNITY FOR EXPRESSING OPINIONS *****

THE ADJUSTMENTS AND IMPROVEMENTS TO BE MADE NEXT YEAR TO THE SYSTEM OF REPRESENTATION WILL PROVIDE A GREATER OPPORTUNITY FOR PEOPLE TO CONTRIBUTE THEIR OPINIONS AND ADVICE THROUGH THEIR ELECTED REPRESENTATIVES TOWARDS THE MAINTENANCE OF HONG KONG’S STABILITY AND PROSPERITY.

THIS WAS STATED TODAY (THURSDAY) BY THE SECRETARY FOR DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION, MR DAVID AKERS-JONES.

SPEAKING AT THE Y’S MEN’S CLUB LUNCH MEETING, MR AKERS-JONES SAID, *THIS IS WHY IT IS SO IMPORTANT THAT AS MANY PEOPLE AS POSSIBLE PLAY THEIR PART, WHETHER AS VOTERS OR CANDIDATES IN THE DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS NEXT YEAR.*

/THEREAFTEJR, HE

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 1, 1984

- 9 -

THEREAFTER, HE ADDED, THE DISTRICT BOARDS WILL ELECT REPRESENTATIVES TO SIT ON THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.

+THE PROCESS OF CHANGING THE ROLE AND CHARACTER OF THE GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG WILL HAVE BEGUN,+ HE SAID.

♦WE HAVE TIME TO ACHIEVE THIS AS WELL AS TO MAINTAIN STABILITY AND PROSPERITY IN THE PROCESS, PROVIDED WE BEGIN IN SUFFICIENT TIME AND PROVIDED WE APPROACH THE PROBLEMS OF THE FUTURE IN AN ATMOSPHERE OF CALM AND STEADINESS AND WITH AN ACTIVE AND DYNAMIC ATTITUDE.*

+THE OBJECTIVES OF STABILITY AND PROSPERITY COULD NOT BE ACHIEVED WITHOUT THE ACTIVE PARTICIPATION AND SUPPORT OF THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG,+ HE SAID.

MR AKERS-JONES SAID HONG KONG WAS FORTUNATE TO HAVE ENJOYED A PEACEFUL AND STABLE ENVIRONMENT FOR MANY YEARS.

+WE HAVE ENJOYED POLITICAL, SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC STABILITY — CONSISTENT GOVERNMENT” ABSENCE OF CONFRONTATION AND CONTROVERSY AMONG THE PEOPLE- AND ABSENCE OF SERIOUS CONFLICT BETWEEN THE PEOPLE AND THE GOVERNMENT.

+OF COURSE THERE HAVE BEEN BRIEF MOMENTS OF TENSION DURING THE PAST 17 YEARS BUT THESE EXPERIENCES, WHICH HAVE QUICKLY PASSED, HAVE SERVED TO REMIND US OF THE IMPORTANCE OF AN EVEN AND SENSIBLE APPROACH TO OUR PROBLEMS.

+WE HAVE ENJOYED SUSTAINED ECONOMIC GROWTH OVER A LONG PERIOD AND EVEN WHEN THE WORLD WAS EXPERIENCING SEVERE ECONOMIC DISRUPTIONS, IN THE MID-7OS, WORKERS AND EMPLOYERS IN HONG KONG JOINED HANDS TO OVERCOME THIS TEMPORARY SETBACK,* HE SAID.

STEADINESS, CERTAINTY AND PEACE WERE THE +ABIDING CHARACTERISTICS* OF STABILITY AND THESE WERE THE ELEMENTS TO WHICH THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG LOOKED FORWARDS, HE ADDED.

MR AKERS-JONES SAID THE GREAT UNCERTAINTY ABOUT THE FUTURE HAD BEEN REMOVED AND THE ELEMENTS ESSENTIAL TO HONG KONG’S LIFE-STYLE HAD, FOR THE FIRST TIME, BEEN WRITTEN DOWN IN ONE DOCUMENT.

+EVERY PERSON, EVERY FAMILY, EVERY ORGANISATION NOW KNOW THE FOUNDATION ON WHICH THEY CAN SAFELY-PLAN THEIR FUTURE,* FE SAID.

+FOR HONG KONG, THESE PLANS, IF WE ARE TO HAVE STABILITY, MUST INCLUDE A CONTINUATION OF THE EFFORT TO PROVIDE WORK THROUGrf ECONOMIC EXPANSION, PROGRAMMES OF SOCIAL IMPROVEMENT AND DEVELOPMENT, MAINTENANCE OF OUR LEGAL SYSTEM AND RESPECT FOR THE LA*, FREEDOM AND SECURITY,* HE SAID.

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 1, 1984

10 -

WAN CHAI SEMINAR ON WHITE PAPER

*****

THE WAN CHAI DISTRICT OFFICE IS ORGANISING AN OPEN SEMINAR TO EXPLAIN VARIOUS ASPECTS OF THE WHITE PAPER ON HONG KONG’S FUTURE.

RESIDENTS WILL HAVE THE OPPORTUNITY TO AIR THEIR VIEWS ON THE DOCUMENT AT THE SEMINAR TO BE HELD TOMORROW (FRIDAY), STARTING AT 8 PM, IN THE LADY TRENCH AUDITORIUM OF THE HONG KONG COUNCIL CF SOCIAL SERVICES.

THE MEETING WILL BE CHAIRED BY DISTRICT OFFICER, MR LAM KAM-KWONG. SPEAKERS WILL INCLUDE UNOFFICIAL MEMBER OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCI-., MRS RITA FAN; URBAN COUNCILLOR, MR EDMUND CHO*; CHINESE UNIVERSITY LECTURER, MR ANDREW WONG AND HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC LECTURER, MR LEE MING-KWAN.

MEMBERS OF THE DISTRICT BOARD, AREA COMMITTEES, MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES, OWNERS’ CORPORATIONS, KAI FONG SSOCIATIONS AND LOCAL ORGANISATIONS HAVE BEEN INVITED TO ATTEND THE SEMINAR, WHILE MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC ARE ALSO WELCOME TO JOIN IT.

ALL VIEWS COLLECTED AT THE SEMINAR WILL BE FORWARDED TO THE ASSESSMENT OFFICE.

--------o----------

IMPORTANCE OF FIRE ESCAPES STRESSED

* * * *

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT TODAY (THURSDAY) REM IN FACTORY OWNERS THAT THEY ARE REQUIRED BY LAW TO KEEP IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION AND FREE FROM OBSTRUCTION EVERY DOORWAY, STAIR*. AND PASSEAGEWAY IN THEIR FACTORIES.

HE SAID THESE PASSAGEWAYS ARE MEANS OF ESCAPE IN CASE OF FIR. AND THEIR OBSTRUCTION MAY HINDER THE SPEEDY ESCAPE OF PERSONS AND FIRE-FIGHTING.

THE SPOKESMAN WARNED THAT UNDER THE FACTORIES AND INDUSTRIAL UNDERTAKINGS (FIRE PRECAUTIONS IN REGISTRABLE WORKPLACES) REGULATIONS, FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS LEGAL REQUIREMENT IS AN OFFENCE LIABLE TO A MAXIMUM FINE OF $30 000.

HE SAID THAT LAST YEAR, THERE WERE 170 PROSECUTIONS AGAINST FACTORY OWNERS FOR THIS FAILURE, WITH FINES TOTALLING $175 100.

IN THE FIRST SIX MONTHS OF THIS YEAR, 132 PROSECUTIONS WERE TAKEN OUT FOR THE SAME OFFENCE, RESULTING IN A TOTAL FINE OF $155 050.

/ADVICE ON .......

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 1, 19&4

11 -

ADVICE ON THE IMPORTANCE OF KEEPING THE MEANS OF ESCAPE FREE FROM OBSTRUCTION IS OFFERED TO MANAGEMENT BY MEMBERS OF THE DEPARTMENT’S FACTORY INSPECTORATE WHEN THEY VISIT FACTORIES.

IT IS ALSO INCLUDED IN THE TRAINING PROGRAMMES ORGANISED BY THE INDUSTRIAL SAFETY TRAINING CENTRE.

FACTORY OWNERS ARE ALWAYS WELCOME TO CONTACT THE FACTORY INSPECTORATE FOR ADVICE ON ANY MATTERS CONCERNING INDUSTRIAL SAFETY.

-----q_-----

MUI WO SET FOR FURTHER DEVELOPMENT

* * * *

THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT HAS AWARDED A $23 514 000 CONTRACT FOR A SERIES OF ENGINEERING WORKS TO PREPARE MUI WO FOR AN ANTICIPATED INCREASE IN POPULATION.

IT IS EXPECTED THAT BY THE 199O’S THERE WILL BE ABOUT 13 003 PEOPLE LIVING IN MUI WO, THREE TIMES ITS PRESENT POPULATION.

A RETAINING WALL WILL BE BUILT ON THE NORTH BANK OF THE MAIN RIVER CHANNEL WHICH, TOGETHER WITH ONE ON THE SOUTH BANK, WILL COMPLETE THE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT FOR THE MAIN RIVER COURSE.

A SHELTER WITH A RIVER WALL AND A PROTECTIVE BREAKWATER WILL ALSO BE BUILT FOR MOORING SMALL CRAFT IN THE RIVER.

UNDER THE DEVELOPMENT PLAN, RECLAMATION OF 2.23 HECTARES OF LAND NORTH OF THE RIVER WILL PROVIDE SITES FOR A MARKET, DISTRICT OPEN SPACE, CAR PARKS AND GOVERNMENT AND PRIVATE PROJECTS.

TO ALLOW EASY ACCESS FROM THE FERRY PIER AND SOUTH LANTAU ROAD. A 7.3-METRE-WIDE DUAL-HIGHWAY BRIDGE WITH A FOOTPATH ON BOTH SIDES, TOGETHER WITH A PEDESTRIAN-CYCLING BRIDGE, WILL BE BUILT OVER THE MAIN RIVER CHANNEL.

ADDITIONAL ROADS AND DRAINS AND A PUMPING STATION WILL BE CONSTRUCTED TO COMPLETE THE SEWAGE TREATMENT SYSTEM.

THERE WILL ALSO BE AN EXTENSION OF THE SEAWALL AND RECLAMATIC. FURTHER SOUTHEAST OF THE HEUNG YEE KUK SECONDARY SCHOOL TO INCLUDE SITES FOR AN INCINERATOR, A SAND DEPOT AND A HELIPAD.

WORK ON THE PROJECT IS EXPECTED TO TAKE TWO YEARS TO COMPLETE.

- 0 - -

Thursday, November i' 1984

- 12 -

BRITISH MP VISITS HOUSING ESTATES * * * *

A VISITING BRITISH MEMBER OP PARLIAMENT, MR BOWEN WELLS, HAD AN INSIGHT INTO LIFE AT HONG KONG’S PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES TODAY WHEN HE TOURED DIFFERENT TYPES OF PUBLIC HOUSING DEVELOPMENTS.

JOINING THE TOUR WAS MISS LEUNG WAI-TUNG WHO WAS RECENTLY APPOINTED TO THE COMMITTEE ON HOUSING SUBSIDY TO TENANTS OF PUBLIC HOUSING.

BEFORE THE TOUR, THEY WERE BRIEFED AT THE HOUSING AUTHORITY HEADQUARTERS IN HO MAN TIN BY THE DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF HOUSING (ADMINISTRATION), MISS ELAINE CHUNG, AND SHOWN MODELS OF HOUSING BLOCKS IN THE AUTHORITY’S EXHIBITION HALL.

ACCOMPANIED BY HOUSING OFFICIALS, MR WELLS AND MISS LEUNG FIRST VISITED TUNG TAU ESTATE WHERE THEY INSPECTED AN OLD MARK II BLOCK AND LEARNED OF THE MASSIVE REDEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME BEING CARRIED OUT FOR THESE OLD ESTATES.

THEY CALLED AT THE HOME OF A TENANT IN AN ADJACENT REDEVELOPMENT BLOCK AND HELD DISCUSSIONS WITH REPRESENTATIVES OF THE LOCAL MUTUAL AID COMMITTEE.

THE PARTY THEN PROCEEDED TO THE NEW LOK WAH RENTAL ESTATE IN NGAU TAU KOK AND TOURED THE ESTATE’S FACILITIES, THE ADJACENT LOK NGA HOME OWNERSHIP COURT, AND VISITED THE HOME OF ONE OF THE FLAT OWNERS.

-----o------

APPLICATIONS FOR RICHLAND GARDENS CLOSE TOMORROW

* * X

APPLICATIONS FOR THE FIRST AND SECOND BATCHES OF 4 272 FLATS AT RICHLAND GARDENS IN KOWLOON BAY UNDER PHASE V|B OF THE HOME OWNERSHIP SCHEME WILL CLOSE AT 7 PM TOMORROW (FRIDAY).

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE HOUSING AUTHORITY TODAY URGED PROSPECTIVE BUYERS TO SUBMIT THEIR APPLICATIONS IMMEDIATELY TO THE HOME OWNERSHIP CENTRE IN HO MAN TIN.

HE SAID THE CENTRE WOULD REMAIN OPEN UNTIL 7 PM TOMORROW TO RECEIVE LAST-MINUTE APPLICATIONS.

+HOWEVER, POSTAL APPLICATIONS WILL ALSO BE ACCEPTED IF THE POSTMARK SHOWS THEY ARE MAILED ON OR BEFORE NOVEMBER 2,+ HE ADDED.

+S0 FAR, OVER 18 000 APPLICATIONS HAVE BEEN RECEIVED AND MORE ARE EXPECTED BEFORE THE DEADLINE TOMORROW.+

A PUBLIC BALLOT WILL BE HELD LATER THIS MONTH TO DECIDE SUCCESSFUL APPLICANTS.

------o-------

/13......

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 1, 1984

- 13 -

INTELPOST BEING EXTENDED TO NORWAY * * * *

THE INTERNATIONAL ELECTRONIC POST NETWORK FROM HONG KONG WILL BE EXTENDED TO COVER NORWAY FROM MONDAY (NOVEMBER 5).

INTELPOST ITEMS POSTED IN HONG KONG BEFORE 6 PM WILL BE DELIVERED THE SAME DAY IN OSLO AND 18 OTHER NORWEGIAN CITIES. ITEMS FOR OTHER AREAS IN NORWAY WILL BE DELIVERED THE NEXT WORKING DAY.

+INTELPOST IS IDEAL FOR URGENT LETTERS, REPORTS, CHARTS, DRAWINGS, QUOTATIONS OR CONTRACTS,* A SPOKESMAN FOR THE POST OFFICE SAID TODAY (THURSDAY).

THE DOCUMENTS, WHICH ARE HANDLED IN STRICT CONFIDENCE, ARE SCANNED, CONVERTED INTO HIGH SPEED ELECTRONIC IMPULSES AND TRANSMITTED DIRECT TO THE RECEIVING STATION.

+INTELPOST IS A BIT LIKE TELEX WITH PICTURES. IT COMBINES THE TRANSMISSION SPEED OF TELEX WITH THE REPRODUCTIVE QUALITY OF A PHOTOCOPIER. DOCUMENTS ARE FAITHFULLY REPRODUCED IN BLACK AND WHITE AND DELIVERED TO THE ADDRESSEE IN A MATTER OF HOURS,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

IN NORWAY, THE COPY SENT FROM HONG KONG IS PLACED IN AN ENVELOPE AND DELIVERED TO THE ADDRESSEE BY SPECIAL MESSENGER OR NORMAL POST OFFICE SERVICES DEPENDING ON THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SENDER. ALTERNATIVELY, ARRANGEMENTS CAN BE MADE FOR COLLECTION FROM A POST OFFICE.

THE CHARGE FOR THE SERVICE TO NORWAY WILL BE $65 FOR THE FIRST SIDE OF AN A4 SHEET OF PAPER, AND $30 FOR EACH SUBSEQUENT A4 SIDE SENT TO THE SAME ADDRESSEE AT THE SAME TIME.

INTELPOST IS NOW AVAILABLE TO 17 COUNTRIES OR TERRITORIES.

BESIDES NORWAY, THEY ARE: THE UNITED KINGDOM, USA, ARGENTINA, AUSTRALIA, BELGIUM, BRAZIL, FRANCE, WEST GERMANY, SOUTH KOREA, LUXEMBOURG, MACAU, MALAYSIA, THE NETHERLANDS, PORTUGAL, QATAR AND SWEDEN.

+INTELPOST IS SIGNIFICANT IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF MAIL SERVICES IN HONG KONG IN VIEW OF THE TERRITORY’S IMPORTANCE AS A MAJOR FINANCIAL, INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL CENTRE,* THE SPOKESMAN ADDED.

CUSTOMERS WISHING TO MAKE USE OF THE SERVICE SHOULD HAND OVER THEIR DOCUMENTS AT EITHER THE GENERAL PQST OFFICE, CONNAUGHT PLACE, OR THE TSIM SHA TSUI POST OFFICE AT 10 MIDDLE ROAD, TSIM SHA TSUI.

FOR THOSE WITH A FACSIMILE MACHINE IN THEIR OFFICE, ARRANGEMENTS CAN BE MADE TO TRANSMIT THEIR ITEMS DIRECT TO THE POST OFFICE INTELPOST TERMINAL IN THE GENERAL POST OFFICE.

FURTHER INFORMATION ON THE SERVICE MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE INTELPOST REPRESENTATIVE ON 5-2671148.

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 1, 1934

14

SPORTS MEET ON SATURDAY * * * *

THE 9TH HONG KONG SPECIAL OLYMPICS ANNUAL ATHLETIC MEET WILL BE HELD AT THE WAN CHAI SPORTS GROUND ON SATURDAY (NOVEMBER 3), STARTING AT 10.30 AM.

ABOUT 3 000 MENTALLY HANDICAPPED YOUTHS WILL TAKE PART IN THE ATHLETIC MEET WHICH IS ORGANISED BY THE HONG KONG SPORTS ASSOCIATION FOR THE MENTALLY HANDICAPPED.

LADY YOUDE AND THE PRESIDENT OF SPECIAL OLYMPICS INTERNATIONAL, SARGENT SHRIVER, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE OPENING CEREMONY.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE EVENT ON SATURDAY (NOVEMBER 3) WHICH WILL START AT 10.30 AM.

- - 0 - -

SPORTS FOUNDATION OFFERING HELP TO STUDENTS * * *

STUDENTS CAN APPLY THROUGH THEIR SCHOOLS TO THE FREDDY ZIMMERN SPORTS FOUNDATION FOR FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE COVERING SPORTING ACTIVITIES.

THE ASSISTANCE PROVIDED BY THE FOUNDATION ARE AVAILABLE TO STUDENTS WHO ARE:-

* TAKING PART IN SPORT OR RECREATION EVENTS WHICH MAY REQUIRE FUNDS TO ENABLE THEM TO PARTICIPATE,

K PURCHASING SPORT CLOTHING OR EQUIPMENT WHICH IS BEYOND THEIR MEANS,

* TAKING PART IN LOCAL COACHING COURSES FOR WHICH CHARGES ARE MADE AND TRAVEL GRANTS REQUIRED,

* PURCHASING BOOKS OR EDUCATIONAL MATERIAL, AND

* APPLYING FOR GRANTS OR BURSARIES TO ENABLE THEM TO TRAVEL OVERSEAS TO TAKE PART IN COACHING OR TRAINING COURSES OR SPORTING EVENTS.

APPLICATION FORMS ARE AVAILABLE AT THE PHYSICAL EDUCATION SECTION, EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, KOWLOON GOVERNMENT OFFICES, 7/F, 405 NATHAN ROAD, KOWLOON.

THE FORMS MUST BE FORWARDED TO THIS SECTION WITH A LETTER OF SUPPORT FROM THE SCHOOL-

- - 0 - -

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 1, 19S4

- 15 -

STUDENTS URGED TO SERVE COMMUNITY * * *

SECONDARY STUDENTS SHOULD BE MORE ACTIVELY INVOLVED IN PROJECTS TO SERVE THE COMMUNITY SO THAT THEY MIGHT BECOME TOMORROW’S GOOD CITIZENS, EASTERN DISTRICT OFFICER, MR H.T. LUI, SAID TODAY (THURSDAY).

SPEAKING AT THE ANNUAL SPEECH DAY OF THE TSUNG TSIN COLLEGE IN SHAU KEI WAN, MR LUI SAID THAT AMONG OTHER THINGS, THEY COULD HELP IMPROVE THE LIVING ENVIRONMENT OF SQUATTER VILLAGES.

♦THEY SHOULD ALSO FAMILIARISE THEMSELVES WITH THE CONSTITUTIONAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE SYSTEMS OF HONG KONG,+ HE SAID.

BY Th?%^TFdJ'd Y0UTH LEADERS, ORGANISED

DISTRICT BOARD, PRESENTED A GOOD OPPORTUNITY FOR STUDENTS TO LEARN MORE ABOUT THEIR DISTRICT AND ABOUT HOW

THEY COULD SERVE THE COMMUNITY.

--------o - - - -

TRAFFIC MEASURES FOR SHA TIN RACE MEETINGS

*****

SPECIAL TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE IMPLEMENTED FOR THE 1984-85 SHA TIN RACE MEETINGS, THE FIRST OF WHICH WILL BE HELD THIS SATURDAY (NOVEMBER 3).

SPECIAL DIRECT KCR TRAIN SERVICES TO SHA TIN RACE COURSE WILL RESUME FROM SATURDAY.

DURING DAY RACE MEETINGS, THERE WILL BE 28 DEPARTURES FROM KOWLOON STATION AND NINE DEPARTURES FROM SHEUNG SHU I STATION FOR THE RACE COURSE, WITH THE FIRST TRAINS LEAVING AT 11.15 AM AND 11.34 AM RESPECTIVELY. AND THERE WILL BE 36 DEPARTURES FROM THE RACE COURSE FOR KOWLOON STATION BETWEEN 4.10 PM AND 7.04 PM.

DURING NIGHT RACES, KCR WILL PROVIDE 28 DEPARTURES FROM KOWLOON STATION, 10 FROM SHEUNG SHU I AND 11 FROM TAI PO MARKET, WITH THE FIRST TRAINS LEAVING AT 6 PM, 6.07 PM AND 6.15 PM RESPECTIVELY.

AFTER THE RACES, THERE WILL BE 20 DEPARTURES FROM THE RACE COURSE TO KOWLOON BETWEEN 9.41 PM AND 11.38 PM. PASSENGERS HEADING FOR STATIONS NORTH OF THE RACE COURSE WILL HAVE TO CHANGE TO NORTHBOUND TRAINS AT SHA TIN STATION.

/SPECIAL BUS .......

THUBSDAY, NOVEMBER 1, 1984'

- 16 -

SPECIAL BUS SERVICES TO AND FROM THE RACE COURSE, INCLUDING ROUTE 848 FROM TSUEN WAN FERRY, ROUTE 872 FROM TAI PO MARKET, ROUTE 887 FROM TAI KOK TSUI FERRY, ROUTE 888 FROM SHA TIN MARKET, ROUTE 889 FROM KWUN TONG FERRY AND ROUTE 891 FROM KOWLOON CITY FERRY, wILL ALSO RESUME FROM THE SAME DAY.

CROSS HARBOUR RACE COURSE BUS SERVICE ROUTE 881 TO KENNEDY TOWN, ROUTE 882 TO CHAI WAN (EAST) AND ROUTE 884 TO ABERDEEN WILL ONLY OPERATE FOR HOMEBOUND JOURNEYS FROM THE RACE COURSE.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR FRANCHISED BUSES, PUBLIC BUSES, TAXIS, PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES AND PRIVATE CARS REMAIN UNCHANGED.

TAXI DRIVERS FROM KOWLOON HEADING TOWARDS THE RACE COURSE ARE REMINDED TO USE THE FLYOVER (RAMP Al) ON TAI PO ROAD NEAR THE FO TAN KCR DEPOT. THOSE FROM TAI PO SHOULD USE THE SLIP ROAD OFF TAI PO ROAD OPPOSITE THE RACE COURSE RAILWAY STATION.

TAXIS AND PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES MAY NOT USE RAMP F ON THE EAST SIDE OF TAI PO ROAD LEADING TO THE MEMBERS’ MAIN ENTRANCE OF THE GRANDSTAND. TRAFFIC SIGNS HAVE BEEN ERECTED AT SUITABLE LOCATIONS TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.

MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC GOING TO THE RACE COURSE ARE ADVISED TO USE PUBLIC TRANSPORT AS PARKING SPACES IN THE VICINITY ARE EXTREMELY LIMITED. VEHICLES PARKED ILLEGALLY ON THE ROAD OR PAVEMENT MAY BE TOWED AWAY WITHOUT WARNING.

0 --------

HAWKERS MOVE TO BAZAAR * * * *

ALL 205 ELIGIBLE ON-STREET HAWKERS PREVIOUSLY TRADING AT FOUR STREETS IN LUEN WO HUI, FANLING, WERE RELOCATED TO LUEN WO HUI HAWKER BAZAAR TODAY (THURSDAY).

CLEARANCE OF HAWKERS OPERATING AT LUEN SHING STREET, LUEN HING STREET, WO FUNG STREET AND LUEN WO ROAD AROUND LUEN WO MARKET BAZAAR HAD BEEN CARRIED OUT SMOOTHLY, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NEw TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT SAID.

THE RELOCATION AIMED TO IMPROVE TRAFFIC AND ROAD SAFETY AS PART OF THE LUEN WO HUI TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT SCHEME INTRODUCED TODAY.

THE TRADERS ARE ALLOWED TO OPERATE BETWEEN 6 AM AND 12 NOON AS THE GROUND IS USED FOR RECREATIONAL PURPOSES OUTSIDE THIS PERIOD.

0 --------

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG TEL: 5-233191

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 2, 1984

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

SOUND BASIS FOR RETUJK TO BUSINESS AS USUAL ............... 1

TRIBUNAL TO INVESTIGATE SHARES DEALING .................... 2

+S0UND FOUNDATION FOR FUTURE POLITICAL SYSTEM*- ........... 3

BUSY DAY FOR DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION CHIEF ................ 3

LADY YOUDE OPENS SPORTS MEET TOMORROW ..................... 4

&392-MILLI0N WORTH OF BUILDING CONTRACTS SIGNED............ 4

THREE SITES TO BE AUCTIONED ............................... 5

TWO MP'S TO VISIT HK ....................................

FITNESS VITAL TO FIREMEN .................................. 7

SOCIAL CENTRES BRING ELDERLY PEOPLE TOGETHER............... 8

SCHOOL HEADS TO ATTEND ADMINISTRATION COURSE............... 8

DISTRICT FORUM FOR KWUN TONG............................... 9

TENDERS CALLED FOR ROAD PROJECT .........................

ABATTOIRS TO HAVE NEW LIFTS............................... 10

LAND FORMATION FOR HOSPITAL STARTING SOON ................ 10

CARNIVAL TO CROWN SPORTS FORTNIGHT ....................... 11

TENNIS COURTS TO MEET YAU MA TEI' S NEEDS ................ 11

STREET CLEANSING DAY FOR TOEN MUN ........................ 12

RESTRICTED ZONE........................................... 12

’.VATER CUT IN CENTRAL

12

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 2, 1984

- 1 -

SOUND BASIS FOR RETURN TO BUSINESS AS USUAL

* * * *

THE DRAFT AGREEMENT ON THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG WITH ITS DETAILED ASSURANCES PROVIDED A SOUND BASIS FOR A RETURN TO BUSINESS AS USUAL IN THE TERRITORY, THE SECRETARY FOR ECONOMIC SERVICES, MR PIERS JACOBS, SAID TODAY (FRIDAY).

♦ ITS EFFECT SHOULD BE SEEN IN DUE COURSE IN AN INCREASED WILLINGNESS TO INVEST IN HONG KONG, BOTH IN PLANT AND MACHINERY AND IN PROPERTY, WITH HIGHLY FAVOURABLE IMPLICATIONS FOR THE LONG-TERM HEALTH AND PROSPERITY OF THE HONG KONG ECONOMY,* SAID MR JACOBS IN AN ADDRESS TO THE ANNUAL CONVENTION OF THE HONG KONG INSTITUTE OF PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT.

♦WHAT THE DRAFT AGREEMENT PROVIDES IS THAT ATMOSPHERE OF CERTAINTY IN WHICH ENTREPRENEURS WILL BE ABLE TO TAKE THEIR DECISIONS AS BEFORE. THAT IS THE STRENGTH OF THE DRAFT AGREEMENT, WHICH IS GOOD FOR BUSINESS, NOT FOR THE SHORT-TERM GAINS IT BRINGS, BUT BECAUSE OF THE ASSURANCES IT CONTAINS ABOUT THE CONTINUITY OF HONG KONG’S EXISTING, SUCCESSFUL BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT,* HE STRESSED.

MR JACOBS SAID THAT WHILE THE DRAFT AGREEMENT PROVIDED A SOUND BASIS FOR CONTINUING PROSPERITY, IT DID NOT, AND SHOULD NOT ATTEMPT TO INSULATE HONG KONG FROM THE INFLUENCE OF MARKET FORCES THAT HAD SO OFTEN BENEFITED HONG KONG IN THE PAST.

+IT MAY BE THAT FROM TIME TO TIME MARKET FORCES WILL GO AGAINST US. JUST AS THEY HAVE IN THE PAST. BUT I HAVE NO DOUBT THAT IF AND WHEN THAT HAPPENS HONG KONG’S BUSINESSMEN AND MANAGERS WILL OVERCOME THE DIFFICULTIES, AGAIN JUST AS THEY HAVE IN THE PAST,* HE STATED.

RECALLING HOW HONG KONG CAME OUT OF THE SHORT-LIVED RECESSION IN THE EARLY 80’S TO REGAIN STRONG GROWTH IN ITS DOMESTIC EXPORTS AND RE-EXPORTS, MR JACOBS SAID ONE FACTOR THAT CAST A SHADOW OVER THE ECONOMY DURING THE RECESSION IN 1982 AND EARLY 1983 WAS CONCERN OVER THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG.

+WHILE THE SINO—BRITISH NEGOTIATIONS WERE GOING ON, UNCERTAINTY INHIBITED INVESTMENT. IN AN ECONOMY AS DYNAMIC AS HONG KONG’S THERE IS ALWAYS A NEED FOR A STEADY STREAM OF NEW INVESTMENT TO MAINTAIN COMPETITIVENESS AND PROVIDE ADEQUATE PRODUCTIVE CAPACITY.

+1 AM HAPPY TO SAY THAT DURING 1984, IN RESPONSE TO THE BOOM IN EXPORTS, AND PROBABLY WITH A GROWING PERCEPTION THAT A FAVOURABLE AGREEMENT WOULD BE NEGOTIATED, THERE HAS BEEN AN INCREASED WILLINGNESS TO INVEST IN PLANT AND MACHINERY. IN THE FIRST THREE QUARTERS OF THE YEAR, RETAINED IMPORTS OF CAPITAL GOODS INCREASED BY ABOUT 25 PER CENT IN REAL TERMS*, MR JACOBS ADDED.

HE ALSO DREW THE ATTENTION OF CONVENTION PARTICIPANTS TO THE INCREASED OPPORTUNITIES IN TRADE WITH CHINA.

/♦THE GROWTH .......

raiDlY, NOVEMBER 2, 1984

2 -

♦THE GROWTH IN TRADE BETWEEN HONG KONG AND CHINA, WHICH IS NOW OUR SECOND LARGEST MARKET FOR DOMESTIC EXPORTS, IS CLEARLY OF MUTUAL BENEFIT, AND I WOULD EXPECT TO SEE IT DEVELOP FURTHER IN THE PERIOD UP TO 1997 AND BEYOND.

+LESS EASY TO QUANTIFY THAN THE EXPANSION OF TRADE IN GOODS, BUT EQUALLY IMPORTANT, IS THE GROWING TRADE IN SERVICES. CHINA HAS INDICATED THAT HONG KONG IS EXPECTED TO PLAY AN IMPORTANT ROLE IN THE FOUR MODERNISATIONS PROGRAMME.

+SO IN ADDITION TO THE USE CHINA CAN MAKE OF HONG KONG AS A MEANS OF INCREASING ITS EXPORT EARNINGS TO PAY FOR IMPORTED TECHNOLOGY, IT IS CLEAR THAT HONG KONG IS NOW SEEN AS A CHANNEL THROUGH WHICH CHINA CAN GAIN ACCESS TO THE PROFESSIONAL AND FINANCIAL SKILLS IT NEEDS.

+OVERALL THERE WILL BE A CONTINUING NEED FOR INCREASED PROFESSIONALISM ON THE PART OF HONG KONG MANAGERS AND IMPROVED IRA IN ING AT ALL LEVELS. AND I WELCOME IN THIS AREA THE INCREASED EFFORTS OF THE VOCATIONAL TRAINING COUNCIL, WHICH ARE BEGINNING TO BEAR FRUIT; FOR EXAMPLE, THE RECENT OPENING OF ITS MANAGEMENT DEVELOPMENT CENTRE AIMED AT COORDINATING AND IMPROVING MANAGEMENT AND SUPERVISORY TRAINING,+ HE SAID.

--------0 - - - -

TRIBUNAL TO INVESTIGATE SHARES DEALING * * * *

THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY TODAY ISSUED A NOTICE TO THE CHAIRMAN OF THE INSIDER DEALING TRIBUNAL REQUIRING THE TRIBUNAL TO INQUIRE INTO AND DETERMINE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE SECURITIES ORDINANCE, WHETHER CULPABLE INSIDER DEALING IN RELATION TO ORDINARY SHARES IN INTERNATIONAL CITY HOLDINGS LTD. OR ANY RELATED COMPANIES TOOK PLACE IN THE PERIOD BETWEEN JANUARY 1, 1984 AND JUNE 30, 1984, AND THE IDENTITY OF ANY PERSONS INVOLVED IN SUCH INSIDER DEALING AND THE EXTENT OF THEIR CULPABILITY.

IT WAS ANNOUNCED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE TODAY THAT THE GOVERNOR HAD APPOINTED THE HONOURABLE MR JUSTICE CLOUGH AS CHAIRMAN OF THE INSIDER DEALING TRIBUNAL FOR A PERIOD OF THREE YEARS WITH EFFECT FROM NOVEMBER 1, 1984. THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY ADDED THAT MR GORDON MACWHINNIE AND MRS BARBARA WONG HAD BEEN APPOINTED BY THE GOVERNOR TO ACT IN RELATION TO THIS PARTICULAR INQUIRY.

IT IS EXPECTED THAT THE TRIBUNAL WILL HOLD ITS FIRST MEETING WITHIN THE NEXT WEEK.

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 2, 1984

3

+SOUND FOUNDATION FOR FUTURE POLITICAL SYSTEM*

*****

THE WHITE PAPER ON REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT TO BE PUBLISHED T^FORE THE END OF THIS YEAR WOULD FORM A SOUND FOUNDATION FOR *NG KoJirS p6l?T|Jal SYSTEM IN THE YEARS TO COME THE DEPUTY REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR HONG KONG AND KOWLOON, MR ALBERT LAM, SAID THIS (FRIDAY) EVENING.

SPEAKING AT THE INAUGURATION CEREMONY OF OFF ICE-BEARERS OF THE KOWLOON TONG DISTRICT SCOUT COUNCIL, MR LAM SAID, + TO COPE WITH MODERN DEVELOPMENTS AND NEEDS, THE LOCAL POLITICAL SYSTEM WILL UNDERGO CHANGES.*

+IN JULY, THE GOVERNMENT PUBLISHED THE GREEN PAPER ON THE FURTHER DEVELOPMENT OF REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT IN HONG KONG, LISTING IN DETAIL THE PROPOSALS ON POLITICAL REFORMS,* HE SAID.

AFTER A TWO-MONTH CONSULTATION PERIOD, IT WAS NOW BEING FORMULATED INTO A WHITE PAPER, HE ADDED.

ON THE RECENTLY COMPLETED VOTER REGISTRATION DRIVE, MR LAM SAID THE NUMBER OF REGISTERED VOTERS TOGETHER WITH THAT FOR THE PREVIOUS ELECTIONS, HAS NOW REACHED ABOUT 1.5 MILLION.

HE URGED MEMBERS OF THE SCOUT MOVEMENT WHO HAVE REGISTERED AS VOTERS TO CONSIDER STANDING AS CANDIDATES FOR ELECTIONS AND TO CAST THEIR BALLOT IN THE DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS NEXT MARCH.

HE SAID THEY SHOULD EXERCISE THEIR OBLIGATION AS CITIZENS AND CONTRIBUTE TO HONG KONG’S PROSPERITY AND STABILITY.

- - 0 - -

BUSY DAY FOR DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION CHIEF

XII

THE SECRETARY FOR DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION, MR DAVID AKERS-JONES, WILL HAVE A BUSY DAY TOMORROW (SATURDAY) OFFICIATING AT THREE SPORTS FUNCTIONS IN KOWLOON AND THE NEW TERRITORIES.

MR AKERS-JONES WILL TRAVEL TO TUEN MUN TO START OFF THE YAN 01 TONG VOLLEYBALL DEMONSTRATION BY THE CHINA WOMEN’S NATIONAL VOLLEYBALL TEAM - THE CURRENT OLYMPIC CHAMPION - AT THE YAN 01 TONG COMMUNITY AND INDOOR SPORTS CENTRE, YAN CHING CIRCUIT AT 10.30 AM.

HE WILL THEN RETURN TO KOWLOON TO PERFORM THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE SECOND SHAM SHU I PO SPORTS FESTIVAL TO BE HELD AT 1 PM IN THE MONG KOK STADIUM, BOUNDARY STREET.

HE WILL NEXT LAUNCH THE 6TH TSUEN WAN SPORTS FESTIVAL AT A CEREMONY IN THE O.R. SADICK INDOOR GAMES HALL, HING FONG ROAD, KWAI CHUNG, AT 3 PM.

- - 0 - -

/4

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 2, 1984

- 4 -

LADY YOUDE OPENS SPORTS MEET TOMORROW * * *

LADY YOUDE WILL OFFICIATE AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE QTw HONG KONG SPECIAL OLYMPICS ANNUAL ATHLETIC MEET TOMORROW.

THE CEREMONY WILL BE HELD AT WAN CHAI SPORTS GROUND, HARBOUR ROAD, AT 10.30 AM.

IT WILL BE CONDUCTED IN A SIMILAR MANNER AS THE OPENING OF THE OLYMPIC GAMES. A LIGHTING OF THE SPECIAL OLYMPICS FLAME WILL BE PERFORMED BY THE REPRESENTATIVES OF THE ATHLETES. THE HEAD COACH OF THE HONG KONG SPECIAL OLYMPICS, MR KWOK KA-MING, WILL LEAD THE PARTICIPANTS IN RECITING THE OLYMPICS OATH.

DISC JOCKEYS AND TV ARTISTES WILL JOIN A 4 BY 100 METRES RELAY AFTER THE CEREMONY. THE WINNING TEAMS WILL RECEIVE THEIR PRIZES FROM LADY YOUDE.

ABOUT 3 000 MENTALLY HANDICAPPED PEOPLE WILL TAKE PART IN THE ATHLETIC MEET. They WILL COMPETE IN FIELD-AND-TRACK EVENTS ILE THE SEVERE-GRADED MENTALLY HANDICAPPED WILL JOIN SPECIALLY DESIGNED GAMES.

-----o------

$392-MILLI0N WORTH OF BUILDING CONTRACTS SIGNED K K M K

THE HOUSING AUTHORITY TODAY (FRIDAY) SIGNED THREE BUILDING CONTRACTS TOTALLING $392 MILLION TO PROVIDE 6 800 MORE FLATS FOR 30 800 PEOPLE BY 1987.

SIGNED BY THE ACTING DIRECTOR OF HOUSING, MR FRED PANG, THE CONTRACTS ARE FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF PHASE 2 OF THE NEW LONG PING ESTATE, PHASES 1 AND 2 OF PO LAM ESTATE AND PHASE 4 REDEVELOPMENT OF LOWER WONG TAI SIN ESTATE.

THE LARGEST, WORTH $169.6 MILLION, IS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF PHASE 2 OF LONG PING ESTATE IN YUEN LONG.

THE PROJECT WILL PROVIDE TWO 26/28rST0REY DOUBLE-H BLOCKS, TWO 35-STOREY TRIDENT 2 BLOCKS, A SEVEN-STOREY PRIMARY SCHOOL AND TWO COOKED-FOOD STALLS AT LONG PING ESTATE IN YUEN LONG.

THE FOUR DOMESTIC BLOCKS WILL CONTAIN 3 188 NEW FLATS FOR 14 800 PEOPLE BY 1987.

THE SECOND CONTRACT, COSTING $164.8 MILLION, IS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE FIRST AND SECOND PHASES OF PO LAM ESTATE IN JUNK BAY.

/UNDER THIS .......

FBIDAY, NOVEMBER 2, 1984

UNDER THIS CONTRACT, FOUR DOMESTIC BLOCKS -- TWO 35-STOREY TRIDENT 2 BLOCKS AND TWO 22-STOREY SLAB BLOCKS — PLUS A SEVEN-STOREY PRIMARY SCHOOL, A COMMERCIAL CENTRE, AN INDOOR RECREATION CENTRE AND A CAR PARK WILL BE CONSTRUCTED.

WORK ON THIS PROJECT HAS JUST STARTED AND WILL PROVIDE 2 488 NEW FLATS FOR 11 OOO PEOPLE BY DECEMBER 1986.

THE THIRD CONTRACT, WORTH S57.5 MILLION, IS FOR THE PHASE 4 REDEVELOPMENT OF LOWER WONG TAI SIN ESTATE IN CENTRAL KOWLOON.

THE PROJECT, DESIGNED TO IMPROVE THE LIVING CONDITIONS AND RELIEVE OVERCROWDING FOR TENANTS AT THE ESTATE, WILL PROVIDE ONE NEW DOUBLE-H BLOCK OF 26/28 STOREYS AND ONE SINGLE-H BLOCK OF 26 STOREYS.

THE TWO BLOCKS TOGETHER WILL PROVIDE 1 142 MODERN FLATS FOR 5 000 PEOPLE.

WORK ON THE PROJECT WILL BEGIN IMMEDIATELY AND WILL BE FINISHED BY NOVEMBER 1986.

- - 0 - -

THREE SITES TO BE AUCTIONED * * * *

THE ONLY REMAINING SITE, KNOWN AS KOWLOON INLAND LOT NO. 10729, FOR DEVELOPMENT IN THE TSIM SHA TSUI EAST SHOPPING DISTRICT WILL BE AUCTIONED AT THE END OF THIS MONTH.

THE AUCTION WILL BE HELD IN THE JADE BALLROOM OF THE FURAMA HOTEL ON NOVEMBER 28, STARTING AT 2.30 PM.

IT IS THE SECOND MAJOR SITE IN THE URBAN AREA FOR WHICH THERE WILL BE AN OPTION TO PAY THE PREMIUM IN THE FORM OF MONETISED LAND EXCHANGE ENTITLEMENTS (LETTERS A/B), SAID A SPOKESMAN FOR THE LANDS DEPARTMENT.

THE SITE, ON WHICH THERE IS A BUILDING HEIGHT RESTRICTION OF 51.82 METRES, IS AT SCIENCE MUSEUM ROAD. IT IS FOR NON-1NDUSTRI AL DEVELOPMENT WHICH MAY INCLUDE A HOTEL. •

UNDER THE SALES CONDITIONS, THE DEVELOPER WILL HAVE TO COMPLETE AT LEAST 13 500 SQUARE METRES OF GROSS FLOOR AREA ON THE 2 850-SQUARE-METRE SITE BEFORE DECEMBER 31, 1988.

ONE SITE IN KOWLOON BAY AND ANOTHER IN SHA TIN WILL ALSO BE OFFERED AT THE AUCTION.

/THE KOWLOON

FHHUY, NOVEMBER 2, 1?84

THE KOWLOON BAY SITE, MEASURING 2 058 SQUARE METRES, IS TO BE USED FOR STORAGE, DISTRIBUTION AND SALE OF CEMENT, SAND AND OTHER SIMILAR BUILDING MATERIALS AS WELL AS FOR CONCRETE OR ASPHALT BATCHING.

THE SHA TIN SITE, MEASURING 2 200 SQUARE METRES, IS AT THE JUNCTION OF WONG CHUK YEUNG STREET AND KWEI TEI STREET, FO TAN. IT IS EARMARKED FOR INDUSTRIAL AND GODOWN DEVELOPMENT OR FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF A DATA PROCESSING CENTRE.

THE DEVELOPER FOR THE SHA TIN SITE MAY ALSO PAY THE PREMIUM IN THE FORM OF MONETISED LAND EXCHANGE ENTITLEMENTS (LETTERS A/E).

FULL PARTICULARS AND SALES CONDITIONS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM AND PLANS INSPECTED AT:

X LANDS DEPARTMENT, MURRAY BUILDING, 5TH FLOOR, GARDEN ROAD, HONG KONG;

X PUBLIC ENQUIRY SUB-OFFICE, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES (WEST WING), GROUND FLOOR, HONG KONG;

X DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE, (KOWLOON EAST AND WEST), YAU MA TEI CAR PARK BUILDING, 10TH FLOOR, 250 SHANGHAI STREET, KOWLOON; AND

X DISTRICT LANDS OFFICES OF SHA TIN, TUEN MUN, YUEN LONG, TSUEN WAN, TAI PO, NORTH, SAI KUNG AND ISLANDS.

- 0 - -

TWO MP’S TO VISIT HK XXX

TWO CONSERVATIVE MP’S, SIR HECTOR MONRO AND MR HAL MILLER, WILL ARRIVE IN THE NEXT TWO DAYS FOR A VISIT.

SIR HECTOR WILL FLY IN TOMORROW (SATURDAY) WHILE MR MILLER IS SCHEDULED TO ARRIVE ON SUNDAY.

ARRANGEMENTS HAVE BEEN MADE FOR THE TWO MP’S TO MEET A CROSS-SECTION OF THE COMMUNITY AND VISIT A NUMBER OF PLACES, INCLUDING CHI MA WAN CLOSED CENTRE FOR REFUGEES AND SHA TIN DISTR ICT.

THEY WILL GIVE A PRESS CONFERENCE ON NOVEMBER 10 (SATURDAY).

SIR HECTOR WILL LEAVE THE SAME DAY AND MR MILLER ON NOVEMBER 13.

- - 0 - -

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 2, 1984

- 7 -

FITNESS VITAL TO FIREMEN * * * *

FITNESS IS VITAL TO EVERY FIREMAN BOTH PERSONALLY AND PROFESSIONALLY, SAID MR BRIAN FENDER, CHIEF FIRE OFFICER, HONG KONG FIRE COMMAND TODAY (FRIDAY).

HE MADE THE REMARK WHEN HE ADDRESSED A BATCH OF 20 PHYSICAL TRAINING INSTRUCTORS OF THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT ON COMPLETION OF A SIX-WEEK INTENSIVE TRAINING COURSE.

+1 AM PROUD OF THE STANDARDS OF PHYSICAL FITNESS ENJOYED AND MAINTAINED BY MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE AND, TO MY KNOWLEDGE, THERE IS NO OTHER FIRE SERVICE OF SIMILAR SIZE TO HONG KONG WHOSE PERSONNEL CAN EQUATE WITH SUCH LEVELS,+ MR FENDER SAID.

HE SAID THAT IN THE USA ONLY A FEW BRIGADES HAVE A REGULAR FITNESS TRAINING PROGRAMME ALTHOUGH THE JOB OF A FIREMAN IS AMONG THE TOP FIVE MOST DANGEROUS OCCUPATIONS.

MR FENDER ADDED THAT EVEN IN THE UNITED KINGDOM INTEREST WAS ONLY NOW BEING SHOWN IN A NUMBER OF BRIGADES AND PROGRAMMES WERE BEING INTRODUCED.

+WE IN HONG KONG ARE FORTUNATE IN HAVING AN ON-GOING PROGRAMME WITH TRAINED PHYSICAL FITNESS INSTRUCTORS AND FITNESS-EXERCISE ROOMS BEING PROVIDED. THE FAR SIGHTEDNESS OF THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT AND THE GOVERNMENT IN THE IMPLEMENTATION OF SUCH A TRAINING PROGRAMME IS DESERVING OF COMMENDATI ON.+

+THE BENEFITS ON THE FIREGROUND IN THE WAY WHICH PERSONNEL ARE ABLE TO RESPOND TO THE INTENSE PHYSICAL DEMANDS OVER MANY HOURS HAVE BEEN OBVIOUS AND IT SPEAKS MUCH OF THE EFFECTIVENESS AND SUCCESS OF THE PROGRAMME THAT SERIOUS INJURIES AND PROLONGED SICK LEAVE ARE RARE,+ MR FENDER ADDED.

MR FENDER LATER PRESENTED THE BEST TRAINEE AWARD TO FIREMAN WONG WAI-KEUNG. THE CEREMONY WAS HELD AT THE VICTORY HALL OF THE JUBILEE SPORTS CENTRE AT SHA TIN.

-------------o - n i-________________

/8 .......

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 2, 1984

8

SOCIAL CENTRES BRING ELDERLY PEOPLE TOGETHER

*****

SOCIAL CENTRES FOR THE ELDERLY ENABLE OLD PEOPLE TO SPEND TIME TOGETHER AND ENCOURAGE THEM TO REMAIN ACTIVE IN COMMUNITY LIFE.

THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR JOHN CHAMBERS, SAID THIS TODAY (FRIDAY) WHEN HE OPENED THE LEUNG LEE SAU YU SOCIAL CENTRE FOR THE ELDERLY AT CHOI YUEN ESTATE, SHEUNG SHU I. THE CENTRE IS RUN BY THE WOMEN’S WELFARE CLUB, EASTERN DISTRICT HONG KONG.

+RESPECT FOR THE ELDERLY IS VERY DEEPLY ROOTED IN CHINESE SOCIETY,* HE SAID, +AND THERE CAN BE NO BETTER WAY OF DEMONSTRATING SUCH RESPECT THAN THROUGH ENERGETIC SUPPORT FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF SERVICES WHICH PROMOTE THE WELFARE AND THE WELL-BEING OF ELDERLY CITIZENS.*

HE EMPHASISED THE IMPORTANCE PLACED BY THE GOVERNMENT ON THE CONTRIBUTION OF ORGANISATIONS SUCH AS THE WOMEN’S WELFARE CLUB TO THE EXPANSION OF SERVICES FOR OLD PEOPLE.

CHOI YUEN IS THE FIRST MAJOR PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATE IN SHEUNG SHU I NEW TOWN, WHERE THE POPULATION IS EXPECTED TO GROW TO ABOUT 26 000 EVENTUALLY.

MR CHAMBERS THANKED THE DONOR, MADAM LEUNG LEE SAU-YU, AND SAID THE WOMEN’S WELFARE CLUB, THOUGH FOUNDED ON HONG KONG ISLAND, HAD NOT BEEN SLOW IN RESPONDING TO NEW CHALLENGES AND IN EXTENDING ITS ACTIVITIES TO THE FAR NORTH OF THE NEW TERRITORIES.

_ _ 0 - -

SCHOOL HEADS TO ATTEND ADMINISTRATION COURSE * * *

THE PRINCIPALS OF 20 AIDED SECONDARY SCHOOLS WILL ATTEND THE FIRST SECONDARY SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION COURSE TO BE HELD BETWEEN NOVEMBER 6 AND 23.

THE NINE-DAY COURSE WILL COVER MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS OF A SCHOOL PRINCIPAL, EDUCATIONAL POLICIES, WAYS OF PROMOTING MORAL EDUCATION IN SCHOOLS, SCHOOL FINANCE AND ACCOUNTING, AND RELEVANT ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS.

MR R.M. CAMERON, SENIOR ASSISTANT DIRECTOR (SCHOOLS AND SERVICES) OF EDUCATION, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE OPENING OF THE COURSE ON TUESDAY (NOVEMBER 6).

THE COURSE WILL BE HELD AT THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT’S TRAINING UNIT AT LUI KEE EDUCATION SERVICES CENTRE, 3/F, 269 QUEEN’S ROAD EAST, HONG KONG.

_ _ 0 - -

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 2, 1984

- 9 -

DISTRICT FORUM FOR KWUN TONG

MW*

KWUN TONG RESIDENTS WILL BE ABLE TO EXPRESS THEIR VIEWS ON VARIOUS DISTRICT MATTERS AND ON THE WORK OF THE DISTRICT BOARD AT A PUBLIC FORUM ON SUNDAY (NOVEMBER 4) AFTERNOON.

TOPICS FOR DISCUSSION INCLUDE THE PROVISION OF SECONDARY SCHOOL PLACES IN THE DISTRICT, PROBLEMS IN THE LOCAL INDUSTRIAL AND SQUATTER AREAS, TRAFFIC CONGESTION AND VARIOUS COMMUNITY AFFAIRS.

THE DISTRICT FORUM, JOINTLY ORGANISED BY RADIO TELEVISION HONG KONG AND THE DISTRICT OFFICE, WILL START AT 3 PM ON THE PODIUM OF TELFORD GARDENS IN KOWLOON BAY.

PANELISTS INCLUDE KWUN TONG DISTRICT OFFICER, MR KEVIN MAK;

FOUR DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS, MR CHAN KANG-CHOW, MR CHEUNG SHEK-FU, EDDIE LAMB AND MR LAM HANG-FA IJ AN AREA COMMITTEE CHAIRMAN, bfi WONG CHAK-LEONGl AND TWO COMMUNITY WORKERS, MISS NORA YAU AND MR LEE CHEUK-YAN.

-----0------

TENDERS CALLED FOR ROAD PROJECT * * *

THE ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF TWO SECTIONS OF THE WEST KOWLOON CORRIDOR.

UNDER THE CONTRACT, AN ELEVATED ROAD FROM THE ALREADY COMPLETED SECTION NEAR YEN CHOW STREET TO LAI CHI KOK ROAD WILL BE BUILT AND THE ELEVATED SECTION IN TUNG CHAU STREET WILL BE EXTENDED TO TONG Ml ROAD.

WORK IS EXPECTED TO START IN JANUARY NEXT YEAR. WHEN COMPLETED IN 1987, THE NEW SECTIONS WILL SHORTEN TRAVELLING TIME BETWEEN SOUTH KOWLOON AND THE WESTERN NEW TERRITORIES AND EASE CONGESTION ON THE ROADS NEARBY.

CONSTRUCTION WILL BE SUPERVISED TOGETHER WITH THE HIGHWAYS OFFICE OF DEPARTMENT.

BY MAUNSELL CONSULTANTS ASIA THE ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT

0-------

/10 .......

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 2,' 19«“ .

- 10 -

ABATTOIRS TO HAVE NEW LIFTS * * * *

THE URBAN COUNCIL HAS RECENTLY APPROVED THE REPLACEMENT OF EIGHT GOODS LIFTS AT KENNEDY TOWN AND CHEUNG SHA WAN ABATTOIRS TO ENSURE CONTINUED EFFICIENT OPERATION OF THE TWO ESTABLISHMENTS.

THE APPROVAL FOLLOWED AN IN-HOUSE STUDY ON THE ECONOMIC LIFE EXPECTANCY OF EQUIPMENT AT THE TWO ABATTOIRS.

THE STUDY SHOWED THAT THE ENVIRONMENT IN THE ABATTOIRS AND THE STRAIN PUT UPON THE LIFTS HAD CAUSED RAPID CORROSION AND DETERIORATION TO THE EQUIPMENT, RESULTING IN UNSATISFACTORY OPERATION AND FREQUENT BREAKDOWNS.

♦DESPITE REGULAR AND COSTLY MAINTENANCE, THE CONDITION OF THE GOODS LIFTS HAS NOW DETERIORATED TO A POINT WHERE FURTHER SUBSTANTIAL MAINTENANCE IS NO LONGER ECONOMICALLY VIABLE,* SAID A SPOKESMAN FOR THE CITY SERVICES DEPARTMENT.

HE SAID THE NEW REPLACEMENT LIFTS, ESTIMATED TO COST $10.44 MILLION, WOULD BE SPECIALLY DESIGNED TO WITHSTAND ROUGH USAGE AND TO RESIST CORROSION.

CONDITIONS IN THE LIFT MOTOR ROOM WILL ALSO BE IMPROVED TO ENSURE GOOD VENTILATION ESSENTIAL TO THE MAINTENANCE OF THE EQUIPMENT.

+THE REPLACEMENT PROGRAMME WILL BE CONDUCTED IN PHASES BY THE CONTRACTOR UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

+REMOVAL OF THE EIGHT EXISTING LIFTS IS EXPECTED TO START IN MID-1986 AND THE INSTALLATION OF THE REPLACEMENT LIFTS IS SCHEDULED FOR COMPLETION IN EARLY 1989.+

- - - - 0 ---------

LAND FORMATION FOR HOSPITAL STARTING SOON

IKS

WORK ON LAND FORMATION FOR THE EASTERN HOSPITAL IN CHAI WAN WILL START LATER THIS MONTH.

A CONTRACT FOR THE PROJECT, WORTH ABOUT $21.6 MILLION, WAS SIGNED THIS (FRIDAY) MORNING BY MR KAM SING-SUN, CHIEF STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT, AND AN OFFICIAL OF THE CONTRACTOR, JAPAN DEVELOPMENT AND CONSTRUCTION COMPANY.

/the contract .......

FHJDAY, NOVEMBER 2, 1984

THE CONTRACT COVERS DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY STRUCTURES AND THE FORMATION OF BUILDING PLATFORMS ON A HILL SLOPE.

THE LAND FORMATION WORK IS EXPECTED TO TAKE 22 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.

ON COMPLETION AT THE END OF THIS DECADE, THE EASTERN HOSPITAL WILL PROVIDE A COMPREHENSIVE RANGE OF SPECIALIST TREATMENT FACILITIES, INCLUDING PSYCHIATRY, A ROUND-THE-CLOCK ACCIDENT AND EMERGENCY SERVICE, A NURSES’ TRAINING SCHOOL AND A SPECIALISTS’ OUTPATIENT CLINIC.

-----0------

CARNIVAL TO CROWN SPORTS FORTNIGHT

* * X X

THE YUEN LONG SPORTS FORTNIGHT WILL END TOMORROW (SATURDAY) WITH A CARNIVAL AT THE YUEN LONG PUBLIC SWIMMING POOL IN TAI YUK ROAD.

THE CARNIVAL, WHICH WILL START AT 2 PM , WITH FEATURE DEMONSTRATIONS IN SYNCHRONISED SWIMMING, DIVING AND LIFE-SAVING. THERE WILL ALSO BE A CANOE-POLO MATCH AND A RELAY RACE-

YUEN LONG DISTRICT OFFICER, MR JAMES WILSON, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE CLOSING CEREMONY AT 4.30 PM.

-----0-----

TENNIS COURTS TO MEET YAU MA TEI’S NEEDS

* 4 X *

YAU MA TEI RESIDENTS WILL BE ABLE TO ENJOY MORE ACTIVE RECREATION WHEN TWO TENNIS COURTS ARE COMPLETED IN THREE MONTHS’ TIME.

+THE TENNIS COURTS ARE A MUCH WELCOMED PROJECT AS THERE ARE FEW ACTIVE RECREATION FACILITIES IN THE DENSELY POPULATED DISTRICT,* SAID DISTRICT OFFICER, MR BOWEN LEUNG, AT THE EARTH-BREAKING CEREMONY TODAY (FRIDAY).

THE COURTS, LOCATED TO THE SOUTH OF DUNDAS STREET, ARE BEING BUILT AT A COST OF $300 000, HALF OF WHICH IS CONTRIBUTED BY THE DISTRICT BOARD AND THE OTHER HALF BY LOCAL KAIFONGS.

*THE PROVISION OF SPORTS FACILITIES IN THE DISTRICT IS INADEQUATE TO MEET RESIDENTS’ NEEDS AS YAU MA TEI IS ONE OF THOSE AREAS WHICH WAS DEVELOPED AT AN EARLY STAGE SO THAT LAND USE WAi MAINLY FOR COMMERCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL PURPOSES,* HE SAID.

+THE DISTRICT BOARD, GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS AND LOCAL ASSOCIATIONS ARE AWARE OF THE PROBLEMS AND HAVE BEEN WORKING TOGETHER TO IMPROVE THE SITUATION,* HE ADDED.

-----0------

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 2, 1984

12

STREET CLEANSING DAY FOR TUEN MUN *****

MORE THAN 100 PRIMARY SCHOOL PUPILS WILL BE OUT TOMORROW (SATURDAY) MORNING TO HELP CLEAN UP THE STREETS OF TUEN MUN.

THE 'STREET CLEANSING DAY’ IS SPONSORED BY THE DISTRICT BOARD AND ORGANISED BY THE CLEAN TUEN MUN CAMPAIGN SUB-COMMITTEE.

THE SCHOOL CHILDREN WILL BE HANDING OUT BOOKMARKERS AND STICKERS TO PASSERS-BY TO EMPHASISE THE IMPORTANCE OF A CLEAN ENVIRONMENT.

A CEREMONY TO PRESENT FLAGS OF APPRECIATION TO THE CHILDREN, SCHOOLS AND OTHER ORGANISATIONS TAKING PART IN THE CAMPAIGN WILL BE HELD AT THE YAN 01 TOWN SQUARE.

OFFICIATING AT THE CEREMONY WILL BE THE chairman nc tuc ri cam TUEN MUN CAMPAIGN SUB-COMMITTEE, MR TSO SHIU-WA^l ASSISTANT^ CLEAN kiikTRMDTi MR CHR,S *ONGj THE CHAIRMAN OF THE HEUNG YEE

KUK, MR LAU WONG-FAT; THE URBAN SERVICES OFFICER (TUEN MUN) W CHOI YING-WAI; AND DISTRICT BOARD MEMBER, MR LEE MO.

MEMBER, MR LEE MO.

-----o-----

RESTRICTED ZONE

* * *

FROM 10 AM TOMORROW (SATURDAY), A SECTION OF WANG TAU HOM SOUTH ROAD WILL BE MADE A RESTRICTED ZONE FROM 7 AM TO 10 AM AND FROM 4 PM TO 7 PM DAILY.

THIS SECTION IS BETWEEN THE ROAD’S JUNCTION WITH WANG TAU HOM EAST ROAD AND A POINT ABOUT 50 METRES WEST OF THE JUNCTION.

WITHIN THE RESTRICTED ZONE, ALL MOTOR VEHICLES EXCEPT THOSE WITH PERMITS ISSUED BY THE COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPORT WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM PICKING UP OR SETTING DOWN PASSENGERS-OR LOADING OR UNLOADING GOODS.

-----0-----

WATER CUT IN CENTRAL * * * * '

FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO SOME PREMISES IN CENTRAL DISTRICT WILL BE TURNED OFF FROM 11 PM ON MONDAY (NOVEMBER 5) TO 6 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY FOR LEAKAGE TESTS.

THE AFFECTED PREMISES ARE BOUNDED BY QUEEN'S ROAD CENTRAL, ICE HOUSE STREET, D’AGUILAR STREET, WING WAH LANE, WO ON LANE, WELLINGTON STREET AND POTTINGER STREET.

0 - -

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG TEL. 5-233191

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 3, 1984

CONTENTS EAGE NO.

HONG KONG WINS BIG IN NEW YORK TV FESTIVAL ..................... 1

HANDICAPPED PEOPLE COMPETE IN SPORTS MEET ...................... 2

BUILDING INDUSTRY PRAISED ...................................... 3

HANDY ROAD SAFETY KITS DESIGNED FOR SCHOOLS..................... 3

ADVICE ON TRAVEL TO INDIA....................................... 4

FAIR A BIG SUCCESS ............................................. 5

GRAND START FOR SPORTS FESTIVAL ................................ 5

WORK ON NEW COLOURS FOR PARKING METERS STARTS .................. 6

STORM 'WATER DRAINS FOR RENNIE'S MILL .......................... 7

YUEN LONG SPORTS FORTNIGHT DRAWS BIG CROWDS..................... 7

PRESS CONFERENCE ON DISTRICT FESTIVAL .......................... 8

LAND FORMATION CONTRACT AWARDED ................................ 8

CANAL ROAD TO BE RESURFACED..................................... 9

TAI 0 MARKET STALLS ON OFFER.................................... 9

TEMPORARY CLOSURE OF FANLING SWIMMING POOL..................... 10

KWAI CHUNG WATER WARNING ...................................... 10

FIRING PRACTICE................................................ 11

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 3, 1984

1

HONG KONG WINS BIG IN NEW YORK TV FESTIVAL K K H K

HONG KONG HAS WON FOUR MEDALS FOR RTHK-PRODUCED PROGRAMMES AT THE INTERNATIONAL FILM AND TELEVISION FESTIVAL OF NEv. YORK.

THE MEDALS — ONE GOLD, ONE SILVER AND TWO BRONZE — ONE IN EaCd CATEGORY OF THE TELEVISION SECTION OF THE FESTIVAL, WERE PRESENTED ON FRIDAY NIGHT TO HONG KONG’S DIRECTOR OF BROADCASTING, M? STUART WILKINSON.

THE GOLD MEDAL WENT TO AN ENGLISH-LANGUAGE PUBLIC SERVICE PROGRAMME +HERE AND NOW+ (WITH MR GARY POLLARD AS DIRECTOR AND MR CHRIS HILTON AS PRODUCER). THE SILVER MEDAL WENT TO A CHINESE-LANGUAGE PROGRAMME +BORN TO LIVE* IN THE DRAMA CATEGORY (ITS DIRECTOR WAS MS RACHEL ZEN). THE TWO BRONZE MEDALS WENT TO A CHINESE-LANGUAGE PROGRAMME +NOT EVEN ONE IN A THOUSAND+ IN THE NEWS DOCUMENTARY CATEGORY (WITH MS MATILDA LEUNG AS DIRECTOR) AND AN ENGLISH-LANGUAGE PROGRAMME +DUOSCOPE+ --A TV MAGAZINE SERIES DIRECTED BY MR BRIAN DANIELS.

COMMENTING ON HONG KONG’S SUCCESS, MR WILKINSON SAID, +IT WILL BRING TO THE NOTICE OF PRODUCERS AND EXECUTIVES FROM AROUND THE WORLD THE FACT THAT WE ARE MAKING PROGRAMMES OF A REALLY HIGH STANDARD.+

+OVER THE YEARS WE HAVE CULTIVATED A STABLE OF VERY TALENTED PEOPLE IN ALL ASPECTS OF TELEVISION WORK AND THE MOST PLEASING THING ABOUT THIS RUN OF FOUR MEDALS IS THAT THEY COME FROM DIFFERENT AREAS OF OUR OPERATION.+

MR WILKINSON PAID SPECIAL TRIBUTE TO +BORN TO LIVE+, WHICH IS THE STORY OF THE FRIENDSHIP OF TWO YOUNG MEN WITH SEVERE PHYSICAL HANDICAPS.

THE TWO PLAY THEMSELVES IN THE DRAMA, ALTHOUGH THE REST OF THE CAST ARE EITHER TRAINED ACTORS OR EXTRAS RECRUITED FROM HONG KONG YOUTH GROUPS.

MR WILKINSON SAID THE MAIN IMPRESSION GAINED FROM THE PROGRAMME, WHICH WAS BEST DESCRIBED AS A +DRAMA-DOCUMENTARY+, *Ao OF THE TREMENDOUS COURAGE OF THE TWO YOUNG MEN, 17-YEAR-OLD SCHOOLBOY SHUM LEUNG-MAN, AND WONG GWAN-CHEUNG, AGED 26. THE DIRECTOR, MS RACHEL ZEN, WORKED FOR A YEAR TO GAIN THE CONFIDENCE OF SHUM AND WONG.

THE FOUR MEDALS ARE PART OF A CONTINUING SUCCESS STORY FOR HONG KONG AT THE NEW YORK FESTIVAL.

HONG KONG WON A GOLD, SILVER AND BRONZE LAST YEAR, AND A BRONZE IN 1982, THE FIRST YEAR IT ENTERED THE FESTIVAL.

/THIS YEIH'S .......

SATURDAY, N0V£lffii3H 3, 19&4

2 -

THIS YEAR’S MEDAL-WI NN I NG PROGRAMMES WERE AMONG 834 ENTRIES IN THE TELEVISION SECTION OF THE FESTIVAL, WHICH ATTRACTED A RECORD 4 866 ENTRIES FROM 45 COUNTRIES THROUGHOUT THE WORLD.

HOWEVER, MR WILKINSON SAID HIS TRIP TO NEW YORK WAS NOT JUST TO COLLECT THE MEDALS.

+ IT’S A FIRST STAGE IN AN ATTEMPT TO BUILD ON THE GROWING REPUTATION WE HAVE FOR QUALITY PRODUCTS AND TO SEE WHETHER WE CAN MAKE THEM GENERATE INCOME FOR HONG KONG AT A TIME WHEN EVERY DOLLAR COUNTS. IT’S UP TO US TO SEE WHAT WE CAN WIN BACK FROM THE TAXPAYERS’ INVESTMENT.*

+ I’D LIKE TO COLLECT THE PRIZES NOW AND THE CHEQUE A MONTH LATER,* HE SAID WITH A GRIN.

0 - -

HANDICAPPED PEOPLE COMPETE IN SPORTS MEET * * *

THE 9TH HONG KONG SPECIAL OLYMPIC ANNUAL ATHLETIC MEET WAS OPENED TODAY (SATURDAY) BY LADY YOUDE IN HER CAPACITY AS PATRON OF THE HONG KONG SPECIAL OLYMPIC BOARD.

THE MEETING, WHICH WAS HELD AT WAN CHAI SPORTS GROUND, OFFERED AN OPPORTUNITY TO SOME 3 OOO MENTALLY HANDICAPPED PEOPLE TO COMPETE IN FIELD-AND-TRACK EVENTS IN THE OLYMPIC SPIRIT.

THE OPENING CEREMONY WAS CONDUCTED IN A SIMILAR MANNER AS THE OLYMPIC GAMES. REPRESENTATIVES OF THE ATHLETES PERFORMED A LIGHTING OF THE SPECIAL OLYMPIC FLAME AND ALL THE ATHLETES RECITED THE OLYMPIC OATH.

A CELEBRITY RELAY WITH EACH TEAM COMPRISING DISC JOCKEYS OR TV ARTISTES, A PARENT OF PARTICIPATING ATHLETES, A MENTALLY HANDICAPPED PERSON AND A TEACHER WAS HELD.

PRESENT AT THE OPENING CEREMONY WERE THE FOUNDER AND PRESIDENT OF THE INTERNATIONAL SPECIAL OLYMPICS, MR SARGENT SHRIVER! THE CHAIRMAN OF THE HONG KONG SPECIAL OLYMPICS BOARD, RR DICKEN YUNG; AND THE PRESIDENT OF THE AMATEUR SPORTS FEDERATION AND OLYMPIC COMMITTEE OF HONG KONG, MR A.DE 0 SALES.

THE PARTICIPANTS OF THE 1984 ASIA-PACIFIC DIRECTORS’ CONFERENCES AND TRAINING SCHOOL WERE ALSO PRESENT TO STUDY THE HONG KONG’S SPECIAL OLYMPICS PROGRAMME.

THE ATHLETIC MEET WILL CONTINUE ON NOVEMBER 15 AND 16.

-----o------

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 3, 1984

- 3 -

BUILDING INDUSTRY PRAISED

lit

THE SECRETARY FOR LANDS AND WORKS, MR NICKY CHAN, TODAY (SATURDAY) DESCRIBED HONG KONG’S BUILDING INDUSTRY AS BEING WELL MANAGED, TECHNICALLY ADVANCED AND HAVING A WELL-TRAINED, QUALIFIED WORKFORCE.

HE SAID THE INDUSTRY HAD PLAYED AN IMPORTANT PART IN IMPROVING HONG KONG’S SURROUNDINGS.

+AS A RESULT,* HE SAID, +HONG KONG HAS BEEN TRANSFORMED FROM A RELATIVELY UNDER-DEVELOPED CITY TO AN ULTRA-MODERN CITY OF TODAY.*

MR CHAN, WHO OPENED THE +BUILDING TOMORROW’S HERITAGE* EXHIBITION AT THE MTR CENTRAL STATION CONCOURSE, SAID MANY VISITORS HAD BEEN AMAZED BY THE SPEED AND INTENSITY OF THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY HERE.

+OUR NEW TOWNS, HOUSING ESTATES, VARIOUS PUBLIC WORKS AND PRIVATE DEVELOPMENTS ARE COMPLETED WITHIN A MUCH SHORTER TIME SCALE, EVEN WHEN COMPARED WITH TECHNOLOGICALLY FAR ADVANCED COUNTRIES.

+IT IS AN ACHIEVEMENT WHICH ALL OF US INVOLVED IN THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY CAN BE JUSTIFIABLY PROUD.

+SUCH AN ACHIEVEMENT COULD NOT HAVE BEEN ACCOMPLISHED UNLESS THE INDUSTRY WAS WELL MANAGED, TECHNICALLY ADVANCED AND HAD A WELL-TRAINED AND QUALIFIED WORKFORCE,* HE SAID.

-----o-----

HANDY ROAD SAFETY KITS DESIGNED FOR SCHOOLS

*****

SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHERS CAN NOW MAKE USE OF A NEWLY PRODUCED ROAD SAFETY TEACHING KIT TO STRENGTHEN ROAD SAFETY EDUCATION IN JUNIOR FORMS.

OVER 200 TEACHERS FROM 150 SECONDARY SCHOOLS WERE INTRODUCED TO THE CONTENTS OF THE KIT WHILE ATTENDING A SEMINAR ON ROAD SAFETY EDUCATION HELD BY THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT AT THE GRANTHAM COLLEGE OF EDUCATION TODAY (SATURDAY).

THE TEACHING KIT, PRODUCED AS PART OF THE 1934-85 ROAD SAFETY CAMPAIGN, AIMS TO EDUCATE STUDENTS ABOUT THE CORRECT BEHAVIOUR OF ROAD USERS.

+THE ROAD SAFETY CAMPAIGN HAS IN THE PAST TWO YEARS PLACED CONSIDERABLE EMPHASIS ON PEDESTRIAN SAFETY. MUCH EFFORT HAS BcEN DIRECTED AT THE MOST VULNERABLE AGE GROUP - CHILDREN,* A SPOKESMAN FOR THE ROAD SAFETY PUBLICITY COMMITTEE SAID.

A’O XiaCK .......

SOTOBBAY, NOVEMBSH 3, 1984

TO REACH THIS TARGET GROUP, A TEACHING KIT WAS PRODUCED LAST YEAR FOR PRIMARY SCHOOL STUDENTS.

♦THE CHILDREN OF TODAY WILL BECOME TOMORROW’S ADULT ROAD USERS. THEY MUST BE TAUGHT THE LANGUAGE OF THE ROAD AND THE IMPORTANCE OF ROAD SAFETY CONSCIOUSNESS,+ HE ADDED.

♦THIS YEAR, WE HAVE GONE ONE STEP FURTHER BY INTRODUCING ROAD SAFETY KNOWLEDGE TO THE OLDER AGE GROUPS, I.E. YOUNGSTERS BETWEEN THE AGE OF 13 AND 15,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

THE KIT FOR SECONDARY SCHOOLS COMPLETES THE SERIES OF TEACHING KITS ON ROAD SAFETY EDUCATION.

+IT CONTAINS INFORMATION WHICH SHOULD BE PARTICULARLY USEFUL FOR TEACHERS OF ECONOMICS AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS AND SOCIAL STUDIES,+ HE SAID.

THE BILINGUAL KIT CONSISTS OF TEACHING NOTES ON +PEDESTRIAN SAFETY+ +CYCLING+, +TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNALS* AND +SCHOOL CROSSING PATROLS+, WITH SUGGESTED DISCUSSION TOPICS AND ACTIVITIES, THREE SHORT INSTRUCTIONAL FILMS ON THE FIRST THREE TOPICS AND TEACHING AIDS JN THE FORM OF CHARTS.

REPRESENTATIVES FROM THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, THE POLICE, THt TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT AND THE ROAD SAFETY ASSOCIATION SPOKE AT TODAY’S SEMINAR. TOGETHER WITH THE INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT, THESE ORGANISATIONS WERE INVOLVED IN THE PLANNING AND PREPARATION OF THE TEACHING KITS FOR BOTH SECONDARY AND PRIMARY SCHOOLS.

AT THE SEMINAR PUBLICITY MATERIALS ON ROAD SAFETY WERE DISTRIBUTED TO TEACHERS AS TEACHING AIDS.

COPIES OF THE KIT ARE AVAILABLE FOR LOAN TO SCHOOLS AT THE AUDIO VISUAL RESOURCE LIBRARY OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT IN ROOM 228, LEE GARDEN, HYSAN AVENUE, CAUSEWAY BAY, HONG KONG.

FURTHER INFORMATION CAN BE OBTAINED BY DIALLING 5-8392362.

-----o------

ADVICE ON TRAVEL TO INDIA * * * *

GIVEN THE PRESENT UNCERTAIN SITUATION IN INDIA IN THE WAKE OF THE ASSASSINATION OF MRS GANDHI, THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT WISHES TO ADVISE HONG KONG RESIDENTS PLANNING A VISIT TO INDIA THAT IT WOULD BE PRUDENT TO POSTPONE THEIR TRAVEL PLANS FOR THE

TIME BEING.

--------o----------

/5 .......

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 3, 1984

- 5 -

FAIR A BIG SUCCESS

* * *

THOUSANDS OF VISITORS FLOCKED TO THE CORRECTIONAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT’S AUTUMN FAIR AT STANLEY THIS (SATURDAY) AFTERNOON.

MRS LAURA FANG, WIFE OF LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLOR DR HARRY FANG, PERFORMED THE RIBBON-CUTTING CEREMONY TO OPEN THE 32ND AUTUMN FAIR AT THE FOOTBALL FIELD NEXT TO STANLEY PRISON.

STALLS WERE SOON SURROUNDED BY SHOPPERS LOOKING FOR A GOOD BUY.

A WIDE SELECTION OF PRODUCTS, MADE BY PRISONERS, WAS OFFERED FOR SALE, INCLUDING STUFFED TOYS, TOY HOUSES, RATTAN FURNITURE, WOODEN FURNITURE, POTTED PLANTS AND MANY OTHER ITEMS. THERE WERE ALSO SNACK STALLS AND GAME STALLS.

ENTERTAINMENT INCLUDED MARCHING DISPLAYS BY THE CAPE COLLINSON BAND AND THE TAI TAM GIRLS’ PIPERS AND PRECISION MARCHING TEAM AS WELL AS A MOTOR CYCLE DISPLAY BY 29 SQUADRON, ROYAL CORPS OF TRANSPORT.

ALL FAIR PROCEEDS WILL BE DONATED TO WORTHY CAUSES, INCLUDING THE HONG KONG SOCIETY FOR REHABILITATION, THE HONG KONG DISCHARGED PRISONERS’ AID SOCIETY, THE PRISONERS’ WELFARE DONATION ACCOUNT AND THE DEPARTMENTAL STAFF WELFARE FUND.

--------0----------

GRAND START FOR SPORTS FESTIVAL

XXX

THE SHAM SHU I PO SPORTS FESTIVAL GOT OFF TO A GRAND START TODAY (SATURDAY) AS HUNDREDS OF PEOPLE TOOK PART IN THE OPENING CEREMONY AT MONG KOK STADIUM.

THE SECRETARY FOR DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION, MR DAVID AKERS-JONES, OFFICIATED AT A RIBBON-CUTTING CEREMONY TO MARK THE OPENING OF THE TWO-WEEK FESTIVAL.

AMID A CARNIVAL ATMOSPHERE, THOUSANDS OF SPECTATORS WERE TREATED TO A HOST OF EVENTS THAT INCLUDED MARCHING BAND PARADES, DRAGON AND LION DANCES, AEROBIC AND MASS DANCES AND AN EXHIBITION SOCCER MATCH BETWEEN TWO TOP FIRST DIVISION CLUBS.

THERE WAS ALSO EXCITEMENT AMONG THE SPECTATORS WHEN THE FINALISTS OF THE SHAM SHU I P,0 BEST ATHLETE AWARD CONTEST PITTED THEIR SKILLS AGAINST EACH OTHER.

THE FESTIVAL IS A JOINT EFFORT OF THE SHAM SHUI PO SPORTS SSOCIATION, THE DISTRICT BOARD, THE URBAN COUNCIL AND THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT.

SATUBDAT, NOVEMBER 3, 1984

6

DURING THE NEXT TWO WEEKS, LOCAL RESIDENTS WILL HAVE THE OPPORTUNITY OF TAKING PART IN A WIDE VARIETY OF ACTIVITIES. THERE WILL BE VARIOUS BALL GAMES AND COMPETITIONS, WATER SPORTS, A CROSS COUNTRY RACE, EXHIBITION MATCHES BY VISITING TABLE-TENNIS AND BADMINTON TEAMS FROM CHINA AND A GRAND GALA TO MARK THE CLOSING CEREMONY.

IN HIS ADDRESS AT TODAY’S CEREMONY, THE CHAIRMAN OF THE FESTIVAL ORGANISING COMMITTEE, MR CHOW KWEN-LIM, SAID THE FESTIVAL WAS ORGANISED IN LINE WITH THE DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION SCHEME WHICH AIMS TO RAISE RESIDENTS’ AWARENESS AND CONCERN FOR COMMUNITY AFFAIRS AND DISTRICT ACTIVITIES.

MR CHOW SAID SOME 80 000 RESIDENTS WERE EXPECTED TO TAKE PART IN THE FESTIVAL.

DETAILS OF THE FESTIVAL’S PROGRAMMES AND ADMISSION TICKETS ARE AVAILABLE AT THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT, THE SHAM SHUI PO SPORTS ASSOCIATION, AND THE DISTRICT OFFICE AND ITS SUB-OFFICES. TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE AT 3-7280781 OR 3-704251 DURING OFFICE HOURS.

0 --------

WORK ON NEW COLOURS FOR PARKING METERS STARTS *****

WORK HAS STARTED TO CHANGE, IN PHASES, THE COLOUR CODINGS FOR SOME 15 000 PARKING METERS THROUGHOUT HONG KONG.

UNDER THE SCHEME, THE POSTS OF HALF-HOUR METERS WILL BE PAINTED YELLOW ALL THROUGH, WHILE THOSE OF ONE-HOUR AND TWO-HOUR METERS WILL BE PAINTED BROWN AND BLUE RESPECTIVELY WITHOUT THE ALTERNATE WHITE BANDS.

PARKING METERS WHICH ARE OPERATIONAL ON SUNDAYS AND PUBLIC HOLIDAYS WILL BE INDICATED BY A WHITE BAND AT THE UPPER END OF THEIR POSTS INSTEAD OF THE VIOLET.

A TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THE PROGRAMME, ^HICH IS TO FACILITATE MAINTENANCE AND MAKE THE METERS MORE EASILY IDENTIFIABLE, WOULD TAKE TWO YEARS TO COMPLETE.

THE FIRST DISTRICTS TO HAVE PARKING METERS WITH THE NEW COLOUR CODING WILL BE TSIM SHA TSUI EAST, HUNG HOM AND I CHI KOK.

--------0

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 3, 1984

- 7 -

STORM WATER DRAINS FOR RENNIE’S MILL *****

A STORM WATER DRAINAGE SYSTEM DESIGNED TO PROTECT THE RENNIE’S MILL VILLAGE COTTAGE AREA IN KWUN TONG AGAINST THE DANGER OF LANDSLIP AND FLOODING IS FAST APPROACHING COMPLETION.

THE PROJECT, WHICH COSTS MORE THAN $1 MILLION, IS BEING CARRIED OUT IN THREE PHASES, THE FIRST OF WHICH WAS COMPLETED IN AUGUST.

THE CHANNEL IS BEING CONTRUCTED ON THE HILLSLOPES JUST ABOVE THE COTTAGE AREA TO DRAIN AWAY THE RAIN WATER DURING THE WET SEASONS.

THE SECOND PHASE OF THE PROJECT IS ALREADY WELL UNDERWAY WHILE THE FINAL PHASE WILL BE FINISHED EARLY NEXT YEAR.

♦ THE USEFULNESS OF THE SYSTEM IS OBVIOUS PARTICULARLY AT TIMES OF HEAVY DOWNPOURS WHEN THE DANGERS OF LANDSLIPS AND FLOODING ARE IMMINENT,+ A HOUSING DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY.

+THE PROJECT IS PART OF THE DEPARTMENT’S CONTINUOUS EFFORTS IN ENSURING THE SAFETY OF ITS RESIDENTS WHEREVER NECESSARY,+ HE ADDED.

YUEN LONG SPORTS FORTNIGHT DRAWS BIG CROWDS * * * *

THE YUEN LONG SPORTS FORTNIGHT HAD ATTRACTED THOUSANDS OF PEOPLE FROM YUEN LONG AS WELL AS OTHER DISTRICTS, YUEN LONG DISTRICT OFFICER, MR JAMES WILSON, SAID TODAY (SATURDAY).

+THE FESTIVAL HAS PROVED A VERY POPULAR EVENT BECAUSE THE PROGRAMME CONTAINED SOMETHING FOR EVERYONE,+ HE SAID.

HE WAS SPEAKING AT A WATER CARNIVAL TO MARK THE CLOSING CEREMONY OF THE FESTIVAL AT THE YUEN LONG PUBLIC SWIMMING POOL.

HUNDREDS OF PEOPLE TOOK PART IN THE CARNIVAL WHICH INCLUDED DIVING, SYNCHRONISED SWIMMING, A RELAY RACE AND LIFE-SAVING AND CANOE-POLO DEMONSTRATIONS.

A TOTAL OF 17 MAJOR EVENTS HAD BEEN HELD OVER THE PAST TWO WEEKS. THEY INCLUDED ACTIVITIES FOR MENTALLY HANDICAPPED AND ELDERLY PEOPLE.

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 3, 1984

8

NOTE TO ED I TORSi

PRESS CONFERENCE ON DISTRICT FESTIVAL

III

THE 1984 WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT FESTIVAL, A JOINT PRESENTATION BY THE WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT SPORTS COUNCIL AND THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT, WILL START ON NOVEMBER 11 (SUNDAY).

A PRESS CONFERENCE TO ANNOUNCE DETAILS OF THE FESTIVAL WILL BE HELD AT 3 PM ON MONDAY (NOVEMBER 5) ON THE 3RD FLOOR OF PRINCE HOTEL, HARBOUR CITY, CANTON ROAD.

DISTRICT OFFICER, MR PHILIP CHOK, AND THE CHAIRMAN OF THE FESTIVAL ORGANISING COMMITTEE, MR FUNG KWONG-CHUNG, WILL HOST THE PRESS CONFERENCE.

YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE CONFERENCE.

- - 0 - -

LAND FORMATION CONTRACT AWARDED * * *

THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT HAS AWARDED A $48.7 MILLION CONTRACT TO GAMMON (HONG KONG) LIMITED TO FORM ABOUT 28 HECTARES OF LAND IN TAI PO.

THE SITE, NEAR THE OLD MARKET AND TAI PO KAU, WILL BE USED FOR RECREATIONAL, RESIDENTIAL, EDUCATIONAL AND OTHER PURPOSES.

WORK WILL INCLUDE CONSTRUCTING ABOUT 780 METRES OF A DUAL CARRIAGEWAY DISTRIBUTOR ROAD WITH THREE PEDESTRIAN-CYCLIST SUBWAYS.

CONSTRUCTION OF ABOUT 745 METRES OF SINGLE-CELL BOX CULVERTS AND ASSOCIATED ROADWORKS, AND DRAINAGE WILL ALSO BE CARRIED OUT.

WORK IS EXPECTED TO TAKE 30 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.

- - 0 - -

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 3, 1984

- 9 -

CANAL ROAD TO BE RESURFACED * * * *

WILL BEN?LL0??iDTXE?CTALET^ELN "Lo°UCESTER R0AD AND LOCKHART ROAD will Be. CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FROM 8 PM ON MONDAY fNOVFMBFP th

5 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY FOR ROAD RESURFACING. (N0VEMBER T0

HOWEVER, ITS FLYOVER WILL REMAIN OPEN.

DURING THE CLOSURE, THE SECTION OF JAFFE ROAD BETWEEN MARSH ROAD AND CANAL ROAD WEST WILL BE RE-ROUTED TWO WAYS, AND ALL ON-STREET PARKING SPACES THERE WILL BE TEMPORARILY SUSPENDED.

EASTBOUND TRAFFIC ON JAFFE ROAD WEST OF MARSH ROAD HEADING FOR PERCIVAL STREET WILL BE DIVERTED VIA MARSH ROAD AND LOCKHART ROAD.

DAY. HESURrAC^NG^WORK^wtcL^BE^CARR^ED^OlJT f/MJF LOWING REQUIRING THE CLOSURE OF THESECT n(AA^rR0AD EAST-AND LOCKHART ROAD. S'fKtV0''0

AFFECTED.

DURING THE CLOSURE, WESTBOUND TRAFFIC ON INNER GLOUCESTER ROAD HEADING FOR LOCKHART ROAD WILL BE DIVERTED VIA EITHER PERCIVAL STREET OR MARSH ROAD.

EASTBOUND TRAFFIC ON JAFFE ROAD WEST OF FOR PERCIVAL STREET WILL HAVE TO PROCEED VIA LOCKHART ROAD.

MARSH ROAD HEADING MARSH ROAD AND

-----0-----

TAI 0 MARKET STALLS ON OFFER

III

LANTAU ISLAND

TWELVE VACANT STALLS AT TA I 0 MARKET ON ______ ..

WILL BE PUT UP FOR PUBLIC AUCTION ON WEDNESDAY (NOVEMBER 7).

THE AUCTION WILL BE HELD AT THE TAI 0 HEALTH OFFICE, AT THE GOVERNMENT OFFICES BUILDING AT SHEK TSAI PO STREET IN TAI 0, AT 11.15 AM, SAID A SPOKESMAN FOft THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT.

AMONG THE STALLS TO BE LEASED, FOUR ARE FOR SELLING FISH, ANOTHER FOUR FOR FRESH MEAT, THREE FOR VEGETABLES AND ONE FOR FROZEN MEAT. THE UPSET MONTHLY RENTAL RANGES FROM "120 TO J25O.

/succsssm BiDDsas.....

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 3, 1984

- 10 -

SUCCESSFUL BIDDERS CAN START BUSINESS ON DECEMBER 1 ON A THREE-YEAR CONTRACT. THEY ARE REQUIRED TO PAY THE BID RENTAL ON QUARTERLY BASIS.

BIDDERS, WHO MUST BE AGED OVER 21, MUST BRING THEIR IDENTITY CARDS AND FIVE RECENT PHOTOGRAPHS TO THE AUCTION. FURTHER PARTICULARS CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE ISLANDS URBAN SERVICES OFFICE, TELEPHONE 5-452442.

-----o------

TEMPORARY CLOSURE OF FANLING SWIMMING POOL

XXX

THE FANLING SWIMMING POOL COMPLEX IN THE NEW TERRITORIES WILL BE CLOSED FOR FOUR DAYS FROM MONDAY (NOVEMBER 5).

THE CLOSURE IS TO FACILITATE THE INSTALLATION OF AN AIR SUPPORT STRUCTURE TO SHELTER SWIMMERS FROM WINTER COLD.

EXCEPT FOR ITS MAIN POOL, THE COMPLEX WILL BE RE-OPENED ON FRIDAY (NOVEMBER 9), A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT SAID.

THERE WILL BE THREE DAILY SESSIONS: 9 AM TO 11.30 AM, 12.30 PM TO 3 PM AND 3.30 PM TO 6 PM.

THE MAIN POOL WILL REMAIN CLOSED UNTIL THE AIR SUPPORT STRUCTURE HAS BEEN INSTALLED.

-------o - - - -

KWAI CHUNG WATER WARNING

* * * *

FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO CERTAIN AREAS OF KWAI CHUNG WILL BE SUSPENDED FOR 11 HOURS FROM 8 PM ON TUESDAY (NOVEMBER 6) TO 7 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY.

FOUR MAJOR AREAS IN THE DISTRICT WILL BE AFFECTED BY THE WORK ON WATER MAINS.

/THE FIRST .......

SATU2DAY, NOVEMBER 3, 1984

- 11 -

THE FIRST AREA COVERS THE EAST SIDE OF WO YI HOP ROAD, BOUNDED BY CASTLE PEAK ROAD AND CHEUNG PEI SHAN ROAD. THE SECOND IS BOUNDED BY THE WEST SIDE OF A SECTION OF WO Yl HOP ROAD, TA CHUEN PING STREET, LEI MUK ROAD AND CHUN PIN STREET. THE THIRD AREA IS WITHIN CHEUNG PEI SHAN ROAD, LO WAI ROAD, TUNG PO TO ROAD, SHING MUN ROAD, KWAI HOP STREET AND KWAI YIP STREET. THE LAST AREA COMPRISES ALL PREMISES WITHIN KWAI SHING CIRCUIT, EXCEPT SHUN TAK FRATERNAL ASSOCIATION LEE SHAU KEE COLLEGE.

A NUMBER OF PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES AND OTHER LOCATIONS WILL ALSO BE AFFECTED BY THE STOPPAGE INCLUDING : KWAI SHING (WEST AND EAST) ESTATE, LEI MUK SHUE ESTATE, SHEK YAM ESTATE, SHEK LEI ESTATE, CHEUNG SHAN ESTATE, 6-1/2 MILESTONE CASTLE PEAK ROAD, HOI PA CHUEN AT WO YI HOP ROAD, SAN TSUEN AND Yl PEI CHUEN.

-----0------

FIRING PRACTICE

* * *

FIRING PRACTICE WILL TAKE PLACE AT THE HA TSUEN-CASTLE PEAK RANGE ON SIX DAYS NEXT WEEK.

THE PUBLIC ARE WARNED NOT TO ENTER THE AREA WHEN RED FLAGS ARE HOISTED.

THE PRACTICE WILL BE FROM 8 AM TO 5 PM ON MONDAY (NOVEMBER 5), WEDNESDAY (NOVEMBER 7), FRIDAY (NOVEMBER 9) AND SATURDAY (NOVEMBER 10)» AND FROM 8 AM TO 11 PM ON TUESDAY (NOVEMBER 6) AND THURSDAY (NOVEMBER 8).

-----o------

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG TEL: 5-233191

SUNDAY, NOV-MBER k, 1984

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

PRICE AND VOLUME MOVEMENTS 0? AUGUST EXTERNAL TRADE............ 1

TUEN MUN TOWN PARK TAKES SHAPE ................................ 5

CENTRES THAT SERVE AS 'WALKING ENCYCLOPEDIAS' ................. 6

100 000 EXPECTED AT CAREERS EXHIBITION ........................ 7

YOUTH BAND FESTIVAL STARTS .................................... 8

JO AND J1-YEAR-OLD WOMEN CALLED FOR NEW I.D. CARDS............ 9

STUDENTS INVITED TO COMMONWEALTH ESSAY COMPETITION ............ 9

COMMUNITY ACTIVITIES DEVELOP SENSE OF BELONGING ............... 10

MORE MARRIAGE SERVICES INTRODUCED ............................. 11

CHARITY WALK FOR THE ELDERLY .................................. 12

COUNCIL SPARES NO EFFORTS IN ENSURING WHOLESOME SUPPLY OF FOOD ....................................................... 13

TIME FOR TOILET TENDERS ....................................... 16

TAI KOK TSUI 'EYESORE' REMOVED ................................ 16

TEMPORARY PLAYGROUND IN WONG TAI SIN .......................... 17

eastern clean-up starts ....................................... 17

PLB CLEARWAYS AT REPULSE BAY .................................. 17

TRAFFIC DIVERSION ............................................. 18

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 4, 1984

1

PRICE AND VOLUME MOVEMENTS OF AUGUST EXTERNAL TRADE ******

DOMESTIC EXPORTS ROSE BY 21 PER CENT AND RE-EXPORTS BY 28 PER CENT IN VOLUME TERMS IN AUGUST 1984, COMPARED WITH AUGUST 1983, SO THAT TOTAL EXPORTS INCREASED BY 23 PER CENT, ACCORDING TO STATISTICS RELEASED TODAY BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.

IMPORTS INCREASED BY 12 PER CENT IN VOLUME TERMS.

PRICES OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS AND RE-EXPORTS ROSE BY 14 PER CENT AND 15 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY, SO THAT FOR TOTAL EXPORTS, PRICES WERE UP BY 14 PER CENT IN AUGUST 1984 OVER AUGUST 1983. PRICES CF IMPORTS ROSE BY 13 PER CENT.

AS A RESULT, THE TERMS OF TRADE INDEX (EXPRESSED AS A RATIO OF THE TOTAL EXPORT PRICE INDEX TO THE IMPORT PRICE INDEX) ROSE BY ONE PER CENT.

COMPARISON OF THE FIRST EIGHT MONTHS OF 1984 WITH THE SAME PERIOD LAST YEAR SHOWS THAT DOMESTIC EXPORTS AND RE-EXPORTS GREW BY 23 .PER CENT AND 32 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY IN VOLUME TERMS, WHILE IMPORTS GREW BY 17 PER CENT.

OVER THE PERIOD, THE PRICES OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS ROSE BY 15 PER CENT WHILE THOSE OF RE-EXPORTS AND IMPORTS BOTH ROSE BY 16 PER CENT.

COMPARISON OF THE 12 MONTHS TO AUGUST THIS YEAR WITH THE 12 MONTHS TO AUGUST 1983 SHOWS THAT THE PRICES OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS AND RE-EXPORTS BOTH ROSE, ON.AVERAGE, BY 16 PER CENT, AND THOSE CF IMPORTS BY 17 PER CENT.

OVER THIS PERIOD THE VOLUME OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS AND RE-EXPORTS INCREASED BY 22 PER CENT AND 30 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY, THUS GIVING A 25 PER CENT INCREASE IN THE VOLUME OF TOTAL EXPORTS. NEANWHILE, THE VOLUME OF IMPORTS ROSE BY 17 PER CENT.

PRICES ARE BASED ON UNIT VALUES WHICH DO NOT TAKE INTO ACCOUNT CHANGES IN THE COMPOSITION OR QUALITY OF GOODS TRADED. CHANGES IN THE VOLUME OF TRADE ARE DERIVED FROM CHANGES IN TRADE VALUES, AFTER DISCOUNTING THE EFFECT OF PRICE CHANGES.

THE CHANGES IN THE VALUE, UNIT VALUE AND VOLUME OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS BY COMMODITY GROUP ARE SHOWN IN TABLE 1.

AS SEEN FROM THIS TABLE THE EXPORT PRICES OF NEARLY ALL COMMODITY GROUPS INCREASED, FROM FOUR PER CENT FOR ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS TO 24 PER CENT FOR TRAVEL GOODS, HANDBAGS AND SIMILAR ARTICLES. HOWEVER, DECREASES IN EXPORT PRICES WERE REGISTERED FOF METAL ORES AND SCRAP (-SEVEN PER CENT), AND WATCHES AND CLOCKS (-TWO PER CENT).

THE DOMESTIC EXPORT VOLUME OF MOST OF THE COMMODITY GROUPS INCREASED SIGNIFICANTLY.

/SUBSTANTIAL INCREASES .......

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 4, 1984

2

SUBSTANTIAL INCREASES WERE REGISTERED FOR: ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS (+104 PER CENT), TEXTILE MADE-UPS AND RELATED ARTICLES (+35 PER CENT), RADIOS OF ALL KINDS (+31 PER CENT), DOMESTIC ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES (+33 PER CENT), FOOTWEAR (+24 PER CENT), METAL MANUFACTURES (+20 PER CENT), CLOTHING (+17 PER CENT) AND WATCHES AND CLOCKS (+17 PER CENT).

HOWEVER, DECREASES IN DOMESTIC EXPORT VOLUME WERE RECORDED FOR TEXTILE YARN AND THREAD (-28 PER CENT), METAL ORES AND SCRAP (-27 PER CENT) AS WELL AS TRAVEL GOODS, HANDBAGS AND SIMILAR ARTICLES (-10 PER CENT).

THE CHANGES IN THE VALUE, UNIT VALUE AND VOLUME OF IMPORTS BY END-USE CATEGORY ARE SHOWN IN TABLE 2.

AS PRESENTED IN THIS TABLE, IMPORT PRICES OF ALL END-USE CATEGORIES WERE UP OVER AUGUST 1983, W I TH INCREASES RANGING FROM EIGHT PER CENT FOR FUELS TO 16 PER CENT FOR RAW MATERIALS AND SEMI-MANUFACTURES.

MANY OF THE MAJOR IMPORTED FOODSTUFFS DECLINED IN VOLUME TERMS, THE MORE SIGNIFICANT ONES BEING TEA AND COFFEE, SOYA BEAN OIL, PEANUT OIL AND LARD, VEGETABLES, SUGAR, FRUIT AND ANIMALS CF THE BOVINE SPECIES. HOWEVER, INCREASES IN IMPORT VOLUME WERE REGISTERED FOR WHEAT AND FLOUR, MILK, BUTTER, CHEESE AND EGGS AND RICE.

THE IMPORT VOLUME OF MAJOR CONSUMER GOODS INCREASED SIGNIFICANTLY, THE MORE SUBSTANTIAL ONES BEING RADIOS, TELEVISION SETS, GRAMOPHONES, RECORDS, TAPE RECORDERS AND AMPLIFIERS, CAMERAS, FLASHLIGHT APPARATUS AND SUPPLIES FOR PHOTOGRAPHY, PASSENGER MOTOR CARS, HOUSEHOLD-TYPE ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES AND CLOTHING. HOWEVER, SIGNIFICANT DECREASES IN IMPORT VOLUME WERE REGISTERED FOR ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES AND FOOTWEAR.

THE IMPORT VOLUME OF MOST OF THE RAW MATERIALS AND SEMIMANUFACTURES ROSE. SIGNIFICANT INCREASES WERE RECORDED FOR MANMADE FIBRES, WOOL AND OTHER ANIMAL HAIR, THERMIONIC CATHODE VALVES AND TUBES, DIODES, TRANSISTORS AND ELECTRICAL MICROCIRCUITS, PAPER AND PAPERBOARD, FABRICS OF WOOL AND MIXTURES, BASE METALS OTHER THAN IRON AND STEEL, LEATHER AND DRESSED FUR SKINS, YARN OF MAN-MADE FIBRES, CHEMICAL ELEMENTS AND COMPOUNDS AS WELL AS waTCH AND CLOCK MOVEMENTS, CASES AND PARTS. HOWEVER, THE IMPORT VOLUME OF RAW COTTON, SILK FABRICS, CRUDE ANIMAL AND VEGETABLE MATERIALS AS WELL AS DYEING, TANNING AND COLOURING MATERIALS DROPPED SIGNIFICANTLY.

IMPORTS OF FUELS DROPPED BY FOUR PER CENT IN VOLUME TERMS.

IN THE CAPITAL GOODS CATEGORY, THE IMPORT VOLUME OF mLL COMMODITIES INCREASED SUBSTANTIALLY, THE MORE REMARKABLE ONES BEING OFFICE MACHINES AND INDUSTRIAL MACHINERY.

/THE CHANGES........

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 4, 1984

3

The CHANGES IN THE VALUE, UNIT VALUE AND VOLUME OF RE-EXPORTo EY END-USE CATEGORY ARE SHOWN IN TABLE 3.

AS DEPICTED IN THIS TABLE SUBSTANTIAL INCREASES IN RE-EXPORT VOLUME wERE REGISTERED FOR CAPITAL GOODS (+53 PER CENT), RAW MATERIALS AND SEMI-MANUFACTURES (+38 PER CENT) AND CONSUMER GOODS r+2. PER CENT). ON THE OTHER HAND, THE RE-EXPORT VOLUME OF FOODSTUFFS AND FUELS BOTH DROPPED BY 23 PER CENT.

TABLE 1 : CHANGES COMPARING AUGUST 1984 WITH AUGUST 1983

OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS BY COMMODITY GROUP

COMMODITY GROUP EXPORT VALUE EXPORT UNIT VALUE EXPORT VOLUME

CLOTHING + 42% + 21% + 17;

TEXTILE FABRICS + 18% + 18% INSIGN IFICANT

TEXTILE YARN AND THREAD - 14% + 18% - 28%

TEXTILE MADE-UPS AND RELATED ARTICLES + 63% + 20% + 35%

RADIOS OF ALL KINDS + 50% + 14% + 31%

ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS + 111% + 4% +104%

FOOTwEAR + 35% + 9% + 24%

METAL MANUFACTURES + 38% + 15% + 20%

METAL ORES AND SCRAP - 32% - 7% - 27%

BATCHES AND CLOCKS + 14% - 2% + 17%

TRAVEL GOODS, HANDBAGS AND SIMILAR ARTICLES + 11% + 24% - IOS-

DOMESTIC ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES + 44% + 10% * 30c:

ALL COMMODITIES + 38% + 14% * LIL

/table 2 :

,UNDAY, NOVEMBER 4, 1984

4

TABLE 2 : CHANGES COMPARING AUGUST 1984 WITH AUGUST 1983 OF IMPORTS BY END-USE CATEGORY

END-USE CATEGORY IMPORT VALUE IMPORT UNIT VALUE IMPORT VOLUME

FOODSTUFFS + 3% + 12% - 8%

CONSUMER GOODS + 26% + 11% + 14%

RAW MATERIALS AND SEMI-MANUFACTURES + 33% + 16% + 12%

FUELS + 3% + 8% - 4%

CAPITAL GOODS + 53% + 9% + 37%

ALL COMMODITIES + 26% + 13% + 12%

TABLE 3 : CHANGES COMPARING AUGUST 1984 WITH AUGUST 1983

END-USE CATEGORY OF RE-EXPORTS BY END-USE CATEGORY RE-EXPORT VOLUME

RE-EXPORT VALUE RE-EXPORT UNIT VALUE

FOODSTUFFS - 12% + 14% - 23%

CONSUMER GOODS + 43% + 15% + 22%

RAW MATERIALS AND SEMI-MANUFACTURES + 59% + 15% 38%

FUELS - 17% . + 8% - 23%

CAPITAL GOODS + 80% + 18% + 53%'

ALL COMMODITIES + 48% + 15% + 26%

FURTHER DETAILS ARE CONTAINED IN THE AUGUST 1984 issue of the

+HONG KONG TRADE INDEX NUMBERS*, AVAILABLE AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE ON NOVEMBER 13, 1984 AT HK#2 PER COPY.

------0-------

/5......

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 4, 1984

- 5 -

TUEN MUN TOWN PARK TAKES SHAPE

* * M * *

CONSTRUCTION WORK ON PHASE ONE OF TUEN MUN TOWN PARK -THE FIRST OF ITS KIND IN THE NEW TERRITORIES - IS NOW IN FULL SWING AND THE PARK SHOULD BE OPENED EARLY NEXT YEAR.

ON COMPLETION, THE TOWN PARK WILL BE A MULTI-PURPOSE RECREATION CENTRE FOR RESIDENTS OF THE RAPIDLY DEVELOPING TUEN MUN NEW TOWN, SAID A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT.

THE PARK IS SITUATED ON A 12.5-HECTARE SITE ON THE SIDE OF TUEN MUN NULLAH AT THE JUNCTION OF TUEN MUN HEUNG SZE WUI ROAD, PUI TO ROAD AND THE NULLAH. IT IS AT THE CENTRE OF TUEN MUN NEW TOWN AND IT IS SURROUNDED BY THE YAU 01, ON TING AND SAN FAT PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES.

PHASE ONE OF THE TOWN PARK OCCUPIES A TOTAL AREA OF 6.8 HECTARES AT THE NORTHERN SECTION OF THE PARK. THE CONSTRUCTION COST IS ABOUT $46.5 MILLION.

THE MAIN FEATURE AT THE PARK WILL BE AN ORNAMENTAL LAKE WITH FACILITIES FOR PLEASURE BOATS, WATER BICYCLES AND MODEL BOATING ON AN AREA OF ABOUT 1.1 HECTARE. AN ISLAND CAFE IS TO BE BUILT AT THE CENTRE OF THE LAKE.

THERE WILL BE AN OPEN-AIR PERFORMANCE AREA FOR THE STAGING OF THEATRICAL AND MUSICAL EVENTS. SEATING FOR 400 SPECTATORS WILL BE BUILT ON TERRACED STEPS FACING THE STAGE WHILE ANOTHER 1 000 PEOPLE CAN wATCH FROM GRASSED MOUNDS BEHIND.

OTHER FACILITIES INCLUDE A CHILDREN’S PLAYGROUND, SITTING OUT AREAS, PAVILIONS, A LOOK OUT POINT, A RIVERSIDE PROMENADE AND EXTENSIVE LANDSCAPED AREAS.

PHASE TWO OF THE PROJECT, THE SPOKESMAN SAID, WILL INCLUDE MORE WATER FEATURES CONSISTING OF WATER FALLS AT DIFFERENT LEVELS OF POOLS. THERE WILL ALSO BE LOOK OUT POINTS, A ROLLER SKATING RINK AND CHILDREN’S PLAY AREAS. COSTING ANOTHER $45 MILLION, PHASE TWO OF THE TOWN PARK IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED TWO YEARS LATER, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

THE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT IS CO-ORDINATED AND SUPERVISED BY THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT. IT WILL BE HANDED OVER TO THE NTSD FOR MANAGEMENT UPON COMPLETION.

THE NTSD IS NOW INVITING TENDERS FOR THE PROVISION AND OPERATION OF PLEASURE BOATS AND WATER BICYCLES AT THE PARK’S ORNAMENTAL LAKE. THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDER CAN START BUSINESS ON APRIL 1 NEXT YEAR ON A THREE-YEAR CONTRACT.

TENDER FORMS CAN BE OBTAINED AT THE NTSD HEADQUARTERS ON TH" THIRD FLOOR OF SWIRE AND MACLAINE HOUSE (AUSTIN CENTRE), P-23 AUSTIN AVENUE, TSIM SHA TSUI, OR AT THE TUEN MUN URBAN SERVICES OFFICE ON THE FIRST FLOOR OF ’TOP COURT’, 69-70 TAK CHING COURT, TUEN MUN. COMPLETED TENDER FORMS MUST EE PLACED INTO THE TENDER BOX AT THE NTSD HEADQUARTERS BEFORE 9 Ari ON DECEMBER 7 (-RIDA*).

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 4, 1984

- 6 -

CENTRES THAT SERVE AS ’WALKING ENCYCLOPEDIAS’

* 4 * * * *

ARMED WITH VOLUMES OF MANUALS ON ALL GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS, STAFF 0- THE 63 PUBLIC ENQUIRY SERVICE CENTRES (PESC’S) SPREAD THROUGHOUT HONG KONG ARE ABLE TO ANSWER ENQUIRIES ON A WIDE RANGE CF MATTERS.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE CITY AND NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION TODAY (SUNDAY) DESCRIBED THE STAFF AS +WALKING ENCYCLOPEDIAS*.

+SUBJECTS MOST FREQUENTLY ASKED ARE ABOUT JOB VACANCIES, APPLICATIONS FOR HOUSING, FORMS ISSUED BY DEPARTMENTS AND PROBLEMS ON RATES AND MATTERS RELATED TO GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS,* HE SAID.

THE FIRST PESC WAS SET UP IN 1961. SINCE THEN THIS SERVICE HAS EXPANDED STEADILY IN RESPONSE TO PUBLIC DEMAND, PARTICULARLY WITH THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION SCHEME IN RECENT YEARS,* HE EXPLAINED.

IN THE FIRST EIGHT MONTHS OF THIS YEAR, THE CENTRES HANDLED MORE THAN 3.25 MILLION CASES AND ENQUIRIES AND DISTRIBUTED 4.81 MILL ION FORMS.

THERE ARE MORE THAN 2OQ DIFFERENT TYPES OF GOVERNMENT FORMS AND PAMPHLETS FOR DISTRIBUTION IN THE CENTRES.

THOSE IN GREAT DEMAND ARE APPLICATION FORMS FOR GOVERNMENT JOB VACANCIES, HOME OWNERSHIP, PUBLIC HOUSING, PUBLIC EXAMINATIONS, ENTRIES FOR THE WALK FOR A MILLION, AND RECENTLY, THE WHITE PAPER ON THE SINO-BRITISH DRAFT AGREEMENT,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

IN DEALING WITH THE PUBLIC, WE DO ALL WE CAN TO ANSWER THEIR QUESTIONS PROMPTLY, BUT IN CASES WHcRE THE INFORMATION IS NOT READILY AVAILABLE WE CALL UP THE DEPARTMENTS CONCERNED TO GET ALL THE DETA ILS,+ HE ADDED.

IN THEIR DAILY CONTACT WITH THE PUBLIC, STAFF OF THE CENTRES HAVE TO BE PATIENT, POLITE, INFORMATIVE AND READY TO HELP,+ HE SAID.

AS THEY DEAL WITH A WIDE RANGE OF SUBJECTS, THE STAFF ARE REQUIRED TO ATTEND PERIODICAL TRAINING AND ORIENTATION PROGRAMMES. WHEN NEW GOVERNMENT SERVICES OR NEW PROCEDURES ARE INTRODUCED, ALL CENTRES ARE IMMEDIATELY INFORMED TO .ENSURE THAT REFERENCE MATERIALS ARE KEPT UP-TO-DATE,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

DURING TYPHOONS AND HEAVY RAINSTORMS, THE PUBLIC ENQUIRY SECTION OF THE CNTA OPERATES A 24-HOUR TELEPHONE ENQUIRY SERVICE (3-692255), ANSWERING AN AVERAGE OF MORE THAN 600 CALLS A DAY.

ANOTHER POPULAR SERVICE IS STATUTORY DECLARATION ADMINISTERED BY APPOINTED COMMISSIONERS OF OATHS AT EACH CENTRE. IN THE FIRST EIGHT MONTHS OF THIS YEAR, MORE THAN 280 000 DECLARATIONS WERE MADE.

/OTHER SOT/ICES........

SUNDAY, NUVSMBSR 4, 1984

7

OTHER SERVICES PROVIDED AT THE PESO’S ARE THE FREE LEGAL ADVICE SCHEME IN CO-OPERATION WITH THE LAW SOCIETY AND CONSULTATIONS WITH RENT OFFICERS FROM THE RATING AND VALUATION DEPARTMENT.

+THOSE WHO WISH TO OBTAIN THESE SERVICES CAN APPROACH ANY OF THE CENTRES WHERE OUR COUNTER STAFF WILL IDENTIFY THE NEED AND ARRANGE AN APPOINTMENT WITH A DUTY LAWYER OR A RENT OFFICER,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

ANYONE WHO WISHES TO KNOW MORE ABOUT THE SERVICES OF THE CENTRES MAY CONTACT THE PESC OF THE CNTA HEADQUARTERS ON THE 13TH FLOOR OF WORLD SHIPPING CENTRE, 7 CANTON ROAD, HARBOUR CITY, KOWLOON (TEL. 3-692255).

------o-------

100 000 EXPECTED AT CAREERS EXHIBITION * * * * *

THE 13TH ANNUAL CAREERS EXHIBITION, CAREERS ’85, WILL BE OPENED ON FRIDAY (NOVEMBER 9) AT THE CITY HALL EXHIBITION HALL.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT SAID THE ANNUAL CAREERS EXHIBITIONS, WHICH STARTED IN 1972, PROVIDE YOUNG PEOPLE WITH THE WIDEST POSSIBLE RANGE OF CAREERS OPPORTUNITIES IN HONG KONG.

+THIS MAJOR EVENT IN THE LOCAL CAREERS EDUCATION SCENE HAS ALWAYS BEEN A GREAT SUCCESS AND IN RECENT YEARS THE NUMBER CF VISITORS HAS BEEN MORE THAN 100 000,+ HE SAID.

THE DIRECTOR OF THE CITY POLYTECHNIC, DR DAVID JOHNS, THE CHAIRMAN OF THE URBAN COUNCIL, MR HILTON CHEONG-LEEN AND THE COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, MR RON BRIDGE WILL OFFICIATE AT AN OPENING CEREMONY TO BE HELD AT 3 PM THAT DAY AT THE CITY HALL CONCERT HALL.

THE EXHIBITION, JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT’S YOUTH EMPLOYMENT ADVISORY SERVICE AND THE URBAN COUNCIL, WILL THEN BE OPEN TO MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC FROM 9.30 AM TO 6.30 PM DAILY UNTIL NOVEMBER 19.

TWENTY-ONE EXHIBITORS FROM COMMERCE, INDUSTRY, PROFESSIONAL ORGANISATIONS AND THE GOVERNMENT WILL TAKE PART IN THE EXHIBITION.

THIS YEAR, AS IN PREVIOUS EXHIBITIONS, EACH PARTICIPATING ORGANISATION WILL HAVE A DISPLAY STAND TO ILLUSTRATE, WITH GRAPHS, PHOTOGRAPHS, MODELS AND OTHER AUDIO-VISUAL AIDS, THE NATURE OF JOBS ON OFFER ENTRY QUALIFICATIONS, CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT, TRAINING, PROMOTION PROSPECTS AND OTHER RELATED INFORMATION.

LEAFLETS AND PAMPHLETS PREPARED BY THE EXHIBITORS a ILL EE DISTRIBUTED TO VISITORS.

DURING THE EXHIBITION, FOUR GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS — R.YmL HONG KONG POLICE, FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT, CORRECTIONAL oERVlCES AND CUSTOMS AND EXCISE DEPARTMENT — WILL STAGE LIVE SHO..S aT EDINBURGH PLACE TO ILLUSTRATE THEIR WORK WITH DISPLAYS AND DEMONSTRATIONS.

------o-------

/8 .....

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 4, 193-

- 8 -

YOUTH BAND FESTIVAL STARTS

******

THE SEVENTH HONG KONG YOUTH BAND FESTIVAL, ONE OF THE MAJOR MUSIC EVENTS ORGANISED BY THE MUSIC OFFICE OF THE RECREATION ANI CULTURE DEPARTMENT, STARTED THIS (SUNDAY) EVENING.

TO MARK THE OPENING OF THE EIGHT-DAY FESTIVAL, A SCHOOL BANDS INVITATION CONCERT WAS HELD AT THE ACADEMIC COMMUNITY HALL. THE CHIEF JUSTICE, SIR DENYS ROBERTS, WAS AMONG THt LARGE AUDIENCE.

IN A MESSAGE CONTAINED IN THE FESTIVAL’S SOUVENIR PROGRAMME, SIR DENYS SAID THE BAND FESTIVAL WAS NOW A MAJOR EVENT ON HONG KONG’S MUSIC CALENDAR.

+THE SUCCESS OF THIS ANNUAL FESTIVAL IS EVIDENCE OF THE GRO'.." OF INTEREST OF YOUNG PEOPLE IN THE PLAYING OF BAND MUSIC, AN ACTIVITY WHICH GIVES MUCH SATISFACTION TO THOSE WHO TAKE PART IN IT,+ SIR DENYS SAID.

THE SCHOOL BANDS INVITATION CONCERT TODAY FEATURED THE wINNErv OF LAST YEAR’S SYMPHONIC BAND PERFORMANCE, THE HONG KONG YOUTH SYMPHONIC BAND OF THE MUSIC OFFICE, WHICH TREATED THE AUDIENCE WITH TWO PIECES — ’INSTANT CONCERT’ AND THE THEME FROM ’NEW YORK, NEW YORK’.

THIS YEAR’S FESTIVAL GUEST BAND IS THE JAPANESE TOYAMA TECHNICAL HIGH SCHOOL BAND, WINNER OF THE GOLDEN PRIZE IN THE +ALL JAPAN BAND CONTEST* FOR SEVEN CONSECUTIVE YEARS. THE 45-MEMEER BAND WILL ARRIVE HERE ON TUESDAY (NOVEMBER 6).

ALTOGETHER 28 BANDS ARE TAKING PART IN THE FESTIVAL.

BESIDES CONCERTS, SEMINARS, COMPETITIONS AND WORKSHOPS WILL BE HELD.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE MUSIC OFFICE SAID HIGHLIGHTS OF THE FESTIVAL WOULD INCLUDE A ’FESTIVAL CONCERT’ AT THE CITY HAlL CONCERT HALL ON NOVEMBER 8 AND A ’GALA FINALE’ AT QUEEN ELIZABETH STADIUM ON NOVEMBER 11.

THE JAPANESE BAND, UNDER THE BATON OF ITS DIRECTOR, MR TOSHIO SATSUMA, WILL PERFORM JOINTLY WITH THE HONG KONG YOUTH SYMPHONIC BAND AND AEROBIC DANCERS FROM THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE.

THE CAPE COLLINSON BAND, THE SPOKESMAN ADDED, WOULD GIVE A MARCHING DISPLAY WHILE THE CHEER-LEADERS FROM THE YAN CHAI HOSPITAL LIM POR YEN SECONDARY SCHOOL WILL JOIN OTHER PARTICIPANTj TO ENTERTAIN THE AUDIENCE.

TICKETS FOR THESE TWO CONCERTS, AT S5 EACH, ARE ON SAL; AT ALL MUSIC CENTRES OF THE MUSIC OFFICE AND COMPUTERISED EOX '-FICEo OF THE URBAN COUNCIL. ENQUIRIES MAY BE MADE AT 5-741622.

- - 0 ----------

/9........

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 4, 1984

9

30 AND 31-YEAR-OLD WOMEN CALLED FOR NEW I.D. CARDS * * *

WOMEN BORN IN 1953 AND 1954 MUST APPLY FOR NEW IDENTITY CARDS BETWEEN TOMORROW (MONDAY) AND DECEMBER 1.

APPLICANTS SHOULD BRING THEIR OLD I.D. CARDS WHEN THEY CALL AT ANY ONE OF THE EIGHT NEW I.D. CARD ISSUE OFFICES.

+THOSE WHO WISH TO ALTER THEIR LAST NAMES AS A RESULT OF A CHANGE IN MARITAL STATUS MUST PRODUCE MARRIAGE OR DIVORCE CERTIFICATES TO SUPPORT THEIR CLAIMS,+ A SPOKESMAN FOR THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT SAID.

THE ISSUE OFFICES ARE OPEN FROM 8 AM TO 9.30 PM, MONDAY TO SATURDAY. TO AVOID THE EVENING RUSH, APPLICANTS WHO DO NOT HAVE TO WORK DURING THE DAY ARE ADVISED TO VISIT THE OFFICES BEFORE 5 PM.

A MAIL-IN APPOINTMENT SERVICE IS AVAILABLE TO THOSE WHO WISH TO GO TO A SPECIFIC ISSUE OFFICE AT A PRE-ARRANGED TIME.

♦ ALL ONE HAS TO DO IS TO OBTAIN AN APPLICATION FORM FROM ANY DISTRICT OFFICE OR IMMIGRATION OFFICE, AND RETURN THE COMPLETED FORM TO THE OFFICE OF ONE’S CHOICE AT LEAST 10 DAYS BEFORE THE END OF THE PHASE,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

HE STRESSED THAT THERE WILL BE NO AMNESTY FOR ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS.

_ _ 0 - -

STUDENTS INVITED TO COMMONWEALTH ESSAY COMPETITION * * *

SECONDARY SCHOOL STUDENTS ESSAY COMPETITION ORGANISED BY

ARE INVITED TO JOIN THE 1984-85 THE ROYAL COMMONWEALTH SOCIETY.

AWARDS FOR THE WINNERS OF THIS INTERNATIONAL COMPETITION WILL INCLUDE TRAVEL, CASH AND BOOK PRIZES.

THE SUCCESS ACHIEVED BY HONG KONG STUDENTS IN THIS COMPETITION OVER THE YEARS REFLECTED THE HIGH ACADEMIC ABILITY OF LOCAL STUDENTS, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT SAID.

TO GIVE STUDENTS ADDITIONAL ENCOURAGEMENT, THE HONG KONG GENERAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE IS SPONSORING A LOCAL COMPETITION WITH BOOK PRIZES.

THE COMPETITION IS DIVIDED INTO THREE AGE, AND THERE WILL BE A FIRST, SECOND AND EACH CLASS. THE BOOK PRIZES WILL BE WORTH

CLASSES ACCORDING TO THIRD PRIZES FOR $500 TO 3150.

/IN ADDITION, ........

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 4, 1984

10

IN ADDITION, THE ROYAL COMMONWEALTH SOCIETY IN HONG KONG WILL SPONSOR THE LOCAL COMPETITION BY OFFERING AN ADDITIONAL PRIZE IN THE FORM OF A ROUND-TRIP AIRFARE TO KUALA LUMPUR, ACCOMMODATION FOR TWO NIGHTS IN COMMONWEALTH HOUSE, KUALA LUMPUR, SIGHTSEEING EXPENDITURE AND $500■■SPEND I NG MONEY.

THIS ADDITIONAL PRIZE WILL BE AWARDED TO A STUDENT BASED ON THE DECISION OF THE BOARD OF EXAMINERS IN LONDON.

WINNING ENTRIES FOR THE LOCAL COMPETITION AS WELL AS OTHxR SELECTED ESSAYS WILL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ROYAL COMMONWEALTH SOCIETY IN LONDON FOR THE MAIN COMPETITION.

THE ESSAYS FOR THE LOCAL COMPETITION MUST REACH THE INFORMAT I AND PUBLIC RELATIONS SECTION, EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, LEE GARDENo, HYSAN AVENUE, HONG KONG BY JANUARY 31, 1985 FOR THE PRELIMINARY

ROUND OF JUDGING.

EACH ESSAY SHOULD BE CERTIFIED BY THE PRINCIPAL OR A SENIOR TEACHER AS BEING THE STUDENT’S OWN COMPOSITION.

ENQUIRIES SHOULD BE MADE TO THE INFORMATION AND PUBLIC RELATIONS SECTION ON 5-8392274.

-------0---------

COMMUNITY ACTIVITIES DEVELOP SENSE OF BELONGING X * * * * *

TUEN MUN RESIDENTS’ WILLINGNESS TO BE ACTIVELY INVOLVED IN COMMUNITY ACTIVITIES HAD HELPED DEVELOP A SENSE OF BELONGING AND NEIGHBOURLINESS IN THE DISTRICT, DISTRICT OFFICER, MR RICKY FUNG, SAID TODAY (SUNDAY).

+BECAUSE OF RESIDENTS’ CONCERN FOR THEIR COMMUNITY, THE AIMS CF DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION COULD BE REALISED,* HE SAID.

HE WAS SPEAKING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE TUEN MUN DISTRICT NEIGHBOURHOOD GAMES SCHEME MINI-SOCCER TOURNAMENT AT THE TUEN MUN PLAYGROUND.

THE AIM OF THE SCHEME IS TO ENCOURAGE LOCAL RESIDENTS TO TAKE PART IN DISTRICT AFFAIRS AND TO PROMOTE NEIGHBOURLINESS THROUGH RECREATION AND SPORTS ACTIVITIES.

MR FUNG SAID THERE WAS MUCH ENTHUSIASM IN THE MINI-SOCCER COMPETITION, AND THIS YEAR 21 LOCALLY-ORGANISED TEAMS FROM FIVE PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES WOULD BE TAKING PART.

ON THE RECENT VOTER-REGISTRATION CAMPAIGN, HE SAID COO'PERAT I O'. BY LOCAL MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES HAD HELPED BOOST THE NUMBER OF REGISTERED VOTERS IN TUEN MUN DISTRICT.

/during ?hb........

SUNDAY, NOVQtBER 4, 1984

11

DURING THE CAMPAIGN 46 OOO NEW NAMES WERE ADDED TO THE VOTER REGISTRY, RAISING THE TOTAL NUMBER OF REGISTERED VOTERS IN TUEN MUN TO MORE THAN 71 800.

THE TUEN MUN DISTRICT NEIGHBOURHOOD GAMES SCHEME MINI-SOCCER TOURNAMENT IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICE, THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT, THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT, THE TUEN MUN POLICE COMMUNITY RELATIONS OFFICE, THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT AND THE TUEN MUN SPORTS ASSOCIATION. IT IS SPONSORED BY THE TUEN MUN DISTRICT BOARD.

THE TOURNAMENT WILL BE HELD OVER THE NEXT TWO MONTHS WITH ALL MATCHES BEING PLAYED AT THE TUEN MUN PLAYGROUND.

-----o------

MORE MARRIAGE SERVICES INTRODUCED * * * *

THE MARRIAGE RECORDS OFFICE OF THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT WILL PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SERVICES FROM TOMORROW (MONDAY).

BESIDES ITS REGULAR MARRIAGE SERVICES, IT WILL ALSO BE HANDLING APPLICATIONS FOR: SEARCH OF MARRIAGE RECORDS, CERTIFIED COPIES OF MARRIAGE CERTIFICATES AND CORRECTIONS OF CLERICAL ERRORS ON MARRIAGE CERTIFICATES.

THE OFFICE IS LOCATED ON THE SECOND FLOOR OF LI PO CHUN CHAMBERS, 92-97 CONNAUGHT ROAD CENTRAL.

+THE SERVICE OF PROVIDING ’ABSENCE OF MARRIAGE RECORD CERTIFICATE’ HAS BEEN AVAILABLE IN THIS OFFICE SINCE MAY THIS YEAR,+ A SPOKESMAN FOR THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT SAID.

+Th£ ADDITIONAL MARRIAGE SERVICES ARE BEING INTRODUCED FOR THE CONVENIENCE OF APPLICANTS WHO WISH TO APPLY FOR COPIES OF BIRTH AND MARRIAGE DOCUMENTS AT THE SAME TIME SINCE THIS MARRIAGE RECORDS OFFICE IS IN THE SAME LOCATION AS THE GENERAL REGISTER OFFICE,+ SHE ADDED.

THE WORKING HOURS OF THIS OFFICE ARE FROM 8.45 AM TO 4.30 PM ON MONDAY TO FRIDAY, AND 9 AM TO 11.45 AM ON SATURDAY.

MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC WHO WISH TO MAKE ENQUIRIES MAY TELEPHONE 3-7333111.

/12........

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 4, 1.934

12 -

CHARITY WALK FOR THE ELDERLY ******

THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT IS ORGANISING A CHARITY WALK IN ORDER TO RAISE FUNDS IN AID OF THE ELDERLY LIVING IN HOSTELS AT PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES.

THE *ALK, A MAJOR FUNCTION OF THE CURRENT +HOUSI NG FESTIVAL ’84+, WILL START SIMULTANEOUSLY AT SEVEN ESTATES ON BOTH SIDES OF THE HARBOUR ON SUNDAY (NOVEMBER 25) — ON TING, TUEN MUN ; POK HONG, SHA TIN; KwAI SHING WEST, TSUEN WAN; Ol MAN AND SHUN CHI COURT IN KOWLOON; WAN TSUI, CHAI WAN AND WAH FU, ABERDEEN.

THE DIRECTOR OF HOUSING, MR DAVID FORD, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE OPENING CEREMONY FOR THE SHA TIN ROUTE, WHILE OTHER DIRECTORATE OFFICERS OF THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT WILL OFFICIATE AT SIMILAR FUNCTIONS FOR THE REMAINING ROUTES.

SPONSORSHIP FORMS FOR THE WALK ARE NOW AVAILABLE AT ALL HOUSING ESTATE OFFICES. THE FORMS CONTAIN DETAILS OF THE WALK’S SEVEN ROUTES AND METHODS OF PAYING DONATIONS.

THE CHAIRMAN OF THE WALK’S ORGANISING COMMITTEE, CHIEF HOUSING MANAGER MOK YIU-KWONG, TODAY (SUNDAY) APPEALED TO MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC TO LEND THEIR SUPPORT TO THE WALK.

MR MOK POINTED OUT THAT THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT, IN PLANNING OVER 100 DIFFERENT FUNCTIONS IN CONNECTION WITH THE FESTIVAL, TOOK THE OPPORTUNITY TO PROVIDE A MEANS BY WHICH RESIDENTS OF PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES, HOME OWNERSHIP SCHEME COURTS, TEMPORARY HOUSING AREAS AND COTTAGE AREAS ARE ABLE TO DO SOMETHING FOR THc ELDERLY.

+THE SUCCESS OF THE WALK WILL LARGELY DEPEND ON SUPPORT BY THESE RESIDENTS, AND I STRONGLY URGE THEM TO TURN UP IN FORCE ON THE MORNING OF NOVEMBER 25.

+1 WOULD ALSO LIKE TO APPEAL TO DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS, MUTUAL-AID COMMITTEE MEMBERS, SCHOOL PRINCIPALS AND OTHER ORGANISATIONS AT PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES TO LEND THEIR SUPPORT BY MOTIVATING RESIDENTS AND YOUNG PEOPLE TO TAKE PART IN THE WALK,+ MR MOK ADDED.

-------o----------

/1J........

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 4, 1984

- 13 -

COUNCIL SPARES NO EFFORTS IN ENSURING WHOLESOME SUPPLY OF FOOD

******

IT IS JOKINGLY SAID THAT THE CANTONESE WILL EAT ANYTHING THAT CRAWLS OR HAS FOUR LEGS EXCEPT A TABLE IN THEIR QUEST TO SATISFY THEIR EXOTIC TASTE BUDS. THIS STATEMENT DOES HOWEVER REFLECT THE IMMENSE RANGE OF FOODS AND THE DIVERSITY OF THEIR PREPARATION AVAILABLE IN HONG KONG.

IN FACT, WERE IT NOT FOR HONG KONG’S PHENOMENAL ECONOMIC SUCCESS, WHICH OFTEN OVERSHADOWS ITS MANY OTHER ACHIEVEMENTS, WE WOULD PROBABLY BECOME BETTER KNOWN AS THE GASTRONOMIC MECCA OF THE WORLD. FOR ONE WOULD BE HARD PUT TO FIND SUCH VARIED CUISINE IN ONE PLACE ANYWHERE ELSE.

VISITORS WATCH IN AMAZEMENT AT OUR EXOTIC EATING HABITS AND PROBABLY QUESTION THE WISDOM OF SUCH PRACTICE. BUT THEY WILL PROBABLY FEEL MUCH MORE AT EASE IF THEY ARE AWARE OF THE STRICT AND COMPREHENSIVE SYSTEM OF LOCAL REGULATION IN FOOD PRODUCTION, IMPORTATION AND THEIR HYGIENIC PREPARATION.

THIS SYSTEM OF CONTROLS IS EMBODIED IN THE AUTHORITY OF THE URBAN COUNCIL’S FOOD HYGIENE SELECT COMMITTEE TO ISSUE LICENCES TO PUBLIC EATING PLACES AND PERMITS FOR THE SALE OF CERTAIN FOODS, AND TO PROSECUTE THE LICENCE/PERMIT HOLDERS IF THEY DO NOT OPERATE UP TO THE REQUIRED HYGIENIC STANDARDS.

AT THE END OF MARCH THIS YEAR, THERE WERE 6 998 LICENSED FOOD PREMISES, INCLUDING 3 665 GENERAL RESTAURANTS IN THE URBAN AREAS. IN ADDITION, 4 674 PERMITS FOR THE SALE OF RESTRICTED FOODS --SUCH AS FROZEN CONFECTIONS, MILK, AND CHINESE HERB TEA — WERE ISSUED.^

THE COUNCIL, THROUGH THE HEALTH INSPECTORATE, FIRMLY APPROACHES ITS TASK OF ENSURING THAT ALL FOODS, WHETHER LOCALLY PROCESSED OR IMPORTED, ARE WHOLESOME, UP TO THE REQUIRED STANDARDS AND FIT FOR HUMAN CONSUMPTION.

STATISTICS SHOW THAT LAST MONTH ALONE, TRAINED HEALTH INSPECTORS OF THE COUNCIL’S +EXECUTIVE ARM+, THE URBAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT, CHECKED AND EXAMINED 465 CONSIGNMENTS OF MEAT AND POULTRY BEFORE THEY WERE RELEASED FOR THE MARKET. AS A RESULT, 22.5 TONNES OF FOOD WHICH WERE FOUND TO BE UNFIT FOR HUMAN CONSUMPTION WERE DESTROYED.

/AT THS .......

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 4, 1984

14

AT THE SAME TIME, A TOTAL OF 228 902 PIGS, 11 828 CATTLE AND 227 GOATS WERE CHECKED BEFORE BEING SLAUGHTERED. OF THESE, 769 PIGS AND 25 CATTLE SUFFERING FROM VARIOUS DISEASES OR

INFECTIONS WERE DESTROYED.

CONDEMNED MEATS ARE DISPATCHED TO THE BY-PRODUCTS PLANT AT KENNEDY TOWN ABATTOIR AND PROCESSED INTO SUCH BY-PRODUCTS AS MEAT AND BONE MEAL, ANIMAL GREASE AND DRIED BLOOD. THESE PRODUCTS ARE SOLD BY PUBLIC TENDER FOR AGRICULTURAL AND INDUSTRIAL USE. PRODUCTION DURING 1983-84 AMOUNTED TO 2 500 TONNES, GIVING A RETURN OF $5.6 MILLION.

FOOD SAMPLES ARE ALSO TAKEN ON A REGULAR BASIS FOR BACTERIOLOGICAL AND CHEMICAL EXAMINATIONS WITH A VIEW TO DETECT THE PRESENCE OF HARMFUL ORGANISMS, BIOTOXINS, CHEMICALS, CONTAMINANTS AND TOXIC ELEMENTS INCLUDING RADIOACTIVE SUBSTANCES AND CARCINOGENS. OF THE 1 200 SAMPLES TAKEN DURING 1983-84, 62 WERE FOUND TO BE UNSATISFACTORY.

AS PART OF ITS CONTINUED EFFORT TO PROMOTE PUBLIC AWARENESS OF HEALTH EDUCATION IN GENERAL AND FOOD HYGIENE IN PARTICULAR, THE HEALTH EDUCATION SECTION OF THE DEPARTMENT HOLDS AN ANNUAL FOOD HYGIENE CAMPAIGN IN SUMMER. REGULAR TALKS AND SEMINARS ARE ALSO ORGANISED FOR HOTEL EMPLOYEES AND FOOD CATERERS ON SUCH TOPICS AS +FOOD-BORNE DISEASES AND HYGIENIC FOOD HANDLING+, +FOOD HYGIENE AND SANITATION*, +FOOD POISONING*, AND +ENVIRONMENTAL, FOOD AND PERSONAL HYGIENE*.

THE VIGOROUS ENFORCEMENT OF STRINGENT REGULATIONS ON FOOD SAFETY AND PUBLIC EDUCATION FOR FOOD-SERVICE PERSONNEL MUST UNDOUBTEDLY HAVE CONTRIBUTED TO THE REMOTE CHANCE OF A PERSON BECOMING AFFECTED BY FOOD POISONING IN HONG KONG.

AND ACCORDING TO DR R.A. PERRY, THE DEPARTMENT’S ASSISTANT DIRECTOR (HYGIENE), THE POSSIBILITY OF FOOD POISONING AT HOME COULD AbQO BE DIMINISHED BY FOLLOWING A FEW SIMPLE GUIDELINES:

* CLEAN HANDS BEFORE PREPARING FOOD;

* USE WHOLESOME FOOD AND WATER, AND CLEAN COOKING UTENSILS;

X STORE ALL PERISHABLE FOOD NOT FOR IMMEDIATE CONSUMPTION IN REFRIGERATORS ;

X SEPARATE COOKED FOOD STORED IN REFRIGERATORS FROM RAW FOOD ITEMS ;

* DO NOT THAW FROZEN FOOD UNTIL IT IS NEEDED;

/• NEVER USE .......

SUNDAY, NOVEMBEH 4, 1984

15

* NEVER USE A CHOPPING BLOCK AND KNIFE FOR CUTTING COOKED FOOD IMMEDIATELY AFTER THEY HAVE BEEN USED FOR CUTTING RAW FOOD, PARTICULARLY MEAT OR POULTRY;

* DON’T LEAVE COOKED FOOD EXPOSED FOR A LONG PERIOD OF TIME AND RE-COOK LEFTOVERS THOROUGHLY BEFORE EATING; AND

* PUT ALL WASTE MATTERS IN A COVERED CONTAINER PENDING DISPOSAL.

+THE DANGER OF GASTRO-INTESTINAL DISEASES CONTRACTED FROM IMPROPER FOOD HANDLING EXISTS NOT ONLY DURING SUMMER, ALTHOUGH PEOPLE TEND TO BE MORE AWARE OF IT AS A RESULT OF OUR ANNUAL FOOD HYGIENE CAMPAIGN IN JULY AND OTHER PUBLIC HEALTH EDUCATION ACTIVITIES AT THE APPROACH OF SUMMER,* DR PERRY SAID.

+REGARDLESS OF THE WEATHER CONDITIONS AND THE SEASON, UNSANITARY KITCHEN ENVIRONMENT AND UNHYGIENIC FOOD HANDLING CAN CAUSE CHOLERA, DYSENTERY, TYPHOID, VIRAL HEPATITIS, FOOD POISONING AND OTHER GASTRO-INTESTINAL INFECTIONS.

+IF FOOD OPERATORS OR THE PUBLIC ARE IN ANY DOUBT IN MAINTAINING A HYGIENIC ENVIRONMENT OR IN CARRYING OUT HYGIENIC PRACTICES IN THEIR PREMISES, THEY ARE WELCOME TO SEEK ADVICE FROM THE HEALTH EDUCATION SECTION (5-729361 EXT. 35) OF THE USD OR THE HEALTH EDUCATION UNIT (3-675203) OF THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT.*

DR PERRY SAID ANOTHER IMPORTANT CONTRIBUTION TO FOOD SAFETY IS EXPECTED TO BE REALIZED IN THE NEAR FUTURE WITH THE ENACTMENT OF THE MANDATORY LABELLING REQUIREMENTS FOR PRE-PACKAGED FOODS.

UNDER THE FOOD AND DRUGS (COMPOSITION AND LABELLING) (AMENDMENT) REGULATIONS, THE NEW LABELLING REQUIREMENTS WILL PROVIDE.CONSUMERS WITH THE DETAILS OF THE NATURE OF PRODUCTS, THEIR INGREDIENTS, THE DATE BY WHICH THE FOODS SHOULD BE CONSUMED, INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER USE AND STORAGE, THE QUANTITY, AND THE COUNTRY OF ORIGIN OF THE FOOD.

DR PERRY SAID: +DESPITE ALL THE PROTECTIVE MEASURES OF LEGISLATION ON FOOD SAFETY, AND REGULAR AND SURPRISE INSPECTIONS TO FOOD ESTABLISHMENTS BY THE HEALTH INSPECTORATE, THE PUBLIC COULD BEST PROTECT THEMSELVES BY FIRST OBSERVING THE BASIC HYGIENIC GUIDELINES ON FOOD HANDLING.

+THEY SHOULD ALSO BE READY TO COME FORWARD AND REPORT ANY SUSPECTED CASES OF UNWHOLESOME AND ADULTERATED FOOD BY CALLING DISTRICT HEALTH OFFICES DURING OFFICE HOURS AND 5-717270 OR 3-046957 AFTER OFFICE HOURS.*

-----o------

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 4, 1984

16

TIME FOR TOILET TENDERS * * *

THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF TWO PUBLIC TOILETS IN KOWLOON IN JANUARY NEXT YEAR.

ONE INVOLVES THE REDEVELOPMENT OF AN OLD TOILET AND THE REPROVISIONING OF THE EXISTING ON-STREET REFUSE COLLECTION POINT IN SAI YEE STREET, MONGKOK. FOLLOWING THE DEMOLITION OF THE OLD LAVATORY, A NEW TWO-STOREY STRUCTURE WILL BE ERECTED ON THE 16O-SQUARE-METRE SITE. THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE DUAL PURPOSE BUILDING WILL BE COMPLETED IN OCTOBER, NEXT YEAR.

THE SECOND TOILET, SITUATED AT KWUN TONG BUS TERMINUS, wILL INCLUDE A CUBICLE FOR THE HANDICAPPED. IT IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED IN SIX MONTHS.

TENDERS FOR THE FORMER MUST BE CLEARLY MARKED ON THE ENVELOPE, ADDRESSED TO THE CHAIRMAN, CENTRAL TENDER BOARD, AND PLACED IN THE SECRETARIAT TENDER BOX SITUATED IN THE LIFT LOBBY ON THE LOWER GROUND FLOOR OF CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES (EAST WING), LOWER ALBERT ROAD (AT ITS JUNCTION WITH GARDEN ROAD), HONG KONG, BEFORE NOON ON FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 23, 1984. LATE TENDERS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED.

FOR THE LATTER, TENDERS MUST BE ADDRESSED TO THE CHAIRMAN, PUBLIC WORKS TENDER BOARD, AND PLACED IN THE PUBLIC WORKS TENDER BOX SITUATED IN THE MAIN ENTRANCE OF MURRAY BUILDING, GARDEN ROAD, HONG KONG, BEFORE NOON ON FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 23, 1984. LATE TENDERS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED.

- - 0 - -

TAI KOK TSUI ’EYESORE’ REMOVED

*****

AN^tNVIRONMENTAL PROJECT IN MONG KOK, INITIATED BY THE LOCAL DISTRICT BOARD, HAS JUST BEEN COMPLETED.

AN EARTH MOUND, 65 METRES IN LENGTH AND COVERING HALF OF FUK TSUN STREET, WAS REMOVED LAST MONTH AND THE HIGHWAYS OFFICE HAS SINCE PAVED THE ROAD AND PROVIDED A PEDESTRIAN PAVEMENT.

+THE EARTH MOUND HAD BEEN AN EYESORE TO RESIDENTS. IT HAD CAUSED TRAFFIC CONGESTION AND INCONVENIENCE TO PEDESTRIANS IN THE AREA FOR A LONG TIME,+ A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DISTRICT BOARD SAID.

+IN APRIL THE BOARD APPROVED FUNDS TO REMOVE THE MOUND AND TO IMPROVE THE ROAD SURFACE AND PAVEMENT,+ HE SAID.

THE TOTAL COST OF THE PROJECT WAS $350 OQO, wITH THE BOARD CONTRIBUTING $150 000 AND THE HIGHWAYS OFFICE, THE BALANCE.

- - 0 - -

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 4, 1934

TEMPORARY PLAYGROUND IN WONG TAI SIN * * * *

THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTM IS INVITING TENDERS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF A TEMPORARY PLAYGROUN AT THE JUNCTION OF SHAT IN PASS ROAD AND LUNG CHEUNG ROAD IN WONG TAI SIN.

THE PLAYGROUND, TO BE BUILT ON A 990-SQUARE-METRE SITE, wILL HAVE A MINI-SOCCER PITCH AND A REST GARDEN WITH A STOREROOM, BENCHES AND ARBOURS.

WORK IS EXPECTED TO START NEXT MONTH AND BE COMPLETED IN JUNE NEXT YEAR.

111 .

- 0 - -

EASTERN CLEAN-UP STARTS * * *

EASTERN DISTRICT BOARD IS TO LAUNCH A MAJOR OPERATION TO CLEAN UP REAR LANES, STARTING WITH THE SAI WAN HO AREA ON TUESDAY (NOVEMBER 6).

THIS CLEAN-UP IS THE FIRST IN A SERIES OF FIVE OPERATIONS INITIATED BY THE BOARD’S ENVIRONMENTAL IMPROVEMENT COMMITTEE. SIMILAR OPERATIONS WILL BE CARRIED OUT ONCE-A-MONTH IN THE NEXT FEW MONTHS. THEY INVOLVE GENERAL CLEANSING, THE REMOVING DISCARDED ARTICLES AND RUBBISH AND STREET WASHING.

THE OPERATIONS WILL BE CO-ORDINATED BY THE EASTERN DISTRICT OFFICE AND CARRIED OUT BY STAFF OF THE URBAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT.

- - 0 -

PLB CLEARWAYS AT REPULSE BAY * * * *

FROM 10 AM ON TUESDAY (NOVEMBER 6), BEACH ROAD — EXCLUDIo THE PUBLIC LIGHT BUS STAND THERE — AND THE UNNAMED ROAD BETWEEN BEACH ROAD AND SOUTH BAY ROAD IN REPULSE BAY WILL BE MADE CLEARWAYS FOR PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES.

WITHIN THESE SECTIONS, NO PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES a ILL BE All TO STOP FOR PASSENGERS BETWEEN 7 AM AND 7 PM DAILY.

- 0 -

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 4, 198^

- 18 -

TRAFFIC DIVERSION * * *

FROM 12.30 AM TO 5 AM ON TUESDAY (NOVEMBER 6), THE SECTION OF TAI PO ROAD NEAR KIU TAU (19-1/2 MILESTONE) WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FOR CONSTRUCTION WORK.

DURING THE CLOSURE, ONE-LANE TWO-WAY TRAFFIC WILL BE MAINTAINED ON A TEMPORARY ROAD, RUNNING PARALLEL TO THE CLOSED ROAD.

-----o------

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 5, 1984

CONTENTS PaGE NO.

DYNAMIC PEOPLE BEHIND HK'S SUCCESS, GOVERNOR SAYS ...... 1

HK PONDERS aCTION ON U.S. SWEATER HOLD-UPS ............. 2

VALUE OF JOINT EFFORT STRESSED ......................... 2

SHA TIN ROAD OPENED .................................... 3

BOARD TO HEAR ABOUT REGIONAL COUNCIL.................... ‘t

NEED TO STEP-UP TEXTILE TRAINING STRESSED .............. 5

SIMPLER TRADE DECLARATIONS SOON ........................ 6

MP'S EXCHANGE VIEWS WITH URBAN COUNCILLORS ............. 7

WARNING ON FALSE STATEMENTS ............................ 7

SPEED LIMIT SET aT 70 KPH .............................. 8

FESTIVAL TREAT FOR WONG TAI SIN RESIDENTS ............ 8

MORE SPORTS BENEFITS FOR HANDICAPPED PLEDGED .......... 9

BEACH KIOSK OFFERED BY TENDER .......................... 10

NO PARKING FOR FIVE WEEKS ............................ 10

WATER FIGURES .......................................... 11

WATER LEAKAGE TESTS

11

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 5, 1984

1

DYNAMIC PEOPLE BEHIND HK’S SUCCESS, GOVERNOR SAYS *****

MOST DYNAMIC COMMUNITIES IN THE WORLD

HONG KONG WAS ONE OF THE ----- _

AND OWED MUCH OF ITS SUCCESS TO THE RESILIENCE, INGENUITY AND CAPACITY FOR HARD WORK OF ITS PEOPLE, THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, SAID TODAY.

SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE 11TH ASIAN PACIFIC DENTAL CONGRESS AT THE PALACE THEATRE, SIR EDWARD SAID THAT THE ACUMEN CF HONG KONG ENTREPRENEURS AND THE SKILLS AND APPLICATION OF THE WORK FORCE HAD BROUGHT HONG KONG PROSPERITY.

♦ THIS IN TURN HAS MADE IT POSSIBLE FOR SUBSTANTIAL PROGRESS TO BE MADE IN HOUSING A RAPIDLY RISING POPULATION, IN EXPANDING NED I CAL, DENTAL AND SOCIAL SERVICES, IN PROVIDING AN IMPRESSIVE TRANSPORT NETWORK, BETTER RECREATIONAL AND CULTURAL FACILITIES AS WELL AS IN THE SPREAD OF EDUCATION,* HE SAID.

+HONG KONG IS NOW POISED TO MOVE AHEAD ONCE AGAIN,* HE SAID.

THE RECENTLY INITIALLED DRAFT AGREEMENT ON HONG KONG’S FUTURE HAD PROVIDED A NEW BASIS ON WHICH HONG KONG COULD BUILD ITS FUTURE, HE SAID.

+IT ESTABLISHES A FRAMEWORK FOR THE PRESERVATION OF ALL THE ESSENTIAL FEATURES OF THE SYSTEMS AND POLICIES WHICH HAVE MADE HONG KONG WHAT IT IS TODAY,* THE GOVERNOR SAID.

SPEAKING OF HONG KONG’S DENTAL ACHIEVEMENTS, SIR EDWARD HIGHLIGHTED TWO MAJOR DEVELOPMENTS IN RECENT YEARS.

A SCHOOL DENTAL CARE SERVICE HAD BEEN LAUNCHED IN 1980 TO PROVIDE REGULAR DENTAL EXAMINATION AND SIMPLE DENTAL TREATMENT FOR PRIMARY SCHOOL CHILDREN, HE SAID.

THE SERVICE HAD BEEN WELL RECEIVED BY PARENTS AND CHILDREN ALIKE. OVER 200 000 PRIMARY SCHOOL CHILDREN HAD BEEN ENROLLED AND WERE ENJOYING A BETTER STANDARD OF ORAL HEALTH THAN BEFORE, AND MORE MULTI-SURGERY SCHOOL DENTAL CLINICS WERE BEING PLANNED TO COVER 500 000 PRIMARY SCHOOL CHILDREN.

ANOTHER IMPORTANT DEVELOPMENT WAS THE OPENING IN 1981 OF THE PRINCE PHILIP DENTAL HOSPITAL, TO PROVIDE PRACTICAL FACILITIES FOR THE FACULTY OF DENTISTRY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG.

WHEN THE FIRST BATCH OF OUR OWN DENTAL GRADUATES JOIN THE DENTAL PROFESSION EARLY NEXT YEAR, HONG KONG WILL NO LONGER HAVE TO RELY ON DENTISTS TRAINED OVERSEAS, SIR EDWARD SAID.

-----o------

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 5, 1984

2

HK PONDERS ACTION ON U.S. SWEATER HOLD-UPS

* * * *

THE DIRECTOR OF TRADE, MR HAMISH MACLEOD, SAID TODAY (MONDAY) THAT HONG KONG WAS URGENTLY CONSIDERING TAKING TO THE TEXTILES SURVEILLANCE BODY (TSB) IN GENEVA THE THREE CASES WHERE U.S. CUSTOMS HAD RECENTLY HELD UP SHIPMENTS OF HONG KONG-MADE SWEATERS.

A DECISION ON THIS WAS LIKELY THIS WEEK, HE SAID.

THE SHIPMENTS HAD BEEN REFUSED ENTRY UNDER THE NEW COUNTRY CF ORIGIN RULES, ALTHOUGH PROPERLY LICENSED UNDER THE BILATERAL AGREEMENT, HE TOLD A PRESS CONFERENCE.

MR MACLEOD SAID THAT HONG KONG WAS ALSO CONSIDERING GOING TO THE GENERAL AGREEMENT ON TARIFFS AND TRADE (GATT) IN VIEW OF THE NULLIFICATION AND IMPAIRMENT TO HONG KONG’S TRADE CAUSED BY THE NEW RULES, BUT THIS WAS A LONGER TERM MEASURE.

THESE STEPS WERE BEING CONSIDERED BECAUSE HONG KONG’S FUNDAMENTAL OBJECTION TO THE REGULATIONS WAS UNRESOLVED AND IT WOULD CONTINUE TO PRESS FOR THE RULES TO BE WITHDRAWN.

DURING TWO DAYS OF CONSULTATIONS IN WASHINGTON LAST WEEK THE POSSIBILITY OF FURTHER BILATERAL CONSULTATIONS WAS LEFT OPEN, TO BE CONSIDERED FURTHER IN THE LIGHT OF THE U.S. REVIEW CF THE REGULATIONS AND OTHER DEVELOPMENTS.

THIS EMERGED FOLLOWING AMERICAN ASSURANCES THAT HONG KONG’S VIEWS WOULD BE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT BY THE U.S. CUSTOMS’ +TECHNICAL REVIEW* AND IN AN ASSOCIATED HIGH LEVEL +POLICY REVIEW*.

MR MACLEOD POINTED OUT TO THE AMERICAN DELEGATION THAT HONG KONG’S CURRENT REGISTRATION AND AUTHORISATION SYSTEMS, LICENSING, LEGISLATION AND ENFORCEMENT RESOURCES WERE GEARED TO IMPLEMENT UNIVERSALLY ACCEPTED PRINCIPLES OF ORIGIN WHICH HAD BEEN NULLIFIED UNILATERALLY IN RESPECT OF TEXTILE EXPORTS TO THE UNITED STATES BY THE NEW REGULATIONS, AND AGAIN FORMALLY REQUESTED THAT THE U.S. RESCIND THEM.

-----0-----

VALUE OF JOINT EFFORT STRESSED

*****

THE IMPORTANCE OF CLOSE CO-OPERATION BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENT, LOCAL ORGANISATIONS, SCHOOLS AND PRIVATE INDIVIDUALS IN THE PROMOTION OF RECREATION AND CULTURE WAS STRESSED TODAY BY THE SECRETARY FOR DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION, MR DAVID AKERS-JONES.

+THE GOVERNMENT CAN PROVIDE THE ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE, THE GENERAL POLICIES AND THE MAJOR FACILITIES, BUT DISTRICT SPORTS AND CULTURAL ASSOCIATIONS, SCHOOLS AND PRIVATE INDIVIDUALS, ALL PLAY A VITAL ROLE IN THE PROMOTION OF RECREATION AND CULTURE IN OUR SOCIETY,* HE SAID.

/He was .....

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 5, 1984

3 -

he was speaking at the foundation stone laying ceremony of THE SHENG KUNG HUI TANG SHIU KIN SECONDARY SCHOOL SPORTS COMPLEX H MORRISON HILL, WAN CHAI.

+COMPLETION OF THIS COMPLEX WILL ENABLE THE SCHOOL TO PROVIDE AN ALL-ROUND EDUCATION FOR STUDENTS, WHICH WILL EMPHASISE NOT ONLY ACADEMIC LEARNING BUT ALSO MORAL AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE STUDENTS’ INDIVIDUAL PERSONALITIES,* HE ADDED.

+THE BUILDING OF THIS COMPLEX IS SIGNIFICANT IN ANOTHER WAY BECAUSE IT DEMONSTRATES THE IMPORTANCE OF PRIVATE GENEROSITY AND PUBLIC EFFORT,* HE SAID.

+PRIVATE GENEROSITY IN EXPANDING THE NUMBER OF FACILITIES AVAILABLE TO THE PUBLIC IS AS IMPORTANT AS THE PROVISION OF FACILITIES BY THE GOVERNMENT,* MR AKERS-JONES SAID.

-----o-------

SHA TIN ROAD OPENED * * *

SHA TIN ROAD, THE FIRST SECTION OF A TRUNK ROUTE THAT WILL EVENTUALLY LINK THE NEW TOWNS IN THE EASTERN PART OF THE NEW TERRITORIES, WAS OPENED TODAY BY UNOFFICIAL MEMBER OF THE EXECUTIVE AND LEGISLATIVE COUNCILS, MR CHEN SHOU-LUM.

THE ROAD, WHICH TOOK THREE YEARS AND EIGHT MONTHS TO COMPLETE, STARTS FROM LION ROCK TUNNEL ROAD, SWEEPS ALONG THE SOUTH-EASTERN OUTSKIRTS OF SHA TIN AND BRIDGES SHING MUN RIVER BEFORE REACHING TAI PO ROAD - A DISTANCE OF 3.1 KILOMETRES.

THE NEW CARRIAGEWAY, PARTLY FOUR LANES AND PARTLY SIX LANES, WILL CARRY THROUGH TRAFFIC AWAY FROM THE TOWN CENTRE WHILE MAINTAINING ACCESS TO PRINCE OF WALES HOSPITAL, THE SHA TIN CITY ONE RESIDENTIAL COMPLEX AND ALSO THE RACECOURSE.

SPEAKING AT THE OPENING, MR CHEN SAID SHA TIN ROAD REPRESENTED ANOTHER STRIDE IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF ROAD COMMUNICATION IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.

+THIS PIECE OF ROAD CONSTRUCTION IS CERTAINLY NOT JUST ANOTHER FIGURE IN LOCAL ROAD STATISTICS, BUT HAS GREATER SIGNIFICANCE IN PROVIDING AN INITIAL LINK FROM KOWLOON TO THE EMERGING SHA TIN-TAI PO COASTAL ROAD AND IMPROVING ACCESS TO THE NORTH,* HE SAID.

+THIS ROAD ALSO HAS PROVISION FOR FUTURE CONNECTIONS WITH OTHER TRUNK ROADS TO TSUEN WAN, NORTHWEST KOWLOON AND MA ON SHAN.*

/MR CHUi ........

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 5, 1984

MR CHEN SAID THAT APART FROM CAUSING THE LEAST DISTURBANCE AND INCONVENIENCE TO THE PUBLIC AND COMMUTERS, GREAT CARE HAD BEEN TAKEN TO PRESERVE THE ARCHAELOGICALLY RENOWNED VILLAGE OF TSANG TAI UK, WHICH LAY DIRECTLY BELOW THE MAIN CARRIAGEWAY.

♦LOOKING FURTHER AHEAD, THE TIMELY COMPLETION OF ROAD CAPACITY IMPROVEMENTS WILL BE AN INVALUABLE ASSET IN OUR PREPARATION FOR ANTICIPATED INCREASE IN DOMESTIC TRAFFIC AND FUTURE DEVELOPMENT OF ROAD TRAFFIC LINKS ACROSS THE BORDER,* HE SAID.

THE DIRECTOR OF NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT, MR BRYAN O’RORKE, SAID THAT SHA TIN ROAD HAD BEEN DESIGNED TO HIGH GEOMETRICAL STANDARDS TO ALLOW SAFE VEHICLE OPERATIONS AND HIGHSPEED TRAVEL.

BUILT AT A COST OF ABOUT $220 MILLION, THE NEW ROAD IS EXPECTED TO FACILITATE ROAD TRANSPORTATION BY PROVIDING A THROUGH ROUTE WHICH WOULD EVENTUALLY FORM THE MAIN ARTERIAL ROUTE FOR THE NEW TOWNS OF SHA TIN, TAI PO AND FANLING, IE SAID.

♦THROUGH TRAFFIC IS WELL CATERED FOR, WHILE SHA TIN-BOUND TRAFFIC IS DISTRIBUTED TO THE APPROPRIATE JUNCTIONS FOR ENTRY INTO THE NEW TOWN. TRAFFIC ORIGINATING FROM SHA TIN CAN ALSO EASILY MERGE WITH THE MAIN TRAFFIC STREAM,+ MR O’RORKE SAID.

MR O’RORKE ADDED: +ALL THIS IS PART OF GOVERNMENT’S CONTINUING EFFORTS TO PROVIDE PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE TO PERMIT THE PROSPEROUS DEVELOPMENT OF THE TERRITORY. APART FROM THE CONTINUING DEVELOPMENT OF THE NEW TOWNS AND THE TREMENDOUS IMPROVEMENTS TO THE TRANSPORT NETWORK IN THE NEW TERRITORIES ALREADY COMPLETED OR IN HAND, I CAN ADVISE YOU THAT GOVERNMENT WILL BE SEEKING APPROVAL OF FUNDS TO START ANOTHER MAJOR PROJECT NEXT YEAR - THE TWIN-TUBE ROAD TUNNEL BETWEEN SHA TIN AND TSUEN WAN AT A COST OF SOME $750 MILL ION.+

SHA TIN ROAD WILL BE OPENED TO TRAFFIC FROM 10 AM ON NOVEMBER 7 (WEDNESDAY).

------0 ------

BOARD TO HEAR ABOUT REGIONAL COUNCIL * * * *

TSUEN WAN DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS WILL BE BRIEFED ON THE SET UP OF THE NEW REGIONAL COUNCIL AT THEIR MEETING TOMORROW (TUESDAY) AFTERNOON.

THE REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR ADOLF HSU WILL EXPLAIN THE PROPOSED CONSTITUTION, ORGANISATION AND FUNCTION OF THE NEW COUNCIL SO THAT BOARD MEMBERS WILL HAVE A BETTER IDEA CF ITS FORMATION.

/AT THE .......

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 5, 1984

5 -

AT THE MEETING, MEMBERS WILL ALSO BE BRIEFED ON THE PROPOSED ROUTE 5 - A NEW TRUNK ROAD BETWEEN SHA TIN AND TSUEN WAN - BY A REPRESENTATIVE FROM THE HIGHWAYS OFFICE.

THERE WILL ALSO BE DISCUSSIONS ON THE COMMUNITY SERVICE AND IMPROVEMENTS TO THE LIVING ENVIRONMENT IN SHEK LEI ESTATE;

THE LICENSING OF BILLIARD SALOONS; THE CHOICE OF A DISTRICT FLOWER TO REPRESENT TSUEN WAN, KWAI CHUNG AND TSING Yl; AND THE PROVISION OF RECREATIONAL FACILITIES ON TSING Yl.

THE BOARD WILL ALSO STUDY THE FINAL REPORT PREPARED WORKING GROUP COMPRISING UNOFFICIAL BOARD MEMBERS ON THE OF HONG KONG.

BY A FUTURE

-------0---------

NEED TO STEP-UP TEXTILE TRAINING STRESSED

X * X X

A WELL-TRAINED WORKFORCE WAS ESSENTIAL FOR THE TEXTILE INDUSTRY TO RAISE PRODUCTIVITY AND IMPROVE PRODUCT QUALITY, ESPECIALLY AT TIMES OF TIGHTER QUOTA RESTRICTIONS, MR LEE FEI, CHAIRMAN OF THE TEXTILE INDUSTRY TRAINING BOARD OF THE VOCATIONAL TRAINING COUNCIL, SAID TODAY.

HE ALSO CALLED ON EMPLOYERS TO STEP UP THE TRAINING OF CRAFTSMEN, TECHNICIANS AND TECHNOLOGISTS.

RELEASING THE FINDINGS OF THE RECENTLY PUBLISHED MANPOWER SURVEY REPORT ON THE TEXTILE INDUSTRY, MR LEE SAID THE INDUSTRY WOULD REQUIRE AT LEAST 30 TECHNOLOGISTS, 150 TECHNICIANS AND 350 CRAFTSMEN ANNUALLY FOR THE NEXT FIVE YEARS.

THE SURVEY CONDUCTED IN SEPTEMBER 1983 BY THE TRAINING BOARD ALSO REVEALED THAT THE MANPOWER IN THE FINISHING BRANCH HAD GROWN SUBSTANTIALLY, ESPECIALLY AT THE TECHNICIAN AND CRAFTSMEN LEVELS, DUE TO THE INCREASE IN DEMAND FOR YARNS AND FABRICS BY LOCAL KNITTING AND GARMENT FACTORIES.

♦SINCE THE TEXTILE INDUSTRY IS A MAJOR SUPPORT TO THE LOCAL CLOTHING INDUSTRY, THE TRAINING BOARD CONSIDERS THAT THE KNITTING BRANCH AND THE FINISHING BRANCH HAVE POTENTIAL TO GROW IN LINE WITH THE CLOTHING INDUSTRY,* MR LEE SAID.

THE REMAINING THREE BRANCHES OF THE INDUSTRY - SPINNING, TEXTURISING AND WEAVING - WOULD UNDERGO A CONSOLIDATION PHASE. HOWEVER, WITH THE APPLICATION OF MORE SOPHISTICATED MACHINERY AND IMPROVED MANPOWER TRAINING, THE THREE BRANCHES WOULD EE ABLE TO RETAIN HIGH PRODUCTIVITY AND EFFICIENCY, MR LEE ADDED.

DESPITE THE GROWTH IN EMPLOYMENT OF THE FINISHING BRANCH, THE SURVEY RECORDED A SLIGHT DROP OF OVERALL MANPOWER OF THE WHOLE INDUSTRY TO 54 □□□ IN 1^83 DO*N FROM 58 000 IN 1981.

/THE TRACING

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 5, 198L

THE TRAINING BOARD BELIEVED THAT THE DECLINE WAS ATTRIBUTABLE T. THE GLOBAL ECONOMIC RECESSION IN THE EARLY 1980’S AND THE INCREASE IN ADOPTION BY THE LOCAL TEXTILE INDUSTRY OF AUTOMATIC MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT.

MR LEE ALSO NOTED THAT A TEXTILE INDUSTRY TRAINING CENTRE WAS BEING ESTABLISHED IN KWAI CHUNG TO PROVIDE PRE-EMPLOYMENT OFf-THE-JOB BASIC PRACTICAL TRAINING TO YOUNG PERSONS SO THAT THE INDUSTRY WOULD HAVE A STEADY SUPPLY OF WELL-TRAINED MANPOWER.

ABOUT 650 TRAINEES WOULD PASS THROUGH THE CENTRE ANNUALLY, THE SURVEY REPORT STATED.

THE SURVEY REPORT CONTAINS DETAILS OF EMPLOYMENT SITUATION AND MANPOWER REQUIREMENT FOR THE TEXTILE INDUSTRY AND IS NOW ON s, LE AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, AT $19.50 A COPY.

-----o-----

SIMPLER TRADE DECLARATIONS SOON *****

THE IMPORT AND EXPORT DECLARATION PROCEDURE WITH THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE DEPARTMENT WILL BE SIMPLIFIED FROM NOVEMBER 15 (THURSDAY).

ANNOUNCING THIS TODAY (MONDAY), A SPOKESMAN FOR THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE DEPARTMENT SAID: +FROM THAT DATE ONWARD, IMPORTERS AND EXPORTERS WILL ONLY NEED TO SUBMIT TWO COPIES OF THE IMPORT AND EXPORT DECLARATIONS INSTEAD OF THREE.

+TWO COPIES OF THE DECLARATION WILL BE LODGED WITH THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE DEPARTMENT, AND THE DUPLICATE COPY WILL BE RETURNED AFTER IMPRINTING THE DECLARATION NUMBER AND UPON RECEIPT OF THE DECLARATION CHARGES.+

THIS SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURE FOLLOWS THE INTRODUCTION OF NEW MICROFILMING EQUIPMENT IN THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT, AFTER CONSULTATION WITH THE TRADE FACILITATION COUNCIL, TO MICROFILM IMPORT AND EXPORT DECLARATIONS.

THE SPOKESMAN SAID: +IT WILL REDUCE THE WORK OF IMPORTERS AND EXPORTERS IN PREPARING A TRIPLICATE COPY, AND THE NUMBER IMPRINTtD ON THE DUPLICATE COPY WILL FACILITATE REFERENCE BY PARTIES CONCERNED. +

/7 .......

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 5, 1984

7

MP’S EXCHANGE VIEWS WITH URBAN COUNCILLORS

THREE MEMBERS OF BRITISH COUNCIL THIS EVENING (MONDAY) ON A WIDE RANGE OF SUBJECTS,

PARLIAMENT CALLED ON THE URBAN TO EXCHANGE VIEWS WITH COUNCILLORS INCLUDING THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG.

THEY WERE SIR HECTOR MONROE, MR HAL MILLER AND MR BOWEN WELLS, ALL FROM THE CONSERVATIVE PARTY.

UPON THEIR ARRIVAL, THEY WERE MET THE COUNCIL, MR H.M.G. FORSGATE.

THE VISITORS WERE THEN BRIEFED ON COUNCIL AND THE MUNICIPAL AND CULTURAL

BY THE VICE CHAIRMAN OF

THE FUNCTIONS OF THE SERVICES IT PROVIDES.

-----0-----

WARNING ON FALSE STATEMENTS

* * * *

MAKING FALSE STATEMENT TO OBTAIN PUBLIC HOUSING IS AN OFFENCE CARRYING A MAXIMUM FINE OF $20 000 AND SIX-MONTH IMPRISONMENT ON CONVICTION, A HOUSING AUTHORITY SPOKESMAN WARNED TODAY.

HE MADE THE WARNING FOLLOWING A RECENT CASE IN WHICH A MAN WAS FINED $1 000 BY THE COURT FOR COMMITTING SUCH AN OFFENCE IN HIS APPLICATION FOR A PUBLIC HOUSING UNIT FOR HIS FAMILY.

WHEN HIS APPLICATION MATURED, THE MAN DECLARED THAT HIS MONTHLY INCOME WAS $3 000, AN AMOUNT BELOW THE INCOME LIMIT OF $3 700 SET AT THE TIME FOR A FAMILY OF THREE.

SINCE THEIR CLAIMS MET THE VARIOUS ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA, THE FAMILY WAS ALLOCATED A PUBLIC HOUSING FLAT.

HOWEVER, IT WAS LATER FOUND THAT THE MAN WAS NOT WORKING WITH THE COMPANY AS HE HAD CLAIMED AND WAS, IN FACT, EARNING AN AVERAGE OF $4 800 PER MONTH WHICH FAR EXCEEDED THE PRESCRIBED INCOME LIMIT.

AS A RESULT, THE MAN WAS PROSECUTED, FINED AND HIS PUBLIC HOUSING FLAT RECOVERED BY THE AUTHORITY FOR RE-ALLOCATION TO ANOTHER FAMILY IN GENUINE NEED OF SUBSIDISED HOUSING,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

-----o------

/8........

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 5, 198^

8

SPEED LIMIT SET AT 70 KPH * * * *

SHA TIN ROAD BETWEEN LION ROCK TUNNEL ROAD AND SHA TIN WAI ROAD INCLUDING ITS SLIP ROADS SHALL BE RESTRICTED TO A SPEED LIMIT OF 70 KILOMETRES AN HOUR, FROM 10 AM ON WEDNESDAY (NOVEMBER 7).

FROM THE SAME DAY, THE SAME SECTION OF SHA TIN ROAD AND ITS SLIP ROADS WILL BE DESIGNATED A 24-HOUR RESTRICTED ZONE.

WITHIN THE RESTRICTED ZONE, DRIVERS OF ALL MOTOR VEHICLES EXCEPT THOSE WITH PERMITS ISSUED BY THE COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPORT WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM PICKING UP OR SETTING DOWN PASSENGERS, LOADING OR UNLOADING GOODS.

- 0

FESTIVAL TREAT FOR WONG TAI SIN RESIDENTS K X K

THE 2ND WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT FESTIVAL, FEATURING A WIDE RANGE OF RECREATIONAL AND SPORTS ACTIVITIES, WILL BE LAUNCHED ON SUNDAY (NOVEMBER 11).

AT A PRESS CONFERENCE TODAY (MONDAY), THE CHAIRMAN OF THE FESTIVAL ORGANISING COMMITTEE, MR FUNG KWONG-CHUNG SAID THE MAIN THEME OF THE TWO-WEEK FESTIVAL THIS YEAR WILL BE ON +BUILDING A BETTER COMMUNITY TOGETHER*.

+WE HOPE TO ENCOURAGE RESIDENTS TO BE MORE INVOLVED IN RECREATION, SPORTS, CULTURE AND ART, AND TO PROMOTE LOCAL PARTICIPATION IN COMMUNITY AFFAIRS,* MR FUNG SAID.

SPORTS ACTIVITIES WILL INCLUDE TABLE TENNIS, BASKETBALL, VOLLEY BALL, BADMINTON AND FOOTBALL COMPETITIONS. THERE WILL ALSO BE A CROSS-COUNTRY RACE AND A SPORTS CARNIVAL FOR CHILDREN.

FOR THE NOT-SO-ACTIVE, THERE WILL BE MODERN DANCES, VARIETY SHOWS, CANTONESE OPERAS, A PUPPET PERFORMANCE, A SPORTS DAY DEDICATED TO THE ELDERLY, A DRAWING COMPETITION FOR CHILDREN, AND A PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION ON VARIOUS CHINA TOWNS.

ON SUNDAY (NOVEMBER 11), A GALA WILL BE HELD IN MORSE PARK TO MARK THE FESTIVAL OPENING. SOME OF THE HIGHLIGHTS OF THE PROGRAMME INCLUDE MARCHING BAND PARADES, DRAGON AND LION DANCES, A GYMNASTIC DISPLAY AND PERFORMANCES FEATURING WESTERN AND ORIENTAL DANCES.

/ANOTHER ATTRACTION .......

MONDAY, LOVtNBER 5, 1

9 -

ANOTHER ATTRACTION WILL be an exhibition soccer match BETWEEN TWO FIRST DIVISION FOOTBALL CLUBS, SOUTH CHINA AND HA°PY VALLEY.

ADMISSION TICKETS, AND OTHER INFORMATION ABOUT THE FESTIVAL MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE WONG TAI SIN OFFICE OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT AND THE WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT OFFICE AND SUB-OFF ICES.

THE DISTRICT FESTIVAL IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT ARTS COUNCIL, THE WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT RECREATION AND SPORT COUNCIL, THE URBAN COUNCIL, THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT AND SPONSORED BY THt DISTRICT BOARD AND SIK SIK YUEN.

-------0----------

MORE SPORTS BENEFITS FOR HANDICAPPED PLEDGED

*****

SPORTS AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES OFFERED AN EXCELLENT PEANS OF INTEGRATING MENTALLY HANDICAPPED PEOPLE INTO THE COMMUNITY, MR JOHN CHAMBERS, DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE SAID THIS (MONDAY) EVENING.

THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT WOULD CONTINUE TO SUPPORT THE DEVELOPMENT OF SERVICE TO PROVIDE SUCH ACTIVITIES FOR THESE PEOPLE, HE SAID.

THESE ACTIVITIES WOULD ENHANCE THEIR GENERAL DEVELOPMENT AND THE QUALITY OF THEIR LIFE, MR CHAMBERS ADDED.

MR CHAMBERS WAS SPEAKING AT THE CLOSING OF THE 1984 ASIA-PACIFIC SPECIAL OLYMPICS DIRECTORS’ CONFERENCE AND TRAINING SCHOOL.

ABOUT 50 DELEGATES FROM 14 COUNTRIES ATTENDED THE CONFERENCE AND TRAINING SCHOOL, wHICH BEGAN ON NOVEMBER 1.

THE CONFERENCE AND TRAINING SCHOOL WAS ORGANISED BY THz HONG KONG SPORTS ASSOCIATION FOR THE MENTALLY HANDICAPPED AND THE HONG KONG SPECIAL OLYMPICS COMMITTEE. IT WAS SPONSORE; BY THE SPECIAL OLYMPIC INTERNATIONAL AND WAS SUPPORTED l.Y m GRANT FROM THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT.

-----0------

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 5, 1984

10

BEACH KIOSK OFFERED BY TENDER * X * *

TENDERS ARE BEING INVITED FOR THE OPERATION OF A LIGHT REFRESHEMT KIOSK AND THE HIRING OF BEACH TENTS AT THE HUNG SHING YEH BEACH ON LAMMA ISLAND.

HUNG SHING YEH BEACH IS A SCENIC HOLIDAY RESORT ON LAMMA ISLAND WHICH ATTRACTS LARGE NUMBERS OF PEOPLE DURING THE PEAK SWIMMING SEASON, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY.

TENDER FORMS FOR THE 35-MONTH CONTRACT STARTING FROM JANUARY 1985 ARE NOW AVAILABLE AT ISLANDS URBAN SERVICES OFFICE AT ROOMS 2101-2103, 21ST FLOOR, 141 DES VOEUX ROAD, CENTRAL, HONG KONG.

COMPLETED FORMS SHOULD BE PLACED IN TENDER BOX AT THE NTSD HEADQUARTERS ON THE THIRD FLOOR OF SWIRE AND MACLAINE HOUSE (AUSTIN CENTRE), 19-23 AUSTIN AVENUE, KOWLOON BEFORE 9 AM ON NOVEMBER 30 (FRIDAY).

FURTHER PARTICULARS CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE ISLANDS URBAN SERVICES OFFICE ON TELEPHONE 5-452442.

- - o - -

NO PARKING FOR FIVE WEEKS * * * *

PARKING SPACES AT THE SECTION OF LUEN WO ROAD BETWEEN LUE/. CHEONG STREET AND LUEN ON STREET WILL BE SUSPENDED FOR ABOUT FIVE WEEKS FROM WEDNESDAY (NOVEMBER 7) TO FACILITATE ROAD WORKS.

AND FROM 6 AM THE NEXT DAY (THURSDAY), PARKING SPACES aT LUEN HING STREET AND THE TEMPORARY TAXI STAND AT wO LUNG ST EET WILL BE CANCELLED. AT THE SAME TIME THE EXISTING TAXI ST-.. i . LUEN HING STREET WILL BE EXTENDED NORTHWARD.

ALSO FROM THURSDAY, THE SECTION OF ‘LUEN WO ROAD BETwEEu LUE CHEONG STREET AND LUEN ON STREET WILL BE ROUTED . \E-w-Y o'lT-. .

- C -

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 5, 1984

WATER FIGURES * * *

STORAGE IN HONG KONG’S RESERVOIRS AT 9 AM TODAY (MONDAY) STOOD AT 81.2 PER CENT OF CAPACITY OR 475.716 MILLION CUBIC METRES.

THIS TIME LAST YEAR THE RESERVOIRS CONTAINED 573.136 MILLION CUBIC METRES OF WATER, REPRESENTING 97.8 PER CENT OF CAPACITY.

0 - -

WATER LEAKAGE TESTS * * * *

FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO SOME PREMISES IN SHAU KEI WAN AND TSIM SHA TSUI WILL BE SUSPENDED FROM 11 PM ON THURSDAY (NOVEMBER 8) TC 6 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY TO FACILITATE LEAKAGE TESTS.

IN SHAU KEI WAN, THE AFFECTED PREMISES ARE LOCATED AT SHAU KEI WAN ROAD IN BETWEEN SUN SHING STREET AND TAI ON STREET, INCLUDING TAI ON HOUSE.

IN TSIM SHA TSUI, THE AFFECTED AREA IS BOUNDED BY NATHAN ROrtb, AUSTIN ROAD, CHATHAM ROAD, AUSTIN AVENUE AND HILLWOOD ROAD, INCLUDING THOSE PREMISES IN KIMBERLEY ROAD AND PINE TREE HILL ROAD.

_ - 0 - -

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL 5-233191

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 6, 1984

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

+GREATER MOMENTUM IN REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMINT+ ............. 1

OFFICIALS TO SPEAK AT RESUMED LEGCO DEBATE .................. 2

AUDIT SCRUTINY TO BE HELD IN PUBLIC ......................... 3

AUGUST RETAIL SALES SURVEY RESULTS RELEASED ................. 4

BANKING MANPOWER NEEDS SURVEYED ............................. 6

SAFETY SEMINAR FOR PLASTICS INDUSTRY ........................ 6

camping fun for working people .............................. 7

SCHOOL BAND MUSIC FROM JAPAN ................................ 7

POLYMER CHEMISTRY SEMINAR ARRANGED FOR TEACHERS ............. 8

PLaNT TO SCREEN SEWAGE ...................................... 9

S325M IN TWO BUILDING TENDERS ACCEPTED ...................... 9

SEAWALL BEING BUILT ......................................... 10

TAI PO MAINS WORK ........................................... 10

TRAFFIC CHANGES ............................................. 10

ROAD NOT FOR LEARNERS ....................................... 10

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 6, 1984

1

+GREATER MOMENTUM IN REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT* * * * *

THE PROCESS OF DEVELOPING REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT WILL CONTINUE WITH GREATER MOMENTUM AS AN INTEGRATED STRUCTURE OF DEMOCRATIC GOVERNMENT IS BEING DEVELOPED, THE REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR HONG KONG AND KOWLOON, MR BARRIE WIGGHAM SAID TODAY.

+FOR MANY YEARS, URBAN COUNCILLORS HAVE BEEN APPOINTED BY THE GOVERNOR TO SIT ON THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL; AND RECENTLY, SOME DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS HAVE ALSO BEEN APPOINTED TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL,* HE SAID.

SPEAKING AT A LUNCHEON MEETING OF A GROUP OF BUSINESSMEN, W? WIGGHAM SAID; +THIS PROCESS OF DEVELOPING REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT WILL CONTINUE WITH GREATER MOMENTUM IN THE LIGHT OF THE RECENT GREEN PAPER ON REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT, WHICH EFFECTIVELY BRINGS THE VARIOUS LEVELS TOGETHER; DISTRICT BOARDS, REGIONAL AND URBAN COUNCILS, LEGISLATIVE AND EXECUTIVE COUNCILS*.

+YOU CAN SEE HOW AN INTEGRATED STRUCTURE OF DEMOCRATIC GOVERNMENT IS BEING DEVELOPED — LOGICALLY, NATURALLY AND STEADILY,* HE ADDED.

+WE HAVE ALL ALONG SOUGHT TO EVOLVE A SYSTEM AND STYLE OF GOVERNMENT WHICH IS FIRMLY ROOTED IN HONG KONG AND SPECIALLY SUITED TO OUR SITUATION; AND WHICH WILL AT THE SAME TIME ALLOW FOR STILL FURTHER DEVELOPMENT AS CIRCUMSTANCES REQUIRE,* hf? WIGGHAM SAID.

IN URGING PEOPLE TO SUPPORT THE FORTHCOMING DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS, HE SAID: +THERE IS LITTLE DOUBT THAT 1984 WILL GO DOWN IN HISTORY AS THE MOST CRUCIAL TO HONG KONG’S POLITICAL DEVELOPMENT.*

HE SAID DISTRICT BOARDS WERE BEGINNING TO DEVELOP A +WATCH DOG* ROLE IN MONITORING THE PERFORMANCE OF GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS AND THIS WAS A NATURAL AND HEALTHY DEVELOPMENT.

THERE WOULD BE AN EVEN GREATER INTEREST IN THIS ROLE ON THE PART OF UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS OF DISTRICT BOARDS PARTICULARLY NEXT YEAR WHEN THE RATIO OF ELECTED TO APPOINTED UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS IS RAISED FROM THE PRESENT EQUAL BALANCE TO TWO TO ONE, HE SAID.

+THIS, AS I SEE IT, IS AN ESSENTIAL ASPECT OF DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION, AND WILL ENSURE THAT A GOVERNMENT WHICH WAS PREVIOUSLY PERHAPS OVER-CENTRALISED AND OVER BUREAUCRATIC, BECOMES MORE RESPONSIVE AND MORE FLEXIBLE,* HE SAID.

/+THE DEVELOPMENT .......

TUESDAI, NOVEMBER 6, 1984

- 2

+THE DEVELOPMENT OF AN EXPANDED MANAGEMENT ROLE FOR DISTRICT BOARDS IS A RESPONSE TO THE INTEREST, DEDICATION AND EXPERTISE ALREADY SHOWN BY THE BOARDS,* HE SAID.

+ IT WILL ENABLE DISTRICT BOARDS TO INFLUENCE, IF NOT DIRECT, THE ACTIVITIES OF GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS TO AN EVEN GREATER EXTENT THAN AT PRESENT; AND WILL PROVIDE A FURTHER OPPORTUNITY FOR THE PUBLIC TO HAVE A SAY IN MAKING THE BEST USE OF LOCAL RESOURCES, AND DEVELOPING PROGRAMMES BEST SUITED TO DISTRICT NEEDS,* HE SAID.

-----0------

OFFICIALS TO SPEAK AT RESUMED LEGCO DEBATE *****

THIRTEEN OFFICIAL MEMBERS WILL BE SPEAKING IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY) AND ON THURSDAY, DURING THE RESUMED DEBATE ON THE GOVERNOR’S POLICY ADDRESS.

THE DEBATE RESUMES AT 2.30 PM AND WILL BE BROADCAST LIVE ON RTHK RADIO ONE CHINESE SERVICE AND RADIO THREE ENGLISH SERVICE.

SPEAKING FIRST FOR THE OFFICIAL SIDE WILL BE THE SECRETARY FOR HOUSING, THE HON DONALD LIAO.

HE WILL BE FOLLOWED BY THE SECRETARY FOR LANDS AND WORKS, THE HON CHAN NAI-KEONG; THE SECRETARY FOR TRANSPORT, THE HON ALAN SCOTT; THE SECRETARY FOR ECONOMIC SERVICES, THE HON PIERS JACOBS; THE SECRETARY FOR TRADE AND INDUSTRY, THE HON E.P. HO, AND THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, THE HON SIR JOHN BREMRIDGE.

SPEAKING ON THURSDAY WILL BE THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON DAVID JEAFFRESON ; THE SECRETARY FOR HEALTH AND WELFARE, THE HON HENRY CHING; THE DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, THE HON COLVYN HAYE; THE SECRETARY FOR EDUCATION AND MANPOWER, THE HON NEIL HENDERSON; THE SECRETARY FOR DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION, THE HON DAVID AKERS-JONES; THE ATTORNEY GENERAL, THE HON MICHAEL THOMAS, AND THE CHIEF SECRETARY, THE HON SIR PHILIP HADDON-CAVE.

AT THE MEETING ALSO, DEBATE WILL RESUME ON FOUR BILLS AND AN UNOFFICIAL MEMBER’S BILL, PRIOR TO COMMITTEE STAGE AND FINAL READ INGS.

THE FOUR BILLS ARE: SUPPLEMENTARY APPROPRIATION (1983-84) BILL 1984, PRIVATE BILLS (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, PUBLIC BUS SERVICES (AMENDMENT) (NO. 2) BILL 1984, AND DEMOLISHED BUILDINGS (RE-DEVELOPMENT OF SITES) (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984.

/THE UNOFFICIAL

TUESDAY, NOVi>!BER 6, 1984

- 3 -

THE UNOFFICIAL MEMBER’S BILL IS THE STANDARD CHARTERED ASIA LIMITED BILL 1984.

IN ADDITION, THERE WILL BE FOUR SESSIONAL PAPERS AND A STATEMENT TO BE DEALT WITH BY THE COUNCIL.

THE STATEMENT WILL BE MADE BY THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, ON THE CHANGES TO THE APPROVED ESTIMATES OF EXPENDITURE FOR THE QUARTER ENDING JUNE 30.

-----o------

AUDIT SCRUTINY TO BE HELD IN PUBLIC * * * * *

OPEN MEETINGS OF THE PUBLIC ACCOUNTS COMMITTEE WILL BE HELD LATER THIS MONTH FOLLOWING TABLING IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TOMORROW OF THE REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR OF AUDIT.

A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THAT THIS FOLLOWS ™E SUCCESSFUL EXPERIMENT IN MARCH THIS YEAR WHEN MEETINGS OF THE F I NANCE COMM ITTct WERE HELD IN PUBLIC. THROUGH WIDE MEDIA COVERAGE OF QUESTIONS AND ANSWER SESSIONS THE PUBLIC WAS ABLE TO LEARN MORE ABOUT HOW THE GOVERNMENT INTENDED TO USE TAXPAYERS’ MONEY IN 1984-85.

THE OPEN MEETINGS OF THE PUBLIC ACCOUNTS COMMITTEE WILL BE HELD IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL CHAMBER ON: TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 13, S 2 ™ PM. WEDNESDAY NOVEMBER 14, AT 2.30 PM; THURSDAY, NOVEMBER g, iT9 AM; FRIDAY,NOVEMBER 16, AT 9 AM; AND TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 21 at’2.30 PM.

MOST OF ITS EXAMINATIONS WILL BE CONCERNED WI TH THE VALUE FOR MONEY OBTAINED BY CONTROLLING OFFICERS IN SPENDING THE FUNDS ENTRUSTED TO THEM.

THE PUBLIC HEARINGS FOLLOW THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF A REPORT BY THE PAC ON HOW IMPROVEMENTS TO ITS WORK COULD BE MADE TO ENHANCE ITS ROLE AS THE PUBLIC WATCHDOG OF GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTS.

THE SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED THAT THE COMMITTEE WOULD RETAIN THE POWER TO EXCLUDE PUBLIC AND PRESS FROM MEETINGS IN CASES WHERE THE PUBLIC INTEREST REQUIRED CONFIDENTIALITY.

TO ENABLE THE PUBLIC SESSIONS TO PROCEED SOME CHANGES IN THE ANNUAL AUDIT CYCLE HAVE BEEN MADE. PREVIOUSLY THE DIRECTOR OF AUDIT’S REPORT WAS ONLY TABLED IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNC IL WHEN THE PUBLIC ACCOUNTS COMMITTEE HAD DONE ITS WORK AND ITS REPORT WAS ALSO READY FOR PRESENTATION.

LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL STANDING ORDERS WERE CHANGED EARLIER THIS YEAR SO THAT THE DIRECTOR OF AUDIT’S REPORT WILL ALREADY BE A PUBLISHED DOCUMENT WHEN THE PAC MEETS IN PUBLIC SESSION.

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 6, 1984

AUGUST RETAIL SALES SURVEY RESULTS RELEASED *****

THE VALUE OF RETAIL SALES IN AUGUST 1984, ESTIMATED AT $5 425 MILLION, WAS 12 PER CENT HIGHER THAN IN AUGUST 1983, WHILE THEIR VOLUME WAS THREE PER CENT HIGHER, ACCORDING TO PROVISIONAL SURVEY RESULTS RELEASED TODAY BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.

RETAIL SALES FOR THE PERIOD JUNE-AUGUST 1984, WHEN COMPARED WITH SALES FOR THE SAME PERIOD IN 1983, ROSE BY 16 PER CENT IN VALUE AND SIX PER CENT IN VOLUME.

COMPARISON OF AUGUST 1984 FIGURES WITH JULY 1984 FIGURES, AND BEARING IN MIND THAT THIS COMPARISON IS AFFECTED BY SEASONAL FACTORS, SHOWS THAT THE VALUE OF SALES FELL BY FIVE PER CENT AND THEIR VOLUME BY FOUR PER CENT.

IN AUGUST 1984, RETAIL SALES OF CLOTHING, FOOTWEAR AND ALLIED PRODUCTS INCREASED BY 22 PER CENT IN VALUE OR EIGHT PER CENT IN VOLUME WHEN COMPARED WITH AUGUST 1983 SALES.

FOODSTUFFS, ALCOHOLIC DRINKS AND TOBACCO AND CONSUMER DURABLES RECORDED AN INCREASE OF 17 PER CENT IN SALES VALUE. IN TERMS OF SALES VOLUME, CONSUMER DURABLES ROSE BY SIX PER CENT AND FOODSTUFFS, ALCOHOLIC DRINKS AND TOBACCO BY FIVE PER CENT.

RETAIL SALES OF OTHER CONSUMER GOODS INCREASED BY EIGHT PER CENT IN VALUE AND ONE PER CENT IN VOLUME, WHILE THOSE OF FUELS ROSE BY ONE PER CENT IN VALUE BUT DROPPED BY TWO PER CENT IN VOLUME.

A COMPARISON OF FIGURES FOR THE PERIOD JUNE-AUGUST 1984 WITH THOSE FOR THE SAME PERIOD IN 1983, SHOWS RETAIL SALES OF CONSUMER DURABLES REGISTERED THE LARGEST INCREASES IN BOTH VALUE AND VOLUME TERMS, AT 21 PER CENT AND EIGHT PER CENT RESPECTIVELY.

IN TERMS OF SALES VALUE, CLOTHING, FOOTWEAR AND ALLIED PRODUCTS ROSE BY 20 PER CENT AND FOODSTUFFS, ALCOHOLIC DRINKS AND TOBACCO BY 19 PER CENT ; IN TERMS OF SALES VOLUME, THEY BOTH ROSE BY SEVEN PER CENT.

RETAIL SALES OF OTHER CONSUMER GOODS ROSE BY 14 PER CENT IN VALUE OR FIVE PER CENT IN VOLUME, WHILE THOSE OF FUELS RECORDED AN INCREASE OF FIVE PER CENT IN VALUE BUT NO CHANGE IN VOLUME.

COMPARED WITH THE JULY 1984 FIGURES, RETAIL SALES OF CONSUMER DURABLES IN AUGUST 1984 FELL BY EIGHT PER CENT IN BOTH VALUE AND VOLUME TERMS.

(

/BOTH CLOTHING, .........

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 6, 1984

- 5 -

BOTH CLOTHING, FOOTWEAR AND ALLIED PRODUCTS AND OTHER CONSUMER GOODS RECORDED A DROP OF FIVE PER CENT IN SALES VALUE OR FOUR PER CENT IN SALES VOLUME.

RETAIL SALES OF FOODSTUFFS, ALCOHOLIC DRINKS AND TOBACCO FELL BY THREE PER CENT IN BOTH VALUE AND VOLUME, WHILE THOSE CF FUELS DECLINED BY THREE PER CENT IN VALUE OR ONE PER CENT IN VOLUME.

ANALYSED BY SELECTED TRADES, RETAIL SALES OF SUPERMARKETS ROSE SIGNIFICANTLY IN BOTH VALUE AND VOLUME WHEN COMPARED WITH AUGUST 1983 SALES.

RETAIL SALES OF DEPARTMENT STORES AND CONSUMER DURABLES OTHER THAN MOTOR VEHICLES INCREASED MODERATELY IN BOTH VALUt AND VOLUME, WHILE THOSE OF MOTOR VEHICLES SHOWED MODERATE INCREASE IN SALES VALUE BUT NO CHANGE IN SALES VOLUME.

A COMPARISON OF FIGURES FOR THE PERIOD JUNE-AUGU.ST 1984 WITH THOSE FOR THE SAME PERIOD IN 1983 SHOWS RETAIL SALES OF SUPERMARKETS INCREASED SUBSTANTIALLY IN BOTH VALUE AND VOLUMt TERMS.

MOTOR VEHICLES, CONSUMER DURABLES OTHER THAN MOTOR' VEHICLES AND DEPARTMENT STORES ALS'O RECORDED LARGE INCREASES IN VALUE BUT SMALLER INCREASES IN 'VOLUME.

RETAIL SALES OF DEPARTMENT STORES IN AUGUST 1984 ROSE SUBSTANTIALLY IN BOTH VALUE AND VOLUME COMPARED WITH THOSE FOR JULY 1984.

HOWEVER, SUPERMARKETS, MOTOR VEHICLES, CONSUMER DURABLES OTHER THAN MOTOR VEHICLES. ALL DECREASED IN BOTH SALES VALUE AND VOLUME.

THE REPORT CONTAINING THE ANALYSIS OF THE AUGUST 1984 SURVEY RESULTS IS NOW ON, SALE AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, GENERAL POST OFF'ICE, CONNAUGHT PLACE, AT $1 A COPY.

ENQUIRIES ABOUT THE SURVEY RESULTS MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADE STATISTICS SECTION OF THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT (TEL. NO. 3-7216024).

----0----

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 6, 1984

6

BANKING MANPOWER NEEDS SURVEYED * * * *

A SURVEY TO DETERMINE MANPOWER NEEDS AND TRAINING REQUIREMENT^ OF THE LOCAL BANKING INDUSTRY WILL BE CONDUCTED FROM NOVEMBER 19 TO DECEMBER 3 BY THE BANKING TRAINING BOARD OF THE VOCATIONAL TRAINING COUNCIL.

IT WILL COVER ALL BANKS AND DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES IN HONG KONG.

♦BASED ON THE SURVEY FINDINGS, THE BOARD WILL MAKE RECOMMENDATIONS ON MANPOWER PLANNING FOR THE INDUSTRY,+ MR D.F. WHARTON, CHAIRMAN OF THE BANKING TRAINING BOARD, SAID.

STRESSING THE NEED FOR INFORMATION TO WORK OUT THE TRAINING PLANS, MR WHARTON URGED EMPLOYERS TO CO-OPERATE FULLY IN THE SURVEY.

ALL DATA COLLECTED WILL BE KEPT IN STRICT CONFIDENCE AND ONLY STATISTICAL SUMMARIES, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO INDIVIDUAL ESTABLISHMENTS, WILL BE RELEASED, HE SAID.

QUESTIONNAIRES AND EXPLANATORY NOTES HAVE ALREADY BEEN SENT TO EMPLOYERS. OFFICERS FROM THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT WILL VISIT THEM TO HELP THEM COMPLETE THE FORMS DURING THE

SURVEY PER IOD.

ALSO ASSISTING IN THE SURVEY ARE THE TECHNICAL EDUCATION AND INDUSTRIAL TRAINING DEPARTMENT AND THE GOVERNMENT DATA PROCESSING AGENCY.

-----0------

SAFETY SEMINAR FOR PLASTICS INDUSTRY * * * *

A SAFETY SEMINAR FOR THE PLASTICS INDUSTRY WILL BE HELD AT THE CHINESE YMCA IN WATERLOO ROAD, KOWLOON, ON THURSDAY (NOVEMBER 8).

THE DEPUTY COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR AND CHAIRMAN OF THE COMMITTEE ON INDUSTRIAL SAFETY AND ACCIDENT PREVENTION, DR J.w. HAYES, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE OPENING CEREMONY, AT 2 PM.

THE SEMINAR IS ORGANISED BY THE PLASTICS INDUSTRY SAFETY SUB-COMMITTEE OF THE LABOUR ADVISORY BOARD TO PROMOTE THE IMPORTANCE OF WORK SAFETY AMONG WORKERS.

SAFETY PROFESSIONALS AND GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS HAVE BEEN INVITED TO GIVE TALKS ON VARIOUS TOPICS ON WORK SAFETY AT THE SEMINAR.

0 -------

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 6, 1984

7

CAMPING FUN FOR WORKING PEOPLE

* * * *

WORKING PEOPLE ARE BEING INVITED TO JOIN CAMPING ACTIVITIES TO BE HELD AT SAI KUNG PENINSULA.

TWELVE SIMILAR OUTINGS HAVE BEEN ARRANGED EACH TAKING 46 PERSONS ON TWO NIGHTS AND THREE DAYS OF CAMPING FUN, FOR A FEE CF $30.

THE EVENTS HAVE BEEN JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE RECREATION AND SPORTS SERVICE (RSS) OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT, AND THE BRITISH FORCES, AND WILL BE HELD AT THE DEPARTMENT’S CHONG HING WATER SPORTS CENTRE IN SAI KUNG.

+THE CAMP OUTINGS KNOWN AS ’FLY, CAMP, CRUISE’, ARE SPECIALLY FOR WORKING PEOPLE,+ AN RSS SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY.

+PARTICI PANTS WILL EXPERIENCE THE THRILLS OF FLYING TO THE CAMP IN A ROYAL AIR FORCE HELICOPTER AND CRUISING HOME ON BOARD A MINESWEEPER.

+THEY WILL THEN RETURN TO WORK REFRESHED AND REV ITALISED,+ HE SAID.

THE SPORTS CENTRE HAS FACILITIES FOR CANOEING, SAILING, ROWING, CYCLING, KITE FLYING, ARCHERY AND LAND EXPEDITION.

THE FIRST CAMP WILL BE HELD ON NOVEMBER 19, AND THE LAST ON FEBRUARY 6 NEXT YEAR.

WORKING PERSONS FROM 18 YEARS OF AGE MAY APPLY.

FORMS AND CAMP DETAILS ARE AVAILABLE AT THE RSS HEAD OFFICE ON THE 11TH FLOOR OF WING ON CENTRE, CONNAUGHT ROAD CENTRAL OR ITS 19 DISTRICT OFFICES THROUGHOUT THE TERRITORY.

ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE AT 5-458511.

- - 0 - -

SCHOOL BAND MUSIC FROM JAPAN

* * * *

THE JAPANESE TOYAMA TECHNICAL HIGH’SCHOOL BAND, WINNER OF THE GOLDEN PRIZE IN THE +ALL JAPAN BAND CONTEST* FOR SEVEN CONSECUTIVE YEARS, ARRIVED IN HONG KONG TODAY TO TAKE PART IN THE SEVENTH HONG KONG YOUTH BAND FESTIVAL.

THE MUSIC ADMINISTRATOR, MRS DORIS HO, AND OTHER SENIOR STAFF OF THE MUSIC OFFICE OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT GREETED THE GROUP AT THE AIRPORT.

/THE 45-Ma-lSER .........

TUESDAY, NOVIUBER 6, 1984

- 8

THE 45-MEMBER BAND, WILL FIRST GIVE A LUNCHTIME CONCERT AT THE LANDMARK AT 12.30 PM TOMORROW.

ON THURSDAY. THEY WILL PERFORM JOINTLY WITH THE HONG KONG YOUTH SYMPHONIC BAND AT A BAND FESTIVAL CONCERT AT THE CITY HALL CONCERT HALL AT 8 PM.

UNDER THE BATON OF

UNDER THE BATON OF ITS DIRECTOR, MR TOSHIO SATSUMA, THE JAPANESE BAND WILL GIVE OTHER PERFORMANCES TOGETHER WITH AEROBIC DANCERS FROM THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE AND CHEERLEADERS FROM THE YAN CHAI HOSPITAL LIM POR YEN SECONDARY SCHOOL AT THE GALA FINALE TO EE HELD AT QUEEN ELIZABETH STADIUM ON SUNDAY AT

7.30 PM.

TICKETS FOR THESE TWO CONCERTS, AT $5 EACH, ARE ON SALE AT ALL MUSIC CENTRES OF THE MUSIC OFFICE AND COMPUTERISED BOX OFFICES OF THE URBAN COUNCIL. ENQUIRIES MAY BE MADE AT 5-741622.

-------o----------

POLYMER CHEMISTRY SEMINAR ARRANGED FOR TEACHERS

*****

SECONDARY SCHOOLS CHEMISTRY TEACHERS ARE BEING INVITED TO TAKE PART IN A TWO-DAY SEMINAR ON POLYMER CHEMISTRY JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE HONG KONG CHEMICAL SOCIETY AND THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT.

THE SEMINAR WILL BE HELD ON DECEMBER 1, AND ON JANUARY 5 NEXT YEAR, AT KEI CHI MIDDLE SCHOOL, 20 SHU I NING STREET, KWUN TONG, KOWLOON.

THE SEMINAR OFFERS AN INTRODUCTION TO THE PROPERTIES OF POLYMERS IN RELATION TO THEIR USES, PAST AND FUTURE TRENDS IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF POLYMERS, THE PLASTICS INDUSTRY AND HAZARDS AND POLLUTION PROBLEMS ASSOCIATED WITH PLASTICS.

THERE WILL BE ILLUSTRATED TALKS, DISCUSSION SESSIONS AND AN EXHIBITION.

THE SEMINAR IS RELEVANT TO THE SYLLABUS CONTENTS OF THE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE SYLLABUS FOR CHEMISTRY (FORMS IV - V), THE HONG KONG HIGHER LEVEL EXAMINATION CHEMISTRY SYLLABUS AND THE HONG KONG ADVANCED LEVEL EXAMINATION CHEMISTRY SYLLABUS.

INTERESTED SCHOOL HEADS SHOULD SUBMIT THEIR NOMINATIONS TO THE PRINCIPAL INSPECTOR (CHEMISTRY), EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, 5/F., LEE GARDENS, HYSAN AVENUE, HONG KONG, BEFORE NOVEMBER 21.

-----o-----

/9........

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 6, 1984

9

PLANT TO SCREEN SEWAGE

* * * *

A SCREENING PLANT WILL BE BUILT TO DEAL WITH SEWAGE FROM THE SHAM SHU I PO DISTRICT, AND THUS IMPROVE THE WATER CONDITIONS IN THE NORTH-WESTERN SECTION OF VICTORIA HARBOUR.

TENDERS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE SHAM SHUI PO SCREENING PLANT ARE NOW BEING INVITED BY THE ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.

THE SINGLE STOREY PLANT WILL BE BUILT ON A 900-SQUARE-METRE SITE ON THE RECLAMATION NEAR SHAM SHUI PO FERRY PIER.

WORK IS EXPECTED TO START IN JANUARY NEXT YEAR AND TAKE ABOUT 21 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.

TENDERS MUST BE PLACED IN THE GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT TENDER BOX, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, BY NOON ON FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 23.

0

$325M IN TWO BUILDING TENDERS ACCEPTED * * *

SIX MORE RESIDENTIAL BLOCKS WILL RISE ON HANG ON ESTATE THE FIRST PUBLIC HOUSING PROJECT IN THE BUDDING NEW TOWN OF ’ MA ON SHAN, UNDER TWO LARGE BUILDING TENDERS TOTALLING $325 MILLION.

IN ONE TENDER WORTH $123 MILLION, THREE 36-STOPEY HOME OWNERSHIP BLOCKS, A SIX-STOREY COMMUNITY CENTRE AND A THREE-STOREY CARPARK WILL BE BUILT UNDER THE SECOND PHASE OF THE PROJECT.

+UPON COMPLETION BY 1987, THE THREE HOS BLOCKS WILL HOUSE 4 700 PEOPLE IN 1 050 MODERN FLATS,+ SAID A SPOKESMAN FOR THE HOUSING AUTHORITY TODAY.

THE OTHER TENDER VALUED AT $202 MILLION, WAS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THREE 35-STOREY TRIDENT III BLOCKS AND A FIVE-STOREY COMMERCIAL CENTRE/CARPARK BUILDING UNDER THE THIRD AND FINAL, PHASE, HE SAID.

+THE THREE RENTAL BLOCKS WILL PROVIDE ANOTHER 2 448 SELF-CONTAINED FLATS FOR 11 800 PEOPLE ON COMPLETION BY 1987.

+THE TWO TENDERS WERE APPROVED BY THE HOUSING AUTHORITY’S BUILDING COMMITTEE AT ITS LAST MEETING.+

-------o--------

/10........

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 6, 1964

- 10 -

SEAWALL BEING BUILT * * *

WORK HAS STARTED ON BUILDING A 170-METRE LONG SEAWALL FRONTING AP LEI CHAU EAST RECLAMATION AT ABERDEEN CHANNEL.

THE ID-MONTH PROJECT WILL INCLUDE RECLAMATION AND ROAD FORMATION WORK.

A $2 MILLION CONTRACT FOR THE WORK HAS BEEN AWARDED BY THE ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT TO NISHIMATSU CONSTRUCTION

COMPANY LIMITED.

CONSTRUCTION WILL BE SUPERVISED BY THE PORT WORKS DIVISION OF THE CIVIL ENGINEERING OFFICE.

-------0---------

TAI PO MAINS WORK * * *

FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO SOME AREAS IN TAI PO WILL BE TURNED CFF FROM 9 PM ON FRIDAY (NOVEMBER 9) TO 6 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY FOR WATER MAINS WORK.

ALL PREMISES ALONG KWONG FUK ROAD AND TAI PO ROAD FROM TING KOK ROAD TO TAI PO KAU, TAI PO WILL BE AFFECTED.

THESE INCLUDE: TAI PO MARKET, KAM SHAN TSUEN, PUN CHUNG, PUN CHUNG SAN TSUEN, MA WO, PAK KIU TSUEN, TO YUEN TUNG, YIU TSZ KIN, LAI CHI SHAN, TAI PO KCR STATION, KWONG FUK ESTATE, WANG FUK COURT, ISLAND HOUSE, WONG Yl AU, MEI WOON SAN TSUEN, YIN TSZ LANE, TAI PO KAU, TAI PO KAU SAN WAI, LOOKOUT LANE, ST. CHRISTOPHER’S HOME, STRAFFORD HOUSE, TAI PO TAU AND SHU I WAI.

------0-------

TRAFFIC CHANGES * * *

THE SECTION OF SHUN HING STREET ABOUT 35 METRES NORTH OF ITS JUNCTION WITH THE UNNAMED STREET AT SHA TAU KOK, WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FOR ABOUT THREE WEEKS FROM 8 AM ON WEDNESDAY (NOVEMBER 7) TO FACILITATE CONSTRUCTION WORK.

SHUN HING STREET WILL BE RE-ROUTED TO TWO-WAY TRAFFIC.

ON THE SAME DAY, TAI PO ROAD SOUTHBOUND, OUTSIDE SHA TIN RACECOURSE, WILL BE RE-ROUTED TO TWO-LANE TRAFFIC FROM 1 AM TO 5 AM, TO FACILITATE ROAD WORKS.

_ _ - _ 0 - - - -

ROAD NOT FOR LEARNERS * * *

FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY (NOVEMBER 9) LEARNER DRIVERS WILL NOT be PERMITTED TO USE WA TAI ROAD AT KWAI CHUNG.

------0-------

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG, TEL: 5-233191

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 7, 1984

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL MEETING

'NO BELIEVER IN HIGH TAXATION' - SIR JOHN ............... 1

8J.8 BILLION FOR NEW PUBLIC WORKS ....................... 3

HALF OF HK PEOPLE GET PUBLIC HOUSING HELP ............... 5

TEXTILES CONTROL SYSTEM WILL BE CONSTANTLY MONITORED .... 7

CROSS HARBOUR PROJECT DRAWS GOOD RESPONSE ............... 9

CLOSER GOODS PROCESSING LINKS WITH CHINA SEEN ........... 10

SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISION FOR FIRST QUARTER ............... 13

PRIVATE BILL FEES RAISED TO 825 000 ..................... 14

FIVE BILLS APPROVED ..................................... 14

MORE PUBLIC EFFORT AGAINST POLLUTION URGED .................. 15

PROMOTING DISTANCE MANAGIMENT LEARNING ...................... 16

NEW FIIM STRESSES DRUG DANGER ............................... 17

SPECIAL STaMPS MARK JOCKEY CLUB CENTIMARY ................... 17

ADVICE TO TRAVELLERS TO INDIA ............................... 20

CONTRACT SIGNING ............................................ 20

BOARD TO DISCUSS WHITE PAPER ................................ 20

TWO SITES FOR RxMT .......................................... 21

MAIL TO EL SALVADOR ......................................... 21

ROOFTOP STRUCTURE TO BE CLEARED ............................. 21

BOARD HOLDS SPECIAL MEETING ................................. 22

TAI PO ROAD TRAFFIC DIVERSION ............................... 22

CLEARWAY FOR BETTER TRAFFIC FLOW

22

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 7, 1^34

1

'NO BELIEVER IN HIGH TAXATION’ - SIR JOHN *****

THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, THE HON SIR JOHN BREMRIDGE, SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY HE DID NOT AGREE WITH THE ARGUMENT THAT IT WOULD BE NECESSARY TO RAISE TAXATION BECAUSE OF THE NEED FOR INCREASED REVENUE.

SIR JOHN SAID HE WAS NO BELIEVER IN HIGH TAXATION AND THAT HE HAD BEEN ON RECORD AS SAYING IN THIS YEAR’S BUDGET SPEECH THAT HE HAD HOPED FURTHER INCREASES ON DIRECT TAXATION IN 1985-86 COULD BE AVOIDED.

+IT IS AT LEAST ARGUABLE THAT REVENUE WILL RISE APPROPRIATELY AS A CONSEQUENCE OF INCREASED GDP. BUT ONLY TIME WILL TELL. MUCH ALSO MUST DEPEND ON THE PUBLIC WILL,+ HE SAID.

IN AN EARLIER DEBATE ON THE GOVERNOR’S ANNUAL POLICY ADDRESS, THE HON BILL BROWN HAD REGARDED HIGHER TAXATION, PREFERABLY INDIRECT TAXATION, AS INEVITABLE.

TO THIS, SIR JOHN SAID, +HE MAY BE PROVED RIGHT, BUT I MUST EN PASSANT REMIND HIM THAT FLAT SALES TAXES, THOUGH PRODUCTIVE, ARE REGRESSIVE AND INFLATIONARY. A V.A.T. HAS THEORETICAL ATTRACTIONS, BUT IMPLEMENTATION IN HONG KONG WOULD BE EXPENSIVE AND FRAUGHT WITH COMPLICATION.*

HE ADDED THAT NONETHELESS, CONSUMPTION TAXES HAD APPEAL AND MUST BE THE SUBJECT OF STUDY.

SIR JOHN TOLD THE COUNCIL IT REMAINED VITAL THAT THE GOVERNMENT SHOULD RESTRAIN ITS EXPENDITURE, PARTICULARLY RECURRENT EXPENDITURE — AS TIGHTLY AND EFFICIENTLY AS POSSIBLE, WHILE ALWAYS MOVING AHEAD WITH ITS MAJOR PROGRAMMES.

HE STRESSED THAT THE GOVERNMENT’S PRESENT TIGHTENING MEASURES WERE +NO FLASH IN THE PAN, BUT PART OF CONTINUING POLICY*.

HE CONCEDED THERE WAS THE OBVIOUS CONFLICT BETWEEN DECENT ASPIRATIONS AND PRAGMATIC RESTRAINTS.

+WE ARE AT ANY RATE FORTUNATE IN BEING ABLE TO SEE THE MISTAKES MADE IN THE PAST 30 YEARS OR SO BY THOSE GOVERNMENTS WHO THOUGHT THAT EXPENDITURE COULD CONTINUALLY EXCEED INCOME. PUT ANOTHER WAY, THAT PROBLEMS COULD BE- SOLVED BY THROWING MONEY AT THEM — AND USUALLY BORROWED MONEY AT THAT.

+WE ARE GETTING RICHER AS A COMMUNITY. I AM NOT THEREFORE IN THE LEAST SURPRISED OR CONCERNED THAT DECENT MEN AND WOMEN SHOULD PROPOSE NEW AND EXPENSIVE PROGRAMMES. IT WOULD BE ASTONISHING IF THEY DID NOT,* HE SAID.

/SIR JOHN .......

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 7, 1984 '

2 -

SIR JOHN THEN REFERRED TO +A HOST OF PROPOSITIONS* BY VARIOUS UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS, RANGING FROM THOSE FOR BETTER HOSPITALS, A THIRD UNIVERSITY, IMPROVED LANGUAGE IN EDUCATION AND MORE COMPUTER COURSES IN SCHOOLS TO THE SUGGESTIONS FOR MORE PAY FOR NURSES AND HOUSING ALLOWANCES FOR STAFF IN THE SUBVENTED SECTOR AND SQUATTER IMPROVEMENTS.

+l HAVE NO DOUBT THAT NEARLY EVERY ONE OF THESE PROPOSITIONS IS IDEALISTIC IF NOT SOUND. IN PARTICULAR, I ACCEPT IN GENERAL TERMS THE CLAIMS FOR GREATER EXPENDITURE ON EDUCATION.

+BUT THE RECURRENT TOTAL COST OF FULL IMPLEMENTATION OF ALL THESE PROPOSALS WOULD BE OF THE ORDER OF $1 BILLION PER ANNUM, AND THE CAPITAL COST FAR MORE.

+OBVIOUSLY THERE MUST BE QUEUING BY PRIORITIES WITH GREAT REGARD FOR THE REVENUE LIKELY TO BE AVAILABLE. UNFORTUNATELY, HOWEVER, NO MEMBER PRICED HIS PROPOSAL,* SIR JOHN SAID.

HE SAID THAT WHAT WAS SURE WAS THAT +WE MUST CONCENTRATE MORE .(THOUGH CERTAINLY NOT ENTIRELY) ON THOSE SPENDING MEASURES CALCULATED TO PROMOTE THE INCREASE OF WEALTH*.

THERE WOULD, HE SAID, BE CONSIDERABLE AND PROPER PUBLIC PRESSURE FOR BETTER HOUSING, BETTER EDUCATION, BETTER CARE FOR THE GROWING NUMBER OF ELDERLY PEOPLE, BETTER HEALTH MEASURES AND INDEED FOR +ALL THE FRUITS OF CIVILISATION*.

+LET US NEVER, HOWEVER, FORGET THAT OVER A SENSIBLE CYCLE WE CANNOT SPEND MORE THAN WE CAN RELY ON EARNING. IT IS FOR THIS REASON THAT HONG KONG MUST RETURN MEASUREDLY TO BALANCED BUDGETS, WE ARE WELL ON THIS COURSE,* SIR JOHN SAID.

+MOREOVER IN GOOD TIMES WE SHOULD SEEK MODERATE SURPLUSES. BORROWING OFFERS NO LONG-TERM SOLUTION EXCEPT FOR SELF-FINANCING PROJECTS. NOR DOES BURDENSOME TAXATION,* HE ADDED.

SIR JOHN REITERATED THAT THE GOVERNMENT HAD +NOT THE SLIGHTEST INTENTION* OF CHANGING THE SYSTEM UNDER WHICH BANK NOTE ISSUES AND REDEMPTIONS ARE LINKED TO THE US DOLLAR AT 7.80.

+IT HAS BEEN SUCCESSFUL. BUT I AGREE THAT IT IS NOT IDEAL. WHAT IS?* HE SAID.

-----o------

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 7, 1984

- 3 -

$3.8 BILLION FOR NEW PUBLIC WORKS * * * * *

THE SECRETARY FOR LANDS AND WORKS, MR NICKY CHAN, SAID TODAY THAT $3.8 BILLION WORTH OF NEW PROJECTS WERE EXPECTED TO BE INJECTED INTO THE PUBLIC WORKS PROGRAMME IN THE NEXT FINANCIAL YEAR.

THIS WOULD REPRESENT AN INCREASE OF $200 MILLION OVER THIS FINANCIAL YEAR AND $500 MILLION OVER 1983-84.

SPEAKING IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL MEETING, MR CHAN SAID THE AMOUNT EXPECTED TO BE SPENT ON NEW PROJECTS EXCLUDED HOUSING AUTHORITY’S EXPENDITURE ON THE PUBLIC HOUSING PROGRAMME AND ABOUT $1 BILLION SPENT EACH YEAR ON LAND ACQUISITION.

IN ADDITION, HE CONTINUED, THE ANNUAL EXPENDITURE FROM CAPITAL WORKS RESERVE FUND - EXCLUDING THAT ON PUBLIC HOUSING - WAS RUNNING AT BETWEEN $6 AND $6.5 BILLION.

HE ALSO POINTED OUT THAT MORE WORK FOR THE MONEY SPENT WAS OBTAINED BECAUSE OF LOWER CONTRACT PRICES.

+HOWEVER, IMPRESSIVE THOUGH THE FIGURES MAY BE, MERELY TO STATE THEM DOES NOT SUFFICIENTLY GIVE A TRUE SENSE OF THE SCOPE CF THE ACHIEVEMENT WHICH THE PUBLIC WORKS PROGRAMME, YEAR IN YEAR OUT, REPRESENTS,* HE SAID.

THERE WAS CONTINUOUS LAND DEVELOPMENT ON AN EXTENSIVE SCALE, WITH SITE FORMATION AND HIGHWAYS PROJECTS IN PROGRESS ALL THE TIME. THIS, AND THE STEADY STREAM OF NEW HOUSING ESTATES, COURT AND OFFICE BUILDINGS, CULTURAL, RECREATIONAL AND SPORTING FACILITIES, HOSPITALS, SCHOOLS AND MARKET PROJECTS, SEWAGE TREATMENT WORKS AND WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS, ALL CONTRIBUTED TO THE IMPRESSION VISITORS TO HONG KONG COULD NOT FAIL TO GAIN THAT HONG KONG WAS FULLY COMMITTED TO, AND ENERGETICALLY ENGAGED IN DEVELOPMENT, HE SAID.

+AND, AS THE SIZE OF THE PUBLIC WORKS PROGRAMME INDICATES, THIS LEVEL OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY WILL CONTINUE IN THE YEARS AHEAD,* HE SAID.

REFERRING TO THE NEW TOWNS PROGRAMMES, MR CHAN SAID: +THERE IS NO INTENTION TO STOP THESE VITAL PROGRAMMES SHORT OF COMPLETION IN FAVOUR OF SOME OTHER SCHEME. THE ESSENCE WILL BE IN BLENDING THE COMMENCEMENT OF OUR NEW PROGRAMMES FOR THE 1990'S WITH OUR CURRENT ONES SO THAT STEADY PROGRESS AND AN EVEN INVESTMENT PATTERN ARE MAINTAINED.

+AS FAR AS POST-NEW TOWN PROGRAMMES ARE CONCERNED, WE ARE NOW IN THE PROCESS OF DRAWING UP BRIEFS FOR PLANNING AND ENGINEERING FEASIBILITY STUDIES OF THE HARBOUR AREA TO FOLLOW UP THE INITIAL RESULTS OF OUR LONG TERM DEVELOPMENT STUDIES. ONCE THESE AND THE CURRENT PORT DEVELOPMENT STUDY ARE COMPLETED IN 1985 WE SHALL BEGIN TO OUTLINE PROGRAMMES FOR IMPLEMENTATION.*

/HE SAID........

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 7, 1982*

4

HE SAID PLANNING STATEMENTS WOULD BE DRAWN UP FOR THE OTHER SUB-REGIONS, NORTH-WEST NEW TERRITORIES, NORTH-EAST NEW TERRITORIES, NORTH LANTAO AND JUNK BAY AND ITS SAI KUNG HINTERLAND.

STUDIES CONDUCTED BY CONSULTANTS IN BOTH THE NORTH-WEST NEW TERRITORIES AND THE NORTH-EAST NEW TERRITORIES HAD IDENTIFIED RURAL AREAS WHICH HAD BEEN AFFECTED BY +HAPHAZARD LOW DENSITY AGRICULTURAL, RESIDENTIAL AND EVEN INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OVER THE YEARS RESULTING IN POOR ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS, MR CHAN SAID. PROPOSALS HAD BEEN MADE FOR THE INTRODUCTION OF LOCALISED DEVELOPMENT SCHEMES INVOLVING MINIMAL INVESTMENT WHICH, IF SUCCESSFUL, WOULD RESULT IN THESE AREAS BEING REHABILITATED OR UPGRADED.

IN VIEW OF THE LARGE NUMBER OF PRIVATE INTERESTS INVOLVED IN THESE AREAS AND THE PROBLEMS INVOLVED IN UPGRADING, IT WAS THOUGHT THAT A PILOT SCHEME SHOULD FIRST BE ATTEMPTED TO GAIN EXPERIENCE OF THE DIFFICULTIES AND TO FIND POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS.

A PLAN FOR SUN HING TSUEN HAD BEEN DRAFTED AND A WORKING GROUP HAD BEEN SET UP, TO CO-ORDINATE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PILOT SCHEME.

-+ONCE FUNDS ARE OBTAINED FOR THE PILOT SCHEME, IT IS EXPECTED TO TAKE APPROXIMATELY TWO YEARS FOR THE GOVERNMENT TO COMPLETE THE NECESSARY INFRASTRUCTURE AND ITS PART IN THE IMPLEMENTATION CF THE SCHEME,* HE SAID.

DEALING WITH URBAN RENEWAL, MR CHAN SAID A GOOD DEAL OF EFFORT HAD BEEN PUT IN RECENT YEARS INTO STUDYING THE PROBLEMS OF URBAN RENEWAL AND POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS. INTERESTING IDEAS HAD EMERGED AND IT WAS HOPED THAT FIRM PROPOSALS ON LAND DEVELOPMENT CORPORATIONS AND ALTERNATIVE APPROACHES WOULD BE FORTHCOMING IN THE NEW YEAR.

ON THE MA WAN WATER SUPPLY PROBLEM, HE SAID THE GOVERNMENT, IN ITS EFFORTS TO EXTEND TREATED WATER SUPPLIES TO VILLAGES, WAS CONCENTRATING FIRST ON THOSE WITHIN REASONABLE REACH OF THE MAINS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM BECAUSE THIS WOULD BENEFIT A GREATER NUMBER CF PEOPLE IN THE QUICKEST POSSIBLE TIME. MORE REMOTE VILLAGES REQUIRING THE CONSTRUCTION OF NEW SYSTEMS WOULD BE DEALT WITH AS SOON AS POSSIBLE THEREAFTER.

+FOR MA WAN, HOWEVER, A $17 MILLION PROJECT INVOLVING THE LAYING OF A SUBMARINE PIPELINE ACROSS RAMBLER CHANNEL AND LAND MAINS AND THE PROVISION OF A DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WAS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED BY 1987,+ HE SAID.

+THE POSSIBILITY OF SUPPLEMENTING EXISTING SUPPLIES BY BARGING IN THE MEANTIME HAS BEEN CAREFULLY CONSIDERED. HOWEVER, THIS rtOULD INVOLVE SIGNIFICANT RECURRENT COSTS AND THE LAYING OF A NEW PUMPING MAIN ALSO AT SUBSTANTIAL COST, WHICH WOULD BECOME REDUNDANT AFTER COMPLETION OF THE PERMANENT WORKS,+ HE SAID.

-------o---------

/5........

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 7, 1984

- 5 -

HALF OF HK PEOPLE GET PUBLIC HOUSING HELP *****

HONG KONG WAS ONE OF THE VERY FEW PLACES WHERE THE GOVERNMENT PROVIDED SUBSIDISED HOUSING ON SUCH A LARGE SCALE -- FOR ALMOST HALF CF ITS POPULATION, THE SECRETARY FOR HOUSING, THE HON DONALD LIAO, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.

ITS INVESTMENT IN HOUSING HAD BEEN ENORMOUS, AND HAD PROGRESSED OVER THE PAST 30 YEARS FROM PROVIDING EMERGENCY HOUSING WITH ONLY THE MOST BASIC ESSENTIALS, TO THE MODERN SELF-CONTAINED ESTATES NOW CONSTRUCTED, WITH A FULL RANGE OF COMMERCIAL AND SOCIAL FACILITIES, NR LIAO SAID.

PUBLIC HOUSING PRODUCTION WOULD BE MAINTAINED AT LEAST AT THE CURRENT HIGH LEVEL FOR THE FORESEEABLE FUTURE, HE SAID.

SPEAKING AT THE RESUMED DEBATE ON THE MOTION OF THANKS FOR THE GOVERNOR’S ANNUAL ADDRESS, MR LIAO SAID THAT WHILE HE AGREED WITH THE HON WONG PO-YAN THAT THE COMMITMENT ON PUBLIC RENTAL ACCOMMODATION SHOULD BE REVIEWED -- AND IT WAS, IN FACT, DONE REGULARLY — HE FELT THAT +THE CONTINUING HIGH DEMAND REFLECTED IN THE HOUSING AUTHORITY’S LONG WAITING LIST, THE MANY SQUATTERS STILL ON HILLSIDES, AND THE NEED TO REDEVELOP THE OLDER ESTATES, ALL PRECLUDED ANY REDUCTION OF SUPPLY AT THIS TIME.+

THIS HIGH LEVEL OF PRODUCTION HAD, EARLIER THIS YEAR PROMPTED THE HOUSING AUTHORITY TO REVIEW THE HOUSING ALLOCATION POLICIES.

THE REVIEW, WHICH INCLUDED CONSULTATIONS WITH THE PUBLIC, THE DISTRICT BOARDS AND OTHER ORGANISATIONS, AND SUPPLEMENTED BY AN INDEPENDENT SURVEY, HAD LED TO CHANGES IN HOUSING ALLOCATION POLICIES WHICH WERE BEING IMPLEMENTED, HE SAID.

REFERRING TO THE EARLIER EXPRESSED NEED +T0 TAKE MORE POSITIVE PEASURES+ TO REDUCE PUBLIC SUBSIDY TO TENANTS CAPABLE OF TAKING CARE OF THEMSELVES, MR LIAO SAID THAT THE MATTER WAS NOW BEING CONSIDERED BY A SPECIAL COMMITTEE UNDER THE CHAIRMANSHIP OF THE HON F.K. HU. THE COMMITTEE WOULD, IN DUE COURSE, ESTABLISH CRITERIA +T0 IDENTIFY THOSE TENANTS WHO CONTINUE TO NEED HOUSING SUBSIDY AND CONSIDER PRACTICAL MEANS OF REDUCING SUBSIDY TO THOSE NO LONGER IN SUCH NEED,+ HE SAID.

DEALING WITH THE SUGGESTION THAT WELL-OFF TENANTS SHOULD BE PERSUADED TO VACATE THEIR +HEAVILY SUBSIDISED FLATS+ FOR THOSE MORE IN NEED, HE SAID IT WAS THE AUTHORITY’S PRACTICE TO ENCOURAGE PUBLIC HOUSING TENANTS TO BUY THEIR OWN HOMES. THIS WAS ONE OF THE MAIN OBJECTIVES OF THE GOVERNMENT-SPONSORED HOME OWNERSHIP SCHEME.

♦TO DATE, NEARLY 17 000 NEW FLATS HAVE BEEN SOLD TO THIS GROUP, THEREBY RELEASING A SIMILAR NUMBER OF RENTAL FLATS FOR ALLOCATION TO OTHER MORE NEEDY FAMILIES,* HE SAID.

ON THE SUBJECT OF REDEVELOPMENT OF OLD ESTATES, HE SAID THAT THIS WORK HAD BEEN PROGRESSING STEADILY OVER THE PAST TEN YEARS OR SO.

/•tOLD NAMES

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 7, 1984

6

+OLD NAMES SUCH AS SHEK KIP MEI, LI CHENG UK, WONG TAI SIN AND CHAI WAN ARE NO LONGER SYMBOLS OF DRAB HOUSING IN DULL SURROUNDINGS,* HE SAID.

THEY WERE NOW IDENTIFIED AS DISTRICTS WITH NEW AND WELL PLANNED HOUSING COMPLETE WITH ALL MODERN FACILITIES, HE SAID.

WITH REGARD TO THE SUGGESTION THAT GOVERNMENT SHOULD CURTAIL EXPENDITURE ON PUBLIC HOUSING, AND EXPAND THE PRIVATE SECTOR PARTICIPATION SCHEME, HE SAID THAT THE SCHEME’S PRESENT PRODUCTION TARGET OF 5 OOO FLATS A YEAR WOULD NOT BE ACHIEVED UNTIL NEXT YEAR.

+ IT IS TOO EARLY, THEREFORE, TO CONTEMPLATE INCREASING THE PRIVATE SECTOR’S INVOLVEMENT IN THIS AREA AT THIS STAGE,+ HE SAID.

ON THE QUESTION OF SQUATTER CLEARANCE, HE SAID THAT ALTHOUGH NEARLY 1.4 MILLION SQUATTERS HAD BEEN REHOUSED SINCE THE START OF PUBLIC HOUSING IN THE MID 195O’S, LATEST ESTIMATES STILL PUT THE SQUATTER POPULATION AT ABOUT HALF A MILLION, WITH SOME 180 000 IN THE URBAN AREAS, INCLUDING TSUEN WAN, ABOUT 11 000 BEING BOAT SQUATTERS, AND THE REMAINDER BEING SCATTERED IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.

A NEW PROGRAMME AIMED AT CLEARING AND REHOUSING ALL SQUATTERS IN THE URBAN AREAS BY THE EARLY 1990’S, INCLUDING BOAT SQUATTERS, AND OTHERS ON UNSAFE SLOPES NOT EARMARKED FOR DEVELOPMENT.

♦THE SUCCESS OF THIS PROGRAMME WILL, OF COURSE, DEPEND ON AN ADEQUATE SUPPLY OF PUBLIC HOUSING AND THE POPULATION GROWTH IN THESc AREAS BEING CONTAINED,* HE SAID.

MEANWHILE, HE SAID, THE SQUATTER AREA IMPROVEMENT SCHEME WOULD CONTINUE BUT PRIORITY WOULD BE ACCORDED TO ESSENTIAL WORK, SUCH AS THE PROVISION OF FIRE BREAKS AND SLOPE STABILISATION MEASURES.

+BECAUSE OF THE ACCELERATED CLEARANCES, THE NEED FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO FACILITIES AND AMENITIES IN URBAN SQUATTER AREAS WILL BE SUBSTANTIALLY REDUCED WITH CORRESPONDING SAVINGS IN EXPENDITURE,+ HE SAID.

REFERRING TO A POINT RAISED BY AN UNOFFICIAL MEMBER THAT NEW TOWN RESIDENTS DID NOT HAVE SUFFICIENT TIME TO FIND SCHOOL PLACES FOR THEIR CHILDREN BECAUSE OF LATE NOTIFICATION OF PUBLIC HOUSING ALLOCATION, MR LIAO SAID HE UNDERSTOOD THAT THIS WAS IN FACT NOT TOO SERIOUS A PROBLEM.

+ALLOCATION OF PUBLIC HOUSING IS A CONTINUAL PROCESS AND PROSPECTIVE TENANTS ARE NOTIFIED AS SOON AS FLATS CAN BE ALLOCATED.

+WHERE TENANTS DO HAVE DIFFICULTY IN SECURING SCHOOL PLACES, THE STAFF OF THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT ARE ALWAYS READY TO ASSIST,* HE SAID.

THE IMPORTANT THING, HE SAID, WAS TO ENSURE THAT SUFFICIENT SCHOOL PLACES WERE AVAILABLE WHEN TENANTS MOVED INTO NEW ESTATES, HE SAID.

------o-------

/7......

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 7, 1934

TEXTILES CONTROL SYSTEM WILL BE CONSTANTLY MONITORED * * * * *

THE SECRETARY FOR TRADE AND INDUSTRY, THE HON E.P. HO, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (WEDNESDAY) THAT IT WAS AGREED POLICY FOR THE TEXTILES CONTROL SYSTEM IN HONG KONG TO BE CONSTANTLY MONITORED AND REVIEWED AND ITS PROVISIONS MODIFIED WHERE AND WHEN NECESSARY.

MR HO WAS REPLYING TO POINTS RAISED BY UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS IN THE ANNUAL DEBATE ON THE GOVERNOR’S ADDRESS.

+OUR AIM IS TO ENSURE THAT HONG KONG CONTINUES TO DISCHARGE FULLY ITS OBLIGATIONS ARISING FROM BILATERAL AGREEMENTS AND THE PFA (MULTI-FIBRE ARRANGEMENT), COUPLED WITH MAINTENANCE OF EFFICIENCY AND FLEXIBILITY CONDUCIVE TO OPTIMUM UTILISATION OF LIMITED EXPORT

OPPORTUNITIES.

+IN THIS REGARD, PROPOSALS ARE CURRENTLY BEFORE THE TEXTILES ADVISORY BOARD FOR CONSIDERATION AND ADVICE,+ MR HO SAID.

THE HON ALLEN LEE HAD SUGGESTED THAT AN INDUSTRIAL ZONE BE SET UP AT THE BORDER TO TAKE ADVANTAGE OF LABOUR FROM NEARBY CHINESE TOWNS AND VILLAGES.

MR HO SAID THAT SERIOUS CONSIDERATION BY THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT OF ANY SUCH SUGGESTION, AT THIS STAGE, WOULD£ AMONG OTHER THINGS, BE TO IMPLY THAT +WE DESPAIR THAT THE UNITED STATES, OUR MOST IMPORTANT TRADING PARTNER, IS NO LONGER AMENABLE JO REASON, OR TO A DISPASSIONATE EXAMINATION OF OUR RESPECTIVE RJGHTb AND OBLIGATIONS UNDER INTERNATIONAL TRADING AGREEMENTS, MULTILATERAL AND BILATERAL, TO WHICH WE HAVE BOTH SUBSCRIBED.+

HE REITERATED THAT THE GENERAL AGREEMENT ON TARIFFS AND TRADE (GATT) WAS THE CORNERSTONE OF HONG KONG’S EXTERNAL COMMERCIAL RELATIONS POLICY.

+WE SHALL STAND BY OUR OBLIGATIONS AS WE MUST MAINTAIN OUR RIGHTS. WE CONTINUE TO HAVE FAITH IN THE DISPUTE SETTLEMENT htCHANISMS PROVIDED FOR IN THE GATT, THE MFA AND OUR BILATERAL TEXTILES AGREEMENT WITH THE U.S.A.,+ MR HO SAID, IN REPLY TO THE HON STEPHEN CHEONG’S CALL FOR CONTINGENCY PLANS FOR HONG KONG’S KNITWEAR INDUSTRY.

HE POINTED OUT THAT HONG KONG WAS NOT ALONE IN THE PRESENT DISAGREEMENT WITH THE UNITED STATES ON THE NEW COUNTRY OF ORIGIN RULES.

♦AT RECENT MEETINGS OF THE TEXTILES COMMITTEE OF THE GATT IN GENEVA, ALL OF THE TRADING PARTNERS OF THE UNITED STATES, BOTH DEVELOPED AND DEVELOPING, WHO EXPRESSED A VIEW, DISAGREED

WITH THE LATEST U.S. ACTIONS.

/+ACCORDINGLY, I

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 7, 1984

8

+ACCORDINGLY, I HAVE EVERY CONFIDENCE THAT AS THE UNITED STATES SETTLED DOWN AFTER THE EXCITEMENT LEADING TO YESTERDAY’S ELECTIONS, AND REVIEWS ITS NEW REGULATIONS IN THE LIGHT OF THE INTERNATIONAL REACTIONS THEY HAVE EVOKED, A SPIRIT OF ACCOMMODATION WILL PREVAIL,* MR HO SAID..

AS FOR ANY CHANGE IN THE LABOUR SUPPLY CAUSED BY AN IMPROVEMENT IN HONG KONG’S EDUCATION SYSTEM, MR HO THOUGHT THIS SHOULD BE VIEWED POSITIVELY.

+A BETTER EDUCATED LABOUR FORCE WILL ENABLE US TO MOVE UPMARKET QUICKER AND TO PRODUCE BETTER QUALITY PRODUCTS SOONER, WITH A HIGHER INCOME AND A BETTER STANDARD OF LIVING FOR OUR WORK FORCE.

+OF COURSE, THIS MIGHT ALSO MEAN THAT WE WOULD NO LONGER BE COMPETITIVE IN PRODUCTS AT THE LOWER END OF THE MARKET,* MR HO SAID.

HE CAUTIONED THAT HONG KONG’S ACCEPTANCE OF THE GATT CODE ON SUBSIDIES AND COUNTERVAILING DUTIES WAS A GOOD REASON WHY THE TERRITORY HAD TO BE CAREFUL NOT TO GET ITSELF INTO THE BLIND ALLEY OF SUBSIDIES FOR INDUSTRY.

AS REGARDS THE HON WONG PO-YAN’S HOPE THAT THE PROPOSALS IN THE HONG KONG PRODUCTIVITY CENTRE’S STUDY OF THE ELECTRONICS INDUSTRY WOULD LEAD TO THE ESTABLISHMENT OF A RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT LABORATORY, SUPPORTED BY A LEVY ON THE EXPORTS OF THAT INDUSTRY, MR HO SAID THAT CONSULTATIONS WITH INDUSTRY HAD NOT RESULTED IN THIS CONCLUSION.

+IF THERE IS A CONSENSUS, IT IS THAT THE INDUSTRY DOES NOT WISH TO CONTRIBUTE TO A LEVY TO SUPPORT A DEVELOPMENT CENTRE OR LABORATORY,* MR HO SAID.

HE ADDED, +THIS DOES NOT MEAN THAT WE SHOULD NOT SEEK TO PROVIDE BASIC FACILITIES FOR SUPPORT SERVICES FOR INDUSTRY.

+THESE SERVICES INCLUDE THE STANDARDS AND CALIBRATION LABORATORY OF THE INDUSTRY DEPARTMENT - AND I WOULD LIKE TO ACKNOWLEDGE THE KIND WORDS OF MR WONG PO-YAN IN THIS REGARD. THE INDUSTRIAL ESTATES CORPORATION, THE ONE STOP UNIT, AND THE OVERSEAS INDUSTRIAL PROMOTION OFFICES, WHICH WORK TOGETHER IN HELPING NEW AND HIGHER TECHNOLOGY INDUSTRIES ESTABLISH THEMSELVES IN HONG KONG, ARE ANOTHER EXAMPLE.*

TO ENSURE THAT TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER CAN BE FACILITATED IN THE MOST COST-EFFECTIVE MANNER, THE INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD HAS ADVISED THAT A CENTRALLY CO-ORDINATED CONCEPT BE ADOPTED wITH A TWO-PRONGED APPROACH.

MR HO SAID THAT THE INDUSTRY DEPARTMENT WOULD BE RESPONSIBLE FOR IDENTIFYING TECHNOLOGIES OR KNOW-HOW REQUIRED BY INDUSTRY.

/+ON THE........

WEENESDAY, NOVEMBER 7, 1984

9

ON THE OTHER HAND, THE DEVELOPMENT-MODIFICATION AND APPLICATION CF THE TECHNOLOGIES IDENTIFIED WILL BE DONE THROUGH THE HONG KONG PRODUCTIVITY CENTRE, WORKING IN COLLABORATION WITH THE TERTIARY EDUCATION INSTITUTIONS WHICH REPRESENT A POTENTIAL SOURCE OF INPUT TO INDUSTRY SUPPORT PROGRAMMES,+ MR HO SAID.

AT ITS MEETING ON NOVEMBER 5, THE HONG KONG PRODUCTIVITY COUNCIL DECIDED TO SUPPORT THIS UNIFIED APPROACH.

MR HO SAID, +THE DIRECTOR OF INDUSTRY NOW LOOKS FORWARD TO RECEIVING THE PROPOSALS FOR AUGMENTING THE HONG KONG PRODUCTIVITY CENTRE’S CAPBILITIES TO TAKE ON THEIR ENVISAGED ROLE.+

MR HO REFERRED TO THE REMINDER BY BOTH THE HON FRANCIS TIEN AND THE HON WONG PO-YAN OF THE CONTINUED NEED TO OPEN UP NEW MARKETS AS WELL AS TO EXPAND EXISTING ONES FOR HONG KONG PRODUCTS, AND OF THE IMPORTANT WORK BEING DONE BY THE TRADE DEVELOPMENT COUNCIL IN THIS FIELD.

I AGREE WITH THE VIEWS EXPRESSED THAT THIS IMPORTANT TASK IS WELL HANDLED BY THE TRADE DEVELOPMENT COUNCIL,* MR HO SAID.

- - 0 - -

CROSS HARBOUR PROJECT DRAWS GOOD RESPONSE ******

THE GOVERNMENT’S DECISION THAT THE NEXT FIXED HARBOUR CROSSING SHOULD BE IN THE EASTERN HARBOUR HAD DRAWN A +MOST ENCOURAGING RESPONSE,* THE SECRETARY FOR TRANSPORT, THE HON ALAN SCOTT, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.

MR SCOTT SAID THAT FOLLOWING THE DECISION, ANNOUNCED BY THE GOVERNOR IN HIS ANNUAL POLICY ADDRESS ON OCTOBER 4, 14 GROUPS HAD PUT UP THE $10 000 DEPOSIT TO OBTAIN THEIR COPIES OF THE RELEVANT DATA AND REQUIREMENTS.

HE ALSO SPOKE ON THE LIGHT RAIL TRANSIT SYSTEM AFTER THE HON STEPHEN CHEONG HAD EXPRESSED DOUBT ABOUT ITS VIABILITY AT AN EARLIER LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL MEETING.

MR SCOTT RECALLED THAT THE KOWLOON CANTON RAILWAY CORPORATION’S CONSULTANTS HAD EXAMINED AND TESTED A SERIES OF FORECASTS ARISING FROM SEVERAL ASSUMED PATRONAGE LEVELS FROM A MINIMUM LEVEL OF 500 000 PER DAY UP TO A MAXIMUM LEVEL OF 750 000 PER DAY FOR THE FULL SYSTEM.

THEY HAD ESTIMATED THE FULL PROJECT, INCLUDING ASSOCIATED BUS SERVICES, WOULD COST ABOUT $1.7 BILLION.

NO ONE CAN FORECAST EXACTLY THE OUTCOME IN A PROJECT OF THIS NATURE, BUT WITHIN THESE PARAMETERS AND THIS ORDER OF COST — WHICH ARE REASONABLY SIMILAR TO THOSE QUOTED BY MR CHEONG — THE (KCRC’S) BOARD JUDGED THAT THE RISKS WERE ACCEPTABLE IF THE SYSTEM WAS INTRODUCED ON A PHASED BASIS IN LINE WITH POPULATION GROWTH.

/♦IN BROAD .......

WEDNESDAY, N0VD4BER 7, 1984

10 -

♦IN BROAD TERMS, THE INVESTMENT SHOULD BE RECOUPED AND THE LOANS PAID OFF IN 12 - 15 YEARS,+ MR SCOTT SAID.

HONG KONG ENTREPRENEURS CONSIDERED 12 YEARS, LET ALONE 15 YEARS, A LONG TIME TO RECOVER THE CAPITAL IN AN INVESTMENT, HE SAID.

BUT NOTING THAT RAILWAYS CONTINUED TO RUN AND TO PRODUCE PROFITS FOR FAR LONGER PERIODS, HE SAID, +THE FIRST RENEWAL OF ROLLING STOCK TAKES PLACE TYPICALLY AROUND 40 YEARS AFTER OPENING A SYSTEM- AND MANY RAILWAYS AND TRAMWAYS HAVE CELEBRATED THEIR 100TH ANNIVERSARIES.

+1 HOPE THAT MR CHEONG, AS AN ABLE ADVOCATE OF CONFIDENCE AND STEADINESS AT THIS TIME, WILL AGREE THAT THE KCRC, IN DECIDING TO BUILD THIS LRT, IS TAKING A CONFIDENT, LONG TERM VIEW OF THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE WESTERN NEW TERRITORIES.*

BUILD THIS LRT

MR SCOTT ALSO REPORTED THAT THE ELECTRONIC ROAD PRICING PILOT-SCHEME WOULD BE THE SUBJECT OF FURTHER BRIEFINGS AND CONSULTATIONo WITH DISTRICT BOARDS.

+INDEED IN ABOUT THREE WEEKS WE SHALL BEGIN ANOTHER ROUND OF THE BOARDS BECAUSE THE INCREASING INFORMATION COMING FORWARD KoMB?AHEDRSESEBEARCHSWORKEAND SURVEYS MAKE IT TIMELY FOR US TO EXPAND UPON AN IMPORTANT ASPECT OF THE PILOT SCHEME,* Ht SAID.

-------o---------

CLOSER GOODS PROCESSING LINKS WITH CHINA SEEN * * * *

EXCHANGE AND INTER-DEPENDENCE IN GOODS PROCESSING WOULD BE A GROWING FEATURE OF HONG KONG’S RELATIONSHIP WITH CHINA AND WOULD CONTRIBUTE SIGNIFICANTLY TO BOTH ECONOMIES, THE SECRETARY FOR ECONOMIC SERVICES, THE HON PIERS JACOBS, SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.

MR JACOBS WAS COMMENTING ON FIGURES OF HONG KONG’S TRADE WITH CHINA, WHICH HAD BECOME THE SECOND LARGEST MARKET FOR THE TERRITORY’S DOMESTIC PRODUCTS.

WHILE THIS DEVELOPMENT WAS WELCOME, CARE WAS NEEDED IN INTERPRETING THE FIGURES, HE SAID.

+DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO MOST MARKETS COMPRISE FINISHED GOODS PRODUCED FROM IMPORTS OF RAW MATERIALS OR SEMI-MANUFACTURES.

+IN THE CASE OF CHINA, A FAIRLY HIGH PROPORTION OF THESE EXPORTS IS REPRESENTED BY SEMI-MANUFACTURED GOODS GOING TO CHINA FOR FURTHER PROCESSING. OFTEN THE GOODS RETURN TO HONG KONG AS IMPORTS FOR FURTHER FINISHING,* HE EXPLAINED.

/THUS, SOME ........

WEDNESDAY, NOVQfBER 7, 198A

11

THUS, SOME OF THIS INCREASE IN TRADE REPRESENTED THE TRANSFER TO CHINA OF PROCESSES PREVIOUSLY CARRIED OUT HERE, SO THAT ITS CONTRIBUTION TO HONG KONG’S GDP WAS PROBABLY LOWER THAN FOR DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO OTHER MARKETS, HE ADDED.

IN SOME AREAS THE PROCESS BEING UNDERTAKEN IN CHINA COULD NO LONGER BE UNDERTAKEN PROFITABLY IN HONG KONG, WHILE THE PROCESSING IN CHINA MIGHT MAKE POSSIBLE THE RETENTION OF OTHER RELATED ACTIVITIES IN HONG KONG.

SOMETIMES, WITHOUT THE PROCESSING IN CHINA, THE FINAL PRODUCT COULD NOT BE MADE HERE AT ALL.

THIS EXCHANGE AND INTER-DEPENDENCE IS A FEATURE OF OUR RELATIONSHIP WITH CHINA THAT I BELIEVE WILL GROW AND CONTRIBUTE SIGNIFICANTLY TO BOTH ECONOMIES,+ MR JACOBS SAID.

HE HAD NO DOUBT THAT EVEN CLOSER COOPERATION IN THE FLOW OF BOTH GOODS AND SERVICES WOULD DEVELOP OVER THE COMING YEARS.

ON CHANGES IN THE GROWTH RATES OF PLANT AND MACHINERY, HE SAID IT WAS TO BE EXPECTED THEY WOULD LAG BEHIND CHANGES IN THE EXPANSION RATE OF THE OTHER COMPONENTS OF VISIBLE TRADE.

BEFORE COMMITTING THEMSELVES TO NEW INVESTMENT, INVESTORS HAVE TO BE CONVINCED THAT ANY UPWARD MOVEMENT IN EXPORT GROWTH

BE SUSTAINED.

WILL

EVEN AFTER A DECISION TO INVEST HAS BEEN MADE IT TAKES TIME FOR THE PLANT AND MACHINERY INVOLVED TO SHOW UP IN THE TRADE ACCOUNTS.

GIVEN THAT THE ECONOMY HAS OPERATED OVER THE PAST TWO YEARS UNDER THE SHADOW OF UNCERTAINTY ABOUT ITS FUTURE, IT la NOT SURPRISING THAT INVESTORS HAVE BEEN RELUCTANT TO COMMIT THEMSELVES,+ HE SAID.

THAT SHADOW, HE ADDED, HAD BEEN LIFTED AS A RESULT OF THE INITIALLING OF THE SINO-BRITISH DRAFT AGREEMENT.

THIS. COMBINED WITH HONG KONG’S IMPROVED ECONOMIC PERFORMANCE, SHOULD ENCOURAGE FURTHER INVESTMENT IN JHE ADDITIONAL AND IMPROVED PLANT AND MACHINERY NEEDED TO SUSTAIN ECONOMIC GROWTH IN THE FUTURE, HE SAID.

FOR THE THREE QUARTERS BEGINNING IN THE SECOND QUARTER OF 1983 RETAINED IMPORTS OF RAW MATERIALS AND SEMI-MANUFACTURES HAD GROWN CONSIDERABLY FASTER THAN DOMESTIC EXPORTS.

MR JACOBS FELT THAT THIS SUGGESTED THAT SOME OF THE SLOWDOWN IN THE GROWTH RATE OF SUCH IMPORTS THIS YEAR HAD BEEN CAUSED BY SUBSEQUENT INVENTORY ADJUSTMENT.

/+PBOBABLY THE

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 7, 1984

12 -

+PROBABLY THE ADJUSTMENT ALSO REFLECTS THE VIEW OF SOME MANUFACTURERS THAT AFTER THE SURGE IN EXPORTS CONSEQUENT UPON THE RECOVERY FROM THE 1982 RECESSION THE GROWTH RATE OF DOMESTIC --------------------------------- SUSTAINABLE LEVEL.

EXPORTS WILL SLOW DOWN TO A MORE

AS YOU HAVE SAID, SIR, ALWAYS CERTAINLY SHARE MR WONG PO-YAN IOUS ANXIETY ABOUT OUR FUTURE

+NEVERTHELESS, WHILE WE ARE VULNERABLE TO EXTERNAL EVENTS, I VIEW THAT IT IS TOO EARLY FOR SER EXPORT PERFORMANCE,+ HE SAID.

’S

ON THE GOVERNMENT’S FINANCIAL MONITORING OF THE POWER COMPANIES’ ACTIVITIES, MR JACOBS REPORTED THAT THE CONSULTANCY ESTABLISHED TO EXAMINE THE ADEQUACY OF THE MONITORING ARRANGEMENTS HAD NOW SUBMITTED ITS REPORT.

THE REPORT, WHICH CONTAINS RECOMMENDATIONS ABOUT THE FUTURE DEVELOPMENT OF THE MONITORING PROCESS, WAS BEING EXAMINED BY THE GOVERNMENT. THE INTENTION WAS TO SUBMIT IT TO THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL IN THE NEAR FUTURE.

MR JACOBS SAID HE COULD NOT MAKE FURTHER COMMENTS ON THE CONTENTS OF THE REPORT BEFORE IT HAD BEEN CONSIDERED BY THE COUNCIL.

TURNING TO THE HELICOPTER PAD AT FENWICK PIER STREET, HE REPORTED THE SEARCH FOR A SITE FOR HELICOPTER OPERATIONS HAD PROVED TO BE VERY DIFFICULT.

IN AN EARLIER LEGCO MEETING, THE HON ALEX WU HAD REFERRED TO AN ASSURANCE BY THE CHIEF SECRETARY THAT THE HELIPAD WOULD CEASE TO OPERATE BY AUGUST 31 NEXT YEAR.

MR JACOBS POINTED OUT THAT THE CHIEF SECRETARY HAD MADE THIS ASSURANCE IN THE CONTEXT OF THE LIKELY AVAILABILITY OF A NEW SITE FOR A PERMANENT HELIPORT AT THE WAN CHAI FERRY PIER.

+UNFORTUNATELY, IT NOW SEEMS THAT THAT SITE CAN NO LONGER BE USED,* HE SAID.

IN THE CIRCUMSTANCES, THE PRESENT USERS OF THE FENWICK PIER STREET HELIPAD HAVE REQUESTED THAT ANOTHER EXAMINATION BE MADE OF THE POSSIBLE NOISE IMPACT ON THE ACADEMY CAUSED BY THEIR HELICOPTER OPERATIONS.

♦THE HELICOPTER OPERATORS HAVE TOLD ME THAT EVERY POSSIBLE PRECAUTION COULD BE TAKEN SO AS TO ENSURE THAT THE NOISE LEVEL WOULD HAVE NO EFFECT ON THE ACADEMY, OR CERTAINLY NO MORE EFFECT THAN THE CURRENT OR FUTURE AMBIENT NOISE IN THE VICINITY.

+1 DO HOPE THAT MR WU WILL AGREE WITH ME THAT IF NEW AND COMPELLING EVIDENCE COULD BE PRODUCED SHOWING THAT THE NOISE FROM HELICOPTER OPERATIONS WOULD NOT AFFECT THE ACADEMY AS IT IS NOW DESIGNED, THEN THAT EVIDENCE SHOULD BE MOST CAREFULLY CONSIDERED,* HE SAID.

-----o-------

/13........

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 7, 1984

- 13 -

SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISION FOR FIRST QUARTER * * * *

THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, THE HON SIR JOHN BREMRIDGE, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY THAT THE SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS FOR THE FIRST QUARTER OF THE FINANCIAL YEAR 1984-85 AMOUNTED TO $44.1 MILLION.

SIR JOHN SAID THAT THIS SUM INCLUDED $10 MILLION FOR A PAYMENT TO THE MASS TRANSIT FUND, $6 MILLION TO MEET AN INCREASED REQUIREMENT FOR THE EMPLOYMENT OF ACCOUNTANTS FOR THE INVESTIGATION OF COMMERCIAL CRIME, $4.9 MILLION TO MEET INCREASED EXPENDITURE OF THE HONG KONG TOURIST ASSOCIATION, $4.75 MILLION TO MEET THE INCREASED COST OF THE CONSULTANCY ON A VESSEL TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, $3.3 MH.LION FOR PAY AND ALLOWANCES FOR .THE ROYAL HONG KONG AUXILIARY POLICE FORCE, AND $3 MILLION FOR PAYMENT TO'THE CROSS. HARBOUR TUNNEL COMPANY IN RESPECT OF TICKETS FOR EXEMPTED PERSONS.

•+THERE WILL BE NO NET INCREASE IN EXPENDITURE RESULTING FROM THE SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISION APPROVED BECAUSE IT HAS BEEN OFFSET EITHER BY SAVINGS UNDER THE SAME OR OTHER HEADS OF EXPENDITURE OR BY DELETION OF FUNDS UNDER THE ADDITIONAL COMMITMENTS VOTES,+ HE SAID.

+DURING THE QUARTER, A NET INCREASE OF 1 236 POSTS WAS APPROVED, INCLUDING POSTS FOR THE HOUSING AUTHORITY AND THE URBAN COUNCIL,* SIR JOHN ADDED.

HE NOTED THAT APPROVED COMMITMENTS HAD BEEN INCREASED BY $134.6 MILLION AND NEW COMMITMENTS OF $32.5 MILLION HAD BEEN APPROVED. THESE REPRESENTED A 5.5 PER CENT INCREASE OVER THE TOTAL COMMITMENT BALANCE OF $3 044.9 MILLION IN THE 1984-85 ESTIMATES.

HE POINTED OUT THAT ITEMS IN THE SUMMARY HAD BEEN APPROVED EITHER BY THE FINANCE COMMITTEE OR UNDER DELEGATED AUTHORITY.

- - 0 -

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 7, 1984

14

PRIVATE BILL FEES RAISED TO $25 OOO *****

THE REVISED $25 000 FEE FOR PRESENTING A PRIVATE BILL PROPOSED IN THE PRIVATE BILLS (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984 WAS +PROBABLY MORE REALISTIC*, THAN THE EXISTING $500 FEE, FIXED WHEN THE PRINCIPAL ORDINANCE WAS ENACTED 70 YEARS AGO, THE HON PETER C. WONG, SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.

BUT HE PERSONALLY SUSPECTED THAT THE NEW CHARGE WAS +STILL ON THE LOW SIDE+, HE SAID, AND SUGGESTED THAT IT SHOULD BE KEPT UNDER REVIEW AT REASONABLE INTERVALS.

MR WONG SAID THAT CHARITABLE INSTITUTIONS WOULD NOT BE AFFECTED, AS THE CHIEF SECRETARY WAS EMPOWERED TO WAIVE FEES FOR PRIVATE BILLS WHICH WERE FOR CHARITABLE PURPOSES. AS POINTED OUT BY THE ATTORNEY GENERAL, MOST PRIVATE BILLS FELL UNDER THAT CATEGORY.

HE SAID ALSO THAT THE DEFINITION OF +PRIVATE BILL* CONTAINED IN SECTION 2 OF THE PRINCIPAL ORDINANCE WAS +SOMEWHAT POMPOUS*.

AFTER CAREFUL EXCHANGE OF VIEWS, HE SAID, THE ADMINISTRATION HAD AGREED TO RE-DRAFT THE DEFINITION IN A LANGUAGE MORE READILY UNDERSTOOD BY THE ORDINARY PERSON.

THE BILL WAS AMONG FIVE BILLS APPROVED BY THE COUNCIL.

-----0------

FIVE BILLS APPROVED * * * *

FIVE BILLS WERE APPROVED IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

THEY ARE THE SUPPLEMENTARY APPROPRIATION (1983-84) BILL 1984, THE PRIVATE BILLS (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, THE PUBLIC BUS SERVICES (AMENDMENT) (NO. 2) BILL 1984, THE DEMOLISHED BUILDINGS (RE-DEVELOPMENT OF SITES) (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984 AND ONE UNOFFICIAL MEMBER’S BILL, THE STANDARD CHARTERED ASIA LIMITED BILL 1984.

-------o ---------

/15

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 7, 1984

- 15 -

MORE PUBLIC EFFORT AGAINST POLLUTION URGED ******

GREATER PUBLIC EFFORT IN THE CONSTANT BATTLE AGAINST POLLUTION IN HONG KONG WAS URGED TODAY BY TWO OFFICERS FROM THE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY.

IN A PRESENTATION AT THE +CHEMISTRY WEEK EXHIBITION,* AT HONG KONG BAPTIST COLLEGE THIS AFTERNOON, ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION OFFICERS MISS MABEL MAK AND MR RAYMOND LEUNG SAID THAT THE POLLUTION PROBLEMS COULD ONLY BE OVERCOME IF SUPPORTED BY +IMPROVED ATTITUDES AND COMMITMENT BY THE PUBLIC ON ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY.*

THEY ALSO URGED STUDENTS +TO MAINTAIN AN AWARENESS IN THEIR FUTURE CAREER OF WHAT THEY CAN CONTRIBUTE TO IMPROVING THE ENVIRONMENT.*

SPEAKING OF WATER POLLUTION, MISS MAK SAID THAT THE LIQUID EFFLUENT FROM 5.5 MILLION PEOPLE,1.25 MILLION PIGS AND 15 MILLION POULTRY, AND MORE THAN 2 OOO FACTORIES WAS DEPOSITED DIRECTLY INTO HONG KONG RIVERS AND SEAS.

+SOME OF THE HONG KONG WATERS, INCLUDING RIVERS AND COASTAL WATERS ARE INDEED VERY MUCH POLLUTED; THE CAUSE OF POLLUTION IS DUE LARGELY TO THE DISCHARGE OF DOMESTIC WASTES AND INDUSTRIAL EFFLUENTS WITH SOMETIMES LITTLE OR NO TREATMENT AND DISCHARGE OF ANIMAL AND LIVESTOCK WASTES INTO THE WATERCOURSES,* SHE SAID.

SOME OF THE MOST HEAVILY POLLUTED RIVERS DISCHARGE INTO THE WATERS OF DEEP BAY AND TOLO HARBOUR, WHICH WERE ALREADY UNDER STRESS. THERE WERE HIGH NUTRIENT CONCENTRATIONS, WHICH COULD LEAD TO PUTRID WATER CONDITIONS AND THERE WAS EVIDENCE OF WIDESPREAD FAECAL CONTAMINATION, SHE SAID.

+ALSO, WATER QUALITY OBJECTIVES LAID DOWN FOR TOLO HARBOUR HAD BEEN BREACHED WITH INCREASING REGULARITY SINCE 1980,+ SHE SAID.

ACTIVE GOVERNMENT PROGRAMMES TO MEET THESE PROBLEMS INCLUDED ENGINEERING SOLUTIONS, SUCH AS PRIMARY AND SECONDARY TREATMENT PLANT AND DRY WEATHER FLOW INTERCEPTION AT ANY DEVELOPMENT PLAN, AS WELL AS PLANS FOR WATERCOURSE MAINTENANCE AND MANAGEMENT THAT HAD BEEN ESTABLISHED THROUGHOUT THE TERRITORY BY A CENTRAL STEERING GROUP UNDER THE SECRETARY FOR HEALTH AND WELFARE.

IN ADDITION, POLLUTION LEVELS AT POPULAR SWIMMING BEACHES WERE MONITORED REGULARLY TO GUARD THE PUBLIC FROM ANY UNACCEPTABLE HEALTH HAZARDS, SHE SAID.

TALKING ABOUT AIR POLLUTION, MR LEUNG SAID THAT HONG KONG AIR POLLUTION SOURCES WERE ESTIMATED TO EMIT INTO THE AIR EACH YEAR OVER 230 000 TONNES OF SULPHUR DIOXIDE, 180 000 TONNES OF CARBON MONOXIDE, 51 000 TONNES OF OXIDES OF NITROGEN, 20 000 TONNES OF HYDROCARBON AND 27 000 TONNES OF PARTICULATE.

/+THESE POLLUTANTS .......

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 7, 198L

- 16 -

+THESE POLLUTANTS CAN CAUSE OR EXACERBATE LUNG DISEASES SUCH AS BRONCHITIS, EMPHYSEMA AND ASTHMA AND HAVE BEEN LINKED WITH CANCERS OF THE RESPIRATORY TRACTS.

♦STATISTICS ON HOSPITAL ADMITTANCE FOR THE 82-83 YEAR SHOW THAT THERE WERE ABOUT 102 000 PATIENTS WITH LUNG CONDITION, A GREAT PROPORTION OF THEM SMOKERS. THIS WAS ABOUT 10 TIMES THE ADMISSION RESULTING FROM TRAFFIC ACCIDENTS.

♦ONE OF THE MAIN WEAPONS IN THE FIGHT AGAINST AIR POLLUTION IS THE AIR POLLUTION CONTROL ORDINANCE (1983), WHICH CAN BE USED TO CONTROL AIR EMISSION FROM POWER STATIONS AND FACTORIES. THERE ARE ALSO CONTROL MEASURES AVAILABLE IN THE ROAD TRAFFIC ORDINANCE TO DEAL WITH AIR POLLUTION FROM MOTOR VEHICLES,+ HE SAID.

-------o----------

PROMOTING DISTANCE MANAGEMENT LEARNING < * * *

A RESOURCE CENTRE TO PROMOTE DISTANCE MANAGEMENT LEARNING IN HONG KONG, IS BEING SET UP BY THE MANAGEMENT DEVELOPMENT CENTRE (MDC) OF THE VOCATIONAL TRAINING COUNCIL.

THIS WAS DISCLOSED TODAY BY THE DIRECTOR OF MDC, DR R. TRICKER.

DISTANCE MANAGEMENT LEARNING, HE SAID, ENABLED INDIVIDUAL MANAGERS TO LEARN AT A TIME, PACE AND PLACE WHICH SUITED THEM.

MANAGEMENT TEACHERS AND TRAINERS COULD OBTAIN HELP AND RECOMMENDATIONS FROM THE MDC’S RESOURCE CENTRE ON HOW TO ADOPT DISTANCE LEARNING TO MEET THE TRAINING REQUIREMENTS OF THEIR OWN ESTABLISHMENTS, HE SAID.

♦THE CENTRE WILL TAKE THE LEAD IN POOLING RESOURCES FOR THE PREPARATION OF LEARNING MATERIALS AND SPECIFIC PROGRAMMES RELEVANT TO THE NEEDS OF HONG KONG OWNER-MANAGERS AND SUPERVISORS,* DR TRICKER ADDED,

TO INTRODUCE THE CONCEPT OF DISTANCE LEARNING HERE, A MANAGEMENT EXPERT FROM THE UNITED KINGDOM HAD BEEN BROUGHT IN BY THE MDC TO CONDUCT A WORKSHOP FOR SOME 50 MANAGEMENT TEACHERS AND TRAINERS TODAY.

AT THE WORKSHOP PROFESSOR TOM KEMPNER, PRINCIPAL OF THE MANAGEMENT COLLEGE AT HENLEY, ENGLAND, EXPLAINED THAT A WELL-DESIGNED DISTANCE LEARNING PROGRAMME ENCOURAGED INDEPENDENT LEARNING AND PUT THE RESPONSIBILITY OF LEARNING WITH THE STUDENT, WHILE TRADITIONAL MANAGEMENT TEACHING RELIED ON TEACHERS TO CARRY STUDENTS THROUGH THE ENTIRE CURRICULUM IN CLASSROOMS.

PROF. KEMPNER WILL PRESENT ANOTHER LECTURE ON MAJOR TRENDS THAT WILL AFFECT MANAGEMENT IN FUTURE, AT THE MDC TOMORROW EVENING.

------0-------

/17......

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 7, 1934

17

NEW FILM STRESSES DRUG DANGER * * * * *

PUBLICITY ON THE DESTRUCTIVE EFFECTS OF DRUG ADDICTION WILL BE STRENGTHENED WITH THE LAUNCHING OF A NEW API (ANNOUNCEMENT OF PUBLIC INTEREST) ON TV THIS WEEK.

THE NEW FILM, PRODUCED BY THE GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES, WILL APPEAR ON THE TWO STATIONS AT FREQUENT INTERVALS FROM TOMORROW. IT FORMS PART OF THE ANTl-NARCOTICS CAMPAIGN TO GENERATE MAXIMUM AWARENESS OF THE HEALTH HAZARDS OF DRUG ABUSE.

THE FILM SHOWS A HUMAN VEIN BEING CONTAMINATED BY HEROIN, -AKII.G IT VULNERABLE TO DISEASES, TOGETHER WITH COMMENTARY.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE ACAN PREVENTIVE EDUCATION AND PUBLICITY SUB-COMMITTEE SAID TODAY, A HIGHLY SOPHISTICATED TECHNIQUE /.AS USED FOR THIS API, WHICH SHOULD BE ABLE TO CREATE A STRONG ENOUGH IMPACT ON THE AUDIENCE TO SCARE THEM OFF DRUGS.

+THE SAME HARD-SELL APPROACH WILL BE ADOPTED IN SUBSEQUENT API’S MADE FOR THIS YEAR’S CAMPAIGN.*

THERE WILL BE CONCENTRATED EFFORTS TO PUBLICISE WHAT DRUGS ACTUALLY DO TO THE HUMAN BODY.

THE FINAL PHASE OF THE CAMPAIGN WILL BE CONDUCTED TOwARDo THE END OF THE YEAR WHEN THE EMPHASIS OF PUBLICITY WILL TURN FROM PREVENTION TO CURE. THE IMPORTANCE OF REHABILITATION wILL BE HIGHLIGHTED TO ENCOURAGE MORE ADDICTS TO SEEK TREATMENT.

APART FROM TV API’S, OTHER PUBLICITY COMPONENTS OF THE CAMPAIGN INCLUDE LEAFLETS, POSTERS, RADIO ANNOUNCEMENTS, MTR/KCR ADVERTISING AND MOBILE STREET THEATRE PERFORMANCES.

-----o------

SPECIAL STAMPS MARK JOCKEY CLUB CENTENARY * * *

FOUR SPECIAL STAMPS AND A SOUVENIR SHEET WILL BE ISSUED BY THE POST OFFICE ON NOVEMBER 21 TO COMMEMORATE THE CENTENARY OF THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB.

THE COMMON THEME FOR ALL STAMPS IS THE HORSE PRIMROSE, WINNER OF THE 1894 LADIES PURSE RACE, WITH MR REYNELL IN THE SADDLE, A POST OFFICE SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED.

/THE STAFFS .......

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 7, 1984

- 18 -

THE STAMPS ALSO DEPICT THE CLUB’S SUPPORT OF CHARITIES AND COMMUNITY PROJECTS.

THEY ARE:

* SUPPORT OF HEALTH CARE - 40 CENTS AN INADEQUACY IN MEDICAL FACILITIES IN THE DECADE OR SO AFTER THE SECOND WORLD-WAR PROMPTED THE CLUB TO CONTRIBUTE TO THE PROVISION OF HOSPITALS AND TO PROVIDE CLINICS AND OTHER MEDICAL FACILITIES. MANY PEOPLE BENEFITED FROM THESE MEDICAL FACILITIES, PARTICULARLY THOSE LIVING IN DENSELY-POPULATED AREAS. IN RECENT YEARS, THE CLUB’S SUPPORT OF HEALTH CARE HAS PLACED EMPHASIS ON THE PREVENTION OF CANCER, HEART AND KIDNEY DISEASES.

* SUPPORT OF THE DISABLED - $1 IN THE PERIOD UP TO THE LATE 1960’S, THERE WAS A LACK OF PHYSIOTHERAPY IN HONG. KONG AND A NEED FOR FUNDS AND NEW CENTRES FOR THE DISABLED. TO BRIDGE THE GAP THE CLUB HELPED, AND CONTINUES TO HELP, VOLUNTARY ORGANISATIONS IN THEIR WORK FOR THE CARE AND REHABILITATION OF THE MENTALLY AND PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED. ONE OF THE RECENT MAJOR DONATIONS IS THE LADY MACLEHOSE CENTRE, WHICH PROVIDES HOSTEL ACCOMMODATION, AND IS EQUIPPED WITH SPORTING AND RECREATIONAL FACILITIES SPECIALLY DESIGNED FOR THE HANDICAPPED.

* SUPPORT OF THE ARTS - $1.30

UP TO THE EARLY 1970’S, THE CLUB CONCENTRATED ITS EFFORTS IN ASSISTING THE UNDERPRIVILEGED AND HANDICAPPED IN SOCIETY. IN RECENT YEARS, IT HAS CONCENTRATED MORE ON IMPROVING THE QUALITY OF LIFE AND LEISURE FOR HONG KONG PEOPLE. BESIDES CONTRIBUTING TOWARDS BUILDING PARKS, SWIMMING POOLS AND SPORTS COMPLEXES, THE CLUB ALSO PROMOTES MUSIC AND THE PERFORMING ARTS. THE HONG KONG ACADEMY FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS, WHICH WILL BE COMPLETED IN 1985, IS BEING BUILT WITH THE AIM OF RAISING THE STANDARD OF HONG KONG’S OWN PERFORMERS AND TEACHERS, AND OF SUPPORTING TECHNICIANS IN THE THEATRICAL AND DANCING ARTS.

/• SUPPORT JF ........

WEDNESDAY, N0VH4BER 7, 1984

- 19 -

* SUPPORT OF OCEAN PARK - $5

THE OCEAN PARK IS RUN AS A CLUB SUBSIDIARY AND IS ONE OF THE CLUB’S LARGEST UNDERTAKINGS FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG. SINCE ITS OPENING IN 1977, MILLIONS OF LOCAL PEOPLE AND OVERSEAS VISITORS HAVE ENJOYED AN AMENITY OF UNIVERSAL APPEAL PROVIDED BY THE PARK. IN AN EFFORT TO UPGRADE THE PARK’S LEISURE AND RECREATIONAL FACILITIES, THE CLUB RECENTLY SPENT $240M TO BRING A NEW LOOK TO THE PARK. APART FROM SEEING THE LARGEST OCEANARIUM IN THE FAR EAST, PEOPLE WHO VISIT THE PARK NOWADAYS SEE MANY NEw ATTRACTIONS SUCH AS THE LONGEST OUTDOOR ESCALATOR IN THE WORLD, A SPECTACULAR ROLLER COASTER BUILT 12OM ABOVE SEA LEVEL AND A WATER WORLD WITH MANY OTHER THRILL RIDES.

* SOUVENIR SHEETS - THESE WILL CONTAIN ONE OF EACH OF THE ABOVE STAMPS AND WILL COST $7.70 PER SHEET.

THE STAMPS AND SOUVENIR SHEET WERE DESIGNED BY LOCAL DESIbNcR MEL HARRIS, THE WINNER OF THREE PRIZES OUT OF SIX IN A RECENT STAMP DESIGN CONTEST ORGANISED BY THE UNITED NATIONS. THEY wILL BE ON DISPLAY ON THE FIRST FLOOR OF THE GENERAL POST OFF I Ct, CONNAUGHT PLACE AND IN THE TSIM SHA TSUI POST OFF ICE, MIDDLE ROAD, DAILY FROM 9.30 AM TO 4.30 PM FROM NOVEMBER 12 TO 20.

OFFICIAL FIRST DAY COVERS WILL BE ON SALE ON NOVEMBER 12 AND WILL COST 50 CENTS EACH. AS INFORMATION ABOUT THE SPECIAL STAMPS IS PRINTED ON THE BACK OF THE COVERS, THERE WILL BE NO INSERT CARDS TO ACCOMPANY THE FIRST DAY COVERS.

ADVANCE ORDERS FOR SERVICING FIRST DAY COVERS WILL BE ACCEPTED FROM NOVEMBER 12 TO 19 AT ALL POST OFFICES.

THE SPOKESMAN ADVISED MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC TO OBTAIN THEIR REQUIREMENTS AS EARLY AS POSSIBLE, TO AVOID DISAPPOINTMENT.

HE ALSO SAID THAT FOR SPECIAL STAMP ISSUES FOLLOWING THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB CENTENARY ISSUE, POSTMARKED OFFICIAL FIRST DAY COVERS WOULD NO LONGER BE SOLD AT PHILATELIC COUNTcRo AFTER THE FIRST DAY OF ISSUE. HOWEVER, SOUVENIR COVERS WOULD EE ON SALE AT PHILATELIC COUNTERS AND THESE WOULD BE POSTMARKED a ITH THE DATE OF PURCHASE.

THIS NEW ARRANGEMENT WOULD NOT APPLY TO EITHER THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB CENTENARY ISSUE, OR TO OTHER SPECIAL ISollto OF THE LAST 15 MONTHS, WHICH WOULD BE WITHDRAWN PROGRESS IVtLY Is ACCORDANCE WITH THE PREVIOUS PRACTICE.

------o-------

/20......

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 7, 1984

20

ADVICE TO TRAVELLERS TO INDIA * * *

THE SITUATION IN INDIA IS RETURNING TO NORMAL, AND GOVERNMENT OFFICES ARE NOW OPEN, AS ARE MOST BUSINESSES, A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY.

THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT WISHES TO ADVISE BUSINESSMEN NOw WISHING TO VISIT INDIA THAT THERE IS NO REASON THAT THEY SHOULD NOT DO SO, ALTHOUGH THEY MAY FIND IT EASIER TO CONDUCT THEIR BUSINESS AFTER THE MOURNING PERIOD IS OVER (AFTER NOVEMBER 12), HE SAID.

OTHER TRAVELLERS WITHOUT AN URGENT REASON FOR VISITING INDIA ^RE ADVISED THAT IT WOULD STILL BE PRUDENT TO CONSIDER POSTPONING THEIR JOURNEYS UNTIL AFTER THE MOURNING PERIOD IF THEY ARE ABLE TO DO SO.

------0-------

NOTE TO EDITORS:

CONTRACT SIGNING * * *

THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT WILL BE AWARDING A $374-MILLION CONTRACT TO KUMAGAI GUMI (HONG KONG) LIMITED FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE TSIM SHA TSUI CULTURAL CENTRE.

THE ACTING DIRECTOR OF BUILDING DEVELOPMENT, MR JOSE LEI, WILL BE SIGNING THE CONTRACT TOGETHER WITH REPRESENTATIVES OF KUMAGAI GUMI (HONG KONG) LIMITED AT 3 PM TOMORROW (THURSDAY) AT THE LANDS AND WORKS BRANCH CONFERENCE ROOM, 21ST FLOOR, MURRAY BUILDING, GARDEN ROAD, HONG KONG.

YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE EVENT.

--------o----------

BOARD TO DISCUSS WHITE PAPER

* * * *

THE WHITE PAPER ON HONG KONG’S FUTURE WILL BE DISCUSSED IN A SPECIAL MEETING OF THE MONG KOK DISTRICT BOARD AT 3 PM TOMORROW.

THE ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF CITY SERVICES DEPARTMENT, MR T.K. CHOY WILL BRIEF MEMBERS ON THE RESITING OF MARKET AND HAwKER STALLS IN CONNECTION WITH THt CONSTRUCTION OF THE URBAN COUNCIL FA YUEN STREET COMPLEX.

-----Q -------

/21 ........

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 7, 1984

21

TWO SITES FOR RENT * * *

THE LANDS DEPARTMENT IS TENANCIES OF TWO SITES.

THE FIRST SITE OF 4 800 KWUN TONG, AND IS TO BE USED

INVITING TENDERS FOR SHORT-TERM

SQUARE METRES IS AT HOI BUN ROAD, FOR PARKING CARS AND CONTAINERS.

THE OTHER

SITE, MEASURING 3 419 SQUARE METRES, IS AT CHE KUNG MIU ROAD, SHA TIN. IT SHOULD BE USED AS A PLANT NURSERY AND/OR A COMMERCIAL GARDEN.

EACH TENANCY IS FOR ONE YEAR, RENEWABLE QUARTERLY.

TENDERS SHOULD BE SUBMITTED BY NOON ON NOVEMBER 23.

TENDER FORMS, NOTICES AND CONDITIONS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM, AND PLANS INSPECTED AT, THE LANDS DEPARTMENT, SURVEY DIVISION, MURRAY BUILDING, 5TH FLOOR, GARDEN ROAD, HONG KONG; AND THE DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE/KOWLOON, YAU MA TEI CAR PARK BUILDING, 10TH FLOOR, 250 SHANGHAI STREET, KOWLOON.

FOR THE SHA TIN SITE, TIN DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE,

THEY ARE ALSO AVAILABLE AT THE SHA 2 TUNG LO WAN HILL ROAD, SHA TIN.

-----o------

MAIL TO EL SALVADOR X * *

ALL POSTAL SERVICES TO EL SALVADOR HAVE BEEN RESUMED INCLUDING THE SURFACE AND AIR PARCEL SERVICES WHICH HAD BEEN SUSPENDED SINCE JULY 19, THE POST OFFICE ANNOUNCED TODAY.

-------0---------

ROOFTOP STRUCTURE TO BE CLEARED *****

THE BUILDING AUTHORITY TODAY (WEDNESDAY) DECLARED THAT THE ILLEGAL STRUCTURE ON THE ROOFTOP OF FLAT C, 2-14 ELECTRIC STREET, HONG KONG SHOULD BE CLOSED, TO ENABLE DEMOLITION WORK TO BE CARRIED OUT WITHOUT DANGER TO THE OCCUPIERS OR THE PUBLIC.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE BUILDING AUTHORITY SAID THAT A RECENT INSPECTION HAD SHOWN THAT AN ORDER TO DEMOLISH THE ILLEGAL STRUCTURE ISSUED IN NOVEMBER LAST YEAR, HAD NOT BEEN COMPLIED WITH. IT WAS THEREFORE CONSIDERED NECESSARY TO CLOSE THE STRUCTURE FOR THE INTENDED WORK.

NOTICES OF INTENTION TO APPLY FOR A CLOSURE ORDER IN HONG KONG VICTORIA DISTRICT COURT ON DECEMBER 5, AT 9.30 AM WERE POSTED TODAY.

------0--------

/22......

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 7, 1934

- 22 -

BOARD HOLDS SPECIAL MEETING *****

THE ISLANDS DISTRICT BOARD WILL HOLD A SPECIAL MEETING ON FRIDAY (NOVEMBER 9) AT 11.15 AM TO DISCUSS THE NEW REGIONAL COUNCIL.

THE REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR NEW TERRITORIES, MR ADOLF HSU WILL ATTEND THE MEETING TO BRIEF BOARD MEMBERS ON THE PROPOSED FORMATION, CONSTITUTION AND OTHER ASPECTS OF THE NEW COUNCIL.

---0------

TAI PO ROAD TRAFFIC DIVERSION * * *

FROM 10 AM ON THURSDAY (NOVEMBER 8), TAI PO ROAD BETWEEN KIU TAU AND KAU LUNG HANG WILL BE CLOSED UNTIL FURTHER NOTICE

TO FACILITATE ROAD WORKS.

ON SATURDAY (NOVEMBER 10), TAI PO ROAD NEAR HO KA YUEN (25-1/2 MILESTONE) WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC BETWEEN 12.30 AM AND 5 AM, TO FACILITATE CONSTRUCTION WORK.

DURING THE ROAD CLOSURES, TRAFFIC WILL BE MAINTAINED ON A TEMPORARY ROAD RUNNING PARALLEL TO THE CLOSED ROAD.

-----o------

CLEARWAY FOR BETTER TRAFFIC FLOW

* * *

TO IMPROVE TRAFFIC FLOW IN SHAU KEI WAN, A NUMBER OF ROAD SECTIONS WILL BE DESIGNATED 24-HOUR URBAN CLEARWAYS, FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY (NOVEMBER 9).

THE ROAD SECTIONS ARE a

* THE WESTERN KERBSIDE LANE OF ALDRICH STREET FROM PO MAN STREET TO 10 METRES NORTH OF KAM WAH STREET'

* THE EASTERN KERBSIDE LANE OF ALDRICH STREET BETWEEN PO MAN STREET AND FACTORY STREET?

* THE SOUTHERN KERBSIDE LANE OF NAM ON STREET BETWEEN HOUSE NO. 9 AND HOUSE NO. 17.

WITHIN THE RESTRICTED ZONES, NO MOTOR VEHICLES OTHER THAN FRANCHISED BUSES WILL BE ALLOWED TO STOP FOR PASSENGERS OR GOODS.

------o-------

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 8, 1984

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL MEETING:

EFFECTIVE ADMINISTRATION TO CONTINUE, SIR PHILIP SAYS .... 1

SPECIAL UNIT TO STUDY LAWS................................ 9

FUTURE IN PEOPLE'S HANDS - AKERS-JONES.................... 12

EDUCATION SYSTEM TO CONTINUE ............................. 14

CIVIC EDUCATION IS FOR COMMUNITY AT LARGE - HAYE.......... 16

’WORK ON NE.7 POLICE HQ STARTS NEXT YEAR.................. 18

DENTAL CLINICS PLAN FOR HOUSING ESTATES .................. 20

HONG KONG 'A POPULAR WORLD GATHERING PLACE' ................. 23

ELECTORAL ROLL TOPS 1.4 MILLION ............................. 24

HK'S LARGEST CULTURAL CENTRE READY BY 1987 .................. 25

FAIR DEAL FOR EX-MENTALLY ILL URGED.......................... 27

CAREERS EXHIBIT ............................................. 28

JOINT SAFETY PROMOTION EFFORT URGED.......................... 28

MORE SPORTS FACILITIES FOR TAI PO ........................... 29

PRE-WAR BUILDING DECLARED DANGEROUS .........................

NEW ADDRESS FOR SAI KUNG URBAN SERVICES OFFICE............... 30

NEW TRAFFIC PLAN FOR SHATIN RACES............................ 30

TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CHANGES.................................... 31

KOWLOON CENTRAL LIBRARY PHASE OTTE TO OPEN SOCN ............. 31

CAS BANDS +BEATING RETREAT+ ................................. 32

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 8, 1984

1

EFFECTIVE ADMINISTRATION TO CONTINUE, SIR PHILIP SAYS * * * *

THE GOVERNMENT WOULD CONTINUE TO ADMINISTER HONG KONG CONSCIENTIOUSLY AND EFFECTIVELY UNTIL JUNE 30, 1997, THE CHIEF SECRETARY, THE HON SIR PHILIP HADDON-CAVE, SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.

+LET THERE BE NO DOUBT ABOUT THAT,* SIR PHILIP SAID.

WINDING UP THE DEBATE ON THE GOVERNOR’S ANNUAL POLICY ADDRESS, SIR PHILIP SAID +THE SO-CALLED TRANSITION PERIOD* WAS BOUND TO THROW UP SOME UNIQUE SITUATIONS AND DIFFICULTIES.

+THAT IS TO BE EXPECTED, BUT OUR CONSTANT PURPOSE AND CONCERN WILL BE TO SECURE THE PUBLIC INTEREST, THAT IS TO SAY, TO MAINTAIN AND PRESERVE HONG KONG’S ECONOMIC PROSPERITY AND SOCIAL STABILITY,* HE SAID.

+WE SHALL SEEK TO DEVELOP OUR SYSTEM OF GOVERNMENT IN THE COMING YEARS SO AS TO FORESTALL, AS MR F.K. HU PUT IT, ’ABRUPT AND DRASTIC CHANGE’ IN 1997,+ HE SAID.

REFERRING TO THE WISH THAT THE WHITE PAPER ON THE FUTURE DEVELOPMENT OF REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT COULD HAVE BEEN PUBLISHED EARLIER, SIR PHILIP REPORTED THE AIM WAS TO TABLE IT IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL ON NOVEMBER 21 WITH A VIEW TO A DEBATE ON DECEMBER 5.

+WE COULD NOT HAVE DRAFTED IT, CONSULTED EXECUTIVE COUNCIL AND TABLED IT EARLIER WITHOUT REDUCING THE TIME ALLOTTED FOR PUBLIC COMMENT ON THE GREEN PAPER, AND I QUESTION, SIR, WHETHER THIS WOULD HAVE BEEN GENERALLY ACCEPTABLE,* HE STATED.

CONSTITUTIONAL DEVELOPMENT

ON CONSTITUTIONAL DEVELOPMENT, SIR PHILIP POINTED OUT THAT ALL HAD ARGUED FOR A GRADUAL AND PROGRESSIVE APPROACH AND NO ONE HAD BEEN IN FAVOUR OF IMMEDIATE, LET ALONE RADICAL, CHANGE.

THIS, HE ADDED, HAD BEEN THE VERY BASIS OF THE GOVERNMENT’S APPROACH IN THE GREEN PAPER, AN APPROACH WHICH HAD BEEN SUPPORTED IN THE MANY SUBMISSIONS RECEIVED FROM ORGANISATIONS AND MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC WHICH WOULD BE CAREFULLY ANALYSED IN THE WHITE PAPER.

THE GREEN PAPER ENVISAGED THE INTRODUCTION OF A SIGNIFICANT ELECTIVE ELEMENT INTO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.

SIR PHILIP SAID IT WAS THE GOVERNMENT’S VIEw THAT +WE MUST WAIT TO SEE HOW THIS DEPARTURE FROM THE PRESENT SYSTEM OF NOMINATED APPOINTMENTS SETTLES DOWN BEFORE WE CONSIDER FURTHER THE NATURE OF THE LINK BETWEEN THE EXECUTIVE AND LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL^ AND THE ADMINISTRATION PROVIDED BY EX-OFFICIO AND OFFICIAL MEMBERS*.

/PUBLIC OPINION.........

THUHSDAY, NOVEMBER 8, 1984

2

PUBLIC OPINION, HE POINTED OUT, HAD BEEN +OVERWHELMINGLY IN FAVOUR* OF INDIRECT ELECTIONS IN THE FIRST INSTANCE.

IT IS NOT MY IMPRESSION THAT DIRECT ELECTIONS ARE OBJECTED TO IN PRINCIPLE, BUT RATHER THAT DIRECT ELECTIONS SHOULD NOT EE CONTEMPLATED UNTIL THE SYSTEM OF INDIRECT ELECTIONS ENVISAGED HAS BEEN FIRMLY ESTABLISHED.

MEMBERS MAY BE ASSURED THAT FULL ACCOUNT WILL BE TAKEN OF THESE VIEWS IN THE WHITE PAPER,* HE SAID.

AS FOR THE BROADER IF ISSUE OF CIVIC EDUCATION IN POLITICAL AJL CONSTITUTIONAL MATTERS CALLED FOR BY SOME LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLORS, SIR PHILIP SAID THE DEVELOPMENT OF GOVERNMENT AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS COURSES IN SCHOOLS WOULD CONTINUE AND ENCOURAGEMENT WOULD BE GIVEN TO OTHER EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS AND ORGANISATIONS TO PROVIDE MORE COURSES IN CIVIC EDUCATION FOR THE GENERAL PUBLIC.

OPEN GOVERNMENT

HE SHARED THE VIEW THAT THE MORE OPEN THE GOVERNMENT THE EASIER IT WOULD BE TO ACHIEVE A GREATER LEVEL OF INVOLVEMENT BY THE PUBLIC IN THE ADMINISTRATION OF HONG KONG.

THE DECISION BY THE PUBLIC ACCOUNTS COMMITTEE TO HOLD ITS HEARINGS IN PUBLIC WAS A MAJOR STEP IN THIS DIRECTION.

+l AM PLEASED TO BE ABLE TO ANNOUNCE TODAY THAT, SUBJECT TO THE STANDING ORDER 60 (3) BEING APPROPRIATELY AMENDED, ALL MEETINGS OF FINANCE COMMITTEE WILL BE OPEN TO THE PUBLIC WITH EFFECT FROM MARCH NEXT YEAR,* HE SAID.

HOWEVER, HE ADDED THAT IT WAS ARGUABLE WHETHER ADVISORY BOARDS AND COMMITTEES, AS OPPOSED TO COMMITTEES RELATED TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL OR TO THE DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION SCHEME, SHOULD BE HELD IN PUBLIC.

♦CERTAINLY, THERE ARE SOME COMMITTEES WHICH ADVISE THE GOVERNMENT ON A STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL BASIS (E.G. THE BANKING ADVISORY COMMITTEE OR THE ICAC COMPLAINTS COMMITTEE).

♦THERE ARE OTHERS, THE PROCEEDINGS OF WHICH, THOUGH NOT OF A HIGHLY CONFIDENTIAL NATURE, NEVERTHELESS DO NOT LEND THEMSELVtS TO OPEN-FORUM MEETINGS.

SO THE FURTHER EXTENSION OF THIS ASPECT OF OPEN GOVERNMENT WILL NEED, SIR, FURTHER AND CAREFUL CONS(DERATION,+ HE SAID.

AS TO THE REMARKS THAT THE GOVERNMENT SHOULD PAY MORE ATTENTION TO THE WISHES OF THE PEOPLE IN INTRODUCING ITS POLICIES, SIR PHILIP POINTED OUT THE GOVERNMENT INVESTED HEAVILY IN STAFF TIME AND OTHER RESOURCES TO SEEK OUT PUBLIC VIEWS.

/♦I WOULD .......

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 8, 1984

♦I WOULD NOT CLAIM THAT THE SYSTEM IS PERFECT BUT WE DO SEEK TO PUT THE COMMUNITY’S EXPRESSED WISHES INTO PRACTICE.

♦SOMETIMES, OF COURSE, TO DO SO IS NOT PRACTICAL POLITICS OR PRACTICAL ADMINISTRATION AND, ANYWAY, IN THE FINAL ANALYSIS, IT IS THE GOVERNOR IN COUNCIL WHICH MUST DECIDE HOW BEST TO ADMINISTER HONG KONG IN THE INTERESTS OF THE COMMUNITY AS A WHOLE.

♦INEVITABLY, AT TIMES, THIS MUST MEAN THAT DECISIONS ARE TAKEN WHICH MAY BE UNPOPULAR WITH, AND THEREFORE CRITICISED BY, SOME PARTICULAR GROUP.+

AS FOR SUGGESTIONS THAT CIVIL SERVANTS SHOULD BE MORE RESPONSIVE AND LESS DEFENSIVE, SIR PHILIP POINTED OUT THAT ♦VERY CONSIDERABLE EFFORTS+ WERE DEVOTED TO EXPLAINING GOVERNMENT POLICIES TO THE PUBLIC -- THROUGH GIS AND RTHK, AT DISTRICT BOARDS AND IN ADVISORY BOARDS AND COMMITTEES AND IN THE LEGCO.

♦THAT SAID, I ENTIRELY ACCEPT THAT WE HAVE AN OBLIGATION TO EXPLAIN AS WELL AS DEFEND, TO MODIFY AS WELL AS TO PERSUADE. AS WE MOVE TO AN INCREASINGLY OPEN STYLE OF GOVERNMENT, I WOULD LIKE TO THINK THAT THE MECHANICS OF OUR TWO-WAY SYSTEM CF COMMUNICATION WITH THE PUBLIC WILL IMPROVE AND THAT THERE WILL BE A BETTER APPRECIATION OF THE COMPLEX ISSUES WHICH THE DECISION-MAKING PROCESS, WHICH IS A HIGHLY ARGUMENTATIVE PROCESS IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR, HAS TO RESOLVE,+ HE SAID.

ORGANISATION OF GOVERNMENT

ON THE ARGUMENT THAT +FLEXIBILITY AND RESPONSIVENESS DEMAND DECENTRALISATION+, SIR PHILIP SAID THE GOVERNMENT HAD RECOGNISED ITS VALIDITY, AS INSTANCED BY THE REGIONALISATION OF SEVERAL MAJOR DEPARTMENTS AND BY THE EXPANSION AND STRENGTHENING OF DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION.

♦HOWEVER, IT MUST BE ACCEPTED THAT A GEOGRAPHICALLY COMPACT COMMUNITY, WITH A MULTITUDE OF COMPETING DEMANDS FOR LIMITED RESOURCES OF LAND AND FINANCE, REQUIRES A CERTAIN DEGREE OF CONTROL AT THE CENTRE TO ENSURE PROPER EVALUATION OF PRIORITIES AND FAIR ALLOCATION OF RESOURCES.

♦THE ONLY QUESTION IS HOW THAT CENTRAL CONTROL SHOULD BE ORGANISED,+ SIR PHILIP STATED.

HE EXPLAINED THAT THE MAIN DUTIES OF A POLICY SECRETARY IN THE GOVERNMENT WERE FIRST TO FORMULATE POLICIES IN HIS PROGRAMME AREA, SECOND TO ENSURE THAT POLICIES IN HIS PROGRAMME AREA WERE EFFECTIVELY COORDINATED AND IMPLEMENTED, AND THIRD TO SUPPORT, OBJECTIVELY, HIS HEADS OF DEPARTMENTS’ ANNUAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY ESTIMATES SUBMISSIONS.

/+TO Hi SURE

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 8, 1984

+TO ENSURE THAT COHERENT AND CONSISTENT POLICIES ARE DEVELOPED IN THE VARIOUS PROGRAMME AREAS, AND GENERALLY TO ASSIST IN THE DECISION-MAKING PROCESS, THERE IS THE CHIEF SECRETARY’S COMMITTEE.

♦SPECIFICALLY,ITS TERMS OF REFERENCE ARE FIRST, TO ENSURE THAT ALL SECRETARIES ARE KEPT INFORMED OF THE OVERALL PROGRESS OF GOVERNMENT’S POLICIES, AND OF ANY INTERNAL OR EXTERNAL POLITICAL AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENTS WHICH COULD AFFECT THEM.

♦SECONDLY, TO BE ADVISED OF PROGRESS OR DELAYS, AND OF ANY PROBLEMS WHICH ARISE, OR WHICH ARE LIKELY TO ARISE, IN ANY OF THE PROGRAMME AREAS.

♦THIRDLY, TO CONSIDER ANY CURRENT ISSUES WHICH MIGHT INFLUENCE FUTURE PLANNING- AND FOURTHLY, TO DISCUSS MATTERS OF PUBLIC CONCERN WHICH COULD AFFECT THE MORALE AND WELL-BEING OF THE COMMUNITY AND-OR THE CIVIL SERV ICE.+

IN ADDITION, THE CHIEF SECRETARY’S COMMITTEE HAD FROM TIME TO TIME, ASSUMED A ROLE IN THE DETERMINATION OF PRIORITIES BETWEEN POLICIES, FOR AVAILABLE RESOURCES OF FINANCE AND MANPOWER WERE ALWAYS RELATIVELY SCARCE.

AS FOR THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN SECRETARIES AND HEADS OF DEPARTMENTS, SIR PHILIP EXPLAINED THAT BOTH POLICY AND RESOURCE BRANCH SECRETARIES WERE AUTHORISED TO GIVE DIRECTIONS FROM TIME TO TIME, OR AS THEY SAW FIT, TO A DEPARTMENT HEAD EXCEPT IN THOSE CASES WHERE, BY LAW, THE ULTIMATE RESPONSIBILITY IS VESTED IN A HEAD OF DEPARTMENT.

♦THE RATIONALE FOR THIS EXERCISE OF AUTHORITY BY A SECRETARY IS QUITE SIMPLE: A HEAD OF DEPARTMENT IS ANSWERABLE TO THE GOVERNOR FOR THE PROPER RUNNING OF HIS DEPARTMENT, FOR IT IS THE GOVERNOR WHO IS CONSTITUTIONALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR EVERY EXECUTIVE ACT OF THE GOVERNMENT,+ SIR PHILIP EXPLAINED.

IN THE ABSENCE OF A CENTRAL ORGANISATION ALONG THE LINES OF THE PRESENT GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT, THERE WOULD HAVE TO BE INSTEAD SOME OTHER ARRANGEMENT FOR THE EXERCISE OF ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROL.

ONE POSSIBILITY, LOOKED AT SEVERAL YEARS AGO, WOULD BE TO DISMANTLE THE GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT COMPLETELY AND DEVISE A SYSTEM AROUND THE GOVERNOR’S THREE PRINCIPAL ADVISERS: THE CHIEF SECRETARY, THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY AND THE ATTORNEY GENERAL.

THE BASIC FEATURES OF SUCH A SYSTEM, SIR PHILIP SAID, WOULD BE A SELF-CONTAINED OFFICE OF THE GOVERNOR MAKING HIM QUITE INDEPENDENT OF THE COLLECTIVE RESOURCES OF THE GOVERNMENT SECRETAR I AT.

THIS WOULD BE THE EQUIVALENT OF A CABINET OFFICE HEADED BY THE CHIEF SECRETARY- A TREASURY HEADED UP BY THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY- AND WITH THE ATTORNEY GENERAL’S CHAMBERS BEING A SEPARATE OFFICE AT THE CENTRE OF THE LEGAL GROUP OF DEPARTMENTS.

/THE CABINET........

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 8, 1984

5

THE CABINET OFFICE WOULD COMPRISE THE COUNCILS AND ADMINISTRATION BRANCH, THE CIVIL SERVICE BRANCH, THE SECURITY BRANCH AND PERHAPS THE BULK OF THE HOME AFFAIRS BRANCH.

THE TREASURY WOULD COMPRISE THREE DIVISIONS: THE FINANCE BRANCH TOGETHER WITH THE ACCOUNTING SERVICES DEPARTMENT WOULD FORM A PUBLIC FINANCE DIVISION, THE ECONOMIC SERVICES BRANCH AND THE TRADE AND INDUSTRY BRANCH WOULD FORM AN ECONOMIC POLICY DIVISION, AND THE MONETARY AFFAIRS BRANCH WOULD FORM A MONETARY POLICY DIVISION.

THE ECONOMIC DEPARTMENTS SUCH AS THE TRADE DEPARTMENT AND THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT WOULD BE GROUPED AROUND THE TREASURY.

OTHER POLICY SECRETARIES WOULD BE BLISTERED ON TO RELEVANT EXECUTIVE DEPARTMENTS (E.G. THE HOUSING BRANCH ON TO THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT AND THE TRANSPORT BRANCH ON TO THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT) OR WOULD BE ESTABLISHED AS INDEPENDENT OFFICES IN CLOSE ADMINISTRATIVE PROXIMITY TO THEIR MAIN DEPARTMENTS.

NOTING THAT SUCH A SYSTEM MIGHT WORK, SIR PHILIP SAID, +BUT - AND THIS IS A VERY LARGE BUT - IN THE ABSENCE OF ANY REAL EVIDENCE THAT THE PRESENT SYSTEM DOES NOT WORK WELL, OR RATHER THAT FAULTY PERFORMANCE IS DUE TO INHERENT DEFECTS IN THE SYSTEM ITSELF RATHER THAN THE OCCASIONAL SHORTCOMINGS OF THOSE WHO MAN IT, AND GIVEN THAT IT HAS LENT ITSELF FAIRLY EASILY TO ADAPTATION, MODERNISATION AND FINE TUNING TO MEET CHANGING CIRCUMSTANCES, AND AS THERE IS NO VIRTUE IN CHANGE FOR THE SAKE OF CHANGE, I SEE NO REASON FOR A MAJOR ORGANISATIONAL UPHEAVAL, PARTICULARLY AT A TIME WHEN STABILITY AND CONTINUITY IN THE CIVIL SERVICE ARE PARAMOUNT CONSIDERATIONS.

+AS I HAVE SAID BEFORE, ORGANISATIONAL (AND PROCEDURAL) REFORMS ARE BEST DEVISED AND INTRODUCED PROGRESSIVELY AND THE RECORD SHOWS THAT WE DO ADAPT TO MEET CHANGING REQUIREMENTSAND, IN ANTICIPATION OF THE ESTABLISHMENT OF A SECOND ’REGIONAL’ COUNCIL, I SHALL BE ANNOUNCING SHORTLY ANOTHER ADJUSTMENT TO THE ORGANISATION OF THE GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT AND A RECASTING OF RELATIVE DEPARTMENTS.*

ON WHAT SIR PHILIP CONSIDERED AS THE HON LYDIA DUNN’S •♦MAIN, AND ONLY, SUBSTANTIVE* ARGUMENT AGAINST THE CENTRAL SECRETARIAT SYSTEM -- THAT IT HAD GROwN LARGER — HE SAID THAT THIS DID NOT MEAN, AS SHE HAD IMPLIED, THAT THE SYSTEM HAD NOT MADE GOOD, OR BETTER, USE OF SCARCE MANPOWER.

♦MISS DUNN HERSELF, PERHAPS INADVERTENTLY, REFERRED TO ’THE CONSEQUENTIAL GROWTH OF THE SECRETARIAT’ AND THIS IS PRECISt.Li' WHAT HAS OCCURRED.

+SINCE THE PRESENT-DAY GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT WAS ESTABLISHED IN 1974 THERE HAS BEEN VERY CONSIDERABLE EXPANSION IN GOVERNMENT ACTIVITIES AND AMBITIOUS POLICIES AND PROGRAMMES HAVE BEEN INTRODUCED.

/+AS A........

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 8, 1984

6

MS A CONSEQUENCE, IMPROVED PRODUCTIVITY NOTWITHSTANDING, THE ESTABLISHMENT OF THE GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT HAS INCREASED.

♦IN ANY CASE, AS I SAID IN MY SPEECH IN THIS SAME ANNUAL POLICY DEBATE IN NOVEMBER LAST YEAR, I FIND IT DIFFICULT TO ACCEPT THAT THE GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT CAN TRULY BE DESCRIBED AS OVER-CENTRALISED OR OVER-LARGE IN RELATION TO ITS OWN FUNCTIONS AND THE NUMBER AND SIZE OF THE EXECUTIVE DEPARTMENTS IT MUST SERVICE, CONTROL AND COORDINATE,* HE SAID.

HE THEN UPDATED THE FACTUAL POSITION HE HAD PRESENTED THEN TO SUPPORT THE CONTENTION.

THE GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT COMPRISES 11 POLICY BRANCHES AND TWO RESOURCE BRANCHES, STAFFED BY JUST UNDER 2 OOO OFFICERS OF ALL RANKS.

AGAINST THIS SET UP ARE SOME 55 EXECUTIVE DEPARTMENTS STAFFED BY ABOUT 170 000 CIVIL SERVANTS, MOST OF WHOM ARE IN VERY CLOSE AND REGULAR CONTACT WITH THE PEOPLE THEY SERVE.

+NOR CAN THE CHARGE THAT THE GOVERNMENT’S BUREAUCRACY IS TOP-HEAVY BE SUBSTANTIATED BY THE FACTS: THE TOTAL STRENGTH OF THE CIVIL SERVICE AT OCTOBER 1 THIS YEAR WAS JUST UNDER 172 900, COMPRISING 990 DIRECTORATE SCALE OFFICERS AND 1 599 OFFICERS AT SENIOR MANAGEMENT-PROFESSIONAL LEVEL AND 169 609 OFFICERS AT ALL OTHER LEVELS.

+PUT SIMPLY, 2 499 SENIOR OFFICERS ARE IN CHARGE OF 169 699 STAFF OF ALL OTHER RANKS: I WOULD HAVE THOUGHT THAT THESE OVERHEADS WERE MEAGRE RATHER THAN LAVISH,* HE SAID.

CIVIL SERVICE

TURNING TO CIVIL SERVICE, SIR PHILIP TOLD THE COUNCIL IT WAS THE GOVERNMENT’S INTENTION TO SEEK TO STABILISE ITS SIZE IN 1985-86.

HE SAID THIS WOULD NOT BE EASY TO ACHIEVE AS CUTBACKS IN SOME AREAS WOULD BE NECESSARY TO OFFSET THE ADDITIONAL POSTS REQUIRED FOR HIGH PRIORITY AREAS OF ACTIVITY.

THESE CUTBACKS WOULD BE ACHIEVED BY THE DELETION OF VACANT POSTS AND THE WASTING OUT OF OTHER POSTS AS THEY FELL VACANT, WITH RESOURCES SO FREED TO BE REDEPLOYED ACROSS BOUNDARIES.

HE POINTED OUT THAT WHEREAS OVER THE NINE YEARS ENDING IN 1984-85, THE AVERAGE ANNUAL GROwTH RATE OF EXPENDITURE 0. CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNT IN REAL TERMS WAS 10.6 PER CENT, THE AVERA^ ANNUAL GROWTH RATE OF THE CIVIL SERVICE ESTABLISHMENT wAS ONLY FIVE PER CENT.

/OK THE ........

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 8, 1984

THE call for a review of fringe benefits for civil SERVANTS AND THE REMARK ABOUT AN UNFAIR DISTRIBUTION OF SUCH —BEFITS WITHIN THE SERVICE, SIR PHILIP SAID THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT OF THE SERVICE HAD EVOLVED OVER MANY YEARS UNDER THE GUIDANCE OF PAST SALARIES COMMISSIONS

THE ADVICE OF EXECUTIVE COUNCIL HAD BEEN SOUGHT AND THE FINANCE COMMITTEE OF THIS COUNCIL HAD BEEN INVITED TO ACCEPT THE FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS OF EXECUTIVE COUNCIL’S ADVICE.

HE POINTED OUT THAT IN MORE RECENT YEARS, TwO INDEPENDENT COMMISSIONS, THE STANDING COMMISSION ON CIVIL SERVICE SALARIES AND CONDITIONS OF SERVICE AND THE STANDING COMMISSION ON DIRECTORATE SALARIES AND CONDITIONS OF SERVICE, HAD BEEN ASKED TO ADVISE ON ALL MATTERS RELATING TO THE PAY AND THE CONDITIONS OF SERVICE OF THE CIVIL SERVICE.

♦IF THE CIVIL SERVICE IS TO REMAIN A VIABLE ORGANISATION, ITS CONDITIONS OF SERVICE MUST BE SUFFICIENTLY COMPETITIVE TO MAINTAIN OUR ABILITY TO ATTRACT AND RETAIN STAFF AT ALL LEVELS OF A HIGH CALIBRE, WITHOUT WHICH THE EFFICIENCY AND STABILITY OF THE SERVICE WOULD BE JEOPARDISED.

+THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT IS A GOOD EMPLOYER - THAT, IN MY VIEW, IS INDISPUTABLE - BUT I DO NOT CONSIDER THE RATES OF PAY OFFERED TO BE OVER-GENEROUS.

+NOR DO I THINK IT IS HELPFUL TO SINGLE OUT PARTICULAR FRINGE BENEFITS, SUCH AS HOUSING AND OVERSEAS EDUCATION ALLOWANCES, FOR COMPARISON WITH THE PRIVATE SECTOR WITHOUT EXAMINING THE CONSIDERATIONS WHICH LED TO THESE PARTICULAR FRINGE BENEFITS BEING INTRODUCED AND WITHOUT LOOKING AT THE OVERALL REMUNERATION PACKAGE,* HE SAID.

ON THE EXPATRIATE ELEMENT IN THE CIVIL SERVICE, SIR PHILIP POINTED OUT THE NUMBER OF THESE OFFICERS AT OCTOBER 1 THIS YEAR WAS A MERE 3 067 OR 1.8 PER CENT OUT OF A TOTAL STRENGTH OF 171 909.

BY COMPARISON, THE NUMBER OF EXPATRIATE OFFICERS AT APRIL 1, 1980 WAS 3 025 OR 2.3 PER CENT OUT OF A TOTAL STRENGTH OF 129 217.

EVEN IN THE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICE, WHERE THE 100 PER CENT LOCALISATION POLICY AT THE RECRUITMENT LEVEL DID NOT APPLY, LOCAL OFFICERS COMPRISED 57 PER CENT OF THE TOTAL STRENGTH OF 391 Ao AT OCTOBER 1, 1984, COMPARED WITH 49 PER CENT AT APRIL 1, 1980.

AGAIN IN THE INSPECTORATE AND GAZETTED RANKS OF THE POLICE FORCE, WHERE THE 100 PER CENT LOCALISATION POLICY AT THE RECRUITMENT LEVEL ALSO DID NOT APPLY, LOCAL OFFICERS COMPRISED 62 PER CENT OF THE TOTAL STRENGTH OF 2 399 AT OCTOBER 1, 1984, COMPARED WITH 55 PER CENT AT APRIL 1, 1980.

/IN BRIEF.........

THOHSDAY, NOVEMBER 8, 1984

8

IN BRIEF, THEN THE EXPATRIATE ELEMENT IN THE CIVIL SERVICE HAS BEEN FALLING IN RECENT YEARS BOTH ABSOLUTELY AND RELATIVELY.

+THE GOVERNMENT’S RECRUITMENT POLICY HAS BEEN, AND WILL CONTINUE TO BE, BASED ON THE APPOINTMENT OF SUITABLE AND QUALIFIED LOCAL CANDIDATES IF AVAILABLE.

+RECRUITMENT OF EXPATRIATES IS ONLY UNDERTAKEN WHEN SUCH LOCAL CANDIDATES ARE NOT AVAILABLE OR ARE AVAILABLE IN INSUFFICIENT NUMBERS. GENERALLY SPEAKING AGREEMENT TERMS FOR A LIMITED PERIOD ONLY ARE OFFERED.

+IN ADDITION, SMALL NUMBERS OF EXPATRIATES ARE PRESENTLY RECRUITED, AS A MATTER OF POLICY, INTO THE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICE AND THE POLICE INSPECTORATE ON BOTH PERMANENT AND PENSIONABLE AND AGREEMENT TERMS,+ HE SAID.

RECRUITMENT POLICY WOULD HAVE TO BE REVIEWED BEFORE VERY LONG, BEARING IN MIND THE TERMS OF THE SECOND PARAGRAPH OF SECTION IV OF ANNEX 1 TO THE JOINT DECLARATION.

HOWEVER, HE EMPHASISED THAT ALL SERVING MEMBERS OF THE CIVIL SERVICE - LOCALS OR EXPATRIATES, ON PERMANENT AND PENSIONABLE OR AGREEMENT TERMS - WERE PROMOTED AND POSTED ON Trie BASIS OF SUCH OBJECTIVE CRITERIA AS SENIORITY, PERFORMANCE, POTENTIAL ABILITY, CHARACTER.

+THIS WILL REMAIN THE CASE. BUT THE PARAGRAPH IN ANNEX 1 TO THE JOINT DECLARATION TO WHICH I HAVE JUST REFERRED ALSO HAS CERTAIN IMPLICATIONS FOR THE CAREER PROSPECTS OF NON-CHINESE OFFICERS AFTER 1997. FOR THEM, THEREFORE, AT AN APPROPRIATE TIME, WE SHALL HAVE TO DEVISE FAIR AND EQUITABLE ARRANGEMENTS,* HE SAID.

ON THE LANGUAGE ISSUE, HE SAID THAT GIVEN HONG KONG’S POSITION AS AN INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL AND COMMERCIAL CENTRE, HE WAS SURE THAT ENGLISH WOULD CONTINUE TO BE WIDELY USED.

+IN THE YEARS AHEAD, THEREFORE, WE MUST ENSURE THAT THE PROFICIENCY OF HONG KONG PEOPLE IN BOTH LANGUAGES IS FURTHER DEVELOPED.

+ IN THE CIVIL SERVICE, STEPS ARE BEING TAKEN TO REVIE* THE REQUIREMENT FOR PROFICIENCY IN BOTH CHINESE AND ENGLISH FOR APPOINTMENT PURPOSES AND TO CONSIDER HOW THE IN-SERVICE TRAINING CAPABILITY FOR THESE TWO LANGUAGES SHOULD BE EXPANDED.*

- - - - 0 ----------

/9........

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 8, 1984

- 9 -

SPECIAL UNIT TO STUDY LAmVS * * * *

A SPECIAL UNIT IS BEING SET UP TO DEAL WITH LEGAL TASKS ARISING FROM THE JOINT SINO-BRITISH DECLARATION ON THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG, THE ATTORNEY GENERAL, MR MICHAEL THOMAS, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.

MR THOMAS SAID THERE WERE MANY AREAS OF WORK TO BE COVERED, THE GOVERNMENT WAS FULLY AWARE OF WHAT LAY AHEAD AND IT HAD THE DETERMINATION TO TACKLE THESE TASKS.

WARNING THAT IT WOULD TAKE TIME TO PRODUCE RESULTS, GIVEN FINANCIAL CONSIDERATIONS AND DIFFICULTIES IN RECRUITING AND RETAINING SKILLED AND EXPERIENCED LAWYERS, PARTICULARLY LAW DRAFTSMEN, MR THOMAS SAID: +1 HAVE ALREADY PUT IN MOTION THE MACHINERY TO SET UP A SPECIAL UNIT IN MY CHAMBERS THAT WILL BE. SEIZED WITH THE TASKS WHICH WILL ARISE FROM THE JOINT DECLARATION.

+THIS UNIT, I HOPE, WILL BE SUPPORTED BY A STRENGTHENED POLICY DIVISION UNDER THE SOLICITOR GENERAL. THESE THINGS WILL HAVE TO BE DONE, AND, SOMEHOW, WE MUST FIND THE MANPOWER AND RESOURCES WITH WHICH TO DO THEM.*

MR THOMAS SAID HE ACCEPTED THE NEED TO MODIFY HONG KONG LEGISLATION TO ENSURE A SMOOTH TRANSITION IN THE IMPENDING CONSTITUTIONAL CHANGE.

+SEVERAL IMPORTANT AREAS OF OUR LAW ARE PRESENTLY CONTAINED, NOT IN HONG KONG LEGISLATION, BUT IN UNITED KINGDOM ACTS AND ORDERS IN COUNCIL. IN MANY CASES, THIS UNITED KINGDOM LEGISLATION WAS NOT MADE ESPECIALLY FOR HONG KONG BUT WAS EXTENDED TO THIS TERRITORY WITH MODIFICATIONS.

+THE RESULT IS THAT THE LAW IN THESE FIELDS IS NOT READILY ACCESSIBLE AND IS OFTEN DIFFICULT TO READ IN THE CONTEXT OF HONG KONG UNLESS ONE IS A LAWYER AND MOREOVER, A LAWYER WITH A SOUND KNOWLEDGE OF HONG KONG AND BRITISH LEGISLATION. THIS IS OBVIOUSLY UNDESIRABLE FOR PURELY PRACTICAL REASONS. HAVING REGARD TO THE CONSTITUTIONAL CHANGES MENTIONED IN THE JOINT DECLARATION, THE PROGRESSIVE LOCALISATION OF ALL LEGISLATION WILL BE ESSENTIAL.*

AMONG THE FIELDS OF LAW REQUIRING SPECIAL ATTENTION, SAID 14? THOMAS WAS THE DRAFTING OF A CODE TO COVER MERCHANT SHIPPING -A TASK WHICH COULD TAKE FIVE YEARS USING TWO DRAFTSMEN - AVIATION, PATENTS AND COPYRIGHT.

ADD-ITIONALLY, HE SAID: +WE NEED TO GIVE EFFECT TO THE AGREED OBJECTIVE THAT THE RESOLUTION OF LEGAL DISPUTES AND THE INTERPRETATION OF LAWS SHOULD CONCLUDE HERE IN HONG KONG. I AGREc WITH THE CHIEF JUSTICE AND OTHERS THAT IT IS DESIRABLE THAT A FINAL COURT OF APPEAL SHOULD BE ESTABLISHED wELL BEFORE 19<?7 IN ORDER TO ENSURE A SMOOTH TRANSITION.*

/ON TREATIES, .......

TffiJRSDAY, NOVEMBER 8, 1984

10 -

ON TREATIES, MULTILATERAL AND BILATERAL AGREEMENTS, HE SAID: ♦BOTH THOSE NOW IN FORCE AND THOSE TO BE MADE WILL HAVE TO BE SCRUTINISED TO ENSURE THEY ARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE JOINT DECLARATION AND THAT THEY WILL CONTINUE IN FORCE BEYOND 1997 WITH THE CONCURRENCE OF THE OTHER PARTIES, NOTWITHSTANDING THE CHANGE OF FLAG.*

THERE WOULD BE MUCH ADVANTAGE, SAID MR THOMAS, IF SOME PARTS OF THE COMMON LAW THAT ARE PRESENTLY FROM THE REPORTS OF JUDICIAL DECISIONS COULD BE CODIFIED IN CLEAR AND SYSTEMATIC TERMS -PARTICULARLY THOSE WHICH MOST CONCERN ORDINARY PEOPLE. THE TASK IS A MASSIVE ONE AND A PILOT STUDY IS NOW UNDERWAY OF THE RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS OF CODIFICATION OF TWO AREAS OF THE LAW - LAWS RELATING TO BAIL AND THE CUSTODY OF CHILDREN IN MATRIMONIAL CASES.

+IN ADDITION WE ARE FACED WITH THE NEED FOR LEGISLATION IN THE NEXT FEW MONTHS TO IMPLEMENT THE FORTHCOMING PROPOSALS FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT WHICH IN TURN WILL REQUIRE CHANGES IN THE LETTERS PATENT AND ROYAL INSTRUCTIONS,* h£ SAID.

* ON THE USE OF CHINESE LANGUAGE IN THE COURTS AND LEGISLATION, MR THOMAS MADE THE FOLLOWING POINTS:

MR THOMAS SAID THAT THERE HAD BEEN CALLS FOR GREATER USE OF CHINESE IN COURTS AND RECOGNITION OF THE IMPORTANCE OF HAVING PREDOMINANTLY CHINESE JURORS WHERE CHINESE DEFENDANTS ARE CHARGED.

+THESE POINTS MAKE GOOD SENSE AND THEY WILL BE FULLY CONSIDERED BY GOVERNMENT IN CONSULTATION WITH THE JUDICIARY,* HE SAID.

ALTHOUGH ENGLISH MUST RETAIN ITS PLACE, PARTICULARLY IN OUR HIGHER COURTS, HE SAID: +THE CHINESE LANGUAGE SHOULD HAVE EQUAL STATUS WITH ENGLISH IN LEGISLATION AND BOTH TEXTS SHOULD BE EQUALLY AUTHENTIC IN OUR COURTS.*

MR THOMAS SAID THAT, THOUGH THERE WERE PROBLEMS WITH THE ENORMOUS WORKLOAD INVOLVED IN TRANSLATING EXISTING AND NEW LEGISLATION, A PROGRAMME AIMED AT THE ENACTMENT OF ALL FUTURE LEGISLATION IN BOTH ENGLISH AND CHINESE WAS NOW BEING PUT TOGETHER IN HIS CHAMBERS.

THERE WERE TWO APPROACHES THAT COULD BE FOLLOWED - TRANSLATING ENGLISH ORIGINAL TEXTS OR PRODUCING LAW IN CHINESE.

+1 AM CONVINCED THAT THE WAY TOWARDS PROGRESS IN A REASONABLY EXPEDITIOUS AND SYSTEMATIC WAY IS TO START WITH TRANSLATION AND GRADUALLY, WITH THE BENEFIT OF EXPERIENCE, MOVE ON TO THE ULTIMATE OBJECTIVE OF DRAFTING ALL NEW LEGISLATION IN ORIGINAL CHINESE VERSIONS AS WELL AS ORIGINAL ENGLISH VERSIONS.*

/aRRANG-EMSTS ARE........

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 8, 1984

ARRANGEMENTS ARE BEING MADE, SAID MR THOMAS FOR A SELECTED CORPS OF FULLY-QUALIFIED TRANSLATORS TO BE BUILT UP TO START WORK ON NEW LEGISLATION IN THE 1985-86 SESSION. THE INITIAL EMPHASIS WOULD, THEREFORE, BE ON CURRENT LEGISLATION BUT, AS EXPERIENCE WAS BUILT UP, THE TRANSLATION OF EXISTING LEGISLATION MIGHT GET UNDER WAY IN 1986-87.

+THE AIM WILL BE TO HAVE EVERYTHING IN PLACE BEFORE 1997 AND TO HAVE ON OUR ESTABLISHMENT LAW DRAFTSMEN WHO WILL BE THEN BE DRAFTING ALL NEW LEGISLATION IN ORIGINAL CHINESE, IN ADDITION TO DRAFTSMEN DRAFTING IN ENGLISH.*

* ON PROPOSALS ON THE TRIAL OF COMPLEX COMMERCIAL CRIME, Nfl THOMAS SAID THE PERIOD OF PUBLIC CONSULTATION WAS NOW COMPLETE, AND + IT IS FAIR TO SAY THAT THEY HAVE ATTRACTED A GOOD DEAL OF SUPPORT*. SOME OF THE POINTS MADE DURING THE CONSULTATION PERIOD HAD MERIT AND WOULD BE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT IN PREPARING REVISED PROPOSALS.

X ON +VIDEO NASTIES* AND CHEAP SEX MAGAZINES, MR THOMAS SAID THAT PROBLEMS AROSE IN THE DEFINITION AND APPLICATION OF STANDARD^.

MR THOMAS SUGGESTED THAT A BROADLY-BASED TRIBUNAL, REFLECTING DIFFERENT CULTURAL BACKGROUNDS, MIGHT DECIDE WHETHER PARTICULAR ARTICLES WERE IN THEMSELVES OBJECTIONABLE. SECONDLY A QUICK AND SUMMARY METHOD OF PROVISIONALLY ESTABLISHING WHETHER OR NOT A PUBLICATION WAS OBJECTIONABLE PENDING A FINAL HEARING MUST BE DEVISED.

A SCHEME WITH THESE TWO AIMS WAS BEING EXAMINED IN CONSULTATION WITH THE SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS, HE SAID.

* ON THE LACK OF RACE AND SEX LEGISLATION IN HONG KONG, THOMAS SAID THAT SOME DISCRIMINATION INEVITABLY EXISTED BUT: +MY CONCLUSION IS THAT HONG KONG HAS PROGRESSED VERY wELL WITHOUT LAWS.*

ONE UNNECESSARY LAW IS A LAW TOO MANY, HE SAID.

+DO NOT LET US EMBRACE THE ALLURING SIREN OF RACE OR SEX LEGISLATION AND THE BUREAUCRACIES THAT GO WITH THEM.*

X ON +SPENT CONVICTION SCHEMES* WHERE, AFTER A CERTAIN NUMBER OF YEARS AN OFFENDER IS AUTHORISED TO SAY NOTHING ABOUT A CONVICTION PROVIDED HE HAS NOT OFFENDED AGAIN, MR THOMAS SAID THAT A CONSULTATIVE PAPER WITH FIRM PROPOSALS SHOULD BE PUBLISHED BEFORE THE END OF THE YEAR.

/+! would........

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 8, 1984

- 12 -

+l WOULD CAUTION SOME ENTHUSIASTS IN THE CIVIL LIBERTIES LOBBY WHO SEE THIS PROPOSED REFORM IN BLACK AND WHITE TERMS THAT THt PUBLIC MAY NOT SHARE THEIR EXCESSIVE ENTHUSIASM,* HE SAID.

+ONE THING I MUST MAKE CLEAR, BECAUSE I BELIEVE THAT THE PROPOSAL FOR A SPENT CONVICTIONS SCHEME HAS ALREADY GIVEN RISE TO FALSE HOPES THAT IT WILL SMOOTH THE WAY OF THOSE WITH PAST CONVICTIONS WHO WISH TO EMIGRATE. THE FIRST THING IS FOR THEM TO REALISE IS THAT THE REQUIREMENT FOR DISCLOSURES OF PAST CONVICTIONS WHEN APPLICATIONS ARE MADE FOR VISAS, WILL BE PRIMARILY GOVERNED BY THE IMMIGRATION LAWS OF FOREIGN COUNTRIES. THFY MAY BE OBLIGED TO DEMAND FULL DISCLOSURES BEFORE PROCESSING EMIGRATION APPLICATIONS.*

SECONDLY ANY HONG KONG LEGISLATION SEEKING TO PREVENT DISCLOSURE WILL MAKE IT MORE DIFFICULT FOR FOREIGN COUNTRIES TO SATISFY THEMSELVES THAT APPLICANTS ARE FIT PERSONS TO BE GRANTED IMMIGRATION PAPERS.

- - - - 0 ----------

FUTURE IN PEOPLE’S HANDS - AKERS-JONES * * * * *

NEXT YEAR WILL BE A YEAR OF GREAT CHANGE IN THE REPRESENTATIVE CHARACTER OF THE GOVERNMENT STRUCTURE AT ALL LEVELS, THE SECRETARY FOR DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION, THE HON DAVID AKERS-JONES SAID TODAY.

+IN PRACTICAL TERMS THERE WILL BE A DIRECT LINK BETWEEN THIS CHAMBER AND THE REMOTEST PART OF HONG KONG,* HE TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.

THERE WOULD BE MORE ELECTED MEMBERS ON THE DISTRICT BOARDS, THE BOARDS WOULD ELECT THEIR OWN CHAIRMEN FROM AMONG THEIR OWN RANKS, THE OFFICIALS WOULD STEP DOWN, THE PROVISIONAL REGIONAL COUNCIL WOULD TAKE OFFICE, AND MEMBERS OF THESE BODIES WOULD ELECT MEMBERS TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, HE SAID.

+IN POLITICAL TERMS THIS INTEGRATED SYSTEM MUST SURELY BE REFLECTED IN THE WAY PEOPLE RESPOND TO NEXT YEAR’S DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS AND IN THE NUMBERS OF CANDIDATES WHO PRESENT THEMSELVES FOR ELECTION AND THE NUMBER WHO TURN OUT TO VOTE,* HE SAID.

+WITH SO MUCH AT STAKE, THIS SURELY IS AN OPPORTUNITY THAT THE HONG KONG PEOPLE ARE NOT GOING TO NEGLECT, FOR IT IS THE FUTURE THAT IS IN THEIR HANDS.*

MR AKERS-JONES NOTED THAT NEXT YEAR THE DISTRICT BOARDS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES WOULD BE LINKED BY ELECTIONS TO THE REGIONAL COUNCIL, GIVING THE BOARDS A SAY IN REGIONAL AFFAIRS.

/AT THE........

THURSDAY, N0V5MBER 8, 1984

AT THE SAME TIME, DISTRICT SUB-COMMITTEES WOULD BE FORMED SO AS TO ENABLE REPRESENTATIVES OF THE LOCAL COMMUNITY DIRECTLY TO JOIN IN THE RUNNING OF DISTRICT FACILITIES AND IN DISTRICT MANAGEMENT.

MR AKERS-JONES STRESSED THAT THERE WAS NO RISK OF DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION CRUMBLING AND DISINTEGRATING WHEN THE DISTRICT OFFICER IS REPLACED AS CHAIRMAN OF THE DISTRICT BOARD BY AN UNOFFIC I AL.

THE CHAIRMEN ELECTED BY THE 19 BOARDS WILL HAVE A DIRECT PERSONAL INTEREST IN THE QUALITY OF LIFE OF THE RESIDENTS.

+1 CANNOT IMAGINE THAT THIS IS A SITUATION THAT WILL LEAD TO ATROPHY AND NEGLECT, NEITHER CAN I IMAGINE THAT DISTRICT MANAGEMENT COMMITTEES WILL BECOME LESS EFFECTIVE AND RESPONSIVE WHEN THERE ARE MORE MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC IN POSITIONS OF AUTHORITY AND IMPORTANCE.

+THE PUBLIC SERVANTS WILL, AS THEIR NAME IMPLIES, RESPOND SENSIBLY AND RESPONSIBLY TO PUBLIC WISHES,* HE SAID.

MR AKERS-JONES UNDERLINED THE IMPORTANT ROLE OF MANAGEMENT COMMITTEES, AREA COMMITTEES AND MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES WHICH He DESCRIBED AS +THE FLESH AND BONES OF DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION*.

+1 CANNOT IMAGINE A SITUATION IN WHICH WE COULD AFFORD TO NEGLECT THE IMPORTANCE OF HAVING LIVELY AND EFFECTIVE MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES, FOR, WITHOUT THEM, THE BUILDINGS OF OUR CITY WOULD RAPIDLY DETERIORATE INTO FESTERING SLUMS, BREEDING PLACES FOR CRIME AND DEGRADATION,* HE SAID.

AS A COMMUNITY, HE STRESSED, WE MUST BECOME INCREASINGLY CONCERNED ABOUT THOSE BUILDINGS WHERE, FOR ONE REASON OR ANOTHER, EFFECTIVE MANAGEMENT HAS BROKEN DOWN, WHOSE LIGHT WELLS ARE KNEE-DEEP IN RUBBISH, FESTOONED WITH WIRE AND TIN SHEET EXCRESCENCES, SPALLING CONCRETE, BROKEN WINDOWS AND BLOCKED STAIRCASES.

+WE MUST NOW MOBILISE RESOURCES AT ALL LEVELS, IN BUILDING ORGANISATIONS, AREA COMMITTEES, DISTRICT BOARDS, AND, SO FAR AS IS PRACTICABLE, WITHIN THE GOVERNMENT ITSELF, TO TACKLE THIS GROWING PROBLEM,* HE SAID.

MR AKERS-JONES ADDED, HOWEVER, THAT THERE WAS NO INTENTION TO INTERFERE WITH OR WEAKEN THE POSITION WHERE THERE WAS GOOD MANAGEMENT.

NEITHER WAS THERE ANY INTENTION TO NEGLECT TENANTS AND OWNERS ORGANISATIONS WHICH, HE SAID, HAD BECOME IMPORTANT Ai A REPRESENTATIVE VOICE AND ESSENTIAL TO THE CONSULTATIVE PROCESS.

/THESE 5 400 .......

THDESDAY, NOVEMBER 8, 1984

- 14 -

THESE 5 400 ORGANISATIONS, SERVING A POPULATION OF 3.4 MILLION, THOUGH PRIMARILY CONCERNED WITH MANAGEMENT OF THEIR BUILDINGS, PROVIDED A MEANS THROUGH WHICH THE ORDINARY CITIZEN AND FAMILY, LIVING ALONE, COULD COMMUNICATE THEIR FEARS, HOPES AND WORRIES THROUGH THEIR COMMITTEES TO THE AREA COMMITTEES AND TO THE DISTRICT BOARD.

MR AKERS-JONES TOLD COUNCIL HE WOULD TRY TO DEVISE A SYSTEM FOR FORMAL PERIODIC MEETINGS OF MUTUAL AID COMMITTEE CHAIRMEN AND MEMBERS OF THEIR AREA COMMITTEES.

THE WORKING RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN DISTRICT BOARDS AND THE AREA COMMITTEES COULD ALSO BE MADE MORE EFFECTIVE BY MEANS OF REGULAR PERIODIC MEETINGS AND POSSIBLY AN ELEMENT OF OVERLAPPING MEMBERSHIP, HE ADDED.

ON THE PROVISION OF COMMUNITY CENTRE FACILITIES, MR AKERS-JONES SAID THAT IDEALLY EACH DISTRICT SHOULD HAVE ITS SHARE OF FACILITIES, COMMUNITY CENTRES AND SO ON.

THIS WAS BEING ATTEMPTED IN THE NEW TOWNS, HE SAID, BUT IN THE OLDER URBAN AREA IT WAS NOT ALWAYS POSSIBLE TO FIND SITES FOR TH-

♦WITH REGARD TO THE STANDARD TO WHICH THEY ARE BUILT, THIS IS BEING REVIEWED AND I HOPE TO PRESENT PROPOSALS TO THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL IN A FEW WEEKS TIME.+ HE SAID.

-----0------

EDUCATION SYSTEM TO CONTINUE

* * * *

K

HONG KONG’S PRESENT EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM WILL CONTINUE AFTER 1997 AND THIS IS AS MUCH IN CHINA’S AS THE TERRITORY’S INTEREST, THE SECRETARY FOR EDUCATION AND MANPOWER, THE HON NEIL HENDERSON, SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.

THE DRAFT AGREEMENT HAD MADE IT CLEAR THAT THE SYSTEM WOULD CONTINUE, HE SAID, AND HE QUOTED FROM THE DOCUMENT TO BACK UP THIS POINT.

♦NATURALLY, OUR EDUCATION POLICY WHICH INCLUDES THE PROVISION OF ACADEMIC EDUCATIONAL SERVICES AND INDUSTRIAL TRAINING WILL NOT REMAIN STATIC BUT EVOLVE,+ SAID MR HENDERSON.

THE VARIOUS EDUCATIONAL ADVISORY BODIES WOULD PROVIDE ADVICE TO ENSURE THE SYSTEM WOULD MEET THE DEMANDS OF THE FUTURE AND WOULD KEEP PACE WITH THE LATEST TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS.

MR HENDERSON OUTLINED THE EXPANSION THAT WOULD TAKE PLACE IN THE PROVISION OF EVENING PLACES IN THE VOCATIONAL TRAINING COUNCIL’S TECHNICAL INSTITUTES. AT PRESENT THERE ARE 25 □□□ PART-TIME EVENING PLACES, THIS WILL RISE TO OVER 30 000 IN 1986-87 AND TO OVER 36 000 IN 1987-88 AS NEW FACILITIES ARE COMPLETED.

/on the .......

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 8, 1984

- 15 -

ON THE TOPIC OF A THIRD UNIVERSITY, MR HENDERSON SAID THAT AT PRESENT ABOUT THREE PER CENT OF THE MEAN 17 TO 20 YEAR OLD AGE GROUP WERE PROVIDED WITH FIRST-YEAR FIRST DEGREE PLACES. THE PLAN WAS TO RAISE THIS TO SIX PER CENT BY 1989-90, AND TO EIGHT PER CENT BY 1994-1995.

A THIRD UNIVERSITY MIGHT BE NEEDED IN THE LATE NINETIES, HE SAID, BUT EXPANDING EXISTING UNIVERSITIES MUST BE THE FIRST STEP. ALTHOUGH SOME SUITABLE SITES HAD BEEN IDENTIFIED, RIGOROUS ANALYSIS WOULD BE REQUIRED BEFORE ANY DECISION COULD BE MADE.

MR HENDERSON SAID HE WAS GRATEFUL FOR SUPPORT FOR THE PROPOSED ESTABLISHMENT OF A LOCAL BODY TO VALIDATE DEGREE COURSES TO BE OFFERED AT NON-UNI VERS ITY INSTITUTIONS. ON DISTANCE LEARNING HE SAID THE GOVERNMENT CONSIDERS OPEN EDUCATION AN IMPORTANT PART OF THE EDUCATION SYSTEM AND THE FEASIBILITY OF WIDENING THE SCOPE OF SUCH EDUCATION WILL BE ONE OF THE SUBJECTS COVERED IN THE FIRST REPORT OF THE EDUCATION COMMISSION.

A REPORT WILL BE SUBMITTED TO THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL SHORTLY • BY THE WORKING PARTY ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF A CHINESE LANGUAGE FOUNDATION, HE SAID. SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE GOVERNOR IN COUNCIL, THE GOVERNMENT WILL ENSURE THAT THE PRODUCTION OF CHINESE TEXTBOOKS IS GIVEN TOP PRIORITY TO FILL ALONG FELT NEED.

MR HENDERSON PAID TRIBUTE TO THE SPEEDY ESTABLISHMENT OF THE CITY POLYTECHNIC SAYING THAT IT WOULD REACH ITS INITIAL CAPACITY OF 8 000 FULL-TIME EQUIVALENT STUDENTS IN 1994-95 WITH POTENTIAL FOR EXPANSION TO ACCOMMODATE A FURTHER 5 500 FULL-TIME EQUIVALENT STUDENTS.

ON REHABILITATION, HE SAID THAT REGULATIONS ON ACCESS FOR THE DISABLED TO BUILDINGS WERE MADE BY THE GOVERNOR IN COUNCIL ON OCTOBER 23. THEY WOULD COME INTO EFFECT IN RESPECT OF BUILDINGS FOR WHICH PLANS ARE SUBMITTED TOR APPROVAL, OR FOR WHICH CONSENT TO COMMENCE WORK IS SOUGHT, ON AUGUST 1, 1985. A PUBLICITY CAMPAIGN WOULD BE LAUNCHED IN 1985/86 TO PROMOTE PUBLIC AWARENESS AND UNDERSTANDING OF THE PROBLEMS OF THE HANDICAPPED, IN PARTICULAR THE MENTALLY ILL.

THERE ARE NO PLANS FOR THE ESTABLISHMENT IN HONG KONG OF A CENTRAL PROVIDENT FUND, SAID MR HENDERSON. SUCH A FUND NEEDS TO BE VIEWED OUTSIDE A PURELY SOCIAL SECURITY CONTEXT IN THE CONTEXT OF LABOUR POLICY. HE QUESTIONED WHETHER EMPLOYEES OR EMPLOYERS WOULD BE PREPARED TO ACCEPT THE LEVEL OF CONTRIBUTIONS NECESSARY FOR A VIABLE CENTRAL PROVIDENT FUND. IN SINGAPORE THESE COULD AMOUNT TO 25 PER CENT OF WAGES FROM EACH SIDE.

HOWEVER, THERE WOULD BE NO OBJECTION TO A WORKING GROUD BEING SET UP TO EXAMINE PROPOSALS FOR SUCH A FUND SHOULD TrttRE BE IN FUTURE WIDESPREAD SUPPORT FOR S CH A SCHEME.

-----o------

/16........

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 8, 1934

16

CIVIC EDUCATION IS FOR COMMUNITY AT LARGE - HAYE

* * * *

THE PROMOTION OF CIVIC EDUCATION HAD BEEN DIRECTED NOT ONLY AT SCHOOL CHILDREN BUT ALSO AT THE COMMUNITY AT LARGE, THE DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, THE HON COLVYN HAYE, SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL MEETING TODAY.

+WHAT HAS BEEN PLANNED FOR SCHOOLS IS AIMED ALSO AT PARENTS, TEACHERS AND THE COMMUNITY.

+WE HAVE THE MECHANISM WITHIN THE DEPARTMENT AND THE GOVERNMENT NOT ONLY TO HEIGHTEN PUBLIC AWARENESS OF CIVIC RESPONSIBILITIES BUT TO PUT THAT AWARENESS TO THE TEST BY ACTIVE PERSONAL INVOLVEMENT,+ MR HAYE SAID.

HE LISTED, AS EXAMPLES, THE DISTRICT BOARDS AND GREEN PAPER PLANS FOR FURTHER DEMOCRAT I SAT I ON IN WHICH THERE HAD BEEN WIDESPREAD COMMUNITY INTEREST.

ON THE SCHOOL FRONT, THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE NEW SUBJECT OF GOVERNMENT AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS WAS PROCEEDING ON SCHEDULE, AND THE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE WOULD SHORTLY BE INVITED TO ADVISE HOW THE CIVIC EDUCATION ELEMENT IN EXISTING SUBJECTS AND EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES COULD BE STRENGTHENED.

MR HAYE SAID THAT SEMINARS HAD BEEN SCHEDULED TO SEEK THE VIEWS OF SECONDARY AND PRIMARY SCHOOL HEADS ON CIVIC EDUCATION, AND THAT THERE HAD BEEN PRELIMINARY THINKING FOR A COMPREHENSIVE SET OF GUIDELINES WHICH WOULD BE ISSUED TO HELP SCHOOLS TO FURTHER PROMOTE CIVIC AND POLITICAL AWARENESS AMONG STUDENTS.

HE SAID THAT MANY OF THE POINTS RAISE# BY UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS REGARDING THE LANGUAGE ISSUE, SUCH AS THE STRENGTHENING OF THE TEACHING OF CHINESE AND PUTONGHUA, HAD BEEN DEALT WITH IN THE FIRST REPORT OF THE EDUCATION COMMISSION WHICH WOULD SOON BE SUBMITTED TO THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL.

+MEANWHILE, I AM HAPPY TO REPORT THAT WITH THE ESTABLISHMENT OF THE INSTITUTE OF LANGUAGE IN EDUCATION, THE APPOINTMENT OF SEVERAL HUNDREDS OF ADDITIONAL LANGUAGE TEACHERS IN STANDARD SECONDARY SCHOOLS, THE REFORM OF LANGUAGE CURRICULA AT PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LEVELS AND THE LAUNCHING OF EXTENSIVE RESEARCH PROGRAMMES INTO LANGUAGE PROBLEMS THREE YEARS AGO, THERE HAS BEEN A DECIDED IMPROVEMENT IN THE TEACHING AND LEARNING OF BOTH CHINESE AND ENGLISH IN OUR SCHOOLS,+ HE SAID.

ON THE JUNIOR SECONDARY EDUCATION ASSESSMENT (JSEA), ANOTHER ISSUE DEALT WITH BY THE EDUCATION COMMISSION, MR HAYE POINTED OUT THAT EFFORTS HAD BEEN MADE TO TAKE MUCH OF THE PAIN AND STRAIN OUT OF THE SELECTION AND ALLOCATION ARRANGEMENTS, AND FURTHER EFFORTS WOULD BE MADE TO ALLEVIATE ANY SUCH STRESS.

/+PWNTS ARS.....

THURSDAY, HOVBMBEH 8, 1984

- 17 -

♦PARENTS ARE MORE FRIGHTENED THAN THEIR CHILDREN OF THE JSEA, BUT EVEN PARENTS APPRECIATE THE NECESSITY FOR JUST AND EFFICIENT SELECTION AND ALLOCATION PROCEDURES WHEN THERE IS NOT A SUBSIDISED SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL PLACE FOR EVERY CHILD WHO WANTS ONE,+ HE SAID.

RECOMMENDATIONS FROM THE EDUCATION COMMISSION APART, MR HAYE WAS CONFIDENT THE RECENT REFORM OF THE SENIOR SECONDARY CURRICULUM AND EXAMINATION SYSTEM, TOGETHER WITH SUGGESTIONS FOR MAKING CRAFT EDUCATION MORE ATTRACTIVE AND AVAILABLE TO POST-FORM 3 STUDENTS, WOULD HELP TO MAKE SELF-SELECTION POSSIBLE AFTER FORM 3 SO AS TO OBVIATE THE NECESSITY FOR THE JSEA.

WITH REGARD TO COMPUTER EDUCATION, HE SAID APPROVAL WAS BEING SOUGHT TO EXTEND THE SUBJECT TO ALL PUBLIC-SECTOR SECONDARY SCHOOLS, HOPEFULLY IN TWO YEARS TIME IF FUNDS WERE AVAILABLE.

♦HOWEVER, NO DECISION HAS YET BEEN TAKEN ON WHETHER COMPUTER COURSES SHOULD BE INTRODUCED IN PRIMARY SCHOOLS BECAUSE THERE ARE MANY OPTIONS FOR FURTHER DEVELOPING COMPUTER EDUCATION IN THE SCHOOLS, AND A WORKING GROUP UNDER THE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE HAS BEEN SET UP TO EXAMINE THIS MATTER IN DETA IL,+ l£ ADDED.

IN RESPONSE TO THE HON HENRIETTA IP’S PROPOSAL THAT GREATER USE SHOULD BE MADE OF TEACHER RESOURCES DURING THE SCHOOLS’ SUMMER VACATION, MR HAYE POINTED OUT THAT LAST SUMMER ALONE, OVER 16 OOO TEACHERS HAD ASSISTED IN THE RUNNING OF SUMMER ACTIVITIES PROGRAMMES FOR YOUNG PEOPLE.

MOST TEACHERS WERE EXPECTED TO ASSIST WITH THE MANY ADMINISTRATIVE TASKS IN THEIR SCHOOLS DURING THE SUMMER HOLIDAYS, WHILE MANY ALSO USED THE OPPORTUNITY TO UPDATE THEIR KNOWLEDGE AND PREPARE MATERIAL FOR THE COMING SCHOOL SESSION.

♦IN BRIEF,+ MR HAYE SAID, +1 AM NOT CONVINCED THAT THERE IS ANY JUSTIFICATION FOR A MAJOR INCREASE IN THE WORKLOADS OF TEACHERS AS PROPOSED BY DR IP OR THAT THE DEPLOYMENT SUGGESTED WOULD SIGNIFICANTLY IMPROVE OUR EDUCATION PROVISION.+

-----0------

/18 .......

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 8, 1984

18

WORK ON NEW POLICE HQ STARTS NEXT YEAR

*****

CONSTRUCTION WORK ON THE FIRST PHASE OF A NEW POLICE HEADQUARTERS AT ARSENAL STREET WILL START NEXT YEAR, SUBJECT TO THE DECISION OF THE PUBLIC WORKS SUB-COMMITTEE AT ITS NEXT MEETING, THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON DAVID JEAFFRESON, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.

THIS PROJECT WOULD PROVIDE PURPOSE-BUILT ACCOMMODATION FOR THE MODERN EQUIPMENT AND COMPUTER-BASED TECHNOLOGY THAT WAS PROGRESSIVELY BEING INTRODUCED INTO POLICE WORK, MR JEAFFRESON SAID.

IN PARTICULAR IT WOULD HOUSE A NEW COMPUTER-BASED COMMAND AND CONTROL SYSTEM WHICH WOULD GREATLY IMPROVE THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE BEAT RADIO NETWORK.

IT WOULD PROVIDE INSTANT INFORMATION ON THE WHEREABOUTS OF POLICEMEN SO THAT THEY COULD BE DEPLOYED QUICKLY TO MAXIMUM EFFECT TO DEAL WITH INCIDENTS, AND ON VARIOUS OTHER MATTERS THAT WOULD HELP THE POLICE TO BE MORE EFFECTIVE ON THE GROUND.

+THE NEW EQUIPMENT WILL BE INTRODUCED AT THE END OF THIS DECADE AND WILL RESULT IN THE EXTENSION OF THE BEAT RADIO NETWORK TO THE NEW TERRITORIES.

+MEANWHILE A PROGRAMME FOR INTRODUCING LOCAL BEAT RADIO SYSTEMS AS A TEMPORARY EXPEDIENT IN THE MAJOR POPULATION CENTRES OF THE NEW TERRITORIES IS BEING PURSUED,* MR JEAFFRESON REPORTED.

HE SAID THE HON CHEUNG YAN-LUNG HAD RIGHTLY LINKED THE INCREASE IN CRIME IN THE NEW TERRITORIES SINCE 1979 TO THE DRAMATIC POPULATION EXPANSION AS A RESULT OF THE RAPID DEVELOPMENT OF NEW TOWNS.

THE COMMISSIONER OF POLICE’S OBJECT HAD BEEN TO EXPAND THE POLICE PRESENCE AHEAD OF THE GROWTH IN THE POPULATION, AND THIS TACTICS, MR JEAFFRESON SAID, SEEMED TO HAVE WORKED WELL.

HE PREDICTED ONLY A TWO TO THREE PER CENT INCREASE IN OVERALL CRIME LEVELS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES DESPITE THE CONTINUED POPULATION EXPANSION THERE.

ON THE POLICING OF THE KCR ABOUT WHICH MR CHEUNG HAD EXPRESSED CONCERN, MR JEAFFRESON TOLD THE COUNCIL THE POLICE HAD COMPLETED A THOROUGH REVIEW OF THE REQUIREMENTS IN JUNE THIS YEAR.

+THE COMMISSIONER CONCLUDED THAT THE LEVEL OF CRIME AND THE DEMANDS FOR GENERAL ASSISTANCE FROM THE POLICE ON THE RAILWAY WERE NOT SUCH AS TO JUSTIFY ESTABLISHING A DEDICATED POLICE UNIT FOR THE KCR, A UNIT WHICH WOULD HAVE BEEN COSTLY IN TERMS OF MANPOWER AND GENERAL LOGISTICAL SUPPORT,* HE EXPLAINED.

/BUT THE .......

THDSSDAY, NOVEMBER 8, 1984

- 19 -

BUT THE COMMISSIONER HAD INSTRUCTED THAT THE SITUATION SHOULD BE CAREFULLY MONITORED AND REVIEWED EVERY SIX MONTHS SO THAT SUCH A UNIT COULD BE FORMED QUICKLY IN RESPONSE TO ANY DETERIORATION IN THE PRESENT SITUATION.

MR JEAFFRESON REPORTED THAT THE POLICE PATROLLED ON THE TRAINS DURING THE RUSH HOURS WHILE THE BUSIEST STATIONS HAD POLICEMEN THERE ALL THE TIME.

ALL THE NEW PERMANENT RAILWAY STATIONS, UNLESS COVERED FROM AN ADJACENT POLICE FACILITY, HAD BEEN DESIGNED TO ALLOW FOR SOME FORM OF POLICE PRESENCE.

ON THE POSITION OF REPORTED CRIME ON THE KCR, HE SAID BETWEEN THE END OF 1982 AND THE END OF 1983, THE DAILY NUMBER OF PASSENGERS HAD NEARLY DOUBLED WHILE REPORTED CRIME HAD DROPPED BY 15 PER CENT.

BUT HE ADDED, +WORRYING WAS THAT PICK-POCKETING WAS UP BY AROUND 40 PER CENT, PREDICTABLE I’M AFRAID WITH THE KCR COACHES DESIGNED THE WAY THEY ARE RATHER THAN AS ONE LONG CORRIDOR IN THE MTR STYLE.

+S0 FAR THIS YEAR, IT LOOKS AS IF A FURTHER INCREASE IN PASSENGERS IS BEING ACCOMPANIED BY A REALLY SUBSTANTIAL DROP IN CRIME INCLUDING PICK-POCKETING.*

A RECENT OPINION SURVEY AMONG RESIDENTS OF PUBLIC HOUSING RATED CRIME AS THE MOST IMPORTANT PROBLEM WHICH THE GOVERNMENT SHOULD TACKLE URGENTLY.

NOTING THAT THIS WAS A +NOTORIOUSLY DIFFICULT* SUBJECT, HE SAID, +T0 THIS END, THERE ARE NOW SOME 10 SUB-COMMITTEES AND WORKING GROUPS UNDER THE FIGHT CRIME COMMITTEE EXAMINING WAYS AND MEANS OF GIVING FURTHER SUPPORT TO THE POLICE FORCE,* HE SAID.

AND THE COMMITTEE WOULD BE SUBMITTING ITS LATEST REPORT TO THE GOVERNOR NEXT WEEK.

HE ALSO REPORTED THAT A WORKING GROUP WAS CURRENTLY EXAMINING THE ISSUE OF TRIAD INFILTRATION INTO SCHOOLS, WHILE ANOTHER GROUP HAD IDENTIFIED THE EXTENT TO WHICH LEGAL IMMIGRANTS HAD BECOME INVOLVED IN CRIME.

- - - - 0 -----------

/20........

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 8, 1984

20

DENTAL CLINICS PLAN FOR HOUSING ESTATES X X X X

THE GOVERNMENT WAS EXPLORING THE POSSIBILITY, TOGETHER WITH THE HONG KONG DENTAL ASSOCIATION, OF ESTABLISHING DENTAL CLINICS IN NEW HOUSING ESTATES ON SIMILAR LINES AS THE ESTATE DOCTORS SCHEME, THE SECRETARY FOR HEALTH AND WELFARE, THE HON HENRY CHING, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.

THIS SCHEME HAD HELPED TO IMPROVE THE DISTRIBUTION OF DOCTORS’ PRACTICES, AND MR CHING BELIEVED SIMILAR ARRANGEMENTS COULD HELP BRING DENTAL CLINICS TO THE UNDER-PROVIDED DISTRICTS.

EARLIER, THE HON DR HARRY FANG HAD SUGGESTED LOW-INTEREST OR INTEREST-FREE LOANS TO HELP NEW DENTAL GRADUATES SET UP THEIR OWN PRACTICES.

+EVIDENCE HAS NOT BEEN FORTHCOMING TO SUPPORT THE VIEW THAT PRIVATE PRACTICE IS NO LONGER VIABLE AND THAT SUCH LOANS ARE THEREFORE NECESSARY,+ MR CHING SAID.

HE ADDED THAT SUCH LOANS WOULD BE A FORM OF SUBSIDY AND WOULD NEED +VERY CAREFUL* CONSIDERATION ON HEALTH CARE GROUNDS.

ON DR FANG’S SUGGESTION THAT THE GOVERNMENT SHOULD ENCOURAGE THE ESTABLISHMENT OF A HONG KONG ACADEMY OF MEDICINE TO VALIDATE HIGHER QUALIFICATIONS FOR CLINICAL SPECIALISTS AND TO MAINTAIN INTERNATIONALLY ACCEPTED STANDARDS, MR CHING SAID IT WOULD RECEIVE MOST CAREFUL CONSIDERATION.

+THE PROBLEMS INHERENT IN THE PRESENT ARRANGEMENTS FOR POSTGRADUATE MEDICAL TRAINING WERE IN FACT ONLY RECENTLY DISCUSSED BY THE MEDICAL DEVELOPMENT ADVISORY COMMITTEE, WHICH DR FANG CHAIRS, AND IT WAS RESOLVED THAT A WORKING PARTY SHOULD BE ESTABLISHED TO CONSIDER WHAT CHANGES TO THE PRESENT ARRANGEMENTS ARE NEEDED. WORK ON THIS SHOULD START FAIRLY SOON,* HE SAID.

AS FOR THE HON DR HO KAM-FAI’S SUGGESTION THAT A WIDOWHOOD AND A CHRONIC SICKNESS SUPPLEMENT BE ADDED TO THE PUBLIC ASSISTANCE SCHEME, MR CHING SAID IT WOULD BE CONSIDERED AND ADVICE WOULD BE SOUGHT FROM THE SOCIAL WELFARE ADVISORY COMMITTEE.

*BUT MY OWN INITIAL REACTION IS THAT THESE TWO SUGGESTED NEW CATEGORIES OF SUPPLEMENTARY BENEFITS ARE PROBLABLY UNNECESSARY.

+CHRONICALLY SICK PERSONS AND WIDOWS WITH YOUNG CHILDREN ARE, OF COURSE, ALREADY ELIGIBLE FOR PUBLIC ASSISTANCE INSOFAR AS THEIR ESSENTAIL NEEDS ARE CONCERNED.

/+SUCH SPECIAL ........

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 8, 1984

♦SUCH SPECIAL NEEDS OF WIDOWS WITH YOUNG CHILDREN AS CHILDMINDING AND DOMESTIC HELP WOULD SEEM TO BE MORE APPROPRIATELY MET BY THE PROVISION OF SERVICES RATHER THAN BY CASH GRANTS,* HE SAID.

HE ADDED THAT FOR THE CHRONICALLY SICK, THE SCHEME ALREADY PROVIDED FOR SUCH SPECIAL EXPENSES AS THE COST OF MEDICALLY-APPROVED DIETS TO BE MET BY DISCRETIONARY PAYMENTS.

HE TOLD THE COUNCIL THAT THE REVIEW OF THE SCHEME NOW IN PROGRESS WOULD GIVE SYMPATHETIC CONSIDERATION TO THOSE IN SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES WITH SPECIAL NEEDS.

+A GREAT DEAL OF THOUGHT HAS ALREADY BEEN GIVEN, FOR EXAMPLE, TO WAYS IN WHICH AN ELDERLY PERSON MIGHT BE HELPED TO MAINTAIN A DEGREE OF FINANCIAL INDEPENDENCE AND DIGNITY, INSTEAD OF BE NG REGARDED SIMPLY AS A MEMBER OF THE HOUSEHOLD FOR PUBLIC ASSISTANCE

PURPOSES,* HE SAID.

CONSIDERATIONS HAD ALSO BEEN GIVEN TO WAYS IN WHICH A YOUNG PERSON MIGHT BE ENCOURAGED TO SEEK EMPLOYMENT AND YET REMAIN AS ^CONTRIBUTING MEMBER OR H !S.? AM FAMILY' SrLEVEL_

CF PUBLIC ASSISTANCE BEING REDUCED

AS TO THE QUESTION OF +STREET SLEEPERS* RAISED BY THE HON PAULINE NG, MR CHING REPORTED THAT IN A RECENT EXERCISE, NEARLY 1 OOO OF THEM HAD BEEN LOCATED AND INTERVIEWED.

FIFTEEN PER CENT OF THEM SAID THEY SLEPT IN THE STREETS BECAUSE THEY LIKED DOING SO WHILE ANOTHER 50 PER CENT CLAIMED THEY COULD NOT AFFORD TO RENT ACCOMMODATION. THIRTY PER CENT WERE EMPLOYED OR SELF-EMPLOYED, WITH AVERAGE MONTHLY EARNINGS OF JUST OVER $1 000 EACH.

+0F COURSE THERE ARE PEOPLE WHO SLEEP IN THE STREETS WHO HAVE WELFARE NEEDS, JUST AS THERE ARE UNFORTUNATE AND NEEDY MEMBERS OF OUR COMMUNITY WHO ENJOY THE PRIVACY OF OFF-STREET SLEEPING.

+AND I WOULD REMIND MRS NG THAT AT LEAST SOME OF THE VAGABONDS SHE SEES DURING THE DAY TIME, WHEN THEY ARE MOST EVIDENT, HAVE SHELTER TO RETURN TO AT NIGHT,* HE SAID.

HE REPORTED THAT 30 PER CENT OF THOSE LOCATED IN THE EXERCISE WERE RECEIVING ASSISTANCE FROM PUBLIC FUNDS.

THE EXERCISE ALSO SHOWED ABOUT 15 PER CENT OF THOSE CONTACTED HAD UNSPECIFIED MENTAL PROBLEMS.

/+E7Bi TEES,.......

THDBSD1T, NOVEMBER 8, 1984

22 -

WOULD BE WRONG TO SUPPOSE THAT, BY VIRTUE THEY PRESENT A THREAT TO THE SAFETY OF THE

JUSTIFY THEIR COMPULSORY INCARNATION IN

♦EVEN THEN, IT OF THEIR CONDITION, PUBLIC, SUCH AS TO INSTITUTIONS.

A^ DO NOT POSE A DANGER EITHER TO THEMSELVES

M "S^HCATiON TO DEPRIVE THEM OF

n,,-rQA$^Tt!E H0N DR HENRIETTA IP’S SUGGESTION THAT FEES AT GOVERNMENT OUTPATIENT CLINICS SHOULD BE RAISED SO THE THEY MIGHT BREAK EVEN NR CHING EXPLAINED THAT THESE CLINICS SERVED A WIDE AIM FOR THE '

BENEFIT OF THE WHOLE COMMUNITY.

BESIDES MEETING THE NEEDS OF THOSE UNABLE TO AFFORD PRIVATE YHEY WERE THE MEANS 0F identifying persons who had Contracted communicable diseases, with a view to their isolation.

-rn YHEY ENABLED THE INCIDENCE OF DIFFERENT TYPES OF ILLNESSES TO BE MONITORED, AND ACUTE CASES TO BE IDENTIFIED SO THAT THEY

AND 0THER INSTITUTIONS FOR FURTHER

EXAMINATION AND FOLLOW-UP TREATMENT.

♦FOR THESE REASONS, IT IS IMPORTANT TO ENSURE THAT THERE IS NO FINANCIAL DISINCENTIVE TO PERSONS PRESENTING THEMSELVES AT GOVERNMENT OUTPATIENT CL IN ICS,+ HE SAID.

- - 0 --------

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 8, 1984

23

HONG KONG 'A POPULAR WORLD GATHERING PLACE’ *****

PEOPLE FROM ALL OVER THE WORLD WERE INCREASINGLY RECOGNISING HONG KONG AS AN INTERNATIONAL GATHERING CENTRE, THE DIRECTOR OF INFORMATION SERVICES, MR PETER TSAO SAID TODAY.

♦THIS IS A TENDENCY THAT IS GOING TO INCREASE, RATHER THAN DIMINISH, OVER THE YEARS AHEAD. FOR I AM CONVINCED THAT THE REASSURING JOINT DECLARATION ON HONG KONG’S FUTURE WILL SERVE AS A SPUR TO ACCELERATE THAT TREND EVEN FURTHER,+ MR TSAO TOLD THE LIONS CLUB OF TAI PING SHAN AT LUNCH TODAY.

HE SAID HONG KONG’S POPULARITY WAS SHOWN FROM THE MANY INTERNATIONAL EVENTS AND EXHIBITIONS BEING HELD THIS MONTH IN HONG KONG.

NOVEMBER, HE SAID, WAS THE MOST CROWDED MONTH ON THE HONG KONG CALENDAR, AND HE CHOSE IN HIS SPEECH TO ILLUSTRATE THIS FACT, AND ALSO THE FACT THAT THIS WAS WIDELY RECOGNISED BY PEOPLE OUTSIDE OF HONG KONG.

NOVEMBER IN HONG KONG, MR TSAO SAID, WAS QUITE DIFFERENT FROM +THE JAUNDICED VIEW+ OF THE ENGLISH NOVEMBER TAKEN BY THE 19TH CENTURY ENGLISH POET THOMAS HOOD, WHO DESCRIBED IT AS:

♦ NO WARMTH, NO CHEERFULNESS, NO HEALTHFUL EASE, NO SHADE, NO SHINE, NO BUTTERFLIES, NO BEES, NOVEMBER ! +

♦HERE THINGS ARE DIFFERENT,+ MR TSAO SAID.

+OUR NOVEMBER BRINGS US, IF ANYTHING, A QUICKENING OF THE TEMPO AND AN ACCELERATION OF THE NORMAL ALACRITY WITH WHICH «E LEAD OUR LIVES.

+IT IS A MONTH WHEN HONG KONG IS VISITED BY BETTER WEATHER, INCREASED NUMBERS OF TOURISTS AND A HOST OF DELEGATES TO ALL KINDS OF CONFERENCES AND CONVENTIONS.

♦LOOKING AT HOTEL REGISTERS FILLED WITH GUESTS, WE MIGHT BE TEMPTED TO MISQUOTE HOOD AND SAY 'NOVEMBER! NO WONDER.’+

THE NOVEMBER ENTRIES OF EVENTS PUBLISHED BY THE HONG KONG TOURIST ASSOCIATION IN ITS +DIARY OF COMING CONFERENCES AND EXHIBITIONS* IN HONG KONG WAS +ENLIGHTENING+, HE SAID.

THERE WERE THE 1984 WORLD AMATEUR TEAM GOLF CHAMPIONSHIPS TAKING PLACE AT THE ROYAL HONG KONG GOLF CLUB IN FANLING, TO BE FOLLOWED LATER BY THE HONG KONG OPEN AMATEUR GOLF CHAMPIONSHIP AT THE DISCOVERY BAY GOLF CLUB.

THERE WAS ALSO THE THIRD HONG KONG INTERNATIONAL BOWLS CLASSIC, TO BE HELD FROM NOVEMBER 17 TO 25 AT THE HONG KONG FOOTBALL AND KOWLOON BOWLING GREEN CLUBS.

/2AHLISR THIS .......

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 8, 1984

- 24 -

EARLIER THIS MONTH, THE +TOURISM ’84,+ HAD BEEN HELD AT THE HOTEL FURAMA INTER-CONTINENTAL, AND DUE NEXT WEEK, IS THE +FIRST CONGRESS OF THE HAND SECTION OF THE WESTERN PACIFIC ORTHOPAEDIC ASSOCIATION+.

IN ADDITION TO VARIOUS OTHER FESTIVALS AND EXHIBITIONS, HELD EARLIER THIS MONTH, THERE WOULD BE NUMEROUS OTHER EVENTS, INCLUDING THE +SEATRADE CONFERENCE+, +EXPOSHIP FAR EAST ’84 INTERNATIONAL MARITIME EXHIBITION*, THE +FABRICS FROM FRANCE* EXHIBITION, +FOODFEST ’84+, AS WELL AS THE + IDEAL LIVING SHOW+.

OTHER GATHERINGS SCHEDULED FOR LATER THIS MONTH ARE THE EUROPEAN STUDY CONFERENCES, AND THE INTERNATIONAL TAX PLANNING ASSOCIATION MEETING, THE COMMONWEALTH BROADCASTING ASSOCIATION CONFERENCE, THE 3RD INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON TALL BUILDINGS.

-----0------

ELECTORAL ROLL TOPS 1.4 MILLION

* * * *

SOME 530 000 NEWLY REGISTERED VOTERS HAVE BEEN ADDED TO THE GENERAL ELECTORAL ROLL FOLLOWING THE RECENT REGISTRATION DRIVE.

THIS BRINGS TO 1.42 MILLION THE NUMBER OF ELIGIBLE VOTERS WHO WILL HAVE AN OPPORTUNITY TO CAST THEIR BALLOT IN THE FIRST TERRITORY-WIDE DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS ON MARCH 7 NEXT YEAR.

A TOTAL OF 236 ELECTED SEATS ON THE 19 DISTRICT BOARDS WILL BE AT STAKE IN THE CONSTITUENCY BASED ELECTIONS.

THE ASSISTANT DIRECTOR (ELECTORAL SERVICES) OF THE COUNCILS AND ADMINISTRATION BRANCH, MR LEE LAP-SUN, SAID TODAY THAT 736 027 APPLICATIONS TO REGISTER AS A VOTER HAD BEEN RECEIVED DURING THE SIX-WEEK REGISTRATION DRIVE WHICH ENDED ON OCTOBER 1.

THESE HAD BEEN PROCESSED BY COMPUTER TO ELIMINATE DOUBLE REGISTRATION, INCOMPLETE FORMS AND CHANGE OF ADDRESS CASES.

+EVERY EFFORT HAS BEEN MADE TO CLARIFY DEFECTIVE APPLICATIONS AND TO ACCEPT ALL ELIGIBLE PERSONS WHO HAVE APPLIED,* HE SAID.

MR LEE SAID A PROVISIONAL REGISTER OF ELECTORS WOULD BE PUBLISHED TOMORROW (FRIDAY) AND WOULD BE AVAILABLE FOR PUBLIC INSPECTION UNTIL NOVEMBER 20 AT ALL DISTRICT OFFICES AND THE REGISTRATION AND ELECTORAL DIVISION.

+DURING THIS PERIOD, ANY PERSON WHOSE NAME DOES NOT APPEAR ON THE REGISTER AND WHO CONSIDERS THAT HE IS ENTITLED TO BE REGISTERED MAY APPLY TO THE REGISTRATION OFFICER FOR INCLUSION.*

/THESE LATE........

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 8, 1984

25

THESE LATE APPLICAT ONS MUST BE MADE IN PERSON AT THE REGISTRATION AND ELECTORAL DIVISION ON THE 1OTH FLOOR OF HARBOUR CENTRE, 25 HARBOUR ROAD, WAN CHAI.

MR LEE SAID THAT PERSONS WHO WISHED TO OBJECT TO ANY ENTRY IN THE PROVISIONAL REGISTER SHOULD LODGE THEIR OBJECTIONS BEFORE NOVEMBER 26.

IN ADDITION, ELECTORS WHO WISHED TO CORRECT THEIR REGISTERED PARTICULARS, SUCH AS A CHANGE OF ADDRESS, WOULD HAVE TO DO SO BEFORE DECEMBER 10.

CHANGES TO REGISTERED PARTICULARS MAY BE REPORTED IN WRITING, BY GIVING THE NAME, IDENTITY CARD NUMBER AND NEW RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS, OR BY COMPLETING A SPECIAL POSTAGE-FREE FORM, WHICH IS AVAILABLE FROM ANY DISTRICT OFFICE.

MR LEE STRESSED THAT SINCE AN ELECTOR MIGHT ONLY VOTE IN THE CONSTITUENCY IN WHICH HE WAS REGISTERED, IT WAS IMPORTANT THAT HE REPORT ANY CHANGE OF RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS AS SOON AS IT OCCURS.

+IF THE CHANGE OF ADDRESS IS NOT REPORTED BY DECEMBER 10, A VOTER MAY FIND, TO HIS INCONVENIENCE, THAT HE WILL NOT BE ABLE TO VOTE IN THE CONSTITUENCY IN WHICH HE LIVES, BUT WILL HAVE TO RETURN TO HIS FORMER CONSTITUENCY TO VOTE.

+MOREOVER, IF NO REPORT IS MADE AT ALL, HE WILL NOT BE ABLE TO RECEIVE HIS POLL CARD AND MAY EVENTUALLY HAVE HIS NAME REMOVED FROM THE REGISTER OF ELECTORS,+ MR LEE SAID.

A FINAL REGISTER OF ELECTORS WOULD BE COMPILED AND PUBLISHED IN EARLY JANUARY, HE ADDED.

------0-------

HK’S LARGEST CULTURAL CENTRE READY BY 1987

* * * *

THE GOVERNMENT TODAY (THURSDAY) AWARDED A S374-MILLI0N CONTRAC'-FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE TSIM SHA TSUI CULTURAL CENTRE, THE LARGEST IN HONG KONG.

SIGNING THE CONTRACT ON BEHALF OF THE GOVERNMENT WAS THE ACTING DIRECTOR OF BUILDING DEVELOPMENT, MR JOSE LEI, AND REPRESENTATIVES OF KUMAGAI GUMI (HONG KONG) LIMITED.

THE CONTRACT MARKS THE FINAL PHASE OF A PROJECT WHICH INCLUDES THE SPACE MUSEUM.

ALSO PRESENT AT TODAY’S SIGNING CEREMONY WERE THE CHAIRMAN OF THE URBAN COUNCIL, MR HILTON CHEONG-LEEN, AND THE CHAIRMAN OF THE CULTURE SELECT COMMITTEE, MR LAWRENCE FUNG.

MR LEI SAID THAT ON COMPLETION AT THE END OF 1987, THE TSIM SHA TSUI CULTURAL CENTRE WILL HAVE A CONCERT HALL WHICH wILL BE AMONG THE FINEST IN THE WORLD.

/+THIS 2 300-SKAI.......

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 8, 1?84

- 26 -

+THIS 2 3OO-SEAT CONCERT HALL WILL BE IN AMPHITHEATRE FORM AND WILL PROVIDE A VENUE FOR ORCHESTRAL AND CHORAL EVENTS TOGETHER WITH POPULAR MUSIC CONCERTS.

♦THE HALL WILL BE PROVIDED WITH A FINE ORGAN WHICH IS CURRENTLY BEING BUILT IN AUSTRIA,+ HE SAID.

IT WILL HAVE NATURAL ACOUSTICS AND PROVIDE THE VIEW OF THE STAGE FROM ALL ANGLES OF SEATING.

THE CENTRE WILL ALSO INCLUDE A 1 850-SEAT THEATRE FOR THE STAGING OF BALLET, OPERA AND OTHER MUSIC-DRAMA EVENTS. THE AUDITORIUM IS EQUIPPED WITH CINEMATIC PROJECTORS AND FACILITIES FOR CONFERENCES.

+WHILE THE AUDITORIUM IS IN A FAIRLY TRADITIONAL THREE-TIFP HORSESHOE FORMAT, THE ACOUSTIC DESIGN CONTAINS NOVEL FEATURES THAT SHOULD MAKE THE SPACE SIGNIFICANT IN TERMS OF LIVE PERFORMANCE ATTRACTIVENESS AND THUS MAKE IT A DESIRABLE VENUE FOR INTERNATIONAL TOURING COMPANIES,+ MR LEI SAID.

A DRAMA THEATRE SEATING 400 TO 500 PEOPLE IS ALSO INCLUDED AND WILL BECOME THE FUTURE HOME OF THE HONG KONG REPERTORY THcATRE.

IT HAS BEEN PLANNED AS A FLEXIBLE SPACE WITH MOVABLE SEATING TIERS TO SUIT THE REQUIREMENTS OF PARTICULAR PRODUCTIONS. THE ACTUAL NUMBER OF SEATS WILL DEPEND ON HOW SEATING IS ARRANGED.

THERE ARE ADDITIONAL BUILDINGS WITHIN THE CENTRE, SEPARATE FROM THE MAIN BUILDING, AND WILL HOUSE AN ARTS LIBRARY, A TWO-STOREY RESTAURANT WITH A PANORAMIC VIEW OF THE HARBOUR, A MARRIAGE REGISTRY AND OFFICE ACCOMMODATION FOR THE CULTURAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT.

+SURROUNDING THE ENTIRE COMPLEX WILL BE A PEDESTRIAN PIAZZA WHICH WILL LINK UP WITH THE TSIM SHA TSUI PROMENADE TO PROVIDE A CONTINUOUS WALKWAY FROM THE STAR FERRY TO HUNG HOM,+ MR LEI SAID.

THE ENTIRE PROJECT, INCLUDING SUBSTRUCTURAL WORK, WILL COST $474 MILLION, WITH THE GOVERNMENT CONTRIBUTING $363.4 MILLION AND THE URBAN COUNCIL, THE BALANCE.

+ONE OF THE MOST INTERESTING DESIGN FEATURES WILL PERHAPS BE THE SUSPENDED CABLE ROOF, SOMETHING ENTIRELY NEW IN HONG KONG,+ MR LEI SAID.

ON COMPLETION, THE TSIM SHA TSUI CULTURAL CENTRE WILL PLAY A SIGNIFICANT ROLE IN THE CULTURAL LIFE OF HONG KONG. IT WILL BE THE +FLAGSHIP+ OF A SERIES OF CULTURAL CENTRES.

THE FIRST DISTRICT-LEVEL CULTURAL CENTRE — TSUEN WAN TOWN HALL -- HAS BEEN IN OPERATION FOR FIVE YEARS. TWO OTHERS ARE NOw UNDER CONSTRUCTION AT TUEN MUN AND SHA TIN AND MORE ARE BEING PLANNED.

-----0------

/2? .......

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 8, 1984

27

FAIR DEAL FOR EX-MENTALLY ILL URGED

*****

EX-MENTALLY ILL PEOPLE WERE IN NEED OF A +FAIR DEAL*

FROM THE COMMUNITY, THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR JOHN CHAMBERS SAID TODAY.

SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE MENTAL HEALTH ASSOCIATION’S KWUN TONG SHELTERED WORKSHOP, HE SAID A HALF-WAY HOUSE WAS AN EFFECTIVE MEANS OF PROVIDING A SUPPORTING TRANSITIONAL ENVIRONMENT TO HELP THEM RE-INTEGRATE INTO THE COMMUNITY.

+THE SUCCESS OF THIS REHABILITATION PROCESS DEPENDS VERY MUCH ON THE COMMUNITY’S UNDERSTANDING OF MENTAL ILLNESS AND ITS ACCEPTANCE AND SUPPORT OF THE EX-MENTALLY ILL,* HE SAID.

MR CHAMBERS SAID THAT EXPERIENCE HERE AND OVERSEAS HAD CONFIRMED THAT BOTH HALF-WAY HOUSES AND SHELTERED WORKSHOPS WERE ESSENTIAL SERVICES FOR MANY OF THOSE SUFFERING FROM MENTAL ILLNESS.

WITHOUT THESE, THE RISK OF RELAPSE AFTER THEIR DISCHARGE FROM HOSPITAL WOULD BE MUCH GREATER, HE SAID.

THE WORKSHOP PROVIDES EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES FOR 1OO EX-NT ALLY ILL AND MENTALLY HANDICAPPED WORKERS WHO ARE TE.'- PORAR ILY OR PERMANENTLY UNABLE TO COMPETE IN THE OPEN LABOUR MARKET.

+THE ULTIMATE GOAL,* HE SAID, +IS TO ENABLE AS MANY AS POSSIBLE CF THE WORKERS TO MOVE ON TO OPEN EMPLOYMENT AFTER A PERIOD OF WORK ADJUSTMENT, ORIENTATION AND PREPARATION IN THE WORKSHOP.*

THE WORKSHOP, LOCATED IN KWUN TONG ESTATE, TSUI PING ROAD, BEGAN OPERATION IN FEBRUARY AND SIX WORKERS HAVE SUCCESSFULLY TAKt.N UP OPEN EMPLOYMENT.

+CASES LIKE THESE PROVIDE EXCELLENT EXAMPLES OF SUCCESSFUL REHABILITATION OF THE EX-MENTALLY ILL AND THE MENTALLY HANDICAPPED ENABLING THEM TO BECOME SELF-RELIANT AND PRODUCTIVE MEMBERS OF THE COMMUNITY,* HE SAID.

THE LOTTERIES FUND HAD ALLOCATED OVER $925 000 TO MEET THE CAPITAL COST OF THIS SHELTERED WORKSHOP AND THE GOVERNMENT ALSO GRANTED SUBVENTION TOTALLING MORE THAN $837 000 TOWARDS ITS EXPENDITURE IN THE CURRENT YEAR.

MR CHAMBERS PAID TRIBUTE TO THE MENTAL HEALTH ASSOCIATION FOR ITS NOTABLE ACHIEVEMENTS OVER THE LAST 30 YEARS AND THE STERLING EFFORTS OF ITS MEMBERS AND STAFF.

THIS SHELTERED WORKSHOP WAS AN INVALUABLE ADDITION TO THE ASSOCIATION’S ACTIVITIES AND MARKED ANOTHER MILESTONE IN ITs RECORj OF DISTINGUISHED SERVICES, HE SAID.

/28 .......

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 8, 1984

- 28 -

CAREERS EXHIBIT

X £ X

THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT’S 13TH ANNUAL CAREERS EXHIBITION WILL BE OPENED AT THE CITY HALL CONCERT HALL AT 3 PM TOMORROW (FRIDAY).

THE DIRECTOR OF CITY POLYTECHNIC, DR DAVID JOHNS, THE CHAIRMAN OF URBAN COUNCIL, MR HILTON CHEONG-LEEN AND THE COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, MR RON BRIDGE, WILL OFFICIATE.

THE CAREERS '85 EXHIBITION, ORGANISED BY THE DEPARTMENT’S YOUTH EMPLOYMENT ADVISORY SERVICE AND CO-SPONSORED BY THE URBAN COUNCIL, WILL BE OPEN TO THE PUBLIC DAILY FROM 9.30 AM TO 6.30 PM UNTIL NOVEMBER 19 IN THE CITY HALL EXHIBITION HALL.

0 - -

JOINT SAFETY PROMOTION EFFORT URGED

XXX

SAFETY PROMOTION WAS AN ONEROUS TASK WHICH NEEDED THE CONCERTED EFFORTS OF ALL CONCERNED, THE DEPUTY COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR AND CHAIRMAN OF THE COMMITTEE ON INDUSTRIAL SAFETY AND ACCIDENT PREVENTION DR JAMES HAYES SAID TODAY.

SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF A SAFETY SEMINAR ORGANISED BY THE PLASTICS INDUSTRY SAFETY SUB-COMMITTEE AT THE CHINESE YMCA IN WATERLOO ROAD, DR HAYES CALLED FOR THE PARTICIPANTS TO GIVE THEIR STRONGEST SUPPORT FOR THE WORK OF THE SUB-COMMITTEE.

HE SAID THAT THE SEMINAR, ORGANISED FOR THE SECOND TIME IN IWO SUCCESSIVE YEARS FOR THE PLASTICS INDUSTRY, OFFERED A GOOD OPPORTUNITY FOR PEOPLE IN THE TRADE TO OPENLY DISCUSS AND EXCHANGE VIEWS ON MATTERS RELATING TO SAFETY.

IT ALSO SHOWED THE WHOLE-HEARTED SUPPORT OF ALL CONCERNED FOR THE PROMOTION OF VOLUNTARY SAFETY MOVEMENT IN INDUSTRY.

DURING THE PAST YEAR, THE PLASTICS INDUSTRY SAFETY SUBCOMMITTEE HAD PREPARED A CODE OF PRACTICE WHICH DREW ATTENTION TO THE IMPORTANCE OF SAFETY AT WORK AND SET OUT PRECAUTIONARY NEASURES TO BE OBSERVED BY EMPLOYERS, SUPERVISORS AS WELL AS WORKERS, HE SAID.

ALTHOUGH STATISTICS SHOWED THAT ACCIDENTS IN THE INDUSTRY HAD INCREASED FROM 506 CASES IN THE FIRST HALF YEAR OF 1983 Tj 724 CASES IN THE SAME PERIOD THIS YEAR, HE BELIEVED THAT WITH THE CONCERTED EFFORTS OF ALL CONCERNED THE SITUATION WOULD IMPROVE.

AT THE SEMINAR, PARTICIPANTS HEARD SPECIALIST TALKS GIVEN BY SAFETY PROFESSIONALS AND GOVERNMENT OFFICERS AND SAw A F ILION THE SUBJECT OF FIRE HAZARDS IN FACTORIES.

-----0------

/29........

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 8, 1984

29

MORE SPORTS FACILITIES FOR TAI PO

* * * * *

THE GOVERNMENT HAS A LONG-TERM PLAN TO PROVIDE VARIOUS SPORTS FACILITIES FOR RESIDENTS OF TAI PO.

THE DISTRICT OFFICER, MR THOMAS CHAN, SAID THIS AT THE PRIZE-PRESENTATION CEREMONY OF THE ANNUAL SPORTS DAY OF THE TAI PO WONG SHIU CHI MIDDLE SCHOOL TODAY (THURSDAY).

+WITH THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE NEW TOWN, THE EXISTING SPORTS FACILITIES IN THE DISTRICT CAN NO LONGER COPE WITH THE NEED OF THE INCREASING POPULATION,* HE SAID.

+THE FACILITIES NOW UNDER PLANNING INCLUDE A SWIMMING POOL COMPLEX, A MULTI-PURPOSE INDOOR GAMES HALL AND A PERMANENT GRASS SOCCER PITCH.*

MR CHAN PRAISED STUDENTS OF THE SCHOOL FOR THEIR REMARKABLE PERFORMANCE ON THE SPORTS DAY.

-----0------

PRE-WAR BUILDING DECLARED DANGEROUS * * *

THE BUILDING AUTHORITY TODAY (THURSDAY) DECLARED A BUILDING AT NO. 128 JERVOIS STREET, CENTRAL LIABLE TO BECOME DANGEROUS.

IT IS A PRE-WAR FIVE-STOREY BUILDING MAINLY CONSTRUCTED WITH LOAD-BEARING BRICK WALLS, TIMBER FLOORS AND REINFORCED CONCRETE ROOF.

+THE BUILDING HAS BEEN UNDER OBSERVATION SINCE 1979,+ THE PRINCIPAL GOVERNMENT BUILDING SURVEYOR SAID.

A RECENT INSPECTION INDICATED THAT THERE WAS A RISK OF COLLAPSE OF THE BUILDING DUE TO THE DEMOLITION OF A BUILDING AT NO. 325 QUEEN’S ROAD CENTRAL EARLIER.

+IT IS THEREFORE NECESSARY TO CLOSE AND DEMOLISH THE BUILDING,* HE SAID.

A NOTICE OF INTENTION TO APPLY FOR A CLOSURE ORDER IN VICTORIA DISTRICT COURT ON DECEMBER 6 AT 9.30 AM WAS POSTED TODAY.

0---------

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 8, 1984

30

NEW ADDRESS FOR SAI KUNG URBAN SERVICES OFFICE * * * *

THE SAI KUNG URBAN SERVICES OFFICE WILL HAVE A NEW ADDRESS FROM TOMORROW (FRIDAY).

IT WILL BE MOVING FROM THE GROUND AND FIRST FLOORS OF 69 MAN NIN STREET, SAI KUNG, TO THE FIFTH FLOOR OF SAI KUNG GOVERNMENT OFFICES AT A NEW STREET NEAR MAN NIN STREET.

ITS TELEPHONE NUMBER, 3-2813604, REMAINS UNCHANGED.

ENQUIRIES ON ENVIRONMENTAL HYGIENE, LICENSING AND CLEANSING MATTERS MAY BE MADE BY DIALLING THIS NUMBER DURING OFFICE HOURS, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT SAID.

-----o------

NEW TRAFFIC PLAN FOR SHATIN RACES * * *

NEW ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE INTRODUCED FOR TRAFFIC PROCEEDING FROM KOWLOON TO SHA TIN RACE COURSE DURING RACE MEETINGS AS FROM SATURDAY (NOVEMBER 10), FOLLOWING THE RECENT OPENING OF SHA TIN ROAD.

UNDER THE ARRANGEMENTS, NORTHBOUND VEHICLES ON LION ROCK TUNNEL ROAD SHOULD USE SHA TIN ROAD TO PROCEED TO TAI PO ROAD, A TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY. ONCE THEY. ENTERED TAI PO ROAD, FRANCHISED BUSES, PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES AND TA’XIS SHOULD USE THE FLYOVER SOUTH OF FO TAN RAILWAY DEPOT TO CROSS OVER TO THE RACE COURSE. OTHER VEHICLES SHOULD CONTINUE ALONG TAI PO ROAD AND THEN USE THE FLYOVER LEADING TO MEMBERS’ MAIN ENTRANCE TO THE RACE COURSE GRAND STAND.

TAXIS AND PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES FROM TAI PO ROAD (TAI WAI SECTION) NORTHBOUND, MUST TAKE A NEW ROUTE VIA THE SLIP ROAD OFF TAI PO ROAD LEADING TO FO TAN ROAD. THEY SHOULD THEN PROCEED VIA FO TAN ROAD, YUEN WO ROAD AND THE SLIP ROAD LEADING TO TAI PO ROAD. IN TAI PO ROAD, THEY WILL USE THE FLYOVER SOUTH OF FO TAN RAILWAY DEPOT TO CROSS OVER TO THE RACE COURSE.

-----o------

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 8, 1984

- 31 -

TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CHANGES K * * *

LEFT TURNS FROM SHIP STREET SOUTHBOUND IN WAN CHAI INTO QUEEN’S ROAD EAST WILL BE TEMPORARILY BANNED FROM 2 PM ON SATURDAY (NOVEMBER 10) TO 7 PM THE FOLLOWING DAY, TO FACILITATE ROAD WORK.

DURING THE PERIOD, TRAFFIC WILL BE DIVERTED VIA LEE TUNG STREET OR LANDALE STREET.

IN CENTRAL, EDINBURGH PLACE EAST BETWEEN THE EASTERN END OF URBAN COUNCIL CHAMBERS AND QUEEN’S PIER WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FROM 8 AM TO 6 PM DAILY ON NOVEMBER 10, 11, 17 AND 18 TO ALLOW THE +CAREERS ’85+ EXHIBITION TO BE HELD.

-----o------

KOWLOON CENTRAL LIBRARY PHASE ONE TO OPEN SOON X X * X

MEMBERS OF THE URBAN COUNCIL, INCLUDING THE CHAIRMAN OF THE LIBRARIES SELECT COMMITTEE MRS ELSIE ELLIOTT, WILL VISIT PHASE I OF THE KOWLOON CENTRAL LIBRARY AT 11.30 AM ON NOVEMBER 15 (THURSDAY), WHICH WILL BE OPEN TO THE PUBLIC THE FOLLOWING DAY.

FACILITIES OF THE FIRST PHASE COMPRISE AN ADULT LENDING LIBRARY, A JUNIOR LENDING LIBRARY, A QUICK REFERENCE COLLECTION, A NEWSPAPERS AND PERIODICALS SECTION, A STUDENTS’ STUDY ROOM AND AN EXTENSION ACTIVITIES ROOM.

YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND A REPORTER AND/OR PHOTOGRAPHER TO COVER THE EVENT. MRS ELLIOTT AND CHIEF LIBRARIAN MRS BARBARA LUK WILL BE AVAILABLE TO MEET MEMBERS OF THE PRESS ABOUT HALF AN HOUR BEFORE THE TOUR.

FREE TRANSPORT WILL BE PROVIDED. AN URBAN COUNCIL VAN WILL LEAVE THE QUEEN’S PIER AT 10.15 AM SHARP THAT DAY.

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 8, 1984

CAS BANDS +BEATING RETREAT*

* * * *

BANDS OF THE CIVIL AID SERVICES WILL BE +BEATING RETREAT* CH SATURDAY (NOVEMBER 10), FROM 8 PM TO 10 PM AT THE VICTORIA PARK MINI-SOCCER PITCHES NUMBERS 4, 5 AND 6.

THE CEREMONY WILL BE REVIEWED BY THE COMMISSIONER OF POLICE NR ROY HENRY.

THE +RETREAT+ IS A TRADITIONAL MILITARY CEREMONIAL THAT HAS BECOME A SPECTACLE FOR PUBLIC ENTERTAINMENT.

THE PROGRAMME WILL INCLUDE MARCHING BANDS AND PIPES AND DRUMS DISPLAYS.

ADMISSION IS FREE.

-----o------

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 9, 1984

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

GOVERNOR TO ATTEND UK DEBATE ............................. 1

EXPATRIATE L'TaFF n'UUn VaLUuD, GOVERNOR SaYS ............ 1

HK TO REMAIN EXPORT-ORIENTED — GOVERNOR................... 2

NEW POLITICAL ADVISER NAMED .............................. 4

'BIGGER FUTURE ROLE FOR HK PEOPLE* ....................... 5

■►CONTINUITY IN EDUCATION VITAL+ ......................... 6

SEMINAR ON MORAL EDUCATION FOR STUDENTS .................. 7

NEED FOR GOOD MANAGERS STRESSED .......................... 7

CAREERS *8? EXHIBITION OPENS ............................. 8

SECOND QUARTER SHIPPING STATISTICS RELEASED .............. 10

BIG WORKS SPENDING GOES ON ............................... 12

REMEMBRANCE DAY CEREMONY.................................. 15

WORKING UNDER ONE ROOF.................................... 14

SUPPORT FOR SINGLE-PARENT FAMILIES URGED ................. 15

VACCINATION FOR BOAT CHILDREN............................. 15

LAND TO BE RECLAIMED FOR PARK ............................ 16

LOOKING INTO UC PROJECTS ................................. 16

OUTWARD BOUND COURSES OFFERED .......................... 17

NEW CAUSEWAY BAY ROAD WORKS ....................  ........ 17

16 YOUTHS TO VIE FOR QUIZ PRIZE .......................... 18

MP'S TO MEET PRESS

19

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 9, 1934

1

GOVERNOR TO ATTEND UK DEBATE * * * *

THE GOVERNOR SIR EDWARD YOUDE WILL

BE LEAVING FOR LONDON TO

ATTEND THE DEBATE IN THE PARLIAMENT ON THE DRAFT SI NO-BRITISH AGREEMENT ON THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG AND TO MEET MINISTERS IN THE

FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH OFFICE.

THE GOVERNOR’S TRIP TO LONDON WILL COINCIDE WITH THE VISIT OF A UMELCO DELEGATION WHICH WILL ALSO BE IN LONDON TO ATTEND THE DEBATE.

FOLLOWING THE TRIP TO LONDON, THE GOVERNOR WILL RETURN TO HONG KONG BRIEFLY BEFORE PROCEEDING TO JAPAN TO JOIN THE HONG KONG ECONOMIC MISSION LED BY SIR S.Y. CHUNG IN HIS CAPACITY AS THE CHAIRMAN OF THE HONG KONG/JAPAN BUSINESS CO-OPERATION COMMITTEE.

PRECISE DATES OF THESE EVENTS WILL BE ANNOUNCED LATER.

-----o------

EXPATRIATE STAFF MUCH VALUED, GOVERNOR SAYS *****

THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, STRESSED TODAY (FRIDAY) THAT THE EXPATRIATE ELEMENT IN THE CIVIL SERVICE WAS MUCH VALUED.

SPEAKING TO REPORTERS AFTER OFFICIATING AT THE OPENING OF THE CLOTHING INDUSTRY TRAINING CENTRE IN KOWLOON BAY, SIR EDWARD SAID PRESS REPORTS ON THE EMPLOYMENT OF EXPATRIATES IN THE CIVIL SERVICE

HAD GONE A LITTLE FAR.

♦ YOUR BEST SOURCE IS WHAT THE CHIEF LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL YESTERDAY,+ HE SAID.

♦TWO THINGS HAVE HAPPENED. WE HAVE COMMISSION IN THE UK THAT WE WILL NOT BE THE POLICY IS UNDER REVIEW, AS THE CHIEF

SECRETARY SAID IN THE

INFORMED THE CIVIL SERVICE USING THEIR SERVICES. BUT SECRETARY SAID YESTERDAY.

+AND LET ME MAKE IT QUITE CLEAR THAT THE EXPATRIATE ELEMENT IN THE CIVIL SERVICE IS A MUCH VALUED ELEMENT IN THE CIVIL SERVICE. AND I WOULDN’T WANT THERE TO BE ANY MISUNDERSTANDING ABOUT THAT.+

SIR EDWARD TOLD REPORTERS THAT HE WOULD BE GOING TO LONDON ABOUT THE SAME TIME AS THE UMELCO DELEGATION.

+THE MAIN PURPOSE IS TO ATTEND THE DEBATE — AS SOON AS THE DATES ARE FIXED WE’LL BE THERE — AND TO TALK TO THE MP’S,+ HE SAID.

+IF THEY HAVE ANY QUESTIONS AND WANT TO KNOW ABOUT THE REACTION HERE IN HONG KONG, WE’LL BE ABLE TO ANSWER THE QUESTIONS DIRECTLY,+ HE SAID.

/ASKED WHETHER

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 9, 1984

2 -

ASKED WHETHER HE EXPECTED TO SEE THE PRIME MINISTER, SIR EDWARD SAID EXACT PLANS WERE NOT YET FIXED, BUT THAT HE CERTAINLY WOULD BE SEEING MINISTERS WHILE THERE.

IN REPLY TO A QUESTION ON WHEN THE DEBATE WOULD BE HELD, HE SAID HE HAD NOT YET GOT A DATE FOR IT. +BUT THEY OFTEN DON’T FIX THE DATE UNTIL THE WEEK BEFORE. PARLIAMENTARY TIME-TABLES ARE NOT FIXED A LONG TIME IN ADVANCE,* HE SAID.

SIR EDWARD ADDED THAT HE EXPECTED TO STAY IN LONDON FOR ABOUT A WEEK. +THEN I SHALL COME BACK — MAY BE FOR ABOUT 24 HOURS --AND THEN I AM GOING OFF TO JAPAN WITH THE ECONOMIC MISSION.*

IN REPLY TO A QUESTION ON WHEN MRS THATCHER WOULD BE COMING TO HONG KONG, SIR EDWARD SAID, + YOU WILL HAVE TO ASK HER OFFICE THAT.*

ASKED WHO WOULD BE REPRESENTING THE UK GOVERNMENT FOR THE SIGNING OF THE JOINT DECLARATION, HE SAID THOSE PLANS WOULD BE ANNOUNCED LATER.

REPLYING TO A FOLLOW-UP QUESTION ON WHETHER HE WOULD BE THERE, THE GOVERNOR SAID, + l WOULDN’T BE SURPRISED.*

ASKED WHETHER THE GOVERNMENT WOULD BE DOING MORE TO TRY TO PURSUADE THE UNITED STATES TO CHANGE ITS MIND ON THE COUNTRY OF ORIGIN RULES, HE SAID, +l CAN ASSURE YOU THAT WE ARE USING EVERY EFFORT WE HAVE TO GET A MODIFICATION, AND I HAVE BEEN PERSONALLY INVOLVED IN THOSE EFFORTS TOO.*

ON WHETHER HE WAS OPTIMISTIC IN THIS ISSUE, HIS REPLY WAS +l AM ALWAYS OPTIMISTIC.*

------o-------

HK TO REMAIN EXPORT-ORIENTED — GOVERNOR *****

HONG KONG WOULD REMAIN AN EXPORT-ORIENTED ECONOMY AND HAD TO REMAIN COMPETITIVE TO BE AS SUCCESSFUL IN THE FUTURE AS IT HAD BEEN IN THE PAST, THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE SAID TODAY.

+THIS REQUIRES THAT OUR INDUSTRIES SHOULD ADAPT TO CHANGING MARKET CONDITIONS, SHOULD KEEP ABREAST OF THE LATEST MANUFACTURING TECHNIQUES, AND SHOULD CONTINUALLY IMPROVE THE SKILLS OF ITS WORKFORCE,* HE SAID.

AND EVERY EFFORT HAD TO BE MADE TO ENSURE THAT THE COMING GENERATION WAS ADEQUATELY TRAINED AND PROPERLY EQUIPPED FOR TOMORROW’S WORLD, HE SAID.

SIR EDWARD WAS SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE SECOND CLOTHING INDUSTRY TRAINING CENTRE IN KOWLOON BAY THIS AFTERNOON.

/HE -AID ........

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 9, 1984

HE SAID THE GOVERNMENT RECOGNISED THAT THE EDUCATION SYSTEM HAD TO KEEP PACE WITH THE CHANGING NEEDS AND ASPIRATIONS OF THE COMMUNITY, AND HAD APPOINTED THE EDUCATION COMMISSION IN APRIL THIS YEAR — +TO PROVIDE THE GOVERNMENT WITH CONSOLIDATED ADVICE ON THE EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM.+

FOLLOWING IS THE TEXT OF THE GOVERNOR’S SPEECH:

♦SEVEN YEARS AGO, THE FIRST CLOTHING INDUSTRY TRAINING CENTRE WAS OPENED IN KWAI CHUNG. IT PROVIDES PRACTICAL TRAINING IN THE SKILLS REQUIRED BY WORKERS IN THE CLOTHING INDUSTRY. TODAY WE ARE HERE TO CELEBRATE THE OPENING OF A SECOND, MUCH LARGER CENTRE.

♦THE DECISION BY THE CLOTHING INDUSTRY TRAINING AUTHORITY TO PROVIDE A SECOND CENTRE TO MEET THE DEMAND FOR TRAINING IS ENCOURAGING. IT IS CLEAR EVIDENCE OF THE OPPORTUNITIES WHICH THE CLOTHING INDUSTRY OFFERS, AND WILL CONTINUE TO OFFER, TO SCHOOL-LEAVERS AND TO YOUNG WORKERS.

♦HONG KONG IS THE WORLD’S LARGEST EXPORTER OF GARMENTS;

AND THE CLOTHING INDUSTRY REMAINS A MAJOR COMPONENT OF OUR ECONOMY. HONG KONG WILL REMAIN AN EXPORT-ORIENTED ECONOMY, AND MUST REMAIN COMPETITIVE IF IT IS TO BE AS SUCCESSFUL IN THE FUTURE AS IT HAS BEEN IN THE PAST. THIS REQUIRES THAT OUR INDUSTRIES SHOULD ADAPT TO CHANGING MARKET CONDITIONS, SHOULD KEEP ABREAST OF THE LATEST MANUFACTURING TECHNIQUES, AND SHOULD CONTINUALLY IMPROVE THE SKILLS OF ITS WORKFORCE.

♦THE SKILLS OF OUR WORKFORCE DEPEND LARGELY ON THE TYPE AND EXTENT OF TRAINING AVAILABLE TO IT. WE HAVE MADE RAPID AND SUBSTANTIAL PROGRESS IN RECENT YEARS IN IMPROVING VOCATIONAL TRAINING IN HONG KONG. BETTER OPPORTUNITIES ARE NOW AVAILABLE FOR OUR YOUNG PEOPLE TO ACQUIRE SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE IN A WIDE AND GROWING RANGE OF JOBS. BUT THIS IS A CONTINUING PROCESS. IF THE HONG KONG +ECONOMIC MIRACLE+ IS TO BE SUSTAINED, TECHNICALLY QUALIFIED STAFF MUST BE FORTHCOMING; THIS CAN BE ACHIEVED ONLY BY TECHNICAL AND VOCATIONAL EDUCATION.

♦IMPROVEMENTS TO EDUCATION, BOTH IN TERMS OF QUANTITY AND QUALITY, ARE MATTERS OF PRIME IMPORTANCE. THE GOVERNMENT RECOGNISES THAT OUR EDUCATION SYSTEM MUST KEEP PACE WITH THE CHANGING NEEDS AND ASPIRATIONS OF THE COMMUNITY. AND EVERY EFFORT MUST BE MADE TO ENSURE THAT THE COMING GENERATION IS ADEQUATELY TRAINED AND PROPERLY EQUIPPED FOR TOMORROW’S WORLD.

♦FOR THESE REASONS, THE EDUCATION COMMISSION WAS APPOINTED IN APRIL THIS YEAR TO PROVIDE THE GOVERNMENT WITH CONSOLIDATED ADVICE ON THE EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM AS A WHOLE. IT HAS COMPLETED ITS INITIAL TASK AND SUBMITTED A FIRST REPORT TO THE GOVERNMENT. THE COMMISSION HAS MADE A NUMBER OF WIDE-RANGING RECOMMENDATIONS ON THE JUNIOR SECONDARY EDUCATION ASSESSMENT, LANGUAGE IN EDUCATION, IMPROVEMENTS IN TEACHER TRAINING, AND EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH AS WELL AS VOCATIONAL TRAINING. THESE RECOMMENDATIONS WILL SHORTLY BE CONSIDERED BY THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL.

/♦LET ME........

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 9, 1984

4

+LET ME CONCLUDE BY CONGRATULATING MR TIEN, MEMBERS OF THE CLOTHING INDUSTRY TRAINING AUTHORITY AND ALL CONCERNED FOR THE HARD WORK THEY HAVE PUT INTO THE PLANNING AND PREPARATION OF THIS CENTRE.

+l NOW HAVE GREAT PLEASURE IN DECLARING OPEN THIS IMPRESSIVE BUILDING.+

------o--------

NEW POLITICAL ADVISER NAMED * * *

THE GOVERNMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THE APPOINTMENT OF MR JOHN BOYD AS POLITICAL ADVISER IN THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT IN SUCCESSION TO W ROBIN MCLAREN. MR MCLAREN WILL BE LEAVING HONG KONG IN JANUARY 1985 TO TAKE UP A FURTHER SENIOR APPOINTMENT IN THE DIPLOMATIC SERVICE.

FOLLOWING IS A BRIEF BIOGRAPHICAL NOTE:

MR JOHN DIXON IKLE BOYD

MR BOYD WAS BORN IN JANUARY 1936. HE WAS EDUCATED AT WESTMINISTER SCHOOL, CLARE COLLEGE (CAMBRIDGE) AND YALE UNIVERSITY (USA). BETWEEN 1962 AND 1965 HE WAS A CHINESE LANGUAGE STUDENT AT THE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG.

A BRIEF RESUME OF MR BOYD’S CAREER IN THE DIPLOMATIC SERVICE FOLLOWS:-

1965 - THIRD SECRETARY (PEKING)

1966 - SECOND SECRETARY (PEKING)

1967 - FCO (NORTHERN DEPARTMENT AND FAR EASTERN DEPARTMENT)

1969 - FIRST SECRETARY (WASHINGTON)

1973 - FIRST SECRETARY, CHANCERY (PEKING)

1976 - FCO (ASSISTANT HEAD OF FAR EASTERN DEPARTMENT)

1977 - COUNSELLOR, ECONOMIC (BONN)

1981 - COUNSELLOR, ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL AFFAIRS (UK MISSION TO THE UNITED NATIONS, NEW YORK)

1984(AUGUST - NOVEMBER) - ON TEMPORARY DUTY AS ASSISTANT UNDER-SECRETARY OF STATE (ASIA) IN THE FCO.

------o-------

/5......

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 9, 1984

5

’BIGGER FUTURE ROLE FOR HK PEOPLE’

*****

IN YEARS TO COME THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR GOVERNMENT WOULD REST MORE AND MORE ON PEOPLE CHOSEN BY HONG KONG PEOPLE, THE SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS, MR DENIS BRAY, SAID TODAY.

SPEAKING AT THE ANNUAL SPEECH DAY OF THE KING GEORGE V SCHOOL, HE SAID THAT NEXT YEAR HONG KONG COULD EXPECT A SUBSTANTIAL NUMBER OF LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL MEMBERS TO BE CHOSEN BY HONG KONG PEOPLE - NOT BY THE GOVERNOR.

+THEY WILL BE IN POWER FOR THREE YEARS. THEY WILL HAVE A GREAT INFLUENCE ON AFFAIRS IN HONG KONG.

+THE MOVES TOWARDS A MORE REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT, FORESHADOWED IN THE GREEN PAPER, AND DUE FOR THEIR FIRST STAGE CF IMPLEMENTATION NEXT YEAR, WILL GRADUALLY MOVE THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR OUR OWN WELL-BEING MORE AND MORE FIRMLY ONTO OUR OWN SHOULDERS,+ HE SAID.

HONG KONG PEOPLE WOULD LOOK BACK ON 1984 AS A HISTORIC YEAR, AS IT MARKED AN IMPORTANT TURNING POINT FOR HONG KONG.

+ITS RATHER UNCERTAIN FUTURE AS A BRITISH COLONY DUE TO TERMINATE WITH THE END OF THE NEW TERRITORIES LEASE HAS BEEN REPLACED BY ONE ENSHRINED IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN BRITAIN AND CHINA DUE TO LAST INTO THE MIDDLE YEARS OF THE TWENTIETH CENTURY,+ HE SAID.

WHILE NOTING THAT THIS DOCUMENT WHICH SETS DOWN THE INTENTIONS CF THE TWO GREAT NATIONS IS NOT COMPLETE, MR BRAY NEVERTHELESS URGED THE COMMUNITY TO GET THEIR SENSE OF PROPORTION RIGHT.

HE POINTED OUT THAT THE AGREEMENT ON THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG WAS NO MORE THAN A FOUNDATION, AND REITERATED THAT THE FUTURE LAY IN THE HANDS OF THE PEOPLE.

+THE GOVERNMENT OF BRITAIN AND CHINA HAVE DONE THEIR PART IN EXPRESSING IN AS CLEAR A WAY AS POSSIBLE THEIR HOPES AND EXPECTATIONS FOR A PROSPEROUS AND STABLE FUTURE FOR HONG KONG.

+MAKE NO MISTAKE ABOUT IT: HONG KONG WILL BE WHAT HONG KONG PEOPLE MAKE IT, NOT WHAT OTHER PEOPLE MAKE IT,+ HE STRESSED.

TODAY’S CEREMONY ALSO MARKED THE OPENING OF A NEW BLOCK OF THE SCHOOL IN HO MAN TIN.

-----o------

/6........

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 9, 1934

- 6 -

♦CONTINUITY IN EDUCATION VITAL+ *****

A HIGH DEGREE OF CONTINUITY IN HONG KONG’S EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM, CONTAINED IN A PROVISION OF THE SI NO-BRITISH DRAFT AGREEMENT, IS OF CRITICAL IMPORTANCE TO HONG KONG’S FUTURE, KOWLOON CITY DISTRICT OFFICER, MR GORDON JONES SAID TODAY (FRIDAY).

♦FOR HONG KONG’S ONLY NATURAL RESOURCES IS ITS PEOPLE AND IF THEY CANNOT CONTINUE TO RECEIVE A PROPER EDUCATION IT WILL BE IMPOSSIBLE FOR HONG KONG TO CONTINUE AS THE PROSPEROUS DYNAMIC CITY STATE WHICH IT IS TODAY AND WHICH, I AM SURE, IT WILL CONTINUE TO BE IN THE FUTURE,+ HE SAID.

MR JONES WAS SPEAKING AT THE 6TH GRADUATION AND PRIZE-GIVING CEREMONY OF THE YU CHUN KEUNG MEMORIAL COLLEGE THIS EVENING.

CITING THE PROVISIONS FOR EDUCATION CONTAINED IN THE DRAFT AGREEMENT, MR JONES SAID: +STUDENTS SHALL ENJOY FREEDOM OF CHOICE OF EDUCATION AND FREEDOM TO PURSUE THEIR EDUCATION OUTSIDE OF THE HONG KONG SPECIAL ADMINISTRATIVE REGION.*

MR JONES URGED STUDENTS TO READ THE DOCUMENT, TO THINK ABOUT ITS CONTENTS, TO DISCUSS IT WITH FRIENDS AND TEACHERS, AND TO HOLD DEBATES.

+THIS IS WITHOUT QUESTION THE MOST IMPORTANT DOCUMENT IN THE HISTORY OF HONG KONG AS IT LAYS DOWN A BLUE-PRINT FOR OUR FUTURE --YOURS AND MINE,* HE TOLD THE GATHERING.

+WHAT IS CONTAINED IN THE DRAFT AGREEMENT AND WHAT WILL BE SUBSEQUENTLY CONTAINED IN THE BASIC LAW WILL HAVE A VERY INTIMATE BEARING ON THE WAY YOU WILL LEAD YOUR FUTURE ADULT LIVES AND SHOULD THEREFORE BE OF VERY CONSIDERABLE CONCERN TO YOU HERE AND NOW,* HE SAID.

+IT IS A VERY REMARKABLE DOCUMENT AS IT PROVIDES FOR THE ESSENTIAL CONTINUITY OF HONG KONG’S EXISTING SYSTEMS, LIFE-STYLES AND FREEDOMS AFTER 1997 WHEN CHINA WILL RESUME SOVEREIGNTY OVER HONG KONG,* HE SAID.

+THIS IS WHERE THE ROLE OF HONG KONG SCHOOLS IS SO IMPORTANT AS THROUGH STUDIES AND ACTIVITIES, BOTH IN AND OUTSIDE THE CLASSROOM, STUDENTS ARE BEING EDUCATED TO BECOME MATURE, THINKING AND CARING PEOPLE WITH A COMMITMENT TO HONG KONG AND ITS WAY OF LIFE,* W JONES SAID.

-----0------

FR IDAY, NOVEMBER 9, 1984

SEMINAR ON MORAL EDUCATION FOR STUDENTS * * * *

ABOUT 303 STUDENTS AND TEACHERS FROM SECONDARY SCHOOLS IN WONG TAI SIN WILL ATTEND A SEMINAR TOMORROW (SATURDAY), AIMED AT PROMOTING MORAL EDUCATION IN SCHOOLS.

THE SEMINAR IS PART OF THE MORAL EDUCATION CAMPAIGN LAUNCHED BY THE SCHOOL LIAISON COMMITTEE IN WONG TAI SIN AND IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE INDEPENDENT COMMISSION AGAINST CORRUPTION, THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT AND IS SPONSORED BY THE WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT

BOARD

THE THEME FOR TOMORROW’S SEMINAR, ENTITLED +HOW TO STRIKE A BALANCE IN A HIGHLY MATERIALISTIC SOCIETY*, AIMS AT REINFORCING STUDENTS’ KNOWLEDGE OF MORAL PRINCIPLES AND TO ADVISE THEM ON HOW TO MAINTAIN A RIGHT BALANCE BETWEEN MATERIAL DESIRES AND PERSONAL INTEGRITY.

THE ASSISTANT DEAN OF BASIC STUDIES DIVISION OF HONG KONG BAPTIST COLLEGE, DR EDDIE HO AND THE PRINCIPAL OF CHRISTIAN ALLIANCE CHEUNG WING-GEE COLLEGE, MR LI PAK-HUNG WILL EE AMONG THE GUEST SPEAKERS AT THE SEMINAR.

NEED FOR GOOD MANAGERS STRESSED

* * * *

THE DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, DESIGNATE, MR MICHAEL LEUNG TODAY PRAISED LINGNAN COLLEGE FOR TRAINING TALENTED BUSINESS MANAGERS WHO PLAY A VITAL ROLE IN HONG KONG’S ECONOMIC SUCCESS.

SPEAKING AT THE COLLEGE GRADUATION CEREMONY MR LEUNG SAID THAT 77 PER CENT OF ITS GRADUATES IN 1983-84 HAD MAJORED IN BUSINESS STUDIES.

AS A MAJOR MANUFACTURING AND COMMERCIAL CENTRE AS WELL AS AN INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL CENTRE, HONG KONG HAD ALWAYS REQUIRED PEOPLE SKILLED IN MANAGEMENT.

+IN COMPETING WITH OTHERS FOR AN EQUITABLE SHARE OF THE REWARDS OF INDUSTRY AND ENDEAVOUR, THE TALENTS OF HONG KONG’S MANAGERS ARE STRONGLY TESTED.

+IT IS ENCOURAGING THAT INSTITUTIONS SUCH AS LINGNAN ARE OFFERING MANAGEMENT AND ALLIED PROGRAMMES OF STUDY AND THAT YOUNG PEOPLE ARE COMING FORWARD TO PARTICIPATE IN THEM,* MR LEUNG SAID.

WITHIN AN EDUCATION SYSTEM AS LARGE AS OURS, EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS MUST AND SHOULD HAVE DIFFERING CONCEPTS OF WHAT THEIR ROLE SHOULD BE.

/DIFFERHiT INSTITUTIONS

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 9, 1984

8

DIFFERENT INSTITUTIONS SHOULD EXCEL IN DIFFERENT THINGS AND -ACH ESTABLISH CLEARLY ITS OWN AIMS AND OBJECTIVES AND SET VI 3OUROUSLY ABOUT THE BUSINESS OF ATTAINING THEM, MR LEUNG SAID.

+WE LIVE IN A TIME OF VERY RAPID CHANGES IN MOST FIELDS. INDEED CHANGE IS AN INCREASINGLY INESCAPABLE AND A PERVASIVE FACT OF LIFE MAKING ADAPTABILITY ESSENTIAL FOR SURVIVAL, FOR BOTH INSTITUTIONS AND INDIVIDUALS ALIKE.

+i AM OPTIMISTIC OF LINGNAN’S STRENGTH AND POTENTIAL IN THIS REGARD,+ HE ADDED.

MR LEUNG NOTED THAT THE COLLEGE HAD RECENTLY SUCCEEDED IN OBTAINING FOR ITS BUSINESS AND ACCOUNTANCY STUDENTS COMPLETE OR PARTIAL EXEMPTIONS FROM A NUMBER OF PROFESSIONAL BODIES INCLUDING THE HONG KONG MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATION, THE HONG KONG INSTITUTE OF PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT, THE HONG KONG SOCIETY OF ACCOUNTANTS, THE INSTITUTE OF CHARTERED SECRETARIES AND ADMINISTRATORS AND THE INSTITUTE OF MARKETING IN THE UNITED KINGDOM.

THE COLLEGE HAD ALSO RECENTLY DECIDED TO ADMIT LIMITED NUMBERS OF ASSOCIATE, PART-TIME AND AUDITING STUDENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS POLICY OF TAKING IN THE COLLEGE MATURE STUDENTS wITH WORKING EXPERIENCE.

THIS VENTURE WOULD BENEFIT ALL CONCERNED AND HELP ENSURE THE CONTINUED RELEVANCE OF LINGNAN’S POST +A+ LEVEL COURSES TO THE WORLD OF WORK, MR LEUNG SAID.

-----0------

CAREERS ’85 EXHIBITION OPENS * * * *

IT IS IN THE INTEREST OF SOCIETY THAT YOUNG PEOPLE SHOULD EE HELPED TO UNDERSTAND ALL THE JOB OPPORTUNITIES IT HAS TO OFFER AND BE PUT ON THE RIGHT TRACK, THE DIRECTOR OF THE CITY POLYTECHNIC, DR DAVID JOHNS SAID TODAY (FRIDAY).

SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE CAREERS ’85 EXHIBITION AT THE CITY HALL, DR JOHNS SAID THE RIGHT JOB WOULD NOT ONLY BRING TO THE INDIVIDUAL THE KIND OF REWARD AND WAY OF LIFE THAT BEST FITTED HIS INTEREST, ABILITY AND NEEDS, BUT WOULD ALSO ENABLE SOCIETY TO MAKE OPTIMUM USE OF ITS HUMAN RESOURCES FOR THE WELL-BEING OF ALL.

HE SAID HONG KONG’S HIGHLY DIVERSIFIED ECONOMY HAD MADE AVAILABLE TO YOUNG PEOPLE A WIDE SPECTRUM OF JOB OPPORTUNITIES AND BOTH THE PUBLIC AND PRIVATE SECTORS HAD PROVIDED PLENTY OF AVENUES IN FURTHER EDUCATION AND TRAINING TO PREPARE THEM FOR THESE JOBS.

CAREERS ’85 MARKED AN OCCASION WHERE ALL SECTORS POOLED THEIR RESOURCES TO PROVIDE YOUNG PEOPLE WITH THE MOST UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION ON THE JOE MARKET, HE SAID.

/♦GOVERNMENT, INDUSTRY,

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 9, 198A

♦GOVERNMENT, INDUSTRY, COMMERCE, SERVICES AND PROFESSIONAL BODIES HAVE AGAIN WORKED TOGETHER TO PRESENT CAREERS INFORMATION COVERING MANY MAJOR FIELDS OF EMPLOYMENT IN HONG KONG,+ HE SAID.

AN EXHIBITION OF THIS SCALE REPRESENTED A LOT OF WORK AND DEMONSTRATED HONG KONG’S FAITH IN THE FUTURE OF ITS YOUNG PEOPLE, DP JOHNS SAID.

EARLIER, IN HIS INTRODUCTORY REMARKS, THE COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, MR RON BRIDGE SAID IT WAS ENCOURAGING TO SEE THAT A QUARTER OF THIS YEAR’S 21 EXHIBITORS WERE TAKING PART FOR THt FIRST TIME.

HE SAID THE CAREERS EXHIBITION, WOULD NOT HAVE BEEN POSSIBLE WITHOUT ORGAN I SAT IONS.

HELD EVERY YEAR SINCE 1972, THE SUPPORT OF THE MANY OTHER

IN HIS VOTE OF THANKS, MR HILTON CHEONG-LEEN, CHAIRMAN OF THE URBAN COUNCIL WHICH CO-SPONSORED THE ANNUAL CAREERS EXHIBITION FOR THE FIFTH CONSECUTIVE YEAR, SAID THE EVENT HAD ALWAYS BEcN A GREAT SUCCESS, ATTRACTING MORE THAN 100 000 VISITORS IN RECENT

YEARS.

♦WHILE WE TREASURE THE GOOD FOUNDATION WE HAVE LAIID, WE HAVE ALSO COMMITTED OURSELVES TO MAKING IMPROVEMENTS AND INNOVATIONS WHEREVER POSSIBLE, TO BRINGING THE EXHIBITION IN LINE WITH CHANGES IN THE WORKPLACE BROUGHT ABOUT BY TECHNOLOGICAL AND ECONOMIC

PROGRESS,* HE SAID.

MR CHEONG-LEEN SAID THIS YEAR’S EXHIBITS REPRESENTED A BALANCED SELECTION OF THE WIDE RANGE OF EMPLOYMENT IN HONG KONG.

THE CAREERS ’85 EXHIBITION, ORGANISED BY THE YOUTH EMPLOYMENT ADVISORY SERVICE OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT, WILL BE OPEN TO MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC DAILY FROM 9.30 AM TO 6.30 PM AT THE CITY HALL EXHIBITION HALL UNTIL NOVEMBER 19.

IN ASSOCIATION WITH THIS EXHIBITION, AN ACTIVITIES PROGRAMME CF LIVE CAREERS SHOWS WILL BE STAGED AT EDINBURGH PLACE ON NOVEMBER 10, 11, 17 AND 18 BY THE DISCIPLINED FORCES.

ON SUNDAY, SOME OF THE WORLD’S MOST ADVANCED EQUIPMENT AND APPLIANCES USED BY THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT WILL BE PUT ON SHOW AT EDINBURGH PLACE IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXHIBITION.

ON DISPLAY WILL BE THE WEST GERMAN-MADE 50-METRE TURNTABLE LADDER, WHICH IS ONE OF THE MOST MODERN FIRE APPLIANCES IN THE 'WORLD.

AT THE SAME TIME THE SPECIALLY-DESIGNED FIRE BOAT 6 wILL BE MOORED AT QUEEN’S PIER, AND CONDUCTED TOURS OF THE BOAT * ILL BE OFFERED TO THE PUBLIC BETWEEN 10 AM AND 5 PM.

/OK DISPLAY .......

FRIDAY, M0VH1BEH 9, 1984

10

ON DISPLAY ALSO WILL BE AN AMBULANCE, AN AMBULANCE MOTORCYCLE, A PUMP ESCAPE SNORKEL, A MOBILE COMMAND UNIT AND RESCUE EQUIPMENT.

THERE WILL ALSO BE A PHOTOGRAPHIC DISPLAY OF FIRE OFFICERS AND MEN AT WORK AND AT LEISURE, SOME OF THE WORST FIRES THAT OCCURRED IN RECENT YEARS, AS WELL AS FIRE FIGHTING OPERATIONS ON LAND, AIR AND SEA.

A TEMPORARY RECRUITMENT CENTRE WILL BE SET UP FOR PEOPLE INTERESTED IN JOINING THE FIRE SERVICES.

-------0----------

SECOND QUARTER SHIPPING STATISTICS RELEASED * * * * *

IN THE SECOND QUARTER OF 1984, 2 923 SHIPS WITH A TOTAL CAPACITY T 16.8 MILLION NRT (NET REGISTERED TONS) ARRIVED IN HONG KONG, ACCORDING TO THE +HONG KONG SHIPPING STATISTICS* REPORT PUBLISHED TODAY BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.

THIS REPRESENTS AN INCREASE OF 109 IN NUMBERS AND A DROP OF TWO PER CENT IN CAPACITY OVER THE SECOND QUARTER OF 1983.

THE TOTAL TONNAGE OF CARGO DISCHARGED IN HONG KONG FROM INCOM I No SHIPS INCREASED BY 10 PER CENT OVER THE SAME PERIOD, AND THE NUMBER OF CONTAINERS (MEASURED IN TEUS) DISCHARGED IN HONG KONG ROSE BY SIX PER CENT.

WHEN ANALYSED BY SHIP TYPE, NOTABLE INCREASES WERE RECORDED IN THE NUMBER OF CONTAINER VESSELS (+56) AND ROLL-ON/ROLL-OF VESSELS (+48). WHILE THE NUMBER OF CONVENTIONAL VESSELS DROPPED (-103). CONSIDERABLE INCREASES IN NUMBER WERE ALSO NOTED FOR SHIPS REGISTtRcD IN CHINA (+91) AND IN TAIWAN (+37), BUT DECLINES WERE REGISTERED FOR LIBERIAN SHIPS (-25) AND SINGAPOREAN SHIPS (-39). THE NUMBER OF SHIPS OF CAPACITY UNDER 13 000 DWT (DEADWEIGHT TONS) INCREASED

CONSIDERABLY (+157).

IN THE SECOND QUARTER, THERE WERE 2 909 DEPARTING SHIPS, WITH A TOTAL CAPACITY OF 16.8 MILLION NRT, REPRESENTING AN INCREASE OF 88 IN NUMBER AND A DROP OF TWO PER CENT IN CAPACITY OVER THE SAME QUARTER IN 1983.

ON THE SAME BASIS OF COMPARISON, THE TOTAL TONNAGE OF CARGO LOADED ONTO OUTGOING SHIPS ROSE BY 16 PER CENT AND THE NUMBER OF CONTAINERS (MEASURED IN TEUS) LOADED IN HONG KONG ALSO ROSE, BY r PER CENT. ABOUT 56 PER CENT OF THE DEPARTING VESSELS HAD STAYED IN HONG KONG FOR LESS THAN 36 HOURS.

BASED ON INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE OCEAN CARGO MANIFESTS, or PER CENT IN TERMS OF GROSS WEIGHT OF THE INWARD SEABORNE CARGO ,,AS IMPORTS AND '3 ^ER CENT WAS FOR TRANSHIPMENT. OF THE OUTWARD SEABORNE CARGO, 63 PER CENT REPRESENTS EXPORTS (INCLUDING Pt-EXPOPTS) AND ^7 PER CENT WAS FOR TRANSHIPMENT.

/THE MAJOR ......

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 9, 1984

11

THE MAJOR COUNTRIES OF LOADING FOR SEABORNE IMPORTS WERE JAPAN (21 PER CENT IN TERMS OF GROSS WEIGHT), CHINA (14 PER CENT) AND SINGAPORE (13 PER CENT), AND THE MAJOR COUNTRIES OF DISCHARGE FOR SEABORNE EXPORTS WERE THE U.S.A. (24 PER CENT), TAIWAN (14 PER CENT) AND CHINA (SEVEN PER CENT). TRANSHIPMENT CARGO WAS MAINLY LOADED FROM CHINA (36 PER CENT) AND THE U.S.A. (23 PER CENT), AND TRANSHIPPED TO THE U.S.A. (19 PER CENT), TAIWAN (SEVEN PER CENT) AND THE PHILIPPINES (SEVEN PER CENT).

A COMPARISON OF THE SECOND QUARTER OF 1984 WITH THE SECOND QUARTER OF 1983, SHOWS SIGNIFICANT INCREASES REGISTERED IN IMPORTS FROM THE PHILIPPINES (+98 PER CENT IN TERMS OF GROSS WEIGHT), AUSTRALIA (+77 PER CENT) AND TAIWAN (+33 PER CENT). HOWEVER, THE TONNAGE OF SEABORNE IMPORTS FROM THE U.S.A. DECLINED (-25 PER CENT). AMONG THE PRINCIPAL COMMODITIES, CONSIDERABLE INCREASES IN TONNAGE WERE RECORDED IN THE IMPORTS OF CHEMICAL MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS (+201 PER CENT); PAPER, PAPERBOARD AND ARTICLES OF PAPER PULP, OF PAPER OR OF PAPERBOARD (+42 PER CENT); AND ARTIFICIAL RESINS AND PLASTIC MATERIALS, AND CELLULOSE ESTERS AND ETHERS (+30 PER CENT).

OVER THE SAME PERIOD, SEABORNE EXPORTS TO CHINA ROSE RAPIDLY, BY EIGHT TIMES IN TERMS OF TONNAGE, WHILE SEABORNE EXPORTS TO THAILAND AND AUSTRALIA ROSE BY 128 PER CENT AND 40 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY. AMONG THE PRINCIPAL COMMODITIES, SEABORNE EXPORTS CF PETROLEUM AND PETROLEUM PRODUCTS (ALL BEING RE-EXPORTS) ROSE BY 58 PER CENT IN TERMS OF TONNAGE, WHILE THOSE OF TOYS ROSE BY 51 PER CENT, AND THOSE OF MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURED ARTICLES BY 36 PER CENT.

SHIPPING STATISTICS ARE COMPILED PRIMARILY FROM GENERAL DECLARATIONS SUBMITTED TO THE MARINE DEPARTMENT BY SHIP MASTERS OR AUTHORISED SHIPPING AGENTS, AND COVER ALL OCEAN-GOING VESSELS ENTERING AND LEAVING HONG KONG, EXCLUDING YACHTS AND PLEASURE CRAFT. PORT AND CARGO STATISTICS ARE COMPILED FROM OCEAN CARGO MANIFESTS SUPPLIED BY SHIPPING COMPANIES OR AGENTS TO THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT. BECAUSE OF RESOURCE CONSTRAINTS, A SAMPLE OF ALL CONSIGNMENTS LISTS IN THE MANIFEST IS USED FOR COMPILING THE STATISTICS. THE SAMPLING METHOD IS DESCRIBtD IN THE EXPLANATORY NOTES OF THE REPORT.

MORE DETAILS ARE CONTAINED IN THE +HONG KONG SHIPPING STATISTICS* REPORT FOR APRIL TO JUNE 1984, ON SALE AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, GENERAL POST OFFICE BUILDING, CONNAUGHT PLACE, AT $12 PER COPY.

ENQUIRIES ON STATISTICS PROVIDED IN THIS REPORT MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE SHIPPING STATISTICS SECTION OF THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT, AT TELEPHONE NUMBERS 5-452701 AND 5-455422.

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 9, 1984

12

BIG WORKS SPENDING GOES ON

*****

THE SECRETARY FOR LANDS AND WORKS, MR NICKY CHAN, THIS (FRIDAY) EVENING REITERATED GOVERNMENT’S COMMITMENT TO THE DEVELOPMENT OF HONG KONG WITH A HIGH LEVEL OF FUNDING OF THE PUBLIC WORKS PROGRAMME.

MR CHAN WHO WAS SPEAKING AT THE JOINT ANNIVERSARY DINNER OF THE ROYAL INSTITUTE OF BRITISH ARCHITECTS, THE CHARTERED INSTITUTE OF BUILDING AND THE INSTITUTION OF STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS, SAID MANY MAJOR PROJECTS COULD BE EXPECTED TO START. THESE PROJECTS INCLUDED THE CULTURAL FACILITIES AT TSIM SHA TSUI, SHA TIN AND TUEN MUN- COURT AND GOVERNMENT OFFICES AT WAN CHAI, QUEENSWAY AND CENTRAL (HARBOUR BUILDING).

+NEW HEADQUARTERS BUILDINGS FOR BOTH THE POLICE AND FIRE SERVICES ARE ALSO IN THE PIPELINE, AS ARE MAJOR HOSPITALS FOR TUEN MUN AND SHAU KEI WAN,+ HE SAID.

IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL LAST WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 7, MR CHAN HAD SAID THAT $3.8 BILLION WORTH OF NEW PROJECTS WOULD BE INJECTED IN 1985-86 INTO THE PROGRAMME, AN INCREASE CF $200 MILLION OVER THIS FINANCIAL YEAR AND $500 MILLION OVER 1983-84.

MR CHAN SAID THAT ONE OF THE MOST LASTING MEMORIES THAT THE MILLIONS OF VISITORS TO HONG KONG TOOK BACK WITH THEM EACH YEAR WAS THE VIEW FROM THE PEAK TOWARDS KOWLOON.

+ NOTWITHSTANDI NG THE MAGNIFICENCE OF 0(?R NATURAL HARBOUR, IT IS PERHAPS THE JUXTAPOSITION OF THE MANY DIFFERENT TYPES OF BUILDINGS IN A CROWDED URBAN SETTING THAT MUST BE UPPERMOST IN THEIR MEMORIES, AS THESE CONTRIBUTE GREATLY TO WHAT HAS BEEN RIGHTLY DESCRIBED AS THE MOST SPECTACULAR PANORAMA IN THE WORLD, + HE SAID.

+IT IS BUILDINGS THAT FORM THE HEART OF THIS BUSTLING CITY AND THEY HAVE A PROFOUND INFLUENCE NOT ONLY ON THE PLACE BUT ALSO ON ITS PEOPLE AND THEIR LIFE STYLE.+

WHILE ADMITTING THAT HONG KONG’S HILLY TERRAIN, CONGESTED SITES, DIFFICULT GEOTECHNICAL CONDITIONS ALL CONTRIBUTED GREATLY TO THE PROBLEMS, HE SAID IT WAS THESE ASPECTS THAT MADE HONG KONG SUCH AN EXCITING AND CHALLENGING PLACE FOR THE ENGINEERS TO WORK.

+THE MANY VARYING TYPES AND COMPLEXITY OF BUILDING ARE THE TESTIMONY TO YOUR INGENUITY AND RESOURCEFULNESS IN OVERCOMING THESE PROBLEMS,+ HE SAID.

+MOREOVER, THEY ARE GENERALLY ACCOMPLISHED IN SUCH A SHORT TIME SCALE THAT OUR SPEED OF BUILDING CONSTRUCTION IS NOW THE ENVY OF THE WORLD. ♦

------o-------

/13......

S r

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 9, 1984

- 13 -

REMEMBRANCE DAY CEREMONY

*****

THE REMEMBRANCE SUNDAY SERVICE wILL TAKE PLACE AT THE CENOTAPH THIS SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 11.

THIS CEREMONY, LIKE THE ONE HELD LAST YEAR WILL COMBINE THREE SEPARATE OBSERVANCES.

THERE WILL BE NO CEREMONY AT THE CHINESE MEMORIAL IN THE ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL GARDENS AND NO OFFICIAL REMEMBRANCE DAY SERVICE AT ST. JOHN’S CATHEDRAL.

WREATHS WILL BE LAID BY THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE; THE CHIEF JUSTICE, SIR DENYS ROBERTS; THE COMMANDER BRITISH FORCES, MAJOR GENERAL DEREK BOORMAN; REPRESENTATIVES OF THE EXECUTIVE AND LEGISLATIVE COUNCILS ; COMMONWEALTH COMMISSIONERS; THE COMMISSIONER OF POLICE, MR ROY HENRY; THE CHAIRMAN OF THE URBAN COUNCIL, MR HILTON CHEONG-LEEN ; SERVICE COMMANDERS, AND REPRESENTATIVES OF THE ROYAL BRITISH LEGION, SERVICE UNITS, TRADITIONAL COMMUNITY ORGANISATIONS AND EX-SERVICEMEN’S ASSOCIATION.

THE CEREMONY WILL BEGIN AT 11 AM AND WILL END ABOUT 11.33 AM, WHEN ALL WHO WISH TO LAY WREATHS AT THE CENOTAPH MAY DO SO.

SPECIAL TRAFFIC PLANS WILL BE INTRODUCED IN CENTRAL FOR THE CEREMONY.

THE ARRANGEMENTS ARE:

* JACKSON ROAD BETWEEN DES VOEUX ROAD CENTRAL AND CHATER ROAD WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC BETWEEN 9 AM AND NOON. THt ShME ROAD BETWEEN CONNAUGHT ROAD CENTRAL AND CHATER ROAD WILL CLOSED FROM 10 AM TO NOON.

* HARCOURT ROAD FLYOVER AND THE SECTION OF CONNAUGHT ROAD CENTRAL WESTBOUND BETWEEN MURRAY ROAD AND ICE HOUSE STREET WILL BE CLOSED FROM 10.30 AM TO NOON. DURING THE PERIOD, WESTBOUND TRAFFIC ON HARCOURT ROAD WILL BE DIVERT^ VI-COTTON TREE DRIVE.

* MURRAY ROAD NORTHBOUND BETWEEN CONNAUGHT ROAD CENTRAL AND CHATER ROAD WILL BE CLOSED FROM 10.30 AM TO NOON.

* CLUB STREET WILL BE RE-ROUTED ONE-WAY SOUTHBOUND FROM ID -TO NOON.

/’ KROM 10.3C aH .........

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 9, 1984

14 -

*

FROM 10.30 AM TO NOON, VEHICLES FROM THE ADMIRALTY MTR STATION CONCOURSE WILL BE ALLOWED TO USE THE BUS-ONLY LANE TAXI STANDS TO PROCEED TO QUEENSWAY EASTBOUND.

WEST OF THE

X ALL PARKING SPACES IN JACKSON ROAD BETWEEN CONNAUGHT ROaD CENTRAL AND CHATER ROAD WILL BE SUSPENDED FROM MIDNIGHT ON SATURDAY (NOVEMBER 10) UNTIL NOON THE FOLLOWING DAY.

* BUSES ON CMB ROUTES 1, 23B, 24, 70, 80, 81M, 780, CROSSHARBOUR ROUTE 103, AND MAXICABS ON ROUTES 6, 22 AND 32 wILL BE DIVERTED TO AVOID THE CLOSED OR RE-ROUTED ROADS BETWEEN 9 AM AND NOON.

-----o------

WORKING UNDER ONE ROOF * * *

STAFF OF THE SAI KUNG DISTRICT BOARD, AS WELL AS THE DISTRICT OFFICE, AND THE BRANCH OFFICE WILL BE WORKING UNDER ONE ROOF FROM TUESDAY (NOVEMBER 13), WHEN THEY MOVE INTO THE NEW SAI KUNG GOVERNMENT OFFICES BUILDING, OFF MAN NIN STREET, IN THE TOWN CENTRE OF SAI KUNG.

THE THREE OFFICES ARE AT PRESENT LOCATED SEPARATELY --IN NGAU TAU KOK, SAN PO KONG AND SAI KUNG.

+THE NEW PREMISES WILL MAKE IT MORE CONVENIENT FOR SAI KUNG RESIDENTS TO SEE DISTRICT OFFICE STAFF AND TO MEET MEMBERS OF THE DISTRICT BOARD,+ A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DISTRICT OFFICE SAID TODAY.

IT WILL ENABLE THE CHAIRMAN AND MEMBERS OF THE DISTRICT BOARD TO HAVE MORE DIRECT AND FREQUENT CONTACTS AMONG THEMSELVES AND WITH THE PUBLIC, HE SAID.

THE PUBLIC ENQUIRY SERVICE CENTRE WILL BE LOCATED ON THE GROUND FLOOR OF THE BUILDING.

THE MAIN EXCHANGE TELEPHONE NUMBER OF THE NEW SAI KUNG DISTRICT OFFICE IS 3-2814455.

-------o ---------

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 9, 1934

15

SUPPORT FOR SINGLE-PARENT FAMILIES URGED * * * *

THE NEED FOR COMMUNITY SUPPORT FOR SINGLE-PARENT FAMILIES WAS STRESSED TODAY BY THE ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE (OPERATIONS), MRS EVELYN DOE.

MRS DOE MADE THE APPEAL AT THE OPENING OF AN EXHIBITION ON +S INGLE-PARENT FAMILIES IN HONG KONG* AT THE OCEAN TERMINAL.

SINGLE-PARENT FAMILIES, SHE SAID, OFTEN FACED FINANCIAL AND EMOTIONAL PROBLEMS WHICH DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY AFFECTED THEIR FAMILY LIVES.

+SINCE 1978, THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT HAS JOINED HANDS WITH VOLUNTARY WELFARE AGENCIES TO PROMOTE FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION AIMED AT STRENGTHENING THE LINKS AMONG FAMILY MEMBERS,+ MRS DOE SAID.

+SERVICES SUCH AS COUNSELLING, PUBLIC ASSISTANCE AND HOUSING ACCOMMODATION ARE OFFERED TO NEEDY FAMILIES.*

SHE SAID THAT THE ACHIEVEMENT OF BETTER AND QUICKER RESULTS WOULD DEPEND VERY MUCH ON THE COMMUNITY'S UNDERSTANDING OF THE PROBLEM AND ITS SUPPORT.

THE EXHIBITION, ORGANISED BY THE HONG KONG CHRISTIAN FAMILY SERVICE CENTRE, WILL BE OPEN TO THE PUBLIC FROM TODAY UNTIL SUNDAY, BETWEEN 10 AM AND 6 PM DAILY.

------0-------

VACCINATION FOR BOAT CHILDREN

*****

LOCAL DEPARTMENT

FISHERMEN ARE BEING URGED BY THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH TO HAVE THEIR CHILDREN VACCINATED AGAINST INFECTIOUS

CHILDHOOD DISEASES.

FREE VACCINATIONS WILL BE GIVEN TO CHILDREN WHO ARE FROM SIX MONTHS TO 10 YEARS OF AGE, ON SUNDAY AT THE YAU MA TEI TYPHOON SHELTER.

AN INOCULATION TEAM FROM THE DEPARTMENT WILL COVER ALL DWELLING BOATS IN THE TYPHOON SHELTER.

♦THE VACCINATION PROGRAMME WILL COVER MEASLES, DIPHTHERIA, WHOOPING COUGH, TETANUS AND POLIOMYELITIS,* A SPOKESMAN FOR iHt DEPARTMENT SAID.

---0------

/16 .......

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 9, 1984

16

LAND TO BE RECLAIMED FOR PARK i « *

THE GOVERNMENT IS PLANNING TO CONSTRUCT A 1 700-METRE-L0NG SEAWALL OFF TAI PO INDUSTRIAL ESTATE AND KWONG FUK ESTATE, TAI PO TO ENABLE RECLAMATION TO BE CARRIED OUT.

ABOUT 29.2 HECTARES OF LAND ARE TO BE RECLAIMED MAINLY FOR USE AS A PARK, A PLAYGROUND, SITTING-OUT AREAS AND A FERRY TERMINAL.

IN ADDITION, A PROPOSED GAS PRODUCTION PLANT WILL BE BUILT ON THE RECLAMATION ALONGSIDE TING KOK ROAD.

RECLAMATION WILL BE FORMED BY PUBLIC DUMPING AND CONTROLLED TIPPING, AND WORK IS EXPECTED TO START IN MID-1985.

THE EXTENT OF THE AFFECTED AREA IS DESCRIBED IN TODAY’S GOVERNMENT GAZETTE.

A NOTICE AND A RELATED PLAN CAN BE SEEN ON NOTICE BOARDS NEAR THE SITE.

THE PLAN IS ALSO AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION AT THE LANDS DEPARTMENT, SURVEY DIVISION, 5TH FLOOR, MURRAY BUILDING, GARDEN ROAD, HONG KONG AND THE TAI PO DISTRICT OFFICE, TAI PO GOVERNMENT OFFICES BUILDING, TING KOK ROAD, TAI PO MARKET, TAI PO,

NEw TERRITORIES.

ANY OBJECTIONS AND/OR CLAIMS FOR COMPENSATION SHOULD REACH THE DIRECTOR OF LANDS BY JANUARY 8, 1985.

-------0 ---------

LOOKING INTO UC PROJECTS * * *

SOME MEMBERS OF THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT BOARD AND THE KENNEDY TOWN AND MOUNT DAVIS AREA COMMITTEE WILL VISIT KENNEDY TOWN TOMORROW (SATURDAY) MORNING TO INSPECT VARIOUS URBAN COUNCIL PROJECTS AND ENVIRONMENTAL IMPROVEMENT WORKS IN THE AREA.

ACCOMPANIED BY ASSISTANT DISTRICT OFFICER, MR KIM SALKELD, AND SENIOR OFFICERS OF OTHER GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS, THEY WILL VISIT THE KENNEDY TOWN WHOLESALE MARKET, THE KENNEDY TOWN SWIMMING POOL COMPLEX, THE CATTLE DEPOT AT SMITHFIELD ROAD AND THE FORBES STREET PLAYGROUND.

0 --------

/17........

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 9, l^SA-

17

OUTWARD BOUND COURSES OFFERED

* * * *

THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT IS OFFERING ANOTHER 132 SUBSIDISED PLACES FOR DESERVING YOUTHS WHO WISH TO TAKE PART IN THE OUTWARD BOUND SCHOOL COURSES.

SUCCESSFUL APPLICANTS WILL HAVE THEIR COURSE FEES REDUCED TO ABOUT 60 PER CENT OF THE FULL COST, A DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID.

TRAINING INCLUDE SEVERAL OUTWARD BOUND DIPLOMA COURSES TO BE HELD ON BOARD THE OUTWARD BOUND SHIP, JI FUNG, FOR THOSE WHO ARE AT LEAST 16 YEARS OLD. PARTICIPANTS WILL LEARN THE SKILLS OF MANAGING A SAILING SHIP.

THE COURSES WILL START ON JANUARY 7 AND 30 AND MARCH 14, NEXT YEAR, WITH EACH LASTING FOR 18 DAYS.

THREE LAND BASED TRAINING COURSES KNOWN AS PERSONAL LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT COURSES AND SUITABLE ONLY FOR THOSE WHO ARE 16 YEARS OF AGE OR OLDER WILL BE HELD ON JANUARY 23, FEBRUARY 5 AND MARCH 6.

PEOPLE WHO ARE EXPERIENCED IN CANOEING AND ARE AGED 18 OR ABOVE MAY JOIN THE ADVANCED CANOE ADVENTURE COURSE ON MARCH 7.

THOSE BETWEEN 12 AND 16 CAN TAKE PART IN A SEVEN-DAY DISCOVERY COURSE, HELD ON THE HILLS AND COAST OF THE SAI KUNG PENINSULA IN FEBRUARY, NEXT YEAR. THEY WILL BE INTRODUCED TO BASIC SKILLS IN VARIOUS LAND SPORTS.

ALL COURSES ARE DESIGNED TO HELP YOUNG PEOPLE DEVELOP CONFIDENCE, A CO-OPERATIVE SPIRIT, COURAGE AND LEADERSHIP.

APPLICATION IS NOW OPEN AND FORMS ARE AVAILABLE AT THE RSS HEAD OFFICE IN WING ON CENTRE, CONNAUGHT ROAD CENTRAL OR ITS 19 DISTRICT OFFICES THROUGHOUT THE TERRITORY.

ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE AT 5-458511.

-------0---------

NEW CAUSEWAY BAY ROAD WORKS

* * # X

THE GOVERNMENT PLANS TO CARRY OUT SEVERAL ROAD CONSTRUCTION WORKS IN THE VICINITY OF CAUSEWAY BAY MAGISTRACY, TO PROVIDE A DIRECT LINK FOR TRAFFIC BETWEEN TIN HAU TEMPLE ROAD AND HING FAT STREET.

THE PROJECTS WHICH WILL TAKE ABOUT TWO YEARS TO FINISH ARE:

* THE CONSTRUCTION OF AN ELEVATED ROAD LINKING TIN HAU TEMPLE ROAD - AT ITS JUNCTION WITH LAU SIN STREET -TO HING FAT STREET;

GROUND .......

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 95 1984

18

*

*

*

GROUND LEVEL ROAD WORKS AT LAU SIN STREET, TIN HAU TEMPLE ROAD, DRAGON ROAD, DRAGON TERRACt AND ELECTRIC ROAD;

THE WIDENING OF HING FAT STREET, AND

A PEDESTRIAN FOOTBRIDGE OVER KING’S ROAD.

THESE PROPOSALS ARE PUBLISHED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE TODAY.

any PERSON WISHING TO OBJECT TO THE WORKS SHOULD WRITE TO THE SECRETARY FOR LANDS AND WORKS BEFORE JANUARY 8.

_----0------

16 YOUTHS TO VIE FOR QUIZ PRIZE

******

THE FINALS OF THE DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION QUIZ WILL BE HELD AT A SCHOOL IN WESTERN ON SUNDAY (NOVEMBER 11).

THE COMPETITION, AIMED AT TESTING PEOPLE’S KNOWLEDGE ON DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION AND CURRENT AFFAIRS, WAS FIRST PUBLISHED IN A LOCAL CHINESE NEWSPAPER IN JULY THIS YEAR. THE 16 FINALISTS WHO OBTAINED FULL MARKS IN ANSWERING THE 30 QUESTIONS, WERE SELECTED FROM AMONG SCORES OF ENTRIES FOR THE COMPETITION.

THE DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION QUIZ IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE CITY AND NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION AND A LOCAL CHINESE NEWSPAPER TO PROMOTE DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION AMONG YOUTHS AND TO INSTILL IN THEM A SENSE OF SOCIAL CONSCIOUSNESS.

DURING THE FINALS, CONTESTANTS WILL BE DIVIDED INTO FOUR (SOUPS AND WILL HAVE TO ANSWER 200 QUESTIONS ON DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION AND CURRENT AFFAIRS. THE WINNER WILL RECEIVE A MICRO COMPUTER DONATED BY THE ST. LOUIS GROUP OF SCHOOLS, WHILE THREE RUNNERS-UP WILL GET A TYPEWRITER, A CAMERA AND A CALCULATOR.

MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC ARE WELCOME TO ATTEND THE FINALS TO BE HELD AT 2.30 PM IN THE ST. LOUIS OLD BOYS’ COLLEGE-WEST, 38 HILL ROAD IN WESTERN.

PRESENT AT THE EVENT WILL BE THE PRINCIPAL ASSISTANT SECRETARY OF CITY AND NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION, MR C.M. LEUNG; LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLOR, MRS PAULINE NG CHOW MEI-LIN; CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT BOARD MEMBER, MR LEE TAT-YU; THE SUPERVISOR OF THE ST. LOUIS GROUP OF SCHOOLS, REV. PATRICK DEANE; AND THE ADVISERS OF THE COMPETITION, MR WONG MUNG-HEA OF SING TAO WEN PAO AND MR CHEUNG CHOK-LEUNG OF THE EXPRESS.

- 0 -

/19

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER %

198<»

- 19 -

MP’S TO MEET PRESS * * *

HAL MILLER, THE GIS

TWO CONSERVATIVE HP'S. SIR HECTOR MONRO AND « ^^SSMEce0TN4S£EN^E^0^M05RTRH°fL^"UR»rASNSF IELD HOUSE. CENTRAL.

- - o

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL 5-233191

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 10, 1984

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

SEPTEMBER EXTERNAL TRADE STATISTICS RELEASED ................. 1

LIGHT BEACONS TO IMPROVE NAVIGATIONAL SAFETY ................. 8

RICH PROGRAMME FOR NORTH DISTRICT FESTIVAL ................... 8

DRAMA COMPETITION ON CONSUMER RIGHTS ......................... 9

ANTI-DRUG PUBLICITY GOES ON .................................. 10

WAN CHAI FIGHTS CRIME ........................................ 11

COLUMBARIUM NICHES AT CREMATORIUM READY SOOT ................. 11

ROAD SAFETY DAY .............................................. 12

DISTRICT FESTIVAL STARTING WITH GRAND GALA ................... 1?

CHANCE FOR NOVICE ARCHERS TO GET EXPERIENCE .................. 13

TWO ACCESS ROADS PLANNED FOR SAI KUNG ........................ 14

BEACH REFRESHMENT KIOSK OFFERED .............................. 14

MAIL TO VENEZUELA SUSPENDED .................................. 15

NIGHT CLOSURE OF TUEN MUN ROAD ............................... 15

FLYOVER TO BE CLOSED FOR REPAIR .............................. 15

MAINS WORK IN CHAI WAN ..................................... 15

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 10, 1=)34

1

SEPTEMBER EXTERNAL TRADE STATISTICS RELEASED ******

TOTAL MERCHANDISE TRADE FOR JANUARY - SEPTEMBER 1984, VALUED AT 5323 543 MILLION, INCREASED BY 39 PER CENT OVER THE SAME PERIOD IN 1983, ACCORDING TO TRADE STATISTICS RELEASED TODAY (SATURDAY) BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.

ON THE SAME BASIS OF COMPARISON, DOMESTIC EXPORTS ROSE BY 40 PER CENT TO $101 889 MILLION, IMPORTS BY 34 PER CENT TO $163 072 MILLION AND RE-EXPORTS BY 52 PER CENT TO $58 582 MILLION. DOMESTIC EXPORTS AND RE-EXPORTS TOGETHER SHOWED AN INCREASE OF 44 PER CENT.

THE CHANGES IN DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO THE 10 MAJOR OVERSEAS MARKETS ARE SHOWN IN TABLE 1.

COMPARISON OF THE FIRST NINE MONTHS OF 1984 WITH THE SAME PERIOD LAST YEAR SHOWS THAT DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO THE U.S.A. ROSE BY 52 PER CENT IN VALUE.

SUBSTANTIAL INCREASES WERE RECORDED IN CLOTHING (BY $6 380 MILLION OR 56 PER CENT), PLASTIC TOYS AND DOLLS (BY $1 720 MILLION OR 77 PER CENT) AND ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES, AND ELECTRICAL PARTS THEREOF (BY $1 621 MILLION OR 53 PER CENT). ON THE OTHER HAND, DECREASES WERE RECORDED IN TRANSISTORS AND DIODES (BY $26 MILLION OR 30 PER CENT) AND METALLIFEROUS ORES AND METAL SCRAP (BY $7 MILLION OR 65 PER CENT).

INCREASES IN DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO THE UNITED KINGDOM WERE REGISTERED FOR CLOTHING (BY $819 MILLION OR 35 PER CENT), OFFICE MACHINES AND AUTOMATIC DATA PROCESSING EQUIPMENT (BY $535 MILLION OR 332 PER CENT), AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND SOUND RECORDING AND REPRODUCING APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT (BY $150 MILLION OR 55 PER CENT). ON THE OTHER HAND, DECREASES WERE RECORDED IN f-ETALL IFEROUS ORES AND METAL SCRAP (BY $367 MILLION OR 58 PER CENT) AND MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS AND PARTS AND ACCESSORIES THEREOF (BY $5 MILLION OR 20 PER CENT).

MOST COMMODITIES EXPORTED TO CHINA INCREASED IN VALUE, INCLUDING TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND SOUND RECORDING AND REPRODUCING APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT (BY $776 MILLION OR 158 PER CENT), TEXTILES (BY $413 MILLION OR 37 PER CENT) AND ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES, AND ELECTRICAL PARTS THEREOF (BY $258 MILLION OR 134 PER CENT). HOWEVER, DECREASES WERE REGISTERED FOR FEEDING STUFF FOR ANIMALS (BY $82 MILLION OR 58 PER CENT), AND WATCHES AND CLOCKS (BY $9 MILLION OR 4 PER CENT).

SIGNIFICANT INCREASES WERE REGISTERED IN DOMESTIC EXPORT^ TO THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY OF CLOTHING (BY $911 MILLION OR 28 PER CENT) AND OFFICE MACHINES AND AUTOMATIC DATA PROCESSING EQUIPMENT (BY $224 MILLION OR 144 PER CENT)} AND IN DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO JAPAN OF CLOTHING (BY $635 MILLION OR 71 PER CENT).

/THE CHANGES

SATURDAY,

NOVEMBER 10, 1984

2

THE CHANGES IN DOMESTIC EXPORTS BY MAJOR COMMODITY DIVISIONS ARE PRESENTED IN TABLE 2.

THE CHANGES IN IMPORTS PROM THE 10 MAJOR SOURCES ARE SUMMARISED IN TABLE 3.

DEMAND FOR IMPORTED GOODS FROM CHINA REMAINED STRONG. INCREASE-. WERE RECORDED MAINLY IN TEXTILES (BY $4 106 MILLION OR 71 PER CENT), CLOTHING (BY $2 351 MILLION OR 54 PER CENT), TEXTILE FIBRES (OTHER THAN WOOL TOPS) AND THEIR WASTES (BY SI 063 MILLION OR 205 PER CENT), TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND SOUND RECORDING AND REPRODUCING APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT (BY $570 MILLION OR 126 PER CENT) AND BABY CARRIAGES, TOYS, GAMES AND SPORTING GOODS (BY $514 MILLION OR 191 PER CENT).

AS FOR IMPORTS FROM JAPAN, INCREASES WERE REGISTERED FOR ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES, AND ELECTRICAL PARTS THEREOF (BY $2 022 MILLION OR 53 PER CENT), AND TEXTILES (BY $1 320 MILLION OR 32 PER CENT). HOWEVER, DECREASES WERE REGISTERED FOR BABY CARRIAGES, TOYS, GAMES AND SPORTING GOODS (BY $11 MILLION OR 3 PER CENT) AND FISH, CRUSTACEANS AND MOLLUSCS, AND PREPARATIONS THEREOF (BY $3 MILLION OR 1 PER CENT).

INCREASES IN IMPORTS FROM THE U.S.A. WERE MOSTLY OF ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES, AND ELECTRICAL PARTS THEREOF (BY $1 136 MILLION OR 50 PER CENT), OFFICE MACHINES AND AUTOMATIC DATA PROCESSING EQUIPMENT (BY $740 MILLION OR 58 PER CENT), AND TEXTILE FIBRES (OTHER THAN WOOL TOPS) AND THEIR WASTES (BY $405 MILLION OR 224 PER CENT). ON THE OTHER HAND, DECREASES WERE REGISTERED IN IMPORTS OF PETROLEUM, PETROLEUM PRODUCTS AND RELATED MATERIALS (BY $354 MILLION OR 56 PER CENT), AND MANUFACTURES OF METAL (BY $101 MILLION OR 22 PER CENT).

DECREASES WERE REGISTERED IN IMPORTS FROM TAIWAN OF OFFICE AND STATIONERY SUPPLIES (BY $23 MILLION OR 33 PER CENT) AND IN IMPORTS FROM SINGAPORE OF WATCHES AND CLOCKS (BY $164 MILLION OR 40 PER CENT). HOWEVER, IMPORTS OF TEXTILES FROM TAIWAN INCREASED (BY $1 406 MILLION OR 51 PER CENT), AS DID IMPORTS OF PETROLEUM, PETROLEUM PRODUCTS AND RELATED MATERIALS FROM SINGAPORE (BY $956 MILLION OR 23 PER CENT).

TABLE 4 ILLUSTRATES THE CHANGES IN IMPORTS BY MAJOR COMMODITY SECTIONS.

THE CHANGES IN RE-EXPORTS TO THE 10 MAJOR MARKETS ARE GIVEN IN TABLE 5.

INCREASES WERE RECORDED IN RE-EXPORTS TO CHINA (BY $9 368 MILLION OR 129 PER CENT), U.S.A. (BY $3 337 MILLION OR 61 PER CENT), TAIWAN (BY $1 290 MILLION OR 55 PER CENT), JAPAN (BY $1 236 MILLION OR 59 PER CENT), THE REPUBLIC OF KOREA (SOUTH KOREA) (BY $873 MILLION OR 50 PER CENT), AUSTRALIA (BY $448 MILLION OR 73 PER CENT), MACAU (BY $374 MILLION OR 28 PER CENT) AND THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY (BY $332 MILLION OR 70 PER CENT). ON THE OTHER HAND, DECLINES WERE REGISTERED IN RE-EXPORTS TO NIGERIA (BY $281 MILLION OR 69 PER CENT) AND INDONESIA (BY $183 MILLION OR 6 PER CENT).

/THE UHAHGES •••••••

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 10, 1984

THE CHANGES IN RE-EXPORTS BY MAJOR COMMODITY DIVISIONS ARE GIVEN IN TABLE 6.

MOST COMMODITIES RE-EXPORTED THROUGH HONG KONG EXHIBITED STRONG GROWTH, THE MORE SIGNIFICANT ONES BEING TEXTILES (BY $3 694 MILLION OR 69 PER CENT), ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES, AND ELECTRICAL PARTS THEREOF (BY $2 761 MILLION CR 85 PER CENT), MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURED ARTICLES (BY $1 524 MILLION OR 71 PER CENT) AND CLOTHING (BY $1 492 MILLION OR 47 PER CENT). DECREASES WERE REGISTERED IN RE-EXPORTS OF OIL SEEDS AND OLEAGINOUS FRUIT (BY $105 MILLION OR 42 PER CENT), TRANSPORT EQUIPMENT OTHER THAN ROAD AND AIR-CUSHION VEHICLES (BY $38 MILLION Ok 13 PER CENT) AND METALLIFEROUS ORES AND METAL SCRAP (BY $33 MILLION OR 28 PER CENT).

TABLE 1 : DOMESTIC EXPORTS BY TEN MAJOR MARKETS

MAJOR MARKETS JAN.-SEPT. 1984 ($ MN) JAN.-SEPT. 1983 (S MN) INCREASE ($ MN) PERCENTAGE CHANGE

U.S.A. 46 158 30 305 + 15 854 52

U.K. 7 522 5 932 + 1 591 + 27

CHINA 7 490 4 156 3 334 80

F.R. OF GERMANY 7 056 5 566 4- 1 489 + 27

JAPAN 3 856 2 677 + 1 179 + 44

CANADA 3 386 2 648 + 738 + 28

AUSTRAL 1 A 2 805 1 897 + 908 + 48

SINGAPORE 1 968 1 567 + 402 + 26

NETHERLANDS 1 793 1 373 + 420 + 31

SWITZERLAND 1 441 1 152 + 289 + 25

TABLE 2 : DOMESTIC EXPORTS BY MAJOR COMMODITY DIVISIONS

COMMOD1TY DIVISIONS JAN.-SEPT. 1984 ($ MN) JAN.-SEPT. 1983 ($ MN) INCREASE ($ MN) PERCENTAGE CHANGE

ARTICLES OF APPAREL AND CLOTHING ACCESSORIES 34 647 24 J67 +10 580 + 44

/MISCELLANEOUS .........

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 10, 1984

MISCELLANEOUS 16 336 11 872 + 4 464 + 38

MANUFACTURED ARTICLES (MAINLY PLASTIC TOYS AND DOLLS, JEWELLERY, GOLDSMITHS’ AND SILVERSMITHS’ WARES, AND artificial FLOWERS)

ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES (MAINLY HOUSEHOLDTYPE APPLIANCES AND TRANSISTORS AND DIODES) 8 628 5 684 + 2 944 ♦ 52

TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND SOUND RECORDING AND REPRODUCING APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT 8 007 5 676 ♦ 2 331 + 41

PHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS, EQUIPMENT, SUPPLIES AND OPTICAL GOODS, WATCHES AND CLOCKS 7 560 6 539 + 1 022 + 16

TEXTILE YARN, FABRICS, 6 490 4 874 + 1 616 * 33

MADE-UP ARTICLES AND RELATED PRODUCTS

/TABLE 3 : IMPORTS

liMWl, NOVEMBER 10, 1984

5

TABLE 3 : IMPORTS pROM TEN MAJOR SOURCES

JAN.-SEPT. 1984 JAN.-SEPT. 1983 INCREASE PERCENTAGE

MAJOR SOURCES (S MN) ($ MN) (S MN)_ CHANGE

CHINA 41 256 29 013 +12 242 + 42

JAPAN 37 928 27 798 +10 130 + 36

U.S.A. 17 489 13 725 + 3 764 + 27

TAIWAN 12 513 8 670 + 3 843 + 44

SINGAPORE 9 092 7 236 + 1 855 * 26

U.K. 6 522 5 393 + 1 129 * 21

REPUBLIC OF KOREA 5 219 3 438 + 1 781 + 52

(SOUTH KOREA) F.R. OF GERMANY 3 930 3 267 + 663 ♦ 20

AUSTRAL IA 2 567 1 942 + 625 + 32

SWITZERLAND 2 443 2 253 + 190 + 8

TABLE 4 : IMPORTS BY MAJOR COMMODITY SECTIONS

COMMODITY JAN.-SEPT. 1984 JAN.-SEPT. 1983 INCREASE PERCENTAGE

SECTIONS ($ MN) ($ MN) (S MN) CHANGE

MANUFACTURED 47 758 34 057 +13 702 + 40

GOODS CLASSIF IED CHIEFLY BY MATER I AL (MAINLY TEXTILE PRODUCTS, DIAMONDS, IRON AND STEEL, AND PAPER) MACHINERY AND 40 540 27 507 +13 033 + 47

TRANSPORT EQUIPMENT 1 . 4 f

/MISCELLANEOUS........

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 10, 198^

6

MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURED ARTICLES (MAINLY WATCHES AND CLOCKS, ARTICLES OF APPAREL) 28 402 22 013 + 6 389 + 29

FOOD AND LIVE ANIMALS CHIEFLY FOR FOOD 14 777 13 201 + 1 576 + 12

CHEMICALS AND RELATED PRODUCTS 11 499 9 056 + 2 443 + 27

MINERALS FUELS, LUBRI CANTS AND RELATED MATERIALS TABLE 9 487 8 191 5 s RE-EXPORTS BY TEN + 1 296 MAJOR MARKETS + 16

MAJOR MARKETS JAN.-SEPT. 1984 (S MN) JAN.-SEPT. 1983 (» MN) INCREASE/ DECREASE ($ MN) PERCENTAGE CHANGE

CHINA 17 505 7 637 ♦ 9 868 + 129

U.S.A. 8 819 5 481 ♦ 3 337 + 61

TAIWAN 3 654 2 364 + 1 290 + 55

SINGAPORE 3 449 3 194 + 255 + 8

JAPAN 3 340 2 104 + 1 236 + 59

INDONESIA 2 765 2 947 183 - 6

REPUBLIC OF KOREA 2 622 1 749 + 873 + 50

(SOUTH KOREA)

MACAU 1 716 1 342 + 374 + 28

PHILIPPINES 1 061 1 204 143 - 12

AUSTRAL 1 A 1 058 610 448 * 73

TABLE 6 i RE-EXPORTS BY MAJOR COMMODITY DIVISIONS

COMMODITY DIVISIONS........

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 10, 1984

7

JAN.-SEPT. JAN.-SEPT.

COMMODITY 1984 1983 INCREASE PERCENTAGE

DIVISIONS (ft MN) ($ MN) ($ MN) CHANGE

TEXTILE YARN, FABRICS, MADE-UP ARTICLES AND RELATED PRODUCTS 9 Oil 5 317 + 3 694 + 69

ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES 6 026 3 265 + 2 761 + 85

ARTICLES OF APPAREL AND CLOTHING ACCESSORIES 4 692 3 200 + 1 492 + 47

MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURED ARTICLES 3 657 2 133 + 1 524 + 71

PHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS, EQUIPMENT, SUPPLIES AND OPTICAL GOODS, WATCHES AND CLOCKS 3 637 2 935 + 702 + 24

TELECOMMUNICATIONS 2 566 1 465 + 1 101 + 75

AND SOUND RECORDING AND REPRODUCING APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT

THE SEPTEMBER 1984 ISSUE OF THE +HONG KONG TRADE STATISTICS -SUMMARY* WILL BE AVAILABLE AROUND NOVEMBER 20 AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE AT $5 PER COPY.

A MORE COMPREHENSIVE REPORT, +HONG KONG EXTERNAL TRADE*, WITH A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF IMPORTS, EXPORTS AND RE-EXPORTS IN SEPTEMBER 1984 WILL BE AVAILABLE IN EARLY DECEMBER 1984 AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE AT $12 PER COPY.

ENQUIRIES CONCERNING SUBSCRIPTIONS TO THESE REPORTS MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES AT BASKERVILLE HOUSE, HONG KONG (TEL. NO. : 5-214375). ENQUIRIES CONCERNING TRADE STATISTICS MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT (TEL. NO. t 5-444436).

/8........

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 10, 1^84

8

LIGHT BEACONS TO IMPROVE NAVIGATIONAL SAFETY

*****

THE GOVERNMENT INTENDS TO CONSTRUCT TWO LIGHT BEACONS TO IMPROVE NAVIGATIONAL SAFETY.

THE FIRST BEACON, TO BE BUILT AT ADAMASTA CHANNEL - OFF CHI MA WAN PENINSULA AT THE SOUTH-EAST OF LANTAU ISLAND - LIES WITHIN AN AREA OF 625 SQUARE METRES OF FORESHORE AND SEABED.

THE SECOND BEACON, TO BE CONSTRUCTED ON THE SOUTH COAST CF KAU Yl CHAU, IS WITHIN AN AREA OF ABOUT 600 SQUARE METRES OF FORESHORE AND SEABED.

BOTH BEACONS WILL HAVE A RANGE OF FIVE KILOMETRES.

THE EXTENT OF THE AREAS AFFECTED IS DESCRIBED IN NOTICES PUBLISHED IN THE LATEST GOVERNMENT GAZETTE UNDER THE PUBLIC RECLAMATIONS AND WORKS ORDINANCE.

PLANS CAN BE SEEN:

* ON NOTICE BOARDS POSTED NEAR THE SITES;

* LANDS DEPARTMENT SURVEY DIVISION, 5TH FLOOR, MURRAY BUILDING, GARDEN ROAD, HONG KONG; AND

* ISLANDS DISTRICT OFFICE, SINCERE BUILDING, 16TH FLOOR, 173 DES VOEUX ROAD CENTRAL, HONG KONG.

OBJECTIONS TO THE PROPOSALS AND/OR CLAIMS FOR COMPENSATION SHOULD REACH THE DIRECTOR OF LANDS WITHIN TWO MONTHS.

- - 0 -

RICH PROGRAMME FOR NORTH DISTRICT FESTIVAL

*****

THE NORTH DISTRICT BOARD HAS WORKED OUT A RICH PROGRAMME OF RECREATIONAL, CULTURAL AND SPORTS ACTIVITIES FOR ITS ANNUAL DISTRICT FESTIVAL NEXT MONTH.

A SPORTS CARNIVAL WILL BE HELD ON DECEMBER 2 (SUNDAY) AT THE BURMA LINES CAMP IN FANLING TO LAUNCH THE TWO-WEEK FESTIVAL.

THE REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR ADOLF HSU, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE CARNIVAL, WHICH WILL FEATURE PERFORMANCE BY THE MILITARY FORCES, VARIOUS GAMES STALLS, HORSE-RIDING AND OTHER ENTERTAINMENT ACTIVITIES.

/ON DECEMBER 8,

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 10, 19&2*-

- 9 -

ON DECEMBER 8, A CHRISTMAS CARNIVAL WILL BE HELD AT CHEUNG .'.AH ESTATE IN FANLING AND A DISCO NIGHT AT THE NORTH DISTRICT TOWN HALL IN SHEUNG SHU I.

A CHINESE OPERA WILL BE STAGED THE FOLLOWING DAY (DECEMBER 9) AT THE NORTH DISTRICT TOWN HALL.

OTHER FESTIVAL EVENTS INCLUDE AN EXHIBITION SOCCER MATCH BETWEEN SOUTH CHINA AND SEIKO FOOTBALL CLUBS IN FANLING PLAYGROUND IN THE AFTERNOON OF DECEMBER 15, TO BE FOLLOWED BY A ROLLER-SKATING NIGHT THAT DAY AT THE SAME VENUE.

ADMISSION TO ALL EVENTS, EXCEPT THE CHINESE OPERA AND THE DISCO NIGHT, IS FREE. TICKETS FOR THE CHINESE OPERA AND THE DISCO NIGHT CAN BE OBTAINED AT THE NORTH DISTRICT TOWN HALL ONE WEEK IN ADVANCE.

------o-------

DRAMA COMPETITION ON CONSUMER RIGHTS

*****

SECONDARY SCHOOLS ARE INVITED TO JOIN A DRAMA COMPETITION ON +CONSUMER RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES+ TO BE HELD IN TSUEN *AN TOwN HALL ON MARCH 18 AND 19 NEXT YEAR.

THE COMPETITION IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE CONSUMER COUNCIL, THE COMMUNITY YOUTH CLUB SECTION OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT AND RADIO TELEVISION HONG KONG.

THE COMPETITION AIMS TO MAKE STUDENTS AWARE OF CONSUMER RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

SCHOOLS WISHING TO TAKE PART SHOULD FIRST SUBMIT THEIR SCRIPTS, WHICH CAN BE IN CHINESE OR ENGLISH, ON TOPICS RELATING TO CONSUMER RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

THOSE WHOSE SCRIPTS ARE CONSIDERED SUITABLE MAY THEN TAKE PAET IN THE DRAMA COMPETITION. EACH PERFORMANCE SHOULD LAST BETWEEN 10 AND 15 MINUTES.

A $500 SUBSIDY WILL BE GIVEN TO EACH PARTICIPATING SCHOOL.

THE FIRST PRIZE WILL BE $1 000, THE SECOND PRIZE, $800, AND THE THIRD, $500, TOGETHER WITH A TROPHY EACH. THERE WILL BE SEVEN MERIT AWARDS OF $100 AND A TROPHY EACH.

A SUM OF $500 AND A TROPHY WILL BE AWARDED FOR THE BEST SCRIPT. SOUVENIR PLAQUES WILL BE GIVEN TO ALL PERFORMING SCHOOLS.

/AN EVENING .......

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 10, 1984

10

AN EVENING PROGRAMME FOR WINNERS’ PERFORMANCE AND PRIZE PRESENTATION WILL BE HELD ON MARCH 19 AT 7.30 PM IN TSUEN WAN TOWN HALL.

THE WINNING ENTRIES WILL BE BROADCAST ON TELEVISION AND RADIO.

SCHOOLS WISHING TO PARTICIPATE IN THE COMPETITION SHOULD SEND THEIR ENTRY FORMS TO THE COMMUNITY YOUTH CLUB SECTION, EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, ROOM 437, LEE GARDENS, 4/F, HYSAN AVENUE, HONG KONG, BEFORE NOVEMBER 30.

--------o----------

ANTI-DRUG PUBLICITY GOES ON * * * *

THE ACTION COMMITTEE AGAINST NARCOTICS (ACAN) IS CONTINUING ITS EFFORTS IN ANT I-NARCOTICS PREVENTIVE EDUCATION AND PUBLICITY, DESPITE A DROP IN THE NUMBER OF YOUNG PEOPLE INVOLVED IN DRUGS IN THE FIRST HALF OF THIS YEAR.

THIS WAS SAID THIS (SATURDAY) EVENING BY THE ASSISTANT SECRETARY FOR SECURITY OF THE NARCOTICS DIVISION, GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT, MISS ELIZABETH TSE.

SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE ANTI-NARCOTICS VARIETY SHOW HELD AT SOUTHORN PLAYGROUND, WAN CHAI, MISS TSE SAID IT wAS HOPED THAT, THROUGH THE INVOLVEMENT OF LOCAL COMMUNITY ORGANISATIONS, SOCIAL SERVICE ORGANISATIONS, FAMILIES, SCHOOLS, UNIFORMED YOUTH GROUPS AND THE MASS MEDIA, THE ANTl-NARCOTICS MESSAGE COULD BE SPREAD TO THE YOUNG PEOPLE WHO ARE MOST AT RISK OF BEING LURED INTO TAKING DRUGS OR TRAFFICKING IN DRUGS.

♦IN HONG KONG, THE OVERALL STRATEGY IN COMBATING DRUG ABUSE HAS FOUR MAIN ELEMENTS - LAW ENFORCEMENT, TREATMENT AND REHABILITATION, PREVENTIVE EDUCATION AND PUBLICITY, AND INTERNATIONAL CO-OPERATION,* SAID MISS TSE.

SHE ALSO POINTED OUT THAT THE GOAL OF DRUG ERADICATION COULD ONLY BE REACHED THROUGH THE COMBINED EFFORTS OF THE GOVERNMENT AND THE COMMUNITY.

THE VARIETY SHOW WAS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE COUNCIL OF HONG KONG AND KOWLOON KAIFONG ASSOCIATION LTD., THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OF SOCIETY FOR THE AID AND REHABILITATION OF DRUt> ABUSERS (SARDA) AND THE GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES, AND SPONSORED BY THE ACAN.

THE SINGING, MAGIC AND ACROBATIC DISPLAYS AND A DRAMA WITH AN ANTI-NARCOTICS THEME, ATTRACTED ORE THAN 803 WAN CHAI RESIDENTS.

------0 - - « -

/11 ........

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 13, 1984

11

WAN CHAI FIGHTS CRIME * * * *

A VARIETY SHOW AT SOUTHORN PLAYGROUND TOMORROW (SUNDAY) AFTERNOON WILL MARK THE OPENING OF THE SIX-MONTH LONG WAN CHAI DISTRICT FIGHT CRIME CAMPAIGN.

THE SHOW STARTS AT 2.45 PM AND WILL FEATURE POLICE DOG DEMONSTRATIONS, DANCING, BAND PERFORMANCES, MAGIC AND ACROBATIC SHOWS, A QUIZ COMPETITION AND A LUCKY DRAW.

THE CAMPAIGN IS ORGANISED BY THE WAN CHAI DISTRICT FIGHT CRIME COMMITTEE WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF THE INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT AND THE DISTRICT OFFICE, TO PROMOTE CRIME PREVENTION.

OFFICIATING AT TOMORROW’S OPENING CEREMONY WILL BE THE WAN CHAI DISTRICT OFFICER, MR LAM KAM-KWONG; THE ASSISTANT DISTRICT OFFICER, MR RAYMOND YOUNG; THE CHAIRMAN OF THE URBAN COUNCIL, MR HILTON CHEONG-LEEN; THE POLICE DISTRICT COMMANDER (wAN CHAI), MR CHING KWOK-HO ; THE ASSISTANT POLICE DISTRICT COMMANDER ^CRIME/WAN CHAI), MR KELVIN YEUNG; THE SENIOR INFORMATION OFFICER OF INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT, MR DAVID ROBERTS; TH- VICE-PRESIDENT OF THE HONG KONG ISLAND LIONS CLUB, MR CHIU CHUN-PONG; AND THE FOUR DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS, MRS PEGGY LAM, bP CHUNG YEE-ON, MRS ADA CHUNG AND MR LO WAI-MAN.

-----o------

COLUMBARIUM NICHES AT CREMATORIUM READY SOON

*****

MORE THAN 9 600 PERMANENT COLUMBARIUM NICHES AT THE NEWLY BUILT FU SHAN CREMATORIUM AND GARDEN OF REMEMBRANCE IN SHA TIN WILL SOON BE AVAILABLE FOR THE ASHES OF THE DEAD.

CONSTRUCTION OF THE NICHES WITHIN A SEVEN-STOREY COLUMBARIUM AT THE CREMATORIUM HAD BEEN COMPLETED, SAID A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT.

THE CREMATORIUM IS LOCATED ON A SCENIC SITE AT LOWER SHING MUN ROAD.

APPLICATIONS FOR 7 126 STANDARD NICHES FOR HOLDING TwO riNFRARY URNS AND 2 400 +FAM ILY—TYPE+ NICHES FOR HOLDING FOUR SUIRfSr EA?H ?JSlLY WILL BE ACCEPTED FROM THURSDAY (NOVEMBER 15).

THE FEE IS SI 300 FOR A STANDARD NICHE AND FAMILY-TYPE NICHE. ANOTHER $50 WILL BE CHARGED TABLET.

MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC ARE ADVISED TO APPLY CEMETERIES AND CREMATORIA OFFICE OF THE NTSD AT HUNG HOM, KOWLOON.

$5 200 FOR A FOR A MEMORIAL

IN PERSON AT THE 6 CHEONG HANG ROAD,

/THEY SHOULD........

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 10, 19&4

12 -

TMFY SHOULD BRING ALONG THE DEATH CERTIFICATE, THE CREMATION PERM J AND^DOCUMENTARY PROOF OF THEIR RELATIONSHIP WITH THE DECEASED.

WRITTEN APPLICATIONS SHOULD BE MADE TO THE CEMETERIES AND CREMATORIA OFFICE OF THE NTSD IN HUNG HOM.

THE TELEPHONE NUMBER OF ENQUIRIES DURING OFFICE HOUR IS 3-645364.

THE FU SHAN CREMATORIUM AND GARDEN OF REMEMBRANCE, TOGETHER WITH THE COLUMBARIUM, WAS BUILT AT A COST OF $26 MILLION.

CREMATION SERVICES WILL BE AVAILABLE FROM A DATE TO BE ANNOUNCED LATER, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

-----0------

ROAD SAFETY DAY

* * *

ENTERTAINMENT AND EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMMES HAVE BEEN ORGANISED FOR THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT ROAD SAFETY DAY TO BE HELD TOMORROW (SUNDAY) AT THE CHATER ROAD PEDESTRIAN PRECINCT.

THE ROAD SAFETY DAY IS PART OF A MONTH-LONG CAMPAIGN THAT FOCUSES ON TWO MAIN THEMES, PEDESTRIAN AND CYCLIST SAFETY.

THERE WILL BE A VARIETY SHOW, SINGING AND ACROBATIC PERFORMANCES, GAMES STALLS, A MODEL OF A MINI ROAD SAFETY TOWN, COMPUTER GAMES, A CUSHION TRAMPOLINE AND A ROAD SAFETY BUS DISPLAY.

A SPECIAL ATTRACTION FOR CHILDREN WILL BE A PUPPET SHOW WHICH WILL UNDERLINE THE MESSAGE OF CAREFUL DRIVING AND THE RIGHT WAY TO CROSS ROADS.

RESIDENTS ARE WELCOME TO ATTEND THE ROAD SAFETY DAY WHICH WILL START AT 2 PM.

- - 0 -

/13

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 10, 1984

15

DISTRICT FESTIVAL STARTING WITH GRAND GALA *****

THE GALA OPENING OF THE SECOND WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT FESTIVAL WILL BE HELD AT MORSE PARK TOMORROW (SUNDAY) AFTERNOON.

THE GALA WILL BE A THREE-HOUR ENTERTAINMENT SHOW FEATURING MARCHING BAND PARADES, DRAGON AND LION DANCES, A GYMNASTIC DISPLAY AND WESTERN AND ORIENTAL DANCE PERFORMANCES.

OTHER EVENTS TO BE HELD SIMULTANEOUSLY AT THE PARK INCLUDE TABLE TENNIS AND BASKETBALL TOURNAMENTS, TELEMATCHES, SPORTS FOR THE ELDERLY, ARCHERY, MODERN DANCES AND A CHILDREN’S CARNIVAL.

THE REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR HONG KONG AND KOWLOON, MR BARRIE WIGGHAM AND THE COMMISSIONER FOR RECREATION AND CULTURE, MR PATRICK WILLIAMSON, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE OPENING CEREMONY.

-----0------

CHANCE FOR NOVICE ARCHERS TO GET EXPERIENCE

*****

A TERRITORY-WIDE COMPETITION FOR NOVICE ARCHERS IS BEING ORGANISED BY THE RECREATION AND SPORTS SERVICE (RSS) OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT AND THE HONG KONG ARCHERY ASSOCIATION.

+THE EVENT IS INTENDED TO GIVE COMPETITIVE EXPERIENCE TO THOSE WHO TOOK PART IN TRAINING CLASSES AND SEMINARS HELD IN THE PAST MONTHS,* SAID A SPOKESMAN FOR THE ORGANISERS.

THE COMPETITION WILL BE HELD AT THE SPORTS GROUND OF KOWLOON HOSPITAL FROM 9 AM TO 1 PM ON DECEMBER 16 (SUNDAY).

PARTICIPANTS WILL COMPETE IN MEN’S OR WOMEN’S SECTIONS AND WINNERS WILL BE AWARDED TROPHIES.

THOSE WHO ARE 16 YEARS OF AGE OR OLDER AND HAVE RECEIVED BASIC TRAINING IN ARCHERY ARE WELCOME TO TAKE PART.

APPLICATION FORMS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM RSS HEAD OFFICE ON THE 11TH FLOOR OF WING ON CENTRE, CONNAUGHT ROAD CENTRAL AND ITS 19 DISTRICT OFFICES THROUGHOUT THE TERRITORY.

THE DEADLINE FOR APPLICATIONS IS NOVEMBER 26 AND ENROLMENT IS LIMITED TO 100 PERSONS.

ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE BY CALLING 5-458511.

------o-------

/14

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 13, 198L.

- 1U

TWO ACCESS ROADS PLANNED FOR SAI KUNG

*****

THE GOVERNMENT PLANS TO CONSTRUCT TWO ACCESS ROADS FROM HIRAM’S HIGHWAY IN SAI KUNG.

ONE IS FROM THE HIGHWAY TO PAK KONG VALLEY AND THE OTHER FROM THE HIGHWAY TO HO CHUNG VALLEY.

A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THE PROPOSED ROADS WERE REQUIRED FOR ACCESS TO THE PROPOSED TUNNEL PORTALS OF THE AQUEDUCT FROM PAK KONG TREATMENT WORKS TO JUNK BAY.

A NOTICE ABOUT THE PROPOSAL IS PUBLISHED IN THE LATEST GOVERNMENT GAZETTE.

A PLAN SHOWING THE PROPOSED WORK CAN BE SEEN AT THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT OFFICE, CENTRAL ENQUIRY SUB-OFFICE, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, WEST WING, MAIN ENTRANCE LOBBY; THE SAI KUNG DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE, SAN PO KONG GOVERNMENT OFFICES, 692, PRINCE EDWARD ROAD; AND THE SAI KUNG DISTRICT OFFICE, SAN PO KONG GOVERNMENT OFFICES, 692, PRINCE EDWARD ROAD.

ANY OBJECTION TO THE PROPOSAL SHOULD BE MADE IN WRITING TO THE SECRETARY FOR LANDS AND WORKS WITHIN TWO MONTHS.

-----o-------

BEACH REFRESHMENT KIOSK OFFERED

*****

5

THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS FOR THE OPERATION OF A LIGHT REFRESHMENT KIOSK AT OLD CAFETERIA BEACH IN TUEN MUN.

THE BEACH IS A POPULAR SEASIDE RESORT, ATTRACTING MORE THAN 500 000 HOLIDAY-MAKERS DURING THE SWIMMING SEASON, AN NTSD SPOKESMAN SAID.

THE CONTRACT IS FOR THREE YEARS FROM MARCH 1, 1985.

TENDER FORMS ARE AVAILABLE AT THE NTSD HEADQUARTERS ON THE THIRD FLOOR OF SWIRE AND MACLAINE HOUSE (AUSTIN CENTRE), 19-23 AUSTIN AVENUE, TSIM SHA TSUI, OR TUEN MUN URBAN SERVICES OFFICE ON THE FIRST FLOOR OF ’TOP COURT’, 60-70 TAK CHING COURT, TUEN MUN.

COMPLETED FORMS SHOULD BE PLACED IN THE GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT TENDER BOX IN THE LIFT LOBBY ON THE LOWER GROUND FLOOR OF CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES (EAST WING), LOWER ALBERT ROAD, HONG KONG, BEFORE NOON ON DECEMBER 21 (FRIDAY).

FURTHER ENQUIRIES MAY BE MADE WITH THE TUEN MUN URBAN SERVICES OFFICES ON 0-820800, EXT. 301.

-----o-------

/15......

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 19, 198A

15

MAIL TO VENEZUELA SUSPENDED

* * * *

THE POST OFFICE ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT DUE TO A STRIKE IN VENEZUELA AFFECTING THE POSTAL OPERATIONS OF THE COUNTRY, ALL POSTAL SERVICES FROM HONG KONG TO VENEZUELA HAVE BEEN TEMPORARILY SUSPENDED.

-----0------

NIGHT CLOSURE OF TUEN MUN ROAD * * * * *

THE KOWLOON-BOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF TUEN MUN ROAD BETWEEN PUI TJ ROAD AND SIU LAM INTERCHANGE WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC BETWEEN ID 30 PM AND 5 AM FROM MONDAY TO THURSDAY (NOVEMBER 12-15).

DURING THE CLOSURE, MOTORISTS HEADING FOR JSUEN KOWLOON SHOULD USE CASTLE PEAK ROAD VIA STREET F AND NEXT TO WALDORF GARDEN.

WAN OR STREET J

-----o------

FLYOVER TO BE CLOSED FOR REPAIR *****

THE FLYOVER LEADING FROM TAI PO ROAD ONTO CHING CHEUNG ROAD NEAR SO UK ESTATE WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC BETWEEN 12 MIDNIGHT AND 6 AM DAILY FOR ABOUT SEVEN DAYS FROM TUESDAY (NOVEMBER 13), TO FACILITATE REPAIR WORK.

DURING THE CLOSURE TRAFFIC ON TAI PO ROAD HEADING FOR KwAI CHUNG AREA WILL BE DIVERTED VIA LUNG CHEUNG ROAD, NAM CHEONG STREET, CORNWALL STREET ROUNDABOUT, NAM CHEONG STREET AND LUNG CHEUNG ROAD TO REJOIN CHING CHEUNG ROAD.

-------0----------

MAINS WORK IN CHAI WAN * * * *

FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO SOME PREMISES IN CHAI WAN wILL BE TURNED OFF FROM 10 PM ON TUESDAY (NOVEMBER 13) TO 6 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY FOR MAINS WORK.

THE AFFECTED PREMISES ARE BOUNDED BY CHAI WAN ROAD, SAN HA STREET, HONG PING STREET, SUN ON STREET, FUNG YIP STREET, SHEUNG ON STREET. WING TAI ROAD AND YEE SHING LANE. THEY INCLUDE YU-WAN ESTATE, CHAI WAN ESTATE EAST, CHAI WAN II EXTENSION TEMPORARY HOUSING AREA, YUE WAN TEMPORARY HOUSING AREA AND CAPE COLLINSON.

-----0------

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL 5-233191

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 11, 1984

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

FIRMS STRESS NEED FOR CLOSE CLIENT CONTACTS..................... 1

REMEMBRANCE DAY CEREMONY ....................................... 3

TALKS ON EA CALL BY EEC START SOON ............................. 4

NEW LOOK FOR IMMIGRATION STAFF ................................. 4

YOUTHS CIVIC EFFORT URGED ...................................... 5

REFUSE DISPOSAL SCHEME TO IMPROVE ENVIRONMENT .................. 6

TENDERS FOR TWO POLICE PROJECTS CALLED.......................... 7

VOLUNTARY AGENCIES IMPORTANT TO COM,UNITY ...................... 7

WHY SWIMMING IS STILL THE TOP SPORT ............................ 8

TAKING THE SHOCK OUT OF ELECTRICAL WORKS ....................

WONG TAI SIN FESTIVAL STARTS .................................. 1°

FISHING CHILDREN GET VACCINATIONS ............................. 11

WORKSHOPS ON REMEDIAL ENGLISH TEACHING......................... 12

SOCCER PITCH FOR FISHER FOLK................................... 12

WORK TO START ON LAST SECTION OF SEAWALL....................... 13

OFFICES Oli THE MOVE........................................... 14

MARKET STALLS FOR LEASE........................................ 14

RESTRICTED ZONE INTRODUCED...................................

STREET TO BE RE-ROUTED.......................................

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 11, 1984

- 1 -

FIRMS STRESS NEED FOR CLOSE CLIENT CONTACTS ******

COMMERCIAL FIRMS IN HONG KONG ARE MORE CONCERNED ABOUT THE |EED FOR CLOSE CONTACTS WITH CLIENTS AND OTHER BUSINESS LINKS THAN ABOUT THE HIGH COST OF RENTS.

THIS IS INDICATED FROM A SURVEY CARRIED OUT IN JULY AND AUGUST LAST YEAR AMONG 350 LARGE, MEDIUM AND SMALL FIRMS BY THE STRATEGIC PLANNING UNIT OF THE LANDS AND WORKS BRANCH.

THE FINDINGS HAVE BEEN PRESENTED TO THE SPECIAL COMMITTEE ON LAND SUPPLY, WHICH HAS NOTED THEM WITH INTEREST.

IN THEIR RESPONSE TO THE SURVEY QUESTIONNAIRE AND FOLLOW-UP PERSONAL INTERVIEWS, THE FIRMS, GENERALLY, STRESSED THE CONSTANT NEED FOR CLOSE COMMUNICATIONS WITH CLIENTS AND BUSINESS LINKS THROUGH FACE-TO-FACE MEETINGS AND +URGENT-BY-HAND+ DELIVERED CORRESPONDENCE.

THIS EMPHASIS ON +ACCESSIBIL ITY+ — THE TERM USED TO DESCRIBE THE NEED FOR SUCH BUSINESS CONTACTS, OR FUNCTIONAL LINKAGES — WAS PARTICULARLY EVIDENT AMONG THE 56 BIG FIRMS EMPLOYING MORE THAN 200 PERSONS, COVERED IN THE SURVEY.

AS A RESULT, THE +CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT*, COMPRISING THE CENTRAL RATING AND VALUATION DISTRICT, AND THE +INNER CITY+, COMPRISING THE ADJOINING SHEUNG WAN, WAN CHAI-TA HANG AND TSIM SHA TSUI, WILL CONTINUE TO BE IN DEMAND AS OFFICE LOCATIONS, A REPORT ON THE SURVEY STATES.

ABOUT 90 PER CENT OF ALL COMMERCIAL SPACE IS KNOWN TO BE LOCATED IN THE CENTRAL AND INNER CITY AREAS, AND THIS SPATIAL CONCENTRATION OF OFFICE DEVELOPMENT HAS, INEVITABLY, AS IS THE CASE IN MANY LARGE CITIES ELSEWHERE, BROUGHT ABOUT PROBLEMS OF TRAFFIC CONGESTION, OVER-CROWDING, ESCALATION OF PROPERTY PRICES AND RENTS, AND LENGTHENING OF TRAVEL TIME.

OFFICIAL CONCERN ABOUT THE TOWN PLANNING AND TRANSPORT CONSEQUENCES OF THESE PROBLEMS LED TO THE SURVEY BEING CONDUCTED WITH THE FOLLOWING TWO MAIN OBJECTIVES:

FIRSTLY — TO IDENTIFY THE TYPES OF BUSINESSES WHICH COULD BE ENCOURAGED TO MOVE AWAY FROM THE CENTRAL AND INNER CITY AREAS TO OTHER DISTRICTS, AND

SECONDLY — TO OBTAIN DATA ABOUT COMMERCIAL FIRMS, IN PARALLEL WITH A STUDY HELD IN JANUARY LAST YEAR CONCERNING INDUSTRIAL COMPANIES, FOR A REAPPRAISAL OF THE MECHANICS FOR ACHIEVING +BALANCED+ NEW TOWN DEVELOPMENT.

SUKMY, NOVEMBER 11, 1984

2

THE REPORT POINTS OUT THAT AT THE TIME OF THE SURVEY, FIRMS WERE ON AVERAGE PAYING TWO TO THREE TIMES THE RENTS THEY HAD BEEN PAYING ABOUT FIVE YEARS BEFORE.

YET. WHILE RENTS WERE AN EFFECTIVE +PUSH FACTOR* TO OFFICE MOBILITY AND +DECENTRALISATION+, ACCESSIBILITY REMAINED THE SINGLE MOST IMPORTANT CRITERION IN THE SEARCH FOR AND DECISION ON OFFICE LOCATION.

THE SURVEY INDICATES, ACCORDING TO THE REPORT, THAT AT LEAST FOR THE TIME BEING, +A WIDE GEOGRAPHICAL DECENTRALISATION IN OFF I Ct DEVELOPMENT — PARTICULARLY TO THE NEW TOWNS — IS NOT LIKELY TO OCCUR, GIVEN THE SPECIAL NEEDS OF THE COMMERCIAL SECTOR IN GENERAL*.

THE DEMAND FOR OFFICE SPACE IN THE CENTRAL DISTRICT — THE PRIME OFFICE CENTRE — IS LIKELY TO GROW WITH HONG KONG’S FURTHER DEVELOPMENT INTO AN INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL AND BUSINESS CENTRE.

IF SUPPLY DOES NOT KEEP PACE, +THE GROWING DEMAND IS BOUND TO FURTHER INCREASE THE COMPETITION FOR OFFICE SPACE, WITH CONSEQUENT EFFECT ON RENT AND PROPERTY PRICES*.

IN SUCH A SITUATION, THE DEMAND FOR OFFICE SPACE WILL TEND TO BE EXTENDED TO SUCH SECONDARY OFFICE CENTRES AS WAN CHAI AND TSIM SHA TSUI.

OFFICE DECENTRALISATION IN THIS LIMITED GEOGRAPHICAL CONTEXT IS, THEREFORE, POSSIBLE.

HOWEVER, THE SCOPE OF AND THE SPEED AT WHICH SUCH DECENTRALISATION TAKES PLACE WILL DEPEND PARTICULARLY UPON THE SUPPLY SITUATION IN CENTRAL IN FUTURE. IN PERIODS WHEN THERE IS A DISTINCT OVERSUPPLY SUCH MOVEMENTS MIGHT BE SLOWED DOWN OR EVEN REVERSED.

ANOTHER POINT EMERGING FROM THE SURVEY IS THAT BANKS, FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS AND REAL ESTATE-INSURANCE FIRMS TEND TO CONCENTRATE IN THE CENTRAL DISTRICT. ON THE OTHER HAND, A GREATER PROPORTION OF IMPORT-EXPORT FIRMS ARE LOCATED IN THE OTHER OFFICE CENTRES.

THE REPORT ALSO POINTS OUT THAT THE STUDY HAS CERTAIN LIMITATIONS FOR THE FOLLOWING THREE REASONS:

FIRSTLY — IT IS BASED ON ATTITUDES WHICH MAY CHANGE OVER A FAIRLY SHORT PERIOD OF TIME,

SECONDLY — UNLIKE THE CASE OF HARD FACTUAL DATA, SUCH ATTITUDES ARE DIFFICULT TO MEASURE IN PRECISE TERMS AND IN A DIRECT WAY, AND

/THIHDLT — TEE

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 11, 1984

- 3 -

THIRDLY -- THE LOGISTICS OF THE SURVEY AND CONSTRAINTS ON THE TIME AND BUDGET AVAILABLE +HAVE NOT INSIGNIFICANTLY LIMITED THE SCOPE OF THE COVERAGE AND SAMPLE SIZE*.

IT IS THEREFORE IMPORTANT, THE REPORT STATES, TO NOTE THAT THE SURVEY FINDINGS SHOULD ONLY BE TAKEN AS INDICATIVE RATHER THAN ABSOLUTE.

THE REPORT ADDS, HOWEVER, THAT + NOTWITHSTANDI NG SUCH LIMITATIONS, THE SURVEY SHOULD NO DOUBT BE ABLE TO PROVIDE VALUABLE INFORMATION ON THE SUBJECT OF FUTURE PROPENSITIES FOR OFFICE DEVELOPMENT, ON THE BASIS OF WHICH GOVERNMENT MAY FORMULATE OR REVIEW RELATED POLICIES AND STRATEGIES*.

-----o------

REMEMBRANCE DAY CEREMONY

* * *

A REMEMBRANCE DAY CEREMONY WAS HELD AT THE CENOTAPH STATUE SQUARE TODAY (SUNDAY) IN HONOUR OF THOSE WHO GAVE LIVES IN ACTIVE SERVICE.

IN

THEIR

WREATHS WERE LAID BY THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE5 THE CHIFF JUSTICE SIR DENYS ROBERTS? THE COMMANDER BRITISH FORCES, Si5R GENERAL DEREK BOORMAN? REPRESENTATIVES OF THE EXECUTIVE AND LEGISLATIVE COUNCILS; COMMONWEALTH COMMISSIONERS; THE COMMISSIONER OF POLICE, MR ROY HENRY; THE CHAIRMAN OF THE URBAN COUNCIL, MR HILTON CHEONG-LEEN; SERVICE COMMANDERS AND REPRESENTATIVES OF THE ROYAL BRITISH LEGION, SERVICE UNITS, TRADITIONAL COMMUNITY ORGANISATIONS AND EX-SERVICEMEN S ASSOCIATIONS.

AND IN STANLEY, THE CORRECTIONAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT OBSERVED REMEMBRANCE DAY WITH A SERVICE IN THE MAIN HALL OF THE OFFICERS CLUE.

THE SERVICE WAS ATTENDED BY THE ACTING COMMISSIONER OF CORRECTIONAL SERVICES, MR CHAN WA-SHEK, AND STAFF AND FRIENDo CF THE DEPARTMENT.

AFTERWARDS, THE CONGREGATION, LED BY THE CAPE COLLINSON EAND, MARCHED TO STANLEY MILITARY CEMETERY AND JOINED IN A WREATH-LAYING CEREMONY.

-----o------

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 11, 1984

- 4

TALKS ON EA CALL BY EEC START SOON * * *

HONG KONG AND ’HE EUROPEAN ECONOMIC CONSULTATIONS ON WEDNESDAY (NOVEMBER 14) RECENT EXPORT AUTHORISATION (EA) CALL ON OF EXPORTS TO THE UNITED KINGDOM.

COMMUNITY WILL HOLD IN BRUSSELS ON THE CATEGORY 86 IN RESPECT

CALL ARE: CORSETS,

THE EXPORT PRODUCTS AFFECTED BY THE .

CORSET-BELTS, SUSPENDER-BELTS, BRACES, SUSPENDERS, GARTERS AND THE LIKE (INCLUDING SUCH ARTICLES OF KNITTED OR CROCHETED FABRIC), OTHER THAN BRASSIERES, WHETHER OR NOT ELASTIC.

THE HONG KONG DELEGATION WILL BE LED BY MR DEREK JONES, MINISTER FOR HONG KONG’S COMMERCIAL RELATIONS WITH THE EEC AND THE MEMBER STATES.

THE ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF TRADE, MR JOSEPH W.P. WONG, LEFT HONG KONG LAST NIGHT FOR BRUSSELS TO JOIN MR JONES IN THE CONSULTATIONS.

--------o----------

NEW LOOK FOR IMMIGRATION STAFF * * * *

THE 2 3OO-STRONG UNIFORMED MEMBERS OF THE IMMIGRATION SERVICE WILL HAVE A NEW LOOK BY MID-NOVEMBER.

+THE NEW INSIGNIAS, MADE OF SHINY METAL, WILL REPLACE THE PRESENT EMBROIDERED STRIPES WHICH HAVE BEEN IN USE SINCE THF DEPARTMENT WAS SET UP IN 1961,+ A CHIEF IMMIGRATION OFFICER CF THE DEPARTMENT, MR NG SUE-PING, SAID.

MR NG BELIEVED THAT WITH THE NEW FEATURES, THE DEPARTMENT’S OFFICERS WOULD PROJECT A MORE PROMINENT IMAGE AS A DISCIPLINED SERVICE.

THE RANK INSIGNIAS ARE ALSO REMOVABLE SO THAT A PROMOTED OFFICER CAN JUST HAVE HIS INSIGNIA REPLACED WITHOUT CHANGING THE WHOLE EPAULETTE.

HE STRESSED THAT ECONOMY WAS ANOTHER REASON FOR THE CHANGE. THE NEW METAL INSIGNIAS ARE MORE DURABLE THAN THE PRESENT TYPE.

THOUGHTS ARE ALSO BEING GIVEN TO THE WEARING OF UNIFORM BY SENIOR OFFICERS OF THE SERVICE.

-----o-----

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 11, 1984

- 5 -

YOUTHS CIVIC EFFORT URGED * * *

THE PRINCIPAL ASSISTANT SECRETARY FOR CITY AND NEW TEFF TORIES ADMINISTRATION, MR C.M. LEUNG TODAY (SUNDAY) URGED YOUNG PEOPLE TO BE MORE ACTIVELY INVOLVED IN PROMOTING DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION.

SPEAKING AT THE FINALS OF THE DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION QUIZ COMPETITION, MR LEUNG SAID: + WITH THE EVOLVEMENT OF THE POLITICAL SYSTEM IN HONG KONG, THE ESTABLISHMENT OF DISTRICT BOARDS, THE REGIONAL COUNCIL, AND THE PROPOSED INTRODUCTION CF REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT, ARE INSTANCES OF THE CONTINUED DEVELOPMENT OF DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION.*

+THE GOVERNMENT KEEPS ON PROVIDING MORE CHANNELS AT DISTRICT, REGIONAL AS WELL AS CENTRAL LEVELS FOR THE PUBLIC TO EXPRESS THEIR VIEWS AND TO PARTICIPATE IN THE ADMINISTRATION OF THE TERRITORY, SO THAT IT WILL EE MADE MORE DIRECTLY ACCOUNTABLE TO THE PEOPLE,* HE ADDED.

+IT IS IMPERATIVE FOR THE YOUNG PEOPLE OF HONG KONG, AS MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC, TO SUPPORT, AND TO TAKE PART IN PROMOTING DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION,* HE SAID.

MR LEUNG STRESSED THE INCREASINGLY IMPORTANT ROLE OF THE DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION AND THE DISTRICT BOARDS.

+ACCORDING TO PROPOSALS IN THE GREEN PAPER ON REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT, DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS WILL HAVE THE OPPORTUNITIES TO BE ELECTED TO THE EXECUTIVE AND LEGISLATIVE COUNCILS, THUS ENABLING THEM TO PARTICIPATE IN THE FORMULATION OF POLICIES,* HE SAID.

TODAY’S DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION QUIZ COMPETITION WAS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE CITY AND NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION AND h LOCAL CHINESE NEWSPAPER TO PROMOTE DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION AMONG YOUTHS AND TO STIMULATE THEIR ACTIVE PARTICIPATION.

AFTER KEEN COMPETITION, GIFFEN CHENG EMERGED AS THE WINNER TAKING THE FIRST PRIZE OF A COMPUTER DONATED BY THE ST. LOUIS GROUP OF SCHOOLS. THE THREE RUNNERS-UP WERE TSOI YEE-HANG, SILVIA LEE AND STANLEY AU wHO RECEIVED A TYPEWRITER, A CAMERA AND A CALCULATOR.

ALSO PRESENT AT THE EVENT WERE LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLOR, MRS PAULINE NG CHOW MEI-LIN; CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT BOARD MEMBER, MR LEE TAT-YU; THE SUPERVISOR OF THE ST LOUIS GROUP OF SCHOOLS. REV PATRICK DEANE; AND THE ADVISORS OF THE COMPETITION, MR WONG MUNG-HEA OF SING TAO JAN PAO AND MR CHEUNG CHOK-LEUNO CF THE EXPRESS.

-----0------

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 11, 1984

6

REFUSE DISPOSAL SCHEME TO IMPROVE ENVIRONMENT

*****

A PILOT SCHEME TO BARGE HOUSEHOLD RF^USE TO TSING Yl ISLAND FOR DISPOSAL WILL BE EXTENDED TO LAMMA ISLAND, MUI WO ON LANTAU ISLAND AND PENG CHAU.

AT THE MOMENT, THE SCHEME COVERS TRANSPORTATION OF SUCH REFUSE FROM CHEUNG CHAU ONLY.

THE NEW SERVICE AIMED TO PHASE OUT VILLAGE-TYPE INCINERATORS AND IMPROVE ENVIRONMENTAL HYGIENE, SAID A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT.

TEN SUCH INCINERATORS WILL CEASE OPERATION WHEN THE EXTENDED SERVICE STARTS IN JANUARY NEXT YEAR. TwO OF THEM aRE LOCATED ON PENG CHAU, FOUR ON LAMMA ISLAND AND ANOTHER FOUR ON LANTAU.

THE NTSD IS NOW INVITING TENDERS FOR THE SUPPLY OF A MOTORISED BARGE AND OPEN-TIPPER LORRIES WITH CREW TO DO THE WORK.

THE CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO TRANSPORT EaCH DAY ABOUT 23 TONNES OF REFUSE, LOADED IN ROPE NETS AND PLASTIC BAGS, FROM LAMMA ISLAND, MUI WO AND PENG CHAU TO TSING Yl ISLAND.

PART OF THE REFUSE WILL BE FERRIED FROM TSING Yl THE SAME DAY TO KWAI CHUNG INCINERATION PLANT FOR DISPOSAL AND THE REST

TO MA YAU TONG CONTROLLED TIP.

THE CONTRACT IS FOR THREE MONTHS FROM JANUARY 1,

1985.

TENDER FORMS ARE AVAILABLE AT ISLANDS URBAN SERVICES OFFICE, ROOMS 2101-2103, INTERNATIONAL BUILDING, 141 DES VOEUX ROAD CENTRAL, HONG KONG.

COMPLETED FORMS SHOULD BE PLACED IN THE TENDER BOX AT THE NTSD HEADQUARTERS ON THE THIRD FLOOR OF SWIRE AND MACLAINE HOUSE (AUSTIN CENTRE), 19-23 AUSTIN AVENUE, TSIM SHA TSUI, BEFORE 9 AM ON DECEMBER 7 (FRIDAY).

FURTHER INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED BY CALLING 5-452442 DURING OFFICE HOURS.

- - 0 - -

/7

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 11, 1P84

TENDERS FOR TWO POLICE PROJECTS CALLED * * *

THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF A NEW MARINE POLICE BASE AT SHAM WAN, ABERDEEN.

THE PROJECT, OCCUPYING 980 SQUARE METRES, INCLUDES A 16-STOREC BUILDING TO ACCOMMODATE OFFICES, RADIO-RADAR ROOMS, LECTURE hOOMS, WORKSHOPS, ILLEGAL IMMIGRANT HOLDING AREAS AND A NE IGHBOUEHOOD POLICE UNIT.

OTHER FACILITIES INCLUDE BARRACKS AND CHANGING ROOMS, DINING-RECREATIONAL ROOMS, STORES AND A LAUNDRY.

WORK IS EXPECTED TO START IN JANUARY NEXT YEAR AND EE COMPLETED IN JUNE 1986.

MEANWHILE, TENDERS ARE ALSO BEING CALLED FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF POLICE RANK AND FILE MARRIED QUARTERS IN KAU YU.K ROAD, YUEN LONG.

UNDER THE PROJECT, A 24-STOREY BLOCK PROVIDING 144 QUARTERS UNITS WILL BE BUILT.

WORK IS EXPECTED TO START IN JANUARY NEXT YEAR AND BL COMPLETED IN SEPTEMBER 1986.

- - 0 - -

VOLUNTARY AGENCIES IMPORTANT TO COMMUNITY * * * * *

VOLUNTARY AGENCIES PLAYED AN IMPORTANT ROLE IN ENHANCING THE QUALITY OF LIFE IN THE COMMUNITY, THE DISTRICT COMMISSIONER FCR TSUEN WAN, MR CHAN SUI-JEUNG, SAID TODAY (SUNDAY).

SPEAKING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE CARITAS BAZAAR IN TSUEN WAN, MR CHAN SAID THE GOVERNMENT WAS GRATEFUL TO THE VOLUNTARY AGENCIES FOR THEIR CONTRIBUTION TO THE COMMUNITY.

MR CHAN SAID THAT OVER THE YEARS, CARITAS HAD EXPANDED I To ACTIVITES TO COVER ALMOST ALL ASPECTS OF SOCIAL SERVICES, WITH MORE THAN 60 SERVICE UNITS SET UP THROUGHOUT HONG KONG.

HE URGED THE COMMUNITY IN TSUEN WAN TO SUPPORT THE ORGANISATION.

+WITH SUCH RAPID EXPANSION TO MEET THE GROWING NEEDS OF THE COMMUNITY, THE ANNUAL BUDGET REQUIRED BY CARITAS TO ITS MEDICAL, EDUCATIONAL, SOCIAL AND COMMUNITY SUPPORT >ERVi.Eo HAS INCREASED TO A VERY SUBSTANTIAL FIGURE,+ HE SAID.

- - 0

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 11, 1984

8

MY SWIMMING IS STILL THE TOP SPORT * * * *

euiK-MiMr iq STILL THE MOST POPULAR ACTIVE SPORT IN HONG KONG, ^J5Y^GSHlh^I?4%ETHEir»3A5D"NP“/™iNAG8pLJoJsE YTH^CONFIRHS

AND NICHES AND B? TEACHING PEOPLE TO SWIM COMPETENTLY AND SAFELY.

THIS YEAR THE HUNDREDS OF THOUSANDS WHO ALREADY SWAM REGULARLY HAVE BEEN JOINED BY 8 900 NEWCOMERS TO THE WATER. THE FIGURE SETS A RECORD FOR THE NUMBER OF ENTHUSIASTS WHO HAVE MASTERED THE BASIC SKILLS THROUGH THE COUNCIL’S +LEARN TO SWIM+ PROGRAMME. WITH AN AVERAGE OF 30 LEARNER-SWIMMERS IN EACH CLASS, A TOTAL OF 307 CLASSES WERE HELD — ANOTHER RECORD.

SO FAR THIS YEAR, THE COUNCIL HAS SPONSORED TWO INTERNATIONAL SWIMMING COMPETITIONS AND 10 LOCAL CONTESTS. IT HAS ALSO CO-SPONSORED A SYNCHRONISED SWIMMING COMPETITION, AN INTERNATIONAL WATER POLO COMPETITION, THREE WATER POLO CLASSES AND A DIVING COURSE.

IN CO-OPERATION WITH THE GOVERNMENT’S RECREATION AND SPORTS SERVICE, THE COUNCIL FUNDED A SUMMER AQUATIC PROGRAMME COMPRISING 58 SEPARATE ACTIVITIES. AMONG THEM WERE SWIMMING CLINICS, AND COURSES IN DIVING, LIFE-SAVING, SNORKELLING AND SYNCHRONISED SWIMMING.

ALL OF THIS FOLLOWS FROM THE COUNCIL’S RECOGNITION THAT SWIMMING, PERHAPS THE HEALTHIEST OF ALL RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES, HAS ATTRACTED AN EVER-INCREASING NUMBER OF PARTICIPANTS OVER THE PAST DECADE. LAST YEAR THERE WERE 2.5 MILLION ADMISSIONS TO THE URBAN COUNCIL’S SWIMMING POOLS AND THE CROWDS THAT FLOCKED TO THE BEACHES WERE ESTIMATED TO HAVE TOTALLED 12 MILLION PEOPLE OVER THE 12 MONTHS.

ALONG WITH ITS PROGRAMMES TO PROMOTE WATER SAFETY THROUGH THE SWIMMING CLASSES, THE COUNCIL’S ULTIMATE GOAL IS TO PROVIDE A SWIMMING POOL COMPLEX FOR EVERY 250 000 PEOPLE IN THE URBAN DISTRICTS.

WITH THE OPENING OF THE LAI CHI KOK COMPLEX LAST MAY, AND WITH THE WAN CHAI TRAINING POOL OPENING NEXT MONTH, THE COUNCIL IS NOW WITHIN SIGHT OF ACHIEVING THIS GOAL. IN FACT, WITH 11 POOL COMPLEXES NOW IN SERVICE, IT HAS ALREADY HIT THE TARGET IN SIX OF THE 10 URBAN DISTRICTS.

THE COUNCIL HAS EIGHT OTHER COMPLEXES IN THE PLANNING ♦PIPELINE*. THEY WILL BE LOCATED AT SHAMSHUIPO, KOWLOON PAE-., SHUN LEE ESTATE, HO MAN TIN, JAVA ROAD. SHEK KIP ME I , HAMMER HILL AND SAM KA TSUEN (YAU TONG). IN ADDITION TO TRAINING FACILITIES, SEVERAL OF THESE NEW COMPLEXES WILL INCORPORATE +FUN + ELEMENTS SUCH AS SLIDES AND NAVE POOLS.

/THE FIRST ......

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 11, 1984

- 9 -

THE FIRST URBAN COUNCIL +F'JN PCOL + IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED IN 1989 AS PART OF THE KOWLOON PARK SWIMMING POOL COMPLEX.

THIS COMPLEX WILL ALSO FEATURE THE FIRST HEATED AND COVERED COMPETITION POOL TO BE BUILT TO THE LATEST INTERNATIONAL COMPETITION STANDARDS -- THOSE PRESCRIBED BY FINA (FEDERATION INTERNATIONAL DE NATATION AMATEUR) -- AND THE FIRST HEATED DIVING POOL It! HONG KONG.

THE WAN CHAI TRAINING POOL INCLUDES HIGHLY ADVANCED TRAINING FEATURES THAT CAN BE INCORPORATED IN POOLS TO BE CONSTRUCTED LATER. THE POOL IS SURROUNDED BY UNDERWATER V IF , ING BAYS AND ILLUMINATED BY UNDERWATER FLOODLIGHTING. IT IS PARTICULARLY SUITED FOR ADVANCED TRAINING IN VARIOUS WA’ZF SPOFTS. COACHES WILL BE ABLE TO MONITOR SWIMMING AND PLAYING PERFORM*HCES MORE CLOSELY THAN IN A CONVENTIONAL POOL AND GIVE ADVICE 0 CONTESTANTS UNDER TRAINING.

THE HEATED POOL IS PART OF THE FACILITIES IN THE . h. ILLIC? WAN CHAI RECLAMATION RECREATION CENTRE STAGE II. WHEN FULLY COMPLETED IN 1987, THE SPORTS CENTRE WILL ALSO HAVE AN l’'DOO • GAMES HALL. THE POOL AND ITS ANCILLARY FEATURES ALONE CCS! AN ESTIMATED «I12 MILLION.

THE COUNCIL NOW MANAGES A TOTAL OF 75 POOLS OF VARIOUS I ZES AND DEPTH. MOST OF THEM ARE IN THE PURPOSE-BUILT COMPLEX? LOCATED AT ABERDEEN, KENNEDY TOWN, MORRISON HILL, VICTOR I ■ PA AND CHAI WAN ON THE ISLAND’ AND AT TAI WAN SHAN, KWUN TO’.-, KOWLOON TSAI, LEI CHENG UK, MORSE PARK AND LAI CHI KOK PA-.K KOWLOON.

ALSO UNDER THE URBAN COUNCIL’S CHARGE ARE THE 12 GAZETTtu BEACHES ON THE SOUTHERN SHORES OF HONG KONG ISLAND. THEY APE: BIG WAVE BAY, CHUNG HOM KOK, DEEP WATER BAY, HAIR PIN BEACH, MIDDLE BAY, REPULSE BAY, ROCKY BAY, SHEK 0 BEACH, SOUTH BAY, ST. STEPHEN’S, STANLEY MAIN AND TURTLE COVE.

AT ALL SWIMMING POOLS AND BEACHES, SAFETY IS A PRIME ANZ EVER-PRESENT CONCERN OF THE COUNCIL AND ITS POOL AND BEACH STAFF. MANY GRATEFUL TRIBUTES HAVE BEEN PAID, BY SWIMMERS WHO RECEIVED PROMPT HELP IN TIME OF DIFFICULTY, TO A HARD-WORKING LIFEGUARD SERVICE, MADE UP OF TEAMS OF DEDICATED MEN TRAINED II: F I -.ST । U, WATER RESCUE TECHNIQUES AND RESUSCITATION.

THE TOTAL NUMBER OF RESCUE CASES SUCCESSFULLY MADE SO FAR THIS YEAR STANDS AT 590.

-----o------

/10 .......

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 11, 1984

10 -

TAKING THE SHOCK OUT OF ELECTRICAL WORKS

* * *

A CODE OF PRACTICE ON +PROTECTION OF COMMUNICATION NETWORKS FROM ELECTRICAL POWER DISTRIBUTION* HAS BEEN PUBLISHED BY THE POST OFFICE.

IT CONTAINS RECOMMENDATIONS MADE BY A WORKING GROUP ON TECHNICAL STANDARDS AND PRACTICES TO BE ADOPTED IN PLANNING AND CONSTRUCTION OF ELECTRICITY SUPPLY DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS.

A POST OFFICE SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY THAT THE WORKING GROUP HAD BEEN CONSIDERING HOW BEST TO PROTECT EQUIPMENT, AND SAFEGUARD USERS AND OPERATING STAFF OF THE TELEPHONE AND OTHER TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS AGAINST POSSIBLE ELECTRIC SHOCKS DUE TO HIGH VOLTAGES FROM ELECTRICITY SUPPLY DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS.

THE WORKING GROUP COMPRISED REPRESENTATIVES OF THE HONG KONG TELEPHONE COMPANY LIMITED, CHINA LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY LIMITED, HONG KONG ELECTRIC COMPANY LIMITED AND THE POST OFFICE.

THE RECOMMENDATIONS HAD RECENTLY BEEN AGREED ON BY ALL PARTIES AND HAD BEEN ADOPTED BY THE TELEPHONE COMPANY AND ThE TaiO power companies.

THE CODE OF PRACTICE IS AVAILABLE ON REQUEST TO ALL ENGINEERING ORGANISATIONS AND OTHER INTERESTED BODIES.

FURTHER DETAILS MAY BE OBTAINED BY WRITING TO THE TELECOMMUNICATION BRANCH, POST OFFICE, GPO HEADQUARTERS, CENTRAL.

0 - - - -

WONG TAI SIN FESTIVAL STARTS

* * * *

THOUSANDS OF PEOPLE WERE ENTERTAINED AT THE GRAND OPENING OF THE 2ND WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT FESTIVAL AT MORSE PARK THIS (SUNDAY) AFTERNOON.

THE PROGRAMME BEGAN WITH A PERFORMANCE BY THE CAPE COLLINSON MARCHING BAND, FOLLOWED BY DRAGON AND THE LION DANCES, A DISPLAY OF RHYTHMIC GYMNASTICS BY 300 STUDENTS, BRITISH FuLa DANCES BY THE HONG KONG MORRIS DANCE TROUPE, AND ORIENTAL DANCES BY THE RECREATION AND SPORTS SERVICE DANCE TROUPE.

APART FROM THE ENTERTAINMENT THERE WERE VARIOUS EVENTS FEATURING TABLE TENNIS, BASKETBALL, TELEMATCH COMPETITIONS, AN ARCHERY EVENT, A CHILDREN’S CARNIVAL, SPORTS FOR THE ELDERLY AND DISCO DANCING, IN WHICH THE AUDIENCE ALSO PARTICIPATED.

/speaking at .......

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 11, 1984

- 11 -

rno AT THE OPENING CEREMONY. THE REGIONAL SECRETARY

KONG AND KOWLOON, MR BARRIE WIGGHAM SAID THIS YEAR’S

^SI?J£LF1ST,VAL« centring on sports, offered a rich Mr t

CF -VENTS THAT WOULD BRING MUCH FUN AND HAPPINESS TO RESIDENTS.

THE FE%An5A\F^\oTlROUS^7JJ^CS’AWASESS ‘ tSSS JS^COmSS JI ?? °F building, to strengthen their SENSE OF BELONGING and INVOLVE EVERYONE IN DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION,* HE sJ?D

MR WIGGHAM ALSO NOTED THAT THE THEME OF THE FESTIVAL -♦BUILDING A BETTER COMMUNITY TOGETHER* - WAS +MOST APPROPRIATE*.

ALSO PRESENT AT THE CEREMONY WERE THE COMMISSIONER FOR RECREATION AND CULTURE, MR PATRICK WILLIAMSON AND THE WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT OFFICER, MR PHILIP CHOK.

MORE THAN 30 SPORTS AND RECREATIONAL EVENTS HAVE BEEN ORGANISED FOR THE TWO-WEEK FESTIVAL. THESE INCLUDE VARIOUS BALL GAMES AND COMPETITIONS, A CROSS COUNTRY RACE, VARIETY SHOWS, CANTONESE OPERAS, PUPPET THEATRE PERFORMANCES, AN OPEN-AIR CONCERT, A DRAWING COMPETITION, A PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION AND FAMILY OUTINGS.

FREE ADMISSION TICKETS AND PROGRAMME HANDOUTS ARE AVAILABLE AT THE WONG TAI SIN RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT, THE DISTRICT OFFICE AND ITS SUB-OFFICES. TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE AT 3-222261 OR 3-241871 DURING OFFICE HOURS.

-----0------

FISHING CHILDREN GET VACCINATIONS

* * * *

CHILDREN FROM THE FISHING COMMUNITY WERE VACCINATED TODAY (SUNDAY) AGAINST INFECTIOUS CHILDHOOD DISEASES BY A TEAM OF OFFICERS FROM THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT.

THE TEAM ARRIVED AT THE YAU MA TEI TYPHOON SHELTER AT ABOUT 9 AM AND MADE BOAT-TO-BOAT VISITS TO INOCULATE CHILDREN FROF SIX MONTHS OF AGE TO 10 YEARS AGAINST DISEASES SUCH AS MEASLES, DIPHTHERIA, WHOOPING COUGH, TETANUS AND POLIOMYELITIS.

HEALTH INFORMATION LEAFLETS ON THE PREVENTION AND . IMMUNI SAT I OF COMMUNICABLE DISEASES WERE ALSO DISTRIBUTED FROM A H-ALTr. EDUCATION VAN.

/12 .......

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 11, 1984

12

WORKSHOPS ON REMEDIAL ENGLISH TEACHING * * *

THREE WORKSHOPS ON REMEDIAL ENGLISH TEACHING FOR TEACHERS CF ENGLISH IN JUNIOR SECONDARY FORMS WILL BE HELD IN DECEMBER.

ORGANISED BY THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT'S ENGLISH LANGUAGE TEACHING CENTRE, THE WORKSHOPS WILL BE HELD ON DECEMBER 11, 12 AND 13, FROM 2.30 PM TO 5 PM, AT THE CENTRE AT BONHAM ROAD, HONG KONG.

AT EACH WORKSHOP, DIFFERENT MATERIALS FOR TEACHING READING AND WRITING TO REMEDIAL GROUPS WILL BE DISCUSSED. IT WILL ALbO COVER THE TEACHING OF LISTENING AND ORAL SKULL.

PARTICIPANTS WILL HAVE A CHANCE TO DESIGN TEACHING MATERIALS FOR USE IN THEIR OWN CLASSES.

EACH WORKSHOP CAN ACCOMMODATE A MAXIMUM <0F 20 TEACHERS. PRIORITY WILL BE GIVEN TO TEACHERS WHO HAVE NOT ATTENDED SUCH WORKSHOPS BEFORE.

SCHOOL HEADS ARE REQUESTED TO SUBMIT THE NAMES OF TEACHERS WHO WISH TO ATTEND THE WORKSHOP TO THE SENIOR INSPECTOR, tNGutSh LANGUAGE TEACHING CENTRE, 9A BONHAM ROAD, HONG KONG, BEFORE NOVEMBER 22.

ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE WITH THE CENTRE ON 5-4(32537.

- - 0

SOCCER PITCH FOR FISHER FOLK * * *

THE ONLY RECREATIONAL FACILITY FOR THE FLOATING POPULATION OF SAM MUN TSAI IN. SAI KUNG — A SOCCER PITCH — WAS RECENTLY REPAIRED THROUGH THE JOINT EFFORTS OF THE FISHERMEN AA'D THE DISTRICT OFFICE.

ORIGINALLY :BUILT BY THE FISHERMEN ON A SLOPE OF UR|M ISLAND hEXT TO THE FLOATING POPULATION, THE 1 700 SQUARE-METRE SOCCER PITCH HAD BF.EN BADLY DAMAGED BY EROSION.

SPEAKING AT A CEREMONY TO MARK COMPLETION OF THE REPAIR WORK THIo (SUNDAY) AFTERNOON, DISTRICT OFFICER, MISS CARRI E CHENG SAID: +THE PITCH WAS REPAIRED BY THE YOUNG FISHERMEN •• iTn MATER I'aL WORTH ABOUT $24 000, SPONSORED BY THE LOCAL PUBLIC WORKS SCHEME OF THE DISTRICT OFF ICE.+

MISS CHENG NOTED THAT THE FISHERMEN HAD ALSO RAISED c. . TOWARDS THE OVERALL COST OF THE PROJECT.

/♦THIS SOCCSH ..

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 11, 1984

+ THIS SOCCER PITCH RENOVATION PROJECT IS THE RESULT OF EFFORTS BY THE SAM MUN TSAI FISHERMEN, LOCAL COMMUNITY LEADERS AND THE GOVERNMENT,+ SHE SAID.

SHE SAID THAT WITH THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT, YOUNG FISHERMEN, WHO HAD A GOOD REPUTATION IN LOCAL SPORTS ACTIVITIES SUCH AS THE DRAGON BOAT RACE, WOULD HAVE THE OPPORTUNITY TO ACQUIRE MORE PHYSICAL TRAINING SO THAT THEY COULD DO BETTER IN SPORTS.

♦HOWEVER, IT IS EQUALLY IMPORTANT THAT APART FROM RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES, YOUNG PEOPLE SHOULD ALSO PARTICIPATE IN OTHpR EVENTS ORGANISED BY VARIOUS GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS AND THE DISTRICT BOARD SO THAT THEY CAN HAVE A BETTER UNDERSTANDING OF DISTRICT AFFAIRS,+ MISS CHENG SAID.

SHE URGED RESIDENTS IN THE DISTRICT TO EXERCISE THEIR RIGHTS AND TO VOTE IN THE DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS ON MARCH 7 NEXT YEAR.

EARLIER IN THE DAY, A DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION CUP SOCCER TOURNAMENT wAS HELD AMONG SIX FISHERMEN TEAMS FROM VARIOUS AREmS IN THE DISTRICT.

-----o-----

WORK TO START ON LAST SECTION OF SEAWALL * * * * *

THE ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT IS 'JJVITING TENDERS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE REMAINING SECTION OF A SEAWALL IN ABERDEEN RECLAMATION.

ON COMPLETION OF THE 380-METRE-LONG SEAWALL, FILLING FOR THE LAST SECTION OF THE PLANNED RECLAMATION ON THE NORTHERN BANK OF ABERDEEN HARBOUR WILL BE CARRIED OUT.

A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID ABOUT ONE HECTARE OF LAND WOULD BE PRODUCED FOR USE AS OPEN SPACE AND ROADS.

WORK ON THE PROJECT IS EXPECTED TO START IN JANUARY AND wILL BE COMPLETED IN TWO YEARS.

CONSTRUCTION WILL BE SUPERVISED BY THE PORT WORKS DIVISION CF THE DEPARTMENT.

----0------

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 11, 1^84

- 14 -

OFFICES ON THE MOVE * * *

THE DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE AND THE DISTRICT SURVEY OFFICE P SAI KUNG WILL BE OPERATING IN NEW PREMISES FROM TOMORROW (MONDAY).

THE MOVE IS NECESSARY AS THEIR SPACE AT THE SAN PO KONG GOVERNMENT OFFICES IS NO LONGER ADEQUATE. THEY WILL NOW SHARc ABOUT 1 700 SQUARE METRES OF FLOOR AREA ON THE THIRD FLOOR OF Tr-t NEV. SA! KUNG GOVERNMENT OFFICES, LOCATED AT MAN NIN STREET IN SA I KUNG.

■•"MBERS OF THE PUBLIC CAN CONTACT THE DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE . TELEPHONE 3-2814431 AND THE DISTRICT SURVEY OFFICE ON 3-2815662 i.; LAND MATTERS CONCERNING SAI KUNG DISTRICT.

-----o-----

MARKET STALLS FOR LEASE

* * *

NINE COOKED-FOOD STALLS AND ONE FRUIT STALL AT TAI YUEN STREET COOKED FOOD MARKET IN KWAI CHUNG WILL BE PUT UP FOR LEASE BY AUCTION ON THURSDAY (NOVEMBER 15).

THE AUCTION WILL BE HELD IN THE KWAI FONG COMMUNITY HALL, LAI FONG STREET, KWAI CHUNG, STARTING AT 10 AM, SAID A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT.

THE UPSET MONTHLY RENTALS FOR THE NINE COOKED FOOD STALLS RANGE FROM $2 500 TO $2 700 AND THAT OF THE FRUIT STALL IS S600.

THE CONTRACTS ARE FOR THREE YEARS FROM DECEMBER 1, RENEWABLE QUARTERLY.

BIDDERS SHOULD BRING ALONG THEIR IDENTITY CARDS AND FIVE RECENT PHOTOGRAPHS.

FURTHER DETAILS CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE HAWKERS AND MARKETS SECTION OF KWAI CHUNG URBAN SERVICES OFFICE ON TELEPHONE 0-253624.

--------o

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 11, 1934

- 15 -

RESTRICTED ZONE INTRODUCED * * * *

-ROM 1 AM ON TUESDAY (NOVEMBER 13), SHUNG LING STREET YUEN STREET AND KAM WING STREET WILL BE DESIGNATED Restricted zone, from 7 am to io am and from 4 pm to 7 pm.

>TH ir the RESTRICTED ZONE, ALL MOTOR VEHICLES, EXCEPT

I TH PERMITS ISSUED BY THE COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPORT, ' _ .E PROHIBITED FROM. PICKING UP OR SETTING DOWN PASSENGtr_-= LOADING OR UNLOADING GOODS.

- - 0 -

STREET TO BE RE-ROUTED * * *

FROM 10 AM ON TUESDAY (NOVEMBER 13), SECTION OF KacILIN -dcc- BETWEEN FUK WA STREET AND FUK WING STREcT WILL B_ R- ROUTcl-cRrVoNE-wAY EASTBOUND TO ONE-WAY WESTBOUND.

- - 0 - -

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 12, 1?84

CONTENTS PAGE NO,

HK AIMS FOR WORLD SHIPPING ROLE.......................... 1

FACTORS FOR HK'S SUCCESS PRESERVED ...................... 2

GUANGDONG GOVERNOR TO VISIT HK........................... 5

DINNER FOR XINHUA DIRECTOR............................... 5

NEW PERMIT TERMS FOR FREE FIGHT, KICK BOXING............. 5

BOARD TO DISCUSS REGIONAL COUNCIL ....................... 6

60 000 HAND INJURIES IN ONE YEAR......................... 7

WESTERN WAN CHAI TO GET SEWAGE PLANT .................... 8

MARKET COMPLEX FOR LOCKHART ROAD ........................ 8

NEW FILM TELLS ABOUT COUNTRY FIRE RISK................

MARKET STALLS FOR LEASE ..............................

RICHLAND GARDENS BALLOT TO BE HEI J) ON WEDNESDAY....... 10

WATER FIGURE............................................ 11

SALT WATER MAINS WORK................................... 11

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 12, 1984

1

HK AIMS FOR WORLD SHIPPING ROLE * * M *

THE ATTORNEY GENERAL, MR MICHAEL THOMAS, TODAY (MONDAY) PLEDGED HIS EFFORTS TO HELP MAKE HONG KONG A WORLD SHIPPING CENTRE WITHIN THE NEXT FIVE YEARS.

SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE 1984 EXPOSHIP FAR EAST EXHIBITION HERE, MR THOMAS SAID THAT ALTHOUGH LOCALLY-BASED SHIPOWNERS CURRENTLY REGISTERED THEIR SHIPS UNDER MORE THAN 20 FLAGS, THEY PROBABLY CONTROLLED THE SECOND LARGEST MERCHANT FLEET IN THE WORLD AFTER JAPAN.

♦IF SUITABLE LEGISLATIVE ARRANGEMENTS CAN BE MADE TO PROVIDE THEM WITH MODERN AND EFFICIENT FACILITIES FOR REGISTRATION, OPERATION AND CERTIFICATION, I CAN SEE A FUTURE FOR HONG KONG AS A SHIPPING CENTRE THAT WOULD DEMONSTRATE THE REALITY OF ITS CONTRIBUTION TO SEA TRANSPORT THROUGHOUT THE WORLD.

♦WITH MY LIFETIME INVOLVEMENT IN MARITIME LEGAL AFFAIRS, AND MY PRESENT RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF HONG KONG LAWS, I GIVE MY FULL SUPPORT TO THESE ASPIRATIONS AND I SHALL TRY TO SEE THEM BROUGHT TO FRUITION WITHIN THE NEXT FIVE YEARS,+ MR THOMAS PLEDGED.

ON THIS TIME SCHEDULE, HE EXPLAINED, IT WOULD PROBABLY TAKE THAT LONG TO PROVIDE THE LEGISLATIVE, ADMINISTRATIVE AND TECHNICAL FRAMEWORK WITHIN WHICH HONG KONG COULD ESTABLISH AN INTERNATIONAL REPUTATION AND STANDING AS A SEPARATE REGISTER.

♦THERE IS THEREFORE MUCH WORK TO BE DONE, BUT I WELCOME THE PLEDGE OF SUPPORT AND FULL COOPERATION THAT HAS.BEEN RECEIVED BY GOVERNMENT FROM THE HONG KONG SHIPOWNERS ASSOC I AT ION,♦ IE SAID.

WITH THESE POSSIBILITIES, HE SAID, IT WAS NOT SURPRISING THAT SO MANY EXHIBITORS HAD BEEN ATTRACTED TO THE EXHIBITION WITH ITS IMPRESSIVE DISPLAY OF ALL THAT IS AVAILABLE TO THE SHIPPING INDUSTRY.

HE TOLD HIS AUDIENCE THAT UNDER THE SINO-BRITISH DRAFT AGREEMENT, HONG KONG'S POSITION AS A MAJOR SHIPPING CENTRE WILL BE MAINTAINED.

THE SYSTEMS OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND SHIPPING REGULATION WILL CONTINUE. PRIVATE SHIPPING BUSINESSES AND SHIPPING-RELATED BUSINESS INCLUDING CONTAINER TERMINALS MAY CONTINUE TO OPERATE FREELY IN THE PROPOSED HONG KONG SPECIAL ADMINISTRATIVE REGION.

MR THOMAS SAID HONG KONG WILL HAVE ITS OWN SHIPPING REGISTER AND WILL ISSUE CERTIFICATES IN THE NAME OF ♦HONG KONG, CHINA*, WHILE MERCHANT SHIPPING WILL CONTINUE TO HAVE FREE ACCESS TO THE PORTS OF HONG KONG.

/+VOH THOSE.......

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 12, 1984

- 2 -

+FOR THOSE OF US IN GOVERNMENT, THESE ARRANGEMENTS PRESENT FORMIDABLE TASKS IN THE FUTURE, IF HONG KONG IS TO HAVE, INDEPENDENTLY OF UNITED KINGDOM LEGISLATION, ITS OWN LAWS GOVERNING MERCHANT SHIPPING.

+THE DRAFTING ON AN UP-TO-DATE CODE TO COVER THE OWNERSHIP AND REGISTRATION OF SHIPS IN HONG KONG, AND TO DEVISE AND ENFORCE STANDARDS OF CERTIFICATION FOR THEIR SEAWORTHINESS AND SAFE OPERATION PROVIDE A DAUNTING BUT CHALLENGING TASK,* HE SAID.

HE REPORTED THAT THE GOVERNMENT HAD BEGUN A DIALOGUE WITH THE HONG KONG SHIPOWNERS ASSOCIATION TO DEFINE THE SCOPE OF THE TASK AND THE BEST WAY FORWARD.

HE STRESSED HONG KONG HAD NO INTENTION OF BECOMING A FLAG OF CONVENIENCE AS THE SEVERAL INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS THAT DETERMINE PROPER STANDARDS ALREADY APPLY TO HONG KONG.

+ | HAVE NO DOUBT THAT ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE MADE TO ENABLE HONG KONG TO PARTICIPATE IN THE FUTURE WORK OF THOSE INTERNATIONAL BODIES WHO CONTINUE TO MONITOR TECHNICAL DEVELOPMENTS THAT AFFECT SHIP CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION,* HE SAID.

HE ADDED THAT FOR HONG KONG, THE OPPORTUNITY TO ENJOY A HIGH DEGREE OF AUTONOMY IN THE FIELD OF MERCHANT SHIPPING HELD OUT EXCITING PROSPECTS FOR LOCALLY-BASED SHIPOWNERS.

-----0------

FACTORS FOR HK’S SUCCESS PRESERVED

* * * *

HONG KONG’S PROSPERITY AND STABILITY WOULD BE MAINTAINED NOW THAT THE FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO ITS ECONOMIC SUCCESS WOULD BE PRESERVED IN THEIR ESSENTIALS IN THE SINO-BRITISH AGREEMENT, THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, SIR JOHN BREMRIDGE, SAID TODAY (MONDAY).

SPEAKING AT THE HONG KONG MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATION’S ANNUAL CONFERENCE, SIR JOHN SAID, +HONG KONG WILL CONTINUE TO BE AN EFFECTIVE AND PROFITABLE PLACE TO DO BUSINESS.*

HE SAID THE AGREEMENT PROVIDES A HIGH DEGREE OF AUTONOMY, PARTICULARLY IN THE ECONOMIC AND RELATED FIELDS, FOR THE FUTURE SPECIAL ADMINISTRATIVE REGION OF HONG KONG.

IT CONTAINS DETAILED PROVISIONS TO ENSURE THE CONTINUATION OF HONG KONG’S UNIQUE SOCIAL, ECONOMIC, LEGAL AND OTHER SYSTEMS FOR 53 YEARS AFTER 1997.

/IT WAS .......

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 12, 1984

IT WAS NATURAL THAT THE IMPLEMENTATION OF SOME OF THE PROVISIONS OF THE AGREEMENT SHOULD REQUIRE FURTHER WORK, HE SAID.

AS AN EXAMPLE, HE SAID ONE OF THE FIRST TASKS OF THE JOINT LIAISON GROUP WOULD BE TO CONSIDER ACTION TO BE TAKEN BY THE BRITISH AND CHINESE GOVERNMENTS TO ENSURE THE MAINTENANCE OF HONG KONG’S PARTICIPATION IN THE GATT, THE MFA AND OTHER INTERNATIONAL ARRANGEMENTS.

+BUT THE AGREEMENT ITSELF IS A SUBSTANTIAL AND THOROUGH DOCUMENT WHICH COVERS A GREAT DEAL OF GROUND IN THE NECESSARY DETAIL,* HE ADDED.

HE BELIEVED THAT THE AGREEMENT HAD REMOVED THE PALL OF ANXIETY AND UNCERTAINTY ABOUT THE FUTURE WHICH HAD HUNG OVER THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG IN THE PAST TWO YEARS.

+AS A RESULT, I ENVISAGE RENEWED CONFIDENCE IN MAKING PROFITABLE INVESTMENTS IN PROPERTY AS WELL AS IN PLANT AND MACHINERY,* HE SAID.

HE PREDICTED THAT THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR, LARGELY IN RESPONSE TO MARKET FORCES, WOULD MOVE PROGRESSIVELY INTO HIGHER QUALITY AND MORE SOPHISTICATED PRODUCTS INVOLVING MORE ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY.

FOR THIS TO HAPPEN, HE SAID, NOT ONLY WOULD INVESTMENT IN THE MOST UP-TO-DATE PLANT AND MACHINERY BE REQUIRED, BUT CONTINUED EFFORTS TO IMPROVE THE EDUCATION AND TRAINING OF THE LABOUR FORCE AT ALL SKILL LEVELS WOULD BE ESSENTIAL.

HOWEVER, SIR JOHN STRESSED THAT FIRMS AND INDUSTRIES WOULD STILL HAVE TO STAND ON THEIR OWN FEET.

HE SAID, *PUBLIC FUNDS WILL NOT BE USED TO REVERSE THE CONSEQUENCES OF COMMERCIAL MISADJUSTMENTS OR MISFORTUNES, NOR WILL THEY BE USED DIRECTLY TO SUBSIDISE OR ASSIST PARTICULAR ECONOMIC SECTORS.*

THE PRESENT POLICY OF MINIMUM INTERVENTION IN THE PRIVATE SECTOR WOULD CONTINUE, BUT IT WAS THE GOVERNMENT’S JOB TO PROVIDE AN INFRASTRUCTURE BASE ON WHICH PRIVATE ENTERPRISE COULD CONTINUE TO FLOURISH, HE SAID.

ON THE RAPID AND SIGNIFICANT EXPANSION OF HONG KONG’S TRADING AND COMMERCIAL LINKS WITH CHINA IN RECENT YEARS, SIR JOHN BELIEVED THERE WAS CONSIDERABLE SCOPE FOR FURTHER LINKS AND COOPERATION, TO THE BENEFIT OF BOTH ECONOMIES.

♦CHINA IS ALREADY THE THIRD LARGEST MARKET FOR OUR DOMESTIC EXPORTS, AND IS LIKELY SOON TO BECOME THE SECOND,* HE SAID.

HE ADDED THAT HONG KONG’S ROLE AS AN ENTREPOT FOR CHINA SHOULD ALSO STRENGTHEN FURTHER.

/+OUS UMPABALLELKD

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 12, 1?84

+OUR UNPARALLELED TRANSPORTATION AND COMMUNICATION INFRASTRUCTURE AND ESTABLISHED LINKS W I TH THE REST OF THE WORLD WILL BE OF GREAT VALUE TO CHINA, WHICH IS EAGER TO EXPAND ITS EXTERNAL TRADE AND TO MODERNISE ITS ECONOMY,+ SIR JOHN EXPLAINED.

THE SERVICES SECTORS HERE WOULD EXPAND IN RESPONSE TO CHINA’S INCREASING NEEDS AND HONG KONG WOULD OFFER THE IDEAL ENVIRONMENT THROUGH WHICH OVERSEAS BUSINESSMEN COULD DEVELOP BUSINESS LINKS WITH CHINA, HE SAID.

ENVISAGING THAT HONG KONG WOULD CONTINUE TO GROW AS A REGIONAL AND INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL AND BUSINESS CENTRE, HE SAID, +IN THIS AREA, GOVERNMENT POLICY HAS BEEN TO MAINTAIN A STABLE AND ATTRACTIVE ENVIRONMENT FOR BUSINESS, INCLUDING THE OVERSIGHT OF MARKETS AND, AS REQUIRED, THE REGULATION OF THEIR ACTIVITIES IN THE INTEREST OF THE PUBLIC.+

WHILE THERE SHOULD BE SUFFICIENT REGULATION TO PROMOTE SOUND BUSINESS STANDARDS AND CONFIDENCE IN THE INSTITUTIONS, HE SAID BUREAUCRATIC BURDENS MUST BE AVOIDED.

EARLIER IN HIS SPEECH, SIR JOHN HAD BRIEFLY REVIEWED THE SIGNIFICANT SWINGS IN HONG KONG’S ECONOMIC STRUCTURE SINCE 1950 AS ITS ECONOMY HAD EVOLVED FROM AN ENTREPOT FOR CHINA TO ITS PRESENT STATUS OF A MANUFACTURING BASE AS WELL AS THE THIRD LARGEST FINANCIAL CENTRE IN THE WORLD.

HE SAID, +CHANGE IS ALWAYS INVIGORATING. NOWHERE IS MORE WIDE OPEN TO CHANGE THAN HONG KONG.+

HE POINTED OUT THE RESILIENCE OF THE ECONOMY, OF THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG AND THE FLEXIBILITY OF HAD BEEN A KEY TO THE TERRITORY’S SUCCESS.

THE ADAPTABILITY

THE GOVERNMENT

HE EMPHASISED THAT AS HAD HAPPENED IN THE PAST, THERE WOULD BE CHANGES IN THE HONG KONG ECONOMY IN THE NEXT 13 YEARS AND BEYOND.

♦THEY ARE ALL PART OF THE CONTINUING EVOLUTIONARY PROCESS.

THERE WILL BE NO STAGNATION.

♦ THE SI NO-BRITISH AGREEMENT ON THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG PROVIDES THE FUTURE HONG KONG ADMINISTRATION WITH A HIGH DEGREE OF AUTONOMY AND A SOUND FRAMEWORK WITHIN WHICH THE HONG KONG ECONOMY CAN DEVELOP IN THE FUTURE,+ HE SAID.

-----o-----

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 12, 1984

- 5 -

GUANGDONG GOVERNOR TO VISIT HK *****

THE GOVERNOR GiANGDONG PROVINCE, MR LIANG LINGGUANG, WILL VISII huimu t-Ku.-l DECEMBER 3-8, ON HIS WAY BACK TO GUANGZHOU FROM VISITS TO THE UNITED KINGDOM AND TO FRANCE.

A PROGRAMME OF VISITS IS BEING ARRANGED FOR MR LIANG WHICH WILL l\._UDF A MEETING WITH THE GOVERNOR.

- - - - 0 ---------

T JER FOR XINHUA DIRECTOR

*****

THE CHIEF SECRETARY, SIR PHILIP HADDON-CAVE GAVE A DINNER AT VICTORIA HOUSE TONIGHT (MONDAY) IN HONOUR OF MR XU JIATUN, DIRECTOR OF XINHUA NEWS AGENCY (HONG KONG BRANCH).

THE DINNER WAS IN RETURN FOR THAT GIVEN ON SEPTEMBER 27 BY MR XU FOR THE V SITING DELEGATION FROM HONG KONG, LED BY SIR PHILIP, WHICH TOOi\ PART IN THE 35TH ANNIVERSARY CELEBRATIONS CF THE FOUNDING OF THE PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA.

MR XU WAS ACCOMPANIED BY SOME OF HIS SENIOR COLLEAGUES. ALL MEMBERS OF THE HONG KONG DELEGATION EXCEPT MR DAVID AKERS-JONES AND MR ALLEN LEE ALSO ATTENDED.

- 0

NEW PERMIT TERMS FOR FREE FIGHT, KICK BOXING * * *

A New SE OF ERM IT CONDITIONS FOR FREE FIGHT AND KICK BOXING HAS BEEN DRAWN UP.

THIS WILL BE IMPOSED ON ALL PERMITS ISSUED BY TELEVISION AND ENTERTAINMENT LICENSING AUTHORITY FOR FREE FIGHT AND KICK BOXING EVENTS IN PUBLIC VENUES TO BE STAGED AFTER DECEMBER 31.

A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THE NEW CONDITIONS WERE FORMULATED ON THE ADVICE OF A WORKING GROUP SET UP BY THE COUNCIL FOR RECREATION AND SPORT, WHICH CONSISTED OF REPRESENTATIVES FROM URBAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT, RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT, TELEVISION AND ENTERTAINMENT LICENSING AUTHORITY, ROYAL HONG KONG POLICE FORCE, MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTIENT AND VARIOUS GOVERNING BODIES OF SPORT.

/the pboposed .......

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 12, 1984

6

THE PROPOSED SAFETY MEASURES ARE NO MORE RESTRICTIVE THAN THOSE WHICH WOULD APPLY TO ANY COMBAT SPORTS ORGANISED BY GOVERNING BODIES AND ARE MEANT TO ENSURE THAT THE CONTESTANTS ARE EVENLY MATCHED, PHYSICALLY FIT BY EXAMINATION AND THAT THE CONTESTS ARE CONDUCTED IN A SAFE MANNER.

A SIGNIFICANT NEW CONDITION IS TO MAKE THE PERMITTEE RESPONSIBLE FOR +TAKING ALL REASONABLE STEPS TO ENSURE THE SAFETY AND WELL-BEING OF THE CONTESTANTS*.

FOR THE SAFETY OF THE CONTESTANTS, THE NEW PERMIT CONDITIONS REQUIRE THAT BEFORE THE BOUT CONTESTANTS MUST BE MEDICALLY EXAMINED AND CERTIFIED FIT BY A REGISTERED MEDICAL PRACTITIONER. IT WILL ALSO BE MANDATORY FOR CONTESTANTS TO WEAR GLOVES OF NOT LESS THAN EIGHT OUNCES (226.4 GRAMMES), HEAD GUARD, BODY GUARD, GROIN GUARD AND MOUTH GUARD. A REGISTERED MEDICAL PRACTITIONER SHALL BE PRESENT AT THE RINGSIDE THROUGHOUT THE CONTEST TO ATTEND TO ANY INJURIES WHICH MAY OCCUR AND, IF HE DEEMS IT NECESSARY, MAY TERMINATE THE CONTEST AT ANY TIME.

THE NEW CONDITIONS ALSO SPELL OUT THE WEIGHT DIFFERENCE a THE CONTESTANTS - NOT MORE THAN FIVE KILOGRAMS. PERSONS UNDER 18 ARE PROHIBITED FROM TAKING PART IN THE CONTEST.

ANOTHER NEW CONDITION STIPULATES THAT EACH CONTEST SHALL CONSIST OF NOT MORE THAN FIVE ROUNDS, WITH EACH ROUND NOT LONGER THAN TWO MINUTES.

THE SPOKESMAN ALSO SAID THAT THE PERMITTEE SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DUE OBSERVANCE OF ALL THE CONDITIONS OF THE PERMIT. WHERE ANY CONDITION OF SUCH PERMIT IS CONTRAVENED, THE PERMITTEE SHALL BE GUILTY OF AN OFFENCE AND SHALL BE LIABLE ON CONVICTION TO A FINE OF $10 000 AND IMPRISONMENT FOR SIX MONTHS.

------o-------

BOARD TO DISCUSS REGIONAL COUNCIL

* * * *

TUEN MUN DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS WILL DISCUSS THE PROPOSED CONSTITUTION, ORGANISATION AND FUNCTION OF THE REGIONAL COUNCIL AT A SPECIAL MEETING TOMORROW (TUESDAY) MORNING.

THE DEPUTY REGIONAL SECRETARY (NEW TERRITORIES), MR PETER NG WILL ATTEND THE MEETING TO BRIEF BOARD MEMBERS ON THE REGIONAL COUNCIL.

BOARD MEMBERS WILL ALSO DISCUSS THE CONSTRUCTION OF AN ACCESS "AD FROM CASTLE PEAK ROAD TO THE TAN KWEI TSUEN BORROw ARtA, ALLOW THE TRANSPORTATION OF FILLING MATERIALS TO A RECLAMATION TE AT THE FERRY PIER IN SOUTH TUEN MUN.

-------o

/7........

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 12, 1984

60 000 HAND INJURIES IN ONE YEAR * * * *

ABOUT 60 000 CASES OF HAND INJURIES ARE SEEN EACH YEAR AT THE ACCIDENT AND EMERGENCY DEPARTMENTS IN MAJOR HOSPITALS IN HONG KONG.

THIS WAS DISCLOSED TODAY BY DR K.L. THONG, DIRECTOR OF HEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES, WHEN HE ADDRESSED THE FIRST CONGRESS OF THE HAND SECTION OF THE WESTERN PACIFIC ORTHOPAEDIC ASSOCIATION TODAY (MONDAY).

THE CONGRESS, WHICH DEALS WITH HAND INJURIES, IS BEING HELD IN HONG KONG FOR THREE DAYS FROM TODAY. IT HAS ATTRACTED OVER 200 DELEGATES FROM 17 COUNTRIES IN THE WESTERN PACIFIC REGION.

DR THONG SAID THAT 40 000 OF THE HAND CASES WERE RELATED TO WORK INJURIES.

THIS PROBLEM, HE FELT WAS +0F NO LESS IMPORTANCE AND GRAVITY IN MANY OTHER COUNTRIES*, ESPECIALLY IN SOUTHEAST ASIA, ALTHOUGH THERE MIGHT BE REGIONAL DIFFERENCES IN THE PRESENTATION OF A SIMILAR CONDITION.

DR THONG SAID THAT HAND SURGERY HAD PREVIOUSLY BEEN REGARDED AS A BRANCH OF ORTHOPAEDIC SURGERY.

♦WITH THE DEVELOPMENT OF PLASTIC RE-CONSTRUCTIVE SURGERY, THIS SPECIALTY HAS COME TO THE FORE AND NO DOUBT MAY LAY CLAIM TO BEING A SPECIALTY OF ITS OWN,* HE SAID.

WITH THE MODERN ADVANCES IN MEDICINE, THERE WAS NO DOUBT THAT THERE MUST BE A TREND IN BRINGING ABOUT MORE SPECIALISATION AND PROGRESSIVE UPGRADING OF STANDARDS, HE SAID.

HOWEVER, HE STRESSED THAT THIS TREND WOULD HAVE TO BE INTRODUCED IN A REALISTIC WAY WITHIN THE RESOURCES AND CIRCUMSTANCES OF EACH COUNTRY SO AS NOT TO JEOPARDISE THE NED I CAL AND HEALTH SERVICES AS A WHOLE.

+THE FINANCIAL AND MANPOWER RESOURCES WITHIN ANY SERVICE CANNOT BE UNLIMITED,* HE SAID.

DR THONG SAID THAT THE RIGHT BALANCE HAD TO BE MAINTAINED BETWEEN GENERALISATION AND SPECIALISATION, TO OBTAIN THE MAXIMUM BENEFIT FROM WHAT WAS AVAILABLE.

IN HONG KONG, HE SAID, A +VERY PRACTICAL AND REALISTIC APPROACH* HAD BEEN ADOPTED IN THAT SPECIALISATION WAS ENCOURAGED WITHIN THE GENERAL SERVICE.

THUS, HE EXPLAINED, THERE WERE UROLOGISTS WITHIN A SURGICAL UNIT, CARDIOLOGISTS WITHIN A MEDICAL UNIT AND HAND SURGEONS CONTRIBUTING THEIR EXPERTISE AMONG ORTHOPAEDIC SURGEONS.

HE EXPRESSED CONFIDENCE THAT LOCAL PROFESSIONALS aOULD BE MORE THAN ABLE TO MEET THE CHALLENGE OF THE FUTURE AND TO MAINTAIN THE BALANCE BETWEEN THE NEED TO FULFIL DEMAND IN BOTH QUALITY AND QUANTITY OF THE SERVICE.

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 12, 1984

8

WESTERN WAN CHAI TO GET SEWAGE PLANT

*****

SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT TO SERVE A POPULATION OF 123 000 IN "-E WESTERN PART OF wAN CHAI WILL BE BUILT.

THE PLANT TO BE LOCATED NEAR THE JUNCTION OF FENWICK PIER toc-T AND LUNG KING STREET ON THE WATERFRONT, IS DESIGNED TO -K0HDE SCREENING FACILITIES THAT WOULD IMPROVE THE QUALITY OF

IN VICTORIA HARBOUR JUST OFF CENTRAL.

IT A ILL INCLUDE AN ADMINISTRATION BUILDING AND WORKSHOP, A ■ .-'trmER HOUSE AND SWITCH ROOM, A SEWAGE PUMPING STATION, GRIT TH iND SCREENING UNITS.

THE CIVIL ENGINEERING OFFICE OF THE ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT RTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS FOR THE PROJECT.

.sORK GN THE PLANT IS EXPECTED TO START IN JANUARY 1985 AND

: COMPLETED BY DECEMBER 1986.

- - 0 ---------

MARKET COMPLEX FOR LOCKHART ROAD

X X X

THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE LOCKHART ROAD MARKET COMPLEX IN WAN CHAI.

THE 12-STOREY BUILDING IS TO REPLACE THE FORMER MARKET LOCATED ON THE SAME SITE.

ITS FACILITIES WILL INCLUDE A REFUSE COLLECTION POINT, A COOKED FOOD CENTRE WITH 20 STALLS, A LIBRARY, A COMPUTER CENTRE TO PROCESS BOOKINGS FOR CULTURAL EVENTS AND THREE FLOORS OF OFFICE SPACE.

THERE WILL ALSO BE A MULTI-PURPOSE INDOOR GAMES HALL FOR GYMNASTICS, BASKETBALL AND BADMINTON.

TWO SQUASH COURTS WILL BE PROVIDED TOGETHER WITH TWO GAMES ROOMS THAT CAN BE PARTITIONED FOR INDOOR ACTIVITIES SUCH AS BALLET, AEROBICS AND TABLE-TENNIS.

WORK ON THE PROJECT IS EXPECTED TO START IN JANUARY NEXT YEAR AND BE COMPLETED BY MAY 1986.

0 -

MONDAY, NOVEMBER IL, 193

NEFILM TELLS ABOUT COUNTRY FIRE RISK * * * *

GOVERNMENT WILL INTRODUCE A NEW PUBLICITY PACKAGE TO WARN THE PUBLIC OF THE HIGH RISK OF FIRE IN THE COUNTRYSIDE DURING THE DRY SEASON.

THE PACKAGE CONSISTS OF A 3O-SECOND TV API (ANNOUNCEMENT OF PUBLIC INTEREST), A POSTER AND SUPPORTING RADIO ANNOUNCEMENTS.

THE FILM WILL START APPEARING ON TELEVISION TOMORROW (TUESDAY). IT WILL BE SUPPLEMENTED BY OTHER PUBLICITY COMPONENTS.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE FIRE PREVENTION CAMPAIGN PUBLICITY WORKING GROUP SAID TODAY (MONDAY), +THIS NEW SET OF PUBLICITY MATERIALS IS INTRODUCED TO INJECT FRESH IMPETUS TO THE CAMPAIGN, AND TO REACTIVATE OUR APPEAL TO THE PUBLIC FOR EXTRA CARE IN PREVENTING THE OUTBREAK OF HILL FIRES.+

THE MESSAGE IN THE SHORT FILM, ’DON’T BURN YOUR COUNTRYSIDE’, IS DRIVEN HOME BY A GIRL AND A BOY WHOSE HAPPY SONG ABOUT THE BEAUTY OF NATURE TURNS INTO TEARS AT THE SIGHT OF THE REMAINS OF A HILL FIRE.

THE SPOKESMAN SAID, + EY DRAWING A SHARP CONTRAST BETWEEN THE LIVING AND THE DEAD, THE SINGING AND THE SOBBING, wE HORE TO APPEAL TO THE VIEWERS’ EMOTION AND IN TURN MAKE THEM A LITTLE MORE CAREFUL WHEN THEY VISIT THE COUNTRYSI DE.+

THE SAME APPROACH WILL BE ADOPTED IN THE RADIO API’S AND THE POSTER WHICH WILL BE DISPLAYED ON THE TRACK-SIDE CF MTR STATIONS.

ALMOST ALL HILL FIRES ARE CAUSED BY PEOPLE’S CARELESSNESS AND CAN BE AVOIDED IF THEY ARE A BIT MORE CAUTIOUS AND COOPERATIVE, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

HE WARNED THAT ANYONE CAUSING A FIRE IN THE COUNTRYSILc WAS LIABLE TO PROSECUTION, WHICH COULD LEAD TO HEAVY FINES IMPRISONMENT.

- 0 - -

MARKET STALLS FOR LEASE * * *

FOUR VACANT STALLS AT SHA TIN MARKET AND FOUR COOKE_ STALLS AT FO TAN EAST COOKED FOOD MARKET wILL BE PUT ,;P FC-LEASE BY AUCTION ON FRIDAY (NOVEMBER 16).

THE AUCTION WILL BE HELD AT LEK YUEN COMMUNITY HALL ' . _E YUEN ESTATE, SHA TIN, STARTING AT 10 AM, SAID A SPOwESMA-. F • THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT.

/THREE CF

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 12, 1984

- 10 -

THREE OF THE STALLS AT SHA TIN MARKET ARE FOR SALE OF wET GOODS AND ONE IS FOR FISH. THE UPSET MONTHLY RENTAL RANGES FROM $2 300 TO $5 000.

THE MONTHLY RENTAL FOR A COOKED FOOD STALL AT FO TAN EAST COOKED FOOD MARKET IS 83 000.

SUCCESSFUL BIDDERS MAY START BUSINESS ON DECEMBER 1, ON A THREE-YEAR CONTRACT.

FURTHER DETAILS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE HAWKERS AND MARKETS SECTION OF SHA TIN URBAN SERVICES OFFICE ON TELEPHONE O-6O65745.

----o------

RICHLAND GARDENS BALLOT TO BE HELD ON WEDNESDAY

******

THE HOUSING AUTHORITY WILL HOLD A BALLOT ON WEDNESDAY (NOVEMBER 14) TO DECIDE SUCCESSFUL APPLICANTS FOR THE 4 272 RICHLAND GARDENS FLATS ON SALE UNDER PHASE VIB OF THE HOME OWNERSHIP SCHEME.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE AUTHORITY SAID TODAY: +0F THE 20 112 APPLICATIONS REGISTERED, 16 299 ARE FROM WHITE FORM PRIVATE SECTOR APPLICANTS AND 3 813 FROM GREEN FORM APPLICANTS WHO ARE HOUSING AUTHORITY OR HOUSING SOCIETY TENANTS.*

+THOSE APPLICANTS WHO STILL HAVE NOT RECEIVED A RECEIPT SHOULD IMMEDIATELY CONTACT THE HOME OWNERSHIP CENTRE AT 01 MAN COMMERCIAL CENTRE OR TELEPHONE 3-7119147,+ HE ADDED.

THE BALLOT WILL BE THE HIGHLIGHT IN A TV PROGRAMME, ’WOMEN TODAY’ OF TVB JADE, TO BE TELECAST ON WEDNESDAY AT 2.10 PM.

MR CHARLES SIN, CHAIRMAN OF THE AUTHORITY’S HOME OWNERSHIP COMMITTEE, AND DR PHILIP WONG, MEMBER OF THE COMMITTEE, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE BALLOT IN THE PRESENCE OF AN I.C.A.C. REPRESENTATIVE.

THE SPOKESMAN SAID THE 4 272 FLATS AT RICHLAND GARDENS WOULD BE SOLD EQUALLY BETWEEN THE TWO CATEGORIES OF GREEN FORM AND WHITE FORM APPLICANTS.

A COMPUTER WILL BE USED TO DECIDE SUCCESSFUL APPLICANTS’ PRIORITY IN THE SELECTION OF FLATS.

/+TENANTS OF........

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 12, 1984

♦TENANTS OF MARK l/lI ESTATE BLOCKS WILL, HOWEVER, BE GIVEN ABSOLUTELY PRIORITY OVER OTHER GREEN FORM APPLICANTS IN CHOOSING THE FLATS.

♦THEREAFTER FLAT SELECTION WILL BE CARRIED OUT ON THE BASIS OF THREE GREEN FORM APPLICANTS ALTERNATING WITH ONE WHITE FORM APPLICANT UNTIL THE QUOTA ALLOCATION FOR GREEN FORM APPLICANTS IS FILLED.

♦THIS IS TO ENCOURAGE MORE BETTER-OFF PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATE TENANTS TO MOVE OUT OF THEIR LOW-RENT FLATS AND MAKE WAY FOR FAMILIES IN GREATER NEED OF SUBSIDISED HOMES,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

RESULTS OF THE BALLOT WILL BE PUBLISHED ON THURSDAY (NOVEMBER 15) WHILE THE LISTS OF SUCCESSFUL APPLICANTS AND THEIR ORDER OF PRIORITY WILL BE POSTED FROM THURSDAY AFTERNOON AT THE HOME OWNERSHIP CENTRE, ALL HOUSING AUTHORITY AND HOUSING SOCIETY ESTATE OFFICES AND DISTRICT OFFICES.

WATER FIGURE * * *

STORAGE IN HONG KONG’S RESERVOIRS AT 9 AM TODAY (MONDAY) STOOD AT 80.1 PER CENT OF CAPACITY OR 469.745 MILLION CUBIC METRES.

THIS TIME LAST YEAR THE RESERVOIRS CONTAINED 568.920 MILLION CUBIC METRES OF WATER, REPRESENTING 97.1 PER CENT OF CAPACITY.

- - 0

SALT WATER MAINS WORK * * *

SALT WATER SUPPLY TO CERTAIN AREAS OF TSUEN WAN AND KWAI CHUNG WILL BE TURNED OFF FROM 10 AM ON THURSDAY (NOVEMBER 15) TO 10 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY FOR MAINS WORK.

IN TSUEN WAN, THE AREAS AFFECTED ARE BOUNDED BY THE EAST SIDE OF CHUNG ON STREET, MA TAU PA ROAD, YEUNG UK ROAD, TEXACO ROAD AND CASTLE PEAK ROAD, AS WELL AS TAI WO HAU ESTATE BLOCKS 1 TO 19.

IN KWAI CHUNG, THE AREA AFFECTED IS KWAI SHING (EAST AND WEST) ESTATES AND KWAI HOP STREET.

- - 0

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

TUESDAY, NOVxXBER 1J, 1984

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

HK REFERS EA CALLS TO TEXTILES BODY ............................. 1

MAJOR CONTRACT TO IMPROVE HOUSING ESTATE ........................ 1

NEW SERVICE AT CHILDREN'S HOSPITAL..........................• 2

'WET OCTOBER 1'OR HONG KONG ..................................... 5

+DILIGENT OFFICER+ RETIRES AFTER 25 YEARS' SERVICE .............. 6

PRESS CONFERENCE ON INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ........................... 7

400 TEACHERS TO ATTEND SCHOOL DISCIPLINE SEMINAR ................ 8

PRIMARY SCHOOL FOR FANLING ...................................... 8

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 13, 1984

1

HK REFERS EA CALLS TO TEXTILES BODY

* X *

THE TRADE DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY (TUESDAY) THAT IT HAD REFERRED FOUR EXPORT AUTHORISATION (EA) CALLS BY THE UNITED STATES TO THE TEXTILES SURVEILLANCE BODY (TSB) FOR CONSIDERATION.

IN EACH OF THE CASES THE U.S. IMPOSED LIMITS ON 1984 EXPORTS FROM HONG KONG WHEN CONSULTATIONS DID NOT END IN AGREEMENT.

THE FOUR EA CALLS RELATE TO CATEGORY 652 (MAN-MADE FIBRE UNDERWEAR); CATEGORY 637 (MAN-MADE FIBRE PLAYSUITS, ETC); CATEGORY 650 (MAN-MADE FIBRE DRESSING GOWNS); AND CATEGORY 651 (MAN-MADE FIBRE NIGHTWEAR).

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID, +IN HONG KONG’S VIEW THE U.S. CASE FOR RESTRAINT IN ALL THESE CALLS IS WEAK AND WE ARE THEREFORE REFERRING THEM TO THE TSB FOR CONSIDERATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS.+

IT WAS LIKELY THAT THE CASES WOULD BE HEARD IN TSB IN EARLY DECEMBER, HE SAID.

THIS IS THE SECOND TIME IN 1984 THAT HONG KONG HAS REFERRED EA CALLS TO THE TSB.

IN MAY THE TSB RECOMMENDED THAT THE U.S. WITHDRAW ITS CALL ON CATEGORY 637 (MAN-MADE FIBRE PLAYSUITS, ETC) AND THAT THE U.S. AND HONG KONG RECONSULT ON CATEGORY 652 LATER IN THE YEAR.

THE SPOKESMAN SAID, +THE U.S. COMPLIED WITH THE EARLIER TSB RECOMMENDATIONS AND WITHDREW THE CALL ON CATEGORY 637.

+BUT IT MADE A SECOND CALL ON CATEGORY 637 IN JUNE 1984, AND THAT CALL IS THE SUBJECT OF ONE OF THE PRESENT CASES.

+THE PRESENT REFERRAL ON CATEGORY 652 FOLLOWS REC0NSULTATI0N3 WITH THE U.S. ON OCTOBER 30, WHICH AGAIN FAILED TO RESULT IN ANY AGREEMENT.+

--------o----------

MAJOR CONTRACT TO IMPROVE HOUSING ESTATE

X * X

THE HOUSING AUTHORITY HAS JUST ACCEPTED A $41.3 MILLION REDEVELOPMENT TENDER IN ITS CONTINUED EFFORTS TO RELIEVE OVERCROWDING AND IMPROVE LIVING ENVIRONMENTS AT OLDER ESTATES.

♦ THE TENDER IS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF NEW BLOCKS IN HONG KONG’S SECOND OLDEST PUBLIC HOUSING DEVELOPMENT, TAI HANG TUNG ESTATE IN KOWLOON,* SAID A SPOKESMAN FOR THE AUTHORITY TODAY.

/HE SAID .......

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 1J, 1984

2

HE SAID THREE 1O-STOREY LINEAR BLOCKS WOULD BE BUILT ON THE SITES OF BLOCKS 10-13 TO PROVIDE 420 MODERN FLATS FOR 2 100 PEOPLE BY 1986.

+ THIS MARKS THE FOURTH PHASE OF A REDEVELOPMENT SCHEME TO IMPROVE THE LIVING CONDITIONS AND RELIEVE OVERCROWDING AT THE ESTATE.

+OTHER WORKS INCLUDE THE CONSTRUCTION OF A LORRY PARK, A COVERED WALKWAY AND FOOTBRIDGES, SLOPEWORKS, ASSOCIATED DRAINAGE AND EXTERNAL WORKS.+

THE SPOKESMAN SAID TAI HANG TUNG ESTATE ALREADY HAD ONE NEW BLOCK BUILT AND THREE OLD BLOCKS CONVERTED INTO LARGER LIVING UNITS WITH SELF-CONTAINED FACILITIES.

^DEMOLITION OF THE LAST FOUR MARK I BLOCKS IS NOW UNDERWAY, AFTER WHICH TWO OTHER NEW BLOCKS WILL BE BUILT FOR 2 000 MORE PEOPLE UNDER THE FIFTH PHASE OF THE REDEVELOPMENT SCHEME.*

-------o --------

NEW SERVICE AT CHILDREN’S HOSPITAL ******

THE DUCHESS OF KENT CHILDREN’S HOSPITAL IN SANDY BAY WILL Be SETTING UP A CENTRE TO PROVIDE COMPREHENSIVE ASSESSMENT OF CHILDREN’S PHYSICAL DEVELOPMENT PROBLEMS.

ITS CHILD ASSESSMENT CENTRE, EXPECTED TO BE IN FULL OPERATION IN A NEW BUILDING EARLY NEXT YEAR, WILL BE STAFFED BY PAEDIATR CIANa, PHYSIOTHERAPISTS, OCCUPATIONAL THERAPISTS, CLINICAL AND EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGISTS, MEDICAL SOCIAL WORKERS AND OTHER TECHNICIANS.

+THESE SPECIALISTS WILL WORK AS A TEAM TO STUDY INCIPIENT PROBLEMS AND DEFECTS IN CHILDREN SO THAT EARLY TREATMENT COULD BE GIVEN TO CURE THEM OR TO PREVENT THEIR DETERIORATION,* THE MEDICAL DIRECTOR OF THE HOSPITAL, DR LOUIS HSU, SAID.

THE HOSPITAL, RUN BY THE SOCIETY FOR THE RELIEF OF DISABLED CHILDREN AND SUBVENTED BY THE GOVERNMENT, IS ONE OF THE WORLD S LARGEST CHILDREN ORTHOPAEDICS HOSPITALS AND THE FIRST OF ITS KIND IN SOUTH-EAST ASIA.

ALL MEDICAL, SURGICAL AND THERAPEUTIC TREATMENTS, AS WELL AS FOOD AND CLOTHING FOR IN-PATIENTS, ARE PROVIDED FREE.

/II. REC2NT......

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 1J, 1984

3

IN RECENT YEARS, THE HOSPITAL HAS BECOME AN INTERNATIONAL RESEARCH CENTRE, ATTRACTING SPECIALISTS FROM AROUND THE WORLD.

IT HAD GAINED THIS STATUS THROUGH ITS PIONEERING WORK IN CHILDREN ORTHOPAEDICS, ESPECIALLY IN THE TREATMENT OF SPINAL DEFORMITIES, DR HSU SAID.

OVERSEAS SPECIALISTS VISIT THE HOSPITAL FREQUENTLY TO STUDY ITS NEW DEVICES IN THE TREATMENT OF SPINAL AILMENTS, GAIN CLINICAL

EXPERIENCE AND COLLECT DATA FOR RESEARCH.

SO FAR 51 SPECIALISTS, INCLUDING THOSE FROM SUCH ADVANCED COUNTRIES AS THE UNITED STATES, BRITAIN, AUSTRALIA AND SWEDEN, HAVE COME FOR THIS PURPOSE.

-THE HALO PELVIC TRACTION DEVICE PIONEERED BY THE HOSPITAL NOW MAKES IT POSSIBLE FOR CHILDREN WITH SPINAL DEFORMITIES TO WALK ON THEIR OWN. IN THE PAST, THEY WERE OFTEN CONFINED TO BED WHILE UNDER TREATMENT,+ DR HSU POINTED OUT.

ITS FAME HAS ALSO ATTRACTED PATIENTS FROM OTHER PARTS OF ASIA.

+BUT WITH 160 BEDS, THIS HOSPITAL HAS ADEQUATE FACILITIES TO NEET THE DEMAND, LOCAL AND OVERSEAS, FOR ITS SPECIALIST SERVICES,* DR HSU SAID.

SO FAR THE HOSPITAL HAS TREATED MORE THAN 14 800 IN-PATIENTS SINCE ITS ESTABLISHMENT IN THE LATE SIXTIES. DR HSU DESCRIBED THE SUCCESS RATE AS BEING +CONSIDERABLY HIGH*.

♦THOUGH WE STILL SPECIALISE IN CHILDREN ORTHOPAEDICS, NOWADAYS WE ALSO HANDLE GENERAL PAEDIATRIC PROBLEMS,* HE SAID.

THE HOSPITAL IS ALSO INTEGRATED INTO HONG KONG’S MEDICAL NETWORK. PROVIDING BACKUP ORTHOPAEDICS SERVICES FOR OTHER HOSPITALS AND SERVING AS A TRAINING HOSPITAL FOR HONG KONG UNIVERSITY’S MEDICAL FACULTY.

0 --------

WET OCTOBER FOR HONG KONG * * *

OCTOBER WAS WETTER THAN USUAL, THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY REPORTS.

THE MONTH’S TOTAL RAINFALL WAS 167.1 MM, ABOUT 38 PER CENT ABOVE NORMAL.

THE WEATHER WAS FINE AND SUNNY FROM OCTOBER 1 TO 3, WITH A RIDGE OF HIGH PRESSURE COVERING SOUTHEASTERN CHINA. THE MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE ON OCTOBER 3 ROSE TO 31.5 DEGREES CELSIUS, THE HIGHEST OF THE MONTH.

/THE WEATHER .......

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 13, 1984

THE WEATHER TURNED CLOUDY WITH ISOLATED SHOWERS ON OCTOBER 4 WHEN A COLD FRONT PASSED HONG KONG.

IT REMAINED CLOUDY WITH TRACES OF RAIN FROM OCTOBER 5 TO 9.

THE WEATHER DETERIORATED ON OCTOBER 10 AS HEAVY SHOWERS OCCURRED AND WINDS FRESHENED FROM THE EAST. THE OBSERVATORY RECORDED 67.2 MM OF RAINFALL FROM 11 PM TO MIDNIGHT, THE SECOND HIGHEST ON RECORD FOR ANY ONE HOUR IN OCTOBER.

THE RAINFALL AMOUNT FROM 11 PM ON OCTOBER 10 TO 1 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY REACHED 108.1 MM, ALSO THE SECOND HIGHEST ON RECORD FOR ANY TWO-HOUR PERIOD IN OCTOBER.

A FLYOVER IN EASTERN KOWLOON WAS TEMPORARILY CLOSED DUE TO FLOODING, WHICH WAS REPORTED TO BE ABOUT HALF-METRE DEEP.

ISOLATED THUNDERSTORMS OCCURRED ON OCTOBER 11. APART FROM SOME MORNING SHOWERS, IT WAS FINE AND SUNNY ON OCTOBER 12.

SUNNY WEATHER PREVAILED UNTIL OCTOBER 16, AS HONG KONG CAME UNDER THE INFLUENCE OF AN ANTICYCLONE OVER CHINA.

IT BECAME CLOUDY WITH SCATTERED SHOWERS ON OCTOBER 17. THE WEATHER REMAINED CLOUDY THE NEXT DAY.

SUNNY WEATHER OCCURRED BETWEEN OCTOBER 19 AND 24 DUE TO AN ANTICYCLONE OVER SOUTHERN CHINA.

IT WAS CLOUDY WITH SUNNY INTERVALS FROM OCTOBER 25 TO 31. SOME LIGHT RAIN PATCHES OCCURRED ON OCTOBER 28 AND 29.

IT BECAME GRADUALLY COOLER DURING THIS PERIOD AS THE WINTER MONSOON PREVAILED. THE TEMPERATURE ON OCTOBER 31 DROPPED TO A MINIMUM OF 20.4 DEGREES CELSIUS, THE LOWEST OF THE MONTH.

WINDS WERE FRESH TO STRONG OFF SHORE EARLY ON OCTOBER 31, WHEN SEVERE TROPICAL STORM WARREN WAS SITUATED OVER THE SOUTH CHINA SEA NEAR XISHA ISLANDS.

NINE TROPICAL CYCLONES DEVELOPED OVER THE WESTERN NORTH PACIFIC AND THE SOUTH CHINA SEA DURING THE MONTH.

TROPICAL STORM MAURY DISSIPATED OVER THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN EAST OF JAPAN ON OCTOBER 1. IT WAS ABOUT 150 NAUTICAL MILES NORTH CF TROPICAL STORM NINA WHICH IN TURN BECAME AN EXTRATROPI CAL CYCLONE LATER THE SAME DAY.

SEVERE TROPICAL STORM OGDEN FORMED ABOUT 540 NAUTICAL MILES NORTHEAST OF GUAM ON OCTOBER 7. IT MOVED NORTH NORTHEASTWARDS AND BECAME AN EXTRATROPI CAL CYCLONE ON OCTOBER 10.

TYPHOON PHYLLIS DEVELOPED IN THE SAME AREA ON OCTOBER 10. IT MOVED NORTHWARDS AND DISSIPATED ABOUT 650 NAUTICAL MILES EAST CF TOKYO ON OCTOBER 14.

/tropical stobm

TUSSDAY, NOVBMBSB 15. 19&U

- 5

TROPICAL STORM ROY FORMED NEAR GUAM ON OCTOBER 11. IT DISSIPATED ABOUT 400 NAUTICAL MILES NORTH OF GUAM TWO DAYS LATER.

TROPICAL STORM SUSAN DEVELOPED NEAR NANSHA ON OCTOBER 12. IT CROSSED THE VIETNAM COAST IN THE EVENING AND DEGENERATED INTO AN AREA OF LOW PRESSURE ABOUT 80 NAUTICAL MILES NORTH OF HO CHI MINH CITY EARLY ON OCTOBER 13.

TYPHOON THAD FORMED ABOUT 240 NAUTICAL MILES EAST SOUTHEAST OF GUAM ON OCTOBER 19. IT RECURVED NEAR IWO JIMA ON OCTOBER 21 AND BECAME AN EXTRATROPI CAL CYCLONE OVER THE PACIFIC ON OCTOBER 24.

TYPHOON VANESSA DEVELOPED NEAR THE CAROLINE ISLANDS ON OCTOBER 23. IT PASSED NEAR GUAM ON OCTOBER 24 AND RECURVED SOUTH OF THE RYUKYUS ON OCTOBER 28. IT FINALLY BECAME AN EXTRATROPI CAL CYCLONE MOVING TOWARDS THE ALEUTIAN ISLANDS ON OCTOBER 31.

SEVERE TROPICAL STORM WARREN FORMED OVER THE SOUTH CHINA SEA ON OCTOBER 23. IT MOVED NORTH NORTHWESTWARDS AT FIRST BUT BECAME SLOW-MOVING ABOUT 200 NAUTICAL MILES SOUTHEAST OF XISHA BETWEEN OCTOBER 25 AND 28.

WARREN MOVED EASTWARDS TOWARDS THE PHILIPPINES ON OCTOBER 28, DUE TO THE INFLUENCE OF TYPHOON VANESSA. IT REVERTED WESTWARDS ACROSS THE SOUTH CHINA SEA ON OCTOBER 29 AS VANESSA RECURVED AND MOVED AWAY NORTHEASTWARDS TOWARDS THE OGASAWARA ISLANDS. WARREN WAS ABOUT 200 NAUTICAL MILES SOUTH OF XISHA AND WAS MOVING WEST SOUTHWESTWARDS TOWARDS VIETNAM AT THE END OF THE MONTH.

DURING THE MONTH NO AIRCRAFT WERE DIVERTED FROM HONG KONG DUE TO ADVERSE WEATHER.

A THUNDERSTORM WARNING WAS ISSUED ON OCTOBER 4. A FLOOD WARNING AND A LANDSLIP WARNING WERE ISSUED ON OCTOBER 11. THE RED FIRE DANGER WARNING WAS IN EFFECT ON OCTOBER 3, 20 TO 22 AND 27 TO 29. THE YELLOW FIRE DANGER WARNING WAS IN EFFECT ON OCTOBER 7, 13, 14 AND 20.

THE ONLY SIGNAL HOISTED DURING THE MONTH WAS AS FOLLOWS:

WEATHER SYSTEM SIGNAL DATE AND TIME OF HOISTING DATE AND TIME OF LOWERING

WINTER MONSOON STRONG MONSOON OCTOBER 31 12.05 AM OCTOBER 31 6 AM

/Tlffi MONTH'S......

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 1J, IQS'*

6

THE MONTH’S FIGURES

SUNSHINE

RAINFALL

CLOUDINESS

RELATIVE HUMIDITY

MEAN MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE

MEAN TEMPERATURE

MEAN MINIMUM TEMPERATURE

MEAN DEW POINT

TOTAL EVAPORATION

MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE

MINIMUM TEMPERATURE

♦DILIGENT OFFICER+

AND DEPARTURES FROM

196.9 HOURS

167.1 MM

55 %

72 %

27.6 DEG C

25.3 DEG C

23.5 DEG C

19.8 DEG C

134.3 MM

OF 31.5 DEG C WAS

OF 20.4 DEG C WAS

------0-------

RETIRES AFTER 25

*****

NORMAL WERE:

, 13.0 HOURS BELOW NORMAL

, 45.9 MM ABOVE NORMAL

, 3 % MORE THAN NORMAL

, NORMAL

, 0.3 DEG C BELOW NORMAL

, 0.3 DEG C ABOVE NORMAL

, 0.8 DEG C ABOVE NORMAL , 0.5 DEG C ABOVE NORMAL , 29.4 MM BELOW NORMAL

RECORDED ON OCTOBER 3.

RECORDED ON OCTOBER 31.

YEARS’ SERVICE

MECHANICAL SERVICES

THE DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF ELECTRICAL AND -----

NR FRANK AU, IS RETIRING AFTER 25 YEARS’ SERVICE WITH THE GOVERNMENT.

TO MARK THE OCCASION, THE SECRETARY FOR LANDS AND WORKS, W NICKY CHAN, THIS AFTERNOON PRESENTED HIM WITH A SOUVENIR ON BEHALF OF HIS COLLEAGUES IN THE LANDS AND WORKS BRANCH AND ITS GROUP OF DEPARTMENTS.

SPEAKING AT THE FAREWELL RECEPTION, MR CHAN SAID THAT MR AU HAD SET A VERY GOOD EXAMPLE TO THE JUNIOR PROFESSIONAL OFFICERS IN THE LANDS AND WORKS BRANCH IN HIS ACHIEVEMENTS BOTH PERSONALLY AND PROFESSIONALLY.

HIS LOYALTY AND DEDICATION TO WORK WERE SOME OF THE FINER QUALITIES FOR THE YOUNGER PROFESSIONALS TO APPRECIATE AND EMULATt, NR CHAN SAID.

/MR AU .......

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 1J, 1984

7

MR AU JOINED THE GOVERNMENT SERVICE IN 1959 AS AN ELECTRICAL ENGINEER IN THE FORMER PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT. AFTER A SERIES OF PROMOTIONS, HE WAS APPOINTED GOVERNMENT BUILDING SERVICES ENGINEER IN 1971, AND PROMOTED TO THE PRESENT POST IN 1981.

OVER THE YEARS, HE HAD BEEN AN ENTHUSIASTIC AND DILIGENT OFFICER OF GREAT CONFIDENCE AND EVEN TEMPERAMENT, HAD ALSO ACCEPTED RESPONSIBILITY READILY AND HAD ACTED ON HIS OWN INITIATIVE, SAID MR CHAN.

HIS GREATEST CONTRIBUTION WAS THE +DEPARTMENTALI SAT ION+ OF THE FORMER ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL OFF ICE.OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT IN 1982, AND THE INTEGRATION OF THE BUILDI NG SERVICES BRANCH OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT INTO THE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT IN APRIL THIS YEAR.

MR AU WAS AWARDED THE IMPERIAL SERVICE ORDER IN 1983.

-----0------

PRESS CONFERENCE ON INDUSTRIAL SAFETY * * * *

A PRESS CONFERENCE TO ANNOUNCE DETAILS OF AN INDUSTRIAL SAFETY SEMINAR FOR TOP MANAGEMENT IN HONG KONG WILL BE HELD AT THE FURAMA HOTEL, TANG ROOM, 4TH FLOOR, AT 3.30 PM, ON THURSDAY (NOVEMBER 15).

THE ANNUAL EVENT ORGANISED BY THE COMMITTEE ON INDUSTRIAL SAFETY AND ACCIDENT PREVENTION OF THE LABOUR ADVISORY BOARD, AIMS TO PROMOTE INDUSTRIAL SAFETY AMONG EMPLOYERS AND WORKERS.

SPEAKING AT THE CONFERENCE WILL BE MR K.Y. TONGSON, CHAIRMAN CF THE INDUSTRIAL SAFETY PROMOTION ORGANISING SUB-COMMITTEE OF SlE COMMITTEE ON INDUSTRIAL SAFETY AND ACCIDENT PREVENTION.

DR J.W. HAYES, DEPUTY COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, WILL ALSO BE PRESENT AT THE PRESS CONFERENCE.

- - 0 - -

/8

8

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 13, 1984

400 TEACHERS TO ATTEND SCHOOL DISCIPLINE SEMINAR 44 * ■£

FOUR HUNDRED PRIMARY SCHOOL TEACHERS IN ALL WILL BE ATTENDING TWO SIMILAR HALF-DAY SEMINARS ON +SCHOOL DISCIPLINE AND MORAL EDUCATION* TO BE HELD ON THURSDAY AND ON FRIDAY.

TWO HUNDRED TEACHERS WILL BE ATTENDING THE FIRST SEMINAR TO BE HELD ON THURSDAY FROM 9 AM TO 12 NOON, AT THE SCHOOL HALL OF ST. JOSEPH’S PRIMARY SCHOOL, WOOD ROAD, HONG KONG.

THE OTHER 200 WILL BE ATTENDING A SIMILAR SEMINAR ON FRIDAY, FROM 2 PM TO 5 PM, AT THE SAME PLACE.

THE SEMINAR IS ORGANISED BY THE RELIGIOUS-ETHICAL EDUCATION SECTION OF THE ADVISORY INSPECTORATE, EDUCATION DEPARTMENT. ITS AIM IS TO ACQUAINT TEACHERS WITH SOME POSSIBLE APPROACHES TO INCULCATE MORAL VALUES IN CHILDREN.

AT THE SEMINAR, DR LAM MAN-PING FROM THE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION, CHINESE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG, WILL TALK ON +WAYS OF HANDLING COBLES CHILDREN*, AND MR CHOY KAR-LON, HEADMASTER OF LI CHENG UK GOVERNMENT PRIMARY PM SCHOOL WILL SPEAK ON THE +ROLE OF DISCIPLINE MASTER IN MORAL EDUCATION*.

THERE WILL BE A DISCUSSION AFTER THE TALKS.

PRIMARY SCHOOL FOR FANLING *

CONSTRUCTION WORK WILL START NEXT YEAR ON A SIX-STOREY STANDARD PRIMARY SCHOOL IN FANLING.

THE SCHOOL WILL HAVE 24 GENERAL CLASSROOMS, THREE SPECIAL ROOMS, AN ASSEMBLY HALL, STAFF ROOMS AND OFFICES, AND PLAY AND GAMES AREAS.

WORK IS EXPECTED TO START IN FEBRUARY NEXT YEAR AND BE COMPLETED IN 12 MONTHS.

- 0 - -

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES

BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG, TEL: 5-233191

WEINESDAY, NOVEMBER 14, 19&4

CONTENTS PAGE NO,

MAJOR SHIPPING POSITION WILL BE PRESERVED - SIR EDWARD....... 1

FREE HONG KONG PRESS ADDS TO CONFIDENCE, GOVERNOR SAYS....... 2

SECRETARIAT TO BE RECAST .................................... 4

UNEMPLOYMENT SITUATION STABLE................................ 4

HK SHOULD KEEP RICH VARIETY OF SCHOOLS ...................... 6

SECOND QUARTER INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTION INDEX RELEASED.......... 7

CIGARETTES WERE 'MOSTLY LOW TO MIDDLE TAR' .................. 8

HOUSING NEEDS OF ELDERLY UNDER STUDY......................... 9

LUCKY NUMBERS DRAWN FOR 4 2?2 RICHLAND GARDENS FLATS......... 10

BE TACTFUL, FAIR POLICE AUXILIARIES TOLD..................... 12

MORE MICROWAVE LINKS FOR POLICE.............................. 12

SAI KUNG DB MEETS FRIDAY .................................... 14

GOVERNOR'S COMMENDATION FOR MR LAM SHUI-SEE.................. 14

MEDALS FOR FIRE OFFICERS .................................... 15

TWO SITES TO LET ............................................ 15

BOX CULVERTS FOR RECLAMATION ................................ 16

DAMAGED DRAINS TO BE REPLACED................................ 17

KENNEDY TOWN MAINS WORK...................................... 17

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 14, 1984

1

MAJOR SHIPPING POSITION WILL BE PRESERVED - SIR EDWARD

*****

THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, TODAY (WEDNESDAY) EXPRESSED CONFIDENCE THAT HONG KONG WITH ITS FINE HARBOUR AND MODERN PORT FACILITIES WOULD PRESERVE ITS POSITION AS A MAJOR SHIPPING CENTRE IN THE FUTURE.

SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE SEATRADE CONFERENCE, SIR EDWARD SAID SPECIFIC PROVISIONS HAD BEEN INCLUDED IN THE SINO-BRITISH JOINT DECLARATION FOR THE CONTINUATION OF THE EXISTING SYSTEMS OF SHIPPING MANAGEMENT AND REGULATION.

♦THESE DETAILED ASSURANCES PROVIDE A SOUND FOUNDATION FOR THE CONTINUING DEVELOPMENT OF HONG KONG AS A FREE PORT AND AS AN INTERNATIONAL SHIPPING CENTRE,+ HE SAID.

HONG KONG, LOCATED AT THE HUB OF THE FAST-DEVELOPING ASIA-PACIFIC REGION, HAD NOT ONLY A FI NE HARBOUR BUT ALSO MODERN PORT FACILITIES. ITS HIGHLY EFFICIENT SHIPPING SERVICE WAS IMPORTANT FOR HONG KONG SINCE 91 PER CENT OF ALL ITS CARGOES, BOTH IMPORTED AND EXPORTED, WERE CARRIED BY SEA.

+1 THINK WE CAN TAKE PRIDE IN OUR PORT FACILITIES. THE CONTAINER TERMINAL AT KWAI CHUNG IS JUSTIFIABLY REGARDED AS A PRIME EXAMPLE OF MODERN FACILITIES BACKED UP BY ADVANCED MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES,+ SIR EDWARD SAID.

LAST YEAR, A TOTAL OF 1.84 MILLION TWENTY FOOT EQUIVALENT UNITS (TEU) WERE HANDLED IN HONG KONG WHICH ESTABLISHED HONG KONG AS THE WORLD’S THIRD LARGEST CONTAINER PORT. OF THESE, SOME 1.64 MILLION TEU’S WERE HANDLED AT KWAI CHUNG.

TO CATER FOR EXPECTED GROWTH OF CONTAINER THROUGHPUT INTO THE NEXT DECADE, A THREE-PHASE EXPANSION PROGRAMME HAD BEEN LAUNCHED AT KWAI CHUNG, HE SAID.

THE PROGRAMME INCLUDED RECLAMATION OF AN ADDITIONAL 25.5 HECTARES OF LAND AND THE CONSTRUCTION OF A THREE-BERTH TERMINAL AND A FURTHER TWO TERMINALS, HE ADDED.

TYPES KEEP ABREAST

TO ENSURE THAT PORT FACILITIES OF ALL

OF DEMAND, SIR EDWARD SAID THE GOVERNMENT WAS CONDUCTING A PORT DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY STUDY TO ASSESS REQUIREMENTS UP TO THE YEAR 2001 AND TO DETERMINE HOW ANY SHORTFALL IN FACILITIES COULD BEST

BE MET.

FOR MANY YEARS, HONG KONG HAD HAD GOOD SHIP REPAIR FACILITIES, AND IT CONTINUED TO DEMONSTRATE ITS CAPABILITY AND POTENTIAL TO RESPOND TO THE DEMANDS OF A WIDE RANGE OF MARINE BASED ENDEAVOURS AND TO THE EXACTING DEMANDS OF THE CFi—SHORE DEVELOPMENT OF OIL RESOURCES, HE SAID.

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 14, 1934

2

FREE HONG KONG PRESS ADDS TO CONFIDENCE, * * * * *

GOVERNOR SAYS

THE EXISTENCE OF A FLOURISHING FREE PRESS, RADIO AND TELEVISION CONTRIBUTED TO THE CONFIDENCE WHICH THE INTERNATIONAL COMMUNITY HAS IN HONG KONG, THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

+THIS FREEDOM HAS BEEN AN ESSENTIAL FEATURE OF THIS SOCIETY FOR YEARS AND ONE GREATLY VALUED BY ALL THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG,* THE GOVERNOR SAID.

THE GOVERNOR WAS SPEAKING AT THE COMMONWEALTH BROADCASTING ASSOCIATION CONFERENCE, WHICH HE DECLARED OPEN TODAY.

SIR EDWARD SAID THAT ONE OF THE IMPORTANT PROVISIONS OF THE DRAFT AGREEMENT ON THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG WAS THE PRESERVATION OF EXISTING RIGHTS AND FREEDOMS AFTER 1997, ENCOMPASSING THE FREEDOMS OF THE PRESS AND OF SPEECH.

THE GOVERNOR ALSO SAID THAT THE INTERNATIONAL CHARACTER OF HONG KONG AND ITS IMPORTANCE AS A FINANCIAL AND TRADING CENTRE OWED MUCH TO THE DEVELOPMENT OF EFFICIENT INTERNATIONAL COMMUNICATIONS AND THUS ATTRACTED MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES FROM MANY PARTS OF THE WORLD.

+THERE IS PROBABLY NO OTHER PLACE OF SIMILAR SIZE TO HONG KONG THAT CAN RIVAL THE RANGE AND INTENSITY OF MEDIA ACTIVITY HERE,* HE SAID.

TO ENSURE THAT HONG KONG KEPT PACE WITH WORLD DEVELOPMENTS, A COMPREHENSIVE REVIEW OF BROADCASTING HAD BEEN RECENTLY LAUNCHED, HE SAID.

THE REVIEW WOULD ASSESS THE LONG-TERM NEEDS FOR TELEVISION AND SOUND BROADCASTING, AND RECOMMEND A POLICY FOR THEIR FUTURE DEVELOPMENT IN HONG KONG. IT WOULD ALSO, AMONG OTHER THINGS, ASSESS THE GOVERNMENT’S OWN BROADCASTING SERVICES AND CONSIDER WHETHER RADIO TELEVISION HONG KONG SHOULD CONTINUE IN ITS PRESENT FORM, OR BECOME AN INDEPENDENT CORPORATION, HE SAID.

IT WAS FITTING THAT THE COMMONWEALTH BROADCASTING CONFERENCE SHOULD BE HELD HERE AT THIS TIME, AS HONG KONG COULD LEARN FROM ITS PROCEEDINGS AND, HE THOUGHT, COULD ALSO OFFER USEFUL EXPERIENCE, SIR EDWARD SAID.

ALSO SPEAKING AT THE CONFERENCE, THE DIRECTOR OF BROADCASTING, MR STUART WILKINSON, TOLD THE DELEGATES THAT AS -AR AS BROADCASTING WAS CONCERNED, +HONG KONG HAD ENJOYED THE ADVANTAGES OF TWO SYSTEMS WITHIN ONE TERRITORY: ON THE ( HAND. FIERCELY COMPETITIVE COMMERCIAL STATIONS: ON THE C; £R, RTHK, A GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENT PAID FOR BY THE TAXPAYER.

/*WKAT HAS .......

WEBtSSDIY, NOVEMBER 14. 1984

♦WHAT HAS DEVELOPED IS A OUTPUT WHICH, WHILE REMAINING MANY LARGER COMMUNITIES MIGHT

SYSTEM AND A COMBINATION OF IN SOME WAYS LESS THAN PERFECT, ENVY,+ HE SAID.

POLICY REQUIRED, HE SAID, THAT RTHK MAKE PROGRAMMES WHICH WERE NOT SIMPLY AUDIENCE-ATTRACTIVE, BUT WHICH HAD ALSO TO REFLECT ALL SHADES OF OPINION ON THE ISSUES OF THE DAY. IT FOLLOWED, HE SAID, THAT THE BASIC RTHK EDITORIAL INDEPENDENCE WAS IN A SENSE, +THE GIFT NOT SO MUCH OF THE GOVERNMENT MACHINE WHICH PAYS OUR WAGES OF WHICH WE ARE PART, BUT OF THE COMMUNITY WE SERVE.+

♦WE ARE WHAT THE PEOPLE WISH US TO BE,+ HE SAID.

RTHK HAD COME TO REPRESENT, THROUGH THE YEARS, ALONG WITH THE COMMERCIAL STATIONS AND AN UNFETTERED PRESS, IMPORTANT FREEDOMS NOW EMBODIED IN THE DRAFT AGREEMENT ON THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG.

MR GEORGE BAKO, PRESIDENT OF THE CBA, ALSO SPEAKING TODAY, SAID THAT THE CONFERENCE HAD BEEN PLANNED FOUR YEARS AGO, AND WAS BEING HELD AT A TIME BOTH, WHEN THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG AFTER 1997 WAS BEING DETERMINED AND +WHEN THE REORGANISATION CF BROADCASTING IN HONG KONG WAS ALSO A MATTER OF GREAT EXPECTATIONS.+

THE CBA, HE SAID, WAS MADE UP OF 55 MEMBERS WHO WERE CONCERNED SOLELY WITH THE RAMIFICATIONS OF PUBLIC SERVICE BROADCASTING, WHICH WAS SIMPLY +BROADCASTING AS ORGANISED BY THE STATE AS OPPOSED TO COMMERCIALLY OPERATED BROADCASTING, WHICH IS PRIVATELY OWNED FOR PRIVATE PROF IT.♦

THE CONFERENCE, HE SAID, INTENDS TO HAVE A DETAILED LOOK AT THE FUTURE OF PUBLIC SERVICE BROADCASTING, SO AS TO AGREE ON A GENERAL STRATEGY AS TO HOW BROADCASTING WOULD BE BETTER ABLE AMONG OTHER THINGS, TO COPE IN A MULTI-LINGUAL SOCIETY, ASSIST THE DEVELOPED NATIONS TO REDISCOVER THEMSELVES, AND HELP IN THE UNDERSTANDING OF NATIONAL OBJECTIVES.

0 --------

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 14, 1984

- 4 -

SECRETARIAT TO BE RECAST * * * *

THE GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT WILL HAVE TO BE RECAST IN RESPONSE TO THE ESTABLISHMENT OF THE REGIONAL COUNCIL, THE CHIEF SECRETARY, SIR PHILIP HADDON-CAVE SAID THIS (WEDNESDAY) EVENING.

SPEAKING TO REPORTERS WHILE OFFICIATING AT THE SPEECH DAY CF ST. STEPHEN’S COLLEGE IN STANLEY, SIR PHILIP SAID THE RECASTING OF SCHEDULES AMONG CERTAIN SECRETARIES AND THE ORGANISATION OF THE AFFECTED DEPARTMENTS WOULD BE ANNOUNCED IN ONE EXERCISE TOWARDS THE END OF DECEMBER OR THEREABOUTS.

+THIS WILL TAKE EFFECT PROGRESSIVELY IN THE EARLY PART OF NEXT YEAR,* HE SAID.

+WE WILL NOT BE CREATING ANY NEW POSTS, BUT SOME POSTS MAY BE RETITLED IN RESPONSE TO THEIR CHANGING SCHEDULES,* HE ADDED.

UNEMPLOYMENT SITUATION STABLE

******

THE UNEMPLOYMENT AND UNDEREMPLOYMENT STABLE IN THE THIRD QUARTER OF THIS YEAR, LABOUR FORCE STATISTICS RELEASED TODAY BY DEPARTMENT.

SITUATION REMAINED LARGELY

ACCORDING TO THE LATEST THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS

THE SEASONALLY ADJUSTED UNEMPLOYMENT RATE FOR JULY-SEPTEMBER 1984 WAS 3.5 PER CENT, WHICH WAS THE SAME AS THAT FOR THE PREVIOUS QUARTER APRIL-JUNE 1984. THE RATE FOR JULY-SEPTEMBER 1983 WAS 3.8 PER CENT.

THE DECREASE OF 0.3 PERCENTAGE POINT OVER THE YEAR WAS NOT STATISTICALLY SIGNIFICANT, THE COMMISSIONER FOR CENSUS AND STATISTICS SAID.

THE NUMBER OF UNEMPLOYED PERSONS IN THE QUARTER ENDING SEPTEMBER 1984 WAS ESTIMATED TO BE 92 400, AS COMPARED WITH 91 900 FOR THE QUARTER ENDING JUNE 1984 AND 98 100 FOR THE SAME QUARTER OF LAST YEAR.

THE UNDEREMPLOYMENT RATE FOR JULY-SEPTEMBER 1984 WAS 1.0 PER CENT, WHICH WAS ALSO THE SAME AS THAT FOR APRIL-JUNE 1984. THE RATE FOR THE THIRD QUARTER OF 1983 WAS 1.6 PER CENT.

/the estimated........

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 14, 1984

- 5 -

«EW"«’,ss s

s «ee;sxrju3i jnt ?evas much lorer ™r ™ w*

x «Ese\"MJpM be e*pecte“

CONSISTENT WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE INTERNATIONAL LABOUR ORGANISATION, PERSONS WHO WORKED LESS THAN 35 HOURS A WEEK WERE REGARDED AS UNDEREMPLOYED ONLY IF THEY WERE SEEKING MORE WORK OR WERE NOT SEEKING MORE WORK BECAUSE THEY BELIEVED MORE WORK WAS NOT AVAILABLE, HE EXPLAINED.

COMMENTING UPON THESE FIGURES, THE COMMISSIONER SAID THAT BECAUSE THE PROPORTION OF FIRST-TIME JOB-SEEKERS (E.G. PEOPLE WHO HAD JUST LEFT SCHOOL) VARIED FROM MONTH TO MONTH, THE UNEMPLOYMENT RATES WHICH HAD BEEN SEASONALLY ADJUSTED FOR THE VARIATION IN FIRST-TIME JOB-SEEKERS SHOULD BE USED IN MAKING COMPARISONS OVER TIME.

HE SAID THAT BASED ON A SYSTEM OF MANUAL EXTRACTION OF INFORMATION FROM SURVEY QUESTIONNAIRES FOR THE LATEST MONTH, PROVISIONAL UNEMPLOYMENT AND UNDEREMPLOYMENT RATES COVERING THE LATEST MOVING THREE-MONTH PERIOD COULD BE MADE AVAILABLE WITHIN TWO WEEKS AFTER THE SURVEY. THE PROVISIONAL UNEMPLOYMENT RATE (NOT SEASONALLY ADJUSTED) FOR AUGUST-OCTOBER 1984 WAS 4.1 PER CENT, AND THE PROVISIONAL UNDEREMPLOYMENT RATE WAS 1.0 PER CENT. HOWEVER, IT IS EXPECTED THAT THE UNEMPLOYMENT RATE WILL BE LOWER AFTER SEASONAL ADJUSTMENT. THE UNADJUSTED UNEMPLOYMENT RATE FOR JULY-SEPTEMBER 1984 WAS 3.9 PER CENT.

THE UNEMPLOYMENT AND UNDEREMPLOYMENT STATISTICS WERE OBTAINED FROM A CONTINUOUS GENERAL HOUSEHOLD SURVEY CONDUCTED BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT. THIS SURVEY COVERS A QUARTERLY SAMPLE OF SOME 15 000 HOUSEHOLDS OR 55 000 PERSONS, SELECTED SCIENTIFICALLY TO REPRESENT THE LAND-BASED CIVILIAN NON-INSTITUTIONAL POPULATION IN HONG KONG. PERSONAL AND LABOUR FORCE DATA WERE OBTAINED IN THE SURVEY BY INTERVIEWING EACH INDIVIDUAL MEMBER IN THE HOUSEHOLD SAMPLED.

DETAILED ANALYSIS OF THE LABOUR FORCE CHARACTERISTICS IS GIVEN IN THE REPORT ON THE GENERAL HOUSEHOLD SURVEY PUBLISHED FOUR TIMES A YEAR. THE NEXT REPORT COVERING THE QUARTER ENDING SEPTEMBER 1984 SHOULD BE AVAILABLE FROM THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE LATE IN DECEMBER 1984.

-----o------

/6........

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 14, 1984

- 6 -

HK SHOULD KEEP RICH VARIETY OF SCHOOLS *****

IT WAS VITAL FOR HONG KONG’S FUTURE SOCIAL STABILITY AND ECONOMIC PROSPERITY THAT ITS RICH VARIETY OF SCHOOLS SHOULD CONTINUE, THE CHIEF SECRETARY, SIR PHILIP HADDON-CAVE, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

THESE SCHOOLS SHOULD CONTINUE TO EDUCATE CHILDREN IN THE MANY PHILOSOPHICAL TRADITIONS WHICH THRIVE AMICABLY SIDE BY SIDE IN HONG KONG. SIR PHILIP SAID AT THE SPEECH DAY OF ST STEPHEN’S COLLEGE AND THE OPENING OF ITS NEW ADMINISTRATION BUILDING IN STANLEY.

+ IT HAS BEEN SAID THAT HONG KONG IS A NATURALLY ECUMENICAL PLACE AND, IF THIS IS SO, IT IS BECAUSE OF OUR TOLERANCE OF A WIDE SPECTRUM OF BELIEFS.

+ IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT THIS SPIRIT OF TOLERANCE IS PERPETUATED IN THE FUTURE AND THAT IT IS FOSTERED AND SUPPORTED BY OUR EDUCATION SYSTEM,* HE STATED.

HE SAID IT WAS +A REASSURANCE TO US ALL AND TO THE GENERATIONS OF STAFF AND STUDENTS AND PARENTS WHO WILL COME AFTER US+, THAT THE DRAFT SINO-BRITISH AGREEMENT ENSURES THAT EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS OF ALL KINDS MAY RETAIN THEIR AUTONOMY.

+IN THIS CONTEXT, IT IS OF SPECIAL SIGNIFICANCE TO SCHOOLS LIKE ST STEPHEN’S THAT PARTICULAR MENTION IS MADE IN THE AGREEMENT OF INSTITUTIONS ’RUN BY RELIGIOUS AND COMMUNITY ORGANISATIONS’,*

SIR PHILIP SAID.

HE FOUND IT MOST GRATIFYING TO SEE A SCHOOL EVOLVE AND GROW IN THE WAY ST STEPHEN’S HAD DONE.

OVER THE PAST 80 YEARS, IT HAD GROWN FROM VERY SMALL BEGINNINGS TO ONE OF HONG KONG’S BEST KNOWN AND MOST PRESTIGIOUS SCHOOLS, FROM AN ENROLMENT OF ONLY SIX STUDENTS TO TODAY’S 1 100.

ITS FACILITIES, BREADTH OF THE CURRICULUM AND RANGE OF EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES HAD EXPANDED BEYOND RECOGNITION, HE SAID.

+ALL THIS IS A REFLECTION OF OUR EDUCATION SYSTEM AS A WHOLE, WHICH IS IN A CONSTANT STATE OF EVOLUTION TO MEET HONG KONG’S CHANGING NEEDS AND CIRCUMSTANCES,* HE ADDED.

-----0------

/7........

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 14, 1984

7

SECOND QUARTER INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTION INDEX RELEASED *****

THE INDEX OF INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTION IN THE SECOND QUARTER OF 1984, AT 130.5, WAS 14.5 POINTS OR 12.5 PER CENT HIGHER THAN IN THE SAME QUARTER OF LAST YEAR, ACCORDING TO FIGURES RELEASED TODAY BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.

COMPARED WITH THE FIRST QUARTER OF THIS YEAR, THERE WAS AN INCREASE OF 19.6 PER CENT. THIS IS PARTLY ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE FACT THAT FIRST QUARTER HAD FEWER WORKING DAYS BECAUSE OF THE LUNAR NEW YEAR.

INDUSTRIES WITH SIGNIFICANT INCREASES IN PRODUCTION OVER THE SECOND QUARTER OF LAST YEAR INCLUDED FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS, TOBACCO, PAPER AND PAPER PRODUCTS, PLASTIC PRODUCTS, TRANSPORT EQUIPMENT, CONSUMER ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC PRODUCTS, BEVERAGES, RUBBER PRODUCTS, AND NEWSPAPER PRINTING.

HOWEVER, SEVERAL INDUSTRIES REPORTED DECLINES IN PRODUCTION OVER THE SAME PERIOD. THESE INCLUDED NON-ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, PROFESSIONAL AND SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS, WATCHES AND CLOCKS, NON-METALLIC MINERAL PRODUCTS, CHEMICALS AND CHEMICAL PRODUCTS, BASIC METALS, AND ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC PARTS, ACCESSORIES AND MACHINERY.

A COMPARISON OF FIGURES FOR THE SECOND QUARTER OF THIS YEAR WITH THOSE OF THE FIRST QUARTER, SHOWS A BIG DECLINE IN TOBACCO PRODUCTION, MAINLY DUE TO SEASONAL FACTORS. THE LEVEL OF PRODUCTION IN THE FIRST QUARTER TENDED TO BE HIGHER THAN IN THE SECOND QUARTER BECAUSE OF THE NEED TO MEET INCREASED PURCHASES BY LOCAL RESIDENTS DURING THE LUNAR NEW YEAR. WHEN COMPARED WITH THE SAME QUARTER LAST YEAR, HOWEVER, THE PRODUCTION OF THE TOBACCO INDUSTRY IN THE SECOND QUARTER OF 1984 WAS UP BY 47.4 PER CENT.

TWO TABLES ON THE QUARTERLY INDEXES OF INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTION FOR THE SECOND QUARTER OF 1984 WILL BE SENT BY FACSIMILE NETWORK AND BOXED SEPARATELY. ONE IS A SUMMARY TABLE FOR BROAD INDUSTRY GROUPS, WHILE THE OTHER GIVES MORE DETAILED INDUSTRY BREAKDOWNS.

MORE DETAILED INFORMATION CAN BE FOUND IN THE +REPORT ON THE QUARTERLY INDEX OF INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTION, SECOND QUARTER 1984+.

THE PUBLICATION IS ON SALE AT $2 A COPY AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS SALES CENTRE AT G/F, GENERAL POST OFFICE BUILDING, CONNAUGHT PLACE, OR AT THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT PUBLICATION SALES COUNTER, KAI TAK COMMERCIAL BUILDING, 317 DES VCEUX ROAD CENTRAL. REGULAR SUBSCRIPTION MAY ALSO BE ARRANGED.

FURTHER ENQUIRIES ABOUT THE SURVEY MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE INDUSTRIAL RESEARCH SECTION OF CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT AT TELEPHONE NUMBER 3-7224504.

-----o-----

/8

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 14, 1984

- 8 -CIGARETTES WERE ’MOSTLY LOW TO MIDDLE TAR’ * * * *

tuat ZneJSwSne9^-BRANDS 0F C,GARETTES ON SALE IN HONG KONG SHOWED

THAT MOST WERE OF +LOW TO MIDDLE TAR,+ OR +MIDDLE TAR.+ A GOVERNMENT

SPOKESMAN ANNOUNCED TODAY. ’ »uvtKNMtNr

THIS WAS THE THIRD TIME THAT THE GOVERNMENT HAD CARRIED OUT TESTS ON THE TAR AND NICOTINE YIELDS OF CIGARETTES, HE SAID.

♦THE PURPOSE OF CARRYING OUT THESE PERIODICAL TESTS AND IN MAKING THEM KNOWN, IS TO PROVIDE ACCURATE INFORMATION TO SMOKERS ON WHAT THEY ARE INHALING, AND ALSO TO PROVIDE THE TOBACCO INDUSTRY WITH OFFICIAL TAR GROUP DESIGNATIONS FOR CIGARETTE BRANDS,* HE SAID.

IN THE LATEST SERIES, 30 TESTS HAD BEEN CARRIED OUT OVER A SIX-MONTH PERIOD FROM FEBRUARY THIS YEAR. BASED ON THE FINDINGS, A TABLE REPRESENTING THE AVERAGE TAR AND NICOTINE YIELDS OF 99 BEST-SELLING CIGARETTES WAS COMPILED UNDER FIVE GROUPS RANGING FROM LOW TO HIGH TAR.

’LOW TAR’OGROUP,938BBRANDSOWEREG|2E|JfSJi£ WERE IN THE

43 FELL UNDER THE ’MIDDLE TAR’EGRXliJHfiunL?uDMIDDLE TAR’ GROUP, TO HIGH TAR’ GROUP. ONL^OnTbRA^AS^IS^eTas'’H^H^AR’"'00^

A COMPARISON WAS MADE BETWEEN THE MANUFACTURERS’ CLAIMS OF THE TAR GROUPS AND FINDINGS OF THE TESTS. IT WAS FOUND THAT FOR 23 OF THE 99 BRANDS LISTED IN THE TABLE, THE LABELLED CLAIMS DID NOT CORRESPOND TO THE RESPECTIVE REPORTED TAR GROUPS. SIX BRANDS WERE FOUND TO BE IN A HIGHER TAR GROUP THAN CLAIMED, WHILE 17 BRANDS WERE IN A LOWER TAR GROUP THAN CLAIMED.

ANALYSES ALSO REVEALED THAT WHILE A FEW BRANDS SHOWED A GRADUAL DECREASE, THE TAR AND NICOTINE CONTENTS OF MOST CIGARETTES WERE STABILISING.

THERE WAS EVIDENCE OF A CONTINUING MOVEMENT OF BRANDS INTO LOWER TAR GROUPS, WITH THE LOW AND LOW TO MIDDLE TAR GROUPS CONTAINING 55.6 PER CENT OF ALL BRANDS LISTED COMPARED TO 49 PER CENT IN MAY 1984. THE PROPORTION OF BRANDS IN THE MIDDLE, MIDDLE TO HIGH AND HIGH TAR GROUPS FELL TO 44.4 PER CENT COMPARED TO 51 PER CENT IN MAY 1984.

IT WAS ALSO OBSERVED THAT MOST NEW BRANDS PUT ON SALE BELONGED TO THE ’LOW TAR’ OR ’LOW TO MIDDLE TAR’ GROUPS. AMONG THE 19 NEW BRANDS, SEVEN WERE IN THE ’LOW TAR’ GROUP, EIGHT IN THE ’LOW AND MIDDLE TAR’ GROUP AND FOUR IN THE ’MIDDLE TAR’ GROUP.

-------0----------

/9........

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 14, 1984

9

HOUSING NEEDS OF ELDERLY UNDER STUDY *****

THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT WAS EXAMINING THE NEEDS OF ELDERLY PEOPLE FOR VARIOUS TYPES OF ACCOMMODATION, THE DIRECTOR CF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR JOHN CHAMBERS, SAID TODAY AT THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING OF ST JAMES SETTLEMENT.

HE SAID THE RANGE OF ACCOMMODATION INCLUDED HOSTELS, OLD AGE HOMES, CARE-AND-ATTENTION HOMES AND SHELTERED HOUSING IN PRIVATE DEVELOPMENTS SUCH AS THE TWO SCHEMES FUNDED FROM THE PROFITS OF THE LUNAR NEW YEAR GOLD COIN SALES.

+WE NEED TO BE AS FLEXIBLE AS POSSIBLE,* HE SAID.

+WE ARE ALSO EXPLORING THE POSSIBILITY OF BUILDING COMPLEXES CONTAINING SEVERAL DIFFERENT KINDS OF ACCOMMODATION SO THAT PEOPLE DO NOT HAVE TO BE UPROOTED WHEN THEIR NEEDS CHANGE.*

THIS WAS IN LINE WITH THE GOVERNOR'S ANNOUNCEMENT IN HIS OPENING ADDRESS IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL LAST MONTH THAT THE DEPARTMENT WOULD PREPARE A +STRATEGIC PLAN* FOR MEETING SHORTFALLS IN ALL TYPES OF GROUP ACCOMMODATION FOR THE ELDERLY, HE SAID.

THE PROVISION OF SERVICES FOR OLDER CITIZENS WOULD BE ONE CF THE MOST IMPORTANT ELEMENTS OF SOCIAL WELFARE DEVELOPMENTS IN THE COMING YEARS.

-(■GREAT STRIDES HAVE BEEN MADE ALREADY BUT WE STILL HAVE A LONG WAY TO GO TO MEET THE REQUIREMENT IN CERTAIN AREAS - SUCH AS CARE-AND-ATTENTION HOMES,* HE SAID.

+WE DO RELY TO A CONSIDERABLE EXTENT ON THE VOLUNTARY AGENCIES TO DEVELOP AND OPERATE MANY OF THESE SERVICES, ALTHOUGH THE GOVERNMENT HAS THE OVERALL RESPONSIBILITY FOR SEEING THAT THE PLANS ARE FULFILLED AND THE NECESSARY FUNDS PROVIDED.*

REFERRING TO THE GOVERNMENT’S POLICY ON THE ELDERLY, MR CHAMBERS SAID THE 1979 WHITE PAPER ON SOCIAL WELFARE POLICY SET OUT THE OBJECTIVES OF PROMOTING THE WELL-BEING OF THE ELDERLY THROUGH CARE IN THE COMMUNITY AND BY THE COMMUNITY.

SERVICES SUCH AS COMMUNITY NURSING, HOME HELP, DAY CARE CENTRES AND SOCIAL CENTRES, PUBLIC ASSISTANCE AND SPECIAL NEEDS A.L.OWANCE SCHEMES WERE DESIGNED TO HELP OLDER PEOPLE CONTINUE TO LIVE IN THE COMMUNITY FOR AS LONG AS POSSIBLE.

VARIOUS FORMS OF SUBSIDISED HOUSING WERE ALSO AVAILABLE FOR jSE UNABLE TO FIND DECENT ACCOMMODATION IN THE PRIVATE SECTOR THIN THEIR MEANS, HE SAID.

INSTITUTIONAL CARE WAS FOR THOSE WHO COULD NOT LOOK AFTER THEMSELVES EVEN WITH THE SUPPORT SERVICES PROVIDED, HE ADDED.

/ON THE .......

WfflWESDAT, NOVEMBER 14, 1984

10

ON THE ELDERLY POPULATION, MR CHAMBERS NOTED THAT THE NUMBER OF PEOPLE OVER 60 INCREASED By'73 PER CENT BETWEEN 1971 AND 1981.

THE 1981 CENSUS REPORTED THAT THERE WERE 507 000 ELDERLY PEOPLE REPRESENTING 10.2 PER CENT OF THE OVERALL POPULATION. IT Ss ehlMATED THAT THE PROPORTION WOULD REACH 11.7 PER CENT BY MID-1987 AND 12.8 PER CENT BY 1992.

HE BELIEVED THIS DEVELOPMENT WOULD INEVITABLY CAUSE PROBLEMS, BUT SAID THAT THIS SHOULD NOT BE SEEN AS A +DISASTER+.

ELDERLY PEOPLE WHO WERE IN A REASONABLE STATE OF MENTAL AND PHYSICAL HEALTH, MR CHAMBERS SAID, COULD CONTINUE TO CONTRIBUTE THE LIFE OF COMMUNITY IN MANY WAYS.

TO

TO

BY

rTHE SKILLS AMD KNOWLEDGE ACQUIRED OVER A LIFETIME CAN SURELY PUT TO GOOD USE,* HE SAID.

RETIRED PEOPLE, ON THE OTHER HAND, COULD USE THEIR FREE TIME HEI P FRIENDS AND NEIGHBOURS, TO RELIEVE LONELINESS AND ISOLATION PROVIDING MUTUAL COMPANIONSHIP AND SUPPORT.

MR CHAMBERS PRAISED ST JAMES SETTLEMENT FOR ITS INVALUABLE CONTRIBUTION TO THE WELFARE OF THE ELDERLY.

+l KNOW THAT WE CAN COUNT ON YOUR CONTINUED HELP IN THE FUTURE,* HE SAID.

- - 0 - -

LUCKY NUMBERS DRAWN FOR 4

X X

272 RICHLAND GARDENS FLATS

XXX

A BALLOT WAS HELD TODAY TO DECIDE THE SUCCESSFUL APPLICANTS FOR THE 4 272 FLATS AT RICHLAND GARDENS TO BE SOLD UNDER PHASE VIB OF 1HE HOME OWNERSHIP SCHEME.

FOR THE 365 GREEN FORM APPLICANTS FROM THE HOUSING AUTHORITY’S MARK l/lI ESTATE TENANTS WHO WERE ALL SUCCESSFUL, THE ORDER OF THE NUMBERS DRAWN WERE 6, 5, 8, 9, 3, 0, 7, 2, 4 AND 1, REPRESENTING THE ‘AST DIGIT OF THEIR REGISTRATION NUMBERS. THE SUCCESSFUL NUMBERS i3 WN FOR THE OTHER 3 448 GREEN FORM APPLICANTS FROM HOUSING ■ ,’HORITY AND HOUSING SOCIETY ESTATE TENANTS, ALSO REPRESENTING iE LAST DIGIT, WERE 6, 5, 8, 9 AND 3.

AS FOR THE 16 299 WHITE FORM PRIVATE SECTOR APPLICANTS, THEIR JKY NUMBERS REPRESENTING THE LAST TWO DIGITS WERE 31, 77, 09, 42, 3, 28, 99, 56, 07, 27, 847 14 AND 37.

/LH addition.........

WHKBSDAY, HOVBMBaH 14, 1984

IN ADDITION, A PROPORTION OF APPLICANTS WITH REGISTRATION NUMBERS ENDING IN 0 (GREEN FORM) AND 67 (WHITE FORM) WERE ALSO SUCCESSFUL.

THE REMAINDER OF THESE NUMBERS PLUS 7, 2, 4 AND 1 (GREEN FORM) AMD 60, 91, 19, 98, 16, 58, 73, 72, 03, 13, 90, 18, 68, 36, 89, 54,

59, 10, 76, 86, 05, 47, 79, 94, 51, 22, 64, 57, 29, 20, 95, 33, 30,

61, 26, 06, 75, 82, 65, 96, 85, 48, 49, 81, 46, 70, 53, 52, 78, 38,

3% 25, 21, 87, 83, 12, 44, 17, 88, 93, 00, 34, 63, 15, 41, 45, 55,

66, 32, 35. 74, 43, 97, 02, 11, 69, 08, 50, 24, 04, 80, 71, 62, 61,

40 AND 92 (WHITE FORM) WILL FORM THE RESERVE LIST.

A COMBINED PRIORITY LIST OF SUCCESSFUL'APPLICANTS IN THE GREEN FORM AND WHITE FORM CATEGORIES WAS LATER PRODUCED BY COMPUTER AT THE HOUSING AUTHORITY HEADQUARTERS.

PERFORMING THE BALLOT IN THE ’WOMEN TODAY’ PROGRAMME OF HK-TVB WERE MR CHARLES C.C. SIN, CHAIRMAN OF THE HOUSING AUTHORITY’S HOME OWNERSHIP COMMITTEE, AND DR PHILIP Y.H. WONG, MEMBER OF THE COMMITTEE, AND THE DRAW WAS WITNESSED BY AN I.C.A.C. REPRESENTATIVE, MR CHAN TUNG-SHAN.

RESULTS OF THE BALLOT WILL BE PUBLISHED TOMORROW (THURSDAY) AND LISTS OF SUCCESSFUL APPLICANTS WITH THEIR ORDER OF PRIORITY WILL BE POSTED FROM TOMORROW AFTERNOON AT THE HOME OWNERSHIP CENTRE, ALL HOUSING AUTHORITY AND HOUSING SOCIETY ESTATE OFFICES, AND DISTRICT OFFICES.

A COMPLETE LIST OF SUCCESSFUL REGISTRATION NUMBERS WILL ALSO BE PUBLISHED IN GOVERNMENT GAZETTE ON NEXT FRIDAY (NOVEMBER 23).

RICHLAND GARDENS IN KOWLOON BAY WILL HAVE ALTOGETHER 5 904 FLATS ON 22 BLOCKS ON COMPLETION IN MID-1985. ITS FIRST 16 BLOCKS, NOW ON SALE, VARY IN GROSS AREAS BETWEEN 43-7 AND 57.9 SQUARE METRES WITH PRICES RANGING FROM $188 300 TO $337 000 EACH.

----0----

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 14, 1984

12

BE TACTFUL, FAIR POLICE AUXILIARIES TOLD

*****

POLICE OFFICERS MUST BE FAIR, TACTFUL AND PAINSTAKING IN DEALING xI TH ALL MATTERS ARISING IN THE COURSE OF DUTY, THE AUXILIARY POLICz COMMANDANT, MR NYLON TS’O, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

ADDRESSING A PASSING-OUT PARADE OF 72 AUXILIARY POLICE OFFICERS AT THE WAN CHAI AUXILIARY POLICE HEADQUARTERS, MR TS’O SAID THEY SHOULD BE CALM AND POLITE AT ALL TIMES.

’’THIS IS VERY IMPORTANT TO THE SUCCESS OF NEIGHBOURHOOD POLICING,” MR TS’O SAID.

HE ALSO SAID THAT THE MAIN TASK OF THE AUXILIARY POLICE IS TO BUILD UP THE YOUNGER GENERATIONS OF THE FORCE IN THE FOOTSTEPS OF THEIR PREDECESSORS NOT FOR GLORY OR FAME, BUT AS A MATTER OF DUTY OF A CITIZEN.

AND AS AUXILIARIES, THEY SHOULD STRENGTHEN THEMSELVES BY TAKING PART ACTIVELY IN THE TRAINING PROGRAMMES AND ABSORBING THE LECTURES DELIVERED BY EXPERIENCED REGULAR OFFICERS.

’’YOU WILL THEN BE, WHEN THE TIME COMES, CAPABLE OF DISCHARGING EFFICIENTLY YOUR DUTIES SIDE BY SIDE WITH YOUR REGULAR COLLEAGUES,” HE SAID.

MR TS’O ALSO PRESENTED AWARDS TO THE BEST ALL-ROUND RECRUITS MICHAEL BAMBERG, YUEN KWONG-KEUNG AND YAN HO-LIM, AND PRAISED THEM FOR THEIR GOOD PERFORMANCE AND DILIGENCE.

HE ALSO PRESENTED HIS OWN COMMENDATION TO A/SGT WONG MING-CHEUNG AND APCS CHAU KIN-CHUNG AND AU KWONG-FAT FOR DISPLAYING ALERTNESS, INITIATIVE AND PUBLIC SPIRIT, WHILE OFF-DUTY, ARRESTING CRIMINALS INVOLVED IN ROBBERY OR THEFT.

- - - - 0 ----

MORE MICROWAVE LINKS FOR POLICE

* * *

THREE ADDITIONAL 24-CHANNEL TWO WAY MICROWAVE LINKS HAVE FURTHER ENHANCED FORCE TELECOMMUNICATIONS IN A $2 MILLION COMMUNICATIONS BRANCH PROJECT RECENTLY CONCLUDED.

THE NEW LINKS FORM A VITAL PART OF THE BEAT RADIO AND OTHER FORCE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS.

THE FORCE NETWORK NOW CONSISTS OF 12 LINKS INTERCONNECTING FORCE HEADQUARTERS AND REGIONAL COMMAND AND CONTROL CENTRES VIA A AL OF NINE HILL-TOP REPEATER SITES. BY DETAILED PLANNING AND CAREFUL COORDINATION OF CHANGEOVERS ALL THE NEW SYSTEMS WERE •.TRODUCED INTO SERVICE WITH NO INTERRUPTION EXCEEDING 19 MINUTES.

/MR R® .......

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 14. 19&4

MR RON HUNT, SENIOR STAFF OFICER, PROJECT MANAGEMENT, IN COMMUNICATIONS BRANCH, SAID : "THE NEW LINKS ARE ENTIRELY UNDER COMMUNICATIONS BRANCH CONTROL AND SO ENSURE THAT SERVICES ARE MAINTAINED WITHOUT RELIANCE ON BURIED TELEPHONE CABLES WHICH CAN BE SUBJECT TO FAILURE IN TIMES OF HEAVY RAIN OR.DURING CONSTRUCTION WORK. ”

MR HUNT SAID THE NEW SYSTEMS PROVIDED MORE FLEXIBILITY IN THE ROUTING OF CIRCUITS. ALL THE OLD SYSTEMS would eventually BE REPLACED, USING A NEW RADIO BAND MORE SUITABLE FOR THE PURPOSE.

FORCE COMMUNICATIONS SIGNALS ARE LOCATED AT POINTS ON HONG KONG ISLAND AND IN KOWLOON AND THE NEW TERRITORIES.

THE SYSTEM ALLOWS MORE CHANNELS TO BE INTRODUCED AND ALLOWS FOR

alternative routings of communications.

A MESSAGE ORIGINATING FROM HONG KONG ISLAND REGIONAL COMMAND AND CONTROL CENTRE IS RELAYED TO KOWLOON RCCC IN A CRISS-CROSS PATTERN VIA LINE OF SIGHT POSTS AT MOUNT GOUGH, TATE’S CAIRN AND MOUNT PARKER.

WITH THE RCCCS ENCLOSED WITHIN CONCRETE BUILDINGS WHICH IN TURN FORM PART OF HONG KONG’S CONCRETE JUNGLE THE USE OF HILL-TOP SITES IS VITAL IN ABOVE GROUND TELECOMMUNICATIONS.

”A CONTINUING PROBLEM IS THE NEW BUILDINGS GOING UP WHICH CAN THREATEN INTERFERENCE WITH THE LINE OF SIGHT. WE HAVE AN ARRANGEMENT WITH POST OFFICE TELECOMMUNICATIONS WHEREBY WE CAN BE WARNED OF SITES BEING THREATENED IN THIS WAY SO WE CAN TAKE STEPS TO AVOID IT.

MR HUNT DESCRIBED THE SYSTEM AS ”A HIGH QUALITY AND RELIABLE POINT TO POINT MICROWAVE NETWORK BEING CONTINUALLY DEVELOPED TO IMPROVE THE RADIO COMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES OF THE FORCE.

PROJECT ENGINEER RESPONSIBLE FOR THE MAINTENANCE OF THE HILLTOP SITES IS MR MO CHI-KAN. HE SAID : ”WE HAD EVERYTHING PREPARED FOR the NEW links TO COME INTO OPERATION BEFORE the CHANGEOVER. WE CHANGED THE CABLES WITH HARDLY ANY INTERRUPTION OF COMMUNICATION.

-------o - - - -

/14........

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 14, 1984

14

SA I KUNG DB MEETS FRIDAY

X I X

SAI KUNG DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS WILL DISCUSS PROPOSALS TO CONTROL THE DISTRIBUTION OF OBJECTIONABLE PUBLICATIONS AT THEIR '■'EETING ON FRIDAY (NOVEMBER 16).

THE PROPOSALS, RECENTLY PUT FORWARD BY THE PUBLIC AND MAGISTRATES, INCLUDE THE RESTRICTION ON THE SALE OF OBJECT ONABLc. °UBLICATIONS TO UNDER-AGED PEOPLE, THE RESTRICTION ON RETAIL OUTLETS, AND THE ESTABLISHMENT OF A TRIBUNAL TO CONSIDER AND TO CLASSIFY SUCH MATERIALS.

THE DEPUTY REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR NEW TERRITORIES, MR PETtR NG WILL ALSO ATTEND THE MEETING TO LISTEN TO MEMBERS’ VIEWS ./THE PROPOSED CONSTITUTION, ORGANISATION AND FUNCTION OF THE PROVISIONAL REGIONAL COUNCIL FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES.

OTHER ITEMS ON THE AGENDA INCLUDE PROGRESS REPORTS OF VARIOUS COMMITTEES UNDER THE DISTRICT BOARD AND THE DISTRICT FIGHT CRIME COMMITTEE.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE INVITED TO ATTEND THE SAI KUNG DISTRICT BOARD MEETING TO BE HELD AT 10 AM ON FRIDAY (NOVEMBER 16) IN THE CONFERENCE ROOM OF THE DISTRICT BOARD SECRETARIAT, 2ND FLOOR, SAI KUNG GOVERNMENT OFF ICES BUILDING, SAI KUNG TOWN.

-------o - -

GOVERNOR’S COMMENDATION FOR MR LAM SHUI-SEE

X X X

A WHEELCHAIR-BOUND WORKSHOP MANAGER, MR LAM SHUI-SEE, WHO HA3 BEEN ACTIVE IN PROMOTING REHABILITATION SERVICES FOR THE PAST DECADE, WAS TODAY AWARDED THE GOVERNOR’S COMMENDATION FOR COMMUNITY SERVICE.

HE WAS PRESENTED WITH THE CERTIFICATE BY THE SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS, MR DENIS BRAY, AT A CEREMONY IN THE GOVERNMENT SECRETARI AT.

MR LAM HAS CONTRIBUTED MUCH TO THE ESTABLISHMENT OF THE HONG KONG CONFEDERATION OF ASSOCIATIONS OF THE HANDICAPPED.

/he was.......

ffEGHEb'MY, NOVEMBER 14, 1984

- 15 -

HE WAS CHAIRMAN OF THE HONG KONG PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED AND ABLE BODIED CLUB (THE PRESENT PHAB ASSOCIATION) FROM 1974 TO 1976.

SINCE 1976, HE HAS BEEN DEVOTING A LOT OF HIS TIME TO THE ACTIVITIES OF THE HONG KONG FEDERATION OF HANDICAPPED YOUTH. IE ALSO SERVED ON THE HOUSING SUB-COMMITTEE OF THE REHABILITATION DEVELOPMENT CO-ORDINATING COMMITTEE BETWEEN 1978 AND 1983.

IN 1981, MR LAM WAS SELECTED ONE OF THE TEN MOST OUTSTANDING DISABLED PERSONS IN THE INTERNATIONAL YEAR OF DISABLED PERSONS.

-----o------

MEDALS FOR FIRE OFFICERS * * *

THE CHIEF SECRETARY, SIR PHILIP HADDON-CAVE, WILL PRESENT THE COLONIAL FIRE BRIGADES LONG SERVICES MEDALS AND CLASPS TO A TOTAL OF 109 OFFICERS AND OTHER RANKS TOMORROW (THURSDAY).

THE CEREMONY WILL TAKE PLACE AT THE SHEUNG WAN FIRE STATION.

NOTE TO EDITORSs

YOU ARE CORDIALLY INVITED TO SEND A REPORTER/PHOTOGRAPHER TO COVER THE PRESENTATION CEREMONY WHICH WILL COMMENCE AT 3 PM. PEDIA WISHING TO COVER THE EVENT MUST ARRIVE AT SHEUNG WAN FIRE STATION AT 2.30 PM.

------o-------

TWO SITES TO LET

UI

THE LANDS DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS FOR SHORT-TERM TENANCIES OF TWO SITES.

THE FIRST SITE OF 1.5 HECTARES IS AT MOUNT PARKER ROAD, QUARRY BAY AND IS TO BE USED AS OPEN STORAGE SPACE.

THE TENANCY IS FOR TWO YEARS, RENEWABLE QUARTERLY AFTERWARDS.

THE OTHER SITE OF 5 500 SQUARE METRES IS AT THE JUNCTION OF CONTAINER PORT ROAD AND TSUEN WAN ROAD.

/IT should .......

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 14, 1984

- 16 -

IT SHOULD BE USED FOR PARKING GOODS VEHICLES AND CONTAINERS AND THE TENANCY IS FOR ONE YEAR, RENEWABLE MONTHLY THEREAFTER.

THE TENDER DEADLINE IS NOON ON NOVEMBER 30.

TENDER FORMS, NOTICES AND CONDITIONS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM, AND PLANS INSPECTED AT, THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS;

M LANDS DEPARTMENT, SURVEY DIVISION, MURRAY BUILDING, 5TH FLOOR, GARDEN ROAD, HONG KONG,

DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE BUILDING, 10TH FLOOR,

KOWLOON, YAU MA TEI CAR PARK 250 SHANGHAI STREET, KOWLOON;

DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE, HONG KONG NORTH, 12TH FLOOR, HARBOUR CENTRE, 25 HARBOUR ROAD, HONG KONG FOR THE QUARRY BAY SITE; AND

10TH FLOOR, TSUEN , 174-280 CASTLE PEAK FOR THE TSUEN WAN SITE

DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE, TSUEN WAN, WAN MULTI-STOREY CARPARK BUILDING ROAD, TSUEN WAN, NEW TERRITORIES

-----0------

BOX CULVERTS FOR RECLAMATION X X X *

THREE SINGLE-CELL BOX CULVERTS WILL BE BUILT AT A COST OF ABOUT $9 MILLION IN THE SECOND STAGE OF WORK ON THE WESTERN RECLAMATION.

MEASURING ABOUT 210 METRES EACH, THEY WILL REPLACE THE TEMPORARY CHANNELS WHICH WILL BE FILLED IN LATER.

WORK ON THE PROJECT AWARDED BY THE CIVIL ENGINEERING OFFICE OF THE ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT, IS EXPECTED TO START SOON AND TAKE 20 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.

THE SECOND STAGE OF WESTERN RECLAMATION, WHICH HAS BEEN SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED, WILL MEASURE ABOUT 18 HECTARES.

THE LAND FORMED WILL BE FOR NEW ROADS, A FERRY CONCOURSE, A BUS TERMINUS, CARGO-HANDLING AREAS, COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL USES, AN INDOOR GAMES HALL, LOCAL OPEN SPACE, A POLICE STATION AND OTHER GOVERNMENT AND COMMUNITY USES.

- - 0 - -

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 14, 1984

- 17 -

DAMAGED DRAINS TO BE REPLACED * * * *

THE HIGHWAYS OFFICE OF THE ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT HAS AWARDED A $3.16-M ILL I ON CONTRACT FOR JE^ACING ™0DAMAGED DRAINS UNDER CASTLE PEAK ROAD NEAR TAI LAM CHUNG WITH A THREE

CELL BOX

THE

CULVERT.

CULVERT WILL DIVERT WATER FROM A NEARBY STREAM TO THE

SEA.

THE CONTRACT ALSO COVERS THE WIDENING OF ABOUT 400 METRES OF CASTLE PEAK ROADFROM ITS JUNCTION WITH TAI LAM CHUNG ROAD TO BROTHERS POINT AND THE PROVISION OF A TWO-METRE-WIDE FOOTPATH ON EACH SIDE.

WORK WILL START LATER THIS WEEK AND BE COMPLETED IN A YEAR’S TIME.

-------o----------

KENNEDY TOWN MAINS WORK M * * *

FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO SOME AREAS IN OFF FROM 10 PM ON SATURDAY (NOVEMBER 17) FOR WATER MAINS WORK.

KENNEDY TOWN WILL BE TURNED TO 6 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY

41-111,

tuc AFFPrTED AREA IS BOUNDED BY NO.

!U s”ee? anS“no. SMIThAiELD ROAD, INCLUDING LUEN FAT, LUEN ON, LUEN

32-100 BELCHER’S . STREET' HOUSE NO.

..C. 4-10, 12A-12K LUEN TAK AND LUEN HING

APARTMENTS.

-----0-----

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 15, 1984

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

ROAD PRICING CHARGES NOT ADDITIONAL TAX - SCOTT .......... 1

PEOPLE NOW EAGER TO DONATE BLOOD, GOVERNOR SAYS .......... 4

SIR PHILIP STRESSES VITAL ROLE OF FIREMEN ................ 5

MANUFACTURING STILL BEDROCK OF ECOTOMY ................... 7

BUILDING, CONSTRUCTION 'FAIRLY STAGNANT, BUT VARIED' ..... 9

MORE TIME SPENT ON LEISURE ...............................

SAFETY SEMINAR FOR TOP MANAGEMENT......................... 11

JOCKEY CLUB CHIEF TO BUY FIRST CENTENARY STAMPS .......... 12

ANTI-NARCOTICS DRIVE GETS GOOD RESPONSE .................. 13

ERUCIC ACID IN FOOD DUE FOR CONTROL ......................

3347 MILLION IN PUBLIC HOUSING TENDERS APPROVED .......... 14

FIRST PURPOSE-BUILT LIBRARY OPENS TOMORROW ............... 15

FESTIVAL TREAT FOR ELDERLY ............................... 15

GOODWILL VISITS TO ELDERLY RESIDENTS ..................... 16

CUSTOMS AND EXCISE ON DISPLAY AT EDINBURGH PLACE ......... 16

RECREATION AREA FOR BUTTERFLY BEACH ...................... 17

SEMINARS ON PHYSICAL EDUCATION ........................... 18

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 15, 1984

1

ROAD PRICING CHARGES NOT * * * *

ADDITIONAL TAX - SCOTT * *

RESEARCH ON ELECTRONIC ROAD

PRICING INDICATES THAT IF A FULL

SYSTEM WERE INTRODUCED TODAY, AND AFTER TAKING ACCOUNT OF THE CAPITAL AND RECURRENT COST OF THE SYSTEM ITSELF, VEHICLE ANNUAL LICENCE FEES COULD BE REDUCED BY ABOUT HALF.

FURTHER, A STAGED REDUCTION IN FIRST REGISTRATION TAX COULD <••• IMPLEMENTED, THE SECRETARY FOR TRANSPORT, MR ALAN SCOTT, SAID af A LUNCHEON MEETING OF THE AMERICAN CHAMBER OF COMMERCE TODAY.

HE TOOK THE OPPORTUNITY TO PRESENT A FULLER PICTURE OF THE ERP SYSTEM BASED ON LATEST INFORMATION FROM SURVEYS AND RESEARCH WORK IN THE PILOT SCHEME SO THAT CAR OWNERS AND WOULD-BE CAR OWNERS COULD FORM THEIR OPINIONS ON THE MERITS OF CAR OWNERSHIP TAXES OR ELECTRONIC ROAD PRICING.

STRESSING THAT ROAD PRICING CHARGES WERE NOT AN ADDITIONAL TAX, HE SAID THAT FORECASTS OF REVENUE FROM A FULL SYSTEM SHOWED THAT SUBSTANTIAL REDUCTIONS COULD BE MADE IN THE PRESENT HIGH ANNUAL LICENCE FEES AND FIRST REGISTRATION TAXES.

♦SUCH HARSH DETERRENTS TO CAR OWNERSHIP WOULD NO LONGER BE NECESSARY. AND THIS PRINCIPLE, I AM HAPPY TO SAY, HAS BEEN ENDORSED BY THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY.

♦DEPENDING ON THE ACTUAL LEVEL OF REVENUE FROM ERP CHARGES, IT SEEMS PROBABLE THAT THE INCREASES IN LICENCE FEES AND FIRST REGISTRATION TAX INTRODUCED IN MAY 1982 COULD, OVER A REASONABLE PERIOD, BE REMOVED.

♦IN OTHER WORDS, THAT PART OF TAX AND LICENCE FEES WHICH WAS IMPOSED FOR TRANSPORT POLICY REASONS IN MAY 1982 COULD BE REMOVED, LEAVING THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY TO DETERMINE TAX AND LICENCE FEES ON FISCAL POLICY GROUNDS ALONE,+ MR SCOTT SAID.

HE SAID THAT A FULL ERP SYSTEM WOULD NOT NEED TO BE APPLIED THROUGHOUT THE TERRITORY, BUT ONLY ALONG THE NORTHERN SHORE

OF HONG KONG ISLAND AND IN KOWLOON.

♦ALL TRAFFIC MOVEMENTS wITHIN THE NEW TERRITORIES AND wITHIN THE SOUTHERN AREA OF HONG KONG ISLAND - ABOUT TWO-THIRDS OF TOTAL MIlEAGE - WOULD INCUR NO CHARGES AT ALL.

♦ABOUT 250 TOLL SITES WOULD PROVIDE A ZONES THROUGHOUT THE MAIN URBAN AREAS, AND NOT BE SQUEEZED FROM ONE AREA TO ANOTHER -F' SOME COMMENTATORS.

SERIES OF CONTIGUOUS THUS CONGESTION WOULD AN ANXIETY EXPRESSED

/♦THE DITTO.AUCTION

THURSDAY, J.OVJiBEfl 15, 1?&4

2

+THE INTRODUCTION OF CHARGES IN THE MAIN URBAN AREA WOULD A.' ’0 DISCOURAGE ABOUT 10 PER CENT OF VEHICLES RCOM USING BUSY ROADS AT PEAK PERIODS,* MR SCOTT SAID, POINTING OUT THAT TH IS «OULD ENABLE A BETTER FLOW OF ALL TRAFFIC ON THE ROAD, WITH SUBSTANTIAL TRAVEL TIME SAVINGS FOR ALL VEHICLES, AND A SIGNIFICANT REDUCTION IN AIR POLLUTION.

HE ENVISAGED THAT THE SYSTEM WOULD OPERATE ONLY ON WEEKDAYS . TH NO CHARGING REQUIRED ON WEEKENDS AND PUBLIC HOLIDAYS.

♦HOWEVER, THE SYSTEM IS FLEXIBLE, AND IF PUBLIC OPINION INDICATED THAT SATURDAY MORNINGS OR OTHER PERIODS SHOULD BE INCLUDED, THEN THEY COULD BE,+ HE SAID.

AS FOR THE HOURS OF OPERATION, MR SCOTT SAID THE SYSTEM '«OULD OPERATE BROADLY BETWEEN 7 AM AND 7 PM, SO THAT EVENING TRIPS WOULD BE FREE OF CHARGE.

HOWEVER, IN MANY PARTS OF THE URBAN AREA, CHARGES IN THE -’EE iOE BETWEEN 9 AM AND 5 PM COULD BE LOWER THAN IN THE PEAK PERIOD.

WIGH CAPACITY CARRIERS SUCH AS BUSES, TRAMS AND MINIBUSES WOUuD NOT EE CHARGED, SO THAT THEIR PASSENGERS WOULD BENEFIT SIGNIFICANTLY FROM REDUCED JOURNEY TIMES AND FROM FEWER UNCOMFORTABLE START-AND-STOP MOVEMENTS.

REGARDING TAXIS, MR SCOTT SAID THE PRESENT STATE OF RESEARCH INDICATED THAT IT SHOULD NOT BE NECESSARY TO BRING TAXIS WITHIN THE AMBIT OF A FULL SCHEME INITIALLY, AND THAT IF IT WAS LATER PROVED NECESSARY, THE RATE OF CHARGE WOULD BE MUCH LESS THAN THE RATE FOR PRIVATE CARS.

♦THE IMPORTANT IMMEDIATE POINT IS THAT TAXIS WOULD BENEFIT FROM BETTER TRAFFIC FLOWS BECAUSE THEY WOULD COMPLETE THEIR JOURNEYS MORE QUICKLY AND GET IN MORE PAYING MILEAGE AS OPPOSED TO WAITING TIME IN TRAFFIC JAMS - A MUCH MORE PRODUCTIVE USE OF TAXIS THAN AS AT PRESENT,+ HE SAID.

IT WAS NOT INTENDED THAT GOODS VEHICLES SHOULD BE CHARGED, ALTHOUGH IN CERTAIN AREAS THEY CREATED THE VERY CONGESTION FROM WHICH THEY TOO SUFFERED, HE SAID.

ALTHOUGH IT WOULD ONLY BE POSSIBLE TO BE PRECISE ABOUT THE CHARGES SOME TIME BEFORE THE END OF THE PILOT SCHEME ON ERP, AS A BROAD INDICATION THE RATE OF CHARGE WOULD AVERAGE ABOUT $2 PER KILOMETRE AT PEAK PERIODS, WITHIN THE CHARGEABLE AREA, HE SAID.

REVIEWING THE PRIVATE CAR GROWTH RATE SINCE THE IMPLEMENTATION - THE MAY 1982 FISCAL MEASURES WHICH IMPACTED MAINLY ON CAR U iERSHIP, HE SAID THE NUMBER HAD FALLEN FROM 190 000 TO 150 000.

/WHILE IT

THURSDAY, TI0V23S3 15, 1984

t>

WHILE IT MIGHT APPEAR THAT THE PROBLEM OF CONGESTION HAD

• SOLVED Hc POINTED OUT THAT IN FACT TRAVEL DEMAND HAD BEEN EASING BY FIVE TO 10 PER CENT EACH YEAR WHICH MEANT THAT

-.'n YEAR THE TRANSPORT SYSTEM HAD TO COPE WITH AT LEAST

4 ') 000 ADDITIONAL TRIPS PER DAY.

'OKING TO THE FUTURE, MR SCOTT SAID THE FOLLOWING FIVc 1 3SURES WOULD LEAD TO INCREASING TRAFFIC ON OUR ROADS: THE _ATION WHICH GREW BY ONE MILLION EVERY 10 YEARS; THE

. CREASING NUMBER OF HOUSEHOLDS WHICH HOUSED SMALLER FAMILIES ■’H NCW TRAVEL NEEDS; DISPERSION OF THE POPULATION WITH MANY IN THE URBAN AREAS? PROSPERITY;

-iOPLE HAVING TO TRAVEL TO WORK ECONOMIC EXPANSION.

HE SAID THAT BY 1991, HONG APPROACHING EUROPEAN LEVELS AND

KONG LIVING STANDARDS WOULD BE THIS GROWTH IN PROSPERITY WOULD

STIMULATE A RENEWED STRONG DEMAND FOR CARS.

HE SAID THE GOVERNMENT WAS ALREADY SPENDING Si 600 MILLION . YEAR ON OUR ROADS AND HAD INVESTED HEAVILY IN OFF-ROAD SYSTEMS SUCH AS THE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY AND THE MODERNISED KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY.

♦GOVERNMENT WILL BY CHOICE CONTINUE WITH THE CURRENT LEVEL OF INVESTMENT IN ROADS, AND THIS WILL HELP TO RELIEVE SOME STRATEGIC BOTTLENECKS. BUT EVEN THIS HIGH LEVEL OF INVESTMENT CAN DO LITTLE TO IMPROVE THE INSUFFICIENT CAPACITY OF ROADS IN THE URBAN AREA IN PEAK PERIODS.

♦WE ARE IRRESISTIBLY LED TO A POLICY OF RESTRAINT - AND THE QUESTION IS: WHAT IS THE FAIREST AND MOST EFFECTIVE METHOD T. SELECT TO IMPLEMENT THE POLICY?* HE ASKED.

IN PRACTICE, THERE WERE TWO TYPES OF RESTRAINT MEASURES, HE SAID, NOTING THAT THE GOVERNMENT HAD ALREADY TRIED THE FIRST METHOD WHICH WAS TO TACKLE ROAD USAGE INDIRECTLY BY INCREASING THE COST OF OWNING A CAR.

WHILE SEVERE TAX AND LICENCE FEES WOULD CERTAINLY DETER GROWTH IN THE VEHICLE POPULATION AND REQUIRE LITTLE EFFORT ON TH: PART OF GOVERNMENT, MR SCOTT NONETHELESS SAID IT WAS INEFFICIENT AND UNFAIR.

+IT WAS DELIBERATELY INTRODUCED IN 1982 AS AN INTERIM MEASURE WITH THE PLEDGE THAT GOVERNMENT WOULD RSEARCH FOR A MORE EQUITABLE METHOD, A PLEDGE WHICH THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL NOTED AND EXPECTS TO BE HONOURED.

+ THE MAY 1982 MEASURES BOUGHT US TIME BY RESTR k'TING ANp ^.UCING CAR OWNERSHIP. BUT IT IS NOT THE GOVERNMENT . POLICY" L Cl TAIL PERSONAL TRANSPORT SEVERELY.

/+FISCAL MEASURES,

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 15, 1984

4

♦FISCAL MEASURES, BLUNT AS THEY ARE, 'FCESSARY SELECTIVE APPROACH. THESOCIAL CROWDED, PRESSURED SOCIETY, WE HAVc TO BE MEASURES WHICH MAY GENERATE JUSTIFIED ANTI

DO NOT PERMIT THE

COST IS HIGH, AND IN OUR

MOST CAREFUL ABOUT PATHY AND DISCONTENT,*

HE SAID.

-rue ilTFRNATIVE TO CONTINUALLY INCREASING TAXES ON CAR OwN^-RsSlP wIs A PRICING SYSTEM WHICH COULD BE APPLIED AT BUSY v-j, IN HEAVILY TRAFFICKED AREAS, BUT WHI CH ALSO LEFT PEOPL--2 TO USE THEIR CARS WHEN THE ROAD SYSTEM WAS NOT UNDER PRESSURE, HE SAID.

+SOME DRIVERS WILL BY CHOICE CONTINUE TO DRIVE IN INGESTED AREAS AT PEAK PERIODS AND TO PAY THE PRICE. OTHERS '-iL CHOOSE NOT TO. THEREFORE SOME DRIVERS WILL PAY_MORE______

=•' WAY OF ERP CHARGES THAN THEY DO NOW BY L... - -

WAY OF LICENCE FEES,

p.ND OTHERS WILL PAY LESS.

+BUT IT WILL BE A CHOICE FOR EACH OF -aACTLY HOW MUCH ERP CHARGES HE WISHES TO SAID.

THEM TO DETERMINE INCUR,* MR SCOTT

- - 0---------

PEOPLE NOW EAGER TO DONATE BLOOD, GOVERNOR SAYS

*****

HONG KONG PEOPLE WERE NOW WILLING AND EAGER TO DONATE BLOOD, THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, SAID TODAY.

THIS HAD RESULTED FROM MANY YEARS OF UNREMITTING EFFORT IN OVERCOMING PUBLIC RESISTANCE TO VOLUNTARY BLOOD DONATIONS, HE SAID.

THE GOVERNOR WAS SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE HONG KONG RED CROSS BLOOD TRANSFUSION SERVICE BRADBURY CENTRE THIS AFTERNOON.

THE DIFFICULTIES OF PERSUADING PEOPLE TO DONATE BLOOD HAD BEEN RECOGNISED SINCE 1952, +WHEN A GROUP OF ENTHUSIASTIC VOLUNTEERS SET UP HONG KONG’S FIRST BLOOD COLLECTION POINT IN A HUT IN STATUE SQUARE.*

SIR EDWARD SAID THAT THIS +REMARKABLE CHANGE IN PUBLIC •TTITUDE* HAD BEEN LARGELY DUE TO THE UNCEASING EFFORTS OVER THE YEARS IN EDUCATION, PUBLICITY AND PERSUASION ON THE PART OF THE HIGHLY MOTIVATED STAFF OF THE RED CROSS.

+THEY DESERVE OUR CONGRATULATIONS,* HE SAID.

SPECIAL MENTION, HE SAID, SHOULD ALSO BE MADE OF THE MANY ~VIC-MINDED COMMUNITY LEADERS AND CITIZENS WHO, THROUGH THEIR 7TIVE INVOLVEMENT IN THE BLOOD DONOR CAMPAIGN, HAD HELPED BRING '.BOUT THIS *QUIET REVOLUTION.*

/♦I AM .......

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 15, 1984

5

+l AM CONFIDENT THAT THIS COMMUNITY SPIRIT WILL BE MAINTAINED AND FURTHER DEVELOPED IN THE YEARS AHEAD,* SIR EDWARD SAID.

IT HAD BEEN A LONG-STANDING AIM OF THE GOVERNMENT AND THE HONG KONG RED CROSS TO INTRODUCE A CENTRALISED TRANSFUSION SERVICE.

THE OPENING OF THE CENTRE TODAY WAS THUS AN IMPORTANT ACHIEVEMENT, SIR EDWARD SAID.

THE CENTRALISED SERVICE WOULD BE DEALING WITH ALL ASPECTS OF BLOOD TRANSFUSION. EVERYDAY BLOOD FROM SOME 500 DONORS WOULD BE PROCESSED IN THE CENTRE.

♦EVERY UNIT OF BLOOD DONATED WILL BE PUT TO GOOD USE WITH THE UTMOST SAFETY AND ECONOMY,* THE GOVERNOR SAID.

THE CONSTRUCTION AND EQUIPPING OF THE IMPRESSIVE BUILDING, SIR EDWARD SAID, HAD BEEN A JOINT EF^ORT BE^EEN THE BRADBURY CHARITABLE TRUST, AFTER WHICH THE BUILDING HAD BEEN NAMED, SIR RUN RUN SHAW, PRESIDENT OF THE HONG KONG RED CROSS? THE HONG KONG RED CROSS ITSELF, AND THE GOVERNMENT, HE SAID.

+l PAY TRIBUTE TO ALL ASSOCIATED WITH THIS PROJECT,* HE SAID, IN DECLARING OPEN THE CENTRE.

- - 0

SIR PHILIP STRESSES VITAL ROLE OF FIREMEN * * * *

THE FIREMAN’S ROLE WAS EVEN MORE IMPORTANT IN THE URBAN ENVIRONMENT OF HONG KONG, WITH ITS HIGH-RISE AND HIGH-DENSITY HOUSING, AND COMPLEXITY OF ASSOCIATED FIRE RISKS, THE CHIEF SECRETARY, SIR PHILIP HADDON-CAVE, SAID TODAY.

THERE WERE ALSO THOUSANDS OF INDUSTRIAL ENTERPRISES HOUSED IN MULTI-STOREY BUILDINGS, SOME CONSTITUTING POTENTIALLY VERY SERIOUS FIRE RISKS THROUGH THE IGNORANCE, CARELESSNESS OR SELFISHNESS OF THEIR OCCUPANTS, SIR PHILIP SAID.

THE FIREMAN’S LIFE, SIR PHILIP SAID, WAS A TOUGH ONE. HE WAS EXPECTED TO DEAL WITH A WIDE VARIETY OF DANGERS, AND HE WOULD, OFTEN DURING HIS CAREER RISK SERIOUS INJURY AND EVEN DEATH.

THE FIREMAN, SIR PHILIP SAID, WAS CONSTANTLY JUDGED BY THE PUBLIC FOR THE SPEED WITH WHICH HE ARRIVED ON THE SCENE, THE EFFICIENCY WITH WHICH HE COPED WITH ALL MANNER OF ACCIDENTS AND SITUATIONS, THE COMPASSION WHICH HE SHOWED TO VICTIMS,_____

AND GENERALLY, FOR THE WAY IN WHICH HE REACTED TO THE DEMANDS MADE ON HIM.

♦BUT A FIREMAN’S LOT IS ALSO A REWARDING ONE FOR HE DEVOTES HIS WORKING LIFE TO THE SERVICE OF HIS FELLOW MEN.

/+THAT IS .......

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 15, 1984

6

+THAT IS WHY THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT HAS SO MANY LONG SERVING OFFICERS ON ITS ESTABLISHMENT,* SIR PHILIP SAID.

IN PRESENTING LONG SERVICE MEDALS AND CLASPS TO 109 OFFICERS OF THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT AT THE SHEUNG WAN FIRE STATION THIS AFTERNOON, SIR PHILIP SAID, +THE MEDALS AND CLASPS REPRESENTED 2 300 YEARS OF GOOD CONDUCT AND LOYAL SERVICE.*

THE PRESENTATION, SIR PHILIP SAID, GAVE HIM THE CHANCE TO SPEAK BRIEFLY OF THE IMPORTANCE OF THE DEPARTMENT AND THE ADMIRABLE WAY IN WHICH IT CARRIED OUT ITS WORK.

+IN ANY COMMUNITY, THE FIREMAN PERFORMS AN ESSENTIAL DUTY WHICH REQUIRES SKILL, TECHNICAL KNOWLEDGE, DETERMINATION, PHYSICAL FITNESS AND COURAGE OF A HIGH ORDER. HIS ROLE IS EVEN MORE IMPORTANT IN THE URBAN ENVIRONMENT OF HONG KONG,* SIR PHILIP STRESSED.

SIR PHILIP WAS LATER PRESENTED BY THE DIRECTOR OF FIRE SERVICES, MR ROBERT HOLMES, WITH AN ALBUM OF PICTURES TAKEN DURING SIR PHILIP’S VISIT TO THE FIFTH ALARM FIRE AT ABERDEEN LAST MONTH.

AFTER THE CEREMONY, IN REPLY TO PRESS QUESTIONS CONCERNING CIVIL SERVANTS ARRANGEMENTS HE MENTIONED IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL. SIR PHILIP SAID THAT HE HAD TALKED ABOUT THE SO-CALLED LOCALISATION AND ABOUT RECRUITMENT POLICY, AND THAT THESE WERE IN PARAGRAPHS 31 TO 34 OF HIS SPEECH.

+YOU READ IT. IT’S VERY CLEAR,* SIR PHILIP SAID.

REPLYING TO A QUESTION CONCERNING HIS LETTER TO CIVIL SERVANTS, SIR PHILIP SAID THAT HE HAD SENT A LETTER TO ALL CIVIL SERVANTS AFTER THE DRAFT AGREEMENT HAD BEEN SIGNED, EXPLAINING THE AGREEMENT AND ASKING THEM TO READ THE WHITE PAPER CAREFULLY.

SINCE THEN, +MANY, MANY CIVIL SERVANTS ASSOCIATIONS AND MANY INDIVIDUAL CIVIL SERVANTS* HAD PUT IN REPRESENTATIONS AND COMMENTS, HE SAID.

+1 SIMPLY SAID THERE WERE CERTAIN IMPLICATIONS FOR EXPATRIATES IN THE AGREEMENT AND THAT SUITABLE ARRANGEMENTS HAVE YET TO BE WORKED OUT.

+AND CLEARLY SUITABLE ARRANGEMENTS WOULD HAVE TO BE WORKED OUT. BUT YOU KNOW, IT IS EARLY DAYS YET. WE HAVE GOT 12 TO 13 YEARS TO GO BEFORE 1997,+ SIR PHILIP SAID.

-------0----------

/7........

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 15, 1984

- 7 -

MANUFACTURING STILL BEDROCK OF ECONOMY * * * *

MANUFACTURING WOULD REMAIN THE BEDROCK ON WHICH THE HONG KONG ECONOMY WAS BUILT AND THE GOVERNMENT WOULD CONTINUE TO PROVIDE THE BEST POSSIBLE INFRASTRUCTURE FOR INDUSTRIALISTS, THE DIRECTOR OF INDUSTRY, MR JOHN YAXLEY, SAID TODAY (THURSDAY).

+THE DRAFT SINO-BRITISH AGREEMENT ON THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG PROVIDED A FRAMEWORK WITHIN WHICH DEVELOPMENT COULD CONTINUE WELL IN THE NEXT CENTURY,+ HE SAID.

♦FURTHERMORE, THE DRAFT AGREEMENT IS DRAWN UP IN TERMS WHICH GUARANTEE THAT A FREE ENTERPRISE SYSTEM WILL CONTINUE TO FLOURISH Sere - TERMS WHICH ARE SPECIFIED WITH A CLARITY THAT SHOULD GIVE CONFIDENCE TO THE MOST FAINT HEARTED BUSINESSMAN. WHAT BETTER CONDITIONS COULD ANY INVESTOR EXPECT?* HE SAID.

MR YAXLEY WAS SPEAKING TO THE Y’S MEN’S CLUB OF HONG KONG.

THE BASIC PHILOSOPHY OF THE GOVERNMENT HAD REMAINED ONE OF ALLOWING MARKET FORCES TO RUN OUR INDUSTRY AND OUR OTHER ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES, HE SAID.

+IT HAS NEVER SOUGHT TO INTERVENE IN DECISIONS ON WHAT TYPE CF INDUSTRY SHOULD BE SET UP HERE OR ANY OTHER ASPECT OF PRIVATE BUSINESS INVESTMENT.

♦THE GOVERNMENT’S PRAGMATIC AND LIBERAL APPROACH HAS WORKED EXTREMELY WELL, AND HONG KONG’S RESILIENCE AND FLEXIBILITY HAVE TIME AND AGAIN ENABLED ITS INDUSTRIES TO COPE WITH ALL KINDS OF PRESSURE SUCH AS INCREASING COMPETITION FROM NEIGHBOURING COUNTRIES, RISING PRODUCTION AND LABOUR COSTS, STRINGENT QUOTA RESTRICTIONS ON TEXTILES AND GARMENTS, AND NOT LEAST, STAGNATION IN THE WORLD ECONOMY.

+THE OUTCOME HAS BEEN A DIVERSIFICATION FROM TEXTILES AND GARMENTS TO PLASTICS, TOYS, ELECTRICAL PRODUCTS, ELECTRONICS, OPTICAL AND PHOTOGRAPHIC GOODS, WATCHES AND CLOCKS, AND OTHER MORE SOPHISTICATED PRODUCTS WHICH CARRY A HIGHER ADDED VALUE,* HE SAID.

TO MAKE THE POLICY WORK IN PRACTICE AND REACT IN A POSTIVE WAY TO THE CHANGING CIRCUMSTANCES OF HONG KONG’S ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, THE GOVERNMENT IN THE SIXTIES SET UP A SERIES OF STATUTORY BODIES TO PROVIDE INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT FOR INDUSTRY. THESE BODIES INCLUDED THE TRADE DEVELOPMENT COUNCIL, THE HONG KONG EXPORT CREDIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, THE HONG KONG PRODUCTIVITY COUNCIL AND THE FEDERATION OF HONG KONG INDUSTRIES.

/u; THE.........

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 15, 1984

8

IN THE SEVENTIES, THE GOVERNMENT FACED A GROWING DEMAND FOR LAND. AND RECOGNISED THAT SPECIAL MEASURES WERE NEEDED TO CATER FOR THE PARTICULAR REQUIREMENTS OF INDUSTRY. A SPECIAL INDUSTRIES POLICY WAS THUS AGREED TO ACCOMMODATE LAND AND CAPITAL INTENSIVE INDUSTRIES, BRINGING NEW AND SUBSTANTIALLY MORE SOPHISTICATED PROCESSES TO HONG KONG.

SPECIAL PRIVATE TREATY TERMS WERE AGREED BECAUSE THE FIRMS INVOLVED WOULD NOT HAVE BEEN ABLE TO COMPETE ON THE OPEN MARKET FOR LAND AGAINST COMPETITORS LOOKING FOR MUCH MORE INTENSIVE DEVELOPMENT OPPORTUNITIES.

THIS POLICY WAS AUGMENTED BY THE FORMATION OF THE HONG KONG INDUSTRIAL ESTATES CORPORATION.

FACED WITH CHANGING TIMES, THE CORPORATION REALISED RECENTLY THAT SOME OF ITS RULES AND REGULATIONS WERE NO LONGER APPROPRIATE AND TOOK STEPS EARLIER THIS YEAR TO LIBERALISE THE SELECTION CRITERIA, THE TERMS OF LEASES, AND THE ARRANGEMENTS FOR PAYMENT OF LAND PREMIA. THE RESULT HAS BEEN A MUCH GREATER INTEREST IN THE OPPORTUNITIES WHICH THESE TWO ESTATES HAVE TO OFFER.

BECAUSE OF INCREASING QUOTA RESTRICTIONS ON TEXTILES AND CLOTHING EXPORTS, AND INCREASING COMPETITION FROM HONG KONG’S NEIGHBOURS, THE GOVERNOR APPOINTED THE ADVISORY COMMITTEE ON DIVERSIFICATION IN 1977, TO ADVISE WHETHER DIVERSIFICATION OF THE ECONOMY, WITH PARTICULAR REFERENCE TO THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR, COULD BE FACILITATED BY THE MODIFICATION OF EXISTING POLICIES OR THE INTRODUCTION OF NEW POLICIES.

THIS COMMITTEE MADE A SERIES OF PROPOSALS WHICH WERE NOW IN VARIOUS STAGES OF IMPLEMENTATION, HE SAID.

THREE AREAS WERE OF PARTICULAR SIGNIFICANCE IN THE CONTEXT OF GOVERNMENT’S POSITIVE INVOLVEMENT IN THE FIELD OF INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT.

THE FIRST AREA WAS THE NEED FOR THE IMPROVEMENT OF INDUSTRIAL SUPPORT FACILITIES AND TECHNICAL BACK-UP SERVICES. POSITIVE ACTION TAKEN TO DATE INCLUDED:

* THE PLANNING OF A GOVERNMENT LABORATORY ACCREDITATION SYSTEM AS PART OF AN IMPROVED AND MORE CLEARLY INDEPENDENT RANGE OF QUALITY CERTIFICATION SERVICES ?

* THE OPENING OF A GOVERNMENT STANDARDS AND CALIBRATION LABORATORY WHICH TOOK PLACE IN OCTOBER THIS YEAR 5

* THE ENLARGEMENT OF THE MICROPROCESSOR DEVELOPMENT LABORATORY IN THE HKPC TO PROMOTE THE APPLICATION OF MICROPROCESSORS IN INDUSTRY ;

/• THE PROVISION .......

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 15, 1984

9

* THE PROVISION OF FUNDS AMOUNTING TO $4 MILLION AT THE HONG KONG UNIVERSITY, CHINESE UNIVERSITY AND THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC FOR RESEARCH INTO VARIOUS PROBLEMS ASSOCIATED WITH THE FABRICATION AND USE OF INTEGRATED CIRCUITS AND THE COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN OF ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS.

THE SECOND REQUIREMENT WAS FOR THE EXPANSION AND CONTINUED IMPROVEMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION AND TRAINING. THIS LED TO THE ESTABLISHMENT OF THE VOCATIONAL TRAINING COUNCIL WHICH WAS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF A COMPREHENSIVE SYSTEM OF INDUSTRIAL TRAINING. THE V.T.C. WOULD BE ESTABLISHING THREE NEW TECHNICAL INSTITUTIONS WITHIN THE NEXT FEW YEARS IN ADDITION TO THE FIVE EXISTING ONES AND HAD SET UP TWO INDUSTRIAL TRAINING CENTRE COMPLEXES, HE SAID.

THIRD, THERE WAS THE RECOMMENDATION FOR THE SETTING UP OF THE INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD TO PLAN, MONITOR AND ADVISE GOVERNMENT ON VARIOUS PROGRAMMES IN THE FIELD OF INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT.

-----0-----

BUILDING, CONSTRUCTION 'FAIRLY STAGNANT, BUT VARIED’ *****

BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES REMAINED FAIRLY STAGNANT IN THE SECOND QUARTER OF 1984, THOUGH THE PERFORMANCE VARIED AMONG DIFFERENT ACTIVITIES, ACCORDING TO THE RESULTS OF THE QUARTERLY SURVEY OF CONSTRUCTION OUTPUT CONDUCTED BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.

THE TOTAL VALUE OF CONSTRUCTION WORK PERFORMED BY ALL CONTRACTORS IN THE SECOND QUARTER OF 1984 WAS $8 390 MILLION, REPRESENTING A DECLINE OF TWO PER CENT OVER THE PRECEDING QUARTER AND 0.9 PER CENT ON THE SAME PERIOD LAST YEAR.

CONSTRUCTION WORK PERFORMED BY MAIN CONTRACTORS IN THE SECOND QUARTER OF 1984 WAS $5 807 MILLION, GIVING AN INDEX OF 88.1 (WITH THE QUARTER AVERAGE OF 1982 - 100).

AS DISTINCT FROM THE FIGURE ON CONSTRUCTION WORK PERFORMED BY ALL CONTRACTORS, THE FIGURES FOR MAIN CONTRACTORS ARE FREE FROM THE EFFECT OF DOUBLE-COUNTING CONSTRUCTION VALUE DUE TO THE SUB-CONTRACTING PRACTICE OF THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT EXPLAINED TODAY.

THE GROSS VALUE OF CONSTRUCTION WORK PERFORMED BY MAIN CONTRACTORS AT CONSTRUCTION SITES IN THE SECOND QUARTER OF 1984 WAS $4 731 MILLION, WHICH WAS 6.1 PER CENT LOWER THAN IN THE PREVIOUS QUARTER AND 6.6 PER CENT LOWER THAN IN THE SAME PERIOD LAST YEAR. A DECLINE WAS RECORDED IN THE OUTPUT VALUE OF PUBLIC SECTOR PROJECTS, IN PARTICULAR THAT OF TRANSPORT FACILITIES.

/Public sector

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 15, 1984

- 10

PUBLIC SECTOR PROJECTS REFER TO THOSE UNDERTAKEN BY THE GOVERNMENT, THE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY CORPORATION AND THE KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY CORPORATION.

A NUMBER OF PROJECTS ON TRANSPORT FACILITIES WERE REPORTED TO HAVE DECLINED IN ACTIVITY LEVEL IN THE SECOND QUARTER OF 1984 WHILE A FEW OTHERS HAD BEEN COMPLETED IN THE PREVIOUS QUARTER.

PRIVATE SECTOR PROJECTS SAW AN INCREASE OF 2.7 PER CENT IN THE VALUE OF OUTPUT OVER THE PRECEDING QUARTER, THOUGH THIS WAS STILL SLIGHTLY BELOW THE LEVEL IN THE SAME QUARTER LAST YEAR.

THE OUTPUT OF RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS CONTINUED TO RISE.

ITS VALUE, AT tl 502 MILLION IN THE SECOND QUARTER OF 1984, WAS THE HIGHEST QUARTERLY FIGURE RECORDED SINCE THE START OF THE QUARTERLY SURVEY IN 1983.

IN OUTPUT VALUE TERM, COMMERCIAL BUILDINGS REGISTERED A SIGNIFICANT INCREASE OF 8.7 PER CENT IN THE SECOND QUARTER OF 1984 OVER THE FIRST QUARTER OF THE YEAR. DESPITE THIS INCREASE, THE VALUE OF OUTPUT OF COMMERCIAL BUILDINGS WAS STILL WAY BELOW THAT IN THE SECOND QUARTER OF LAST YEAR, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

THE CONSTRUCTION VALUE OF INDUSTRIAL AND STORAGE BUILDINGS CONTINUED TO FALL SUBSTANTIALLY, SO THAT THE VALUE, AT $207 MILLION IN THE SECOND QUARTER OF 1984, WAS THE LOWEST QUARTERLY FIGURE RECORDED SINCE THE START OF THE SURVEY.

MORE DETAILED INFORMATION IS CONTAINED IN THE +REPORT ON THE QUARTERLY SURVEY OF CONSTRUCTION OUTPUT, SECOND QUARTER 1984+ RELEASED TODAY BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.

THE SURVEY REPORT IS ON SALE AT $2 A COPY AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS SALES CENTRE, GENERAL POST OFFICE BUILDING, CONNAUGHT CENTRE, AND AT THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT PUBLICATIONS SALES COUNTER, KAI TAK COMMERCIAL BUILDING, 317 DES VOEUX ROAD CENTRAL. REGULAR SUBSCRIPTION MAY ALSO BE ARRANGED.

ENQUIRIES FOR FURTHER INFORMATION ABOUT THE SURVEY MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE BUILDING, CONSTRUCTION AND REAL ESTATE STATISTICS SECTION OF THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT AT TELEPHONE NUMBER 3-7224490.

/11

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 15, 1984

- 11 -

MORE TIME SPENT ON LEISURE

X * X

MORE TIME WAS BEING SPENT BY HONG KONG PEOPLE ON LEISURE ACTIVITIES, THE SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS, MR DENIS BRAY, SAID TODAY.

AS A RESULT, ALL SORTS OF RECREATIONAL AND CULTURAL PURSUITS HAD SPRUNG UP IN RECENT YEARS, MR BRAY.SA ID, OPENING THE 1984 HONG KONG BOAT SHOW AT THE CLUB MARINA COVE, HO CHUNG IN SAI KUNG.

MR BRAY SAID THAT BOATING IN ONE FORM OR ANOTHER WAS AMONG THE MORE POPULAR ACTIVITIES, AND THAT THE NUMBER OF REGISTERED PLEASURE CRAFT HAD DOUBLED AS COMPARED WITH THE NUMBER IN 1976.

THIS DID NOT INCLUDE THE MASSES OF PLEASURE CRAFT THAT DID NOT HAVE TO BE REGISTERED, LIKE SAILING DINGHIES OR WINDSURFERS, HE SAID.

WORKERS’ TIME OFF HAD INCREASED SINCE 1976, SO THAT TODAY THE FIVE-AND-A-HALF DAY WEEK WAS VERY WIDESPREAD.

+A GOOD DEAL OF THE INCREASED WEALTH GENERATED IN HONG KONG IN RECENT YEARS HAS BEEN TAKEN UP BY ITS PEOPLE NOT IN INCREASED WAGES BUT IN INCREASED LEISURE,* HE SAID.

MR BRAY NOTED THAT OVER 30 EXHIBITORS, AND REPRESENTATIVES FROM ASSOCIATIONS AND ORGANISATIONS CONCERNED WITH BOATING WERE AT THE SHOW.

SAFETY SEMINAR FOR TOP MANAGEMENT * * *

AN INDUSTRIAL SAFETY SEMINAR FOR TOP MANAGEMENT IN HONG KONG WILL BE HELD ON DECEMBER 13 (THURSDAY) AT THE SHANGRI-LA HOTEL.

THE ANNUAL SEMINAR, INTRODUCED FOUR ORGANISED BY THE LABOUR ADVISORY BOARD’S ORGANISING SUB-COMMITTEE.

YEARS AGO, IS BEING INDUSTRIAL SAFETY PROMOTION

MR K.Y. TONGSON, CHAIRMAN OF THE SUB-COMMITTEE, SAID AT A PRESS CONFERENCE TODAY (THURSDAY) THAT FOR THE FIRST TIME, PARTICIPATION WOULD BE INVITED FROM NEIGHBOURING PLACES TO FACILITATE A WIDER EXCHANGE OF IDEAS ON WORK SAFETY.

HE SAID THE SEMINAR HAD ACHIEVED REMARKABLE RESULTS IN THE PAST FOUR YEARS, MAKING MORE TOP MANAGEMENT AWARE OF THE IMPORTANCE OF SAFETY AT WORK.

/THIS YEAR .......

. _ ... THUBSDAI, NOVfMEKB 15, 1984 .4'.

/ v ' - 12 -

THIS YEAR ADVICE^WOULD BE OFFERED ON.HOW TO ADOPT A RESPONSIBLE^ AND YET PRACTICAL, APPROACH TO MAINTAINING HIGH STANDARDS OP OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH, HE SAID.

HE SAID A MAJOR THEME THIS YEAR WOULD BE COST-EFFECTIVENESS OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY PROMOTION, WHICH SHOULD BE IMPORTANT (TO THE TARGET PARTICIPANTS — TOP PERSONNEL OF LARGE ESTABLISHMENTS.

THE SEMINAR WILL BE OPENED BY MR J.N. HENDERSON, SECRETARY $ FOR EDUCATION AND MANPOWER.

THE CHIEF INSPECTOR OF FACTORIES OF THE UNITED KINGDOM HEALTH AND SAFETY EXECUTIVE, MR J.D.G. HAMMER, WILL BE THE KEYNOTE SPEAKER OF THE SEMINAR. M

AMONG OTHER GUEST SPEAKERS ARE MR ALLEN LEE PENG-FEI,.;

UNOFFICIAL MEMBER OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, AND MR MICHAEL "r

N. SOMERVILLE, CHAIRMAN OF THE INSURANCE COUNCIL OF HONG KONG.

ENQUIRIES ABOUT THE SEMINAR CAN BE' OBTAINED FROM THE ' FACTORY INSPECTORATE DIVISION OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT AT, 3-688111, EXT. 454.

------0------.

JOCKEY CLUB CHIEF TO BUY FIRST CENTENARY STAMPS X * X X X

•THE FIRST SET OF SPECIAL STAMPS MARKING THE CENTENARY OF THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB WILL BE PURCHASED BY THE CLUB’S CHAIRMAN, MR MICHAEL SANDBERG, AT THE GENERAL POST OFFICE AT 7?45’AM, ON THE ISSUE DAY, WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 21, THE POST OFFICE ANNOUNCED TODAY.

MR SANDBERG WILL BE ACCOMPANIED BY THE POSTMASTER GENERAL,

HR HUGH ARDLEY„

IN ADDITION TO THE ISSUE OF A SPECIAL FIRST DAY COVER AND THE FOUR SPECIAL STAMPS, THE POST OFFICE WILL ALSO ISSUE A SOUVENIR SHEET. •*,**.’. *

AS ALL POST OFFICES ARE EXPECTED TO BE CROWDED ON THAT DAY, ADDITIONAL SPECIAL COUNTERS WILL BE MADE AVAILABLE FOR NORMAL POSTAL BUSINESS AT THE FOLLOWING OFFICESi

POST OFFICES ON HONG KONG ISLAND

GENERAL POST OFFICE, BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, CAUSEWAY BAY, HENNESSY ROAD, MORRISON HILL, NORTH POINT, QUEEN’S ROAD, AND

SHEUNG WAN.

4 ' 'fz J

/frOST OFFICES.......

[Typographical errors in the original document]

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 15, 19^4

13

POST OFFICES IN KOWLOON AND NEW TERRITORIES

KOWLOON CENTRAL, CHEUNG SHA WAN, GILLIES AVENUE, KOWLOON CITY, KWUN TONG, MONG KOK, SHAM SHUI PO, TSIM SHA TSUI, TSUEN WAN.

THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT EXTRA STAFF WOULD BE ON DUTY AT MOST POST OFFICES ON THAT DAY, BUT THAT THERE WOULD STILL BE QUEUES FORMING.

HE URGED THE PUBLIC +TO SHOW THEIR USUAL TOLERANCE, AND, IF POSSIBLE, TO TRANSACT THEIR NORMAL POSTAL BUSINESS ON THE DAY BEFORE OR AFTER THE SPECIAL STAMP ISSUE DATE.*

------0-------

ANT I-NARCOTICS DRIVE GETS GOOD RESPONSE * * * * *

THE +STUDENTS AGAINST DRUGS MOVEMENT* HAS DRAWN GOOD RESPONSE FROM SECONDARY SCHOOLS.

A TOTAL OF 143 TEAMS, COMPRISING 1 144 STUDENTS IN SENIOR AND JUNIOR DIVISIONS FROM 84 SECONDARY SCHOOLS, PARTICIPATED IN A QUALIFYING QUIZ CONTEST AND A POSTER AND SLOGAN DESIGN COMPETITION.

THE MOVEMENT IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE ACTION COMMITTEE AGAINST NARCOTICS, THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, THE GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES AND COMMERCIAL RADIO.

WINNING TEAMS OF THE DESIGN COMPETITION WERE SELECTED TODAY (THURSDAY) BY A PANEL OF ADJUDICATORS.

THE ADJUDICATORS WERE: MR DERICK PAO, LECTURER AT THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC SWIRE SCHOOL OF DESIGN; MR ISAAC CHOW, ASSISTANT SECRETARY FOR SECURITY IN THE NARCOTICS DIVISION; MRS BETTY SHUM, PRINCIPAL INFORMATION OFFICER OF THE GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES; AND MRS MARGARET MAN, INSPECTOR (ART AND CRAFT) OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT.

THE WINNING TEAMS WILL NEXT JOIN AN ESSAY WRITING COMPETITION, THE WINNERS OF WHICH WILL THEN TAKE PART IN LYRIC WRITING AND SINGING COMPETITIONS, TELEMATCH GAMES AND EXHIBITION STALL DESIGN.

MARKS SCORED IN THE VARIOUS COMPETITIONS WILL BE TOTALLED UP, AND THE TEAM WITH THE HIGHEST SCORE IN EACH DIVISION WILL BE THE CHAMPION.

THE PRIZE WILL BE A LASER 3 000 COMPUTER, WORTH ABOUT $6 000, FOR EACH MEMBER OF THE CHAMPION TEAM.

THE ANTI-DRUG COMPETITION AIMS TO MAKE SECONDARY SCHOOL STUDENTS AWARE OF THE DANGERS OF DRUG ABUSE THROUGH PARTICIPATION IN A SERIES OF ANTI-DRUG ACTIVITIES.

-------0 - -

/14........

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 15, 1984

14

ERUCIC ACID IN FOOD DUE FOR CONTROL X * X *

THE URBAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT TODAY (THURSDAY) REMINDED PEOPLE IN FOOD TRADE THAT THE Rcwui-«TiON GC'.EF ’IMO THE CONCENTRATIONS OF ERUCIC ACID IN OIL AND ANY FOOD CONTAINING OIL WILL COME INTO EFFECT ON JANUARY 1, NEXT YEAR.

THE REGULATION IS PART OF THE HARMFUL SUBSTANCES IN FOOD REGULATIONS WHICH WAS ENACTED IN 1983 AFTER CONSULTATIONS WITH SeUTH AUTHORITIES ABROAD AND LOCAL TRADERS, SAID A DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN.

HOWEVER, A GRACE PERIOD OF TWO YEARS WAS GIVEN TO ALLOW TRADERS TO MAKE NECESSARY ARRANGEMENTS TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE NEW REGULATION.

+AS FROM JANUARY 1, 1985, IT SHALL k CONTRAVENTION OF THE REGULATION TO IMPORT, CONSIGN, DELIVER, MANUFACTURE OR SELL FOR HUMAN CONSUMPTION ANY OIL OR FAT OR ANY FOOD WITH ADDED OIL OR FAT WHICH CONTAINS MORE THAN FIVE PER CENT ERUCIC ACID BY WEIGHT OF THEIR FATTY ACID CONTENT.

♦HEALTH STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT WILL CONTINUE TO MONITOR THE SITUATION BY TAKING SAMPLES AT BOTH IMPORTING STAGE AND RETAIL OUTLETS FOR LABORATORY TESTS TO ASCERTAIN THAT THERE ARE NO CONTRAVENTIONS,+ HE SAID.

OFFENDERS ARE LIABLE TO A MAXIMUM FINE OF $10 000 AND SIX MONTHS IMPRISONMENT UNDER THE HARMFUL SUBSTANCES IN FOOD REGULATIONS, THE SPOKESMAN ADDED.

-----o------

$347 MILLION IN PUBLIC HOUSING TENDERS APPROVED

*****

THE PUBLIC HOUSING PROGRAMME WAS GIVEN A SHOT IN THE ARM AS YET ANOTHER BATCH OF TENDERS TOTALLING OVER $347 MILLION WERE ACCEPTED BY THE HOUSING AUTHORITY’S BUILDING COMMITTEE TODAY.

THEY ARE FOR A VARIETY OF WORKS RANGING FROM CONSTRUCTION OF RENTAL PUBLIC HOUSING FLATS, ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS TO NEW ESTATE BLOCKS TO MAINTENANCE ON A NUMBER OF EXISTING HOUSING ESTATES, AS WELL AS IMPROVEMENTS TO SQUATTER AREAS.

ALSO INCLUDED IS A TENDER FOR THE SUPPLY AND INSTALLATION OF A COMPUTER AIDED DRAUGHTING AND DESIGN SYSTEM FOR THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT WHICH WILL HELP ACCELERATE THE PUBLIC HOUSING CONSTRUCTION PROGRAMME.

THE MEETING WAS CHAIRED BY THE COMMITTEE’S CHAIRMAN, MR H.M.G. FORSGATE.

------o-------

/15......

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 15, 1984

15

FIRST PURPOSE-BUILT LIBRARY OPENS TOMORROW * * * *

THE FIRST PHASE OF THE KOWLOON CENTRAL LIBRARY, THE URBAN COUNCIL’S FIRST PURPOSE-BUILT LIBRARY, WILL COME INTO SERVICE TOMORROW (FRIDAY).

SITUATED AT 5 PUI CHING ROAD, HO MAN TIN, THE 12-STOREY LIBRARY HAS A TOTAL AREA OF MORE THAN 4 000 SQUARE METRES. IT INCLUDES AN ADULT LENDING LIBRARY, A JUNIOR LENDING LIBRARY, A QUICK REFERENCE COLLECTION, A NEWSPAPERS AND PERIODICALS SECTION, A STUDENTS’ STUDY ROOM AND AN EXTENSION ACTIVITIES ROOM.

THE FIRST PHASE OF THE LIBRARY WILL REPLACE THE EXISTING WATERLOO ROAD LIBRARY.

UPON FULL COMPLETION IN MID-1985, THE LIBRARY WILL HAVE A BASIC STOCK OF 200 000 BOOKS, 400 CURRENT LOCAL AND FOREIGN NEWSPAPERS AND PERIODICALS, A VARIETY OF ACTIVITIES FOR READERS OF VARIOUS INTERESTS AND AGE GROUPS. IN ADDITION, THE AUDIOVISUAL LIBRARY WILL PROVIDE ABOUT 5 000 ITEMS OF AUDIO-VISUAL MATERIAL.

THE KOWLOON CENTRAL LIBRARY WILL ALSO HAVE STACK ACCOMMODATION FOR the pool stock for small static libraries and the reserve COLLECTION FOR DI STR I CT LI BRAR IES IN KOWLOON.

OPENING HOURS OF THE ADULT LENDING LIBRARY ARE FROM 9 AM TO 8 PM AND THOSE OF THE JUNIOR LENDING LIBRARY ARE FROM 9 AM TO 6 PM ON WEEKDAYS. BOTH LIBRARIES ARE OPEN FROM 9 AM TO 5 PM ON SATURDAYS AND FROM 9 AM TO 1 PM ON SUNDAYS AND PUBLIC HOLIDAYS. THEY WILL BE CLOSED ON MONDAYS.

- - 0 - -

FESTIVAL TREAT FOR ELDERLY < « «

A VARIETY SHOW WILL BE HELD IN THE COMMUNITY HALL OF THE CARITAS CENTRE IN CENTRAL TOMORROW (FRIDAY) EVENING, TO MARK THE OPENING OF 6TH CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT FESTIVAL FOR THE ELDERLY.

MORE THAN 500 ELDERLY PEOPLE, ALL OVER 60, WILL BE TREATED TO A TWO-HOUR ENTERTAINMENT PROGRAMME, STARTING AT 7.30 PM.

THE THEME OF THE SHOW IS +HARMONIOUS GATHERING OF THE ELDERLY AND THE YOUTH+ WHICH EMPHASISES THE IMPORTANCE OF THE INTEGRATION AND HARMONY OF A FAMILY.

/THE ENTEBTATNMElfl?

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 15, 19&4

16

THE ENTERTAINMENT PROGRAMMES WILL FEATURE A LION DANCE, CHOIR SINGING, CHINESE FOLK DANCING, A MUSICAL DRAMA, A CANTONESE OPERA, MARTIAL ART PERFORMANCES AND A LUCKY DRAW.

SPONSORED BY THE DISTRICT BOARD, THE SHOW IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICE, THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT, SEVEN AREA COMMITTEES, SEVEN ELDERLY CENTRES AND THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT ASSOCIATION FOR CULTURE AND ARTS.

----0------

GOODWILL VISITS TO ELDERLY RESIDENTS

* * *

A GROUP OF 120 ELDERLY PEOPLE WILL PAY DOOR-TO-DOOR GOODWILL VISITS IN THE NEXT FEW WEEKS TO SOME 2 000 ELDERLY RESIDENTS LIVING IN SHA TIN PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES.

THESE GOODWILL CITIZENS, FROM NINE HOSTELS AND SOCIAL CENTRES IN THE DISTRICT, WILL CHAT WITH THEM AND HELP THEM READ AND WRITE LETTERS.

THE IDEA OF THE VISITS CAME FROM THE INSTITUTIONS FOR THE ELDERLY WHILE COORDINATION WORK IS BEING DONE BY THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT’S SHA TIN DISTRICT OFFICE. THE PROGRAMME IS FUNDED BY THE SHA TIN DISTRICT BOARD.

THE ELDERLY VOLUNTEERS WILL BE BRIEFED ON THE PROGRAMME TOMORROW (FRIDAY) AT THE LUNG HANG COMMUNITY CENTRE, SHA TIN, AT 10 AM.

- - 0 - -

CUSTOMS AND EXCISE ON DISPLAY AT EDINBURGH PLACE * * *

THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE DEPARTMENT WILL STAGE AN OUTDOOR DISPLAY IN CONNECTION WITH THE +CAREERS *85 EXHIBITION* AT EDINBURGH PLACE OUTSIDE THE CITY HALL ON SUNDAY (NOVEMBER 18) STARTING AT 10 AM.

THE EXHIBITION WILL FEATURE LIVE DEMONSTRATIONS OF CUSTOMS AND EXCISE OPERATIONS, AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DISPLAYS.

OTHER ACTIVITIES WILL INCLUDE A DRUG DETECTION DOG SHOW AND DEMONSTRATIONS OF WALK-THROUGH METAL DETECTOR AND DETECTION OF +DISCOLOURISED+ INDUSTRIAL DIESEL OIL.

IN ADDITION, CUSTOMS LAUNCHES WILL BE BERTHED ALONGSIDE QUEEN’S PIER FOR VISITS BY THE PUBLIC.

THE COMMISSIONER OF CUSTOMS AND EXCISE, MR HARNAM GREWAL, WILL OPEN THE EXHIBITION. ------------------------------o _ _ _

/17

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 15, 1984

17

RECREATION AREA FOR BUTTERFLY BEACH * * * *

A 115-MILLION CONTRACT HAS BEEN AWARDED FOR WORK TO START ON PHASE ONE OF A PROJECT THAT WILL TRANSFORM A 9.2-HECTARE SITE AT BUTTERFLY BEACH IN TUEN MUN INTO A MAJOR RECREATIONAL AREA.

THE WORK WILL BE CARRIED OUT FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.

IT WILL INVOLVE THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE MAIN ENTRANCE, FOOTWAYS AND THE CENTRAL PART OF AN EXTENSIVE BEACHSIDE PROMENADE.

THE RECREATIONAL AREA WILL INCLUDE AN OPEN-AIR FOOD CENTRE, A REFRESHMENT KIOSK, A CHILDREN’S PLAY AREA, SITTING-OUT AREA AND AN AMPHITHEATRE-TYPE VENUE FOR OUTDOOR PERFORMANCES.

THERE WILL ALSO BE A GARDEN WITH A LAGOON AND CH INESE-STYLE BR IDGES AND PAVILION.

THERE WILL ALSO BE A BUS TERMINUS AND PARKING SPACES FOR CARS AND COACHES, A SERVICE BUILDING, A PERMANENT REFUSE COLLECTION POINT, TOILETS AND A POLICE REPORTING CENTRE.

THE FACILITIES WILL ALL BE INTERCONNECTED BY A COMPREHENSIVE FOOTWAY SYSTEM WHICH WILL BE LIGHTED AND LANDSCAPED.

PHASE ONE OF THE PROJECT WILL COVER PROPOSED RECREATION AREA AND IS EXPECTED LATE 1985.

ONE THIRD OF THE TO BE COMPLETED BY

WORK ON PHASE TWO, WHICH INCLUDES A BARBECUE AREA, A BUTTERFLY GARDEN, A PALM GARDEN, CAMP SITES AND A SOCCER PITCH, IS EXPECTED TO START IN 1986.

ON COMPLETION OF THE WHOLE PROJECT BY THE END OF 1987, THE SITE WILL BE A MAJOR RECREATIONAL CENTRE IN THE SOUTH-WESTERN PART OF THE NEW TOWN AND WILL SERVE MAINLY RESIDENTS OF MELODY GARDENS, SIU SHAN COURT, WU KING AND BUTTERFLY ESTATES.

- - 0 ---------

/18........

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 15, 1984

18

SEMINARS ON PHYSICAL EDUCATION *****

TWO SERIES OF HALF-DAY SEMINARS FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL PHYSICAL EDUCATION~TEACHERS WILL BE HELD FROM DECEMBER TO MARCH 1985.

ORGANISED BY THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT’S PHYSICAL EDUCATION qtctian THFSE SEMINARS ARE INTENDED TO UPDATE TEACHERS ON MODERN TRENDS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM DESIGN, EVALUATION IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND TECHNIQUES IN EXERCISE IN SCHOOL SITUATIONS.

THE SEMINARS WILL INCLUDE BRIEF TALKS AND DISCUSSION SESSIONS. ONE SERIES WILL CENTRE ON THE TEACHING OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND THE OTHER ON THE TEACHING OF PHYSICAL FITNESS.

THE FIRST SEMINARS WILL BE HELD ON DECEMBER 6, AT LIU PO SHAN MEMORIAL COLLEGE, LUK YEUNG SUN CHUEN, TSUEN WAN, NEW TERRITORIES.

- - 0 - -

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 16, 198^

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

ORDERS-ON-HAND, JOB AND PAYROLL FIGURES RELEASED ............ 1

'BUSINESS CONFIDENCE BOOSTED' ...............................

U.S. HOLD-UPS RAISED WITH TSB ...............................

AIM TO BRING MORE WORKERS UNDER LAW ......................... 5

MORE PLACES FOR SEVERELY RETARDED ADULTS .................... 6

S2.9-MILLION TENDER FOR TSING YI ESTATE ..................... 7

BILL DEALS WITH CONTROL OF CERTAIN CLINICS .................. 8

BILL AIMS TO REDUCE COURT TIME .............................. 9

CARE FOR THE ELDERLY URGED .................................. 10

ASIAN CANOEISTS COMPETE HERE ................................ 10

ROAD SAFETY WEEK IN TUEN MUN ................................ 11

YOUTH LEADERSHIP COURSE STARTS .............................. 11

ACCESS ROAD PLANNED EOR NORTH POINT ......................... 12

14-KILOMETRE AQUEDUCT BREAKTHROUGH .......................... 12

POTTED PLANT CONTEST FOR SCHOOLS ............................ 13

+FUN DAY+ AT EASTERN DISTRICT ............................... 1**

NEW POST OETICE FOR SAI KUNG ................................ 14

MODEL WORKERS TO TRY FOR CASH PRIZES ........................ 15

CLOSURE ORDER SOUGHT ........................................ 15

TEMPORARY CLOSURE OF LAMBETH WALK ........................... 16

WEEK-LONG CLOSURE ........................................... 16

STANLEY TAPS OFF............................................. 16

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 16, 1984

1

ORDERS-ON-HAND, JOB AND PAYROLL FIGURES RELEASED * * * *

THE AVERAGE VOLUME OF ORDERS-ON-HAND IN TERMS OF MONTHS IN THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR REMAINED LARGELY STABLE IN SEPTEMBER 1984 COMPARED WITH THE PREVIOUS MONTH, ACCORDING TO FIGURES RELEASED TODAY BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.

WHILE SLIGHT DECREASES IN ORDERS WERE RECORDED IN MOST INDUSTRIES, SOME INCREASE WAS REPORTED IN THE ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC PRODUCTS INDUSTRY.

COMPARED WITH THE PREVIOUS MONTH, EMPLOYMENT IN THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR, NOTABLY IN THE PLASTIC PRODUCTS AND ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC PRODUCTS INDUSTRIES FELL, AS SUMMER WORKERS CONTINUED TO LEAVE EMPLOYMENT.

THE FOOD AND DRINKS INDUSTRY ALSO RECORDED A DECLINE IN EMPLOYMENT AS TEMPORARY WORKERS, WHO HAD BEEN RECRUITED ESPECIALLY FOR THE MID-AUTUMN FESTIVAL, LEFT.

THE NUMBER OF OPERATIVES IN THE CONSTRUCTION SECTOR CONTINUED TO FALL, ALTHOUGH AT A SLOWER RATE, AS SOME CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS WERE COMPLETED.

IN THE SERVICES SECTORS, LITTLE CHANGE IN THE LEVEL OF EMPLOYMENT WAS REPORTED, APART FROM A SLIGHT INCREASE IN EMPLOYMENT IN HOTELS.

BOTH PAYROLL AND PER CAPITA EARNINGS IN SOME MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES DECREASED BECAUSE OF LESS OVERTIME WORK IN SEPTEMBER AND THE PAYMENT OF BONUSES BY SOME FIRMS IN THE PREVIOUS MONTH.

DECREASES IN PAYROLL AND PER CAPITA EARNINGS WERE ALSO RECORDED IN THE CONSTRUCTION SECTOR AS LESS OVERTIME WORK WAS PERFORMED IN SEPTEMBER. INCREASES IN PAYROLL AND PER CAPITA EARNINGS WERE, HOWEVER, RECORDED IN THE SERVICES SECTORS.

THE PERCENTAGE CHANGES IN ORDERS-ON-HAND, EMPLOYMENT AND PER CAPITA EARNINGS FOR THE LAST THREE MONTHS ARE SHOWN IN THE TABLES BELOW.

THE SURVEY COVERED A PANEL OF THE 2OO LARGEST MANUFACTURING COMPANIES AND THE 50 LARGEST COMPANIES IN THE CONSTRUCTION AND SELECTED SERVICES SECTORS, CHOSEN BY REFERENCE TO THEIR EMPLOYMENT IN MARCH 1983.

AS THE SAMPLE WAS NOT DRAWN ON A RANDOM BASIS, THE DEPARTMENT CAUTIONED THAT RESULTS ON MAGNITUDE OF CHANGE MIGHT NOT REFLECT THE EXPERIENCE OF THE ECONOMY AS A WHOLE ALTHOUGH THEY SHOULD GIVE A USEFUL INDICATION OF THE DIRECTION OF CHANGE FOR A QUICK ASSESSMENT OF DEVELOPMENTS IN THE ECONOMY IN THE SHORT TERM.

/THE SURVEY........

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 16, 19$4

2

TH- SURVEY REPORT FOR SEPTEMBER 1984 IS NOW ON SALE AT THE V-RNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, GENERAL POST OFFICE, AND THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT PUBLICATIONS SALES COUNTER, KAI TAK COMMERCIAL BUILDING, AT $1.5 A COPY.

ENQUIRIES ABOUT THE SURVEY RESULTS MAY BE MADE TO THE cpAFTMENT’S INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTION STATISTICS SECTION AT 3-7212768.

A. ORDERS-ON-HAND IN MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES

INDUSTRY (% CHANGE OVER THE PRECEDING MONTH) ORDERS-ON-HAND (IN TERMS OF MONTHS) FOR SEPTEMBER 1984

JULY 1984 AUG. 1984 SEPT. 1984

WEARING APPAREL, EXCEPT FOOTWEAR 1 1 1 M | 1 -2 -2 4.85

TEXTILES, EXCEPT WEARING APPAREL -3 -1 -1 2.29

PLASTIC PRODUCTS * * -2 4.30

FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS * -1 -1 3.53

ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC PRODUCTS -1 -2 2 5.61

OTHERS 1 * -1 4.41

ALL ABOVE INDUSTRIES -1 -2 * 4.63

— — — —- — — — —

B. EMPLOYMENT AND EARNINGS

INDUSTRY/ SERVICES PERSONS ENGAGED BY THE COMPANIES SURVEYED PER CAPITA EARNINGS PER CAPITA EARNINGS FOR SEPTEMBER 1984 HK,p

(% CHANGE OVER THE PRECED JULY 1984 ING MONTH)

JULY 1984 AUG. 1984 SEPT. 1984 AUG. 1984 SEPT. 1984

■ANUFACTUR1 NG i 2 -3 -4 -2 5 -2 2 690

—— —— — — — —

FOOD AND 2 2 -4 -1 2 4 3 735

DRINKS

: SARING Ai ’PARSL, •••••••

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 16, 1984

5 -

BEARING 1 -1 -2 -1 4 -4 2 343

APPAREL, EXCEPT FOOTWEAR

TEXTILES, * -1 -2 -4 2 -6 2 652

EXCEPT WEAR ING APPAREL

PLASTIC 12 -10 -12 -3 11 3 2 626

PRODUCTS

FABRICATED 2 -6 -3 1 7 2 2 380

METAL PRODUCTS

ELECTRICAL 2 -4 -5 -1 4 -1 2 503

AND ELECTRONIC PRODUCTS

OTHERS 1 -4 -3 * 3 -2 3 662

CONSTRUCTIONS -2 -4 -1 5 -3 -3 3 899

SERVICES * * * 8 -2 3 5 136

BANKS * * * 5 -3 -1 4 404

HOTELS -1 * 1 1 * * 3 133

PUBLIC * * * 11 -4 10 5 577

UTILITIES

OTHERS 1 * 4 2 -4 6 183

4-

* CHANGES WITHIN -0.5%.

ENGAGED COVER

** PERSONS

ENGAGED COVER COMPANY EMPLOYEES ONLY; SITE WORKERS EMPLOYED BY LABOUR-ONLY SUB-CONTRACTORS NOT INCLUDED.

--------o ---------

A.....

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 16, 1984

BUSINESS CONFIDENCE BOOSTED’ * * *

BUSINESS CONFIDENCE HAS BEEN GIVEN AN ADDED BOOST BY THE OBLIGATION OF the DRAFT SINO-BRITISH AGREEMENT ON THE FUTURE - HONG KONG, THE SECRETARY FOR TRADE AND INDUSTRY, MR E.P. HO, STATED TODAY (FRIDAY).

+THERE IS NO LONGER ANY REASON TO HESITATE IN INVESTING FURTHER GROWTH IN THE BUSINESS,* HE SAID.

MR HO WAS SPEAKING AT THE INAUGURATION OF THE HONG KONG CIATION OF TEXTILE BLEACHERS, DYERS, PRINTERS AND FINISHERS.

THE BLEACHING, DYEING, PRINTING AND FINISHING INDUSTRY IS 'MPORTANT LINKAGE SECTOR IN THE TEXTILES AND CLOTHING

TRIES. AT THE END OF LAST YEAR, THERE WERE 755 ESTABLISHMENTS the INDUSTRY EMPLOYING OVER 19 OOO WORKERS.

ITS ROLE IN SUPPLYING QUALITY FABRICS IS PARTICULARLY IMPORTANT IN THE UPGRADING AND DIVERSIFICATION OF THE LOCAL TEXTILES AND GARMENT INDUSTRIES.

THE BLEACHING AND DYEING INDUSTRY SUFFERED A DOWNTURN IN ■ SINESS DURING THE RECENT GLOBAL RECESSION. THIS COUPLED WITH Ev. COUNTRY-OF-ORIGIN RULES RECENTLY IMPOSED BY THE U.S. r J.RNMENT ON IMPORTS OF TEXTILES ALSO ADDED TO THE WORRIES OF THE INDUSTRY.

HOWEVER, MR HO SAID: +THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT *ILL CONTINUE TO NEGOTIATE WITH THE U.S. GOVERNMENT WITH A VIEW TO RESOLVING THIS ISSUE.*

- - 0 - -

U.S. HOLD-UPS RAISED WITH TSB * X * *

THE TEXTILES SURVEILLANCE BODY (TSB) IN GENEVA HAS BEEN ASKED BY THE TRADE DEPARTMENT IN HONG KONG TO CONSIDER A REFERRAL .JF THREE CASES OF SHIPMENTS OF HONG KONG-MADE SWEATERS HELD UP BY U.S. CUSTOMS.

ANNOUNCING THIS TODAY (FRIDAY), A SPOKESMAN FOR THE .EPARTMENT SAID THAT THE TSB WAS EXPECTED TO CONSIDER THE CASES IN DECEMBER.

THE DIRECTOR OF TRADE, MR HAMISH MACLEOD, WILL LEAD ON KONG’S DELEGATION TO THE TALKS.

THE SHIPMENTS WERE REFUSED ENTRY TO THE UNITED STATES I ' THE NEW COUNTRY OF ORIGIN RULES DESPITE THE FACT THAT r- • a/cre PROPERLY LICENSED UNDER THE BILATERAl AGREEMENT.

/DURING TWO

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 16, 1984

5

DURING TWO DAYS OF CONSULTATIONS WITH SENIOR U.S. OFFICIALS IN WASHINGTON AT THE END OF OCTOBER, THE HONG KONG DELEGATION DID NOT SECURE THE UNCONDITIONAL RELEASE OF THE THREE SHIPMENTS.

ONE SHIPMENT - LADIES LAMBSWOOL SWEATERS - INVOLVES CHINESE YARN KNITTED INTO +PANELS* (PARTS) IN CHINA WITH ALL OTHER PROCESSES CARRIED OUT IN HONG KONG.

Ih THE OTHER TWO SHIPMENTS - LADIES SHETLAND WOOL SWEATERS AND CARDIGANS - ONLY THE PANEL KNITTING WAS CARRIED OUT IN CHINA, ALL OTHER PROCESSES BEING CARRIED OUT IN HONG KONG INCLUDING THE SPINNING AND DYEING OF THE YARN.

+WE DECIDED TO TAKE THE ISSUE TO TSB FOLLOWING CONSULTATIONS IN HONG KONG WITH THE TEXTILES ADVISORY BOARD,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

+THE SHIPMENTS ILLUSTRATE ONE OF HONG KONG’S FUNDAMENTAL OBJECTIONS, NAMELY THAT SOME GOODS PREVIOUSLY ENTITLED TO ENTER THE UNITED STATES UNDER THE BILATERAL TEXTILES AGREEMENT CAN NO LONGER DO SO.

+AS SUCH, THE REFERRAL HAS A POTENTIAL SIGNIFICANCE BEYOND THE THREE CASES CONCERNED,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

- - 0 - -

AIM TO BRING MORE WORKERS UNDER LAW * * * * *

A PROPOSAL TO AMEND THE EMPLOYMENT ORDINANCE WHICH MAY BRING MORE WORKERS UNDER THE PROTECTION OF THE LAW IS NOW BEING CONSIDERED BY THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT.

MR DONALD CHAN, CHIEF LABOUR OFFICER OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT AND HEAD OF ITS LABOUR RELATIONS DIVISION, SAID TODAY THAT LETTERS HAD BEEN SENT TO EMPLOYERS’ AND EMPLOYEES’ ASSOCIATION, SEEKING THEIR VIEWS ON A PROPOSAL TO AMEND THE DEFINITION OF +CONTINUOUS CONTRACT* IN THE FIRST SCHEDULE OF THE ORDINANCE.

SPEAKING AT A LUNCHEON MEETING OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT INDUSTRIALISTS ASSOCIATION, MR CHAN SAID THE EXISTING DEFINITION OF +CONTINUOUS CONTRACT* DATED BACK TO 1968 WHEN THE ORDINANCE WAS INTRODUCED.

UNDER THE ORDINANCE, A CONTINUOUS CONTRACT WAS DEFINED AS ONE IN WHICH AN EMPLOYEE HAD WORKED FOR THE SAME EMPLOYER FOR FOUR WEEKS OR MORE ON AT LEAST THREE DAYS IN EACH WEEK AND FOR NOT LESS THAN SIX HOURS ON EACH DAY.

MR CHAN SAID VARIOUS RIGHTS AND BENEFITS HAD BEEN ADDED UNDER THE ORDINANCE SINCE 1968, AND THESE WERE ONLY APPLICABLE TO AN EMPLOYEE WORKING UNDER A +CONTINUOUS CONTRACT* OF EMPLOYMENT.

/HE EXPLAINED

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 16, 1984

6

HE EXPLAINED THAT THE REASON FOR THIS WAS THAT BY VIRTUE OF THE REGULARITY OF THEIR EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIP WITH THEIR EMPLOYERS, THESE EMPLOYEES wERE CONSIDERED TO HAVE A RIGHTFUL CLAIM TO MORE BENEFITS AND BETTER PROTECTION THAN CASUAL OR TRANSIENT EMPLOYEES.

HOWEVER, IN RECENT YEARS MORE PEOPLE WERE WORKING +PART-TIME+.

HE SAID, +WHILE SOME HAVE TAKEN UP JOBS THAT ARE TRULY PART-TIME IN NATURE, SOME ARE WORKING ’PART-TIME’ ONLY IN THE SENSE THAT THEY WORK LESS THAN SIX HOURS DAILY.*

THESE EMPLOYEES WERE NOT CLASSIFIED AS +CONTINUOUS CONTRACT* EMPLOYEES.

+EMPLOYEES, WHO IN EVERY RESPECT DO HAVE REGULAR EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIP WITH THEIR EMPLOYERS, HAVE BEEN DENIED THE ENTITLEMENT TO VARIOUS STATUTORY RIGHTS JUST BECAUSE THEY WORK LESS THAN SIX HOURS EACH DAY,* MR CHAN SAID.

IN ORDER TO KEEP THE LEGISLATION IN TUNE WITH CHANGING NEEDS, IT WAS CONSIDERED APPROPRIATE TO ABOLISH THE SIX HOUR QUALIFYING CONDITION AND TO REPLACE TO PRESENT CRITERIA OF +4 WEEKS-3 DAYS-6 HOURS* BY A MORE SIMPLE AND STRAIGHTFORWARD ONE.

+OUR PROPOSED CRITERIA IS ’4 WEEKS-18 HOURS’. THIS IS TO SAY, AN EMPLOYEE WHO WORKS FOR THE SAME EMPLOYER FOR FOUR CONSECUTIVE WEEKS FOR NOT LESS THAN 18 HOURS ON EACH WEEK WILL BECOME A ’CONTINUOUS COOFBA1,?3.0)9633,+ MR CHAN SAID.

BY THE PROPOSAL, HE SAID, THOSE EMPLOYEES WHO WERE FORMERLY DENIED THE VARIOUS BENEFITS WOULD BE ELIGIBLE FOR THE STATUTORY ENTITLEMENTS UNDER THE EMPLOYMENT ORDINANCE.

MR CHAN SAID THE PROPOSAL WAS NOW BEING FORMULATED AND A FORMAL RECOMMENDATION WOULD BE PUT TO THE LABOUR ADVISORY BOARD.

--------0---------

MORE PLACES FOR SEVERELY RETARDED ADULTS

* * * *

THE GOVERNMENT INTENDS TO INCREASE THE NUMBER OF RESIDENTIAL AND DAY CARE PLACES FOR SEVERELY RETARDED ADULTS FROM THE PRESENT 173 PLACES TO 850 PLACES OVER THE NEXT FIVE YEARS, THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR JOHN CHAMBERS, SAID THIS AFTERNOON.

SPEAKING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE PRISCILLA HOME OF THE SOCIETY OF HOMES FOR THE HANDICAPPED IN SHAU KEI WAN, HE SAID THIS WAS THE FIRST TIME THAT A GROUP HOME FOR SEVERELY DISABLED ADULTS HAD BEEN SET UP IN PRIVATE HOUSING ACCOMMODATION.

+THIS IS AN ENTERPRISING AND ENCOURAGING INITIATIVE, WHICH

I HOPE WILL POINT THE WAY TO A GREATER EXPANSION OF NON-INST I TUT I ONAL FORMS OF RESIDENTIAL CARE FOR MENTALLY RETARDED ADULTS WHO CANNOT COPE FOR THEMSELVES IN THE COMMUNITY,* HE SAID.

/DURING THE .......

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 16, 1984

DURING THE PAST SEVEN YEARS, MR CHAMBERS NOTED, THE SOCIETY HAD OPENED FIVE HOMES PROVIDING A TOTAL OF SOME 220 PLACES, 157 OF THEM RESIDENTIAL.

HE SAID THE SOCIETY HAD AGREED TO TAKE ON ANOTHER MAJOR PROJECT - THE ESTABLISHMENT OF A HOME FOR 150 ADULTS IN SHA TIN, DUE FOR COMPLETION IN 1987.

HE PAID TRIBUTE TO THE +DEDICATION AND DETERMINATION OF THE SOCIETY AND ITS UNTIRING FUND-RAISING EFFORTS*. HE ALSO THANKED THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB FOR ITS GRANT TOWARDS THE RECURRENT COSTS OF THE PROJECT IN 1984-85.

THE PRISCILLA HOME WILL BE ABLE TO CATER FOR 15 RESIDENTS, WHO WILL BE CARED FOR BY THE SOCIETY’S STAFF AND WILL BE ENCOURAGED TO DEVELOP AS MANY SKILLS AS POSSIBLE.

-------o---------

$2.9—MILLION TENDER FOR TSING Yl ESTATE ******

DEVELOPMENT FOR TSING Yl ESTATE ON TSING Yl ISLAND IS TAKING ANOTHER STEP FORWARD AS THE SECOND STAGE OF PILING WORK BEGINS SHORTLY FOR THE FIRST PHASE OF THE HOUSING PROJECT.

A PILING TENDER WORTH $2.9 MILLION HAS BEEN ACCEPTED FOR THE SECOND HALF OF A FOUR-STOREY COMMERCIAL CENTRE AND A CAR PARK, PLUS AN ELEVATED WALKWAY.

+WORK WILL TAKE ABOUT FOUR MONTHS TO FINISH,+ SAID A SPOKESMAN FOR THE HOUSING AUTHORITY TODAY.

HE SAID THE COMMERCIAL CENTRE AND THE CAR PARK, ON FULL COMPLETION BY 1986, WOULD HOUSE A MARKET, A SUPERMARKET, A RESTAURANT, TWO COOKED-FOOD STALLS AND 101 PARKING SPACES.

+THE COOKED-FOOD STALLS WILL BE LOCATED ON THE PODIUM OF THE COMMERCIAL CENTRE.+

MEANWHILE THE FIRST TWO TRIDENT BLOCKS ON THE ESTATE ARE UNDER CONSTRUCTION AND WILL HOUSE 7 500 PEOPLE IN 1 620 FLATS WHEN COMPLETED BY EARLY 1986.

THE ENTIRE TSING Yl ESTATE IS SCHEDULED FOR COMPLETION BY 1988 AND WILL HAVE 3 040 FLATS IN FOUR TRIDENT BLOCKS FOR 1 500 PEOPLE.

NAMED AFTER THE ISLAND, THE ESTATE IS THE THIRD PUBLIC RENTAL HOUSING PROJECT AFTER CHEUNG CHING AND CHEUNG HONG ESTATES ON TSING Yl.

------o-------

/8......

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 16, 1934

- 8 -

BILL DEALS WITH CONTROL OF CERTAIN CLINICS * * * *

A BILL WHICH WILL EXTEND INDEFINITELY THE POWERS OF THE DIRECTOR OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES, AS REGISTRAR OF CLINICS, TO EXEMPT CERTAIN LONG-STANDING CLINICS FROM HAVING TO APPOINT REGISTERED MEDICAL PRACTITIONERS AS SUPERVISORS, WAS GAZETTED TODAY.

UNDER THE MEDICAL CLINICS (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, IT IS PROPOSED THAT THE REGISTRAR OF CLINIC’S POWERS OF EXEMPTION, CURRENTLY PROVIDED FOR BY A LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL RESOLUTION EVERY THREE YEARS, BE EXTENDED FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD.

A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED THAT THE EXEMPTION COULD ONLY APPLY TO CLINICS WHICH WERE IN EXISTENCE ON SEPTEMBER 5, 1963 AND WHICH WERE ABLE TO SATISFY THE REGISTRAR OF CLINICS THAT THEY MET CERTAIN MINIMUM STANDARDS. IN PARTICULAR, THE NEDICAL MANAGEMENT MUST BE UNDERTAKEN BY PRACTITIONERS WHO, ALTHOUGH NOT ELIGIBLE FOR REGISTRATION IN THE NORMAL WAY, WERE FOUND SUITABLE AT THAT TIME TO PERFORM THE LIMITED SERVICES PROVIDED BY SUCH CLINICS. NO OTHER UNREG ISTRABLE DOCTORS COULD PRACTISE MEDICINE IN THESE CLINICS.

HE SAID THAT SINCE THE TIME WHEN THESE CLINICS WERE FIRST GRANTED EXEMPTION THEIR NUMBER HAD DECLINED GRADUALLY, BUT ABOUT 270 REMAINED. +AS THEIR SERVICES ARE STILL USEFUL, IT IS THE INTENTION TO ALLOW THEM TO CONTINUE UNTIL THE PRACTITIONERS WORKING IN THEM HAVE RETIRED OR UNTIL THE CLINICS CLOSE FOR OTHER REASONS. IT IS THEREFORE UNNECESSARY TO REQUIRE A LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL RESOLUTION EVERY THREE YEARS TO ENABLE THE CLINICS TO CONTINUE.*

THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT UNDER A CODE OF PRACTICE PUBLISHED BY THE REGISTRAR, THESE PRACTITIONERS WERE ONLY ALLOWED TO PRACTISE WITHIN THE PREMISES OF THE EXEMPTED CLINICS AND THERE WERE LIMITATIONS TO THE SERVICES THEY CAN PERFORM.

+FOR INSTANCE, THEY ARE NOT AUTHORISED TO SIGN ANY STATUTORY CERTIFICATE RELATING TO BIRTH, DEATH OR LUNACY, NOR ANY STATUTORY OR INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATE OF INNOCULATION OR VACCINATION. NOR ARE THEY PERMITTED TO PRESCRIBE DRUGS LISTED IN PART 1 OF THE FIRST SCHEDULE TO THE DANGEROUS DRUGS ORDINANCE.*

THE SPOKESMAN GAVE AN ASSURANCE THAT THE DIRECTOR OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES WOULD CONTINUE TO MAINTAIN SUPERVISION OVER THE OPERATION OF THESE CLINICS AND OVER THE PRACTITIONERS WORKING IN THEM.

+HE WILL ONLY GRANT EXEMPTION TO THOSE CLINICS THAT CONTINUE TO BENEFIT THE COMMUNITY, AND ONLY FOR A YEAR AT A TIME. IN CASE OF ANY SERIOUS BREACH OF THE CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS, OR IF THE PRACTITIONERS ARE NO LONGER FIT TO PRACTISE, THE REGISTRAR OF CLINICS MAY DECIDE NOT TO RENEW EXEMPTION WHEN A CLINIC’S EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE COMES UP FOR RENEWAL EACH YEAR.*

/THE BILL

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 16, 1984

9 -

THE BILL IS EXPECTED TO BE PRESENTED TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL ON NOVEMBER 21 AND TO GO THROUGH THE REMAINING LEGISLATIVE STAGES ON DECEMBER 5.

ANYONE WHO WISHES TO COMMENT ON THEIR PROVISIONS MAY WRITE TO UMELCO, AT SWIRE HOUSE, 12TH FLOOR, CHATER ROAD, OR TO THE SECRETARY FOR HEALTH AND WELFARE AT CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, 7TH FLOOR, LOWER ALBERT ROAD, HONG KONG.

------0---------

BILL AIMS TO REDUCE COURT TIME * * * *

A BILL SEEKING TO REDUCE THE LENGTH OF PRELIMINARY INQUIRIES IN INDICTABLE OFFENCES IN MAGISTRATES COURTS, IN WHICH THE EVIDENCE IS RECORDED IN SHORTHAND, IS GAZETTED TODAY.

THE MAGISTRATES (AMENDMENT)(NO. 2) BILL SEEKS TO CHANGE THE PRESENT PROCEDURE, WHICH REQUIRES THE READING BACK OF THE TRANSCRII T OF EVIDENCE IN COURT, BY ALLOWING THE WITNESS TO READ HIS EVIDENCc. SEPARATELY FROM THE COURT PROCEEDINGS, A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID.

HOWEVER, HE ADDED THAT UNDER THE NEW PROCEDURE, WITNESSES WOULD STILL BE REQUIRED TO CONFIRM ON OATH THE ACCURACY OF THE TRANSCRIPT.

+THE IMPETUS FOR THE BILL IS PROVIDED BY A PRELIMINARY INQUIRY IN WHICH, SOME ESTIMATES SAY, THE HEARING OF EVIDENCE WILL TAKE ABOUT 14 WEEKS. AN ADDITIONAL SIX WEEKS WOULD BE REQUIRED TO READ THE RECORD ALOUD IN COURT,+ HE SAID.

♦IT IS IN THE INTEREST OF ALL PARTIES CONCERNED TO SHORTEN THIS HEARING AND TO ALLOW THE EARLY RELEASE OF WITNESSES FROM OVERSEAS. ACCORDINGLY, IT IS PROPOSED THAT AN ELEMENT OF RETROACTIVE EFFECT BE INCLUDED IN THE BILL TO APPLY IT TO THOSE CONTINUING PROCEEDINGS AS WELL AS FUTURE PRELIMINARY INQUIRIES.

♦ ALL COUNSEL REPRESENTING THE PARTIES IN THAT CASE HAVE STATED IN OPEN COURT THAT THEY WOULD WELCOME THE NEW PROCEDURE AND BELIcV-THERE WOULD BE NO PREJUDICE.

♦TO ENABLE THE NEW PROCEDURE TO BE USED AS SOON AS POSSIBLE, IT IS INTENDED TO PRESENT THIS BILL ™ LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL FOR ITo THE TAKING Or THt UIntK

FIRST READING ON NOVEMBER LEGISLATIVE STAGES AT THE

21 AND TO SEEK

SAME SITTING,*

HE SAID.

ANYONE WHO WISHES TO COMMENT ON THE AT SWIRE HOUSE, 12TH FLOOR, CHATER ROAD, GENERAL, ATTORNEY GENERAL'S CHAMBERS, AT LOwER ALBERT ROAD, HONG KONG.

BILL MAY WRITE TO UMELCO, OR TO THE SOLICITOR CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICEj,

-------o ---------

/1O........

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 16, 1934

10

CARE FOR THE *

ELDERLY URGED 4 4

SERVICES FOR THE ELDERLY IS TO

THE PRIME OBJECTIVE OF THE ________

PROVIDE CARE IN THE COMMUNITY FOR SENIOR CITIZENS, WITH A RANGE OF SUPPORTING SERVICES TO HELP THEIR FAMILY MEMBERS TO CARE FOR THEM, THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR JOHN CHAMBERS, SAID THIS

EVENING.

HE WAS SPEAKING AT THE SIXTH FESTIVAL FOR THE ELDERLY AT KO SHAN THEATRE, HUNG HOM, ORGANISED BY THE HONG KONG COUNCIL OF SOCIAL SERVICE.

HE SAID: +THE JOINT EFFORTS MADE BY THE GOVERNMENT AND THE ^■UNTARY AGENCIES IN PROVIDING AND DEVELOPING SERVICES FOR ELDERLY PEOPLE IN HONG KONG WILL CONTINUE, BUT IN ORDER TO ACHIEVE THE OBJECTIVE AND SPIRIT OF CARING FOR AND RESPECTING THE ELDERLY wE MUST RELY VERY MUCH ON THE ACCEPTANCE AND SUPPORT OF ELDERLY PEOPLE

BY THEIR OWN FAMILIES.*

THP FESTIVAL, WHICH HAD BECOME AN ANNUAL EVENT HELD IN NOVEMBER, HAD RECEIVED A GREAT DEAL OF ATTENTION AND SUPPORT FROM THE COMMUNITY, HE SAID.

ASIAN CANOEISTS COMPETE HERE

* * *

NATIONAL TEAMS FROM JAPAN, CHINA, MALAYSIA, SINGAPORE, KOREh, INDONESIA AND HONG KONG WILL TAKE PART IN CANOEING CHAMPIONSHIPS TO BE HELD ON THE SHING MUN RIVER IN SHA TIN THIS WEEKEND.

THE CHAMPIONSHIPS, ORGANISED BY THE HONG KONG CANOE UNION AND SPONSORED BY THE COUNCIL FOR RECREATION AND SPORT AND THE SHA TIN DISTRICT BOARD, ARE TO MARK THE INAUGURATION OF THE ASIA CANOE CONFEDERATION.

A TOTAL OF 115 CANOEISTS -- 78 MEN AND 37 WOMEN — WILL COMPETE IN 25 EVENTS DURING THE NEXT TWO DAYS.

0F THE AS,AN CAN0E CONFEDERATION INAUGURAL CHAMPIONSHIPS AND THE INTERNATIONAL CANOE POLO INVITATION COMPETITION 1984 WERE ANNOUNCED AT A PRESS CONFERENCE TODAY CHIU, ASS,STANT COMMISSIONER (RECREATION AND SPORT) OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT.

THIS EVENING, MR DENIS BRAY, SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS ATTENDED A COCKTAIL TO WELCOME THE PARTICIPANTS OF ^HE ASIAN CANOE CONFEDERATION INAUGURAL CHAMPIONSHIPS AND THE INTERNAiIONAl. CANOE POLO INVITATION COMPETITION HELD IN THE EVENING.

THE PUBLIC ARE WELCOME TO WATCH THE CHAMPIONSHIP RACES. THE FIRST EVENT WILL START AT 2 PM TOMORROW (SATURDAY) wHILc THE LAST ONE WILL END ABOUT 3 PM ON SUNDAY.

------0--------

/11 .....

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 16, 1^34

11

ROAD SAFETY WEEK IN TUEN MUN

* * *

A SPECTACULAR ROAD SAFETY PARADE WILL BE HELD TOMORROW (SATURDAY) MORNING AT THE TANG SHIU KIN PLAYGROUND TO START THIS YEAR’S TUEN MUN DISTRICT BOARD ROAD SAFETY CAMPAIGN.

THE PARADE, WILL BE PERFORMED BY NINE SCHOOL ROAD SAFETY PATROL TEAMS IN THE DISTRICT, AS PART OF THE WEEK-LONG CAMPAIGN FOCUSING ON PEDESTRIAN AND COMMUTER SAFETY.

THE CAMPAIGN IS AIMED ESPECIALLY AT CHILDREN AND THE ELDERLY.

THE CAMPAIGN IS SPONSORED BY THE TUEN MUN DISTRICT BOARD, AND IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICE AND THE ROYAL HONG KONG POLICE FORCE.

OFFICIATING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY WILL BE THE ASSISTANT DISTRICT OFFICER, MR CHRISTOPHER WONG, THE POLICE DISTRICT COMMANDER, MR MARTIN BROWN AND THE CHAIRMAN OF THE HEUNG YEE KUK, MR LAU WONG—F AT.

------0-------

YOUTH LEADERSHIP COURSE STARTS * * *

AN EIGHT-WEEK LEADERSHIP TRAINING COURSE HAS BEEN LAUNCHED IN EASTERN DISTRICT TO ENCOURAGE YOUNG PEOPLE TO BE ACTIVELY INVOLVED IN COMMUNITY SERVICES.

THE TRAINING CHEKIANG

FIRST IN A SERIES OF SEMINARS IN THE SCHEME WAS HELD THIS EVENING (FRIDAY) PRIMARY SCHOOL HALL IN NORTH POINT.

YOUTH LEADERSHIP AT THE K I ANGSU

EASTERN DISTRICT OFFICER, MR H.T. LUI SPOKE ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT, THE OBJECTIVES AND FUNCTIONS OF DISTRICT BOARDS AND THE IMPORTANCE OF THE DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS NEXT MARCH.

THE 130 PARTICIPANTS IN THE SCHEME, AGED BETWEEN 17 AND 25 WILL BE ATTENDING SEMINARS EACH FRIDAY. SUBJECTS WILL INCLUDE THE DEVELOPMENT OF SOCIAL WELFARE SERVICES, LEADERSHIP SKILLS, COMMUNITY AWARENESS, PROGRAMME PLANNING AND ORGANISING OUTDOOR ACTIVITIES AND SMALL GROUP WORK.

THE PARTICIPANTS WILL ALSO ATTEND A WORK CAMP ON DECEMBER 8 AND Q AT THE MING FAI CAMP ON CHEUNG CHAU.

AT THE END OF THE TRAINING COURSE, THEY WILL EACH HAVE TO ORGANISE A COMMUNITY SERVICE PROJECT IN THE DISTRICT.

TH- YOUTH LEADERSHIP TRAINING SCHEME IS ORGANISED BY THc EASTERN DISTRICT YOUTH RECREATION CO-ORDINATING COMMITTEE AND IS SPONSORED BY THE DISTRICT BOARD.

------o-------

/12........

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 16, 1984

- 12 -

ACCESS ROAD PLANNED FOR NORTH POINT *****

THE GOVERNMENT PROPOSES CONSTRUCTING AN ACCESS ROAD FROM FORTRESS HILL ROAD TO SERVE THE FUTURE DEVELOPMENT ABOVE THE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY CORPORATION’S FORTRESS HILL STATION IN NORTH POINT.

THE 15O-METRE-LONG, DUAL SINGLE-LANE CARRIAGEWAY IS PART OF A PROPOSAL THAT INCLUDES THE FORMATION AND CONSTRUCTION OF A BUS BAY ON KING’S ROAD IN FRONT OF THE STATION, A WATERWORKS AND DRAINAGE RESERVE AND A PEDESTRIAN FOOTWAY AND STAIRCASE TO LINK KING’S ROAD AND FORTRESS HILL ROAD.

IN ADDITION, A PORTION ON THE EASTERN SIDE OF FORTRESS HILL ROAD FRONTING THE PROPOSED ACCESS ROAD IS TO BE WIDENED TO PROVIDE A PASSING BAY FOR TRAFFIC AND A NEW FOOTPATH.

A NOTICE CONCERNING THE PROPOSED WORKS IS PUBLISHED IN TODAY’S (FRIDAY’S) GOVERNMENT GAZETTE.

A PLAN SHOWING THE PROPOSED WORKS CAN BE SEEN AT THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT ENQUIRY SUB-OFFICE, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, WEST WING, MAIN ENTRANCE LOBBY; AT THE DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE, HONG KONG ISLAND (NORTH), 25 HARBOUR ROAD, HARBOUR CENTRE, 12TH FLOOR, HONG KONG; AND AT THE EASTERN DISTRICT OFFICE, 884-886 KING’S ROAD, HONG KONG.

OBJECTIONS TO THE PROPOSAL MUST BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING TO THE SECRETARY FOR LANDS AND WORKS NOT LATER THAN JANUARY 15, 1985.

------o-------

14-KILOMETRE AQUEDUCT BREAKTHROUGH * * * *

A MAJOR PHASE IN THE ENGINEERING WORKS PROJECT FOR RECEIVING ADDITIONAL WATER SUPPLY FROM CHINA WAS COMPLETED TODAY (FRIDAY).

AT A CEREMONY TO MARK THE COMPLETION OF TUNNEL-DRIVING IN FUNG KAT HEUNG NEAR YUEN LONG, THE SECRETARY FOR LANDS AND WORKS, bR NICKY CHAN, PRESSED A BUTTON TO BLAST OPEN THE REMAINING PORTION OF A 14-KILOMETRE LONG TUNNEL BETWEEN MUK WU AND TAI LAM CHUNG.

ALSO PRESENT AT THE BREAK-THROUGH CEREMONY WERE THE DIRECTOR OF XINHUA NEWS AGENCY (HONG KONG BRANCH), MR XU JIATUN; THE MANAGING DIRECTOR OF CHINA CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING CORPORATION’S (CCEC) HbAD OFFICE IN PEKING, MR ZHANG ENSHU; THE MANAGING DIRECTOR OF CCtC IN HONG KONG, MR GU TIANXUN, AND THE DIRECTOR OF WATER SUPPLIES, MR TOM TOMLINSON.

/THE CONSTRUCTION .......

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 16, 1984

13

THE CONSTRUCTION OF THIS AQUEDUCT SYSTEM OF OVER THREE METRES IN DIAMETER AND COSTING $220 MILLION HAD BEEN AWARDED TO THE CHINA CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING CORPORATION-GUANGDONG WATER CONSERVANCY AND HYDRO-POWER ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT COMPANY LTD. (JOINT VENTURE), IN FEBRUARY 1982.

IT WAS THE BIGGEST OF THE NINE CONTRACTS SIGNED FOR THE STAGE ONE OF THE $1.75 BILLION SCHEME TO PROVIDE FACILITIES FOR RECEIVING ADDITIONAL WATER SUPPLY FROM CHINA.

IN HIS ADDRESS, MR CHAN SAID THE AQUEDUCT, WHICH IS PART OF THE PLANNED 12-YEAR WATER SUPPLY SCHEME, WILL BE CAPABLE OF DELIVERING WATER AT THE RATE OF 910 000 CUBIC METRES A DAY FROM MUK WU PUMPING STATION AT THE BORDER.

*0F THIS QUANTITY IT WILL BE POSSIBLE TO DELIVER 270 000 CUBIC METRES A DAY TO A FUTURE TREATMENT WORKS AT AU TAU AND AT THE SAME TIME THE BALANCE OF 640 000 CUBIC METRES CAN BE TRANSFERRED TO TAI LAM CHUNG RESERVOIR,* HE SAID.

+THIS REPRESENTS A SIGNIFICANT PROPORTION OF THE WATER DELIVERED FROM CHINA AND DEMONSTRATES THE IMPORTANCE OF THIS LINK IN THE OVERALL WATER SUPPLY NETWORK.*

THE CONTRACT ALSO INVOLVES THE LAYING OF 5.5 KILOMETRES OF PIPELI-NE AND THE CONSTRUCTION OF FOUR KILOMETRES OF ACCESS ROAD.

-----o-------

POTTED PLANT CONTEST FOR SCHOOLS * * * * *

NEW TERRITORIES SCHOOL CHILDREN ARE BEING INVITED TO TAKE PART IN A POTTED PLANT COMPETITION AND EXHIBITION ORGANISED IN SUPPORT OF THE +MEI FA+ PHASE OF THE CLEAN HONG KONG CAMPAIGN.

THE COMPETITION IS ORGANISED JOINTLY BY THE COMMUNITY YOUTH CLUB SECTION OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT AND THE ROTARY CLUB OF THE NEW TERRITORIES.

IT WILL BE DIVIDED INTO THE PRIMARY SCHOOL SECTION AND THE SECONDARY SCHOOL SECTION, AND WILL BE OPEN TO ALL N.T. STUDENTS FROM PRIMARY 4 TO FORM 7.

EACH SECTION COMPRISES NINE GROUPS GROWING DIFFERENT SPECIES OF PLANTS.

THERE WILL BE THREE WINNING PRIZES OF BOOK/STATIONERY TOKENS FROM $200 TO $60 FOR EACH GROUP. TEN MERIT PRIZES OF $30 EACH WILL ALSO BE AWARDED.

------o-------

/14......

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 16, 1934

1U

+FUN DAY+ AT EASTERN DISTRICT * * *

A CLEAN HONG KONG FUN DAY WILL BE HELD FOR RESIDENTS OF EASTERN DISTRICT ON SUNDAY (NOVEMBER 18) AT THE CHAI WAN COMMUNITY CENTRE, STARTING AT 1.30 PM.

MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC WILL BE ABLE TO WIN ATTRACTIVE PRIZES BY TAKING PART IN QUIZZES AND GAMES.

THEY WILL ALSO BE ENTERTAINED BY POPULAR SINGERS THERESA WONG, YEUNG SIU-CHING, PANG KIN-SUN AND LI LUNG-KAY DURING THE SECOND HALF OF THE PROGRAMME.

AND THERE WILL BE AN EXHIBITION, BACKED BY THE CONTINUOUS SCREENING OF SHORT FILMS ON THE CLEAN HONG KONG THEME PRODUCED OVER THE YEARS.

THE THIRD ANNUAL +EASTERN DISTRICT CLEAN HONG IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE URBAN COUNCIL, EASTERN AND EASTERN DISTRICT BOARD.

KONG FUN DAY+ DISTRICT OFFICE

-------0---------

NEW POST OFFICE FOR SAI KUNG

* * *

A NEW POST OFFICE ON THE GROUND FLOOR OF SAI KUNG GOVERNMENT OFFICES, SAI KUNG, WILL BE OPENED AT 9 AM ON MONDAY (NOVEMBER 19) TO REPLACE THE EXISTING SAI KUNG POST OFFICE AT 1 MAN NIN STREET.

THE NEW POST OFFICE, SITUATED IN THE TOWN CENTRE OF SAI KUNG, WILL OPERATE IN LARGER ACCOMMODATION WITH IMPROVED FACILITIES.

CUSTOMERS SHOULD FIND THE NEW POST OFFICE MORE CONVENIENT, AS IT IS HOUSED IN A GOVERNMENT JOINT-USER BUILDING, A POST OFFICE SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY.

APART FROM OFFERING THE USUAL RANGE OF COUNTER SERVICES, IT WILL BE MAKING AVAILABLE 300 PRIVATE POST OFFICE BOXES FOR LETTING. THE TELEPHONE NUMBER REMAINS THE SAME (I.E. 3-2812243), THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 16, 1984

- 15 -

MODEL WORKERS TO TRY FOR CASH PRIZES * *

TSUEN WAN EMPLOYERS HAVE BEEN INVITED TO NOMINATE OUTSTANDING WORKERS TO COMPETE FOR CASH PRIZES IN THIS YEAR’S MODEL WORKER AWARD SCHEME.

THE SCHEME, IN ITS FIFTH YEAR, IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICE, THE DISTRICT BOARD’S INDUSTRIAL COMMITTEE, AND THE FEDERATION OF INDUSTRIES IN TSUEN WAN.

BASED ON INFORMATION PROVIDED BY THE EMPLOYERS, THE MODEL WORKERS WILL BE SELECTED FOR THEIR ABILITY, PERFORMANCE AND CONDUCT. THE 10 WINNERS WILL EACH RECEIVE $2 000 AND A TROPHY.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE ORGANISING COMMITTEE SAID THE SCHEME <mAS AIMED AT CREATING A SENSE OF BELONGING AMONG WORKERS TOWARDS THE IR LOCAL INDUSTRIES.

-----o-----

CLOSURE ORDER SOUGHT * * * *

THE BUILDING AUTHORITY WILL BE APPLYING FOR CLOSURES OF ILLEGAL STRUCTURES ON THE MAIN ROOF OF 15 AND 17 SOUTH WALL ROAD, AND ON THE ROOF AREA OVER FLATS A, B, C AND D, 238-244 RECLAMATION STREET,

KOWLOON.

+THE CLOSURE IS REQUIRED TO ENABLE DEMOLITION WORK TO BE CARRIED OUT WITHOUT CAUSING DANGER TO THE OCCUPIERS OR THE PUBLI^,+ THE PRINCIPAL GOVERNMENT BUILDING SURVEYOR SAID TODAY.

RECENT INSPECTIONS HAD SHOWN THAT DEMOLITION ORDERS SERVED ON THE FLAT OWNERS HAD NOT BEEN COMPLIED WITH, HE SAID.

NOTICES OF INTENTION TO APPLY FOR CLOSURE ORDERS IN THE KOWLOON DISTRICT COURT ON DECEMBER 14, AT 9.30 AM WERE POSTED TODAY.

- - 0 - -

/16........

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 16, 1984

16

TEMPORARY CLOSURE OF LAMBETH WALK

*****

LAMBETH WALK IN CENTRAL WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC BETWEEN 7.45 AM AND NOON ON NOVEMBER 18, NOVEMBER 25 AND DECEMBER 2.

DURING THE CLOSURE, TRAFFIC WILL BE DIVERTED VIA MURRAY ROAD, QUEENSWAY AND COTTON TREE DRIVE NORTHBOUND.

THE TERMINAL POINT OF MAXICAB ROUTE 32 IN LAMBETH WALK WILL BE TEMPORARILY RESITED TO HARCOURT ROAD OUTSIDE HUTCHISON HOUSE. THE MAXICABS WILL BE DIVERTED VIA HARCOURT ROAD, CONNAUGHT ROAD CENTRAL, JACKSON ROAD, CHATER ROAD, MURRAY ROAD AND QUEENSWAY ON THEIR EASTBOUND JOURNEYS.

-------o---------

WEEK-LONG CLOSURE * * *

THE FLYOVER

MARGARET ROAD FOR ABOUT SEVEN

NORTHBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF THE PRINCESS IN HO MAN TIN WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC IN hu man (NOVEMBER 18) TO FACILITATE THE LAYING

DAYS FROM 7 AM ON SUNDAY OF ANTI-SKID SURFACE.

DURING THE CLOSURE, VIA THE ROAD NEXT TO THE

NORTHBOUND TRAFFIC WILL HAVE TO PROCEED FLYOVER.

-----o------

STANLEY TAPS OFF * * *

FRESH WATER MONDAY (NOVEMBER

SUPPLY TO STANLEY WILL BE TURNED OFF FROM 10 PM ON 19) TO 6 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY FOR MAINS WORK.

AFFECTED PREMISES ARE LOCATED AT A SECTION OF TUNG TAU WAN ROAD BETWEEN WONG MA KOK ROAD AND STANLEY PRISON. STANLEY PRISON PRISON STAFF QUARTERS, PRISON STAFF TRAINING SCHOOL, SEA TRAINING CENTRE AND ST. STEPHEN’S COLLEGE WILL ALSO BE AFFECTED.

- - o -

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 17, 1984

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

AUTOMATION IMPORTANT FOR INDUSTRY........................ 1

I.D. CARD REMINDER FOR WOMEN BORN IN 1953 AND 1954 ..........

AMBULANCE FLEET TO BE AIR-CONDITIONED.......................... 2

SALVATION ARMY PRAISED FOR GOOD WORK........................... 3

RECREATION AND SPORT OFFICER RETIRING ........................ 4

MORE SPORTS FACILITIES FOR SHA TIN ............................ 4

SOCCER FIELD FOR TAI PO ....................................... 5

LION ROCK RACE TOMORROW........................................ 5

MORE EVENTS FOR WONG TAI SIN FESTIVAL ......................... 6

TUEN MUN SPORTS DAY FOR THE ELDERLY............................ 7

URBAN CLEARWAYS IN ABERDEEN ................................... 7

MARKET STALLS IN TSUEN WAN ON OFFER............................ 8

TAPS OFF IN TAI TAM............................................ 8

SALT WATER CUT IN EAST KOWLOON ................................ 9

FIRING PRACTICE ............................................... 9

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 17, 1984

- 1 -

AUTOMATION IMPORTANT FOR INDUSTRY *****

MANUFACTURERS IN HONG KONG MUST ADOPT A POSITIVE ATTITUDE TOWARDS INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION TO MAINTAIN THEIR COMPETITIVE EDGE, THE DIRECTOR OF INDUSTRY, MR JOHN YAXLEY, SAID TODAY (SATURDAY).

MR YAXLEY WAS SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF A SYMPOSIUM ON INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION ORGANISED BY THE SOCIETY OF MANUFACTURING ENGINEERS AND THE INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERS.

+IN THE WAKE OF INCREASING COMPETITION IN WORLD MARKET OVER BOTH PRICE AND PERFORMANCE, MANUFACTURERS EVERYWHERE ARE FORCED TO REDUCE COST AND IMPROVE QUALITY AND SERVICES.

♦THEY CAN NO LONGER AFFORD TO TURN A BLIND EYE TO AUTOMATION TECHNOLOGIES, ESPECIALLY ELECTRONICS AND COMPUTER TECHNOLOGIES SUCH AS COMPUTER-AIDED DESIGN AND COMPUTER-AIDED MANUFACTURE.

+THIS IS ESPECIALLY TRUE IN HONG KONG WHERE OUR ECONOMY IS PRIMARILY EXPORT-ORIENTED,* HE SAID.

AT PRESENT, MANUFACTURING PROVIDES 40 PER CENT OF ALL EMPLOYMENT AND ACCOUNTS FOR 22 PER CENT OF HONG KONG’S GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT.

LAST YEAR, DOMESTIC EXPORTS OF MANUFACTURED GOODS TOTALLED HKS104 BILLION, OR 50 PER CENT OF GDP.

HOWEVER, MR YAXLEY SAID, THE ADVANTAGES OF AUTOMATION WERE YET TO MAKE A SIGNIFICANT IMPACT ON HONG KONG’S OVERALL INDUSTRY.

CITING ELECTRONICS AS AN EXAMPLE, HE SAID ONLY A FEW AUTOMATIC ELECTRONIC COMPONENT INSERTION MACHINES, COMPUTER-ASSISTED TESTING SYSTEMS FOR ELECTRONIC PRODUCTS AND COMPONENTS AND COMPUTER-AIDED DESIGN SYSTEMS FOR DESIGN OF PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS AND LARGE SCALc INTEGRATED CIRCUITS HAD BEEN INSTALLED.

HE ATTRIBUTED THIS SLOW AND LIMITED DEVELOPMENT TO THE HIGH COST OF AUTOMATION EQUIPMENT? THE LACK OF EXPERIENCED TECHNICAL SUPPORTING STAFF, AND INSUFFICIENT UNDERSTANDING AMONG MANUFACTURE ABOUT THE WORKINGS AND BENEFITS OF INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION.

TO OVERCOME THE SHORTAGE OF EXPERIENCED TECHNICAL STAFF, PR YAXLEY SAID THE TWO UNIVERSITIES, THE TWO POLYTECHNICS AND THE TECHNICAL INSTITUTES OF THE VOCATIONAL TRAINING COUNCIL WERE STRENGTHENING THEIR ENGINEERING COURSES TO MEET INDUSTRIAL NEEDS.

TRAINING IN SPECIFIC AREAS IS ALSO PROVIDED BY THE GOVERNMENT-SUBSIDISED HONG KONG PRODUCTIVITY CENTRE.

/+T0 ASSIST .......

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 17» 1984

2

+TO ASSIST THE SMALL AND MEDIUM SIZED MANUFACTURERS TOWARDS AUTOMATION, THE GOVERNMENT WILL CONTINUE TO PROVIDE F INANCI AL SUPPORT TO THE HONG KONG PRODUCTIVITY CENTRE IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF LOW-COST AUTOMATION SYSTEM,+ HE SAID.

THE RESEARCH PROJECT CURRENTLY UNDERTAKEN BY THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC ON COMPUTER-AIDED DESIGN AND ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS WAS ALSO INTENDED TO PROMOTE AUTOMATION IN THE LOCAL INDUSTRY, HE ADDzJ.

- - 0 - -

I.D. CARD REMINDER FOR WOMEN BORN IN 1953 AND 1954

*****

THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT TODAY (SATURDAY) REMINDED WOMEN BORN IN 1953 AND 1954 TO APPLY FOR NEW I.D. CARDS BEFORE THE 16TH PHASE OF THE NEW I.D. CARD ISSUE SCHEME CLOSES ON DECEMBER 1.

+WE HAVE RECEIVED ABOUT 43 6OO APPLICATIONS SINCE THE CURRENT PHASE STARTED ON NOVEMBER 5, LEAVING ABOUT 49 900 MORE TO COME IN THE NEXT TWO WEEKS,+ A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID.

APPLICANTS MAY VISIT ANY OF THE EIGHT ISSUE OFFICES WHICH ARE OPEN FROM 8 AM TO 9.30 PM, MONDAY TO SATURDAY. BUT TO AVOID THE EVENING RUSH, THEY ARE ADVISED TO GO THERE BEFORE 5 PM.

+APPLICANTS MUST BRING ALONG THEIR OLD I.D. CARDS AND HAVE THEIR PERSONAL PARTICULARS READY, INCLUDING THEIR FULL OFFICE AND HOME ADDRESSES.

+THOSE WHO WISH TO ALTER THEIR LAST NAMES TO REFLECT A CHANGE IN MARITAL STATUS MUST PRODUCE THEIR MARRIAGE OR DIVORCE CERTIFICATES,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

-----o-----

AMBULANCE FLEET TO BE AIR-CONDITIONED

***'**

THE GOVERNMENT’S FLEET OF AMBULANCES ARE TO BE AIR-CONDITIONED TO PROVIDE GREATER COMFORT TO PATIENTS DURING THE SUMMER MONTHS.

INITIALLY, 74 OUT OF THE MORE THAN 100 AMBULANCES IN THE FLEET WILL BE THUS EQUIPPED.

THE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT IS INVITING CONTRACTORS TO APPLY FOR INCLUSION IN A LIST OF QUALIFIED TENDERERS.

/APPLICANTS SHOULD .......

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 17, 1984

APPLICANTS SHOULD BE EXPERIENCED IN VEHICLE AIR-CONDITIONING wORK AND IN THE MODIFICATION OF VEHICLE BODYWORK.

THEY SHOULD HAVE ADEQUATE SPACE AND FACILITIES TO HANDLE A MINIMUM OF EIGHT AMBULANCES A MONTH.

APPLICATIONS SHOULD REACH THE CONTRACT ADVISER OF THE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT AT 98 CAROLINE HILL ROAD, HONG KONG, NOT LATER THAN DECEMBER 21, 1984.

------o-------

SALVATION ARMY PRAISED FOR GOOD WORK

*****

THE DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR STEPHEN LAW, TODAY (SATURDAY) PAID TRIBUTE TO THE SALVATION ARMY FOR ITS MANY YEARS OF GOOD WORK TOWARDS THE WELFARE OF THE COMMUNITY.

SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF ITS PUBLICITY CAMPAIGN AND EXHIBITION AT THE LANDMARK IN CENTRAL, MR LAW RECALLED THAT THE SALVATION ARMY HAD, AS EARLY AS 1930, ESTABLISHED A HOME FOR DESTITUTE WOMEN.

IT HAD GRADUALLY DEVELOPED ITS COMMUNITY WORK TO COVER A VARIETY OF FACILITIES AND SERVICES FOR PEOPLE OF VARIOUS AGE GROUPS.

+ITS UNFAILING EFFORTS AND REMARKABLE ACHIEVEMENTS CAN BE SEEN IN THIS EXHIBITION, WHICH AIMS TO TELL THE RANGE OF SERVICES IT IS PROVIDING AND TO CALL FOR THE SUPPORT OF THE COMMUNITY,* HE SAID.

AGENCIES PROVIDING SOCIAL WELFARE SERVICES, HE SAID, NEEDED THE CONCERN AND SUPPORT OF ALL SECTIONS OF THE COMMUNITY AND THE ACTIVE PARTICIPATION OF THEIR USERS IF THEY WERE TO BE EFFECTIVE.

+AN EXHIBITION CAN SERVE AS A STARTING POINT FOR THE STIMULATION OF THOUGHT AND ACTIONS, AND I AM SURE THAT THIS ONE IS GOING TO ACHIEVE THESE OBJECTIVES,* HE SAID.

SERVICES RUN BY THE SALVATION ARMY INCLUDE DAY NURSERIES, DAY CRECHES, CHILDREN CENTRES, A SPECIAL SCHOOL AND A VOCATIONAL TRAINING CENTRE FOR MENTALLY HANDICAPPED CHILDREN AND ADULTS, RESIDENTIAL SERVICES FOR THE ELDERLY, CLINICS AND YOUTH CENTRES.

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 17, 1984

- 4 -

RECREATION AND SPORT OFFICER RETIRING * * * *

STAFF MEMBERS OF THE RECREATION AND SPORTS SERVICE (RSS) OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT HOSTED A DINNER PARTY RECENTLY TO BID FAREWELL TO THEIR COLLEAGUE, MR LcE SIK-YUE, WHO WILL SHORTLY RETIRE AFTER MORE THAN 30 YEARS OF CIVIL

SERVICE.

THE DEPUTY COMMISSIONER FOR RECREATION AND CULTURE, NR DICKEN YUNG, PRESENTED A VALEDICTORY LETTER AND A RETIREMENT GIFT TO MR LEE, A RECREATION AND SPORT OFFICER, AT THE PARTY.

IN THE LETTER, THE COMMISSIONER FOR RECREATION AND CULTURE, NR PATRICK WILLIAMSON, DESCRIBED MR LEE AS +AN OUTSTANDING EXAMPLE TO MEMBERS OF HIS PROFESSION AND HIS COLLEAGUES.+

MR LEE JOINED THE CIVIL SERVICE IN 1953 AS A PRIMARY SCHOOL TEACHER AND WAS TRANSFERRED TO THE RECREATION AND SPORTS SERVICE OF THE PHYSICAL EDUCATION SECTION IN 1976. HE JOINED THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT IN 1981 WHEN IT WAS ESTABLISHED.

-----o------

MORE SPORTS FACILITIES FOR SHA TIN * * * *

TWO NEWLY COMPLETED MINI-SOCCER PITCHES AND ONE BASKETBALL COURT IN SHA TIN ARE NOW OPEN TO THE PUBLIC.

THESE HARD-SURFACED FIELDS ARE LOCATED AT FO TAN. THE BASKETBALL COURT CAN ALSO BE USED FOR VOLLEYBALL.

CONCRETE SEATS WITH FIBREGLASS SHADES ARE PROVIDED FOR SPECTATORS.

THE FIELDS ARE SURROUNDED BY LANDSCAPED AREAS WITH MORE THAN 10 000 TREES AND SHRUBS.

CONSTRUCTED BY THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT, THE FACILITIES ARE MANAGED BY THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT.

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 17, 1964

- 5 -

SOCCER FIELD FOR TAI PO

*****

A SOCCER PITCH WILL BE BUILT AT TAI PO ROAD NEAR WONG SHIU CHI MIDDLE SCHOOL IN TA I PO.

THE PITCH, MEASURING 52 METRES BY 91 METRES, WILL HAVE ARTIFICIAL TURF AND FLOOD LIGHTING.

OTHER FACILITIES TO BE PROVIDED INCLUDE CHANGING ROOMS, TOILETS, STOREROOMS AND A LANDSCAPED AREA.

THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE SOCCER FIELD.

WORK IS EXPECTED TO START IN JANUARY 1985 AND BE COMPLETED BY SEPTEMBER 1985.

-----o------

LION ROCK RACE TOMORROW * * * *

A NUMBER OF TOP-CLASS RUNNERS ARE AMONG THE 120 PARTICIPANTS COMPETING IN THIS YEAR’S LION ROCK RACE TO BE HELD TOMORROW (SUNDAY).

THE ANNUAL RACE, A 2.8-KILOMETRE UPHILL RUN, WILL START AT 9 AM FROM THE TZE WAN SHAN ROAD PLAYGROUND TO KOON YUM CHUEN.

THE LION ROCK RACE IS ORGANISED BY THE KOWLOON CITY DISTRICT OFFICE, THE KOWLOON CITY DISTRICT RECREATION AND SPORTS COUNCIL AND THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT, WITH THE DISTRICT BOARD AS THE SPONSOR.

OFFICIATING AT THE START OF THE RACE WILL BE THE ASSISTANT DISTRICT OFFICER, MR ROGER GARCIA, AND THE CHAIRMAN OF THE RECREATION AND SPORTS COUNCIL, MR~ TANG TAI-CHUEN.

-----0------

/6........

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 17, 1984

- 6 -

MORE EVENTS FOR WONG TAI SIN FESTIVAL * * * *

THERE WILL BE A FULL-DAY PROGRAMME OF ACTIVITIES TOMORROW (SUNDAY) FOR RESIDENTS TAKING PART IN THE WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT FESTIVAL.

THE PROGRAMME, WHICH FEATURES A VARIETY OF COMPETITIVE EVENTS AND ENTERTAINMENT, IS PART OF THE TWO-WEEK FESTIVAL CURRENTLY IN FULL SWING.

AT 9 AM 600 RUNNERS WILL TAKE PART IN A CROSS-COUNTRY RACE COVERING A SEVEN-KILOMETRE ROUTE ROUND FEI NGO SHAN.

AT 10 AM A SERIES OF VOLLEYBALL TOURNAMENTS AMONG LOCAL TEAMS WILL BEGIN AT THE KAI TAK EAST INDOOR GAMES HALL.

ALSO AT 10 AM A CHILDREN’S ART GALLERY WILL BE HELD AT THE MORSE PARK OPEN-AIR THEATRE WHERE MORE THAN 1 000 SCHOOL CHILDREN WILL PARTICIPATE IN A DRAWING COMPETITION.

AT 3 PM A PUPPET SHOW WILL BE STAGED AT THE TSZ WAN SHAN CENTRAL PLAYGROUND.

AT 8 PM A VARIETY SHOW FEATURING POPULAR CANTONESE AND WESTERN MUSIC PERFORMANCES, ACROBATICS AND DANCES WILL ALSO BE HELD AT THE TSZ WAN SHAN CENTRAL PLAYGROUND.

ADMISSION TO ALL THESE EVENTS IS FREE.

MORE RECREATIONAL AND SPORT ACTIVITIES HAVE BEEN ORGANISED FOR THE DISTRICT FESTIVAL NEXT WEEK.

SOME OF THE HIGHLIGHTS INCLUDE A PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION, A CANTONESE OPERA SINGING CONTEST, BADMINTON TOURNAMENTS, SOCCER MATCHES AND DEMONSTRATIONS AND AN OPEN-AIR CONCERT.

ADMISSION TICKETS AND OTHER INFORMATION ARE AVAILABLE AT THE WONG TAI SIN OFFICE OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT, THE WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT OFFICE AND ITS SUB-OFFICES.

-----o-----

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 17, 1934

7

TUEN MUN SPORTS DAY FOR THE ELDERLY * * * * *

MORE THAN 500 ELDERLY RESIDENTS IN TUEN MUN WILL TAKE PART IN A MAJOR SPORTS EVENT AT YAN 01 TONG COMMUNITY AND INDOOR SPORTS CENTRE TOMORROW (SUNDAY).

THE SPORTS DAY FOR THE ELDERLY IS ORGANISED BY +TUEN MUN DISTRICT RESPECT FOR THE AGED ASSOCIATION* AND YAN 01 TONG CENTRE AND SPONSORED BY THE TUEN MUN DISTRICT BOARD.

THE PARTICIPANTS, ALL OVER THE AGE OF 60, ARE FROM FIVE LOCAL ELDERLY HOMES AND CENTRES AND WILL BE COMPETING FOR TOP HONOURS IN 10 TELEMATCH GAMES.

TUEN MUN DISTRICT OFFICER, MR RICKY FUNG, THE CHAIRMAN OF THE HEUNG YEE KUK, MR LAU WONG-FAT, AND THE CHAIRMAN OF THE ASSOCIATION, MR LAU CHI-YUEN, WILL PRESENT PRIZES TO THE WINNERS.

TRANSPORTATION WILL BE PROVIDED TO TAKE THE ELDERLY TO THE SPORTS CENTRE AND BACK TO THEIR HOMES.

- 0 - -

URBAN CLEARWAYS IN ABERDEEN *****

FROM 10 AM ON MONDAY (NOVEMBER 19), A NUMBER OF ROAD SECTIONS IN ABERDEEN WILL BE MADE 24-HOUR URBAN CLEARWAYS FOR ABOUT SEVEN MONTHS TO FACILITATE ROAD CONSTRUCTION WORK.

THE ROAD SECTIONS ARE:

* ABERDEEN MAIN ROAD FROM ITS JUNCTION WITH ABERDEEN PRAYA ROAD TO A POINT ABOUT 150 METRES EAST OF THE JUNCTION?

* ABERDEEN PRAYA ROAD FROM ITS JUNCTION WITH ABERDEEN MAIN ROAD TO A POINT ABOUT 100 METRES WEST OF THE JUNCTION?

* THE UNNAMED ACCESS ROAD BESIDE ABERDEEN WHOLESALE FISH MARKET, FROM ITS JUNCTION WITH ABERDEEN PRAYA ROAD TO A POINT ABOUT 40 METRES SOUTH OF THE JUNCTION.

WITHIN THE RESTRICTED ZONES, NO MOTOR VEHICLES OTHER THAN FRANCHISED BUSES WILL BE ALLOWED TO STOP FOR PASSENGERS OR GOODS.

0 - -

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 17, 1934

8

MARKET STALLS IN TSUEN WAN ON OFFER

* X * * X

A TOTAL OF 92 MARKET STALLS IN TSUEN WAN WILL BE PUT UP FOR LEASE AT A PUBLIC AUCTION ON TUESDAY (NOVEMBER 20).

-rueee ctaiic 7Q arf LOCATED AT TSUEN WAN MARKET, WITH

%cJted”t “h!m tsehg^temporary market, ARE FROM $1 900 TO $5 750.

THE AUCTION WILL BE HELD AT THE CHILDREN’S PLAYGROUND ON THE SECOND FLOOR OF TSUEN WAN MARKET, STARTING AT ,.3

THE CONTRACT IS FOR THREE YEARS FROM DECEMBER 1, WITH THE RENT PAYABLE QUARTERLY.

FURTHER DETAILS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE HAWKERS AND MARKETS SECTION S TsJIn WAN URBAN SERVICES OFFICE ON 0-444281, EXT. 361.

-----o------

TAPS OFF IN TAI TAM

* * * X

FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO SOME PREMISES IN TAI TAM WILL BE TURNED OFF FROM 11 PM ON TUESDAY (NOVEMBER 20) TO 6 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY FOR LEAKAGE TESTS.

THE SUSPENSION WILL AFFECT THE PREMISES ON PAK PAT SHAN ROAD PLUS 9-45 AND 8-82 TAI TAM ROAD.

- - 0-------

/9........

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 17, 1984

SALT WATER CUT IN EAST KOWLOON * * * * *

SALT WATER SUPPLY TO CERTAIN PREMISES IN EAST KOWLOON WILL EE TURNED OFF FROM 10 AM ON TUESDAY (NOVEMBER 20) TO 5 AM ON THURSDAY (NOVEMBER 22) FOR MAINS WORK.

THE AREAS AFFECTED ARE KWUN TONG, NGAU TAU KOK, SAN PO KONG, NGAU CHI WAN, AND SAU MAU PING. THEY INCLUDE NGAU TAU KOK ESTATE, JORDAN VALLEY ESTATE, SHUN LEE ESTATE, SHUN TIN ESTATE, SHUN ON ESTATE, SHUN CHI COURT, KAI YIP ESTATE, LAM TIN ESTATE, KWUN TONG (LEI YUE MUN ROAD) ESTATE, PING SHEK ESTATE, CHOI HUNG ESTATE, CHOI WAN ESTATE, FU SHAN ESTATE, SAU MAU PING ESTATE, WO LOK ESTATE AND KWUN TONG (TSUI PING ROAD) ESTATE.

- - 0 -

FIRING PRACTICE * * *

FIRING PRACTICE WILL TAKE PLACE AT THE HA TSUEN-CASTLE PEAK RANGE FROM MONDAY TO SATURDAY (NOVEMBER 19 TO 24) BETWEEN 8 AM AND 5 PM.

THE PUBLIC ARE WARNED NOT TO ENTER THE AREA WHEN RED FLAGS ARE HOISTED.

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL. 5-233191

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 18, 1984

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

SOCIAL SYSTEM, LIFESTYLE TO REMAIN UNCHANGED ................. 1

LAST OPPORTUNITY FOR VOTERS TO SIGN UP ....................... 1

MORE FACILITIES FOR KWUN TONG SQUATTER AREAS ................. 2

FLYING DOCTOR TREATING MORE PATIENTS ......................... 3

CONSTRUCTION SECTOR ANALYSED ................................. 4

1985 ROYAL OBSERVATORY AIMANAC OUT ........................... 5

BANKING INDUSTRY MANPOWER SURVEY BEGINS TOMORROW ............. 5

AQUATIC SPORTS GET GOVERNMENT SUPPORT ........................ 6

'SAN FRANCISCO AND HONG KONG HAVE MUCH IN COMMON' ............ 7

JPC PRAISED FOR CHARITY WALK ................................. 7

PROJECT COMPETITION FOR STUDENTS ............................. 9

SPORTS FESTIVAL PROVES POPULAR ............................... 10

MORE DEVELOPMENT WORK FOR JUNK BAY ........................... 10

MAJOR HOUSING EXHIBIT OPENS SATURDAY ......................... 11

REFUSE COLLECTION - ESSENTIAL TO EVERYDAY LIFE ............... 12

TSUEN WAN MARATHON SET FOR NEXT SUNDaY ....................... 13

WORK STARTS ON TIN SHU I WAI DEVELOPMENT ..................... 14

DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS IN TSUEN WAN ............................ 15

SWIMMING POOL TO RE-OPEN ..................................... 15

RESTRICTED ZONES BEING INTRODUCED ............................ 16

TAPS OFF IN CHAI WAN, SHAM SHUI PO ........................... 16

MARKET STALLS FOR LEASE ...................................... 17

PARKING METERS FOR SHAM SHUI PO .............................. 17

ROAD CLOSURE ................................................. 17

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 18, 1984

1

SOCIAL SYSTEM, LIFESTYLE TO REMAIN UNCHANGED * * * *

HONG KONG’S SOCIAL SYSTEM AND LIFESTYLE WOULD REMAIN UNCHANGED FOR MANY YEARS TO COME, AND THE RIGHTS AND FREEDOMS NOW ENJOYED BY HONG KONG PEOPLE WOULD BE PRESERVED AND PROTECTED ACCORDING TO LAW, THE CHIEF SECRETARY, SIR (SUNDAY).

PHILIP HADDON-CAVE, SAID TODAY

SPEAKING AT THE ST JOHN AMBULANCE BRIGADE ANNUAL PARADE, SIR PHILIP SAID, THERE COULD BE BO DOUBT THAT THE BRIGADE DOES HAVE A LONG-TERM FUTURE, FOR THE DRAFT SINO-BRITlSH AGREEMENT PROVIDES CLEARLY AND IN CONSIDERABLE DETAIL FOR A VERY HIGH DEGREE OF CONTINUITY BEYOND 1997.’

'THERE WILL CLEARLY BE A CONTINUING ROLE AFTER 1997 FOR ALL THOSE VOLUNTARY AGENCIES THAT HAVE SERVED THE COMMUNITY SO WELL,’ HE ADDED.

THE ST JOHN AMBULANCE BRIGADE COMPRISING UNPAID VOLUNTEERS, HAD BEEN IN HONG KONG FOR 69 YEARS AND HAD PROVIDED A MUCH NEEDED FIRST-AID MEDICAL SERVICE.

DURING THIS YEAR, THE BRIGADE WOULD HAVE SPENT OVER 133 003 HOURS ATTENDING PUBLIC FUNCTIONS, EXCLUDING THE HOURS SPENT ON OBLIGATORY PARADES AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION.

’HONG KONG IS FORTUNATE TO HAVE SO MANY DEDICATED MEN, WOMEN AND YOUNG PEOPLE WHO ARE PREPARED TO DEVOTE MUCH OF THEIR FREE TIME TO COMMUNITY SERVICE,’ SIR PHILIP SAID.

HE SAID THAT AS HONG KONG CONTINUED TO GROW AND DEVELOP THE DEMANDS UPON THE BRIGADE WERE BOUND TO INCREASE.

’THE EXPANSION OF THE BRIGADE’S ACTIVITIES INTO THE NEW TERRITORIES IS THEREFORE, MOST WELCOME,’ HE SAID.

SIR PHILIP EXPRESSED CONFIDENCE THAT THE BRIGADE WOULD BE WELL PLACED TO MEET THE CHALLENGES AHEAD.

-----0------

LAST OPPORTUNITY FOR VOTERS TO SIGN UP * * * *

TOMORROW (MONDAY) AND TUESDAY WILL BE THE LAST TWO DAYS FOR VOTERS REGISTRATION FOR NEXT YEAR’S DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS.

♦LATE APPLICATIONS MUST BE MADE IN PERSON AT THE REGISTRATION AND ELECTORAL DIVISION ON THE 10TH FLOOR OF HARBOUR CENTRE, 25 HARBOUR ROAD, WAN CHAI,+ A SPOKESMAN FOR THE REGISTRATION AND ELECTORAL DIVISION SAID TODAY (SUNDAY).

/+Aj;yoNi who.........

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 18, 1984

2

♦ANYONE WHO IS 21 YEARS OF AGE OR OVER AND HAS LIVED IN HONG KONG FOR SEVEN YEARS OR MORE IS ELIGIBLE TO REGISTER AS AN ELECTOR,+ HE ADDED.

MEANWHILE, A PROVISIONAL REGISTER OF ELECTORS IS AVAILABLE FOR PUBLIC INSPECTION UNTIL NOVEMBER 20 (TUESDAY) AT ALL DISTRICT OFFICES AND THE REGISTRATION AND ELECTORAL DIVISION.

OBJECTIONS TO ANY ENTRY IN THE PROVISIONAL REGISTER SHOULD BE LODGED BEFORE NOVEMBER 26.

THE SPOKESMAN STRESSED THE IMPORTANCE OF ACCURATE REGISTERED PARTICULARS, SUCH AS NAMES, IDENTITY CARD NUMBERS AND RESIDENTIAL ADDRESSES.

♦CHANGES OF REGISTERED PARTICULARS SHOULD BE REPORTED TO AVOID INCONVENIENCE ON ELECTION DAY.

♦FOR INSTANCE, SINCE AN ELECTOR MAY ONLY VOTE IN THE CONSTITUENCY IN WHICH HE IS REGISTERED, IF THE CHANGE OF ADDRESS IS NOT REPORTED BY DECEMBER 10, HE WILL NOT BE ABLE TO VOTE IN THE CONSTITUENCY WHERE HE LIVES,+ HE SAID.

THESE CHANGES MAY BE REPORTED IN WRITING, GIVING THE NAME, IDENTITY CARD NUMBER AND NEW RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS OR BY COMPLETING A SPECIAL POSTAGE-FREE FORM WHICH IS AVAILABLE AT ANY DISTRICT OFFICE.

------o-------

MORE FACILITIES FOR KWUN TONG SQUATTER AREAS

*****

THE KWUN TONG DISTRICT BOARD WILL SPEND ABOUT $74 000 ON A SERIES OF PROJECTS TO PROVIDE BETTER SERVICES AND FACILITIES IN SQUATTER AREAS AND TO IMPROVE THE ENVIRONMENT OF A STREET IN THE TOWN CENTRE.

THE PROJECTS INCLUDE THE INSTALLATION OF STREET LIGHTS AND GROUP LETTER BOXES IN SEVERAL SQUATTER AREAS, AND PLANTING TREES ALONG SHU I NING STREET.

THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD’S ENVIRONMENTAL IMPROVEMENT COMMITTEE, MR CHEUNG SHEK-FU, SAID THE LACK OF PROPER STREET LIGHTS AT CHUK LAM AND MA YAU TONG VILLAGES IN SAU MAU PING AND MA PUI VILLAGE IN LEI YUE MUN HAD CAUSED GREAT INCONVENIENCE TO THE RESIDENTS.

♦THERE HAVE ALSO BEEN INCIDENTS WHERE RESIDENTS WERE ROBBED IN DARK STREET CORNERS,* HE ADDED.

/♦SO THE .......

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 18, 19&4

3

♦SO THE BOARD DECIDED TO PROVIDE FUNDS TO INSTALL STREET LIGHTS IN ALL THE MAIN ACCESSES TO THESE VILLAGES, WHILE THE LOCAL MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES WILL COLLECT VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS FROM RESIDENTS TO COVER ELECTRICITY AND MAINTENANCE COSTS,* HE SAID.

AS FOR THE INSTALLATION OF GROUP LETTER BOXES AT THE ENTRANCES TO LAM TIN THIRD AND YAU TONG SHAN VILLAGES, THE BOARD WILL MEET ONE-THIRD OF THE EXPENSES INVOLVED, AND THE REST WILL BE BORNE BY THE RESIDENTS.

*THE IDEA OF PLANTING TREES ALONG SHUI NING STREET WAS FIRST PUT FORWARD BY THE TOWN CENTRE AREA COMMITTEE,* MR CHEUNG SAID.

+THE AREA IS A VERY BUSY PLACE BECAUSE OF ITS PROXIMITY TO

mpLQUAncTcADToEoLWILL BEAUT,FY THE ENVIRONMENT AS WELL AS PROVIDE SHADE FOR PASSERS-BY,* HE ADDED.

MR CHEUNG SAID IT WAS ENCOURAGING THAT RESIDENTS WERE BECOMING MORE CONCERNED WITH THE QUALITY OF LIFE DISTRICT AND HAD JOINED HANDS WITH THE DISTRICT BOARD THE ENVIRONMENT.

IN KWUN TONG IN THEIR TO IMPROVE

--------o - -

FLYING DOCTOR TREATING MORE PATIENTS * * * *

A TOTAL OF 1 143 PATIENTS WERE TREATED BY FLYING DOCTORS OF THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT FROM JANUARY TO SEPTEMBER THIS YEAR.

THIS WAS AN INCREASE OF 37 PER CENT OVER THE 836 PATIENTS TREATED IN 1983.

THE FLYING DOCTOR SERVICE WAS INTRODUCED BY THE DEPARTMENT IN 1961 TO PROVIDE FREE MEDICAL SERVICES FOR PEOPLE LIVING IN THE REMOTE PARTS OF THE NEW TERRITORIES.

AT THE BEGINNING, FLYING DOCTORS WENT TO VILLAGES IN THE

EASTERN PART OF THE NEW TERRITORIES ON A SATURDAY MORNING AND TO THE NORTH-EASTERN AND WESTERN PARTS THE FOLLOWING SATURDAY, TO ENSURE THAT MEDICAL SERVICE WAS AVAILABLE TO ALL WHO NEEDED

TODAY, ON ALTERNATE SATURDAY MORNINGS, A ROYAL HONG KONG AUXILIARY AIR FORCE ’DAUPHIN’ HELICOPTER STANDS BY AT KAI TAK AIRPORT READY TO AIRLIFT A DOCTOR AND A NURSE TO VARIOUS DESTINATIONS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.

IN ADDITION, THE MEDICAL TEAM PAYS SCHEDULED VISITS TO VARIOUS NT LOCATIONS.

/TiiJRS IS..........

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 18, 1984

THERE IS NO FIXED CONSULTATION ROOM FOR A FLYING DOCTOR. HE MAY RE SEEING PATIENTS IN A TEMPLE AT ONE STOP AND TREATING ANOTHER GROUP IN A CLASSROOM AT THE NEXT.

WHEN VILLAGERS HEAR THE APPROACHING HELICOPTER, THEY RUSH OUT TO THE 'CONSULTATION ROOM’.

THE TEAM PLUNGES INTO WORK IMMEDIATELY, WITH THE DOCTORBUSILY TREATING HIS PATIENTS AND THE NURSE HANDLING REGISTRATIONS, TAKING REGULAR TESTS AND EXPLAINING DOSAGES TO BE TAKEN.

THEY HANDLE SUCH AILMENTS AS HEADACHE, COUGH, RESPIRATORY INFECTION, SKIN AND EYE DISEASES AND GASTRO-1NTESTI NE DISTURBANCES. VACCINATIONS ARE ALSO ADMINISTERED. FOR EMERGENCY CASES, PATIENTS ARE FLOWN TO HOSPITALS.

TO THE VILLAGERS, THE PRESENCE OF THE MEDICAL TEAM MEANS MORE THAN A SERVICE. MANY OF THEM HAVE BECOME GOOD FRIENDS WITH THE DOCTOR AND THE NURSE. THEY EXCHANGE NEWS ON THE LATEST HAPPENINGS IN TOWN AND IN THE VILLAGE.

-------o----------

CONSTRUCTION SECTOR ANALYSED * * * *

THE SEPTEMBER ISSUE OF THE HONG KONG MONTHLY DIGEST OF STATISTICS CONTAINS A SPECIAL ARTICLE ENTITLED +A REVIEW ON THE PERFORMANCE AND INDUSTRIAL STRUCTURE OF THE CONSTRUCTION SECTOR+.

THE ARTICLE ANALYSES THE PERFORMANCE AND STRUCTURE OF THE SECTOR FROM 1982 TO THE FIRST QUARTER OF 1984.

STATISTICS SHOW THAT THE OUTPUT OF THE CONSTRUCTION SECTOR WAS ON A DECLINING TREND DURING THE PERIOD, LARGELY DUE TO THE DEPRESSED STATE OF THE REAL ESTATE MARKET.

BESIDES SHOWING THE OVERALL ACTIVITY LEVEL, THE ARTICLE ANALYSES THE DEVELOPMENT OF DIFFERENT CATEGORIES OF CONSTRUCTION WORK, INCLUDING VARIOUS TYPES OF ARCHITECTURAL AND CIVIL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION.

SEPARATE STATISTICS FOR PUBLIC SECTOR PROJECTS AND PRIVATE SECTOR PROJECTS ARE INCLUDED.

ALSO CONTAINED IN THE ARTICLE ARE ANALYSES OF THE COST COMPOSITION OF THE CONSTRUCTION SECTOR, CLASSIFIED BY DIFFERENT TRADE GROUPS, AS WELL AS A DESCRIPTION OF THE SUB-CONTRACTING SYSTEM.

THE HONG KONG MONTHLY DIGEST OF STATISTICS IS NOW ON SALE AT S25 A COPY AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATION SALES CENTRE, GENERAL POST OFFICE BUILDING, CONNAUGHT PLACE, OR THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT PUBLICATIONS SALES COUNTER, KAI TAK COMMERCIAL BUILDING, 317 DES VOEUX ROAD CENTRAL.

------c ------

/5......

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 18, 1934

5

1985 ROYAL OBSERVATORY ALMANAC OUT * * *

A HANDY BILINGUAL ALMANAC FOR 1985 HAS JUST BEEN PUBLISHED BY THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY.

THE BOOKLET, INCORPORATING THE TRADITIONAL CHINESE CALENDAR, CONTAINS TIMES OF DAILY SUNRISE, SUNSET, MOONRISE, MOONSET AS WELL AS HIGH AND LOW TIDES ARRANGED ON A MONTH-BY-MONTH BASIS.

THE TIMES OF MERIDIAN PASSAGE, RISING AND SETTING OF THE PLANETS ARE GRAPHICALLY ILLUSTRATED.

DURATION OF TWILIGHT, DETAILS OF EQUINOXES, AND SOLSTICES AND ECLIPSES IN 1985 ARE PROVIDED.

CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA ON HONG KONG — SUCH AS THE MEAN NUMBER OF DAYS WITH THUNDERSTORM, FOG AND OTHER WEATHER PHENOMENA -- FOR EACH MONTH OF THE YEAR ARE TABULATED TOGETHER WITH THE MEAN VALUES OF TEMPERATURE, RAINFALL, RELATIVE HUMIDITY, WIND AND OTHER PARAMETERS.

INFORMATION ON THE WEATHER CONDITIONS OF MORE THAN 20 WELL-KNOWN CITIES IN THE WORLD IS ALSO GIVEN.

AVAILABLE AT $12 PER COPY, FROM THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, G.P.O. BUILDING, GROUND FLOOR, HONG KONG AND THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY HEADQUARTERS, TSIM SHA TSUI, THE PUBLICATION IS A VERY USEFUL REFERENCE MATERIAL.

IT REPLACES ANOTHER ROYAL OBSERVATORY PUBLICATION THE +ASTRONOMICAL TABLES AND STAR CHARTS*.

BANKING INDUSTRY MANPOWER SURVEY BEGINS TOMORROW * * * *

FIELD WORK FOR A MANPOWER SURVEY ON THE BANKING INDUSTRY WILL BE CONDUCTED FROM TOMORROW (MONDAY) TO DECEMBER 3.

THE BIENNIAL SURVEY, ORGANISED BY THE BANKING TRAINING BOARD OF THE VOCATIONAL TRAINING COUNCIL, WILL UPDATE THE INDUSTRY S EMPLOYMENT STATISTICS AND IDENTIFY ITS FUTURE MANPOWER AND

TRAINING NEEDS.

+SUCH INFORMATION IS CRUCIAL FOR THE BOARD IN DRAWING UP TRAINING PLANS AND MAKING RECOMMENDATIONS TO THE GOVERNMENT AND EMPLOYERS IN THE INDUSTRY FOR CONSIDERATION,* MR D.F. WHARTON, CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD, SAID.

/HE URGiiD •••••••

SUNDAY, N0VSMBEi|l8, 1984

- 6 “ 1

HE URGED EMPLOYERS TO PROVIDE ACCURATE FIGURES ON STAFF EMPLOYED AND THOSE UNDER TRAINING, EXISTING VACANCIES AND OTHER RELATED MANPOWEER MATTERS.

THE SURVEY WILL COVER 137 LICENSED BANKS, 31 DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES AND 318 REGISTERED DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES.

THE DATA COLLECTED WILL BE HANDLED IN STRICT CONFIDENCE AND WILL BE PUBLISHED ONLY IN THE FORM OF STATISTICAL SUMMARIES WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ANY INDIVIDUAL ESTABLISHMENT.

THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT AND THE GOVERNMENT DATA PROCESSING AGENCY WILL BE HELPING WITH THE SURVEY.

-----o------

AQUATIC SPORTS GET GOVERNMENT SUPPORT * * * *

THE GOVERNMENT AND THE COUNCIL FOR RECREATION AND SPORT PLACED GREAT EMPHASIS ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF AQUATIC SPORTS IN HONG KONG, MR DAVID CHIU, ASSISTANT COMMISSIONER (RECREATION AND SPORT) OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT, SAID TODAY (SUNDAY).

SPEAKING AT THE PRIZE-GIVING CEREMONY OF THE ASIAN CANOE CONFEDERATION INAUGURAL CHAMPIONSHIPS AT THE JUBILEE SPORTS CENTRE, MR CHIU SAID HE UNDERSTOOD THAT PLANS WERE IN HAND TO IMPROVE FACILITIES FOR VARIOUS WATER SPORTS SUCH AS CANOEING, ROWING AND BOATING ALONG THE SHING MUN RIVER.

+THE RIVER WILL DEVELOP ITS FULL POTENTIAL AS THE BIRTHPLACE AND TRAINING GROUND OF MANY OUTSTANDING HONG KONG WATER SPORTSMEN,+ HE ADDED.

A TOTAL OF 25 CANOEING EVENTS WERE HELD ALONG THE RIVER YESTERDAY AND TODAY. MORE THAN 110 CANOEISTS FROM JAPAN, CHINA, MALAYSIA, SINGAPORE, KOREA, INDONESIA AND HONG KONG TOOK PART IN THE EVENTS. THE CHAMPIONS AND WINNERS GOT THEIR PRIZES FROM CHIU THIS AFTERNOON.

THE CHAMPIONSHIPS WERE SPONSORED BY THE COUNCIL FOR RECREATION AND SPORT AND THE SHA TIN DISTRICT BOARD.

-------0----------

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 18, 1984

’SAN FRANCISCO AND HONG KONG HAVE MUCH IN COMMON’

******

SAN FRANCISCO AND HONG KONG HAVE MUCH IN COMMON AND MANY MUTUAL INTERESTS, MR HILTON CHEONG-LEEN, CHAIRMAN OF THE URBAN COUNCIL. SAID TONIGHT. HE WAS SPEAKING AT AN OFFICIAL URBAN COUNCIL RECEPTION FOR THE MAYOR OF SAN FRANCISCO, MS DIANNE FEINSTEIN, AND HER SAN FRANCISCO FRIENDSHIP AND TRADE MISSION.

+ON EITHER SIDE OF THE PACIFIC, ONE COULD SAY, WE ARE BOTH HARD-WORKING, EVER-STRIVING AND DYNAMIC CITIES WHERE PROSPERITY AND PROGRESS ARE THE JUST REWARDS OF OUR RESPECTIVE ENDEAVOURS,* SAID MR CHEONG-LEEN.

HE POINTED OUT THAT THE SETTLEMENT AND RAPID DEVELOPMENT OF BOTH SAN FRANCISCO AND HONG KONG BEGAN FROM THE SAME YEAR, 1841, WITH IN EACH CASE A MAGNIFICENT HARBOUR PROVING THE MAGNET THAT ATTRACTED TRADERS AND ADVENTURERS FROM ALL OVER THE WORLD.

POINTING TO OTHER SIMILARITIES BETWEEN THE TWO PACIFIC RIM C|T|ES __ |N PARTICULAR THE ABILITY TO OVERCOME FIRES, EARTHQUAKES, TYPHOONS AND STORMS — MR CHEONG-LEEN URGED THE MISSION TO INCREASE THEIR CITY’S LONG-TERM TRADING OPPORTUNITIES WITH HONG KONG SINCE, AS HE SAID, THE RECENTLY PUBLISHED DRAFT AGREEMENT ON THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG HAD GIVEN THE TERRITORY *A NEW LEASE OF LIFE*, AND THE chance to become an even bigger and MORE FABULOUS +BOOM TOWN* THAN AT ANY STAGE IN ITS EXCITING HISTORY.

- 0 -

JPC PRAISED FOR CHARITY WALK * * *

ABOUT 2 500 JUNIOR POLICE CALL (JPC) MEMBERS TOOK PART IN A JPC CHARITY WALK HELD AT THE SHA TIN SPORTS GROUND THIS (SUNDAY) AFTERNOON.

THE WALK, JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE POLICE AND LIONS CLUB OF MOUNT CAMERON AND SUPPORTED BY THE HONG KONG COMMERCIAL BOARDCASTING COMPANY, WAS AIMED AT RAISING FUNDS FOR THE HONG KONG SPORTS ASSOCIATION FOR THE DEAF.

SPEAKING AT THE STARTING CEREMONY OF THE WALK, MR DAVID JEAFFRESON, SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, SAID: ’’JUNIOR POLICE CALL IS NOW 10 YEARS OLD AND, DURING THAT TIME, HAS BUILT FOR ITSELF A REPUTATION FOR BEING INVOLVED IN PRACTICAL COMMUNITY SERVICE.”

’’TODAY IS A GOOD EXAMPLE OF WHAT THE INTEREST AND ENTHUSIASM OF YOUNG PEOPLE CAN MEAN TO SOME OF THE LESS FORTUNATE MEMBERS OF OUR SOCIETY,” MR JEAFFRESON REMARKED.

/EACH YEAR

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 18,

- - 8 -

EACH YEAR, JPC MEMBERS TAKE PART IN THOUSANDS OF ACTIVITIES RANGING FROM CLASSES IN KARATE AND RIBBON DANCING TO HELPING WITH GOVERNMENT CAMPA IGNS. SUCH AS CRIME PREVENTION AND MOST IMPORTANT OF ALL, RAISING FUNDS FOR CHARITY.

”|T IS THl'S SORT OF DEDICATION AND SENSE OF PERSONAL INVOLVEMENT WHICH HAS EARNED JPC THE RESPECT AND SUPPORT OF THE COMMUNITY,” MR JEAFFRESON SAID.'1

”1 HAVE NO DOUBT IT WILL CONTINUE TO DO SO FOR MANY YEARS TO COME,?' HE ADDED.

NOTING THAT JPC COULD NOT HAVE HAD SUCCEEDED WITHOUT THE HELP OF A GREAT MANY PEOPLE, PARTICULARLY FROM THE PRIVATE SECTOR INCLUDING- CLUBS LIKE THE LIONS OF MOUNT CAMERON, WHO SPONSORED TODAY’S EVENT, MR JEAFFRESON POINTED OUT THAT A LARGE SHARE OF THE CREDIT MUST GO TO THE YOUNG PEOPLE OF HONG KONG WHO HAD SHOWN THE REST OF THE WORLD WHAT COULD BE ACHIEVED WHEN POLICE AND YOUTH GOT TOGETHER IN A PARTNERSHIP WITH A PURPOSE.

ALSO SPEAKING AT THE STARTING CEREMONY, MR LINCOLN LINN, DISTRICT GOVERNOR OF LIONS CLUBS INTERNATIONAL, DISTRICT 303, HONG KONG AND MACAU, DISCLOSED THAT FUNDS RAISED TODAY WOULD BE DONATED TO THE HONG KONG SPORTS ASSOCIATION FOR THE DEAF.

r 4 OH 30

MORE THAN $90 000 WAS RAISED DURING',THE WALK TODAY, y.. i WOT

MR ROY HENRY, COMMISSIONER OF POLICE PRESENTED A CHEQUE FOR $70 000 TO THE PRESIDENT OF THE ASSOCIATION, MR CHU TAK-YUET, TO MEET THE EXPENSES OF AN INTERNATIONAL FOOTBALL TOURNAMENT BEING ORGANISED BY THE ASSOCIATION IN HONG KONG TOWARDS THE END OF THE YEAR.

THE REMAINING FUNDS WILL BE USED FOR OTHER CHARITABLE PURPOSES.

OTHER OFFICIATING GUESTS AT THE STARTING CEREMONY OF THE WALK WERE MR DAVID CHIU, ASSISTANT COMMISSIONER FOR RECREATION AND ''1” , CULTURE, MR TONG CHING-CHUEN, ASSISTANT PROGRAMME DIRECTOR OF ' COMMERCIAL RADIO I, AND WELL KNOWN ENTERTAINMENT CELEBRITIES INCLUDING MR IVAN HO, MISS JENNY YAN,3MR ROMAN TAM AND MR TERENCE

I • Mi/ A .<*103

THE SIX-KILOMETRE CHARITY WALK STARTED FROM SHA TIN SPORTS GROUND AT YUEN WO ROAD TO THE 1 OOO-METRE CARPARK OUTSIDE JUBILEE SPORTS CENTRE AND THEN BACK TO THE START ING>0'1 NT.

AT THE 1 OOO-METRE CARPARK, WALKERS SAW PERFORMANCE BY THE CAPE COLLINSON MARCHING BAND AND AN EXCITING TELEMATCH ORGANISED BY COMMERCIAL RADIO I . - k 1N|

TODAY WAS ALSO THE FINAL"OF THE J?C FIGHT CRIME MINI-OLYMPICS WHICH WAS ALSO HELD AT THE SHA TIN SPORTS GROUND.

/SOME 300 .......

SUNDAY, NOVSNBSR 18, 1984

- 9 -

SOME 300 JPC MEMBERS FROM 17 DISTRICT CLUBS WHO QUALIFIED IN THE HEATS HELD EARLIER COMPETED IN 40 TRACK AND FIELD EVENTS.

TWENTY-FIVE OUTSTANDING WINNERS WILL BE AWARDED A FIVE-DAY TRIP TO SINGAPORE WHERE THEY WILL VISIT THE POLICE, YOUTH ORGANISATION AND PARTICIPATE IN SPORTS AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES.

THE MINl-OLYMPICS WAS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE POLICE AND RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT AND ALSO SPONSORED BY THE LIONS CLUB OF MOUNT CAMERON.

-----o------

PROJECT COMPETITION FOR STUDENTS * * *

SECONDARY SCHOOL STUDENTS TAKING COMMERCIAL SUBJECTS ARE INVITED TO JOIN A COMMERCIAL SUBJECT PROJECT COMPETITION JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE CHINESE GOLD AND SILVER EXCHANGE SOCIETY AND THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT.

THE THEME OF THE COMPETITION IS +BUSINESS ACTIVITIES IN HONG KONG+.

THE COMPETITION WILL BE DIVIDED INTO TWO GROUPS. ONE GROUP WILL BE FOR ENTRIES IN THE FORM OF SLIDES AND SOUND TAPES AND THE OTHER FOR ENTRIES IN THE FORM OF ESSAYS, MODELS, PHOTOGRAPHS, DRAWINGS OR A COMBINATION OF THESE OR ANY OTHER METHODS WHICH MAY BE APPROVED BY THE ORGANISERS.

PARTICIPANTS MAY CHOOSE FROM AMONG SUCH BUSINESS ACTIVITIES AS PRIMARY AND MANUFACTURING PRODUCTION AND COMMERCIAL SERVICES AS THEIR AREA OF STUDY.

THE PROJECT, WHICH MAY BE PRESENTED IN ENGLISH OR CHINESE, CAN BE SUBMITTED BY ONE STUDENT OR A GROUP OF STUDENTS FROM ONE OR MORE SCHOOLS.

THERE WILL BE THREE WINNERS FOR EACH GROUP AND THEIR PRIZES WILL BE $1 500, SI 000 AND $500 IN CASH. THERE WILL ALSO BE MERIT PRIZES OF $200 EACH. IN ADDITION, ALL WINNERS WILL RECEIVE A CERTIFICATE OF MERIT.

PARTICIPANTS SHOULD SEND THEIR COMPLETED ENTRY FORMS TO THE COMMERCIAL SUBJECTS SECTIONS, ADVISORY INSPECTORATE, EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, ROOM 523, LEE GARDENS, HONG KONG, BEFORE MARCH 15, 1985.

THE COMPLETED PROJECT SHOULD REACH THE SECTION BEFORE MAY 1, 1985.

ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE ON 5-8392434.

-----o-----

/10

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 18, 1984

10

SPORTS FESTIVAL PROVES POPULAR

F . i G: . K * * *

THE TWO-WEEK SHAM SHU I PO SPORTS FESTIVAL WITH ITS WIDE VARIETY OF EVENTS HAD ATTRACTED MORE THAN 80 000 PEOPLE, THE PRESIDENT OF THE FESTIVAL ORGANISING COMMITTEE, MR KWOK CHEONG, SAID TODAY (SUNDAY).

SPEAKING AT THE CLOSING CEREMONY OF THE FESTIVAL IN LAI CHI KOK INDOOR GAMES HALL THIS AFTERNOON, MR KWOK SAID, +THE FIGURE CLEARLY INDICATES THAT THE FESTIVAL HAS CREATED A STRONGER SENSE OF BELONGING AMONG LOCAL RESIDENTS AND INCREASED THEIR INTEREST IN SPORTS.+

MR KWOK THANKED THE DISTRICT BOARD, THE URBAN COUNCIL, THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT AND SHAM SHUI PO SPORTS ASSOCIATION AS WELL AS OTHER CIVIC ORGANISATIONS FOR THEIR EFFORTS IN ORGANISING THE FESTIVAL.

MR KWOK TOGETHER WITH THE DISTRICT OFFICER, MR SYLVESTER TSE, AND OTHER COMMUNITY LEADERS PRESENTED PRIZES AND SOUVENIRS TO THE WINNERS OF VARIOUS EVENTS.

THE CLOSING CEREMONY WAS FOLLOWED BY A MARCHING BAND PERFORMANCE, A MARTIAL ART DEMONSTRATION AND A FOLK DANCE.

□H

MORE DEVELOPMENT WORK FOR JUNK BAY

* * * * ( .RA

THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT’S JUNK BAY DEVELOPMENT OFFICE IS INVITING TENDERS FOR ANOTHER CONTRACT AS PART OF THE CONTINUING PROGRAMME FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF J(JNK BAY NEW TOWN.

THE CONTRACT COVERS LAND FORMATION AND ROAD CONSTRUCTION WORKS AT YAU YUE WAN IN NORTHERN JUNK BAY FOR THE VILLAGE RESITE OF YAU YUE WAN VILLAGE AND FUTURE GOVERNMENT-INSTI TUTIONAL FACILITIES NEXT TO THE VILLAGE. ' “ -

WORK WILL INVOLVE THE FORMATION OF ABOUT TWO HECTARES OF PLATFORMS WITH RETAINING WALLS, THE RECLAMATION OF ABOUT . SIX HECTARES OF LAND, AND THE CONSTRUCTION OF ABOUT 800 METRES OF ACCESS ROADS WITH TWO ASSOCIATED SUBWAYS FOR PEDESTRIANS AND CYCLISTS. ' ' ‘ ° £

WORK IS EXPECTED TO START NEXT MONTH AND TAKE ABOUT 24 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.

------0 - - - -

/11 .....

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 18, 1984

11

MAJOR HOUSING EXHIBIT OPENS SATURDAY

* * * X

A LARGE-SCALE EXHIBITION FOCUSING ON THE DEVELOPMENT AND ACHIEVEMENTS OF HONG KONG’S PUBLIC HOUSING PROGRAMME IS SCHEDULED TO BE OPENED BY THE GOVERNOR AT THE CITY HALL EXHIBITION HALL ON SATURDAY (NOVEMBER 24).

AFTER THE OPENING CEREMONY, THE EXHIBITION WILL OPEN TO THE PUBLIC FROM 2 PM TO 6 PM, AND WILL REMAIN OPEN BETWEEN 10 AM AND 6 PM DAILY FROM THE FOLLOWING DAY UNTIL DECEMBER 3.

IT WILL BE RE-STAGED IN NEW WORLD CENTRE, TSIM SHA TSUI, FROM DECEMBER 8 TO 17, OPENING FOR THE SAME HOURS.

ENTITLED +BETTER HOMES IN ESTATES* AND HIGHLIGHTING THE ♦HOUSING FESTIVAL ’34*, THE EXHIBITION DEPICTS THE MODERN LIFESTYLE TO BE FOUND IN PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES AND PLACES SPECIAL EMPHASIS ON ESTATE RESIDENTS’ EVER-1MPROVI NG QUALITY OF LIFE.

♦USING ULTRA MODERN SOUND AND VISUAL TECHNIQUES, IT WILL PRESENT A NEW LOOK TO VISITORS AND WILL PROVE TO BE A 'STATE OF ART’ IN TERMS OF EXHIBITIONS IN HONG KONG,* SAID A HOUSING AUTHORITY SPOKESMAN TODAY.

HE SAID THE EXHIBITION WOULD FEATURE A +TIME TUNNEL* WHICH, BY MEANS OF SPECIAL EFFECTS AND VIDEO PRESENTATIONS ON 12 PAIRS OF TELEVISION SCREENS, WOULD TAKE VISITORS THROUGH VARIOUS STAGES OF The BIRTH OF a PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATE FROM PLANNING, CLEARANCE, CONSTRUCTION TO MANAGEMENT AND MAINTENANCE.

EMERGING FROM THE +TUNNEL+, HE SAID, VISITORS WOULD FIND DISPLAYS ON NEW RENTAL FLATS, NEW HOME OWNERSHIP SCHEME FLATS, REDEVELOPMENT PROJECTS AND THE VARIOUS COMMUNITY SERVICES AND FACILITIES BEING PROVIDED AT PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES.

+THE HOUSING AUTHORITY’S EFFORTS IN IMPROVING THE QUALITY OF LIFE AND LIVING ENVIRONMENT WILL ALSO BE ILLUSTRATED BY MEANS OF TELEVISION AND VIDEO-TAPE SPECIAL EFFECTS.

+AT A SPECIAL STAND, VISITORS WILL HAVE THE OPPORTUNITY TO VIEW FUTURE NEW TOWNS OF JUNK BAY, MA ON SHAN AND TIN SHU I WAI, SEEN AS IF RIDING ON A HELICOPTER.*

THE SPOKESMAN WENT ON TO SAY THAT THE NEXT SECTION WOULD TAKE VISITORS TO THE MORE DISTANT FUTURE BY DISPLAYING THE IMAGINATIVE SCHEMES OF PUBLIC HOUSING FOR THE NEXT CENTURY AS ENVISAGED BY ARCHITECTS OF TOMORROW - ARCHITECTURAL STUDENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF HONG kong.

+THERE WILL THEN BE A MULT I-SCREENED AUDIO VISUAL SHOW ON THE WORK OF THE HOUSING AUTHORITY AND THE DEVELOPMENT OF PUBLIC HOUSING IN HONG KONG WITH EMPHASIS ON ’PEOPLE’.

/+ALSO ON .......

SUNDAY, HOVOiBER 18, 1984

12 -

+ALSO ON DISPLAY WILL BE THE WINNING ENTRIES TO A RECENT PHOTOGRAPHIC COMPETITION ENTITLED ’LIFESTYLE’. THE ENTRIES DEPICT THE PLEASANT LIFESTYLE ENJOYED BY PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATE RESIDENTS BOTH THE YOUNG AND OLD.+

ANOTHER SECTION OF THE EXHIBITION WOULD BE DEVOTED TO SEARCHING OF INFORMATION FOR VISITORS, FEATURING A PUSH-BUTTON, COMPUTERISED ANSWERING-MACHINE, AND A MAP OF HONG KONG TO SHOW THE*LOCATIONS OF ALL ESTATES.

BEFORE LEAVING THE EXHIBITION, VISITORS MAY APPROACH HOUSING DEPARTMENT STAFF MANNING AN INFORMATION COUNTER FOR INFORMATIONS RANGING FROM HOW TO APPLY FOR PUBLIC HOUSING AND APPLICATION PROCEDURES FOR HOS FLATS TO OBTAINING A MORTGAGE.

THE SPOKESMAN ALSO SAID THAT TO FURTHER STRENGTHEN THE MODERN HOME MESSAGE, A COMPLETE MOCK-UP OF THE LATEST TYPE OF HOUSING AUTHORITY FLAT WOULD BE ON DISPLAY AT EDINBURGH PLACE DURING THE FESTIVAL.

-----0-----

REFUSE COLLECTION - ESSENTIAL TO EVERYDAY L PFE ''IflOHTUA * * *. *

*■ A 3H

NEXT TIME YOU FIND YOURSELF BEHIND AN URBAN COUNCIL REFUSE COLLECTION VEHICLE, HOLD YOUR NOSE IT YOU MUST BUT DON’T CURSE. REFUSE COLLECTION VEHICLES ARE ONE OF THOSE THINGS THAT NOBODY LIKES BUT EVERYBODY NEEDS. FOR WITHOUT THEM, OUR +FRAGRANT A P. HARBOUR+ WOULD QUICKLY BE TRANSFORMED INTO A MALODOROUS DUMP SINCE EACH DAY ON HONG KONG ISLAND AND THE KOWLOON PENINSULA^ ALONE, A VERITABLE MOUNTAIN OF DOMESTIC REFUSE, TOTALLING NCKA LESS THAN 2'60d TONNES, IS GENERATED. ..

..jlJAB

vON AN AVERAGE DAY, THE CITY SERVICES DEPARTMENT'S (CSD) FLE£T-OF 303 REFUSE COLLECTION VEHICLES COLLECTS 9^0 TONNES OF REFUSE FROM HONG KONG ISLAND, 940 TONNES FROM KOWLOON EAST- A4D J ’■> 730 TONNES FROM KOWLOON WEST. IN ADDITION TO THS 3^7 Oft TVWS— MANNING THE VEHICLES, 790 CSD STAFF ARE DIRECTLY INVOLVED IN THE COLLECTION OF HOUSEHOLD REFUSE AND JUNK.

l/

CSD COLLECTION VEHICLES CALL AT LEAST ONCE DAILY AT ■ - i :

DESIGNATED POINTS TO CART AWAY THE REFUSE. THREE COLLECTION METHODS ARE EMPLOYED - KERBSIDE COLLECTION, COLLECTION BY I BIN-LIFTING VEHICLES AND COLLECTION AT REFUSE COLLECTION POINTS (RCPS). ’ V '

THE VAST MAJORITY OF REFUSE AND JUNK - 64.3 PER CENT IN OCTOBER -- IS COLLECTED FftOM-RCP’S. IN THE URBAN AREAS THERE ARE 135 MAJOR DESIGNATED RCP’S FROM WHICH CSD COLLECTION VEHICLES REMOVE REFUSE AT SCHEDULED TIMES.

/THIS NETWORK .......

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 18, 1984

THIS NETWORK OF RCP’S COMPRISES 52 PERMANENT OFF-STREET RCP’S, 52 TEMPORARY OFF-STREET RCP’S AND 31 MAJOR ON-STREET RCP’S. DOMESTIC REFUSE IS USUALLY DELIVERED TO SUCH POINTS IN BASKETS, OR INCREASINGLY IN PLASTIC BAGS, BY PRIVATE REFUSE COLLECTORS OR BY HOUSEHOLDERS THEMSELVES. WHEN THE COLLECTION VEHICLE ARRIVES, THE REFUSE IS IN MOST CASES PUT INTO THE LOADING HOPPER AND CARTED AWAY TO DISPOSAL SITES.

COLLECTION BY BIN-LIFTING VEHICLES ACCOUNTED FOR 35.1 PER CENT OF THE TOTAL AMOUNT OF REFUSE COLLECTED BY CSD IN OCTOBER. THIS METHOD IS USED ONLY IN HOUSING ESTATES AND HIGH-RISE RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL BUILDINGS, WHERE A HOLDING AREA FOR BULK STORAGE OF REFUSE IS PROVIDED. SOME OF THESE AREAS ARE SERVED BY REFUSE CHUTES, OTHERS RELY ON INDIVIDUAL HOUSEHOLDERS AND BUILDING MANAGEMENT DEPOSITING THEIR REFUSE INTO THE BINS BY HAND.

MOST STORE THE REFUSE, PENDING DAILY COLLECTION, IN CIRCULAR BULK CONTAINER OF 570 LITRE CAPACITY. THIS GREATLY FACILITATES COLLECTION BY BIN-LIFTING REFUSE COLLECTION VEHICLES. THIS TYPE OF BULK CONTAINER IS USED BY MANY HOUSING ESTATES AND LARGE PRIVATE DEVELOPMENTS WHERE SPECIFIC AREAS HAVE BEEN SET ASIDE TO ALLOW BIN-LIFTING VEHICLES TO OPERATE.

KERBSIDE COLLECTION IS USED IN SUBURBAN AREAS WHERE HOMES ARE SCATTERED AND POPULATION IS SPARSE. INDIVIDUAL HOUSEHOLDERS PLACE THEIR OWN DUSTBINS OUTSIDE THE BUILDINGS NEAR THE KERB SHORTLY BEFORE ThE ARRIVAL OF THE COLLECTION VEHICLES EACH DAY. THIS METHOD, HOWEVER, ACCOUNTED FOR ONLY 0.6 PER CENT OF THE REFUSE COLLECTED LAST MONTH.

MOST OF THE REFUSE AND JUNK IS TAKEN TO INCINERATORS AND COMPOSTING PLANT WITH THE EXCESS BEING USED FOR LANDFILL PURPOSE.

-----0------

TSUEN WAN MARATHON SET FOR NEXT SUNDAY * * X

LONG-DISTANCE RUNNERS ARE BEING INVITED TO TAKE PART IN THE TSUEN WAN OPEN MARATHON TO BE HELD NEXT SUNDAY (NOVEMBER 25).

THE RACE IS AMONG THE HIGHLIGHTS OF THE MONTH-LONG SIXTH TSUEN WAN SPORTS FESTIVAL CURRENTLY BEING HELD IN THE DISTRICT.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE FESTIVAL’S ORGANISING COMMITTEE SAID TODAY THE 13-KILOMETRE ROUTE FOR THIS YEAR’S RACE WOULD BE A NEW AND MORE CHALLENGING ONE.

/+PABTICIPAA'TS WILL.........

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 18, 1984

14

♦PARTICIPANTS WILL START FROM THE SHA TSUI ROAD PLAYGROUND AND RUN UP TO THE TAI HO ROAD FLYOVER. THEY WILL THEN RACE ALONG CHEUNG PEI SHAN ROAD AND SHING MUN ROAD TO THE WO Yl HOP ROAD PLAYGROUND,+ HE SAID.

ENTRY FORMS FOR THE RACE CAN BE OBTAINED FROM ALL PUBLIC ENQUIRY CENTRES OF THE TSUEN WAN DISTRICT OFFICE AND ITS SUB-OFFICES.

COMPLETED FORMS MUST REACH THE KWAI CHUNG RECREATION AND SPORTS SERVICE OFFICE OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT ON THE GROUND FLOOR OF KWAI SHING CENTRE, 412 CASTLE PEAK ROAD, KWAI CHUNG, BY FRIDAY (NOVEMBER 23).

0

WORK STARTS ON TIN SHU I WAI DEVELOPMENT

* * * * *

WORK ON THE FIRST PROJECT IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF TIN SHU I WAI HAS STARTED, FOLLOWING THE AWARD OF A $46.3_MILL ION CONTRACT BY THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.

THE PROJECT INVOLVES THE CONSTRUCTION OF A 1 15O-METRE-LONG BOX CULVERT TO DIVERT THE TAI RIVER TO THE WESTERN PART OF THE DEVELOPMENT AREA TO ENABLE SITE FORMATION TO BE CARRIED OUT.

IT ALSO INCLUDES THE FORMATION OF THREE HECTARES OF LAND FOR USE AS A WORK AREA FOR FUTURE CONTRACTS.

WORK ON THIS CONTRACT WILL TAKE 18 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.

UNDER THE DEVELOPMENT PLAN, TIN SHU I WAI WILL BECOME A NEW TOWN FOR ABOUT 135 OOO PEOPLE BY THE EARLY 1990’S.

-----0------

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 18, 1984

15

DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS IN TSUEN WAN

* * *

THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT HAS AWARDED A S7.3-MILLION CONTRACT FOR ROAD AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS IN CENTRAL TSUEN WAN.

UNDER THE CONTRACT, A SINGLE-CELL BOX CULVERT WILL BE BUILT ALONG TAI HO ROAD BETWEEN HOI PA STREET AND SHA TSUI ROAD, TOGETHER WITH ANCILLARY WORKS AND THE FORMATION OF A TWO-HECTARE SITE AT HOI PA VILLAGE.

THE SITE, WHICH WILL BE READY IN ABOUT 15 MONTHS, WILL BE USED FOR DEVELOPING COMMERCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL BLOCKS, REDEVELOPING PART OF HOI PA VILLAGE AND EXTENDING YAN CHAI HOSPITAL AND TSUEN WAN MARKET STREET. AN OPEN SPACE WILL ALSO BE PROVIDED ON THE SITE.

-------o----------

SWIMMING POOL TO RE-OPEN

*

THE MAIN POOL AT THE FANLING SWIMMING POOL COMPLEX IN THE NEW TERRITORIES WILL BE RE-OPENED ON FRIDAY (NOVEMBER 23) AFTER THE INSTALLATION OF AN AIR SUPPORT STRUCTURE.

THE MAIN POOL WILL BE HEATED THROUGHOUT WINTER, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT SAID.

THE AIR SUPPORT STRUCTURE SERVES TO SHELTER SWIMMERS FROM COLD WEATHER.

THE SHELTERED POOL ATTRACTED ABOUT 10 000 SWIMMERS LAST WINTER.

THIS POOL WILL BE OPEN FOR FOUR DAILY SESSIONS: 9 AM TO 11.30 AM, 12.30 PM TO 3 PM, 3.30 PM TO 6 PM AND 7 PM TO 9 PM.

MEANWHILE, THE OTHER POOLS AT THE COMPLEX WILL BE CLOSED FROM FRIDAY (NOVEMBER 23) FOR ANNUAL MAINTENANCE.

-----o------

/16........

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 18, 1984

16

RESTRICTED ZONES BEING INTRODUCED * * * * *

FROM 10 AM ON TUESDAY (NOVEMBER 20), THE NORTHBOUND SECTION OF WATERLOO ROAD BETWEEN ARGYLE STREET AND PRINCE EDWARD ROAD WEST WILL BE MADE A RESTRICTED ZONE FROM 7 AM TO 10 AM AND FROM 4 PM TO 7 PM DAILY.

FROM THE SAME DAY, THE SECTION OF KAM SHING ROAD BETWEEN THE CAR PARK ENTRANCE OF FRANK I CENTRE AND THE OPEN-AIR CAR PARK AT THE CUL-DE-SAC WILL BE DESIGNATED A RESTRICTED ZONE FROM 7 AM TO 10 AM AND FROM 4 PM TO 7 PM DAILY.

WITHIN THESE RESTRICTED ZONES, ALL MOTOR VEHICLES EXCEPT THOSE WITH PERMITS ISSUED BY THE COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPORT WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM PICKING UP OR SETTING DOWN PASSENGERS, OR LOADING OR UNLOADING GOODS.

---0 - - - -

TAPS OFF IN CHAI WAN, SHAM SHU I PO *****

FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO SOME PREMISES IN CHAI WAN AND SHAM SHU I PO WILL BE TURNED OFF FROM 11 PM ON WEDNESDAY (NOVEMBER 21) TO 6 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY FOR LEAKAGE TESTS.

NGAM

PREMISES ALONG THE SECTION OF CHAI WAN ROAD BETWEEN A KUNG ROAD AND WAN TSUI ROAD, AND ALONG LOK MAN ROAD AND CHEUNG MAN ROAD WILL BE AFFECTED. ALSO AFFECTED WILL BE LEI YUE MUN BARRACKS, PAK SHA WAN TRANSIT CENTRE AND SHAN CHUI COURT.

IN SHAM SHU I PO, THE AFFECTED PREMISES ARE BOUNDED BY SYCAMORE STREET, TAI KOK TSUI ROAD, FUK LEE STREET, WAI ON STREET CHUNG WUI STREET, LARCH STREET, LOK KWAN STREET, LIME STREET AND TUNG CHAU STREET, INCLUDING MAN ON STREET, MAPLE STREET AND WALNUT STREET.

- - - - o -----------

/17........

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 18, 1984

- 17 -

MARKET STALLS FOR LEASE * * *

FOUR COOKED-FOOD STALLS AND FOUR FRUIT STALLS AT WO Yl HOP ROAD MARKET IN KWAI CHUNG WILL BE LEASED THROUGH PUBLIC BIDS ON THURSDAY (NOVEMBER 22).

THE BIDDING WILL BE HELD AT KWAI FONG COMMUNITY HALL AT LAI FONG STREET IN KWAI CHUNG, STARTING AT 10 AM.

THE UPSET MONTHLY RENTAL IS $3 000 EACH FOR THE COOKED-FOOD STALLS AND $750 EACH FOR THE FRUIT STALLS.

THE CONTRACT WILL BE FOR THREE YEARS FROM DECEMBER 1.

FURTHER DETAILS CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE HAWKERS AND MARKETS SECTION OF KWAI CHUNG URBAN SERVICES OFFICE ON 0-253624.

-----o------

PARKING METERS FOR SHAM SHU I PO

* * * * *

A TOTAL OF 217 PARKING METERS WILL BE INSTALLED IN SHAM SHU I PO TO REGULATE THE USE OF ON-STREET PRIVATE CAR AND GOODS VEHICLE PARKING SPACES.

INSTALLATION WILL START ON TUESDAY (NOVEMBER 20).

THE PARKING FEE WILL BE $1 FOR 30 MINUTES FOR PRIVATE CARS AND 50 CENTS FOR GOODS VEHICLES.

-----o------

ROAD CLOSURE

* * *

A KOWLOON-BOUND SECTION OF TUEN MUN ROAD WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC BETWEEN 9.30 PM AND 6 AM FOR ABOUT A WEEK FROM TUESDAY (NOVEMBER 20), TO FACILITATE CONSTRUCTION WORK.

THE SECTION IS BETWEEN SHAM TSENG INTERCHANGE AND CHAI WAN KOK.

DURING THE CLOSURE, MOTORISTS ON TUEN MUN ROAD HEADING FOR TSUEN WAN OR KOWLOON WILL BE DIVERTED VIA CASTLE PEAK ROAD.

- - 0 -

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL; 5-233191

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 19, 1984

CONTa-lTS PAGE NO.

HONG KONG LAWN BOWLERS EXCEL, GOVERNOR SAYS ................. 1

EDUCATION KEEPS EXPANDING ................................... 2

PUBLIC TOLD TO KEEP FIRE ESCAPES CLEAR....................... 4

HK RESTRAINS CORSETRY SALES TO U.K........................... 6

IMPORTANCE OF WELFARE SERVICES STRESSED ..................... 6

EDUCATION CHIEF THANKED FOR WORK ............................ 7

GOVERNOR TO OPIN NEU HEALTH CINTRE .......................... 8

U.S. VISITORS SEE PRISON WORK ............................... 9

NEW FIRE EQUIPMENT ON SHOW................................... 9

EFFORTS CONTINUE AGAINST ILLEGAL PARKING .................... 10

COMMUNITY CENTRE FOR TAI PO ................................. 10

DIPLOMAS FOR TEACHERS ....................................... 11

WAN CHAI DB MEMBERS TO MEET ................................. 11

SCHOOLS HOLDING CONCERT ..................................... 11

BEACH KIOSKS FOR LEASE....................................... 12

PARK BEING BUILT ............................................ 12

FOOTBRIDGE IN KWAI CHUNG..................................... 13

TRAFFIC CHANGE............................................... 13

TEMPORARY LAKE CLOSURE....................................... 13

WATER FIGURES ............................................... 13

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 19, 1984

1 -

HONG KONG LAWN BOWLERS EXCEL, GOVERNOR *****

HONG KONG SPORTSMEN WERE UP TO INTERNATIONAL SOME SPORTS, THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, SAID

SAYS

STANDARDS IN TODAY.

AND IT WAS ON THE BOWLING GREEN OF THIS +TEEMING AND VIBRANT CITY* THAT HONG KONG HAD PRODUCED +SOME REMARKABLE RESULTS*, HE SAID.

+1 AM NATURALLY DELIGHTED THAT HONG KONG HAS DEFIED ALL CODS BY CONTRIBUTING SUCH FINE PLAYERS TO A SPORT WHICH SEEMS SO OUT OF CHARACTER WITH ITS SURROUNDINGS,* THE GOVERNOR SAID.

ANYONE WHO KNEW THE GAME OF BOWLS, AND THE DEGREE OF SKILL AND QUIET CONCENTRATION IT DEMANDED, WOULD NOT INSTINCTIVELY PUT THIS PURSUIT AT THE TOP OF THE LIST OF SPORTS IN WHICH HONG KONG EXCELLED, HE SAID.

+YET SUCH IS REALLY THE CASE,* SIR EDWARD SAID.

SPEAKING THIS EVENING AT THE OPENING OF THE HONG KONG INTERNATIONAL BOWLS CLASSIC 1984 AT THE KOWLOON BOWLING GREEN CLUB, SIR EDWARD ALSO SAID THAT PARTICIPATION IN SPORT HAD INCREASED REMARKABLY IN HONG KONG IN RECENT YEARS.

HE SAID THAT EACH YEAR THE GOVERNMENT, THROUGH THE COUNCIL FOR RECREATION AND SPORT AND IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE URBAN COUNCIL, PROVIDED FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE TO AMATEUR SPORTING BODIES TO HELP WITH TRAINING PROGRAMMES, COMPETITIONS AND ATTENDANCE AT OVERSEAS EVENTS.

THIS SUPPORT, HE WITHOUT THE CONTINUED SPORT IN HONG KONG.

HE SAID THE HONG CREDIT FOR ORGANISING

SAID, WOULD HAVE BEEN OF LITTLE USE DEDICATION OF THE ORGANISERS OF AMATEUR

KONG LAWN BOWLS ASSOCIATION DESERVED

THIS INCREASINGLY IMPORTANT EVENT IN THE International sporting calendar, which brought to hong kong TOP BOWLERS FROMqTHER COUNTRIES.

♦TO ALL VtSiTlWG BOWLERS, I OFFER A WARM WELCOME,* SIR EDWARD SAID.

SIR EDWARD SAID THAT MUCH OF THE CREDIT OF HONG KONG’S BOWLS SUCCESS RESTED WITH THE HONG KONG LAWN BOWLS ASSOCIATION, WHICH HAD REGULARLY ENTERED INTERNATIONAL COMPETITIONS SO THAT PLAYERS COULD MATCH THEIR SKILLS AGAINST THE WORLD’S BEST PLAYERS, AND HAD Or 'NISED TRAINING COURSES FOR YOUNG PEOPLE.

/thb association .......

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 19, 1984

2

THE ASSOCIATION IS NOW HOSTING THE +THIRD HONG KONG INTERNATIONAL BOWLS CLASSIC,+ WHICH IS BEING PLAYED FROM NOVEMBER 17 TO 25.

TOP BOWLERS AND TEAMS FROM NINE COUNTRIES, INCLUDING FOR THE FIRST TIME THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA, WILL BE PLAYING ALONGSIDE 22 LEADING HONG KONG BOWLERS.

MATCHES WILL BE PLAYED AT THE HONG KONG FOOTBALL CLUB AND THE KOWLOON BOWLING GREEN CLUB.

- - 0 - -

EDUCATION KEEPS EXPANDING O * X

DESPITE THE BUDGET DEFICIT, THE GOVERNMENT WAS NOT SEEKING TO INHIBIT EXPANSION IN THE EDUCATION SECTOR, THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, SIR JOHN BREMRIDGE, SAID TODAY (MONDAY).

+EXCITING PROSPECTS ARE LOOMING ON THE HORIZON FOR EDUCATION IN GENERAL AND POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION IN PARTICULAR, PROVIDED THAT THE QUESTION OF FINANCE IS TACKLED RESOLUTELY AND SENSIBLY AT AN EARLY STAGE,+ SIR JOHN SAID.

ADDRESSING THE 12TH GRADUATION CEREMONY OF THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC, HE POINTED OUT THAT GOVERNMENT CAPITAL EXPENDITURE ON EDUCATION HAD INCREASED BY NEARLY 18 PER CENT, FROM $753 MILLION IN 1983-84 TO AN ESTIMATED $887 MILLION IN 1984-85. A LARGE PART OF THIS EXPENDITURE WAS ACCOUNTED FOR BY CAPITAL SUBVENTIONS.

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC NOW OFFERS EIGHT DEGREE COURSES, COMPARED WITH FIVE LAST YEAR. THE CITY POLYTECHNIC OF HONG KONG WHICH HAS JUST STARTED WITH SOME 504 FULL-TIME AND 724 PART-TIME STUDENTS, EXPECTS TO INTRODUCE A NUMBER OF DEGREE COURSES IN 1986-87.

EVENTUALLY THE TWO POLYTECHNICS TOGETHER WILL HAVE A CAPACITY OF 27 000 FULL-TIME AND EQUIVALENT M| ^ACES,

OF WHICH UP TO 30 PER CENT WILL BE FOR STUDENTS IN DEGREE COURSES.

THE HONG KONG BAPTIST COLLEGE, wHICH HAS BEEN BROUGHT UNDER THE AEGIS OF THE UNIVERSITY AND POLYTECHNIC GRANTS COMMITTEE, WILL ALSO OFFER A NUMBER OF DEGREE COURSES WITHIN THE NEXT FEW YEARS.

/SITES for

MONDAY, NOVBMBEB 19, 1984

3

SITES FOR A POSSIBLE THIRD UNIVERSITY OR UNIVERSITY-STYLE YSTITUTION HAD BEEN IDENTIFIED, AND THE EDUCATION COMMISSION WOULD BE GIVING THEIR PRELIMINARY THOUGHT TO THE DEVELOPMENT CF OPEN EDUCATION IN HONG KONG, SIR JOHN SAID.

+wlTHOUT WISHING TO INTRUDE UPON THE SENSIBILITIES AND INDEPENDENCE OF THOSE BODIES ESTABLISHED TO ADVISE GOVERNMENT ON SUCH MATTERS, I URGE SUBVENTED EDUCATIONAL BODIES TO UNDERTAKE A CRITICAL SELF-EXAMINATION OF THEIR PRESENT SYSTEMS ■■ND ACTIVITIES IN ORDER TO ENSURE THAT PUBLIC FUNDS ARE SPENT TC THE BEST ADVANTAGE. LIKE GOVERNMENT IMPROVEMENT IS ALWAYS POSSIBLE,* SIR JOHN STRESSED.

+INDEED GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS ARE CONSTANTLY SEEKING WAYS TO IMPROVE THEIR PERFORMANCE BY INCREASED STAFF PRODUCTIVITY AND SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURES. GIVEN THE SIZE OF THE SUBVENTED EDUCATIONAL SECTOR I AM SURE THAT SAVINGS AND IMPROVEMENTS ON A SCALE SIMILAR TO THOSE ACHIEVED BY THE GOVERNMENT MUST BE REALISABLE,* HE SAID.

NOTING THAT 'VALUE FOR MONEY’ WAS THE RIGHT OF THE WHOLE COMMUNITY, SIR JOHN SAID CRITICAL SELF-EXAMINATION WAS ESPECIALLY IMPORTANT FOR THOSE INSTITUTES OF HIGHER LEARNING WHICH, ALTHOUGH FINANCIALLY DEPENDENT ON GOVERNMENT, HAD AUTONOMY TO MANAGE THEIR OWN AFFAIRS WITHIN THE LAW.

+THEIR ANNUAL BUDGETS ARE NOT APPROVED NOR EVEN SEEN BY THE GOVERNMENT, THE ASSUMPTION BEING THAT THEY CAN BEST UNDERTAKE THE WORK EXPECTED OF THEM BY THE COMMUNITY IF THEY HAVE FREEDOM OF CHOICE AND ACTION.*

SIR JOHN SAID THAT AS HE HAD BEEN ONCE THE CHAIRMAN OF THE UNIVERSITY AND POLYTECHNIC GRANTS COMMITTEE, HE WAS FULLY APPRECIATIVE OF THE MERITS OF THIS +HANDS-OFF+ APPROACH, WHICH HAD STOOD THE TEST OF TIME.

+AS THE HARD-HEARTED FINANCIAL SECRETARY, I WANT TO SEE INCREASED PRODUCTIVITY AND THE BEST POSSIBLE VALUE-FOR-MONEY,+ HE ADDED.

HE ALSO EMPHASISED THE IMPORTANCE OF THE PARTNERSHIP BETWEEN INSTITUTIONS OF HIGHER LEARNING AND COMMERCE AND INDUSTRY REGARDING THE FUNDING OF RESEARCH.

+MANY LINKS HAVE BEEN ESTABLISHED LEADING TO PRODUCTIVE RESEARCH. MORE CAN AND OUGHT TO BE DONE.

+THOSE OF YOU GRADUATING TODAY HAVE A ROLE TO PLAY IN THIS.

+BOTH GOVERNMENT AND THE INSTITUTIONS VIEW THE SUCCESSFUL CC °LETION OF WORTHWHILE PROJECTS AS A PRIORITY OBJECTIVE AND I AN ASSURE YOU THAT A MORE AGGRESSIVE PURSUIT OF PRIVATE

;DS WOULD BE WELCOMED BY THE GOVERNMENT - PROVIDED THAT IT '■ ACCOMPANIED BY A CAREFUL APPRAISAL OF THE INDIVIDUAL r^OJECTS,* SIR JOHN SAID.

- - 0 -

/4

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 19, 1984

- 4 -

PUBLIC TOLD TO KEEP FIRE ESCAPES CLEAR * * * *

THE IMPORTANCE OF GOOD HOUSEKEEPING AS THE KEY TO FIRE PREVENTION WAS STRESSED TODAY (MONDAY) BY MR K.W. HODGKINS, DEPUTY CHIEF FIRE OFFICER.

SPEAKING AT A PRESS CONFERENCE TO LAUNCH THIS YEAR’S FIRE PREVENTION CAMPAIGN, MR HODGKINS SAID, +THAT IS WHY THE EMPHASIS IN THIS YEAR’S FIRE PREVENTION CAMPAIGN IS BEING PLACED ON KEEPING THE MEANS OF ESCAPE CLEAR.*

HE POINTED OUT THAT THE MOST COMMON FORMS OF OBSTRUCTION WERE GOODS BEING STORED ON STAIRCASES OR IN THE LIFT LOBBIES, AND LOCKED SMOKE LOBBY DOORS.

CAUSING SUCH OBSTRUCTION IS AN OFFENCE PUNISHABLE BY A MAXIMUM FINE OF $50 OOO, HE SAID.

A TOTAL OF 3 005 FIRE HAZARD ABATEMENT NOTICES WERE ISSUED BY THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT IN THE FIRST NINE MONTHS OF 1984, RESULTING IN 2 426 PROSECUTIONS AND A TOTAL FINE OF $944 061.

MR HODGKINS URGED OWNERS AND OCCUPIERS OF HIGH-RISE BUILDINGS TO KEEP THE MEANS OF ESCAPE FREE. +REMEMBER, THE QUICKER WE CAN REACH THE FIRE, THE MORE EFFECTIVELY ARE WE ABLE TO DEAL WITH IT,* HE SAID.

HE ALSO WARNED THEM NOT TO REMOVE THE PROTECTED LOBBY OF THE FIREMAN’S LIFT.

THIS LIFT IS FOR THE SOLE USE OF FIREMEN DURING AN EMERGENCY. IT ALLOWS THEM TO TRANSPORT PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT TO HIGHER FLOORS AND FORMS PART OF THE FIRE SERVICES INSTALLATION, MR HODGKINS EXPLAINED.

HE ALSO ADVISED THE PUBLIC NOT TO OVERLOAD ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES AND PLUGS.

+BEFORE LEAVING HOME OR GOING TO BED, ONE SHOULD MAKE SURE THAT ALL CIGARETTE ENDS ARE EXTINGUISHED AND ALL ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES ARE SWITCHED OFF,* HE ADDED.

ALSO SPEAKING AT THE PRESS CONFERENCE WERE MR HO HIN-MING, DEPUTY CHIEF FACTORY INSPECTOR OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT, AND MR CHU CHAI-KUEN, SENIOR HOUSING MANAGER OF THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT.

MR HO SAID THERE WERE STILL MANY IRRESPONSIBLE FACTORY PROPRIETORS WHO IGNORE THE ADVICE AND WARNING OF THE FACTORY INSPECTORATE ON THE PROPER MAINTENANCE OF FIRE ESCAPES.

AMONG OTHER THINGS, FACTORY OWNERS ARE REQUIRED BY THE FACTORIES AND INDUSTRIAL UNDERTAKINGS (FIRE PRECAUTIONS IN REGISTRABLE WORKPLACES) REGULATIONS TO MAINTAIN THE FIRE ESCAPE WITHIN THEIR FACTORIES PROPERLY.

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 19, 1984

- 5 -

IN THE FIRST HALF OF 1984, 132 PROSECUTIONS WERE TAKEN OUT BY THE LABOUR DPEARTMENT AGAINST FACTORY OWNERS WHO FAILED TO COMPLY WITH THE REGULATIONS, RESULTING IN A TOTAL FINE OF 1155 050.

♦I WISH TO REMIND THEM, IN VIEW OF THE RECENT BIG FIRE IN A PLASTICS. FACTORY IN ABERDEEN, THAT THEY SHOULD MAINTAIN EVERY DOORWAY, STAIRWAY AND PASSAGEWAY IN THEIR FACTORIES FREE FROM OBSTRUCTION AT ALL TIMES,* MR HO SAID.

WHERE SQUATTER AREAS ARE CONCERNED, MR CHU STRESSED IT IS EQUALLY IMPORTANT NOT TO BLOCK ESCAPE ROUTES WITH JUNK OR ILLEGAL HUT EXTENSIONS.

+IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF EVERY ONE LIVING IN SQUATTER AREAS TO SEE THAT THE ESCAPE ROUTES ARE FREE FROM OBSTRUCTION,* HE ADDED.

MR CHU REPORTED THAT THE SQUATTER AREA IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION OF THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT HAD FORMED FIRE BREAKS IN A NUMBER OF CONGESTED SQUATTER SETTLEMENTS IN KWUN TONG, DIAMOND HILL AND SHAU KEI WAN.

THESE FIRE BREAKS, TOGETHER WITH OTHER INSTALLATIONS, SUCH AS FIRE MAINS, HYDRANTS AND FIRE ESCAPE ROUTES, HAD PROVED VERY EFFECTIVE IN REDUCING FIRE HAZARDS IN SQUATTER AREAS.

FOR THIS YEAR’S FIRE PREVENTION CAMPAIGN, A NEW 30-SECOND TV API (ANNOUNCEMENT OF PUBLIC INTEREST) HAS BEEN PRODUCED, WITH ’OBSTRUCTION’ AS THE THEME. IT WILL BE SCREENED ON TELEVISION, STARTING TONIGHT.

THE FILM PORTRAYS A REALISTIC FIRE SITUATION AS SEEN THROUGH THE EYES OF A YOUNG BOY.

THE STORY REACHES ITS CLIMAX WHEN THE FAMILY, IN TRYING TO ESCAPE, FINDS IN DESPAIR THAT THE ONLY WAY OUT IS BLOCKED BY AN IMPENETRABLE BARRIER OF JUNK.

THROUGH THE FAMILY’S BROKEN DIALOGUE, THE DO’S AND DON’TS IN CASE OF A FIRE OUTBREAK ARE ALSO CONVEYED.

THE TV API WILL BE SUPPLEMENTED BY POSTERS AND RADIO bESSAGES.

0 --------

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 19, 1984

6

HK RESTRAINS CORSETRY SALES TO U.K. XXX

AFTER THREE DAYS OF CONSULTATIONS IN BRUSSELS WITH THE EUROPEAN ECONOMIC COMMUNITY (EEC), HONG KONG HAS, ON THE ADVICE OF THE TEXTILES ADVISORY BOARD, AGREED TO PLACE UNDER QUANTITATIVE RESTRAINT ITS EXPORTS OF CORSETRY TO THE UNITED KINGDOM.

THE PRODUCTS AFFECTED UNDER CATEGORY 86 ARE CORSETS, CORSETBELTS, SUSPENDER-BELTS, BRACES, SUSPENDERS, GARTERS AND THE LIKE (INCLUDING SUCH ARTICLES OF KNITTED OR CROCHETED FABRIC), OTHER THAN BRASSIERES, WHETHER OR NOT ELASTIC.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TRADE DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY (MONDAY), + IT HAS BEEN AGREED THAT THE QUANTITATIVE RESTRAINT LEVELS FOR EXPORTS TO THE U.K. OF THIS CATEGORY FOR THE DURATION OF THE HONG KONG-EEC AGREEMENT IN 1984 WILL BE LIMITED TO 650 000 PIECES, IN 1985 TO 675 000 PIECES AND IN 1986 TO 708 000 PIECES.

+THE 1984 RESTRAINT LIMIT IS 5.6 PER CENT LARGER THAN THE TOTAL QUANTITY OF EXPORT AUTHORISATIONS ISSUED UP TO THE TIME OF ( SUSPENSION ON OCTOBER 25.+

A NOTICE TO EXPORTERS ISSUED TODAY GAVE DETAILS OF THE ARRANGEMENTS ON EXPORTS IN THIS CATEGORY FOR THE REMAINDER OF 1984 AND ALLOCATION OF QUOTAS FOR 1985.

THE HONG KONG DELEGATION AT THE CONSULTATIONS IN BRUSSELS ON NOVEMBER 14-16 WAS LED BY THE MINISTER FOR HONG KONG’S COMMERCIAL RELATIONS WITH THE EEC AND THE MEMBER STATES, M? DEREK JONES. THE ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF TRADE, MR JOSEPH W.S. WONG, ATTENDED AS A MEMBER.

-----0------

IMPORTANCE OF WELFARE SERVICES STRESSED

* * * *

AS HONG KONG HAD BECOME A LEADING MANUFACTURING CENTRE, THE WELFARE NEEDS OF ITS INDUSTRIAL WORKERS SHOULD BE ADEQUATELY PROVIDED FOR, THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR JOHN CHAMBERS, SAID TODAY (MONDAY).

SPEAKING AT THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING OF SHENG KUNG HUI LADY MACLEHOSE CENTRE, HE SAID ONE OF THE ESSENTIALS FOR MAINTAINING HONG KONG’S COMPETITIVENESS WAS TO HAVE A RESOURCEFUL, EFFICIENT AND PRODUCTIVE WORK FORCE.

+THIS CAN ONLY COME ABOUT IF THE WORKERS’ WELFARE AND SOCIAL NEEDS ARE CATERED FOR AND IF THEY ARE GIVEN A CHANCE TO DEVELOP THEIR SKILLS, INTEREST AND CAPABILITIES,+ HE SAID.

/WELFARE SERVICES .......

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 1?84

- 7 -

WELFARE SERVICES IN HONG KONG, HE SAID, WERE PROVIDED THROUGH A VERY EFFECTIVE PARTNERSHIP BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENT AND THE WELFARE AGENCIES.

THE GOVERNMENT HAD THE OVERALL RESPONSIBILITY FOR ENSURING THAT THE SERVICES WERE PLANNED AND PROVIDED TO MEET THE NEEDS OF THE PEOPLE. IT WAS ALSO RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING MUCH OF THE FINANCIAL RESOURCES FROM THE PUBLIC REVENUE.

THE AGENCIES, ON THE OTHER HAND, PLAYED THEIR PART BY BUILDING THE CENTRES, RECRUITING THE STAFF AND OPERATING THE SERVICES.

MR CHAMBERS PRAISED THE LADY MACLEHOSE CENTRE FOR ITS WIDE RANGE OF VALUABLE SERVICES FOR THE PEOPLE OF KWAI CHUNG, INCLUDING INDUSTRIAL WORKERS.

HE SAID HE WAS PLEASED TO KNOW THAT UNDER THE SINO-BRITISH JOINT DECLARATION, WELFARE I NS I TUT IONS RUN BY RELIGIOUS ORGANISATIONS MAY CONTINUE AFTER 1997.

+THIS IS GOOD NEWS INDEED,+ HE SAID.

- - - - 0 ----

EDUCATION CHIEF THANKED FOR WORK * * * *

THE DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, MR COLVYN HAYE, WAS WARMLY THANKED FOR HIS CONTRIBUTION TO EDUCATION IN HONG KONG BY THE BOARD OF EDUCATION AT ITS REGULAR MONTHLY MEETING TODAY.

MR HAYE WILL SHORTLY BE LEAVING FOR LONDON TO TAKE UP HIS NEW APPOINTMENT AS HONG KONG COMMISSIONER.

ON BEHALF OF MEMBERS OF THE BOARD, THE CHAIRMAN, MR PETER C. WONG, SAID THAT MR HAYE WOULD BE MISSED.

+OUR EDUCATION SYSTEM IS THE KEY TO HONG KONG’S FUTURE AND YOUR CONTRIBUTION TO THE BOARD IS MUCH APPRECIATED,+ MR WONG SAID.

MR WONG WISHED MR HAYE CONTINUED SUCCESS IN HIS NEW ROLE.

MR HAYE WILL BE LEAVING THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT AFTER 31-YEARS’ SERVICE. HE JOINTED IN 1953 AS A TEACHER AT KING GEORGt V SCHOOL AND BECOME DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION IN 1980.

MR HAYE WAS MADE A COMMANDER, ORDER OF THE BRITISH EMPIRE IN 1983.

-----0------

/8........

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 19, 1934

8

GOVERNOR TO OPEN * *

NEW HEALTH CENTRE * * *

A NEW MULTI-MILLION-DOLLAR HEALTH CENTRE IN EAST KOWLOON WILL BE OFFICIALLY OPENED BY THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, ON FRIDAY (NOVEMBER 23).

THE $70-MILLI0N YUNG FUNG SHEE MEMORIAL CENTRE AT CHA KWO LING ROAD IN KWUN TONG, PROVIDES A WIDE RANGE OF MEDICAL SERVICES, INCLUDING A PUBLIC HEALTH LABORATORY, FAMILY HEALTH SERVICES, A CHEST CLINIC AND TWO SOCIAL HYGIENE CLINICS. IT ALSO HAS RADIODIAGNOSTIC, PHYSIOTHERAPY AND OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY DEPARTMENT^ A REGIONAL HEALTH EDUCATION UNIT AND PSYCHIATRIC AND GERIATRIC DAY HOSPITALS.

THE CENTRE CONSISTS OF A SEVEN-STOREY BLOCK AND A TWO-STOREY BLOCK WITH A TOTAL FLOOR AREA OF 12 OOO SQUARE METRES. IT WAS FUNDED WHOLLY FROM THE ESTATE OF THE LATE MADAM YUNG FUNG SHEE, A WELL KNOWN PHILANTHROPIST.

ALSO OFFICIATING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY WILL BE THE DIRECTOR OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES, DR K.L. THONG, AND MR P.A.L. VINE, CHAIRMAN OF THE CHARTERED BANK (HONG KONG TRUSTEE) LTD, THE EXECUTORS AND TRUSTEES OF THE ESTATE OF MADAM YUNG.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE OPENING OF THE YUNG FUNG SHEE MEMORIAL CENTRE AT 3 PM ON FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 23, 1984.

TRANSPORT WILL BE PROVIDED FOR PRESS MEMBERS WHO SHOULD ASSEMBLE AT KOWLOON PUBLIC PIER BY 2 PM. A MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT INFORMATION OFFICER WILL BE PRESENT TO ASSIST THE PRESS.

- - 0 - -

/9

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 19, 1984

- 9 -

U.S. VISITORS SEE PRISON WORK

* * * *

A GROUP OF LEGISLATORS FROM THE UNITED STATES VISITED VARIOUS CORRECTIONAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT INSTITUTIONS IN STANLEY TODAY (MONDAY) TO LOOK OVER THE WORK OF THE DEPARTMENT.

THEY WERE ACCOMPANIED BY THE PRINCIPAL ASSISTANT SECRETARY (HOME AFFAIRS) (LIAISON), DR PATRICK HASE; AND THE COMMISSIONER OF CORRECTIONAL SERVICES, MR THOMAS GARNER.

THE SIX STATE LEGISLATORS, LED BY THE WASHINGTON STATE SENATOR, MR C. GUESS, WERE FIRST BRIEFED ABOUT THE CORRECTIONAL PROGRAMMES PROVIDED FOR PRISONERS.

THEY THEN TOURED THE FACILITIES PROVIDED AT THE MEDIUM SECURITY TUNG TAU CORRECTIONAL INSTITUTION AND THE MAXIMUM SECURITY STANLEY PRISON.

DURING THE TOUR, THEY ALSO TALKED TO SOME PRISONERS WHO WERE ATTENDING TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIAN TRAINING COURSE AT A WORKSHOP OF STANLEY PRISON.

THE VISITORS WERE ALSO TOLD OF THE TRAINING PROVIDED AT THE DEPARTMENT’S STAFF TRAINING INSTITUTE.

-----o------

NEW FIRE EQUIPMENT ON SHOW

* * * *

THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT WILL BE DEMONSTRATING SOME OF THE WORLD’S LATEST EQUIPMENT WHICH IT RECENTLY ACQUIRED FOR DEALING WITH FIRES AND FOR RESCUE OPERATIONS.

THE PRESS DEMONSTRATION OF THE EQUIPMENT WILL BE HELD AT THE WONG TAI SIN FIRE STATION AT FUNG TAK STREET ON WEDNESDAY (NOVEMBER 21) AT 2.30 PM.

- - 0 ----------

/10........

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 19, 1984

10 -

EFFORTS CONTINUE AGAINST ILLEGAL PARKING * * *

THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT TODAY WARNED AGAINST INDISCRIMINATE PARKING THAT BLOCKED ROADS AND PAVEMENTS IN PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES, AS EFFORTS CONTINUED TO REMOVE SUCH INCONVENIENCE TO TENANTS.

+FROM APRIL TO SEPTEMBER, OVER 18 000 VEHICLES HAD EITHER BEEN IMPOUNDED OR TOWED AWAY FOR ILLEGAL PARKING IN ESTATES,+ SAID A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT.

HE SAID THE OFFENDING DRIVERS INVOLVED HAD PAID IMPOUNDING AND REMOVAL CHARGES TOTALLING $991 000.

+IN THE SAME PERIOD, MORE THAN 2 000 PERSONS WERE PROSECUTED BY THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT FOR SIMILAR OFFENCES.

+THEY WERE FINED BY COURT A TOTAL OF OVER $346 000 ON CONVICTION.+

THE SPOKESMAN REMINDED MOTORISTS OF THE NEED TO ABIDE BY TRAFFIC RULES IN ESTATES AS WELL, IN ORDER TO AVOID BLOCKING ROADS AND PAVEMENTS AND CAUSING INCONVENIENCE TO TENANTS.

+BOTH DURING AND AFTER OFFICE HOURS, ESTATE MANAGEMENT STAFF KEEP CLOSE WATCH TO ENSURE THAT GOOD LIVING ENVIRONMENTS ARE MAINTAINED IN ESTATES,+ HE SAID.

-----o-----

COMMUNITY CENTRE FOR TAI PO * * * *

THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR JOHN CHAMBERS, WILL OPEN THE TAI PO COMMUNITY CENTRE AND OFFICIATE AT THE INAUGURATION OF ITS MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE TOMORROW (TUESDAY), AT 3 PM.

THE COMMUNITY CENTRE, LOCATED AT HEUNG SZE WUI STREET, TAI PO MARKET, IS RUN BY THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT.

IT PROVIDES A VARIETY OF WELFARE SERVICES AND GROUP WORK ACTIVITIES FOR THE LOCAL COMMUNITY.

-----o-----

/11 ........

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 19, 1984

11

DIPLOMAS FOR TEACHERS * * *

ELEVEN HONG KONG SCHOOL TEACHERS WILL RECEIVE THEIR ^DIPLOMAS FOR OVERSEAS TEACHERS OF ENGLISH* FROM THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF ARTS AT A PRESENTATION CEREMONY ON WEDNESDAY (NOVEMBER 21).

THE DIPLOMAS WILL BE PRESENTED BY MISS HAZEL ORCHARD, SECRETARY FOR LANGUAGE OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF ARTS EXAMINATIONS BOARD, WHO IS VISITING HONG KONG.

THE CEREMONY WILL BE HELD AT THE INSTITUTE OF LANGUAGE IN EDUCATION, 21/F, PARK-IN COMMERCIAL CENTRE, DUNDAS STREET, KOWLOON, STARTING AT 3.30 PM.

- - 0

WAN CHAI DB MEMBERS TO MEET

XXX

WAN CHAI DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS WILL BE BRIEFED ON THE URBAN COUNCIL’S FIVE-YEAR CAPITAL WORKS PROGRAMME AT THE BOARD’S MEETING TOMORROW AFTERNOON.

AT THE MEETING, MEMBERS WILL RAISE QUESTIONS ON HOW TO SOLVE THE PROBLEM OF STREET SLEEPERS AND OTHER DISTRICT MATTERS.

OTHER ITEMS ON THE AGENDA INCLUDE PROGRESS REPORTS FROM VARIOUS COMMITTEES OF THE DISTRICT BOARD.

- - 0 - -

SCHOOLS HOLDING CONCERT

X 8 I

AN EASTERN DISTRICT JOINT SCHOOLS CONCERT WILL BE HELD AT THE ISLAMIC COLLEGE IN CLOUDVIEW ROAD, NORTH POINT, AT 3 PM ON SATURDAY (NOVEMBER 24).

MISS LEE YIN-WAI, A LEADING MEMBER OF THE HONG KONG YOUTH CHINESE ORCHESTRA, WILL PERFORM A PIPA SOLO. SHE HAS REPRESENTED HONG KONG IN OVERSEAS CONCERTS AS A MEMBER OF THE HONG KONG JING YING.

IN ADDITION TO ORCHESTRAL PERFORMANCES, THERE WILL BE A VOCAL DUET, HARMONICA QUINTET, MIXED VOICES VOCAL ENSEMBLE AND CHOIR SINGING.

/STUDJNTS FBOM

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 19, 19&4

12 -

STUDENTS FROM VARIOUS SCHOOLS IN THE EASTERN DISTRICT WILL TAKE PART IN THE CONCERT, ORGANISED BY THE MUSIC OFFICE OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT.

LIMITED FREE ADMISSION TICKETS TO THIS CONCERT ARE AVAILABLE AT THE HONG KONG MUSIC CENTRE, NINTH FLOOR, HONG KONG ARTS CENTRE, 2 HARBOUR ROAD, WAN CHAI, ON A FIRST-COME-FIRST-SERVED BASIS.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION, CALL 5-283257 DURING OFFICE HOURS.

-----o------

BEACH KIOSKS FOR LEASE * * * *

THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT IS INVITING SEPARATE TENDERS FOR OPERATION OF A REFRESHMENT KIOSK AT KADOORIE BEACH AND TWO SOUVENIR KIOSKS AT CASTLE PEAK BEACH IN TUEN MUN.

BOTH THE CASTLE PEAK BEACH AND KADOORIE BEACH ARE SCENIC BEACHES AT THE WESTERN COAST OF THE NEW TERRITORIES, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NTSD SAID.

THE CASTLE PEAK BEACH HAS BEEN KNOWN FOR YEARS AS A FAVOURITE VISITING SEASIDE RESORT FOR OVERSEAS TOURISTS, WHILE THE KADOORIE BEACH ATTRACTS LARGELY LOCAL HOLIDAY-MAKERS.

THE CONTRACTS FOR THE TWO SOUVENIR KIOSKS WILL LAST FOR TWO YEARS WHILE THAT FOR THE REFRESHMENT KIOSK WILL BE FOR THREE YEARS, ALL STARTING FROM JANUARY 1, NEXT YEAR.

ENQUIRIES MAY BE DIRECTED TO TUEN MUN URBAN SERVICES OFFICE, OR TELEPHONE NO. 0-820800 EXT. 301.

0

PARK BEING BUILT * * *

A 14 400-SQUARE-METRE PARK IS BEING BUILT AT THE JUNCTION OF CARPENTER ROAD AND TUNG TSING ROAD, AS AN ADDITIONAL RECREATIONAL AREA IN THE KOWLOON CITY DISTRICT.

FACILITIES IN THE $3 MILLION PARK WILL INCLUDE A MINI-SOCCER PITCH, TWO VOLLEYBALL COURTS, FOUR BASKETBALL COURTS AND A LANDSCAPED GARDEN.

--------o ----------

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 19, 1984

- 13 -

FOOTBRIDGE IN KWAI CHUNG * * X

A FOOTBRIDGE WILL BE BUILT ACROSS CASTLE PEAK ROAD NEAR CHUNG SHAN TERRACE IN KWAI CHUNG.

THE 21-METRE FOOTBRIDGE WILL HELP SEPARATE PEDESTRIANS FROM THE MAIN TRAFFIC TO ENSURE GREATER SAFETY.

WORK ON THE PROJECT WILL START EARLY NEXT WEEK, AND TAKE FIVE MONTHS TO COMPLETE.

-----o-----

TRAFFIC CHANGE

XXX

THE SOUTHERN JUNCTION OF ROAD 37A WITH CASTLE PEAK ROAD WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FOR THREE WEEKS FROM 10 AM ON TUESDAY (NOVEMBER 20) FOR CONSTRUCTION WORK.

AT THE SAME TIME, ROAD 37B WILL BE PERMANENTLY REROUTED ONE-WAY.

-----o-----

TEMPORARY LANE CLOSURE

X X X X

THE SECTION OF WAN WAH ESTATE, IN CHAI WAN ABOUT 3 PM ON WEDNESDAY ISLAND LINE.

TSUI LANE NORTH OF SHUN HING HOUSE, HING WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FROM 10 AM TO (NOVEMBER 21) FOR WORK ON THE MTR

-----o-----

WATER FIGURES

XXX

STORAGE STOOD AT 79.1

IN HONG KONG’S RESERVOIRS AT 9 AM PER CENT OF CAPACITY OR 463.864

TODAY (MONDAY) MILLION CUBIC METRES.

THIS TIME LAST YEAR THE RESERVOIRS CONTAINED 563.474 MILLION CUBIC METRES OF WATER, REPRESENTING 96.1 PER CENT OF CAPACITY.

0

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 20, 1984

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

GOVERNOR TO SPEAK ON WHITE PAPER ............................. 1

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LAWS UNDER REVIEW ...................... 2

NEED SEEN FOR HIGHER LANGUAGE STANDARDS ...................... 3

MORE WELFARE FACILITIES FOR NEW TOWNS ........................ 4

TEXTILES QUOTA TRANSFER RULES MODIFIED ....................... 5

SPECIAL CAR NUMBERS OFFERED .................................. 6

SECOND CHINESE MUSIC FESTIVAL SET FOR NEXT MONTH ............. 6

IMMIGRATION HOTLINE MEETS POPULAR DEMAND ..................... 8

TEN PIN BOWLING FOR DEAF YOUTHS .............................. 9

FIRST SURVEY ON DESIGN PROFESSION ............................ 10

AWARDS FOR DISABLED........................................... 11

JOINT SCHOOLS GRADUATION CE1LEM0NY............................ 11

dance treat from east and west ............................... 11

MOVE TO CLOSE ILLEGAL STRUCTURE .............................. 12

NEW BUS TERMINUS FOR CHAI WAN ................................ 13

PMG TO MEET MEDIA ............................................ 13

DEATH SENTENCES COMMUTED

13

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 20, 1984

1

GOVERNOR TO SPEAK ON WHITE PAPER * * * *

THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, WILL BE SPEAKING ON THE +WHITE PAPER ON THE FURTHER DEVELOPMENT OF REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT IN HONG KONG+, AT THE START OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL MEETING TOMORROW.

AND UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS WILL BE ASKING 15 QUESTIONS COVERING A VARIETY OF SUBJECTS, INCLUDING THE TESTING AND INSPECTING OF MOTOR VEHICLES FOR THE PRIVATE SECTOR, ARRANGEMENTS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS, AND ILLEGAL IMMIGRATION FROM CHINA.

THERE WILL ALSO BE TWO NEW BILLS TO BE DEALT WITH, IN ADDITION TO THE RESUMED DEBATE ON FIVE OTHERS, AS WELL AS TWO MOTIONS, AND A STATEMENT BY UNOFFICIAL MEMBER, THE HON ALLEN LEE ON THE HONG KONG PRODUCTIVITY COUNCIL AND CENTRE ANNUAL REPORT FOR 1983-84.

THE TWO NEW BILLS AREs

* THE MAGISTRATES (AMENDMENT) (NO. 2) BILL 1984, WHICH WILL BE CONSIDERED IN ONE SITTING TO ENABLE THE NEW PROCEDURES TO BE USED AS SOON AS POSSIBLE, AND

* THE MEDICAL CLINICS (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984.

DUE FOR RESUMED DEBATE AND FINAL READINGS ARE:

* CHARTERED BANK (CHANGE OF NAME) BILL 1984,

* CIVIL LIABILITY (CONTRIBUTION) BILL 1984,

* COMMUNITY SERVICE ORDERS BILL 1984,

* DENTISTS REGISTRATION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, AND

* SCHOOL MEDICAL SERVICE BOARD INCORPORATION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984.

-----o------

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 20, 1984

2

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LAWS UNDER REVIEW * * * *

THE GOVERNMENT WAS KEEPING THE LAWS ON THE PROTECTION OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY UNDER REVIEW SO THAT THEY WOULD CONTINUE TO MEET HONG KONG’S REQUIREMENTS.

THIS WAS DISCLOSED TODAY (TUESDAY) BY THE SECRETARY FOR ECONOMIC SERVICES, MR PIERS JACOBS AT THE CONFERENCE ON +LEGAL PROTECTION OF COMPUTER SOFTWARE IN SOUTH EAST ASIA AND AUSTRALIA+.

♦THIS NEED FOR REVIEW IS PARTICULARLY APPARENT IN RELATION TO PATENTS. A PAPER SETTING OUT THE OPTIONS FOR THE FUTURE DEVELOPMENT OF AN ORIGINAL PATENTS SYSTEM FOR HONG KONG IS BEING PREPARED BY A MEMBER OF THE ATTORNEY GENERAL’S CHAMBERS, AND THE REGISTRAR GENERAL, WHO IS OUR REGISTRAR OF PATENTS HAS MET WITH THE DIRECTOR-GENERAL OF THE WORLD INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY ORGANISATION TO DISCUSS THE PROBLEMS,* HE SAID.

MR JACOBS EXPLAINED THAT AT PRESENT, HONG KONG’S LAW RELATING TO PATENTS MERELY PROVIDED FOR THE REGISTRATION IN HONG KONG OF UK PATENTS OR OF CERTAIN EUROPEAN PATENTS.

WHILE THIS APPROACH HAD IN THE PAST BEEN PERFECTLY WORKABLE, HONG KONG IN FUTURE WOULD NEED SOME SYSTEM MORE PARTICULARLY DEDICATED TO ITS NEEDS THAN THE PRESENT REGISTRATION SYSTEM, HE SAID.

THE GOVERNMENT, HE SAID, WAS WORKING ON PROPOSALS TO INTRODUCE A SYSTEM FOR THE REGISTRATION OF SERVICE MARKS, ANOTHER TYPE OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AT THE MOMENT NOT SUBJECT TO ADEQUATE PROTECTION.

+ALSO, OUR LAW RELATING TO COPYRIGHT IS UNDER EXAMINATION,* HE SAID.

MR JACOBS SAID THE GOVERNMENT WAS ALSO LOOKING INTO SOME OF THE PROBLEMS ASSOCIATED WITH THE INCREASING COMPUTERISATION IN BOTH THE PUBLIC AND PRIVATE SECTORS.

+THERE ARE THREE MAIN AREAS OF CONCERN,* HE SAID.

+FIRST, BREACH OF CONFIDENCE. THE LAW REFORM COMMISSION OF HONG KONG IS LOOKING INTO THE QUESTION OF THE PROTECTION OF PRIVACY BY ACTION THROUGH THE COURTS FOR BREACH OF CONFIDENCE. THE IMPROPER DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION HELD IN A COMPUTER COULD BE ACTIONABLE ON THIS GROUND,* HE SAID.

AT PRESENT, ACTIONS FOR BREACH OF CONFIDENCE WERE UNLIKELY TO PROTECT COMPUTER PROGRAMMES EXCEPT WHEN A LARGE AND SOPHISTICATED PROGRAMME INCORPORATING NOVEL TECHNIQUES AND LICENSED TO A SMALL CLASS OF USERS WAS CONCERNED. THE POPULAR, WIDELY DISTRIBUTED, PROGRAMMES WERE NOT REALLY COVERED.

/THE SECOND .......

TUESDAY, N0V31BER 20, 1984

- 3

THE SECOND AREA OF CONCERN RELATED TO DATA PROTECTION. vr JACOBS POINTED OUT THAT THE DATA PROTECTION ACT 1984 PASSED BY THE UK PARLIAMENT PROTECTED ONLY PERSONAL DATA AND HAD NO RELEVANCE TO THE PROTECTION OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMES.

+NEVERTHELESS, IT PROVIDES A STARTING POINT,* HE SAID.

♦THE THIRD AREA, AND PERHAPS THE MOST DRAMATIC, IS COMPUTER CRIME AND THE UNAUTHORISED ACCESSING OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS. A SMALL GROUP IN THE ATTORNEY GENERAL’S CHAMBERS HAS BEEN FORMED TO CONSIDER THIS SUBJECT AND IS CURRENTLY LOOKING AT THE LAWS OF SEVERAL STATES IN THE USA AND AT A FEDERAL BILL PROPOSING LEGISLATION NATIONWIDE,* HE SAID.

SPEAKING ON THE ECONOMIC CONTEXT OF THESE ISSUES, MR JACOBS SAID BECAUSE OF THE DIFFERENT NATURE OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY, THE ABILITY OF ITS PRODUCER TO ENJOY ITS FULL MARKET VALUE DEPENDED ALMOST ENTIRELY ON THE LEGAL PROTECTION CONFERRED ON IT.

+IF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY IS LEFT WITHOUT LEGAL PROTECTION AND IDEAS FALL INTO THE PUBLIC DOMAIN WITHOUT ADEQUATE REWARD FOR THE INVENTOR OR DEVELOPER, THEN WHERE IS HIS INCENTIVE?* HE ASKED.

+A SOCIETY WHICH FAILS TO ENSURE THAT AN INVENTOR OR DEVELOPER RECEIVES HIS JUST REWARD MIGHT WELL FIND ITSELF DEPRIVED OF THE PRODUCTS OF FERTILE MINDS. IT IS THE LEGAL PROTECTION THAT CAN BE AFFORDED WHICH IS SO OFTEN THE STIMULUS TO INVENTION AND THE CONSEQUENT TECHNOLOGICAL ADVANCE OF SOCIETY,* MR JACOBS SAID.

-------0---------

NEED SEEN FOR HIGHER LANGUAGE STANDARDS M * * *

THERE WOULD BE GREATER DEMANDS FOR HIGHER STANDARDS IN THE USE OF CHINESE FROM MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC AND THE GOVERNMENT, THE DEPUTY SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS, MR MAYER NG, SAID TODAY (TUESDAY).

SPEAKING AT THE CERTIFICATE PRESENTATION CEREMONY OF THE THIRD BASIC TRAINING COURSE FOR CHINESE LANGUAGE OFFICERS, NR NG SAID HE BELIEVED THAT THE USE OF CHINESE WOULD BE ON THE INCREASE AND THE WORK OF CHINESE LANGUAGE OFFICERS WOULD BE MORE DIVERSIFIED.

+THE CHINESE LANGUAGE DIVISION WILL HAVE SUITABLE DEVELOPMENT PLANS TO INTENSIFY TRAINING IN ORDER TO MEET THE GROWING DEMANDS FOR HIGH-STANDARD TRANSLATION AND INTERPRETATION SERVICES,* HE ADDED.

/THE COMMISSIONER .......

TUESDAY, NOV-MBER 20, 1984

4

THE COMMISSIONER FOR CHINESE LANGUAGE, MR FRED TING SAID THAT ALTHOUGH THE GOVERNMENT’S POLICY WAS TO RESTRAIN THE GROWTH OF THE CIVIL SERVICE, THIS DID NOT APPLY TO THE RECRUITMENT OF CHINESE LANGUAGE OFFICERS AND SIMULTANEOUS INTERPRETERS.

♦THIS IS CONCRETE PROOF OF THE ADMINISTRATION’S HIGH REGARD FOR THE ROLE OF CHINESE LANGUAGE OFFICERS, WHO HAVE BEEN MAKING A VERY VALUABLE CONTRIBUTION IN BRIDGING THE COMMUNICATION GAP BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENT AND THE PUBLIC AT LARGE,+ HE SAID.

MR TING RECALLED THAT EVER SINCE THE ESTABLISHMENT OF DISTRICT BOARDS AND THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION SCHEME IN 1982, THE DEMAND FOR GOOD TRANSLATORS AND INTERPRETERS HAD BEEN VERY MUCH HIGHER THAN BEFORE.

EARLIER, MR NG TOLD THE 26 CHINESE LANGUAGE OFFICERS WHO HAD COMPLETED THE COURSE THAT WITH THEIR YEAR-LONG TRAINING, COUPLED WITH MORE EXPERIENCE AND EXPOSURE, THEY WOULD BE SUFFICIENTLY EQUIPPED FOR THE CHALLENGING TASK OF TRANSLATING THE LAWS OF HONG KONG INTO CHINESE.

THIS COURSE FOR NEWLY RECRUITED CHINESE LANGUAGE OFFICERS COVERED TRANSLATION OF MAJOR CATEGORIES OF GOVERNMENT DOCUMENTS, PRACTICAL CHINESE WRITING, INTERPRETATION TECHNIQUES AND TRANSLATION OF LEGAL DOCUMENTS AND ORDINANCES.

-------0 -

MORE WELFARE FACILITIES FOR NEW TOWNS * * * *

IT WAS THE GOVERNMENT’S POLICY TO PROVIDE COMMUNITY SERVICES AND FACILITIES FOR NEW RESIDENTS IN NEW TOWNS AS THE DEVELOPMENT TOOK PLACE, THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR JOHN CHAMBERS, SAID TODAY (TUESDAY).

SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT’S TAI PO COMMUNITY CENTRE, HE SAID THAT TAI PO HAD DEVELOPED FROM A MARKET TOWN TO A MODERN NEW TOWN WITH A POPULATION OF 110 000, AN INCREASE OF 45 PER CENT IN THREE YEARS.

+ IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS POLICY, A NUMBER OF NURSERIES YOUTH CENTRES, HOSTELS AND CENTRES FOR THE ELDERLY HAVE ALREADY BEEN ESTABLISHED IN TAI P0,+ HE SAID.

MORE WELFARE FACILITIES, INCLUDING SERVICES FOR THE PHYSICALLY AND MENTALLY HANDICAPPED, WOULD BE PROVIDED TO THE NEW RESIDENTS.

TUESDAY, NOViMBER 2C, 19&4

- 5 -

+ IN A TOWN WITH A GROWING POPULATION, IT IS OBVIOUSLY DESIRABLE TO ESTABLISH A COMMUNITY CENTRE SO AS TO PROVIDE A FOCAL POINT FOR COMMUNITY ACTIVITIES AND WELFARE SERVICES,+ HE SAID.

MR CHAMBERS DESCRIBED THE NEW COMMUNITY CENTRE AS + A CONSIDERABLE ADVANCE* WHEN COMPARED WITH THOSE BUILT A DECADE AGO. HE HOPED THAT FURTHER IMPROVEMENTS IN STANDARDS AND FACILITIES COULD BE INTRODUCED IN THE NEAR FUTURE.

+FOR A COMMUNITY CENTRE TO BE SUCCESSFUL, THE PROVISION OF PHYSICAL FACILITIES ALONE IS NOT SUFFICIENT,* HE SAID, ADDING THAT LOCAL SUPPORT AND PARTICIPATION WERE ESSENTIAL.

IT WAS ALSO THE GOVERNMENT’S POLICY THAT ALL COMMUNITY CENTRES OPERATED BY THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT SHOULD HAVE MANAGEMENT COMMITTEES COMPRISING LOCAL REPRESENTATIVES TO ADVISE ON THE OPERATION OF THE CENTRE AND TO ENSURE THAT LOCAL NEEDS WERE MET.

THE NEW TAI PO COMMUNITY CENTRE IS LOCATED AT HEUNG SZE WUI STREET.

-----o------

TEXTILES QUOTA TRANSFER RULES MODIFIED *****

THE RULES REGARDING TEXTILES QUOTA TRANSFERS HAVE BEEN MODIFIED BY THE DIRECTOR OF TRADE, MR HAMISH MACLEOD, ON THE ADVICE OF THE TEXTILES ADVISORY BOARD.

IN A NOTICE TO EXPORTERS TODAY (TUESDAY), THE TRADE DEPARTMENT SAID, +ANY COMPANY WHICH HAS PERMANENTLY TRANSFERRED IN QUOTAS IN ANY CATEGORY IS NOT ALLOWED TO TRANSFER OUT ANY QUOTAS IN THAT CATEGORY ON A PERMANENT BASIS IN THE YEAR IN WHICH THE TRANSFER-IN HAS TAKEN PLACE (YEAR 1) OR THE YEAR IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING (YEAR 2), NOR ON A TEMPORARY BASIS IN YEAR 1. APART FROM THIS MODIFICATION, ALL EXISTING RULES REGARDING QUOTA TRANSFERS WILL CONTINUE TO APPLY.*

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID THE MODIFICATION WILL COME INTO FORCE ON JANUARY 1, 1985 FOR ALL MARKETS.

+IT IS PURELY AN INTERIM MEASURE AIMED AT PLUGGING A LOOPHOLE IN THE EXISTING RULES REGARDING QUOTA TRANSFERS AND TO DISCOURAGE SPECULATIVE TRADING IN QUOTAS, PENDING AN IMPROVEMENT OF THE QUOTA TRANSFER SYSTEM,* HE SAID.

A CONSULTATIVE DOCUMENT ON SUCH IMPROVEMENTS WAS BEING PREPARED AND WOULD BE ISSUED TO THE TRADE FOR COMMENTS, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 20, 1984

6

SPECIAL CAR NUMBERS OFFERED

M * * *

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT WILL HOLD ANOTHER. AUCTION OF SPECIAL CAR REGISTRATION NUMBERS ON SATURDAY (NOVEMBER 24) AT 10 AM, IN THE CITY HALL RECITAL HALL.

THIRTY FIVE SPECIAL CAR NUMBERS WILL BE AVAILABLE FOR BIDDING. THEY ARE:

DD2823 DD 248 DD 118 DD 284 BC 368

DD 981 DD 103 DD 1 DD 663 AC 8

AB2204 CH 40 DD 907 DC 4 DD3O33

1949 DD3368 DD1701 DD 778 DD6328

DD1323 DD9832 DD 331 CY 827 338

DD 389 AT8888 DD 88 DB 3 DD 980

DC9129 DD 668 DD 711 DD8889 BC 678

A TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN REMINDED BIDDERS THAT A VEHICLE REGISTRATION NUMBER WOULD BE ASSIGNED ONLY TO A VEHICLE REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDER WITHIN 12 MONTHS OF THE AUCTION.

PROCEEDS OF THE AUCTION WILL GO TO THE GOVERNMENT LOTTERIES FUND.

THE COMING AUCTION WILL BE THE 94TH TO BE HELD BY THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SINCE MAY 1973.

-------0---------

SECOND CHINESE MUSIC FESTIVAL SET FOR NEXT MONTH * * * *

THE MUSIC OFFICE OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT WILL BE STAGING THE SECOND CHINESE MUSIC FESTIVAL NEXT MONTH, FOLLOWING THE SUCCESS OF THE FIRST HELD IN NOVEMBER LAST YEAR, MR PATRICK WILLIAMSON, COMMISSIONER FOR RECREATION AND CULTURE, SAID TODAY.

THE FESTIVAL WILL BE HELD FROM DECEMBER 2 TO 9.

IN ADDITION TO LOCAL ARTISTES AND PERFORMING GROUPS, FIVE MUSICIANS FROM CHINA WILL PARTICIPATE IN THE FESTIVAL.

THEY ARE ZHANG SHAO, LIN SHI-CHENG, LI XIANG-TING, XIANG ZU-HUA AND ZHO JI-CHENG.

/+IT IS .......

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 20, 1984

7

+IT IS THE AIM OF THE MUSIC OFFICE TO DO ALL IT CAN TO IMPROVE THE STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE OF OUR YOUNG MUSICIANS, AND TO THIS END, A VARIED AND INTERESTING PROGRAMME OF ACTIVITIES HAS BEEN PREPARED,+ MR WILLIAMSON SAID.

THE OPENING CONCERT OF THE FESTIVAL WILL BE PERFORMED BY THE HONG KONG YOUTH CHINESE ORCHESTRA AT THE ACADEMIC COMMUNITY HALL ON DECEMBER 2 AT 8 PM.

A CANTONESE OPERA TROUPE, LED BY MISS LI PO-YING AND MR LAW KAR-YING, WILL PERFORM AT THE KOWLOON CARITAS SOCIAL CENTRE AT 8 PM ON DECEMBER 5, WHILE THE GUEST MUSICIANS FROM CHINA WILL GIVE A CONCERT AT THE TSUEN WAN TOWN HALL ON DECEMBER 7 AT 8 PM.

IN SUPPORT OF THE FESTIVAL, THE HONG KONG CHINESE ORCHESTRA OF THE URBAN COUNCIL WILL PRESENT A CONCERT AT THE KO SHAN THEATRE ON DECEMBER 8 AT 8 PM.

NINE WELL-ESTABLISHED LOCAL AMATEUR CHINESE ORCHESTRAS, TOGETHER WITH THE HONG KONG YOUTH CHINESE ORCHESTRA, WILL APPEAR IN THE FINALE CONCERT TO BE HELD AT THE TSUEN WAN TOWN HALL ON DECEMBER 9 AT 8 PM.

THE MUSIC ADMINISTRATOR, MRS DORIS HO, SAID THAT THIS YEAR S FESTIVAL PROMISED TO BE EVEN MORE EXCITING THAN THE FIRST WITH A FULL EIGHT-DAY PROGRAMME FEATURING A SERIES OF CONCERTS, SEMINARS

AND MASTER CLASSES.

MASTER CLASSES ON ER-HU, SOU-NA, YANG CHIN AND GU-CHING WILL BE CONDUCTED BY THE VISITING CHINESE MUSICIANS AT THE MONG KOK, YAU MA TEI AND HONG KONG MUSIC CENTRES ON DECEMBER 3.

A SEMINAR ON THE +AESTHETIC VALUES OF CHINESE MUSIC* WILL BE CONDUCTED THE SAME DAY BY PROFESSOR LOUIS CHEN AT THE YAU MA TEI MUSIC CENTRE, AND ANOTHER SEMINAR ON THE +RELATIONSHIP AND COMPARISON BETWEEN CHINESE AND JAPANESE MUSIC* BY PROFESSOR LUI PING-CHUEN AT THE YAU MA TEI MUSIC CENTRE ON DECEMBER 8.

THE DIRECTOR OF URBAN SERVICES, MR GRAHAM BARNES, WILL BE THE OFFICIATING GUEST AT THE OPENING CONCERT. THE DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, MR MICHAEL LEUNG, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE FINALE CONCERT.

TICKETS FOR THE OPENING CONCERT, THE DEMONSTRATION CONCERT AND THE FINALE CONCERT AT $5 EACH ARE ON SALE AT ALL MUSIC CENTRES OF THE MUSIC OFFICE WHERE FREE ADMISSION TICKETS FOR THE CANTONESE OPERA PERFORMANCE ON DECEMBER 5 MAY ALSO BE OBTAINED. THE TELEPHONE NUMBER FOR ENQUIRIES IS 0-428127.

TICKETS FOR THE CONCERT BY THE HONG KONG CHINESE ORCHESTRA, AT $10, $20 AND $40 ARE AVAILABLE AT ALL URBAN COUNCIL COMPUTERISED BOX OFFICES.

THE NUMBER FOR ENQUIRIES IS 3-7213283.

--------o----------

/8........

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 20, 1984

8

IMMIGRATION HOTLINE MEETS POPULAR DEMAND * * * *

THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT’S TELEPHONE HOTLINE -- NO. 3-7333111 -- FOR PUBLIC ENQUIRIES AND REQUESTS HAS PROVED INCREASINGLY POPULAR.

THE NUMBER OF ENQUIRIES HANDLED HAD GROWN STEADILY OVER THE YEARS, FROM 1.08 MILLION IN 1981 TO 1.63 MILLION IN 1983. IN THE FIRST NINE MONTHS OF THIS YEAR, 970 000 ENQUIRIES WERE RECEIVED, OVER HALF OF WHICH WERE DEALT WITH THROUGH THE HOTLINE.

+THERE WERE, OF COURSE, UNUSUAL FLUCTUATIONS SOMETIMES BECAUSE OF SPECIAL DEVELOPMENTS,* MR WONG PUI-CHI, A SENIOR IMMIGRATION OFFICER OF THE DEPARTMENT, SAID.

FOR INSTANCE, THERE WAS A RAPID INCREASE IN THE NUMBER OF ENQUIRIES, BY TELEPHONE AND BY POST, IN 1982 FOLLOWING THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE BRITISH NATIONALITY ACT 1981.

+AS THIS ACT HAD WIDE IMPLICATIONS FOR THE CITIZENS OF THE UNITED KINGDOM AND COLONIES, WE RECEIVED A LOT OF ENQUIRIES THROUGH OUR HOTLINE.*

+ANOTHER MAJOR TOPIC HAS BEEN THE NEW IDENTITY CARD ISSUE SCHEME LAUNCHED IN MAY 1983. MANY CALLERS ASKED ABOUT ’WHEN’ ’WHERE’ AND ’HOW’ TO GET THEIR NEW CARDS,* MR WONG SAID.

BUT GENERALLY SPEAKING, THE WORKLOAD OF THE DEPARTMENT’S INFORMATION OFFICE HAS BEEN ON THE RISE. THE MORE COMMON TOPICS HANDLED INCLUDE EXTENSION OF STAY IN HONG KONG, PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING TRAVEL DOCUMENTS AND VISAS, AS WELL AS BIRTH. DEATH AND MARRIAGE REGISTRATIONS.

QUESTIONS ABOUT IMMIGRATION REGULATIONS FOR PHILIPPINE DOMESTIC HELPERS AND APPLICATION FOR IDENTITY CARDS ARE ALSO COMMON.

WHEN THE DEPARTMENT MOVED TO ITS PRESENT MIRROR TOWER HEADQUARTERS IN EAST TSIM SHA TSUI IN 1982, THE INFORMATION OFFICE EXPANDED THE NUMBER OF ITS HOTLINE EXTENSIONS FROM NINE TO 12.

AS A BACKUP, THE OFFICE HAS FIVE TAPE-RECORDING SETUPS TO HANDLE TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES AFTER OFFICE HOURS.

IT ALSO PROVIDES A DIAL-A-FORM SERVICE. FORMS AND LEAFLETS ARE SENT BY POST TO PEOPLE WHO HAVE REQUESTED THEM BY PHONE.

/IN ADDITION,

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 20, 1984

- 9 -

IN ADDITION, IT DEALS WITH POSTAL ENQUIRIES REGULARLY. LAST YEAR, 2 582 SUCH ENQUIRIES WERE RECEIVED, 17 PER CENT MORE THAN IN 1982.

SOME 60 PER CENT OF THE POSTAL ENQUIRIES, MOSTLY ABOUT VISA AND OTHER IMMIGRATION-RELATED ISSUES, CAME FROM OVERSEAS, NOTABLY CHINA, MACAU, SOUTHEAST ASIA AND THE UNITED STATES.

+ THE WORKLOAD KEEPS OUR INFORMATION OFFICE VERY BUSY. BUT IT IS GRATIFYING THAT WE GET MANY MORE SATISFIED 'CUSTOMERS’,* MR WONG SAID.

-----o------

TEN PIN BOWLING FOR DEAF YOUTHS * * * *

A GROUP OF DEAF YOUTHS ARE BEING INSTRUCTED ON THE GAME OF TEN PIN BOWLING AS PART OF A PILOT PROJECT TO BRING THE FUN OF SPORTS TO SUCH HANDICAPPED PERSONS.

ORGANISED BY THE RECREATION AND SPORTS SERVICE OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT AND THE HONG KONG RECREATION CLUB FOR THE DEAF, THE PROJECT EMPLOYS EXPERIENCED COACHES AND VISUAL AIDS, HELPED BY SIGN LANGUAGE INTERPRETERS, TO TEACH THE YOUTHS THE BASIC SKILLS OF TEN PIN BOWLING.

+THE OCCASIONAL DIFFICULTY OF INTERPRETING SOME OF THE BOWLING JARGON AND TECHNIQUES THROUGH SIGN LANGUAGE IS GENERALLY OFFSET BY THE KEENESS OF THE YOUNG PEOPLE IN LEARNING THE GAME,* W JAMES HUEN, THE HEAD COACH SAID TODAY.

THEIR ENTHUSIASM FOR THE GAME WAS VERY HEARTENING, HE SAID. THOSE TAKING THE COURSE WILL LATER ENGAGE IN A COMPETITION AMONG THEMSELVES, AND WILL HAVE TO PASS A WRITTEN TEST, AFTER WHICH THEY WILL BE GIVEN CERTIFICATES IN EARLY DECEMBER, MR HUEN SAID.

THE TRAINING IS BEING HELD AT THE BOWLING CENTRE OF TOP BOWL LIMITED, SPONSORS OF THE PROJECT.

-------o----------

/10........

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 20, 1984

10

FIRST SURVEY ON DESIGN PROFESSION

*****

THE FIRST SURVEY TO COLLECT EMPLOYMENT STATISTICS AND IDENTIFY TRAINING REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DESIGN PROFESSION WILL BE HELD FROM NOVEMBER 30 TO DECEMBER 21.

IT WILL COVER MORE THAN 700 FIRMS AND ORGANISATIONS, INCLUDING ESTABLISHMENTS IN ARCHITECTURE AND RELATED FIELDS, INTERIOR DESIGNERS, ADVERTISING AND PUBLIC RELATIONS AGENCIES, MOTION PICTURE AND ENTERTAINMENT FIRMS, DEPARTMENT STORES, APPAREL WHOLESALERS AS WELL AS IMPORT AND EXPORT COMPANIES.

THE STUDY WILL BE CONDUCTED BY THE COMMITTEE ON TECHNICAL EDUCATION OF THE VOCATIONAL TRAINING COUNCIL, WITH THE HELP OF THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT, THE TECHNICAL EDUCATION AND INDUSTRIAL TRAINING DEPARTMENT AND THE GOVERNMENT DATA PROCESSING AGENCY.

+IN VIEW OF THE INCREASING DEMAND FOR DESIGN PERSONNEL IN VARIOUS SECTORS IN THE ECONOMY, THE COMMITTEE MUST ASCERTAIN THE EMPLOYMENT SITUATION AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS BEFORE DRAWING UP COMPREHENSIVE PLANS ON DESIGN CURRICULUM AND PROVISION AT TECHNICAL INSTITUTES,* A SPOKESMAN FOR THE COMMITTEE SAID.

AT PRESENT DESIGN COURSES AT TECHNICIAN AND CRAFT LEVELS ARE OFFERED AT THE LEE WAI LEE TECHNICAL INSTITUTE WITH AN ANNUAL OUTPUT OF 200 GRADUATES.

+THE FINDINGS OF THE SURVEY WILL ALSO SERVE AS USEFUL REFERENCE FOR OTHER LOCAL EDUCATION INSTITUTIONS IN FORMULATING THEIR TRAINING PROGRAMMES FOR DESIGN PERSONNEL,* THE SPOKESMAN ADDED.

QUESTIONNAIRES AND EXPLANATORY NOTES HAVE BEEN SENT OUT TO EMPLOYERS TO BE SURVEYED. THEY WILL BE ASKED TO SUPPLY THE NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES OR APPRENTICES ENGAGED IN DESIGN WORK, EXISTING VACANCIES AND A FORECAST ON DESIGN MANPOWER REQUIREMENT FOR THE NEXT 12 MONTHS.

THE SPOKESMAN STRESSED THAT ALL INFORMATION WOULD BE TREATED IN STRICT CONFIDENCE AND WOULD BE PUBLISHED ONLY IN THE FORM OF STATISTICAL SUMMARIES WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ANY INDIVIDUAL ESTABLISHMENTS.

- o-----------

/11

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 20, 1984

11

AWARDS FOR DISABLED * * * *

THE DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION (DESIGNATE), MR MICHAEL LEUNG, AND THE MANAGING DIRECTOR OF THE SHELL COMPANY OF HONG KONG LTD., |!r H. WEBB-PEPLOE, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE THIRD PRESENTATION OF THE SHELL-ISLAND JAYCEES SCHOLARSHIP FOR THE DISABLED AT 3 PM ON THURSDAY (NOVEMBER 22) AT SHELL HOUSE, 10TH FLOOR, 24 QUEEN’S ROAD, CENTRAL, HONG KONG.

THE AWARDS ARE TO ENCOURAGE PUPILS WITH HANDICAPS TO REALISE THE IMPORTANCE OF EDUCATION, AND TO DEVELOP THEIR CAPABILITIES AND POTENTIALS TO SERVE THE COMMUNITY.

-------o---------

JOINT SCHOOLS GRADUATION CEREMONY

* * * *

A JOINT GRADUATION CEREMONY OF FISH MARKETING ORGANISATION SECONDARY AND PRIMARY SCHOOLS WILL BE HELD IN THE CITY HALL CONCERT HALL TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY).

DR J.M. RIDDELL-SWAN, DIRECTOR OF AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES AND THE HON CHEUNG YAN-LUNG, MEMBER OF LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE CEREMONY.

MRS CHEUNG WILL PRESENT CERTIFICATES AND PRIZES WHILE hRS RIDDELL-SWAN WILL PRESENT THE F.M.O. SECONDARY SCHOOL EDUCATIONAL ASSISTANCE AWARDS TO THE STUDENTS.

-----0------

DANCE TREAT FROM EAST AND WEST

* * * *

ORIENTAL AND WESTERN DANCES WILL BE PERFORMED AT THE TSUEN WAN TOWN HALL ON SUNDAY (NOVEMBER 25) AT 7.30 PM AND AT LUT SAU HALL IN YUEN LONG ON THE EVENING OF DECEMBER 9.

THE TWO +DANCE PERFORMANCE EVENINGS* WILL FEATURE BALLET, WESTERN FOLK DANCE, CHINESE FOLK, ETHNIC AND CLASSICAL DANCES, AND MODERN DANCE. THEY ARE JOINTLY PRESENTED BY THE RECREATION AND SPORTS SERVICE OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT AND THE HONG KONG DANCE FEDERATION.

AMONG THE PERFORMERS WILL BE THE RECREATION AND SPORTS CHINESE DANCE TROUPE, THE HONG KONG DANCE COMPANY, THE HONG KONG SCHOOLS DANCE TEAM AND THE HONG KONG ACADEMY OF BALLET.

ATHE PERFORMANCES.........

TUESDAY, N0VD4BEB 20, 1984

- 12

IJ J +

+THE PERFORMANCES WILL PROVIDE A FORUM FOR DANCERS TO EXCHANG ARTISTIC EXPERIENCE AND PROMOTE AN APPRECIATIVE AUDIENCE IN DANCE, AN RSS SPOKESMAN SAID.

TICKET VOUCHERS FOR THE PERFORMANCE MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE HEAD OFFICE OF THE RECREATION AND SPORTS SERVICE IN WING ON CENTRE IN CONNAUGHT ROAD CENTRAL OR ITS 19 DISTRICT OFFICES.

VOUCHERS FOR THIS SUNDAY’S PERFORMANCE CAN BE EXCHANGED FOR FREE ADMISSION TICKETS FROM THE BOOKING OFFICE OF TSUEN WAN TOWN HALL BETWEEN 5 PM AND 7.15 PM ON THAT DAY, AND VOUCHERS FOR THE PERFORMANCE ON DECEMBER 9 CAN BE EXCHANGED FOR FREE ADMISSION TICKETS FROM THE BOOKING OFFICE OF LUT SAU HALL BETWEEN 5 PM AND 7.15 PM ON THAT DAY.

FOR FURTHER ENQUIRIES TELEPHONE 5-458511.

-------0---------

MOVE TO CLOSE ILLEGAL STRUCTURE * * * *

THE BUILDING AUTHORITY TODAY (TUESDAY) DECLARED THAT THE ILLEGAL STRUCTURE ON THE ROOF AREA OVER FLAT B, 53 YUET WAH STREET, KWUN TONG SHOULD BE CLOSED TO ENABLE DEMOLITION WORK TO BE CARRIED OUT, WITHOUT DANGER TO THE OCCUPIERS OR THE PUBLIC.

IN A STATEMENT ISSUED THIS MORNING, THE PRINCIPAL GOVERNMENT BUILDING SURVEYOR SAID A RECENT INSPECTION SHOWED THAT THE DEMOLITION ORDER WHICH HAD BEEN SERVED TO THE OWNER HAD NOT BEEN COMPLIED WITH. IT WAS CONSIDERED NECESSARY TO CLOSE THE STRUCTURE FOR THE INTENDED WORK.

A NOTICE OF INTENTION TO APPLY FOR A CLOSURE ORDER IN THE KOWLOON DISTRICT COURT ON DECEMBER 18 AT 9.30 AM WAS POSTED TODAY.

-----0------

/U.....

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 20, 1934

13

NEW BUS TERMINUS FOR CHAI WAN * * * * *

A BUS TERMINUS IS BEING BUILT AT THE JUNCTION OF CHAI WAN ROAD AND SHEUNG ON STREET TO PROVIDE A MORE SATISFACTORY SERVICE TO COMMUTERS.

IT WILL CONSIST OF SIX BAYS VARYING IN LENGTH FROM 19 METRES TO 43 METRES, SIX PASSENGER PLATFORMS AND FOOTWAYS.

WORK ON THE PROJECT STARTED LAST WEEK AND WILL TAKE SIX MONTHS TO COMPLETE.

SHELTERS FOR PASSENGER PLATFORMS, A KIOSK AND A CANTEEN FOR

SHELTERS rOK be guiLT By THE gfo C0MPANY AFTER THE TERMINUS

BUS REGULATORS WILL HAS BEEN COMPLETED.

-----o------

PMG TO MEET MEDIA * * * *

THE POSTMASTER GENERAL, MR HUGH ARDLEY, WILL MEET THE MEDIA IN THE GIS PRESS CONFERENCE ROOM. FIFTH FLOOR, BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, AT 4 PM ON THURSDAY (NOVEMBER 22).

DEATH SENTENCES COMMUTED * * * *

THE GOVERNOR AFTER TAKING INTO CONSIDERATION THE ADVICE OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIII HASDECIDED THAT THE DEATH SENTENCES PASSED ON LAU TAK-LOK AND LAU SHING-TIM ON JANUARY 13, 1983, AND ON ON JUNE 27, 1983 SHOULD BE COMMUTED TO LIFE

KEUNG SIN-CHI IMPRISONMENT.

BOTH LAU TAK-LOK AND LAU SHING-TIM HAD BEEN FOUND GUILTY OF THE MURDER OF MR SHING PUI-LUN ON DECEMBER 31, 1981.

KEUNG SIN-CHI WAS FOUND GUILTY OF THE MURDER OF MRS LAW LAM PUI-CHUN, HER DAUGHTER LAW WAI-YEE AND SON LAW CHI-YAN ON SEPTEMBER 28, 1982.

- - 0 -

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 21, 1984

CONTHITS • PAGE NO.

LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL MEETING: LEGCO TO HAVE 56 MEMBERS BY 1985 ...................... 1

NEARLY 7,000 ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS CAUGHT IN SIX MONTHS .. 4

LEGAL PROVISIONS ON ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS EXTENDED....... 6

27,000 PERSONS RECORDED MISSING IN FIVE YEARS...'...... 7

WATCH KEPT OVER BDTC PASSPORTS ........................ 8

NO ROOM FUR EXPANSION OF FACILITIES ................... 9

STEPS TAKEN TO CUT MAN KhM TO CONGESTION .............. 9

NEW LO WU STATION TO SPEED CLEARANCE................... 10

TRAFFIC AT CROSS-HARBOUR ENTRIES GETS BETTER .......... 11

RULES FOR CAR TESTS DRAFTED ........................... 11

EFFORT MADE TO REDUCE RAILWAY NOISE .................. 12

COMMUNITY SERVICE ORDERS SCHEME BACKED .............  . 12

HELP OFFERED FOREIGN INVESTORS 'WELL PUBLICISED' ...... 15

NEW LAW REDUCES COURT TIME ............................ 16

MEDICAL CLINICS BILL INTRODUCED .................... 18

NO EVIDENCE OF CHILD ABUSE INCREASE ................... 18

+CIVIL LIABILITY RIGHTLY PLACED+- ..................... 19

• /ACTION AGAINST ......................

ACTION AGAINST DANGEROUS SIGNBOARDS ......................... 20

BILLIARD SALOON SEGREGATED FROM FLATS ....................... 20

SHEUNG SHUI BETTER AS QUARANTINE DEPOT ...................... 22

INSURANCE QUESTION EXPLAINED ................................ 22

GOVERNOR PAYS TRIBUTE TO TWO OFFICIAL MEMBERS................ 25

SIX BILLS PASSED ............................................ 2^

CRACKDOWN ON FAKE COMPUTER PRODUCTS ..........................   25

SPECIAL MEETING ................................................ 26

SEMINAR FOR WAN CHAI RESIDENTS ................................. 26

FISHERMEN NOW BETTER EDUCATED .................................  26

BUSY TIME FOR AIR-CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS ..................... 27

TWO KWUN TONG SITES FOR TENDER ................................  28

PASSING OUT PARADE .......................................... . 28

YOUTH TO PARADE ................................................ 29

TRAFFIC CHANGE FOR YOUTH PARADE ............................... 29

ROAD CLOSURE ................................................... 29

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 21, 19^4

1

LEGCO TO HAVE 56 MEMBERS BY 1985

******

a/I TH THE CHANGES MADE TO THE ORIGINAL PROPOSALS IN THE GREEN PAPER FOR THE FUTURE COMPOSITION OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, ITS TOTAL MEMBERSHIP WOULD BE EXPANDED TO 56 EY 1985, THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, SAID TODAY.

SPEAKING ON THE JUST PUBLISHED wHITE PAPER ON THE FURTHER DEVELOPMENT OF REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT IN HONG KONG, SIR EDWARD SAID THAT OF THE 56 MEMBERS, 24 WOULD BE ELECTED UNOFFICIALS, 22 WOULD BE APPOINTED UNOFFICIALS AND 13 wOULD BE OFFICIALS.

THE CHANGES LEADING TO THIS NEW LEGCO COMPOSITION ARE:

n ill

* FIRST, THE NUMBER OF MEMBERS WHO WILL BE ELECTED BY THE ELECTORAL COLLEGE AND THE FUNCTIONAL CONSTITUENCIES IN 1985 WILL BE INCREASED, IN BOTH CASES FROM SIX TO 12.

* SECOND, IT IS INTENDED TO DIVIDE THE DISTRICT BOARD MEMBER OF THE ELECTORAL COLLEGE INTO 10 GEOGRAPHICAL CONSTITUENT BASED ON GROUPS OF DISTRICTS, EACH OF WHICH WILL REPRESENT ROUGHLY HALF A MILLION PEOPLE. IN ADDITION, THE URBAN COUNCIL AND REGIONAL COUNCIL MEMBERS OF THE COLLEGE WILL EACH FORM A SEPARATE CONSTITUENCY. THESE 12 CONSTITUENCIES WITHIN THE ELECTORAL COLLEGE WILL EACH ELECT ONE MEMBER TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL IN 1985.

* THIRD, THE 12 UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS FROM THE NINE FUNCTIONAL CONSTITUENCIES TO BE ELECTED IN 1985 WILL REPRESENT THE COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL, FINANCIAL, LABOUR, SOCIAL SERVICES AND EDUCATION SECTORS OF THE COMMUNITY, AND THE LEGAL, MEDICAL AND ENGINEERING PROFESSIONS. THEY HAVE BEEN SELECTED BECAUSE EACH REPRESENTS A MAJOR SECTOR OF THE COMMUNITY, IMPORTANT TO HONG KONG’S ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL PROGRESS; AND BECAUSE THERE ARE WELL ESTABLISHED COMMUNITY-WIDE INSTITUTIONS AND ASSOCIATIONS, OR PROFESSIONAL REGISTERS, TO PROVIDE A BASIS FOR THEIR ELECTORAL ROLLS. THE COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL AND LABOUR CONSTITUENCIES wILL ELECT TWO MEMBERS EACHj THE OTHER SIX WILL ELECT ONE MEMBER EACH.

* FOURTH, THE NUMBER OF APPOINTED UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL WILL BE REDUCED TO 22 IN 1985, INSTEAD OF 23 AS WAS PROPOSED IN THE GREEN PAPER.

* FIFTH, IT IS INTENDED TO REDUCE THE NUMBER OF OFFICIAL MEMBERS TO ID, INCLUDING THE THREE EX-OFFICIO MEMBERS, IN 1985.

/Si:; jduaRD .

WEDNESDAY, FOVEMBER 21, 198U

2

SIR EDWARD SAID IN MAKING THE CHANGES THE GOVERNMENT HAD TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT VIEWS AND SUGGESTIONS ON THE PROPOSALS SET OUT IN THE GREEN PAPER.

IT COULD BE ARGUED THAT THE INCREASE IN THE NUMBER OF ELECTtD MEMBERS HAD BROUGHT FORWARD TO 1985 SOME OF THE ARRANGEMENTS ORIGINALLY PROPOSED FOR 1988; AND THAT THERE REMAINED A CASE FOR ALLOWING THESE ARRANGEMENTS TO BE TESTED OVER AT LEAST TWO ELECTIONS BEFORE THEY WERE REVIEWED, SIR EDWARD SAID.

♦CERTAINLY WE DO NOT WISH TO RISK THE INSTABILITY WHICH COULD BE CAUSED BY DISRUPTIVE CHANGE.

BUT THERE WAS STRONG SUPPORT FOR THE IDEA OF A REVIEW, AND ALSO A WIDELY EXPRESSED FEELING THAT IT SHOULD BE HELD BEFORE THE ELECTIONS SCHEDULED FOR 1988,+ SIR EDWARD ADDED.

HE SAID IT WAS ALSO EVIDENT THAT HONG KONG’S REPRESENTATIVE SYSTEM MUST BE DEVELOPED PROGRESSIVELY OVER THE YEARS TO COME.

THERE WOULD BE A NEED BEFORE THE 1988 ELECTIONS TO CONSIDER FURTHER NOT ONLY THE QUESTION OF DIRECT ELECTIONS BUT OTHER ISSUES RAISED IN THE GREEN PAPER IN THE LIGHT OF THE PROVISIONS CF THE SINO-BRITISH DRAFT AGREEMENT.

+GIVEN THESE DEVELOPMENTS AND THE STRONG PUBLIC FEELING ON THE ISSUE, THE GOVERNMENT HAS DECIDED TO HOLD A GENERAL REVIEW IN 1987. THIS w ILL ASSESS PROGRESS, AND RECOMMEND WHAT FURTHER MEASURES SHOULD BE PURSUED IN THE FUTURE,+ SIR EDWARD TOLD THE COUNCIL.

HE SAID IN PREPARING THE WHITE PAPER, THE GOVERNMENT HAD KEPT FIRMLY IN VIEW THE AIMS SET OUT IN THE GREEN PAPER.

THESE WERE:

* TO DEVELOP A SYSTEM OF GOVERNMENT WHICH IS FIRMLY ROOTED IN THE COMMUNITY; ON WHICH THE VIEWS OF THE COMMUNITY ARE FULLY REPRESENTED; AND WHICH IS ACCOUNTABLE TO THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG

* TO DEVELOP THIS SYSTEM PROGRESSIVELY, BUILDING ON THE EXISTING INSTITUTIONS, AND THE WELL-ESTABLISHED PRACTICt OF GOVERNMENT BY CONSENSUS; AND

* TO GIVE AN OPPORTUNITY FOR THE PROPOSALS TO BE TESTED IN THE LIGHT OF EXPERIENCE, AND TO HOLD A REVIEW OF THE POSITION BEFORE DECIDING THE DIRECTION AND TIMING OF ANY FURTHER DEVELOPMENTS OF THE SYSTEM.

/♦THOSE aD-IS.......

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 21, 1984

+THOSE AIMS WERE STRONGLY SUPPORTED BY THE MAJORITY OF THE ORGANISATIONS AND INDIVIDUAL MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC WHO COMMENTED ON THE GREEN PAPER. THEY HAVE BEEN RETAINED AS THE AIMS OF THE WHITE PAPER,* SIR EDWARD STATED.

AS REGARDS THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL, SIR EDWARD POINTED OUT, IT HAD BEEN PROPOSED IN THE GREEN PAPER THAT THE UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS CF LEGCO SHOULD, IN DUE COURSE, ELECT THE MAJORITY OF UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS FROM AMONG THEIR OWN NUMBER. THERE HAD BEEN SOME SUPPORT FOR THE ARRANGEMENTS PROPOSED 5 OTHERS, HOWEVER, HAD CONSIDERED THAT A FUTURE CHIEF EXECUTIVE SHOULD BE FREE TO SELECT HIS OWN EXECUTIVE COUNCIL.

MANY PEOPLE HAD EXPRESSED SUPPORT FOR THE INTRODUCTION OF SOME FORM OF MINISTERIAL SYSTEM IN FUTURE TO GIVE THE UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL MORE AUTHORITY TO MONITOR AND CONTROL THE POLICIES AND OPERATIONS OF THE GOVERNMENT.

+BUT THIS IS NOT THE ONLY WAY OF PROCEEDING. NOR CAN THE PROPOSAL BE CONSIDERED SEPARATELY FROM THE WIDER ^^aT^ONShIp^

FUTURE COMPOSITION OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL, ITS RELATIONSHIP WITH THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, AND THE FUTURE POSITION OF OFFICIAL

MEMBERS OF BOTH COUNCILS.

+IT IS NOT INTENDED TO MAKE ANY CHANGES AFFECTING THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL IN 1985. THE WHOLE QUESTION OF THE EXECUTIVE AND ITS COMPOSITION AND ROLE WILL REMAIN OPEN FOR FURTHER CONSIDERATION AND PUBLIC DISCUSSION AT A LATER STAGE,* HE SAID.

THE PROPOSAL IN THE GREEN PAPER THAT THE GOVERNOR SHOULD BE REPLACED IN DUE COURSE AS PRESIDENT OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL BY A PRESIDING OFFICER ELECTED BY UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS OF THIS COUNCIL FROM AMONG THEIR OWN NUMBER HAD GENERALLY BEEN WELL RECE IVED, HE POINTED OUT.

BUT IT WAS APPARENT THAT PUBLIC OPINION FAVOURED CAUTION, WITH THE PRESENT POSITION OF THE GOVERNOR TO BE RETAINED UNCHANGED FOR THE NEXT FEW YEARS AT LEAST.

+IT IS THEREFORE INTENDED TO RECONSIDER THIS PROPOSAL IN THE 1987 REVIEW,* SIR EDWARD SAID.

ON CIVIC EDUCATION, THE WHITE PAPER RECORDS THE GOVERNMENT’S INTENTION TO PROMOTE AND ENCOURAGE IT.

THERE HAD BEEN SEVERAL SUGGESTIONS THAT UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS CF LEGCO SHOULD BE GIVEN ADEQUATE REMUNERATION TO ENSURE THAT PROSPECTIVE CANDIDATES WERE NOT PREVENTED FOR FINANCIAL REASONS FROM STANDING FOR ELECTION, AND TO tNABLE THEM TO DEVOTE THE PROPER AMOUNT OF TIME AND ATTENTION TO THEIR DUTIEi AS COUNCILLORS.

/+t;:e white..........

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 21, 1984

4

+THE WHITE PAPER RECORDS THE GOVERNMENT’S INTENTION TO MtiT THIS NEED BY PROVIDING A STANDARD RATE ON REMUNERATION, AS WELL AS PAYMENT OF EXPENSES, FOR UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS OF THE LEGISLATIV-COUNCIL.

+THE LEVEL OF REMUNERATION IS NOU UNDER CONSIDERATION WITH A VIP W TO INTRODUCING THE SCHEME WHEN THE FIRST ELECTED MEMBERS JOIN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL NEXT YEAR,* SIR EDWARD SAID.

THE PLANS SET OUT IN THE WHITE PAPER REPRESENTED WHAT SIR EDWARD CONSIDERED AS +AN IMPORTANT STEP FORWARD* IN THE CONSTITUTIONAL DEVELOPMENT OF HONG KONG.

+l HAVE NO DOUBT THAT SOME WILL SAY THAT WE ARE BEING TOO CAUTIOUS ; OTHERS THAT WE ARE MOVING TOO FAST.

+BUT I BELIEVE THAT THE GREAT MAJORITY OF PEOPLE IN HONG KONG ACCEPT THAT CHANGE MUST BE GRADUAL ; THAT WE MUST ALLOw OUk OWN SYSTEM TO EVOLVE NATURALLY TO MEET THE NEEDS OF PRESENT-DAY HONG KONG- AND THAT THE IMPLICATIONS OF FUTURE CONSTITUTIONAL CHANGE ARE; SO IMPORTANT TO THE FUTURE WELL-BEING OF OUR COMMUNITY THAT WE CANNOT AFFORD TO MAKE MISTAKES,* SIR EDWARD SAID.

FOR THESE REASONS, THE WHITE PAPER CONTINUES TO ADOPT THE STEP-BY-STEP APPROACH WITH THE NEXT REVIEw PLANNED FOR 1937.

+1 AM CONFIDENT THAT THIS APPROACH WILL BEST ENSURE THAT wE ACHIEVE OUR OBJECTIVE OF DEVELOPING A SYSTEM OF GOVERNMENT ON WHICH THE VIEWS OF ALL SECTORS OF OUR SOCIETY ARE REPRESENTED ; WHICH IS RESPONSIVE TO THE NEEDS OF OUR COMMUNITY AND WHICH IS RESPONSIBLE TO THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG,* HE SAID.

--------0 ---------

NEARLY 7 OQO ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS CAUGHT IN SIX MONTHS * * * * *

A TOTAL OF 6 884 ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS FROM CHINA HAD BEEN CAUGHT IN THE PAST SIX MONTHS, THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON DAVID JEAFFRESON, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.

IN REPLY TO QUESTIONS FROM THE HON HO KAM-FAI, MR JEAFFRESON • SAID THE TOTAL COMPRISED 989 FOR MAY, 971 FOR JUNE, 816 FOR JULY, 1 091 FOR AUGUST, 1 617 FOR SEPTEMBER AND 1 400 FOR OCTOBER.

TO COUNTER RUMOURS BEING SPREAD BY PEOPLE ORGANISING ILLEGAL MIGRATION, THE GOVERNMENT HAD REPEATEDLY SAID THERE WOULD EE NO AMNESTY FOR ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS IN HONG KONG FOLLOWING THE SIGNING OF THE S INO-BRITISH AGREEMENT.

Awe will.........

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 21, 1984

- 5 -

+WE WILL CONTINUE TO RETURN ALL ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS TO CHINA,+ NR JEAFFRESON STRESSED.

THE NEW IDENTITY CARD, WHICH WAS VERY DIFFICULT TO FORGE, WOULD MAKE IT VIRTUALLY IMPOSSIBLE FOR ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS TO GET AWAY WITH ILLEGAL DOCUMENTATION FOR LIVING IN HONG KONG, HE SAID.

HE TOLD THE COUNCIL THAT THIRDLY, THE POLICE HAD STREAMLINED THEIR PROCEDURES FOR CHECKING I.D. CARDS AND, WITH THE HELP OF THEIR COMPUTER SYSTEM, THEY COULD CHECK SUBSTANTIALLY MORE EACH DAY.

FOURTH, TO MAKE IT DIFFICULT FOR ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS TO GET WORK, THE POLICE, IMMIGRATION AND LABOUR DEPARTMENTS WERE MAINTAINING A HIGH LEVEL OF OPERATIONS AGAINST THE EMPLOYMENT OF PERSONS WITHOUT VALID I.D. CARDS, PARTICULARLY IN FACTORIES, RESTAURANTS AND ON CONSTRUCTION SITES.

FIFTH, THE POLICE, ARMY, NAVY AND IMMIGRATION SERVICES WERE CONTINUING TO MAINTAIN THEIR VIGILANCE ON THE BORDERS.

FOR THE SEA BORDERS, THE POLICE AND THE NAVY WERE TO BE REINFORCED WITH NEW VESSELS.

ON THE LAND BORDER, THE FENCE WITH ITS LIGHTS AND ALARM SYSTEM CONTINUED TO PROVE EFFECTIVE.

THE ARMY HAD RECENTLY DEPLOYED THERMAL-IMAGERY EQUIPMENT TO IMPROVE THEIR NIGHT VIEWING CAPABILITY.

THE POLICE HAD ALSO RECENTLY IMPROVED THEIR CAPABILITY ON THE LAND BORDER BY DEPLOYING ADDITIONAL MANPOWER AND BY REORGANISING THEIR COMMAND STRUCTURE THERE.

HE POINTED OUT THAT OF THE TOTAL OF ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS CAUGHT OVER THE PAST SIX MONTHS, SIGNIFICANT INCREASES HAD BEEN IN ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS ARRESTED ON ENTRY, NOT IN EVADERS WHO SURFACED IN HONG KONG.

+IT MAY BE STILL A BIT TOO EARLY TO DRAW FIRM CONCLUSIONS FROM THESE STATISTICS, BUT GIVEN THE IMPROVED METHODS WE HAVE FOR DETECTING EVADERS, IT LOOKS AS IF OUR FORCES ON OUR BORDERS ARE BECOMING EVEN MORE EFFECTIVE IN INTERCEPTING ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS AS THEY TRY TO CROSS INTO HONG KONG,+ MR JEAFFRESON SAID.

- - 0 - -

/6

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 21, 1934

- 6 -

LEGAL PROVISIONS ON ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS EXTENDED *******

VARIOUS LEGAL PROVISIONS DEALING WITH ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS FROM CHINA AND VIETNAMESE REFUGEES WERE EXTENDED TODAY BY THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL FOR ANOTHER YEAR FROM THE END OF 1984.

IN RECENT YEARS, THE NUMBERS OF VIETNAMESE REFUGEES AND OF ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS FROM CHINA HAVE DIMINISHED DRAMATICALLY.

♦BUT THE HARD FACT REMAINS THAT THE PROBLEMS OF VIETNAMESE REFUGEES AND ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS ARE STILL WITH US,+ THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON DAVID JEAFFRESON, SAID IN THE COUNCIL.

IN THE FIRST 10 MONTHS OF THIS YEAR, 2 019 VIETNAMESE REFUGEES REACHED HERE, COMPARED WITH 3 573 IN THE SAME PERIOD OF LAST YEAR.

MR JEAFFRESON REPORTED THERE HAD BEEN A MARKED INCREASE IN THE NUMBERS OF ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS FROM CHINA THIS YEAR, LARGELY AS A RESULT OF RUMOURS THAT AN AMNESTY WOULD BE GRANTED ON THE SIGNING OF THE SINO-BRITISH AGREEMENT. HE STRESSED THERE WAS +N0 TRUTH WHATSOEVER* IN THESE RUMOURS.

IN THE FIRST 10 MONTHS, 7 550 CHINESE ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS WERE ARRESTED WHILE ATTEMPTING TO ENTER HONG KONG AND 2 404 EVADERS WERE CAUGHT WITHIN HONG KONG, COMPARED WITH 4 046 BORDER ARRESTS AND 2 514 EVADERS DURING LAST YEAR’S CORRESPONDING PERIOD.

PARTS VIIA AND VI IB OF THE IMMIGRATION ORDINANCE WERE ENACTED IN AUGUST 1979 TO DEAL WITH THE PROBLEM OF TRAFFICKING IN ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS.

UNDER THESE PROVISIONS, ANY PERSON WHO AIDS SUCH IMMIGRANTS TO GET INTO HONG KONG COMMITS AN OFFENCE PUNISHABLE BY A FI NE OF UP TO $5 MILLION AND BY LIFE IMPRISONMENT WHILE THE SHIP AND OTHER PROPERTY INVOLVED ARE LIABLE TO FORFEITURE.

BUT BY VIRTUE OF SECTIONS 37M AND 37T OF THE ORDINANCE, THESE TWO PROVISIONS WILL EXPIRE ON DECEMBER 31, 1984.

SECTION 18 (3) OF THE ORDINANCE WAS ENACTED IN JANUARY 1979 TO PROVIDE THAT VIETNAMESE REFUGEES, HAVING REFUSED PERMISSION TO LAND HERE, ARE SUBJECT TO REMOVAL FROM HONG KONG AT ANY TIME. THIS SECTION, TOO, WILL EXPIRE BY THE END OF THE YEAR.

♦BECAUSE ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS AND VIETNAMESE REFUGEES ARE STILL COMING HERE, WE NEED TO RETAIN THE LEGISLATIVE POWERS NECESSARY TO DEAL WITH THE PROBLEMS EFFECTIVELY.

♦BUT IT REMAINS OUR FIRM BELIEF THAT THESE PROBLEMS WILL NOT STAY WITH US PERMANENTLY,* MR JEAFFRESON SAID.

/HE EXPLAINED .......

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 21, 1984

- 7 -

HE EXPLAINED THIS WAS THE REASON FOR THE ONE-YEAR EXTENSION TILL THE END OF NEXT YEAR WHEN THE POSITION WOULD BE FURTHER REVIEWED.

FOR THE SAME REASON, PROVISIONS TO COUNTER LARGE NUMBERS OF VIETNAMESE REFUGEES ARRIVING IN HONG KONG WERE EXTENDED TODAY FOR ANOTHER YEAR TO THE END OF 1985.

THESE PROVISIONS — SECTIONS 34A, 34B AND 34C OF THE MERCHANT SHIPPING ORDINANCE — WERE ENACTED IN JANUARY 1979 TO PROVIDE FOR THE FORFEITURE OF A VESSEL IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES INVOLVING THE CARRIAGE OF EXCESS PASSENGERS.

-------0---------

27 OOO PERSONS RECORDED MISSING IN FIVE YEARS * * * * *

THERE WERE A TOTAL OF 27 081 RECORDED MISSING PERSONS OVER THE PAST FIVE YEARS, FROM JANUARY 1979 TO SEPTEMBER 1984, THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON DAVID JEAFFRESON, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.

OF THIS NUMBER, 5 662 OR 21 PER CENT WERE MALE TEENAGERS, AGED BETWEEN 11 AND 20, AND 10 459 OR 39 PER CENT WERE FEMALE TEENAGERS, MR JEAFFRESON SAID, IN REPLY TO QUESTIONS FROM THE HON CARL TONG.

OVER THIS PERIOD, 94.4 PER CENT OF ALL MISSING TEENAGERS AND 94.3 PER CENT OF MISSING TEENAGE GIRLS HAD BEEN RECOVERED.

+THESE OVERALL FIGURES HIDE A SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENT FROM 81.7 PER CENT FOR ALL TEENAGERS IN 1979 TO 98.6 PER CENT IN 1984 SO FAR,+ HE SAID.

HE ADDED THAT IN THE FIRST NINE MONTHS OF THIS YEAR, MORE MALE TEENAGERS HAD BEEN FOUND THAN REPORTED MISSING.

ACCORDING TO THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT, THE CAUSES STEMMED FROM A MIXTURE OF FACTORS, OF WHICH THE MOST COMMON WERE FAILURE AT SCHOOL AND AN UNSTABLE OR UNCARING FAMILY BACKGROUND.

THE GREAT MAJORITY OF THOSE MISSING HAD BEEN FOUND STAYING WITH FRIENDS OR HAD RETURNED HOME OF THEIR OWN ACCORD.

+FEW CASES INVOLVE ANYTHING MORE SINISTER OR CRIMINAL. TEENAGERS ARE VULNERABLE TO BEING LURED INTO CRIME IF THEY HAVE PROBLEMS.

+BUT ALTHOUGH GETTING INVOLVED IN CRIME MIGHT BE A RESULT CF RUNNING AWAY FROM HOME, IT SEEMS TO BE RARELY A CAUSE,+ HE SAID.

/FEMALE teenagers.......

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 21, 1984

8

FEMALE TEENAGERS WERE VULNERABLE TO SEXUAL EXPLOITATION THOUGH ONLY 3.6 PER CENT OF FEMALES REPORTED MISSING IN THE FIRST NINE MONTHS OF THIS YEAR HAD BEEN FOUND IN POLICE RAIDS ON VICE ESTABLISHMENTS, MR JEAFFRESON REPORTED.

+HAVING IDENTIFIED FAILURE AT SCHOOL AND FAMILY PROBLEMS AS THE MAIN BASIC CAUSES, THE GOVERNMENT’S EFFORTS ARE CONCENTRATED IN THESE AREAS WITH A VIEW TO REDUCING THE INCIDENCE OF YOUNG PEOPLE GOING MISSING,+ HE ADDED.

ON THE PREVENTIVE SIDE, THE GOVERNMENT PROVIDED A WIDE RANGE OF PROGRAMMES AND SERVICES AIMED AT SUPPORTING FAMILY LIFE AND AT COUNSELLING THOSE WITH PROBLEMS AT SCHOOL.

THE NEED TO SUPPORT AND STRENGTHEN FAMILY TIES WAS RECOGNISED IN THE SCHOOL CURRICULUM BY THE INCLUSION OF +FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION*, MR JEAFFRESON SAID.

THE DANGERS OF DRIFTING INTO CRIME WERE ALSO BROUGHT HOME TO SCHOOLS THROUGH VISITS AND LECTURES ORGANISED BY LOCAL POLICE COMMUNITY RELATIONS OFFICERS.

-------0---------

WATCH KEPT OVER BDTC PASSPORTS * * *

THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT WAS NOT AWARE OF ANY ESTABLISHED DISCRIMINATION BY UNITED KINGDOM IMMIGRATION OFFICERS AGAINST HONG KONG BDTC PASSPORT HOLDERS, THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON DAVID JEAFFRESON, SAID TODAY.

REPLYING TO A QUESTION BY THE HON ANDREW SO IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, MR JEAFFRESON SAID THAT A PERSON HAD WRITTEN TO A NEWSPAPER RECENTLY OVER A PEN-NAME COMPLAINING ABOUT DI SCR IM I NAT ION.

THE DIRECTOR OF IMMIGRATION HAD WRITTEN TO THE SAME NEWSPAPER APPEALING TO THE WRITER TO GIVE HIM DETAILS. THE WRITER HAD ANSWERED, STILL OVER HIS PEN-NAME, REFUSING TO DO SO, MR JEAFFRESON SAID.

THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT, HE SAID, WAS VERY CONSCIOUS OF THE NEED TO MAKE SURE THAT ALL TRAVELLERS WITH BDTC PASSPORTS ISSUED IN HONG KONG WERE TREATED PROPERLY BY IMMIGRATION AUTHORITIES IN THE UNITED KINGDOM AND ELSEWHERE.

THE DIRECTOR OF IMMIGRATION FROM TIME TO TIME ENCOURAGED PEOPLE WHO FELT THEY MIGHT HAVE BEEN DISCRIMINATED AGAINST TO TELL HIM, HE SAID.

HE ASSURED MR SO THAT IF THERE WERE ANY GENUINE COMPLAINTS THE GOVERNMENT WOULD MAKE VIGOROUS REPRESENTATIONS TO THE UK GOVERNMENT.

/RELEVANT IS

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 21, 1984

9

♦RELEVANT IS THAT WE HAVE AN ARRANGEMENT WITH THE UK GOVERNMENT WHEREBY THE HOME OFFICE SENDS THE DIRECTOR OF IMMIGRATION DETAILS OF ALL CASES IN WHICH HOLDERS OF HONG KONG TRAVEL DOCUMENTS ARE REFUSED ENTRY INTO THE UNITED KINGDOM.

+IF FROM THESE RETURNS THE DIRECTOR THINKS THAT A HONG KONG TRAVELLER HAS BEEN TREATED UNFAIRLY, HE TAKES THE CASE UP WITH THE HOME OFFICE,* HE SAID.

- - 0 - -

NO ROOM FOR EXPANSION OF FACILITIES *****

THERE WAS NO ROOM FOR FURTHER EXPANSION OF CUSTOMS AND PASSENGER SERVICE FACILITIES AT TAI KOK TSUI FERRY TERMINAL, THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON DAVID JEAFFRESON, SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.

THE INCREASE IN THE NUMBER OF PASSENGERS USING IT, FROM 50 000 IN 1981 TO 1 320 000 SO FAR THIS YEAR, HAD INEVITABLY IMPOSED A GREAT STRAIN ON A TERMINAL WHICH HAD NOT BEEN DESIGNATl FOR INTERNATIONAL FERRIES, MERELY FOR LOCAL SERVICES, HE SAID, IN REPLY TO A QUESTION BY THE HON WONG LAM.

LAST YEAR THE UPPER DECK OF THE TERMINAL HAD BEEN CONVERTED INTO A HALL FOR CLEARANCE OF DEPARTING PASSENGERS WHO PREVIOUSLY HAD TO SHARE THE LOWER DECK WITH THOSE ARRIVING.

THE IMPROVEMENT BROUGHT ABOUT BY THIS MEASURE HAD, HOWEVER, BEEN SINCE NULLIFIED BY THE CONTINUING INCREASE IN THE NUMBER OF TRAVELLERS, HE SAID.

- - 0 - -

STEPS TAKEN TO CUT MAN KAM TO CONGESTION

*****

THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT AND THE SHENZHEN AUTHORITIES WERE WORKING IN CLOSE COOPERATION TO OVERCOME CONGESTION AT THE MAN KAM TO CHECKPOINT, THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON DAVID JEAFFRESON, SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.

REPLYING TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON CHEUNG YAN-LUNG, MR JEAFFRESON SAID A SECOND BRIDGE HAD JUST BEEN COMPLETED AT MAN KAM TO AND WOULD OPEN SHORTLY.

+IT WILL ENABLE THE SHENZHEN SIDE TO USE ITS NEW CONTROL FACILITIES TO BETTER EFFECT,* HE ADDED.

/HS SAID

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 21, 1984

HE SAID THAT ADDITIONAL IMMIGRATION AND CUSTOMS VEHICLE EXAMINATION KIOSKS, TO BE COMPLETED IN MARCH NEXT YEAR, WOULD TRIPLE HONG KONG’S OWN CAPACITY TO CLEAR VEHICLES.

BESIDES, A NEW BUILDING TO PROVIDE IMPROVED CUSTOMS AND IMMIGRATION FACILITIES FOR COACH PASSENGERS WOULD BE COMPLETED AT THE END OF 1985, MR JEAFFRESON SAID.

+THE OPENING OF THE NEW CROSSING POINT AT SHA -TAU KOK IN JANUARY NEXT YEAR SHOULD ALSO HELP TO RELIEVE CONGESTION AT MAN KAM TO BY OFFERING AN ALTERNATIVE ROUTE ACROSS THE BORDER BETWEEN THE EASTERN NEW TERRITORIES AND EASTERN SHENZHEN,* HE SAID.

- - Q - -

NEW LO WU STATION TO SPEED CLEARANCE X * * *

COMPLETION OF THE PERMANENT TERMINAL IN LO WU EARLY IN 1987 WOULD CONSIDERABLY IMPROVE THE TRAIN PASSENGER PROCESSING SYSTEM THERE, THE SECRETARY FOR TRANSPORT, THE HON ALAN SCOTT SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.

THE NEW TERMINAL WOULD BE ABLE TO HANDLE 5 OOO PERSONS AN HOUR IN EACH DIRECTION, AS AGAINST THE PRESENT LIMIT OF 4 000 PERSONS, SCOTT SAID IN REPLY TO A QUESTION BY THE HON WONG LAM.

MR SCOTT SAID THAT THE KCRC HAD A CARRYING CAPACITY WELL ABOVE 4 000 PER HOUR, BUT THROUGHOUT AT LO WU WAS GOVERNED BY THE SPEED BY WHICH PASSENGERS COULD BE PASSED THROUGH POLICE AND IMMIGRATION PROCESSES.

HE SAID THAT COUNCIL MEMBERS WERE AWARE THAT THE PRESENT ARRANGEMENTS FOR IMMIGRATION FACILITIES WERE TEMPORARY, AND NO ONE WOULD DISPUTE THAT THEY WERE INADEQUATE.

THE TOTAL WAITING AREAS FOR IMMIGRATION CLEARANCE IN THE NEW TERMINAL WOULD BE FIVE TIMES LARGER THAN AVAILABLE AT PRESENT, HE SAID.

WITH REGARD TO KCR SERVICES BETWEEN LO WU AND KOWLOON, FOUR TRAINS RAN PER HOUR DURING PEAK PERIODS, AND THREE TRAINS PER HOUR OFF-PEAK.

THE CONGESTION AT LO WU WAS DUE TO THE TIME NECESSARIlY TAKEN FOR PROCESSING PASSENGERS, NOT TO PASSENGERS WAITING FOR TRAIN SERVICES TO KOWLOON, HE SAID.

0 - -

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 21, 1934

11

TRAFFIC AT CROSS-HARBOUR ENTRIES GETS BETTER

*****

CONGESTION AROUND THE ENTRIES TO THE CROSS-HARBOUR TUNNEL HAD DISTINCTLY IMPROVED, THE SECRETARY FOR TRANSPORT, THE HON ALAN SCOTT TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.

HE CONCEDED THAT IN CASE OF BREAKDOWNS

RELATED TRAFFIC

CONGESTION THERE WAS STILL SEVERE

RAIN AND RECREATION-

REPLYING TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON CHAN KAM-CHUEN, MR SCOTT SAID THE PASSAGE TAX HAD BEEN INTRODUCED ON JUNE 1 AND THE INITIAL IMPACT HAD BEEN TO REDUCE OVERALL TRAFFIC BY 15 PER CENT AT THE END OF JUNE.

VEHICLES USING THE CROSS-HARBOUR TUNNEL BETWEEN NOVEMBER 1983 AND MAY 1984 AVERAGED 110 729 PER DAY.

+AT THE END OF OCTOBER, THE OVERALL REDUCTION OF TRAFFIC HAD SETTLED TO 8.5 PER CENT,+ MR SCOTT SAID.

+WITHIN THIS OVERALL REDUCTION, THE FIGURE FOR PRIVATE CARS AND TAXIS IS 10.9 PER CENT.+

HE POINTED OUT THAT THESE FIGURES, WITH ALLOWANCE FOR INFLATION, WERE +REASONABLY CLOSE+ TO THE PREDICTIONS MADE BY A 1980 STUDY OF THE POTENTIAL EFFECT OF A $10 TOTAL PASSAGE CHARGE FOR PRIVATE VEHICLES AND TAXIS.

-------0

RULES FOR CAR TESTS DRAFTED ******

DRAFT LEGISLATION ON THE CONTRACTING OUT OF THE ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS OF PRIVATE CARS OVER SIX YEARS WAS EXPECTED TO BE SUBMITTED TO THE GOVERNOR-IN-COUNCIL AT THE END OF THIS YEAR, THE SECRETARY FOR TRANSPORT, THE HON ALAN SCOTT, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.

WORK HAD PROCEEDED TO PRODUCE A SPECIMEN CONTRACT BETWEEN APPROVED GARAGES AND THE GOVERNMENT, MR SCOTT REPORTED.

HE WAS REPLYING TO A QUESTION BY THE HON CHEN SHOU-LUM ON THE PROGRESS OF THE CONTRACTING-OUT SCHEME PROPOSED BY A WORKING GROUP REPRESENTING THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT, ICAC AND THE MOTOR TRADERS ASSOCIATION.

HE SAID THE GROUP’S DETAILED SCHEME WAS ENDORSED BY THE TRANSPORT ADVISORY COMMITTEE ON MARCH 12.

+THE SCHEME WILL BE A FURTHER STEP TOWARDS IMPROVING ROAD SAFETY. IT OFFERS MOTORISTS FAIR VEHICLE EXAMINATIONS AT A REASONABLE CHOICE OF GARAGES AND AT A REASONABLE COST.+ HE SAID.

SAFEGUARDS AGAINST POSSIBLE CORRUPTION WOULD BE PROVIDED, HE ADDED.

------o-------

/12......

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 21, 1984

12

EFFORT MADE TO REDUCE RAILWAY NOISE

BOTH THE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY CORPORATION AND THE KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY CORPORATION WERE AWARE OF THE PROBLEM OF NOISE AT STATIONS AND DEPOTS AND WERE TAKING OR WOULD BE TAKING MEASURES TO MINIMISE THE NUISANCE CAUSED, THE SECRETARY FOR LANDS AND WORKS, THE HON NICKY CHAN, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

HE WAS REPLYING TO A QUESTION BY THE HON ANDREW SO ON WHETHER THERE WERE ANY GUIDELINES OR CODE OF PRACTICE WITH REGARD TO NOISE REDUCTION MEASURES THAT THE DEVELOPER OF RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENTS ABOVE MTR/KCR STATIONS AND THE CORPORATIONS HAD TO ABIDE BY.

MR CHAN SAID THERE WERE NO GUIDELINES OR CODE OF PRACTICE WITH WHICH THEY MUST COMPLY.

+IT IS, I AM AFRAID, INEVITABLE THAT A RAILWAY DEPOT GENERATES NOISE AND THAT SUCH NOISE IS PARTICULARLY NOTICEABLE AT NIGHT WHEN TRAINS WHICH HAVE COMPLETED THEIR DAY’S WORK HAVE TO BE STABLED,+ HE SAID.

HOWEVER, WITHIN THE CONSTRAINTS IMPOSED BY THE NEED FOR SAFE RAILWAY WORKING, MEASURES TO MINIMISE THE NUISANCE CAUSED WOULD BE TAKEN, HE ADDED.

------0-------

COMMUNITY SERVICE ORDERS SCHEME BACKED * * * *

THERE WERE TWO KEY ELEMENTS ESSENTIAL FOR SUCCESSFUL OPERATION OF THE COMMUNITY SERVICE ORDERS SCHEME, DR THE HON HO KAM-FAI SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.

SPEAKING IN SUPPORT OF THE COMMUNITY SERVICE ORDERS BILL 1984, DR HO STRESSED THE IMPORTANCE OF THE NATURE OF THE WORK TO BE DONE AND THE NEED FOR PROPER COUNSELLING AND GUIDANCE IN MAKING THE SCHEME A SUCCESS.

TWO OTHER MEMBERS, HON F.K. HU AND HON MISS MARIA TAM, ALSO SPOKE IN SUPPORT OF THE BILL.

ELABORATING ON THE ELEMENTS FOR SUCCESS OF THE SCHEME, DR HO SAID: +FIRSTLY, AS THE OFFENDER IS SENTENCED TO PERFORM CERTAIN TASKS IN PLACE OF IMPRISONMENT, IT IS HOPED THAT IN CARRYING OUT THE ASSIGNED TASK, THE OFFENDER WILL BE ABLE TO SEE THAT HE HAS RESTORED SOMETHING TO THE COMMUNITY WHICH HE HAS DAMAGED, OR THAT HE CAN CONTRIBUTE DIRECTLY TO THE HAPPINESS OR WELL-BEING OF OTHER INDIVIDUALS, AND HENCE DEVELOP A NEW SENSE OF PURPOSE OF LIFE.*

/+IT is .......

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 21, 1984

- 1? -

+IT IS THEREFORE IMPORTANT THAT THE WORK TO BE DONE UNDER A COMMUNITY SERVICE ORDER SHOULD BE DIGNIFIED AND EDUCATIONAL, AND NOT USELESS OR MEN I AL,+ HE ADDED.

DR HO STRESSED THAT UNDERSTANDING AND COOPERATION OF THE SERVICE AGENCIES AND GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS WERE ESSENTIAL TO CREATE A WIDE VARIETY OF MEANINGFUL, REFORM-ORIENTED TASKS FOR THE OFFENDERS.

PROPER AND REGULAR COUNSELLING AND GUIDANCE WAS ALSO ESSENTIAL, HE SAID.

+HOWEVER, IN CERTAIN SERVICE AGENCIES OR GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS, THE SUPERVISING STAFF DO NOT HAVE THE PROFESSIONAL SKILL AND TRAINING TO PROVIDE THE NECESSARY COUNSELLING.

+UNDER THESE CIRCUMSTANCES, THE PROBATION OFFICER WHO ASSUMES THE OVERALL ADMINISTRATIVE RESPONSIBILITIES OVER A COMMUNITY SERVICE ORDER SCHEME WILL ALSO BE COUNTED UPON TO UNDERTAKE COUNSELLING AND GUIDANCE,* HE SAID.

HENCE, IT WAS IMPORTANT THAT GOVERNMENT WOULD PROVIDE THE NECESSARY RESOURCES AND MANPOWER TO THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT SO THAT IT WOULD HAVE AN ADEQUATE NUMBER OF PROBATION OFFICERS TO ADMINISTER THE SCHEME, DR HO ADDED.

+IN SUMMARY, THE PROBATION OFFICERS ARE OF PARAMOUNT IMPORTANCE TO THE SCHEME BECAUSE THEY ARE INSTRUMENTAL TO THE ACHIEVEMENT OF REHABILITATING THE OFFENDERS BY MEANS OF CREATING A VARIED ASSORTMENT OF EDUCATION-ORIENTED TASKS AND PROVIDING SKILLED COUNSELLING AND GUIDANCE,* HE SAID.

THE HON F.K. HU SAID A PILOT SCHEME WAS A LOGICAL SOLUTION.

THE COMMUNITY SERVICE ORDER SCHEME HAD BEEN OPERATING SUCCESSFULLY IN THE UNITED KINGDOM WHERE IT HAD BEEN INTRODUCED IN SIX AREAS AS AN EXPERIMENT IN 1972 BEFORE BEING EXTENDED TO THE WHOLE TERRITORY IN 1975.

+AS HONG KONG HAS A DIFFERENT SOCIAL AND CULTURAL BACKGROUND, IT IS ADVISABLE FOR US TO LEARN FROM OUR OWN EXPERIENCE BEFORE DECIDING WHETHER TO EXTEND THE SCHEME OR TO BRING THE SCHEME TO AN END,* MR HU SAID.

HE SAID IT WAS DESIRABLE FOR THE PILOT SCHEME TO HAVE AS WIDE A SPREAD AS POSSIBLE THROUGHOUT THE TERRITORY WHICH COULD BE PROVIDED BY ONE MAGISTRACY ON HONG KONG ISLAND, ONE IN KOWLOON AND ONE IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.

ON THE BASIS OF STATISTICS OF TYPES OF OFFENCES DEALT WITH IN DIFFERENT MAGISTRACIES, IT SEEMED THAT THE MAGISTRACIES IN CAUSEWAY BAY FOR HONG KONG ISLAND, SAN PO KONG OR SOUTH KOWLOON FOR KOWLOON PENINSULA AND TSUEN WAN FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES WOULD BE APPROPRIATE, MR HU SAID.

/THE GENERAL........

WEDNESDAY, IJOVHMBER 21, 1984

14

THE GENERAL PUBLIC IN HONGKONG HAD BEEN VERY CONCERNED IN RECENT YEARS ABOUT THE LENIENCY IN WHICH THE COURTS DEALT WITH OFFENDERS, HE SAID.

COMMUNITY SERVICE ORDERS COULD BE VIEWED AS YET ANOTHER LENIENT WAY OF DEALING WITH OFFENDERS.

THEREFORE, GOVERNMENT SHOULD ENDEAVOUR TO MAKE THE PUBLIC MORE AWARE OF THE COMMUNITY SERVICE ORDER SCHEME, INCLUDING THE OBJECTIVES AND THE DETAILS OF ITS OPERATION THROUGH PUBLICITY AND VARIOUS CHANNELS, MR HU SAID.

THE HON MARIA TAM SAID MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC APPRECIATED AND ACCEPTED THE REHABILITATIVE VALUE AND THE ADVANTAGE OF HAVING A COMMUNITY SERVICE ORDERS SCHEME.

SHE POINTED OUT THAT PEOPLE’S INITIAL CONCERN WAS WHETHER IT WOULD BE SAFE TO RELEASE AN OFFENDER WHO WOULD HAVE BEEN PUNISHED BY IMPRISONMENT TO WORK IN THE COMMUNITY; AND WHETHER WE WERE BEING TOO LENIENT TO SUCH AN OFFENDER.

+HOWEVER, AFTER A LONG PERIOD OF CONSULTATIONS, THROUGH DISTRIBUTING QUESTIONNAIRES TO AND HOLDING SEMINARS AND PANEL DISCUSSIONS WITH SUBVENTED SOCIAL AGENCIES, GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS WHICH WERE LIKELY TO BE IN THE POSITION TO OFFER PLACEMENTS FOR AN OFFENDER, AND DISTRICT BOARDS; AND RUNNING PHONE IN PROGRAMMES ON THE RADIO, ETC. THE PUBLIC RESPONSE TO HAVING SUCH A SCHEME IN HONG KONG PROVED GENERALLY FAVOURABLE,+ SHE SAID.

MISS TAM ACCEPTED THAT IN THIS BILL IT WOULD NOT BE POSSIBLE TO WRITE INTO THE LAW HOW A MAGISTRATE OR JUDGE SHOULD EXERCISE HIS DISCRETION.

+WE RELY ON THE GOOD SENSE OF THE PROBATION OFFICER TO RECOMMEND A SUITABLE PERSON FOR SUCH A SENTENCE AND THE SOUND JUDGMENT OF THE COURT TO ACCEPT OR REJECT SUCH A RECOMMENDATION,* SHE SAID.

ON THE COST EFFECTIVENESS OF SUCH A SCHEME, MISS TAM WAS TOTALLY CONVINCED THAT IT WAS A WORTHWHILE PROJECT.

+THE EXPERIENCE IN THE UNITED KINGDOM, THE REPUBLIC OF IRELAND AND IN THE DIFFERENT STATES OF AUSTRALIA PROVES THAT IT ACTUALLY COSTS MORE TO KEEP AN OFFENDER IN PRISON THAN TO PLACE HIM UNDER A COMMUNITY SERVICE ORDER,* SHE SAID.

ALSO THE COMMUNITY SERVICE ORDERS WOULD ENABLE AN OFFENDER TO CONTINUE WITH HIS WORK OR STUDY UNINTERRUPTED AND THE ECONOMIC VALUE IN THIS RESPECT MUST BE SIGNIFICANT, SHE SAID.

+l HOPE ALSO THAT THROUGH OUR PILOT SCHEME WE CAN GAIN AN INSIGHT TO THIS PARTICULAR AREA OF ASSESSMENT,* SHE SAID.

-------0 ---------

/15........

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 21, 1984

- 15 -

HELP OFFERED FOREIGN INVESTORS ’WELL PUBLICISED’ * * * *

ARRANGEMENTS TO ASSIST POTENTIAL FOREIGN INVESTORS WERE WELL PUBLICISED BY THE INDUSTRY DEPARTMENT BOTH IN HONG KONG AND OVERSEAS, THE SECRETARY FOR TRADE AND INDUSTRY, THE HON E.P. HO TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.

MR HO WAS REPLYING TO QUESTIONS RAISED BY THE HON MRS SELINA CHOW.

THE INDUSTRY DEPARTMENT HAD THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR PROVIDING THIS SERVICE, THROUGH THE ONE-STOP UNIT BASED IN HONG KONG, AND FOUR OVERSEAS INDUSTRIAL PROMOTION OFFICES LOCATED IN LONDON, TOKYO, STUTTGART AND SAN FRANCISCO.

THESE UNITS WERE ALL STAFFED BY SPECIALIST OFFICERS WITH INDUSTRIAL BACKGROUNDS.

MR HO SAID: +THE FOUR OVERSEAS OFFICES STIMULATE OVERSEAS INTEREST IN HONG KONG THROUGH CALLS ON TARGETED COMPANIES, AUGMENTED BY INDUSTRIALISTS MISSIONS FROM HONG KONG, ARRANGING AND PARTICIPATING IN SEMINARS, ATTENDANCE AT INDUSTRIAL FAIRS AND EXHIBITIONS, AND BY ADVERTISING - MAINLY IN INDUSTRIAL AND TRADE PUBLICATIONS.

+THE ONE-STOP UNIT IN HONG KONG PROVIDES A QUICK AND COMPREHENSIVE SERVICE TO FOREIGN, AS WELL AS LOCAL, INVESTORS INTERESTED IN THE ESTABLISHMENT OF INDUSTRIAL VENTURES.

+THE UNIT SERVICES REFERRALS FROM THE OVERSEAS OFFICES AND PROVIDES, FOR EXAMPLE, INFORMATION ON THE AVAILABILITY OF PARTICULAR INDUSTRIAL SUPPORT AND TECHNICAL BACK-UP SERVICES IN HONG KONG TO SUSTAIN OR DEVELOP TECHNOLOGIES OR PRODUCTION PROCESSES, ARRANGES PROGRAMMES FOR VISITING FOREIGN INVESTORS -INCLUDING SITE VISITS AND MEETINGS WITH POTENTIAL JOINT VENTURE PARTNERS - AND LIAISON WITH OTHER GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS REGARDING THEIR REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS.

♦THE INDUSTRY DEPARTMENT CO-ORDINATES ITS ANNUAL PROGRAMME OF INDUSTRIAL PROMOTION ACTIVITIES WITH THE MAJOR TRADE AND INDUSTRIAL ORGANISATIONS IN HONG KONG AND INVITES THEIR PARTICIPATION.

♦IT MAINTAINS CLOSE CONTACT WITH THESE ORGANISATIONS WHICH ASSIST IN PUBLICISING THE DEPARTMENT’S SERVICES TO THEIR MEMBERS,* NR HO SAID.

-------o----------

/16.......

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 21, 1984

16

NEW LAW REDUCES COURT TIME

* * *

A NEW PROCEDURE WHICH WILL REDUCE THE TIME SPENT ON THE FARING OF EVIDENCE IN THE MAGISTRATES COURTS IN RESPECT OF INDICTABLE OFFENCES WAS APPROVED BY THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.

UNDER THE MAGISTRATES (AMENDMENT) (NO. 2) BILL APPROVED TODAY, EVIDENCE AT A PRELIMINARY HEARING MAY BE REDUCED TO WRITING AND READ OVER BY THE WITNESS AND THE PARTIES WHILE THE HEARING OF OTHER EVIDENCE IS CONTINUING.

MOVING THE SECOND READING OF THE BILL, THE ACTING ATTORNEY GENERAL, THE HON. JEREMY MATHEWS, HAD SAID THAT THE LAW REQUIRED THAT THE EVIDENCE OF A WITNESS BE READ BACK TO HIM IN COURT AND BE SIGNED BY HIM.

IN AN ENQUIRY AT PRESENT PROCEEDING, IT WAS ESTIMATED BY SOME COUNSEL INVOLVED IN THE CASE, INCLUDING SENIOR CROWN COUNSEL THAT THE HEARING OF EVIDENCE WOULD TAKE 14 WEEKS AND THAT THE RECORD OF THAT EVIDENCE WOULD OCCUPY ABOUT 9 OOO PAGES.

IF THE EVIDENCE WERE READ BACK TO WITNESSES, IT WAS ESTIMATED THAT THE PROCEDURE COULD LENGTHEN THE HEARING BY AN ADDITIONAL SIX WEEKS.

+ALL THE COUNSEL REPRESENTING THE PARTIES AND THE PRESIDING MAGISTRATE IN THIS CASE HAVE STATED THAT IT WOULD BE SENSIBLE TO ADOPT A PROCEDURE IN WHICH, AFTER THE EVIDENCE OF A WITNESS HAD BEEN RECORDED IN SHORTHAND AND TRANSCRIBED, THE WITNESS AND COUNSEL WOULD READ THE TRANSCRIPT SEPARATELY FROM THE COURT PROCEEDINGS AND THEN THE WITNESS WOULD, ON OATH, CONFIRM THE ACCURACY OF THE TRANSCRIPT.

+THIS WOULD AVOID THE NEED TO OCCUPY THE TIME OF THE COURT AND COUNSEL BY HAVING THE EVIDENCE READ ALOUD AND WOULD SAVE A GREAT DEAL OF EXPENSE,* HE SAID.

HOWEVER, IT WAS LATER FOUND BY SENIOR CROWN COUNSEL, DURING PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT IN THE HIGH COURT FOR A DECLARATION THAT THIS PROCEDURE WAS PERMITTED BY LAW, THAT THIS ALTERNATIVE PROCEDURE WAS NOT PERMISSIBLE IN LAW.

THIS ACCORDED WITH THE VIEW OF THE CHIEF JUSTICE AND THE OTHER JUDGES HEARING THE CROWN’S APPLICATION, WHO EXPRESSED THEIR REGRET THAT THEY HAD BEEN UNABLE TO REACH A FINDING THAT THE ALTERNATIVE PROCEDURE MIGHT PROPERLY BE USED, HE SAID.

/THE JULIES........

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 21, 1984

- 17 -

THE JUDGES HAD THEN SUGGESTED THAT SWIFT ACTION MIGHT BE CONSIDERED TO AMEND THE MAGISTRATES ORDINANCE TO GIVE LEGISLATIVE SANCTION TO THE ALTERNATIVE PROCEDURE.

THE MAGISTRATES (AMENDMENT) (NO. 2) BILL 1984 THUS SOUGHT TO AMEND THE LAW SO THAT THE COMMON-SENSE APPROACH MIGHT BE ADOPTED, MR MATHEWS SAID.

A CLAUSE 3 OF THE BILL APPLIED THE NEW PROCEDURE TO EXISTING PROCEEDINGS AND THUS HAD AN ELEMENT OF RETROACTIVE EFFECT, HE SAID.

MR MATHEWS SAID THAT RETROACTION IN LEGISLATION SHOULD USUALLY BE AVOIDED TO PRESERVE VESTED RIGHTS, BUT IN THE CASE CF THIS BILL, HOWEVER, THERE WAS ONLY ONE CASE PROCEEDING TO WHICH THE NEW PROCEDURE COULD APPLY.

+AND ALL THE COUNSEL IN THAT CASE HAVE AGREED THAT THE PROPOSED PROCEDURE WOULD NOT GIVE RISE TO ANY PREJUDICE,* HE SAID.

IT WAS IN EVERYONE’S INTEREST THAT THE LENGTH OF PRELIMINARY INQUIRIES SHOULD BE REDUCED AS MUCH AS WAS CONSISTENT WITH JUSTICE, HE SAID.

SUPPORTING THE BILL, UNOFFICIAL MEMBER THE HON. PETER C. WONG AGREED THAT IT WOULD BE IN THE PUBLIC INTEREST TO HAVE THE NEW PROCEDURE.

THE ATTORNEY GENERAL HAD, HE SAID, MADE OUT A STRONG CASE FOR THE AMENDMENT.

HE NOTED, HOWEVER, THAT UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS HAD BEEN CONCERNED ABOUT THE RETROSPECTfl/E ELEMENT OF CLAUSE 3 AS WELL AS THE POSITION OF AN UNREPRESENTED ACCUSED WHO MIGHT REQUIRE HELP IN READING THE TRANSCRIPT.

BUT THE ATTORNEY GENERAL HAD GIVEN ASSURANCES THAT ALL COUNSEL IN THE PRESENT CASE HAD STATED IN OPEN COURT THAT THEY WOULD WELCOME THE PROCEDURE, AND THAT ASSISTANCE WOULD BE GIVEN TO ACCUSED PERSONS IN READING THE TRANSCRIPTS.

REFERRING TO THE PROCEDURE OF TAKING THE BILL THROUGH ALL THREE STAGES IN ONE SITTING, HE SAID THAT THIS MEASURE SHOULD BE USED +ONLY VERY SPARINGLY*.

BUT UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS HAD BEEN SATISFIED THAT THERE WAS MERIT IN THE PRESENT CASE AND HAD GIVEN IT THEIR SUPPORT, HE SAID.

---------0------------

/18

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 21, 1984

18

MEDICAL CLINICS BILL INTRODUCED

*****

THE MEDICAL CLINICS (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984 SEEKS TO REMOVE THE TIME LIMITATION ON THE REGISTRAR OF CLINICS’ POWER TO EXEMPT CERTAIN CLINICS FROM THE REQUIREMENT TO HAVE REGISTERED MEDICAL PRACTITIONERS RESPONSIBLE FOR THEIR MEDICAL MANAGEMENT, THE SECRETARY FOR HEALTH AND WELFARE, THE HON HENRY CHING, SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.

MOVING THE SECOND READING OF THE BILL, MR CHING SAID THE PRESENT POWER OF THE REGISTRAR HAD A TIME LIMITATION WHICH COULD BE EXTENDED ONLY BY A LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL RESOLUTION.

+THIS TIME LIMITATION HAS BEEN SO EXTENDED NO LESS THAN SIX TIMES OVER THE PAST 20 YEARS,+ HE POINTED OUT.

HE SAID THE LIMITED SERVICES PERFORMED BY THESE CLINICS WERE STILL USEFUL AND THAT THEY SHOULD CONTINUE IN OPERATION FOR AS LONG AS THEY COULD MEET THE REQUIRED STANDARDS.

+IN RECOGNITION OF THE SITUATION, AND SO AS TO DISPENSE WITH THE NEED FOR PERIODICAL RESOLUTIONS TO BE MADE, THE BILL SEEKS TO REMOVE THE TIME LIMITATION ON THE REGISTRAR’S POWER,+ HE EXPLAINED.

SUPERVISION WOULD CONTINUE TO BE MAINTAINED OVER THE OPERATION GF THESE CL IN ICS,AND EXEMPTIONS WOULD ONLY BE RENEWED IF THE CLINICS CONCERNED CONTINUED TO BE RUN SATISFACTORILY, HE ADDED.

DEBATE ON THE BILL WAS ADJOURNED.

- - 0 - -

NO EVIDENCE OF CHILD ABUSE INCREASE * * *

THERE WAS NO EVIDENCE OF AN INCREASE IN THE INCIDENCE OF CHILD ABUSE IN RECENT YEARS, THE SECRETARY FOR HEALTH AND WELFARE, THE HON HENRY CHING, SAID TODAY.

+AN INCREASE IN THE NUMBER OF REPORTED CASES WOULD BE A MEASURE OF THE SUCCESS ACHIEVED IN IMPLEMENTING THE NEW PROCEDURES WHICH I OUTLINED IN THIS COUNCIL IN MAY LAST YEAR. THEIR PURPOSE WAS TO ENSURE THAT, AS FAR AS POSSIBLE, ALL CA'ES ARE BROUGHT TO EARLY OFFICIAL NOTICE SO THAT APPROPRIATE ASSISTANCE MAY BE GIVEN,+ MR CHING SAID IN REPLY TO A QUESTION BY THE HON PETER C. WONG.

MR CHING SAID ALSO THAT TEMPORARY SHELTER WAS AVAILABLE FOR ANY ABUSED CHILD WHO NEEDED TO BE PLACED UNDER PROTECTION.

/+0F COURSE

WEKhSSDAT, NOVEMBER 21, 1984

- 19 -

+0F COURSE THERE IS ROOM FOR IMPROVEMENT IN THE FACILITIES AVAILABLE, BUT IT IS A MATTER OF PRIORITIES WITHIN LIMITED RESOURCES. I ASSURE MR WONG THAT NO ABUSED CHILD IS RETURNED TO HIS FAMILY, IN DISREGARD OF HIS OWN INTERESTS, SIMPLY BECAUSE NO FACILITIES ARE AVAILABLE FOR HIS TEMPORARY SHELTER,+ HE SAID.

ON THE QUESTION OF A CENTRAL REGISTRY OF CHILD.ABUSE CASES, MR CHING RECALLED HE HAD SAID IN THIS COUNCIL IN MAY LAST YEAR THAT HE BELIEVED THAT THE NEED FOR A CENTRAL REGISTRY OF CASES REQUIRED EXAMINATION, AND THAT HE HOPED THAT SUCH A REGISTRY WOULD INCLUDE CASES HANDLED BY THE VOLUNTARY AGENCIES.

+NOT SURPRISINGLY, THE IDEA HAS NOT ATTRACTED GENERAL ACCEPTANCE BY ALL CONCERNED, BUT I CAN ASSURE MR WONG THAT ACTIVE CONSIDERATION IS STILL BEING GIVEN TO IT IN THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT,+ HE SAID.

-------0 ---------

+CIVIL LIABILITY RIGHTLY PLACED*

*****

THE CIVIL LIABILITY (CONTRIBUTION) BILL 1984 PROVIDES A USEFUL MEASURE WHICH WILL ENSURE THAT THOSE WHO ARE REALLY THE CAUSE OF DAMAGE END UP PAYING FOR IT.

THIS WAS STATED BY HON PETER C. WONG IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (WEDNESDAY) WHEN SPEAKING IN SUPPORT OF THE BILL.

HOWEVER, THERE WERE TWO POINTS WHICH NEEDED REFINEMENT, HE SAID.

+CLAUSE 3(4) STIPULATES THAT A PERSON WHO MAKES A BONA FIDE SETTLEMENT OF ANY CLAIM SHALL BE ENTITLED TO CLAIM CONTRIBUTION FROM ANOTHER PERSON WHO IS ALSO LIABLE FOR THE SAME DAMAGE.

+WHILE APPRECIATING THAT THE SPIRIT OF THE REFORM IS TO ENCOURAGE SETTLEMENT, IT WAS FELT THAT THE INTERESTS OF THE EVENTUAL CONTRIBUTOR SHOULD ALSO BE SAFEGUARDED,* HE SAID.

IT HAD THEREFORE BEEN AGREED THAT A NEW SUB-CLAUSE STATING THAT +ON ASSESSING ANY CONTRIBUTION UNDER THIS SECTION THE COURT SHALL DISREGARD ANY PART OF THE PAYMENT IN RESPECT OF WHICH THE - ........................- APPEARS TO THE COURT TO BE EXCESSIVE*

CONTRIBUTION IS SOUGHT WHICH HE ADDED.

+THIS IN FACT FOLLOWS A SIMILAR SECTION LEGISLATION IN VICTORIA,* MR WONG SAID.

IN THE RELEVANT

/ON CLAUSE

WEC'TKSSDAY, NOVEMBER 21, 1984

- 20

I 9N,CLAUSE 5 WHICH READ +JUDGMENT RECOVERED AGAINST ANY PERSON LIABLE IN RESPECT OF ANY DEBT OR DAMAGE SHALL NOT BE A BAR TO AM + ’ MR W0NG SA,D IT WAS FELT THAT THE WORD +RECOVERED+ eIcoI)»asi^EsettleJeSkONS “ttlCH MIGHT BE C0NTRARV T0 THE SPIRIT

♦THE ADMINISTRATION HAS INSTEAD, WHICH WOULD BE MORE EXERCISE,+ HE SAID.

NOW AGREED TO USE THE WORD ’OBTAINED’ IN LINE WITH THE OBJECT OF THE PRESENT

-----o------

ACTION AGAINST DANGEROUS SIGNBOARDS * * * *

DURING THE LAST FOUR MONTHS, 74 DANGEROUS SIGNBOARDS HAD BEEN FOUND IN MONG KOK AND YAU MA TEI AND 69 OF THEM HAD ALREADY BEEN DEALT WITH, THE SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS, THE HON DENIS BRAY, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.

♦ACTION ON THE REMAINING FIVE IS IN HAND,+ MR BRAY SAID.

HE WAS REPLYING TO THE HON PAULINE NG ABOUT THE PROGRESS ON THE CONTROL OF COMMERCIAL SIGNBOARDS.

+THE POSITION WAS EXPLAINED. NO NEW PROPOSALS WERE MADE SO THE POSITION NOW IS MUCH AS IT WAS FOUR MONTHS AGO,+ MR BRAY SAID.

-------o----------

BILLIARD SALOON SEGREGATED FROM FLATS * * * * *

THE LICENSING AUTHORITY IN THE NEW TERRITORIES HAD BEEN SATISFIED THAT THE PROPOSED PREMISES FOR A BILLIARD SALOON AT MAYFAIR GARDENS ON TSING Yl WAS SUFFICIENTLY SEGREGATED FROM THE RESIDENTIAL FLATS, THE SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS, THE HON DENIS BRAY, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.

AS THERE WAS ALSO A SEPARATE ACCESS TO THE PROPOSED SALOON, THERE WAS NO CAUSE FOR CONCERN ON ACCOUNT OF NOISE, MR BRAY SAID.

HE WAS REPLYING TO THE HON DR HARRY FANG, WHO HAD ASKED ABOUT THE CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH PERMISSION HAD BEEN GIVEN TO ESTABLISH THE SALOON.

MR BRAY EXPLAINED THAT THE LICENSING AUTHORITY HAD CONSIDERED’ THE ISSUE AS AN APPLICATION FOR A LAWFUL BUSINESS.

/IN THE .......

WEEKESDAY, IJOVJMBER 21, 1984

21

IN THE AUTHORITY’S VIEW, THE LEGISLATURE HAD PROVIDED ADEQUATE SAFEGUARDS IN THE PLACES OF AMUSEMENT (NT) REGULATIONS TO ENSURE THAT GOOD ORDER COULD BE MAINTAINED AND THAT THE OBJECTIONS AS CONVEYED TO HIM BY THE DISTRICT COMMISSIONER WERE NOT STRONGLY HELD.

+THE LICENSING AUTHORITY ACCORDINGLY APPROVED THE ISSUE OF THE LICENCE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN HEALTH AND FIRE SAFETY CONDITIONS BEING MET- AND THE APPLICANT WAS SO ADVISED,* MR BRAY SAID.

THE COMMISSIONER OF POLICE, THE DISTRICT LAND OFFICER AND THE DIRECTOR OF FIRE SERVICES HAD OFFERED NO OBJECTIONS TO THE PROPOSED SALOON, PROVIDED, IN THE CASE OF THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT, CERTAIN FIRE SAFETY CONDITIONS WERE MET, MR BRAY POINTED OUT.

BUT HE QUOTED THE DISTRICT COMMISSIONER AS SAYING, +SOME OF THE RESIDENTS OF MAYFAIR GARDENS HAVE BEEN CONSULTED ...... AND

THEY DO NOT FAVOUR THE IDEA OF ESTABLISHING A PUBLIC BILLIARD SALOON AT (THESE) PREMISES.*

THE DISTRICT COMMISSIONER WENT ON TO SAY THAT THOSE RESIDENTS WHO HAD BEEN CONSULTED FEARED THE PRESENCE OF A BILLIARD SALOON WOULD POSSIBLY HAVE AN ADVERSE EFFECT ON THE PEACEFUL ENVIRONMENT AND THAT UNLAWFUL ACTIVITIES SUCH AS GANG FIGHTS AND NOISE MIGHT AFFECT LAW AND ORDER IN THIS RESIDENTIAL AREA.

THE LICENSING AUTHORITY THEN CALLED FOR A FURTHER INSPECTION AND WAS SATISFIED WITH THE +SUFFICIENT DEGREE OF SEGREGATION* AS WELL AS THE FACT THERE WAS A SEPARATE ACCESS.

MR BRAY EXPLAINED THAT FOR THESE AND OTHER REASONS, THE LICENSING AUTHORITY HAD APPROVED THE ISSUE OF THE LICENCE, SUBJECT TO CERTAIN HEALTH AND FIRE SAFETY CONDITIONS BEING MET. THE APPLICANT HAD THUS BEEN ADVISED.

+IT WAS ONLY AFTER THE APPLICANT’S CONTRACTOR STARTED TO MAKE THE PREMISES READY FOR DEVELOPMENT INTO THE BILLIARD SALOON THAT THE ’EXPRESS WISHES OF MANY RESIDENTS’, TO QUOTE DR FANG’S WORDS, BECAME MORE PRONOUNCED.

+THE LICENSING AUTHORITY’S LEGAL ADVICE IS THAT ONCE AN ASSURANCE HAD BEEN GIVEN TO THE APPLICANT THAT A PUBLIC BILLIARD SALOON LICENCE WILL BE ISSUED TO HIM PROVIDED HE MEETS THE HEALTH AND FIRE SAFETY CONDITIONS, THIS CANNOT THEN BE WITHDRAWN, EVEN IF THE LICENSING AUTHORITY WOULD WISH TO RECONSIDER HIS ORIGINAL DECISION,* MR BRAY SAID.

0 -------

/22........

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 21, 1984

- 22 -

SHEUNG SHU I BETTER AS QUARANTINE DEPOT ******

SHEUNG SHU I WOULD BE MORE SUITABLE THAN TSI NG Yl FOR A PROPOSED CATTLE QUARANTINE DEPOT, THE SECRETARY FOR ECONOMIC SERVICES, THE HON PIERS JACOBS, SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.

REPLYING TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON CHEUNG YAN-LUNG, MR JACOBS TOLD THE COUNCIL THAT CHINA HAD BECOME THE PRINCIPAL SUPPLIER OF CATTLE TO HONG KONG, SO THAT OVER 85 PER CENT OF CATTLE NOW CAME BY RAIL OR BY ROAD INSTEAD OF BY SEA.

IN VIEW OF THE GOVERNMENT’S PLAN TO CONSTRUCT A NEW ABATTOIR NEAR THE RAILWAY LINE IN SHEUNG SHU I, HE SAID, THE PROPOSAL TO SET UP A QUARANTINE DEPOT ON TSI NG Yl HAD BEEN CANCELLED IN MAY THIS YEAR.

HE SAID THE GOVERNMENT WAS FULLY AWARE OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL PROBLEMS AND INCONVENIENCE CAUSED BY THE EXISTING DEPOTS IN MA TAU KOK AND KENNEDY TOWN AND OF THE NEED FOR EARLY REPROVISIONING.

+A STUDY ON THE FEASIBILITY OF MOVING CATTLE TO THE LAIRAGE IN THE KENNEDY TOWN ABATTOIR IS UNDERWAY.

+ IF CIRCUMSTANCES PERMIT, WE HOPE THEN TO CLOSE THE KENNEDY TOWN CATTLE DEPOT.

+IN ANY EVENT, WE WILL DO ALL WE CAN TO EXPEDITE THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE SHEUNG SHU I LAIRAGE. IT IS INTENDED, THEREFORE, TO SEEK THE UPGRADING OF THE PROJECT SO THAT IT MAY BE COMPLETED IN THE FINANCIAL YEAR 1987-88,+ HE SAID.

- - 0----------

INSURANCE QUESTION EXPLAINED * * *

THERE WAS NO SPECIFIC INSURANCE COVER FOR STUDENTS OF THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION ON TEACHING ATTACHMENTS, THE SECRETARY FOR EDUCATION AND MANPOWER, THE HON NEIL HENDERSON, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.

REPLYING TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON YEUNG PO-KWAN, l*R HENDERSON EXPLAINED THIS WAS IN LINE WITH THE GOVERNMENT’S GENERAL POLICY OF BEING +SELF-INSURED+.

/+THE GOVERNMENT

W&X.SSDAY, NOVQiBER 21, 1984

- 2j5 -

+THE GOVERNMENT IS, HOWEVER, PREPARED TO INDEMNIFY EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS IN RESPECT OF ANY COMPENSATION FOR WHICH THEY MAY BE HELD LIABLE AS A RESULT OF ANY INJURY TO A COLLEGE OF EDUCATION STUDENT ARISING OUT OF >.. _ ESZ: ZE ON

THE INSTITUTION’S PREMISES TO UNDERTAKE TRAINING OR EDUCATION RELATED TO HIS COURSE OF STUDY.

+THE UNIVERSITIES, BEING SELF-GOVERNING INSTITUTIONS, DETERMINE THEIR OWN POLICIES ABOUT INSURANCE COVER FOR THEIR STAFF AND STUDENTS,+ MR HENDERSON SAID.

-----0------

GOVERNOR PAYS TRIBUTE TO TWO OFFICIAL MEMBERS * * * *

TWO OFFICIAL MEMBERS, THE HON HENRY CHING, SECRETARY FOR HEALTH AND WELFARE, AND THE HON COLVYN HAYE, DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, WHO WILL BE LEAVING HONG KONG SHORTLr, WERE PRAISED BY THE GOVERNOR IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY FOR THEIR SERVICES TO THE GOVERNMENT.

SPEAKING OF MR CHING, SIR EDWARD SAID THAT HE HAD BEEN A MEMBER OF THE COUNCIL SINCE MAY 1933 AS SECRETARY FOR HEALTH AND WELFARE, ALTHOUGH THERE HAD BEEN MANY OCCASIONS ON WHICH HE UNDERSTUDIED AS FINANCIAL SECRETARY IN HIS PREVIOUS ROLE AS DEPUTY FINANCIAL SECRETARY.

+WITH HIS GOING, THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT LOSES ONE OF ITS MOST LOYAL SERVANTS AND CERTAINLY ONE OF ITS MOST LUCID INTELLECTS, AND A MAN WHOSE LOGICAL MIND AND CAPACITY FOR SUSTAINED CONCENTRATION, BOTH IN HIS PRESENT AND PREVIOUS APPOINTMENTS, HAS GUIDED US ALL THROUGH MANY A COMPLICATED ISSUE.

+WE SHALL MISS HIM GREATLY AND WISH HIM ALL THE BEST FOR THE FUTURE,+ SIR EDWARD SAID.

SPEAKING OF MR HAYE, THE GOVERNOR SAID, THAT HE WOULD BE LEAVING TO TAKE UP HIS NEW POST AS HONG KONG COMMISSIONER IN LONDON.

IN WISHING HIM EVERY SUCCESS IN THIS NEW POST, SIR EDWARD SAID, HE FELT IT APPROPRIATE TO PAY TRIBUTE TO MR HAYE FOR HIS CONTRIBUTION TO THE WORK OF THE COUNCIL.

+MR HAYE HAS RENDERED LONG AND VALUABLE SERVICE TO EDUCATION SINCE HE JOINED THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT IN 1953. HE SERVED ON THIS COUNCIL AS A PROVISIONAL MEMBER ON A NUMBER OF OCCASIONS BETWEEN 1976 AND 1930, WHEN HE BECAME A FULL MEMBER AS THE DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION.

/+HE ;1AL.......

WEDtiESDAY, LOVHIBER 21, 1984

- 24 -

+HE HAS BEEN A STALWART MEMBER OF THE OFFICIAL TEAM ON THE COUNCIL, NEVER DECLINING A CHALLENGE, ABOVE IT ALL, A COURTEOUS AND CONSIDERATE EXPONENT OF THE GOVERNMENT’S VIEW.

+HIS LUCIDITY IN DEBATE IN THIS COUNCIL HAS CONTRIBUTED MUCH TO THE PUBLIC DEBATE ON HOW EDUCATION SHOULD DEVELOP IN HONG KONG.

+NOW HE WILL BE CALLED UPON TO APPLY HIS TALENTS IN A AIDER FIELD IN HIS NEW POST IN LONDON.

+WE WISH HIM, TOO, EVERY SUCCESS IN THAT IMPORTANT TASK,+ SIR EDWARD SAID.

SPEAKING FOR UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS, THE HON ROGER LOBO SAID HE WISHED TO BE ASSOCIATED WITH THE GOVERNOR’S TRIBUTE TO MR CHING.

+INDEED, MR CHING HAD A CAREER FILLED WITH DEDICATED PUBLIC SERVICE AND COMMITMENT TO HONG KONG. TODAY WE WOULD LIKE TO PLACE ON RECORD OUR HEARTFELT THANKS TO HIM AND WISH HIM EVERY SUCCESS IN HIS FUTURE ENDEAVOUR,+ MR LOBO SAID.

SPEAKING OF MR HAYE, MR LOBO SAID THAT HE HAD ALSO LEFT A ’’ARK OF LOYAL AND DEDICATED SERVICE ON THE DEPARTMENT HE HAS SERVED FOR SOME 30 YEARS, AND AS DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION SINCE 1980.

+HE HAS RESPONDED CONSCIENTIOUSLY AND EFFECTIVELY TO CHANGE AND CHALLENGE THROUGH A PERIOD OF INTENSE DEVELOPMENT. HE HAS SPENT MANY HOURS IN THIS CHAMBER PATIENTLY AND ELOQUENTLY ANSWERING OUR QUESTIONS AND IN EXAMINING PROBLEMS WITH US,+ MR LOBO SAID.

HE WISHED MR HAYE EVERY SUCCESS IN HIS NEW APPOINTMENT.

------o-------

SIX BILLS PASSED * * *

SIX BILLS, THE MAGISTRATES (AMENDMENT) (NO. 2) BILL 1984, THE CHARTERED BANK (CHANGE OF NAME) BILL 1984, THE CIVIL LIABILITY (CONTRIBUTION) BILL 1984, THE COMMUNITY SERVICE ORDERS BILL 1984, THE DENTISTS REGISTRATION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984 AND THE SCHOOL MEDICAL SERVICE BOARD INCORPORATION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, WERE PASSED IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

ONE OTHER BILL — THE MEDICAL CLINICS (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984 —_ WAS INTRODUCED AND READ A SECOND TIME, AND DEBATE ON IT WAS ADJOURNED TO DECEMBER 5.

-----o------

/25........

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 21, 1984

25

CRACKDOWN ON FAKE COMPUTER PRODUCTS

* * * * *

SINCE FEBRUARY LAST YEAR, THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE DEPARTMENT HAS SEIZED OVER 3600 000 WORTH OF COUNTERFEIT COMPUTER PRODUCTS IN 13 MAJOR OPERATIONS.

THIS WAS STATED TODAY BY MR JOHN HOWARD, PRINCIPAL INDUSTRY OFFICER OF THE DEPARTMENT’S TRADE CONTROLS AND INVESTIGATION BRANCH.

THE OPERATIONS INVOLVED 94 RAIDS AND GOODS SEIZED INCLUDED COMPUTER SETS, MANUALS AND DISKETTES.

FORTY OFFENDERS HAD BEEN PROSECUTED, WITH FINES TOPPING 3120 300, MR HOWARD SAID.

HE WAS SPEAKING AT AN INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON +COUNTERFEIT COMPUTERS: PROTECTION AND ENFORCEMENT BY WAY OF CRIMINAL LAw IN HONG KONG.+

♦TOWARDS THE END OF 1982, IT BECAME APPARENT THAT THE COMPUTER INDUSTRY WAS THE SUBJECT OF WIDESPREAD COUNTERFEITING, AND THAT THIS MALPRACTICE WAS BEING PERPETRATED IN SOUTH EAST ASIAN COUNTRIES WITH HONG KONG PLAYING A ROLE AS AN ASSEMBLING, RETAIL AND DISTRIBUTION CENTRE.

+THIS IS PROBABLY BECAUSE OF OUR FREE MARKET CONDITIONS, THE EXPERTISE AND ENTERPRISE OF OUR TRADING COMMUNITY AND THE HUGE PROFITS TO BE DERIVED FROM THE MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION OF COUNTERFEIT GOODS TO ORDERS FROM OVERSEAS BUYERS.

♦WE ALSO HAVE HAD OUR PROBLEMS WITH MOST TYPES OF FAKE PRODUCTS BOTH FOR THE LOCAL AND EXPORT MARKETS,* HE SAID.

♦HOWEVER, IN THIS REGARD, WE PRIDE OURSELVES ON HAVING SOME OF THE MOST EFFECTIVE ENFORCEMENT LAWS TO COMBAT THIS ILLICIT TRADE, AND THE RESULTS OF OUR ENFORCEMENT OVER THE LAST SEVEN TO EIGHT YEARS ARE IMPRESSIVE, THOUGH THERE IS CERTAINLY NO NEED FOR COMPLACENCY.+

MR HOWARD POINTED OUT THAT ONLY A VERY SMALL PROPORTION OF HONG KONG EXPORTS WERE FALSELY REPRESENTED AND THAT HONG KONG GOODS HAD OVER THE YEARS REACHED A HIGH STANDARD OF QUALITY AND SOPHISTICATION IN THEIR OWN RIGHT.

- - 0 ---------

/26........

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 21, 1984

26

SPECIAL MEETING

*****

A SPECIAL MEETING OF THE EASTERN DISTRICT BOARD’S TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORT COMMITTEE WILL BE HELD AT 2.30 PM TOMORROW (THURSDAY) TO FINALISE ITS RECOMMENDATIONS TO THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL ON THE ISLAND EASTERN CORRIDOR BUS FARES.

IMMEDIATELY AFTER DISCUSSIONS ON THE ITEM, A PRESS CONFERENCE a ILL BE HELD AT ABOUT 3 PM IN THE CONFERENCE ROOM OF THE EASTERN DISTRICT OFFICE, 1ST FLOOR, 880 TO 886 KING’S ROAD.

- 0 - -

SEMINAR FOR WAN CHAI RESIDENTS

*****

A BUILDING MANAGEMENT SEMINAR FOR MEMBERS OF WAN CHAI 2 I STR ICT’S MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES, OWNERS’ CORPORATIONS AND RESIDENTS’ ASSOCIATIONS WILL BE HELD TOMORROW (THURSDAY) EVENING.

AIMED ALSO AT STRENGTHENING TIES BETWEEN GOVERNMENT AND LOCAL RESIDENTS, THE SEMINAR IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE WAN CHAI DISTRICT OFFICE AND THE DISTRICT FIGHT CRIME COMMITTEE.

MORE THAN 150 REPRESENTATIVES FROM VARIOUS ORGANISATIONS AND ASSOCIATIONS ARE EXPECTED TO ATTEND THE SEMINAR.

- 0 - -

FISHERMEN NOW BETTER EDUCATED * * * *

FISHERMEN IN HONG KONG TODAY WERE BETTER EDUCATED THAN THOSE 40 YEARS AGO, THE HON CHEUNG YAN-LUNG, UNOFFICIAL MEMBER OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL SAID TODAY, AT THE 15TH JOINT GRADUATION CEREMONY OF THE FISH MARKETING ORGANISATION’S SCHOOLS AT THE CONCERT HALL OF THE CITY HALL.

MR CHEUNG SAID THAT IN THE PAST, FISHERMEN USED TO LIVE ON BOARD FISHING VESSELS AND HAD LITTLE CHANCE TO RECEIVE FORMAL EDUCATION.

AS A RESULT, MOST OF THE FISHERMEN AND THEIR CHILDREN WERE ILL ITERATE.

IN VIEW OF THIS, THE FISH MARKETING ORGANISATION BEGAN SETTING SCHOOLS FOR FISHERMEN IN THE LATE 1940S.

/Today, these

WEDNESDAY, NOVOJBE3 21, 1984

27

TODAY, THERE ARE 13 PRIMARY SCHOOLS AND A SECONDARY TECHNICAL iCHLOL UNDER FMO WITH A TOTAL OF 3 600 STUDENTS.

EARLIER, IN HIS WELCOMING SPEECH, DR JOHN RIDDELL-SWAN, DIRECTOR OF AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES, PRAISED MR CHEUNG FOR HIS DEVOTION AND EFFORT TO THE LOCAL AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES AND FOR HIS DEEP INVOLVEMENT IN COMMUNITY SERVICE PARTICULARLY IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.

AT THE CEREMONY, MRS CHEUNG AND MRS RIDDELL-SWAN PRESENTED CERTIFICATES, PRIZES AND FMO SECONDARY SCHOOL EDUCATION ASSISTANCE AWARDS TO THE STUDENTS.

- - 0 -

BUSY TIME FOR AIR-CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS * * * * *

THE AIR-CONDITIONING TENDER FOR THE QUEEN MARY HOSPITAL EXTENSION, AMOUNTING TO 5 500 TONS OF REFRIGERATION, WILL BE GOING OUT IN THE NEXT FEW DAYS.

AT EASTER NEXT YEAR, TENDERS FOR THE MODIFICATION WORK IN TANG SHIU KIN HOSPITAL AMOUNTING TO 400 TONS WILL ALSO BE INVITED.

THIS IS EXPECTED TO BE FOLLOWED IN JUNE OR JULY BY THE AIR-CONDITIONING TENDER FOR KAI TAK AIRPORT STAGE V AMOUNTING TO 2 500 TONS.

MAKING THIS KNOWN THIS EVENING AT THE ANNUAL DINNER OF THE AIR-CONDITIONING AND REFRIGERATION CONTRACTORS’ ASSOCIATION -HONG KONG, THE SECRETARY FOR LANDS AND WORKS, MR N.K. CHAN, SAID THAT 1EDI UM-SIZED PROJECTS AMOUNTING TO 200 TO 300 TONS IN NEV POLICE STATIONS, CLINICS AND OTHER PLACES WOULD ALSO BE INVITED THROUGHOUT THE YEAR.

+l CAN SEE THAT THERE WILL BE A STEADY STREAM OF WORK GOING THE AIR-CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS’ WAY,+ HE SAID.

♦■LOOKING FURTHER AHEAD THE DESIGN OF THE 1 500-BED HOSPITAL AT SHAU KEI WAN, WHICH WILL BE FULLY AIR-CONDITIONED, IS GOING AHEAD AND CONSULTING ENGINEERS ARE TO BE APPOINTED.+

MR CHAN SAID THAT OVER THE PAST YEAR TENDER PRICES FOR AIR-CONDITIONING INSTALLATIONS HAD BEEN FALLING AND THIS REFLECTED KEENER COMPETITION.

+1 HOPE THAT MEMBERS OF THE ASSOCIATION WILL ALSO STRIVE T' AINTAIN THE GOOD STANDARD OF WORKMANSHIP WHICH HAS BEEN THE HALlMARK OF THE INDUSTRY. AT THE SAME TIME, I HOPE YOU WILL INUE TO PAY SPECIAL ATTENTION TO THE PROBLEMS OF

Ci' RDINATION AND MANAGEMENT AS PROJECTS ARE GROWING RAPIDLY r COMPLEXITY WHILE TECHNOLOGY AND CLIENT DEMANDS ADVANCE,+ rt SAID.

- 0 -

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 21, 1934

28

TWO KWUN TONG SITES FOR TENDER

*****

THE LANDS DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS FOR THE SHORT TERM TENANCIES OF TWO SITES IN KWUN TONG.

THE FIRST SITE AT THE JUNCTION OF HOI BUN ROAD AND SHUN YIP STREET IS FOR REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE OF MOTOR VEHICLES AND/OR OPEN STORAGE. IT HAS AN AREA OF 1 700 SQUARE METRES.

THE OTHER SITE, MEASURING 1 480 SQUARE METRES, FOR OPEN STORAGE EXCLUDING STORING/PARKI NG OF VEHICLES IS ALSO SITUATED AT HOI BUN ROAD.

THE TENANCY FOR THE TWO SITES IS TWO YEARS AND IS RENEWABLE QUARTERLY AFTERWARDS.

TENDER FORMS, NOTICES AND CONDITIONS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM, AND PLANS ARE AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION ATs

* LANDS DEPARTMENT, SURVEY DIVISION, MURRAY BUILDING, 5TH FLOOR, GARDEN ROAD, HONG KONG'; AND

* DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE, KOWLOON EAST, YAU MA TEI CAR PARK BUILDING, 10TH FLOOR, 250 SHANGHAI STREET, KOWLOON.

- - 0------------

PASSING OUT PARADE * * * *

A PASSING-OUT PARADE OF 30 ASSISTANT IMMIGRATION OFFICERS AND 53 IMMIGRATION ASSISTANTS WILL BE HELD AT THE ROYAL HONG KONG REGIMENT PARADE GROUND IN SPORTS ROAD, HAPPY VALLEY, AT 9.30 AM ON FRIDAY (NOVEMBER 23).

THE VICE-CHAIRMAN OF ft ILL TAKE THE SALUTE.

THE URBAN COUNCIL, MR H.M.G. FORSGATE,

- - 0----------

/29........

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 21, 1934

29

YOUTH TO PARADE * * * *

THE DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION (DESIGNATE), ^MICHAEL LEUNG, WILL TAKE THE SALUTE AT THE 4TH ANNUAL PARADE OF THE COMMUNiTY,YOUTH CLU^ AT THE QUEEN ELIZABETH STADIUM, 01 KWAN ROAD, HONG KONG ON FRIDAY (NOVEMBER 23) AT 2.30 PM.

MORE THAN 4 003 CYC MEMBERS WILL ATTEND THE P AftADE .WHICH W_IL L FEATURE DANCES, LION DANCE, CHILDREN CHOIR, DRAMA, AND TELEMATCHco.

-------o----------

TRAFFIC CHANGE FOR YOUTH PARADE * * * * *

01 KWAN ROAD IN WAN CHAI WILL BE REROUTED ONE-WAY CLOCKwlSE_ FROM 12.30 PM TO 4.30 PM ON FRIDAY (NOVEMBER 23) TO ALLOW FOR THE 4TH COMMUNITY YOUTH CLUB ANNUAL PARADE AT QUEEN ELIZABETH STADIU >.

ALL PARKING SPACES ON 01 KWAN ROAD WILL BE SUSPENDED DURING THE PARADE.

--------0 ---------

ROAD CLOSURE * * *

FOR ABOUT SIX MONTHS, FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY (NOVEMBER 23), PAU CHEUNG SQUARE, THE SECTION OF FOOK TAK STREET BETWEEN FOOK HONG STREET AND PAU CHEUNG SQUARE, AND THE SECTION OF SAU FU STREET BETWEEN FOOK HONG STREET AND PAU CHEUNG SQUARE IN YUEN LONG wILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC TO FACILITATE CONSTRUCTION wORK.

-------o----------

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 22, 1984

CONTENTS PAGE NG.

GOVERNOR TO OPEN ESTATE HOMES DISPLAY ....................... 1 -

NEED FOR CHECK ON GAMBLING STRESSED .........................

WHITE PAPER ON GOVERNMENT AVAILABLE TO PUBLIC ............... 3

QUARTERLY BUSINESS SURVEY RESULTS RELEASED .................. 3

CONSUMER PRICE INDEXES FOR OCTOBER 1984 ..................... 6

HUMAN FACTOR CITED AS MAIN CAUSE FOR ROAD ACCIDENTS.......... 8

HOUSING FOR FUTURE ON SHOW ..................................

INTELPOST NOW TO JAPAN ...................................... 10

TAI PO ANTI-CRIME DRIVE STARTS TOMORROW .....................

YEAR OF TRE OX GOLD COIN OFFERED............................. 12

ENTERTAINMENT GALORE FOR DISTRICT FESTIVAL .................. 14

DB MEMBERS TO VISIT COMPLEX.................................. 15

NEW OFFICE OPENING .......................................... 15

DELAYED MAIL FROM INDIA...................................... 15

RECREATION CAMPS FOR POST-SECONDARY STUDENTS ................ 16

YOUTH SINGING CONTEST FINAL ................................. 16

SPECIAL SPORTS AWARDS ....................................... 17

ONE-DAY SYMPOSIUM............................................ 17

VEHICLE RESTRICTION ......................................... 17

SEWAGE TREATMENT WORKS FOR JUNK BAY.......................... 18

ANTI-CRIME QUIZ FOR YOUTHS .................................. 18

TRAFFIC CHANGES ............................................. 18

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 22, 1984

1

GOVERNOR TO OPEN ESTATE HOMES DISPLAY

* * * *

THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOllDE, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF A LARGE-SCALE EXHIBITION ON SATURDAY (NOVEMBER 24) WHICH FOCUSES ON THE DEVELOPMENT AND ACHIEVEMENTS OF HONG KONG’S PUBLIC HOUSING PROGRAMME.

ENTITLED +BETTER HOMES IN ESTATES*, THE EXHIBITION IS AMONG THE MAJOR EVENTS OF THE HOUSING FESTIVAL ORGANISED BY THE HOUSING AUTHORITY TO MARK THE 3OTH ANNIVERSARY OF PUBLIC HOUSING DEVELOPMENT.

THE OPENING CEREMONY WILL START AT 11 AM AT THE CITY HALL THEATRE WHERE SIR EDWARD WILL ADDRESS THE GATHERING AFTER A WELCOMING SPEECH BY THE SECRETARY FOR HOUSING, MR DONALD LIAO.

THE GOVERNOR WILL THEN PROCEED TO THE ENTRANCE OF THE CITY HALL EXHIBITION HALL FOR A RIBBON-CUTTING CEREMONY ACCOMPANIED BY LADY YOUDE, MR LIAO, AND THE DIRECTOR OF HOUSING, MR DAVID FORD.

HE WILL TOUR THE EXHIBITION AND LATER INSPECT A MODEL FLAT PUT UP AS PART OF THE EXHIBITION AT THE EDINBURGH PLACE OUTSIDE THE CITY HALL.

FOLLOWING THE OPENING CEREMONY, THE EXHIBITION WILL BE OPEN TO THE PUBLIC FROM 2 PM TO 6 PM, AND WILL REMAIN OPEN DAILY BETWEEN 10 AM AND 6 PM FROM SUNDAY UNTIL DECEMBER 3.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

COVERAGE IS INVITED. MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES COVERING THE OPENING CEREMONY AT THE CITY HALL THEATRE ON SATURDAY SHOULD BE SEATED BEFORE 19.45 AM.

AFTER THE RIBBON-CUTTING CEREMONY AT THE ENTRANCE OF THE EXHIBITION HALL, THERE WILL BE PRE-ARRANGED POSITIONS FOR PHOTOGRAPHIC FACILITIES INSIDE THE EXHIBITION.

-------0----------

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 22, 1984

2

NEED FOR CHECK ON GAMBLING STRESSED

* * * *

THE HUGE AMOUNTS WAGERED BY HONG KONG PEOPLE IN HORSE RACING BETTING EXPLAINS WHY THE GOVERNMENT REGARDS THE REGULATION OF GAMBLING AS SUCH AN IMPORTANT SOCIAL ISSUE.

THIS WAS STATED BY THE SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS MR DENIS BRAY WHEN HE ADDRESSED THE PARI-MUTUEL CONVENTION DINNER OF THE JOCKEY CLUB TONIGHT (THURSDAY).

+IT WOULD BE VERY FOOLISH FOR ANY GOVERNMENT IN HONG KONG TO TRY TO SUPPRESS ALL THIS ACTIVITY. ANY ATTEMPT TO DO SO WOULD ONLY LEAD TO THE WIDESPREAD RESURGENCE OF CLANDESTINE ILLEGAL GAMBLING, CORRUPTION, AND VIOLENCE.+

+1 DO NOT SEE ANY LIKELIHOOD OF THIS IN THE SHORT TERM OR THE LONG TERM. BETTING ON HORSE RACES HAS BECOME PART OF THE LIFE STYLE OF HONG KONG. AND THE PRESERVATION OF OUR LIFE STYLE IS ONE THING WE ARE GUARANTEED IN THE AGREEMENT BETWEEN BRITAIN AND CHINA ON THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG.+

MR BRAY RECALLED THAT BEFORE THE GOVERNMENT PASSED LEGISLATION IN 1973 TO ALLOW OFF COURSE BETTING CENTRES, THE COLOSSAL SCALE OF ILLEGAL OFF COURSE BETTING ON HORSE RACING AND ON DOG RACING IN MACAU AND THE ABUNDANCE OF ALL SORTS OF OTHER FORMS OF ILLEGAL GAMBLING - MAINLY TSE FA - WERE VERY DAMAGING TO SOCIETY.

+ THE REFORM OF THE LAW WHICH INTRODUCED THE LEGAL OFF COURSE BETTING CENTRES COINCIDED WITH THE ESTABLISHMENT OF THE TOUGH AND EFFECTIVE INDEPENDENT COMMISSION AGAINST CORRUPTION. AT THE SAME TIME WE INTRODUCED THE MARK SIX LOTTERIES.*

MR BRAY POINTED OUT THAT ONCE THE LEGAL FRAMEWORK HAD BEEN INTRODUCED THE GOVERNMENT STOOD BACK AND DEVOLVED THE DETAILED REGULATING OF BETTING ON HORSE RACING TO THE JOCKEY CLUB.

HE NOTED THAT THOUGH ILLEGAL GAMBLING HAD NOT BEEN WIPED OUT TOTALLY AS SHOWN BY POLICE OPERATION RESULTS, THE SCENE TODAY WAS FAR REMOVED FROM THAT OF TEN OR FIFTEEN YEARS AGO.

+ THE DESTRUCTION OF THE MASSIVE ILLEGAL GAMBLING OPERATIONS AND WIDESPREAD CORRUPTION OF THE EARLY SEVENTIES HAS BROUGHT ABOUT A SOCIAL TRANSFORMATION. THIS TRANSFORMATION HAS BEEN ACHIEVED BY A PARTNERSHIP, A PARTNERSHIP BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENT AND THE CLUB.

+TODAY THE LEGAL OFF COURSE BETTING CENTRES ARE OPEN AND ABOVE BOARD THOUGH NOT OSTENTATIOUS. I THINK IT IS PROBABLE THAT MORE PEOPLE USE THEM THAN DID THE OLD ILLEGAL OUTLETS BUT I ALSO BELIEVE THAT PEOPLE SET MORE REALISTIC LIMITS TO THEIR BETTING MAINLY BECAUSE THERE ARE NO CREDIT ARRANGEMENTS,* MR BRAY CONCLUDED.

-----0----------

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 22, 1984

3

WHITE PAPER ON GOVERNMENT AVAILABLE TO PUBLIC

*****

MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC WISHING TO OBTAIN COPIES OF THE WHITE PAPER ON THE FURTHER DEVELOPMENT OF REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT MAY DO SO DURING OFFICE HOURS AT ANY OF THE DISTRICT OFFICES THROUGHOUT THE TERRITORY.

COPIES ARE ALSO AVAILABLE AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE AT CONNAUGHT PLACE IN CENTRAL, A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY.

A TOTAL OF 250 000 COPIES OF THE WHITE PAPER HAVE BEEN PRINTED FOR DISTRIBUTION TO THE PUBLIC. OF THIS FIGURE, 150 000 ARE IN CHINESE AND 100 000 IN ENGLISH.

ORGANISATIONS WANTING LARGER NUMBERS SHOULD CONTACT MR ANTHONY KOU OF THE GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES, AT TEL: 5-214371.

BY 6 PM TODAY 27 160 COPIES HAD BEEN DISTRIBUTED.

- - 0 -

QUARTERLY BUSINESS SURVEY RESULTS RELEASED * * * *

MANUFACTURERS EXPERIENCED CONTINUING IMPROVEMENT IN BUSINESS IN THE THIRD QUARTER OF 1984, WHICH CONFORMS WITH THEIR EARLIER EXPECTATIONS, ACCORDING TO SURVEY RESULTS RELEASED TODAY BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.

THEY ALSO EXPECT THE FAVOURABLE SITUATION TO CONTINUE IN THE FOURTH QUARTER.

HOWEVER, THE BUSINESS SITUATION OF FIRMS IN THE ’CONSTRUCTION’ SECTOR WAS STILL UNFAVOURABLE. A DETERIORATION IN BUSINESS WAS REPORTED IN THE THIRD QUARTER, AND THIS TREND WAS EXPECTED TO CONTINUE IN THE FOURTH QUARTER, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY.

AS FOR THE ’WHOLESALE, RETAIL AND IMPORT-EXPORT TRADES, RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS’ SECTOR, FIRMS PARTICIPATING IN THE SURVEY REPORTED AN IMPROVEMENT IN BUSINESS IN THE THIRD QUARTER WHICH WAS LARGELY IN LINE WITH THEIR EXPECTATIONS IN THE LAST ROUND OF THE SURVEY. THE OUTLOOK FOR THE FOURTH QUARTER WAS PARTICULARLY GOOD AND SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENT IN BUSINESS WAS EXPECTED.

ABOUT 970 FIRMS OF DIFFERENT SIZES FROM VARIOUS INDUSTRIES AND BUSINESSES, FORMING A CROSS-SECTION OF THE ECONOMIC COMMUNITY PARTICIPATED IN THE SURVEY, WHICH ENQUIRED ON BUSINESS EXPERIENCE AND EXPECTATIONS.

/JURDiG THE

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 22, 1984

DURING THE THIRD QUARTER, A GENERAL IMPROVEMENT IN BUSINESS WAS EXPERIENCED BY FIRMS IN ALL MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES EXCEPT THE 'TEXTILES’ INDUSTRY, FOR WHICH THE BUSINESS SITUATION REMAINED LARGELY STABLE.

IN THE 'FOOD, BEVERAGE AND TOBACCO’, 'PLASTICS’, 'ELECTRONICS’ AND 'WATCHES AND CLOCKS’ INDUSTRIES, RESPONDING FIRMS EXPERIENCED PARTICULARLY SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENT IN BUSINESS AS COMPARED WITH THOSE IN OTHER MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES.

FIRMS IN THE OTHER MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES WHICH INCLUDE THE ’WEARING APPAREL’, ’PRINTING’, ’FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS’ AND ’ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPLIANCES AND SUPPLIES’ INDUSTRIES EXPERIENCED MODERATE IMPROVEMENTS IN BUSINESS FOR THE THIRD QUARTER.

AS REGARDS BUSINESS EXPECTATIONS FOR THE FOURTH QUARTER, FIRMS IN THE ’PRINTING’, 'ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPLIANCES AND SUPPLIES’ AND ’WATCHES AND CLOCKS’ INDUSTRIES FORESEE A FURTHER IMPROVEMENT IN BUSINESS, WITH FIRMS IN THE ’PRINTING’ INDUSTRY BEING PARTICULARLY OPTIMISTIC ABOUT THE BUSINESS OUTLOOK.

RESPONDENTS IN THE ’FOOD, BEVERAGE AND TOBACCO’ AND 'PLASTICS’ INDUSTRIES, HOWEVER, EXPECT A DECLINE IN BUSINESS.

FIRMS IN OTHER MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES EXPECT THE BUSINESS SITUATION TO REMAIN LARGELY STABLE FOR THE FOURTH QUARTER.

IN THE THIRD QUARTER, A MILD DECLINE IN BUSINESS WAS EXPERIENCED BY FIRMS IN THE HOTEL BUSINESS, BUT AN UPTURN IN BUSINESS IS FORESEEN IN THE FOURTH QUARTER DUE MAINLY TO SEASONAL FACTORS.

THE SURVEY ALSO COVERED BUSINESS PROBLEMS FACED BY DIFFERENT SECTORS.

FOR THE ’MANUFACTURING’ SECTOR, THE PROMINENCE OF THE PROBLEM OF HIGH MATERIAL PRICES DECLINED CONSIDERABLY IN THE THIRD QUARTER, AS COMPARED WITH THE SECOND QUARTER. ON THE OTHER HAND, THERE WAS AN INCREASING PROPORTION OF MANUFACTURING FIRMS WITH SHORTAGE OF SKILLED LABOUR AS A MAIN PROBLEM.

AS REGARDS FIRMS IN THE 'CONSTRUCTION' SECTOR, INSUFFICIENT BUSINESS CONTRACTS AND PRICE COMPETITION FROM FIRMS IN HONG KONG CONTINUED TO BE THE MAIN PROBLEMS IN THE THIRD QUARTER, WITH LITTLE PROSPECT OF ANY EASING IN THE FOURTH QUARTER.

ON THE OTHER HAND, THE INTENSITY OF THE PROBLEM OF HIGH INTEREST RATES, WHICH HAD AFFECTED FIRMS IN THE ’MANUFACTURING’ AND ’CONSTRUCTION’ SECTORS AND THE ’RESTAURANTS’ BUSINESS IN THE SECOND QUARTER, EASED CONSIDERABLY IN THE THIRD QUARTER.

/FOR THE .......

THURSDAY, NOVrMBER 22, 1984

5 -

FOR THE NON-MANUFACTURING SECTOR, PRICE COMPETITION WAS STILL CONSIDERED AS THE PREDOMINANT PROBLEM BY FIRMS IN THE ’WHOLESALE, RETAIL AND IMPORT-EXPORT TRADES’, ’BUSINESS SERVICES’, ’TRANSPORTATION’ AND ’RESTAURANTS’ BUSINESSES FOR THE THIRD AND FOURTH QUARTERS.

AS REGARDS FIRMS IN THE HOTEL BUSINESS, ALTHOUGH PRICE COMPETITION WAS ALSO A MAJOR PROBLEM IN THE THIRD QUARTER, THE PROMINENCE OF THIS PROBLEM IS EXPECTED TO DECLINE IN THE FOURTH QUARTER.

MOREOVER, INSUFFICIENT BUSINESS WAS THE MAJOR PROBLEM EXPERIENCED BY FIRMS IN THE ’RESTAURANTS’ BUSINESS. HOWEVER, THIS PROBLEM IS EXPECTED TO EASE OFF IN THE FOURTH QUARTER.

THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THAT THE SURVEY RESULTS, OBTAINED WITH A MINIMUM TIME LAG, WERE BASICALLY INTENDED TO PROVIDE ONE SOURCE OF REFERENCE FOR MAKING A QUICK ASSESSMENT OF THE CURRENT ECONOMIC SITUATION OF HONG KONG. PARTICIPATING FIRMS HAD BEEN ASKED TO INDICATE WHETHER, IN THEIR OPINION, THE GENERAL BUSINESS SITUATION AND LEVEL OF CAPACITY UTILISATION HAD ’IMPROVED’, ’REMAINED THE SAME’ OR ’DETERIORATED’ IN THE QUARTER JUST ENDED AS COMPARED WITH THE QUARTER BEFORE THAT.

FOR THE FORTHCOMING QUARTER, THEY HAD ALSO ASKED TO INDICATE WHETHER THE SITUATION WOULD ’IMPROVE’, ’REMAIN THE SAME’ OR ’DETERIORATE’.

THE BALANCE OF OPINIONS OF RESPONDENTS WERE TABULATED AND ANALYSED. THE SURVEY REPORT ALSO CONTAINS A SECTION ON BUSINESS PROBLEMS EXPERIENCED AND EXPECTED BY FIRMS IN DIFFERENT ECONOMIC SECTORS AND A BREAKDOWN OF VIEWS OF FIRMS BY SIZE GROUPS.

THE SPOKESMAN CAUTIONED THAT FOR A SURVEY OF THIS NATURE, THE RESULTS SHOULD BE INTERPRETED WITH CARE AS IT WAS DIFFICULT TO ESTABLISH PRECISELY THE EXTENT TO WHICH RESPONDENTS’ PERCEPTION OF THE PAST AND THE FUTURE ACCORDED WITH THE UNDERLYING TRENDS.

THE REPORT, CONTAINING AN ANALYSIS OF THE SURVEY FINDINGS AND STATISTICAL TABLES, HAS BEEN DISTRIBUTED TO FIRMS TAKING PART IN THE SURVEY AND TO OTHER BUSINESS ORGANISATIONS. IT MAY BE BOUGHT FROM THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, GENERAL POST OFFICE BUILDING, AT $3 .

FURTHER DETAILS ON THE QUARTERLY BUSINESS SURVEY MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE NATIONAL INCOME BRANCH OF THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT AT 5-423401.

-------0 ---------

/6.......

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 22, 1984

CONSUMER PRICE INDEXES FOR OCTOBER 1984 *****

THE CONSUMER PRICE INDEX (A) ROSE BY 3.4 PER CENT AND THE CONSUMER PRICE INDEX (B) BY 4.4 PER CENT BETWEEN OCTOBER 1983 AND OCTOBER 1984 ACCORDING TO FIGURES PUBLISHED TODAY BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.

COMMENTING ON THESE FIGURES, A GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT SPOKESMAN SAID, +THESE RATHER LOW RATES OF INCREASE LARGELY REFLECT THE SUBSTANTIAL INCREASE IN CONSUMER PRICES IN OCTOBER LAST YEAR CONSEQUENT UPON THE SHARP DEPRECIATION OF THE HONG KONG DOLLAR IN SEPTEMBER 1983.+

THE CONSUMER PRICE INDEX (A) AND CONSUMER PRICE INDEX (B) FOR OCTOBER 1984 WERE 156.0 AND 156.2 RESPECTIVELY. COMPARED WITH THE PRECEDING MONTH, CPI(A) DECREASED BY 0.9 POINT OR 0.6 PER CENT AND CPI(B), BY 0.1 POINT OR 0.1 PER CENT.

THE AVERAGE CP 1(A) AND AVERAGE CP 1(B) FOR THE 12 MONTHS ENDED OCTOBER 1984, AT 153.8 AND 153.4 RESPECTIVELY, WERE 9.3 PER CENT AND 9.5 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY HIGHER THAN THE AVERAGES FOR THE 12 MONTHS ENDED OCTOBER 1983. DURING THE THREE-MONTH PERIOD ENDED OCTOBER 1984, THE SEASONALLY ADJUSTED CPI(A) WAS VIRTUALLY STATIONARY WHILE THE SEASONALLY ADJUSTED CPI(B) INCREASED AT AN AVERAGE RATE OF 0.1 PER CENT EACH MONTH.

DURING OCTOBER, FOOD PRICES, ESPECIALLY THOSE OF FRESH VEGETABLES, WERE LOWER. ON THE OTHER HAND, SCHOOL FEES, TEXTBOOK PRICES AND PRIVATE DWELLING RENTALS WENT UP.

THE CP I (A) AND CP 1(B) ARE BASED ON THE EXPENDITURE PATTERNS CF 50 PER CENT AND 30 PER CENT, RESPECTIVELY, OF URBAN HOUSEHOLDS IN HONG KONG, WHICH WERE DERIVED FROM THE 1979/80 HOUSEHOLD EXPENDITURE SURVEY. THE CPI(A) REFERRED TO HOUSEHOLDS SPENDING BETWEEN $1 000 AND $3 499 A MONTH, AND THE CP 1(B) TO HOUSEHOLDS SPENDING BETWEEN $3 500 AND $6 499 A MONTH AT THAT TIME.

THE INDEXES FOR OCTOBER 1984 IN RESPECT OF THE NINE COMMODITY/ SERVICE SECTIONS IN THE TWO CONSUMER PRICE INDEXES ARE GIVEN BELOW, TOGETHER WITH THOSE FOR SEPTEMBER 1984 AND OCTOBER 1983.

(OCTOBER 1979 TO SEPTEMBER 1980 AVERAGE - 100)

CPI(A) CPI(B)

SECTION OCT. 83 SEP. 84 OCT. 84 OCT. 83 SEP. 84 OCT. 84

FOODSTUFFS 154.9 158.6 154.6 154.6 158.8 155.3

HOUSING 139.6 147.6 149.4 139.5 147.6 149.6

FUEL AND LIGHT 153.9 147.0 146.9 153.8 146.9 146.8

/ALCOHOLIC DRINKS

THURSDAY, NOVjNBtB 22, 1984

7

ALCOHOL IC DRINKS

AND TOBACCO (FOR HOME CONSUMPTION) 203.5 208.5 208.5 195.4 201.0 201.3

CLOTHING AND FOOTWEAR 143.7 155.7 158.7 145.3 156.6 160.4

DURABLE GOODS 123.0 125.1 124.9 125.8 129.1 129.0

MISCELLANEOUS GOODS 138.6 150.6 150.7 138.1 147.1 147.1

TRANSPORT AND VEHICLES 158.2 171.3 171.5 160.7 173.9 174.0

SERVICES 160.3 171.4 177.6 158.2 168.7 173.7

ALL ITEMS 150.9 156.9 156.0 149.7 156.3 156.2

COMPARED WITH SEPTEMBER 1984, THE INDEX FOR FOODSTUFFS DECREASED BY 4.0 POINTS IN CP I(A) AND 3.5 POINTS IN CP 1(B). THE AVERAGE RETAIL PRICE OF FRESH VEGETABLES FELL AS A RESULT OF ADEQUATE SUPPLY. THE AVERAGE RETAIL PRICES OF LIVE POULTRY, SALT-WATER FISH AND FRESH-WATER FISH ALSO WENT DOWN. ON THE OTHER HAND, THE AVERAGE RETAIL PRICE OF FRESH FRUIT ROSE SLIGHTLY. THE EFFECT OF MOVEMENTS IN THE RETAIL PRICES OF OTHER FOOD ITEMS ON THE INDEX FOR FOODSTUFFS WAS INSIGNIFICANT.

THE INDEX FOR HOUSING INCREASED BY 1.8 POINTS IN CP I (A) AND 2.0 POINTS IN CP 1(B) AS A RESULT OF INCREASED RENTS FOR PRIVATE dwellings in the third quarter of 1984.

HIGHER PRICES OF OUTERCLOTHING PUSHED UP THE INDEX FOR CLOTHING AND FOOTWEAR BY 3.0 POINTS IN CPI(A) AND 3.8 POINTS IN CP 1(B).

THE INDEX FOR SERVICES ROSE BY 6.2 POINTS IN CPI(A) AND 5.0 POINTS IN CPI(B) DUE TO HIGHER SCHOOL FEES AND TEXTBOOK PRICES.

PRICE MOVEMENTS IN OTHER SECTIONS WERE INSIGNIFICANT.

(FIGURES PRESENTED IN THIS PRESS RELEASE REFER TO CPI SERIES NOT SEASONALLY ADJUSTED UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. ALL PERCENTAGE CHANGES ARE DERIVED FROM CPI FIGURES TO 2 DECIMAL PLACES.)

DETAILS OF THESE PRICE MOVEMENTS ARE GIVEN IN THE +CONSUMER PRICE INDEX REPORT* FOR OCTOBER 1984, AVAILABLE AT $3 A COPY FROM THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, GENERAL POST OFFICE BUILDING, GROUND FLOOR, CONNAUGHT PLACE, HONG KONG, OR FROM THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT, ROOM 1904, 19TH FLOOR, KAI TAK COMMERCIAL BUILDING, 317 DES VOEUX ROAD CENTRAL, HONG KONG; OR FROM THE GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BASKERVILLE HOUSE, HONG KONG FOR 1rCAL AND OVERSEAS MAILINGS. FOR ENQUIRIES ABOUT THE CONSUMER VICE INDEXES, PLEASE CONTACT THE CONSUMER PRICE INDEX SECTION OF “it CENS' AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT AT TELEPHONE NO. 3-7216512.

Thursday, November 22, 1994

8

HUMAN FACTOR CITED AS MAIN CAUSE OF ROAD ACCIDENTS

*****

UN AVERAGE, ONE PERSON DIES AND MORE THAN 60 PEOPLE ARE IiJLRl. IN ROAD ACCIDENTS EVERYDAY IN HONG KONG, WITH THE HUMAN FACTOR aS THE GREATEST SINGLE CAUSE.

THIS WAS REVEALED TODAY (THURSDAY) BY MR YEUNG YU-CHEONG, S=llJr ENGINEER OF THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT’S ROAD SAFETY DIVISION.

ADDRESSING MEMBERS OF THE INSTITUTE OF TRANSPORT ADMINISTRATION ON TRAFFIC ACCIDENTS AND ROAD SAFETY, MR YEUNG SAID THE FATALITY ?aTE NAS ABOUT FOUR TIMES THAT OF HOMICIDE IN HONG KONG.

MR YEUNG SAID A TRAFFIC ACCIDENT WAS GENERALLY CAUSED BY ^ACTORS RELATING TO THE ROAD USER, THE ROAD ENVIRONMENT AND THE Chicle.

+ IN NUMERICAL TERMS THE ROAD USER FACTOR OR THE HUMAN FACTOR HAS MORE THAN 19 TIMES THE EFFECT OF THE VEHICLE FACTOR AND MORE Ttan three times the effect of the road environment factor in ACCIDENT CAUSATION.

+THE ROAD ENVIRONMENT FACTOR HAS MORE THAN THREE TIMES THE EFFECT OF THE VEHICLE FACTOR,+ HE SAID.

MR YEUNG EXPLAINED THAT THE HUMAN FACTOR INVOLVED EITHER A LACK OF KNOWLEDGE OR BAD BEHAVIOUR ON THE PART OF THE ROAu USER.

TO PREVENT ACCIDENTS CAUSED BY THE HUMAN FACTOR, LONG-TERM, WELL-ORGANISED EDUCATION AND PUBLICITY CAMPAIGNS ON ROAD SAFETY AND PROPER TRAINING COURSES FOR DRIVERS ARE NECESSARY. MOREOVER ROAD SAFETY LAWS HAVE TO BE ENACTED TO DETER BAD DRIVING BEHAVIOUR AND POLICEMEN TRAINED TO ENFORCE THE LAWS.

ENGINEERING REMEDIES TO IMPROVE THE ROAD ENVIRONMENT ARE EASIER TO IMPLEMENT.

MR YEUNG SAID THE MEASURES INCLUDED THE INTRODUCTION OF TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT SCHEMES LIKE RE-ROUTING OF A ROAD; BANNING CERTAIN MOVEMENTS AT A JUNCTION; INSTALLATION OF TRAFFIC SIGNALS AND PEDESTRIAN CROSSING FACILITIES; PROVISION OF TRAFFIC SIGNS, ROAD HARKINGS, GUARDRAILS AND SAFETY FENCES; AND PROVISION OF ANTI-SKID ROAD SURFACING.

ALTHOUGH THE ROAD TOLL HAS BEEN DECLINING SINCE 1982, THE GOVERNMENT SPARES NO EFFORT IN PREVENTING TRAFFIC ACCIDENTS THROUGH THE WORK OF THE ROAD SAFETY COUNCIL, A BODY COMPRISING VARIOUS GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS AND NON-GOVERNMENT ORGANISATIONS.

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT’S ROAD SAFETY DIVISION CONDUCTS ST'.:. IES ON PREVIOUS ACCIDENTS AND MAKES SAFETY RECOMMENDATIONS. Sl'.JF :TS ESTABLISHMENT IN 1981, THE DIVISION HAS RECOMMENDE-ABO' 209 REMEDIAL MEASURES, OF WHICH OVER 109 HAVE BEEN IMPLEMENTED.

/TO GNSUiiS .........

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 22, 1984

- 9 -

TO ENSURE PROPER VEHICLE MAINTENANCE, THE GOVERNMENT HAS INTRODUCED LAWS REQUIRING VEHICLES SUCH AS TAXIS, PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES AND BUSES TO BE INSPECTED ANNUALLY.

MR YEUNG CALLED ON THE PUBLIC TO OBSERVE TRAFFIC LAWS AND EXERCISE ROAD SAFETY TO PREVENT ACCIDENTS.

+IT IS ONLY WITH THE DETERMINATION AND EFFORT OF THE WHOLE COMMUNITY THAT WE CAN HOPE TO WIN THIS BATTLE,+ HE SAID.

-------0----------

HOUSING FOR FUTURE ON SHOW * * * *

VISITORS TO THE +BETTER HOMES IN ESTATES* EXHIBITION, TO BE OPENED AT CITY HALL BY THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, THIS SATURDAY, WILL BE ABLE TO LOOK AT FUTURE SCHEMES OF PUBLIC HOUSING IN THE NEXT CENTURY.

TEN IMAGINATIVE DRAWINGS FEATURING NEW PUBLIC HOUSING PATTERNS FOR THE YEAR 2 OOI, WILL BE AMONG MANY OTHER EXHIBITS ON DISPLAY.

THEY WERE THE BEST ENTRIES TO A COMPETITION ENTITLED *PUBLIC HOUSING 2 001+ ORGANISED BY THE HOUSING AUTHORITY AS ONE OF THE NUMEROUS ACTIVITIES OF THE HOUSING FESTIVAL ’84.

SPONSORED BY THE BELGIAN BANK AND BRITISH AIRWAYS AND OPEN to third and fifth-year architecture students from hong kong UNIVERSITY, The COMPETITION WAS AIMED AT DRAWING OUT INNOVATIVE DESIGNS FOR PUBLIC HOUSING DEVELOPMENT.

+SINCE 1954, PUBLIC HOUSING HAS PLAYED AN IMPORTANT PART IN THE SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT OF HONG KONG ITS ROLE IS NOT LIKELY TO DIMINISH IN FUTURE,* SAID AN AUTHORITY SPOKESMAN TODAY.

THE COMPETITION WAS SEEN A USEFUL WAY OF OBTAINING FRESH IDEAS FROM ARCHITECTURAL STUDENTS.

+THE ENTRIES DO NOT MERELY CONSIDER THE INTERNAL LAYOUT OF INDIVIDUAL FLATS BUT ALSO THE BROADER CONCEPTS OF PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT.

+SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS ARISING FROM THE NEEDS OF INDIVIDUALS AS WELL AS OF THE COMMUNITY HAVE ALSO BEEN CONSIDERED BY THE ARCHITECTS OF TO-MORROW IN THEIR DRAWINGS,* HE SAID.

HE SAID THE TEN WINNERS WERE SELECTED FROM 100 ENTRIES BY A PANEL OF JUDGES COMPRISING T HE SECRETARY FOR HOUSING, MR DONALD LI AO ; PRESIDENT OF HONG KONG INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, MR ESWARD HO { DEAN OF SCHOOL OF ARCHITECT. HKU, PROFESSOR K.C. LYE, AND A REPRESENTATIVE OF The BELGIAN BANK, MR S.K. WONG.

/THE SPOKESMAN

THURSDAY, N0VSMB3R 22, 1984

- 10 -

the spokesman said the winning entries were imaginative and The concepts put forward interesting.

THE WINNING ENTRIES ARE: 1ST PRIZE - TIME COMMUNITY (BY PETER a'ANU 2ND PRIZE - ACRO-HOUSING (GALLANT CHAN); 3RD PRIZE - FLOATING SATELLITES (TERRY LAM) ; SPECIAL AWARD - LOW DENSITY COMMUNITIES (LARRY HO); HONORARY MENTIONS: HIGH RISE OF NEIGHBOURHOODS (THERESA YIM), SUPERBLOCK, MULTI-LEVEL CITY, CITY GRID, AMALGAMATED SCHEME (TONY WONG), A TOTAL ENVIRONMENT (RANDY MOK), HARBOUR CITY (LAU KIN-SING), MIDDLE TOWER (CHAN MING-YEE) AND SELF-SUPPORTED NUCLEI (JACK LEE).

THE WINNER GAINS A TRAVELLING SCHOLARSHIP VALUED AT «10 000 AND THE FIRST RUNNER-UP, A TRAVELLING SCHOLARSHIP WORTH «8 000.

THE SECOND RUNNER-UP, THE WINNER OF THE SPECIAL AWARD AND Each OF The HONORARY MENTION WINNERS EACH RECEIVE a CAMERA AND A stationery voucher.

PRIZES .'.'ILL BE PRESENTED ON DECEMBER 8 AT THE NEW WORLD CENTRE IN TSIM SHA TSUI aHERE THE +BETTER HOMES IN ESTATES* EXHIBITION WILL BE HELD.

-------0---------

INTELPOST NOW TO JAPAN

* * *

THE INTELPOST (INTERNATIONAL ELECTRONIC POST) NETWORK FROM HONG KONG WILL BE EXTENDED TO JAPAN FROM TUESDAY (NOVEMBER 27), A POST OFFICE SPOKESMAN ANNOUNCED TODAY.

INTELPOST ITEMS POSTED IN HONG KONG BEFORE 1 PM WILL BE DELIVERED THE SAME DAY IN ALL MAJOR CITIES AND TOWNS IN JAPAN. ITEMS FOR SUBURBAN AREAS IN JAPAN WILL BE DELIVERED ON THE NEXT WORKING DAY, HE SAID

+INTELPOST IS IDEAL FOR SENDING URGENT LETTERS, REPORTS, CHARTS, DRAWINGS, QUOTATIONS OR CONTRACTS NOT ONLY TO JAPAN BUT TO 17 OTHER COUNTRIES, INCLUDING THE UNITED KINGDOM AND THE USA.

+THE DOCUMENTS, WHICH ARE HANDLED WITH CARE AND CONFIDENTIALITY, ARE SCANNED, CONVERTED INTO HIGH SPEED ELECTRONIC IMPULSES AND TRANSMITTED DIRECT TO THE RECEIVING STATION IN THE DISTANT COUNTRY.

+INTELPOST IS A BIT LIKE TELEX WITH PICTURE. IT COMBINES THE TRANSMISSION SPEED OF TELEX WITH THE REPRODUCTIVE QUALITY OF A PHOTOCOPIER. DOCUMENTS EVEN IN JAPANESE CHARACTERS ARE FAITHFULLY REPRODUCED IN BLACK AND WHITE AND DELIVERED TO THE ADDRESSEE IN A MATTER OF HOURS,* HE SAID.

/IK JAPAN,

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 22, 1984

11

IN JAPAN, THE COPY SENT FROM HONG KONG IS ENVELOPED AND DELIVERED TO THE ADDRESSEE EY SPECIAL MESSENGER, OR ALTERNATIVELY MAY BE COLLECTED FROM A POST OFFICE.

THE CHARGE FOR THE SERVICE TO JAPAN WILL BE:

FOR THE FIRST SIDE OF AN A4 SHEET OF PAPER $45

FOR EACH SUBSEQUENT A4 SIDE SENT TO

THE SAME ADDRESSEE AT THE SAME TIME $25

PEOPLE WISHING TO USE THE SERVICE SHOULD HAND OVER THEIR DOCUMEN-’S AT EITHER THE GENERAL POST OFFICE, CONNAUGHT PLACE, OR THE TSIM SHA TSUI POST OFFICE AT 10 MIDDLE ROAD.

THOSE HAVING FACSIMILE MACHINES IN THEIR OFFICE CAN, BY ARRANGEMENT, TRANSMIT THEIR ITEMS DIRECT TO ™E POST OFF ICE INTELPOST TERMINAL IN THE GENERAL POST OFFICE FOR RETRANSMISSION

OVERSEAS.

FURTHER INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE INTELPOST REPRESENTATIVE ON TELEPHONE 5-2671148.

-----0-----

TAI PO ANT I-CRIME DRIVE STARTS TOMORROW * * * * *

THIS YEAR’S TAI PO DISTRICT CRIME PREVENTION CAMPAIGN WILL START TOMORROW (FRIDAY) WITH A TWO-DAY EXHIBITION ON SECURITY SYSTEMS AND CRIME PREVENTION.

THE CAMPAIGN WILL FOCUS ON THREE AREAS - CRIME IN RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS, THEFT FROM PARKED VEHICLES AND BURGLARIES AND ROBBERIES IN COMMERCIAL PREMISES SUCH AS BANKS AND GOLDSMITHS’ SHOPS.

THE EXHIBITION WILL DISPLAY SOPHISTICATED SECURITY EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY MORE THAN 10 SECURITY FIRMS. CRIME PREVENTION PAMPHLETS WITH CARTOON ILLUSTRATIONS WILL BE DISTRIBUTED TO VISITORS.

BESIDES THE EXHIBITION, THE THREE-MONTH CAMPAIGN WILL INCLUDE TALKS ON CRIME PREVENTION AND JUVENILE DELINQUENCY BY SOCIAL WORKERS AND OFFICERS FROM THE CRIME PREVENTION BUREAU AND THE POLICE PUBLIC RELATIONS BRANCH® PAINTING, BOOKMARK DESIGN AND ESSAY COMPETITIONS® AND THREE VARIETY SHOWS.

A NEIGHBOURHOOD +KEEP-WATCH+ SCHEME, AIMED AT ENCOURAGING TENANTS TO REPORT CRIME IN THEIR BUILDING, WILL ALSO BE LAUNCHED.

/ths campaign .......

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 22, 1?84

- 12 -

THE CAMPAIGN COMMITTEE wILL COLLATE VIEWS OF DEFERENT SOCIAL SECTORS ON THE LAW AND ORDER SITUATION AS WELL AS CRIME PROBLEMS IN THE DISTRICT THROUGH SEMINARS AND TALKS. THESE VIEWS WILL BE FORWARDED TO THE DISTRICT FIGHT CRIME COMMITTEE.

THE CAMPAIGN IS SPONSORED BY THE TAI PO DISTRICT BOARD, AND IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICE AND THE POLICE.

OFFICIATING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY WILL BE THE DISTRICT THE POLICE DISTRICT COMMANDER, MR J.F THE TAI PO DISTRICT FIGHT CRIME

OFF ICER, MR THOMAS CHAN GREENE AND THE CHAIRMAN OF

COMMITTEE, MR DONALD YAP.

--------u _ _ _ _

YEAR OF THE OX GOLD COIN OFFERED * * * *

A LIMITED NUMBER OF $1 OOO GOLD COINS WILL BE ISSUED TO MARK THE COMING LUNAR NEW YEAR - THE YEAR OF THE OX.

THE PROOF COIN WILL COST $3 300, AND THE BRILLIANT UNCIRCULATED COIN $2 200. THESE ARE THE PRICES AT WHICH THE COCKEREL, THE DOG, THE PIG AND THE RAT COINS WERE SOLD.

STRUCK IN 22 CARAT GOLD, EACH COIN MEASURES 28.4 MM IN DIAMETER, AND WEIGHS 15.976 GRAMMES. AND EACH WILL BE PACKAGED IN A PLASTIC SCREW TOP CAPSULE AND SUPPLIED WITH A PRESENTATION CASE AND DESCRIPTIVE BOOKLET.

APPLICATION FORMS WILL BE AVAILABLE FROM DECEMBER 6, AT ALL OFFICES OF THE HONGKONG AND SHANGHAI BANKING CORPORATION AND DISTRICT OFFICES OF THE CITY AND NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION. APPLICATIONS WILL CLOSE AT 12.30 PM ON SATURDAY, DECEMBER 22, 1934.

PAYMENT MAY BE MADE AS IN PREVIOUS YEARS, BY PERSONAL CHEQUE OR CASHIER’S ORDER, A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID.

HOWEVER, APPLICATION WILL BE RESTRICTED TO RESIDENTS HOLDING HONG KONG IDENTITY CARDS. IN THE EVENT OF OVER SUBSCRIPTION A BALLOT WILL BE HELD.

THE YEAR OF THE OX GOLD COIN IS THE TENTH IN A SERIES TO' COMMEMORATE THE 12 LUNAR YEARS WHICH FALL IN THE WESTERN CALENDAR YEARS 1976 - 1987.

WORLD WIDE MINTAGE FOR EACH COIN IN THE SERIES IS LIMITED, AND THE YEAR OF THE OX CO I • IS NO EXCEPTION. THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT 7 500 PROOF AND 10 500 UNCIRCULATED COINS HAVE BEEN SET ASIDE FOR HONG KONG RESIDENTS.

/PROCEEDS FROM .......

THURijDaf, liOV.-JiBJS 22, 19^4

- 15 -

PROCEEDS FROM THE SALE OF THE GOLD COINS ARE HELD IN A SPECIAL ACCOUNT, TO HELP FINANCE CAREFULLY SELECTED PROJECTS. THE MOST RECENT OF THESE PROJECTS WAS THE PURCHASE OF FLATS TO PROVIDE HOMES FOR SENIOR CITIZENS. SALE PROCEEDS HAVE ALSO BEEN USED TO FINANCE, IN PART, THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE QUEEN ELIZABETH STADIUM AND THE SILVER JUBILEE SPORTS CENTRE.

THE SPOKESMAN ADVISED RESIDENTS TO APPLY EARLY.

COMPLETED FORMS, TOGETHER WITH CASHIER’S ORDER OR CROSSED CHEQUE DATED NO LATER THAN DECEMBER 22, 1984 AND MADE PAYABLE TO + HONG KONG GOVERNMENT 1985 SPECIAL COIN ACCOUNT*, MUST REACH ANY OF THE FOLLOWING BRANCHES OF THE HONGKONG AND SHANGHAI BANKING CORPORATION BY 12.30 PM OF THAT DAY:

40-50 DES VOEUX ROAD WEST, HONG KONG

7 QUEEN’S ROAD CENTRAL, HONG KONG

500 HENNESSY ROAD, CAUSEWAY BAY, HONG KONG

1 HYSAN AVENUE, CAUSEWAY BAY, HONG KONG

306 KING’S ROAD, NORTH POINT, HONG KONG

82-84 NATHAN ROAD, KOWLOON

673 NATHAN ROAD, MONG KOK

1 YUE MAN SQUARE, KWUN TONG

455-457 CASTLE PEAK ROAD, TSUEN WAN

150 CASTLE PEAK ROAD, YUEN LONG

THE YEAR OF THE OX BEGINS ON FEBRUARY 20, 1985 AND ENDS ON FEBRUARY 8, 1986. THE OX IS REGARDED AS THE BIRTHDAY ANIMAL FOR PEOPLE BORN BETWEEN THESE DATES AND FOR ANYONE BORN IN PREVIOUS YEARS OF THE OX:

1901-1902: FEBRUARY 19, 1901 TO FEBRUARY 7, 1902

1913-1914: FEBRUARY 6, 1913 TO JANUARY 25, 1914

1925-1926: JANUARY 24, 1925 TO FEBRUARY 12, 1926

1937-1938: FEBRUARY 11, 1937 TO JANUARY 30, 1938

1949-1950: JANUARY 29, 1949 TO FEBRUARY 16, 1950

1961-1962: FEBRUARY 15, 1961 TO-FEBRUARY 4, 1962

1973-1974: FEBRUARY 3, 1973 TO JANUARY 22, 1974

GOLD COINS WITH A FACE VALUE OF $1 000 WERE MADE LEGAL TENDER ON MAY 5, 1975, ----------------------------------c -------

/‘I* .......

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 22, 1984

14

ENTERTAINMENT GALORE FOR DISTRICT FESTIVAL * * * *

A VARIETY OF RECREATIONAL AND SPORT ACTIVITIES HAVE BEEN ORGANISED FOR THE WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT FESTIVAL NOW IN ITS SECOND WEEK.

THEY INCLUDE A PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION, BADMINTON TOURNAMENTS, SOCCER MATCHES, A CANTONESE OPERA SINGING CONTEST FOR BEGINNERS AND AN OPEN-AIR CONCERT.

THE EXHIBITION, FEATURING WORKS ON CHINA TOWNS BY PHOTOGRAPHER NR WATER POON, WILL BE HELD FROM 10 AM TO 5 PM ON FRIDAY AND SATURDAY (NOVEMBER 23 AND 24) AT THE FUNG MING HALL OF WONG TAI SIN TEMPLE.

ON SATURDAY (NOVEMBER 24) AT 8 PM, THE FINAL FOR THE CANTONESE OPERA SINGING CONTEST WILL BE HELD IN THE LOK SIN TONG WONG CHUNG MING SECONDARY SCHOOL.

ON SUNDAY (NOVEMBER 25), A SERIES OF BADMINTON AND SOCCER TOURNAMENTS WILL BEGIN AT 8 AM AT THE MORSE PARK INDOOR GAMES HALL AND THE football pitch.

IN THE AFTERNOON THE SAME DAY, A SOCCER EXHIBITION MATCH BETWEEN TWO FIRST DIVISION CLUBS, SOUTH CHINA AND HAPPY VALLEY, WILL BE HELD AT 3 PM AT FOOTBALL PITCH NO. 1 OF MORSE PARK.

IN THE EVENING, A GRAND FINALE WILL BE HELD AT THE TSZ WAN SHAN CENTRAL PLAYGROUND TO MARK THE CLOSING OF THE DISTRICT FESTIVAL.

JOINTLY PRESENTED BY THE FESTIVAL ORGANISING COMMITTEE AND RADIO TELEVISION HONG KONG, THE NIGHT’S PROGRAMME WILL START AT 8 PM WITH SINGING BY LEADING LOCAL ARTISTES, TO BE FOLLOWED BY MODERN DANCES AND OPERA PERFORMANCES.

THE CLOSING EVENT WILL ALSO BE BROADCAST LATER, ON DECEMBER 1 AT 9.45 PM ON HKTVB JADE.

FREE ADMISSION TICKETS FOR THE FINALE ARE NOW AVAILABLE AT THE WONG TAI SIN OFFICE OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT AS WELL AS THE DISTRICT OFFICE AND ITS SUB-OFFICES ON A FIRST-COME-FIRST-SERVED BASIS.

- 0 -

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 22, 1984

15

DE MEMBERS TO VISIT COMPLEX * * *

WONG TAI COUNCIL’S KO

SIN DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS WILL VISIT THE URBAN SHAN THEATRE AND ABERDEEN COMPLEX TOMORROW (FRIDAY).

THE VISIT IS TO GIVE MEMBERS AN IDEA OF SOME OF THE SIMILAR FACILITIES TO BE PROVIDED IN THE NGAU CHI WAN URBAN COUNCIL COMPLEX NOW NEARING COMPLETION, AS WELL AS THE PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS TO THE PRESENT OPEN-AIR THEATRE AT MORSE PARK.

LED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICER, MR PHILIP CHOK, THE PARTY WILL TOUR THE KO SHAN THEATRE, BEFORE PROCEEDING TO THE ABERDEEN COMPLEX.

-------o----------

NEW OFFICE OPENING

* * *

REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR ADOLF HSU, ■ILL OFFICIATE AT A RIBBON CUTTING CEREMONY TOMORROW (FRIDAY) TO ARK THE OFFICIAL OPENING OF THE NEw SAI KUNG DISTRICT OFFICE.

THE FORMER DISTRICT BOARD SECRETARIAT IN NGAU TAU KOK, THE DISTRICT OFFICE IN SAN PO KONG AND THE BRANCH OFFICE IN SAI KUNG, HAD MOVED LAST WEEK INTO THE SECOND FLOOR OF THE SAI KUNG GOVERNMENT OFFICES BUILDING IN SAI KUNG TOWN.

ALSO OFFICIATING AT THE CEREMONY ARE THE DISTRICT OFFICER, MISS CARRIE CHENG, ALL THE UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS OF THE DISTRICT BOARD, AND SEVERAL DISTRICT PERSONALITIES.

THE CEREMONY WILL BE FOLLOWED BY A LION DANCE AND A TEA RECEPTION.

------o-------

DELAYED MAIL FROM INDIA X * X

A LARGE QUANTITY OF SURFACE MAIL FROM INDIA POSTMARKED AS EARLY AS FEBRUARY 1984 WAS RECEIVED IN HONG KONG ON NOVEMBER 17, A POST OFFICE SPOKESMAN ANNOUNCED TODAY.

SPECIAL EFFORTS ARE BEING MADE TO DELIVER THESE DELAYED ITEMS TO THE ADDRESSEES AS SOON AS POSSIBLE.

+THE INDIAN POST OFFICE HAS BEEN ASKED TO EXPLAIN THE REASON FOR THE DELAY,* HE SAID.

/16........

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 22, 1984

16

RECREATION CAMPS FOR POST-SECONDARY STUDENTS * * * *

POST-SECONDARY STUDENTS ARE INVITED TO JOIN CAMPING ACTIVITIES TO BE HELD AT THE LADY MACLEHOSE HOLIDAY VILLAGE IN SAI KUNG.

TWO CAMPS ARE BEING ORGANISED FOR THEM BY THE RECREATION AND SPORTS SERVICE OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT.

THE FIRST WILL START ON DECEMBER 16 AND THE SECOND ON FEBRUARY 9 NEXT YEAR, EACH LASTING FOR TWO DAYS.

THE VILLAGE OFFERS EXCELLENT FACILITIES FOR INDOOR AND OUTDOOR ACTIVITIES SUCH AS ROLLER-SKATING, CYCLING, ICE-SKATING, ARCHERY, CANOEING, TENNIS, BADMINTON AND SQUASH.

A TOTAL OF 200 STUDENTS WILL BE ACCOMMODATED. THE CAMP FEE IS $16 WITH AN ADDITIONAL $22 FOR MEALS.

STUDENTS WHO WISH TO JOIN THE FIRST CAMP ARE URGED TO APPLY NOW. THE APPLICATION DEADLINE FOR THE SECOND IS JANUARY 17.

APPLICATION FORMS ARE AVAILABLE AT THE RSS HEAD OFFICE IN WING ON CENTRE AT CONNAUGHT ROAD CENTRAL OR ITS 19 DISTRICT OFFICES THROUGHOUT THE TERRITORY.

ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE AT 5-458511.

- 0 - -

YOUTH SINGING CONTEST FINAL * * * *

THE GRAND FINAL OF THE KWUN TONG YOUTH SINGING CONTEST WILL TAKE PLACE AT THE KEI CHI MIDDLE SCHOOL ON SATURDAY (NOVEMBER 24) NIGHT.

TEN SOLOISTS AND FIVE SINGING GROUPS, SELECTED FROM MORE THAN 300 PARTICIPANTS IN THE PRELIMINARIES HELD LAST WEEK, WILL VIE FOR THE CHAMPIONSHIPS OF THEIR DIVISION.

JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE KWUN TONG DISTRICT BOARD, THE CULTURE AND RECREATION PROMOTION ASSOCIATION, THE FOO YUE OFFICE OF ICAC AND THE MUSIC OFFICE, THE CONTEST AIMS TO FOSTER A HEALTHY ATTITUDE TO LIFE AMONG YOUNG PEOPLE.

FIVE LOCAL AREA COMMITTEES HAVE ALSO SUCCEEDED IN GETTING THEIR TEAMS THROUGH TO THE FINAL OF A SPECIAL INVITATION SECTION OF THE CONTEST.

THE FINAL WILL START AT 7 PM. FREE ADMISSION TICKETS ARE STILL AVAILABLE AT THE KWUN TONG DISTRICT OFFICE AND ITS SUB-CFFICE, THE FOO YUE OFFICE OF ICAC, AND THE KWUN TONG MUSIC CENTRE OF THE MUSIC OFFICE.

ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE ON 3-416315.

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 22, 198-

17

SPECIAL SPORTS AWARDS X * *

outstanding participants of the sports award mentally handicapped will receive prizes from the FOR RECREATION AND CULTURE, MR PATRICK WILLIAMSON AT THE JUBILEE SPORTS CENTRE, SHA TIN ON SATURDAY MORN ING.

SCHEME FOR THE COMMISSIONER AT A CEREMONY (NOVEMBER 24)

THE SPORTS AWARD SCHEME IS JOINTLY ORGANISED.BY THE RECREATION AND SPORTS SERVICE (RSS) OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT AND THE HONG KONG SPORTS ASSOCIATION FOR THE MENTALLY-HANDICAPPED, WITH SPONSORSHIP FROM NCR (HK) LIMITED.

THE SCHEME PROVIDED THREE MONTHS OF TRAINING IN SEVEN SPORTS ACTIVITIES - ATHLETICS, SWIMMING, HIKING, ORIENTEERING, DANCE, SOCCER AND BASKETBALL TO 120 MENTALLY HANDICAPPED YOUNGSTERS.

-----o------

ONE-DAY SYMPOSIUM

* * *

A ONE-DAY SYMPOSIUM ON LABOUR-MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION, ORGANISED BY THE LABOUR RELATIONS PROMOTION UNIT OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT, WILL BE HELD TOMORROW (FRIDAY) AT THE BALLROOM, SHERATON HOTEL.

THE COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, MR RON BRIDGE, WILL OPEN THE SYMPOSIUM AT 9 AM.

--------o----------

VEHICLE RESTRICTION * * * *

VEHICLES EXCEEDING 5.5 TONNES GROSS WILL CONTINUE TO BE RESTRICTED FROM THE SECTION OF SECOND STREET BETWEEN WESTERN STREET AND POK FU LAM ROAD IN SAI YING PUN, WHILE ROAD WORK IS EE ING CARRIED OUT.

-------0---------

/18........

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 22, 1934 -

- 18

SEWAGE TREATMENT WORKS FOR JUNK BAY

* * * *

A $6OM SEWAGE TREATMENT WORKS IS BEING BUILT AT SIU CHIK SHA, JUNK BAY, TO SERVE THE NEW TOWN’S TARGETED POPULATION OF V5 OOO.

THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT PROJECT INVOLVES THE CONSTRUCTION OF A 300-METRE LONG, 2.5-METRE DIAMETER SEWER, A MAIN WORKS BUILDING, TWO PUMPING STATIONS, A GENERATOR HOUSE AND SUBSTATION, SCREENING EQUIPMENT AND ANCILLARY FACILITIES.

THE WORKS WILL BE ABLE TO TREAT 54 000 CUBIC METRES OF RAW SEWAGE DAILY AND DISCHARGE THE TREATED SEWAGE THROUGH A 3.4 KILOMETRE SUBMARINE OUTFALL INTO TATHONG CHANNEL.

WORK IS EXPECTED TO TAKE 30 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.

-------0 ---------

ANTI-CRIME QUIZ FOR YOUTHS

* * * *

SIXTEEN PRIMARY SCHOOLS FROM YAU MA TEI DISTRICT WILL TAKE PART IN THE CRIME PREVENTION QUIZ COMPETITION ON SATURDAY (NOVEMBER 24) AFTERNOON.

THE QUIZ IS PART OF THE CRIME PREVENTION CAMPAIGN ORGANISED BY THE DISTRICT FIGHT CRIME COMMITTEE TO ENHANCE CRIME PREVENTION KNOWLEDGE AMONG CHILDREN.

THE COMPETITION WILL START AT 1.30 PM IN THE HENRY G. LEONG COMMUNITY CENTRE IN PUBLIC SQUARE STREET.

------0--------

TRAFFIC CHANGES * * * *

TO FACILITATE THE +HALF—MARATHON+ TO BE HELD ON SATURDAY (NOVEMBER 24) AT TAI MEI TUK ROAD IN TAI PO, THE SECTION OF BRIDE’S POOL ROAD BETWEEN LUK KENG AND TAI MEI TUK WILL BE PROHIBITED TO ALL CYCLISTS BETWEEN 6 AM AND 10 AM, AND TO ALL MOTORISTS BETWEEN 7.55 AM AND 8.15 AM.

FROM THE SAME DAY, THE FLYOVER LINKING CHING CHEUNG ROAD WITH CASTLE PEAK ROAD IN SHAM SHUI PO WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FROM 8 PM TO 6 AM DAILY FOR ABOUT THREE WEEKS TO FACILITATE ROAD WORK.

DURING THE CLOSURE, TRAFFIC WILL BE DIVERTED VIA BUTTERFLY VALLEY ROAD, LAI CHI KOK ROAD, CHEUNG LAI STREET AND CHEUNG SHA WAN ROAD.

o --------

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL 5-233191

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 23, 1984

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

VERY FEW ;«NT DIRECT ELECTIONS IN 1985, GOVERNOR SAYS........ 1

GOVT AIMS AT MEDICAL SERVICES FOR ALL .......................

CONTINUED GROWTH WITH LOWER INFLATION ....................... 4

GOVT GRANTS 31.2M FOR ARBITRATION CENTRE..................... 7

YOUTH DEVELOPMENT VITAL TO SOCIETY .......................... 8

■TRUST IS KEY TO LABOUR RELATIONS ........................... 9

GOVERNOR PAYS TRIBUTE TO FIRE SERVICES ...................... 10

HK FIREMEN GET MACAU AWARD................................... 11

TRAVEL GROWTH ADDS TO IMMIGRATION WORK ...................... 11

TAI PO PLAZA SALES CONTINUE.................................. 12

WALK TO HELP HOUSE ELDERLY FOLK ............................. 13

I .D. CARD SCHEME IN PHASE 1? ............................... 14

ALL-OUT EFFORTS TO PREVENT SQUATTER FIRES ................... 14

PRISONERS GET TOP EXAM MARKS ................................ 15

SEMINAR TO FIGHT CRIME....................................... 16

F1PCT1DP0ST GOES TO NORWAY, UAE.............................. 17

SAI KUNG OFFICE OFFICIALLY OPENED ........................... 18

PENG CHAU WATER SUPPLY TO BE IMPROVED ....................... 19

SPORTS MEET FOR ISLANDERS ...................................

SPREADING THE FIRE PREVENTION MESSAGE........................ 20

DANCERS TO PERFORM........................................... 21

'ORIENTEERING' CATCHES ON HERE..............................

CHILDREN TO CLEAN UP COUNTRY PARK............................

CJ TO OPEN BOYS HOME ........................................ 2 3

SEMINAR FOR SPORTS INSTRUCTORS ............................. 2 4

STREET ALTERATIONS FOR MTR ISLAND LINE...................... 24

ROAD SECTIONS TO BE WIDENED ................................

KWAI CHUNG MAINS WORK ....................................... 26 .

TRAFFIC CHANGE FOR FEAST ................................... 26

CENTRAL, WESTERN TRAFFIC CHANGES ........................... 27

TAMam WALK NOT TO CLOSE..................................... 27

BRIEF ROAD CLOSURE.......................................... 27

NOVEMBER 23, 1934

1 -

VERY FEW WANT DIRECT ELECTIONS IN 1985, GOVERNOR SAYS ******

VERY FEW Peur'uc. nAU ouuulj icu IN 1985, THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUD-

iuv . .Auvi' ELECTIONS SAID TODAY (FRIDAY).

SPEAKING TO REPORTERS AFTER OFFIC!ATING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE YUNG FUNG SHEE MEMORI A CENTRE IN KWUN TONG, SIR EDWARD SAID THE GOVERNMENT HAD TAr l‘T 4' OU' WHAT THE PUBLIC SAID THEY WANTED TO DO BEFORE PUBLISH T-- TE Pa ER ON THE FURTHER DEVELOPMENT OF REPRESENTATIVE bUVERNMthT IN HONG KONG.

+WHAT WE HAVE SAID IS THAT THERE WILL BE A REV lEw IN 1987, WHICH IS BEFORE THE ELECTIONS N 1988, THAT n " ECT ELECTIONS CAN BE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT IN THAT REVIEW, AND E. BODY W HAS TWO OR THREE YEARS IN WHICH THEY CAM DISCUS T'-■ HE SAID.

+IT IS NOT A SIMPLE QUESTION -- DIRECT ELECTIONS — IT HAS A NUMBER OF FACETS, AND SO THERE WILL BE A TIME IN WHICH PEOPLE CAN DISCUSS IT, CONSIDER IT. I' *ILt CONSIDERED IN

THE 1987 REVIEW, AND THEN A DECISION W l rE ciS.+

ON HIS FORTHCOMING VISIT T. LONDC s, . ; ?, :RNC SAID, HIS

MOST IMPORTANT DUTY WAS UNDOUh EDLY Tv . AL. . OF

PARLIAMENT AND BE AVAILABLE TO THEM IF THEY H. ,'E ANY QUESTIONS THEY WANTED TO ASK ABOUT THE REACTION 'r" T'!F ‘''PEEMENT in HONG

KONG, AND ON MATTERS WHICH WERE STILL C' CONC' TO OPLE IN

HONG KONG.

+THE FIRST OBUECT OF THE VISIT IS UNDOUBTEDLY THE DEBATE AND BEING AVAILABLE FOR MP’S IF THEY WANT TO Aon ANY QUESTIONS,+ F£ SAID.

SIR EDWARD SAID HE WOULD BE WITH U .ELCO R PART OF THE

VISIT AND ON SOME OF THEIR ENGAGEMENTS.

+BUT I WILL ALSO BE DOING SOME NORMAL HONG KONG BUSINESS WITH THE FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH OFFICE AND OTHERS - HE SAID.

+ IT MIGHT SURPRISE YOU THAT I DO QUIT-, a vOT OF NORMAL HONG KONG BUSINESS APART FROM THE FUTURE,+ HE SAID.

HE ADDED THAT THERE WOULD BE EVERY OPPORTUNITY FOR UMELCO MEMBERS TO MEET PEOPLE LIKE THE ANGLO-HONG KONG PARLIAMENTARY GROUP WHILE IN LONDON.

+AND I AM SURE THEY WILL BE HAVING A NU r OF DISCUSSIONS WITH INDIVIDUAL GROUPS OF MP’S.

+AND THEN wE ARE GOING TO GIVE A RECEPTION WHILE WE ARE THERE, AND TO THAT WE wILL INVITE A LOT OF >■■■ WHO 'AVE BEEN HERE,

AND A NUMBER OF OTHERS WHO HAVE EXPRESSED AN TutREST IN THE H'NG KONG QUESTION, WHICH IS NOW RATHER MORE T:iAN THERE WAS ABOUT A YEAR OR TWO AGO,+ HE SAID.

/SIH EDVABD

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 23, 1984

2

SIR EDWARD TOLD REPORTERS THAT HE EXPECTED TO GO TO LONDON OVERNIGHT ON FRIDAY NIGHT.

♦BUT WE STILL HAVEN’T GOT A DEFINITE DATE FOR THE PEKING TRIP. BUT I wILL BE GOING TO PEKING,* HE SAID.

IN REPLY TO A QUESTION ON WHEN THE JOINT DECLARATION WOULD BE SIGNED, SIR EDWARD SAID NO ANNOUNCEMENT HAD BEEN MADE YET.

ASKED WHETHER THERE WERE ANY PROBLEMS IN AGREEING ON THE DATE, HE SAID THERE WERE NO PROBLEMS.

+ BUT WHEN YOU HAVE AN ARRANGEMENT LIKE THIS KIND, YOU HAVE TO GET A NUMBER OF PEOPLE’S DIARIES TOGETHER. BUT THERE IS NO PROBLEM ABOUT IT,* HE SAID.

ASKED WHETHER MRS MARGARET THATCHER WOULD BE COMING TO HONG KONG AFTER SIGNING THE AGREEMENT, HE SAID, +YOU WILL HAVE TO WAIT FOR HER OFFICE TO ANNOUNCE IT.*

-----0------

GOVT AIMS AT MEDICAL SERVICES FOR ALL * * *

THE GOVERNMENT AIMED AT MAKING MEDICAL SERVICES AND FACILITIES REASONABLY ACCESSIBLE TO ALL CENTRES OF POPULATION,* THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, SAID TODAY.

SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE YUNG FUNG SHEE MEMORIAL CENTRE IN KWUN TONG THIS AFTERNOON, THE GOVERNOR SAID ALSO THAT MEDICAL SERVICES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES HAD BEEN EXPANDED ON THIS BASIS TO MEET THE NEEDS OF THE NEW TOWNS.

THE SAME APPROACH HAD BEEN ADOPTED IN THE URBAN AREAS, AND A HEALTH CENTRE AND A POLYCLINIC HAD BEEN PLANNED FOR THE PEOPLE OF KWUN TONG, THE GOVERNOR SAID.

THE YUNG FUNG SHEE MEMORIAL CENTRE TODAY REPRESENTED THE COMPLETION OF THE FIRST STAGE OF THIS PLAN, SIR EDWARD SAID.

WHEN THE SECOND STAGE - A POLYCLINIC - IS COMPLETED IN 1986, A RANGE OF SPECIALIST OUTPATIENT SERVICES WILL BE WITHIN EASY REACH OF THE RESIDENTS.

THE CENTRE, HE SAID, HAD CERTAIN SPECIAL FEATURES. APART FROM OFFERING A WIDE RANGE OF SERVICES OF A HEALTH CENTRE, HIS CENTRE PROVIDED ACCOMMODATION FOR A GERIATRIC DAY HOSPITAL AM) A PSYCHIATRIC DAY CENTRE, EACH WITH 40 PLACES.

DAY HOSPITALS ENABLED PATIENTS TO SPEND A PART OF THE DAY ER TREATMENT AND TO RETURN TO THEIR HOMES IN THE EVENING, THUS ■OIDING THE EFFECTS OF A PROLONGED STAY IN AN INSTITUTION.

/+THIS SHOULD........

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 23, 1984

- 3 -

+THIS SHOULD SPEED UP THE PATIENT’S RECOVERY AND EARLY RE-INTEGRATION IN THE COMMUNITY.

♦DAY HOSPITALS ALSO HELP TO RELIEVE THE PRESSURE ON OUR CONVENTIONAL HOSPITALS, WHICH ARE ALREADY UNDER CONSIDERABLE STRAIN AS A RESULT OF OUR POPULATION GROWTH IN RECENT YEARS,+ HE SAID.

THIS CENTRE WOULD CONSIDERABLY INCREASE THE PRESENT 297 PSYCHIATRIC AND 80 GERIATRIC DAY HOSPITAL PLACES IN HONG KONG.

AND THERE WERE PLANS TO PROVIDE A FURTHER 305 PSYCHIATRIC AND 300 GERIATRIC DAY PLACES BY THE END OF 1993.

THE GOVERNOR PAID TRIBUTE TO THE YUNG FAMILY. HE SAID THE IMPRESSIVE CENTRE COSTING ABOUT $70 MILLION TO BUILD, HAD BEEN FUNDED ENTIRELY BY A BEQUEST OF THE LATE MADAM YUNG FUNG SHEE. ♦ IT IS THUS PROPER THAT THE CENTRE SHOULD BE NAMED AFTER HER AS A TOKEN OF APPRECIATION OF HER GENEROSITY AND PUBLIC SPIRIT,* SIR EDWARD SAID.

THE NEW HEALTH CENTRE PROVIDES A COMPREHENSIVE RANGE OF SERVICES COMPRISING A PUBLIC HEALTH LABORATORY, FAMILY HEALTH SERVICES, CHEST AND SOCIAL HYGIENE CLINICS, RADIODIAGNOSTIC, PHYSIOTHERAPY AND OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY DEPARTMENTS, A REGIONAL teALTH EDUCATION UNIT AND PSYCHIATRIC AND GERIATRIC DAY HOSPITALS.

ALSO SPEAKING AT THE CEREMONY, THE DIRECTOR OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES, DR K.L. THONG, SAID THAT THE OPENING OF THE HEALTH CENTRE REPRESENTED ANOTHER MILESTONE IN THE DEVELOPMENT CF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES IN THE KOWLOON REGION.

♦ THE RAPID GROWTH OF THE HONG KONG POPULATION, PARTICULARLY IN KOWLOON REGION, HAD OVER THE YEARS IMPOSED A HEAVY STRAIN ON THE MEDICAL SERVICES,* DR THONG SAID.

+THUS, TO MEET THIS UNRELENTING POPULATION PRESSURE, IT IS NECESSARY TO CONTINUE TO UPGRADE OUR EXISTING FACILITIES AND TO DEVELOP OUR MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES AS FAR AS POSSIBLE WITHIN THE RESOURCES AVAILABLE TO US.+

HE ALSO PAID TRIBUTE TO THE LATE MADAM YUNG FUNG SHEE, A WELL-KNOWN PHILANTHROPIST, FOR HER GENEROSITY.

IN HIS ADDRESS, MR P.A.L. VINE, CHAIRMAN OF THE CHARTERED BANK HONG KONG TRUSTEE LTD. - THE EXECUTORS AND TRUSTEES OF THE ESTATE OF MADAM YUNG, GAVE A DETAILED ACCOUNT OF HOW THE FUNDS FOR THE CENTRE HAD BUILT UP FROM THE ORIGINAL DONATION OF ABOUT $3 MILLION TO $80 MILLION THROUGH YEARS OF PRUDENT INVESTMENTS BY THE TRUSTEES.

THE HEALTH CENTRE WAS ESTIMATED TO COST A LITTLE UNDER $70 MILLION.

IT WAS EXPECTED THAT THERE WOULD BE A SURPLUS OF AROUND >10 MILLION WHICH WOULD BE CARRIED FORWARD TO A SIMILAR PROJECT.

-----o------

/4........

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 23, 1934

- 4 -

CONTINUED GROWTH WITH LOWER INFLATION * X * *

DOMESTIC EXPORTS CONTINUED TO EXPAND RAPIDLY IN THE THIRD QjaLTER OF 1984, BY 33 PER CENT IN VALUE TERMS OR ABOUT 17 PER CENT IN REAL TERMS COMPARED WITH EXPORTS FOR THE THIRD QUARTER OF 1983, ACCORDING TO THE THIRD QUARTER ECONOMIC REPORT 1984 PUBLISHED TODAY BY THE GOVERNMENT.

DOMESTIC DEMAND IMPROVED MODERATELY, AS SHOWN BY THE INCREASES IN REAL TERMS IN RETAINED IMPORTS OF CAPITAL GOODS AND OF CONSUMER GOODS. THE CONTINUED ECONOMIC GROWTH WAS ACCOMPANIED BY A SLOWING DOWN IN THE RATE OF INFLATION.

THE PATE OF INFLATION (AS MEASURED BY THE CONSUMER PRICE INDEX (.')) HAD SLOWED DOWN FROM A YEAR-ON-YEAR RATE OF 12.4 PER CENT IN JANUARY 1984 TO 7.1 PER CENT BY SEPTEMBER.

THE QUARTERLY INFLATION RATES EXHIBITED A SIMILAR DOWNWARD TREND.

ON A YEAR-ON-YEAR BASIS, THE RATE OF INFLATION AVERAGED 8.6 PER CENT IN THE THIRD QUARTER OF 1984, COMPARED WITH 10.8 PER CENT IN THE FIRST QUARTER AND 9.4 PER CENT IN THE SECOND QUARTER OF THE YEAR. THIS DECELERATION LARGELY REFLECTED THE STABILITY OF THE HONG KONG DOLLAR IN TERMS OF THE U.S. DOLLAR UNDER THE LINKED EXCHANGE RATE SYSTEM. BECAUSE OF THE GLOBAL STRENGTH OF THE U.S. DOLLAR, THE HONG KONG DOLLAR HAS APPRECIATED AGAINST THE CURRENCIES OF MANY SUPPLIERS SINCE OCTOBER 1983.

ON THE EMPLOYMENT SITUATION, THE REPORT NOTES THAT AFTER THE CONSIDERABLE IMPROVEMENT IN THE FIRST HALF OF 1984, THE UNEMPLOYMENT AND UNDEREMPLOYMENT SITUATION REMAINED LARGELY STABLE I' THE THIRD QUARTER. WITH THE SEASONALLY ADJUSTED UNEMPLOYMENT RATE AT 3.5 PER CENT AND THE UNDEREMPLOYMENT RATE AT 1.0 PER CENT, THE LABOUR FORCE WAS EFFECTIVELY FULLY EMPLOYED DURING THE QUARTER.

THE REPORT ASSESSES ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENTS IN THE THIRD QUARTER OF 1984, USING AVAILABLE STATISTICS. IT ALSO UPDATES THE ANALYSIS OF THE ECONOMY IN THE HALF-YEARLY ECONOMIC REPORT 1984 PUBLISHED IN AUGUST. APART FROM GIVING AN OVERALL VIEW, THE REPORT ALSO CONTAINS INDIVIDUAL CHAPTERS ON THE EXTERNAL SECTOR, THE FINANCIAL SECTOR, THE LABOUR SECTOR, ACTIVITY IN SELECTED SECTORS AND PRICES.

ON THE EXTERNAL SECTOR, THE REPORT SAYS THAT DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO THE UNITED STATES, THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY, THE UNITED KINGDOM, CHINA AND JAPAN CONTINUED TO GROw IN REAL MS IN THE THIRD QUARTER OF 1984 OVER THE SAME QUARTER LAST <R, REFLECTING THE IMPROVED IMPORT DEMAND IN THESE MAJOR vETS. MOREOVER, THE DEPRECIATION OF THE HONG KONG DOLLAR .INST THE U.S. DOLLAR AND THE YEN BETWEEN THE FIRST NINE ■THS OF 1984 AND THE SAME PERIOD LAST YEAR HAS HELPED TO •NTAIN THE COMPETITIVENESS OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO THE UNITED STATES AND JAPAN.

/IMPOBIS AND .......

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 23, 1984

5

IMPORTS AND RE-EXPORTS ALSO GREW RAPIDLY IN THE THIRD QUARTER OF 1984 COMPARED WITH THE THIRD QUARTER OF 1983. IMPORTS GREW BY hdvJT 12 PER CENT IN REAL TERMS, AND RE-EXPORTS BY ALMOST 27 PER CENT.

THE REPORT OBSERVES THAT OVER THIS PERIOD RETAINED IMPORTS OF CAPITAL GOODS GREW BY ABOUT 23 PER CENT IN REAL TERMS, SUGGESTING THAT THE UPTREND IN INVESTMENT EXPENDITURE SINCE THE FOURTH QUARTER OF 1983 HAS LARGELY BEEN SUSTAINED. THE INCREASE WAS CONCENTRATED IN RETAINED IMPORTS OF INDUSTRIAL MACHINERY AND OFFICE EQUIPMENT.

THE REPORT FURTHER POINTS OUT THAT THE GROWTH RATE OF THE VALUE OF TOTAL EXPORTS (DOMESTIC EXPORTS PLUS RE-EXPORTS), AT 37 PER CENT, wAS MUCH FASTER THAN THAT OF IMPORTS, AT 26 PER CENT. A VISIBLE TRADE SURPLUS, WHICH WAS EQUIVALENT TO 5 PER CENT OF THE VALUE OF IMPORTS, WAS THUS RECORDED IN THE THIRD QUARTER OF THIS YEAR, COMPARED WITH A VISIBLE TRADE GAP OF 4 PER CENT IN THE THIRD QUARTER OF 1983. THIS IS THE FIRST QUARTERLY TRADE SURPLUS RECORDED IN SEVEN YEARS.

ON THE FINANCIAL SECTOR, THE REPORT NOTES THE FOLLOWING DEVELOPMENTS.

* FIRST, THE HONG KONG DOLLAR CONTINUED TO HOLD RELATIVELY STEADY AGAINST THE U.S. DOLLAR THROUGHOUT THE THIRD QUARTER, NOTWITHSTANDING THE STRENGTH OF THE LATTER INTERNATIONALLY.

* SECOND, WITH RELATIVELY ATTRACTIVE HONG KONG DOLLAR INTEREST RATES AND IMPROVED POLITICAL SENTIMENT, THE SWITCH FROM HONG KONG DOLLAR DEPOSITS TO FOREIGN CURRENCY DEPOSITS, WHICH WAS EVIDENT DURING THE SECOND QUARTER OF THIS YEAR, CAME TO A HALT IN AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER.

ft THIRD, DURING THE THIRD QUARTER ADMINISTERED INTEREST RATES WERE ADJUSTED UPWARDS ON ONE OCCASION AND THEN DOWNWARDS ON TWO OCCASIONS, * I TH THE CONSEQUENCE THAT AT THE END OF SEPTEMBER THEY WERE LITTLE CHANGED FROM THE LEVELS PREVAILING AT THE END OF DECEMBER 1983.

* FOURTH, THE MONEY SUPPLY, ON ALL DEFINITIONS, INCREASED MODERATELY DURING THE THIRD QUARTER, AS DID TOTAL LOANS AND ADVANCES EXTENDED BY BANKS AND DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES.

/ON THE.........

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 23, 1984

6

ON THE LABOUR SECTOR, THE REPORT OBSERVES THAT THE SEASONALLY ADJUSTED UNEMPLOYMENT RATE AND THE UNDEREMPLOYMENT RATE IN THE THIRD QUARTER OF THIS YEaR, AT 3.5 PER CENT AND 1.0 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY, WERE THE SAME AS IN THE SECOND QUARTER. THE CORRESPONDING FIGURES FOR THE FIRST QUARTER OF THIS YEAR WERE 4.0 PER CENT AND 1.5 PER CENT. DURING THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDING JUNE 1984, EMPLOYMENT IN THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR INCREASED. EMPLOYMENT IN THE TERTIARY SERVICES SECTORS, PARTICULARLY IN RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS, ALSO ROSE. EMPLOYMENT ON BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION SITES, HOWEVER, DECLINED FURTHER DUR ING THE SAME PERIOD.

THE REPORT FURTHER SAYS THAT EARNINGS IN THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR, IN TERMS OF PAYROLL PER PERSON ENGAGED, INCREASED BOTH IN MONEY TERMS AND IN REAL TERMS DURING THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDING JUNE 1984, AS DID THOSE IN THE TERTIARY SERVICES SECTORS. EARNINGS IN THE CONSTRUCTION SECTOR, ON THE OTHER HAND, FELL IN REAL TERMS, ALTHOUGH THERE WAS A SMALL INCREASE IN MONEY TERMS.

THE REPORT ALSO POINTS OUT THAT THE INDEX OF MANUFACTURING OUTPUT INCREASED BY 19.2 PER CENT IN THE FIRST QUARTER AND 12.5 PER CENT IN THE SECOND QUARTER OF 1984, COMPARED WITH THE CORRESPONDING PERIODS IN 1983. MANUFACTURING ACTIVITY CONTINUED TO EXPAND IN THE THIRD QUARTER OF 1984, ALTHOUGH AT A SLOWER PACE THAN IN THE FIRST HALF OF THE YEAR, AS SHOWN BY THE FIGURES ON DOMESTIC EXPORTS, RETAINED IMPORTS OF RAW MATERIALS AND SEM(-MANUFACTURES, OUTWARD CARGO MOVEMENTS BY SEA AND BY AIR, AND THE QUANTITY OF ELECTRICITY CONSUMED BY THE INDUSTRIAL SECTOR.

ALTHOUGH NO DIRECT MEASURE OF PRODUCTIVITY GROWTH IS POSSIBLE, THE REPORT SAYS THAT THE HIGH LEVEL OF MANUFACTURING ACTIVITY AND MANUFACTURING EXPORTS IN THE THIRD QUARTER OF 1984 WAS ALMOST CERTAINLY ACCOMPANIED BY A FURTHER IMPROVEMENT IN LABOUR PRODUCTIVITY, MEASURED IN TERMS OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS PER PERSON ENGAGED IN MANUFACTURING. SUCH AN IMPROVEMENT WAS DUE IN PART TO ADDITIONAL OVERTIME WORK.

ON THE PROPERTY SECTOR, THE REPORT NOTES THAT THE SUPPLY OF NEW PRIVATE SECTOR PROPERTY, IN TERMS OF TOTAL USABLE FLOOR AREA OF ALL BUILDINGS COMPLETED, FELL BY 55 PER CENT IN THE THIRD QUARTER OF 1984 COMPARED WITH THE THIRD QUARTER OF 1983. NEVERTHELESS, THE TAKE-UP OF MOST TYPES OF PROPERTY APPEARED TO HAVE BEEN FAVOURABLE. IT SEEMED THAT PRICES AND RENTALS OF RESIDENTIAL AND INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY REMAINED LARGELY STABLE DURING THE THIRD QUARTER OF THIS YEAR. HOWEVER, THOSE OF SHOPS AND OFFICES GENERALLY DECLINED FURTHER. REFLECTING SOME IMPROVEMENT IN THE BUILDING INTENTIONS OF DEVELOPERS IN THE FIRST NINE MONTHS OF THIS YEAR, THE TOTAL USABLE FLOOR AREA ON BUILDING PLANS WITH CONSENT TO COMMENCE WORK WAS 20 PER CENT HIGHER THAN IN THE FIRST NINE MONTHS OF LAST YEAR.

. INCREASE WAS MAINLY CONCENTRATED IN THE RESIDENTIAL SECTOR.

/ON PRICES, .......

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 23, 1984

- 7

ON PRICES, THE REPORT COMMENTS THAT THE RELATIVE STRENGTH OF THE HONG KONG DOLLAR UNDER THE LINKED EXCHANGE RATE SYSTEM, COUPLED WITH THE RELATIVE BALANCE BETWEEN THE AGGREGATE SUPPLY AND THE AGGREGATE DEMAND FOR DOMESTIC RESOURCES AND THE RELATIVELY MODEST RATE OF INFLATION IN HONG KONG’S MAJOR TRADING PARTNERS, HAVE CONTRIBUTED TO A NOTICEABLE DECELERATION IN THE RATE OF INFLATION DURING THE FIRST NINE MONTHS OF 1984. THIS DECELERATION WAS IN LINE WITH THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY’S EAPLIER PREDICTIONS.

THE THIRD QUARTER ECONOMIC REPORT 1984 WILL SOON BE ON SAlE AT $10 A COPY.

- - - - 0------

GOVT GRANTS $1.2M FOR ARBITRATION CENTRE KO

THE GOVERNMENT TODAY ANNOUNCED THAT IT IS MAKING AVAILABLE A GRANT OF $1.2 MILLION TO ASSIST IN THE ESTABLISHMENT OF THE PROPOSED HONG KONG INTERNATIONAL ARBITRATION CENTRE. THE FINANCE COMMITTEE OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL ON WEDNESDAY APPROVED THE GOVERNMENT’S PROPOSAL TO SUPPORT THE CENTRE.

A SPOKESMAN SAID THE GOVERNMENT RECOGNISED THAT THE SETTING UP OF THE CENTRE WAS A VITAL STEP IN THE CONTINUED DEVELOPMENT OF HONG KONG AS THE COMMERCIAL CENTRE OF THE SOUTH EAST ASIAN REGION. HONG KONG’S INTERNATIONAL IMPORTANCE AS A FINANCIAL, COMMERCIAL AND TRADING CENTRE AND THE AUTHORITY OF ITS LEGAL TRADITIONS BASED ON ENGLISH LAW WOULD ENABLE IT TO BECOME A LEADING CENTRE FOR THE CONDUCT OF COMMERCIAL ARBITRATION, DOMESTIC AND INTERNATIONAL.

WELCOMING THE ANNOUNCEMENT, MR JUSTICE HUNTER, CHAIRMAN OF THE STEERING COMMITTEE FORMED TWO YEARS AGO ON THE INITIATIVE OF THE PREVIOUS ATTORNEY GENERAL, MR JOHN GRIFFITHS, QC, THANKED THE GOVERNMENT FOR ITS SUPPORT. HE SAID THE GOVERNMENT’S CONTRIBUTION TO THE STEERING COMMITTEE’S PUBLIC APPEAL FOR FUNDS GAVE EVERY EXPECTATION THAT THE TARGET OF $2.8 MILLION WOULD SOON BE REACHED. COMPANIES, FIRMS AND INDIVIDUALS IN THE PRIVATE SECTOR HAD RESPONDED GENEROUSLY IN CONTRIBUTING SO FAR $1.4 MILLION.

+NOW IS THE TIME TO DEMONSTRATE TO CHINA AND THE REST OF THE WORLD THE PRACTICAL VALUE OF HONG KONG’S LEGAL SYSTEM. WE SHALL TAKE THAT OPPORTUNITY. I AM CONFIDENT THAT THE HONG KONG INTERNATIONAL ARBITRATION CENTRE WILL BE OPEN FOR BUSINESS IN THE FIRST QUARTER OF 1985,+ HE SAID.

THE MONEY NOW BEING RAISED, HE SAID, WOULD BE USED TO MODERNISE T PREMISES IN THE CENTRAL MAGISTRACY BUILDING IN ARBUTHNOT ROAD M/TE AVAILABLE BY THE GOVERNMENT AT A NOMINAL RENT. AND TO MEET T- RUNNING COSTS OF THE CENTRE FOR THE FIRST THREE YEARS OF OPERATION.

/+BY THE .......

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 23, 1984

8

♦BY THE END OF THAT TIME WE EXPECT THE CENTRE WILL BE SELF-SUPPORTING.*

PAYING TRIBUTE TO THE MEMBERS OF THE STEERING COMMITTEE

FOR THEIR CONSIDERABLE EXPENDITURE OF TIME AND EFFORT IN REALISING THE PROJECT AND TO THE ATTORNEY GENERAL, MR MICHAEL THOMAS QC, FOR HIS UNFLAGGING SUPPORT, MR JUSTICE HUNTER SAID IT HAD BEEN PARTICULARLY PLEASING TO SEE THEIR EFFORTS REWARDED BY POSITIVE RESPONSES FROM LEADING ENTERPRISES OF THE PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA, IN ADDITION TO THOSE FROM MANY OTHER INDIVIDUALS, FIRMS, COMPANIES AND ORGANISATIONS IN HONG KONG.

+WE HOPE NOW THAT THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT’S RESPONSE WILL ENCOURAGE MORE COMPANIES AND FIRMS DOING BUSINESS IN AND OUT OF HONG KONG TO COME FORWARD AND LEND THEIR SUPPORT.+

-----o------

YOUTH DEVELOPMENT VITAL TO SOCIETY

* * * *

YOUTH DEVELOPMENT AFFECTED THE WELL-BEING OF A COMMUNITY, PARTICULARLY IN A FAST DEVELOPING SOCIETY SUCH AS HONG KONG, MR MICHAEL LEUNG, DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION (DESIGNATE), SAID THIS (FRIDAY) AFTERNOON.

OFFICIATING AT THE 4TH COMMUNITY YOUTH CLUB (CYC) ANNUAL PARADE AT QUEEN ELIZABETH STADIUM, MR LEUNG SAID THERE WAS AN OBLIGATION TO HELP YOUNG PEOPLE EQUIP THEMSELVES ADEQUATELY TO MEET THE CHALLENGES OF LIFE.

+THE BEST WAY TO ACHIEVE THIS IS TO SHOW THEM MEANS OF ACQUIRING THE TECHNIQUES AND COMMON SENSE NEEDED TO TACKLE PROBLEMS,♦ HE SAID.

MR LEUNG SAID THE CYC ORGANISED ACTIVITIES THAT MATCHED WITH THE GENERAL AIMS OF EDUCATION.

+BY JOINING THE CYC AND PARTICIPATING IN ITS SERVICES, A YOUTH CAN DEVELOP NOT ONLY A SOUND PERSONALITY AND STRONG SENSE OF SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY, BUT ALSO ACQUIRE A GREATER UNDERSTANDING AND CONCERN FOR THE COMMUNITY,* HE ADDED.

THE CYC CENTRAL COMMITTEE HAS SET UP A CYC SENIOR MEMBERS SERVICE GROUP.

THESE MEMBERS HAD BEEN CHOSEN BY THE CYC CENTRAL COMMITTEE TO AKE PART IN THE CYC OVERSEAS TOURS IN THE PAST YEARS.

/♦AFTER COMPLETING........

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 23, 1984

- 9 -

♦AFTER COMPLETING THEIR STUDIES THEY WOULD START SERVING IN THE COMMUNITY WITH THE SAME ZEAL SO THAT THE CYC SPIRIT WOULD CONTINUE TO FLOURISH,+ MR LEUNG SAID.

THE UNITED NATIONS HAVE DESIGNATED 1985 TO BE THE INTERNATIONAL YOUTH YEAR AND ITS THEME IS +DEVELOPMENT, PARTICIPATION AND PEACE+.

+1 HOPE THIS SIGNIFICANT YEAR WILL BRING ABOUT IN HONG KONG DEEPER CONCERN AND INVOLVEMENT IN THE WELFARE OF YOUTH.+

YOUNG PEOPLE ARE FRANK, SINCERE, ENTHUSIASTIC AND ENERGETIC BUT THEIR LACK OF EXPERIENCE IN LIFE MIGHT RENDER THEM VULNERABLE TO SOCIAL EVILS.

+CYC, THROUGH ITS ACTIVITIES BLESSED WITH UNFAILING SUPPORT FROM HEADS OF SCHOOLS AND TEACHERS, SETS AN EXAMPLE OF WHAT CAN BE DONE TOWARDS THE HEALTHY DEVELOPMENT OF THE YOUTH,+ MR LEUNG SAID.

-----0------

TRUST IS

KEY TO LABOUR RELATIONS *****

MUTUAL TRUST IS THE KEY TO A BETTER AND MORE PRODUCTIVE LABOURMANAGEMENT RELATIONSHIP, THE COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, MR RON BRIDGE SAID TODAY (FRIDAY).

SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE ONE-DAY SYMPOSIUM ON LABOURMANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION ORGANISED BY THE LABOUR RELATIONS PROMOTION UNIT OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT AT THE SHERATON HOTEL, MR BRIDGE SAID IT WAS IMPORTANT THAT MANAGEMENT SHOULD TAKE THE INITIATIVE TO EXPLAIN TO EMPLOYEES ITS POLICIES.

MANAGEMENT SHOULD ALSO TRY TO UNDERSTAND WHAT THE JOBS MEANT TO EACH AND EVERY EMPLOYEE AND TO SOLICIT THEIR OPINIONS, HE SAID.

MR BRIDGE SAID THE ACTIVE RESPONSE TO THE ACTIVITIES ORGANISED BY THE DEPARTMENT’S LABOUR RELATIONS PROMOTION UNIT SHOWED THAT BOTH MANAGEMENT AND LABOUR WERE KEEN TO IMPROVE THEIR RELATIONS.

MORE THAN 200 PARTICIPANTS ATTENDED THE SYMPOSIUM WHICH FEATURED TALKS BY EXPERIENCED PERSONNEL AND OPERATIONS MANAGERS FROM THE PRIVATE SECTOR.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID BECAUSE OF THE TREMENDOUS RESPONSE TO THE SYMPOSIUM, MORE SUCH SEMINARS AND TRAINING COURSES WOuLD BE HELD IN THE FUTURE.

-----0------

/10 .......

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 23, 1984

10 -

GOVERNOR PAYS TRIBUTE TO FIRE SERVICES

* * * *

HONG KONG’S FIRE SERVICES WERE WIDELY KNOWN AND RESPECTED COR THEIR PROFESSIONALISM AND EFFICIENCY IN THE ARDUOUS AND DEMANDING JOB OF FIRE-FIGHTING IN HIGH-RISE HONG KONG, THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, SAID TODAY (FRIDAY).

AND THIS HIGH CALIBRE OF THE SERVICE WAS AMPLY DEMONSTRATED IN THE NO. 5 ALARM FIRE AT THE BLUE BOX FACTORY BUILDING IN TIN ..'AN IN SEPTEMBER THIS YEAR.

SPEAKING TONIGHT AT THE SENIOR OFFICERS’ MESS DINNER OF THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT, SIR EDWARD SAID HE RECOGNISED THE IMMENSE TASK WITH WHICH THE SERVICES WERE FACED.

+YOU CAN BE PROUD OF THE SKILL, PERSEVERANCE AND COURAGE WHICH YOUR FIREMEN SHOWED IN FIGHTING NOT ONLY THAT BLAZE, BUT THE MANY OTHERS WHICH FACE YOU ALMOST EVERY DAY,+ HE SAID.

THE AMBULANCE SERVICE, AS PART OF THE FIRE SERVICES, ALSO HAD AN IMPORTANT ROLE, HE SAID.

IN THE FIRST 10 MONTHS OF THIS YEAR, THE AMBULANCE SERVICE HAD ANSWERED NEARLY 900 CALLS A DAY AND CARRIED SOME 350 000 PATIENTS.

+THESE ARE RECORD FIGURES’ THEY REFLECT THE HIGH LEVEL OF DEMAND ON THE SERVICE AND ITS READY RESPONSE TO HUMAN NEED.+ SIR EDWARD SAID.

A NEW HEADQUARTERS BUILDING FOR THE FIRE SERVICES IN TSIM SHA TSUI EAST SHOULD BE COMPLETED IN EARLY 1986.

BY THEN, HE SAID, THE FIRE SERVICES HEADQUARTERS, THE AMBULANCE COMMAND, THE FIRE PROTECTION BUREAU AND THE COMMUNICATION CENTRE WOULD BE BROUGHT UNDER THE SAME ROOF.

+1 AM SURE THIS WILL FURTHER ENHANCE EFFICIENCY,+ HE SAID.

--------o----------

/11 ........

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 23, 1984

11

HK FIREMEN GET MACAU AWARD * K * *

THE HONG KONG FIRE SERVICES HAS BEEN HONOURED WITH THE GOLD DISTINGUISHED FIRE SERVICES MEDAL BY THE LEAGUE OF PORTUGUESE FIREMEN.

THIS WAS ANNOUNCED TODAY (FRIDAY) BY THE COMMANDER OF THE MACAU FIRE BRIGADE, MR ROGERIO FRANCISCO DE ASSIS. .

MR ASSIS SAID THAT THE AWARD WAS IN RECOGNITION OF SERVICES GIVEN BY THE HONG KONG FIRE SERVICES TO THE MACAU FIRE SERVICES.

HE WAS SPEAKING AT THE PASSING-OUT PARADE OF A GROUP OF PROBATIONARY FIRE OFFICERS AT THE FIRE SERVICES TRAINING SCHOOL AT PAT HEUNG, NEW TERRITORIES.

AND TO FOSTER CLOSER TIES, AN INTERPORT MINI-SPORTS COMPETITION WOULD BE HELD ON AN ANNUAL BASIS BETWEEN THE TWO SERVICES.

+THE FIRE SERVICES OF MACAU AND HONG KONG HAVE ALWAYS BEEN HELPFUL TO EACH OTHER, BUT IT SHOULD BE SAID THAT THIS FRIENDSHIP HAS INCREASED OVER THE LAST FEW YEARS,+ MR ASSIS SAID.

+WE ARE PLANNING TO HOLD A MINI-SPORTS COMPETITION EVERY YEAR BETWEEN OUR TWO SERVICES, ALTERNATING BETWEEN HONG KONG AND MACAU,+ HE SAID.

MR ASSIS PRAISED HIS HONG KONG COUNTERPARTS FOR THEIR HIGH STANDARDS OF PROFESSIONALISM AND SERVICES.

LATER, MR ASSIS PRESENTED THE BEST RECRUIT AWARD TO PROBATIONARY STATION OFFICER CHEUNG WAI-LIM.

A FIRE DRILL AND RESCUE DEMONSTRATION WAS ALSO STAGED BY THE NEWLY GRADUATED OFFICERS.

- 0 - -

TRAVEL GROWTH ADDS TO IMMIGRATION WORK * * *

THE BIG GROWTH IN THE NUMBER OF PEOPLE TRAVELLING TO AND FROM HONG KONG IN THE PAST TEN YEARS — FROM 9.5 MILLION TO 29 MILLION -- REFLECTED THE INCREASING POPULARITY OF HONG KONG AS A TOURIST CENTRE AND THE FAST GROWTH OF ITS ECONOMY, THE VICE-CHAIRMAN OF THE URBAN COUNCIL, MR H.M.G. FORSGATE, SAID TODAY.

THESE FIGURES ALSO SHOWED THE BIG TASK THAT FACED IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT OFFICERS, HE TOLD A GROUP OF 80 ASSISTANT IMMIGRATION OFFICERS AND IMMIGRATION ASSISTANTS, AT A PASSING OUT PARADE TODAY.

/MB FORSGATE

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 23, 1984

MR FORSGATE TOLD THE NEW OFFICERS THAT THEY WOULD BE WORKING UNDER INCREASINGLY HEAVY PRESSURE, SOMETIMES IN UNPLEASANT CONDITIONS, AND THAT THEIR EFFORTS MIGHT NOT ALWAYS BE APPRECIATED BY THE PUBLIC.

BUT REMEMBER,+ HE SAID, +FROM NOW ON, THE IMMIGRATION SERVICE WILL BE JUDGED BY YOUR INDIVIDUAL STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE.

THIS WAS A HEAVY RESPONSIBILITY, BUT IT WAS A CHALLENGE WHICH HE KNEW THEY WOULD RESPOND TO WITH ENTHUSIASM AND DILIGENCE.

THEY HAD A DUTY TO CONTAIN LEGAL AND ILLEGAL IMMIGRATION AND TO CONTRIBUTE TO INTERNAL SECURITY AND LAW AND ORDER BY KEEPING UNDESIRABLE PEOPLE OUT OF HONG KONG, HE SAID.

ON THE OTHER HAND, HE ADDED, THEY HAD TO FACILITATE TOURISTS AND BUSINESS VISITORS, AND PROVIDE IMPORTANT SERVICES TO HONG KONG RESIDENTS.

HE TOLD THEM ALSO THAT +A SMILE OF WELCOME TO TOURISTS AND RETURNING RESIDENTS ALIKE WOULD DO LOTS FOR HONG KONG’S IMAGE,+ AND THAT THEY SHOULD BE +COURTEOUS AT ALL TIMES, AND FAIR TO EVERYBODY, IRRESPECTIVE OF THEIR BACKGROUND.+

- 0 - -

TAI PO PLAZA SALES CONTINUE * * *

TAI PO PLAZA, THE FIRST PRIVATE SECTOR PARTICIPATION SCHEME PROJECT IN THE TAI PO NEW TOWN, WILL BE OPEN AGAIN ON SUNDAY (NOVEMBER 25) FOR VIEWING BY PROSPECTIVE HOME-OWNERS.

three types of sample flats on yee foo house in the estate WILL BE OPEN FROM 10 AM TO 5 PM,+ SAID A SPOKESMAN FOR THE HOUSING AUTHORITY TODAY.

HE SAID A NUMBER OF TWO-BEDROOM FLATS FACING THE PROPOSED TOWN SQUARE WITH GROSS AREAS BETWEEN 41.3 AND 53.1 SQUARE METRES WERE STILL AVAILABLE FOR SELECTION BY HOME-SEEKERS.

THEY ARE PRICED FROM <5159 900 TO $221 700 EACH,+ HE SAID.

FLAT BUYERS HAVE ONLY TO PAY TEN PER CENT OF THE PURCHASE" PRICE AFTER SELECTING THEIR FLATS AT THE HOME OWNERSHIP CENTRE IN HO MAN TIN, WITH THE BALANCE TO BE PAID AFTER THE FLATS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED.

THE SPOKESMAN SAID MORTGAGE FACILITIES FOR UP TO 90 PER CENT OF THE PURCHASE PRICE COULD BE OBTAINED FROM A NUMBER OF FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS WITH REPAYMENT UP TO 15 YEARS.

/♦APART FROM

PHI1UY, NOVEMBER 23, 1?84

♦APART FROM^A'FULL RANGE OF COMMERCIAL AND RECREATIONAL FACILITIES TO BE PROVIDED IN ITS COMMERCIAL CENTRE, THE ESTATE WILL ALSO HAVE A ONE-HECTARE PODIUM WHICH IS BEING TURNED INTO A LANDSCAPED GARDEN WITH MODERN RECREATIONAL AND PLAY FACILITIES.

A BUS TERMINUS HAS ALSO BEEN COMPLETED AT ITS DOORSTEP AND WILL BE PUT INTO OPERATION SHORTLY.+

WITH A TOTAL OF 1 408 FLATS ON FIVE BLOCKS, TAI PO PLAZA WILL BE READY FOR OCCUPATION BY THE END OF THE YEAR;

-----o------

WALK TO HELP HOUSE ELDERLY FOLK * * * *

HOUSING AUTHORITY MEMBERS, URBAN COUNCILLORS, DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS, MUTUAL AID COMMITTEE MEMBERS AND LOCAL COMMUNITY LEADERS WILL TURN OUT IN FORCE ON SUNDAY (NOVEMBER 25) MORNING TO SUPPORT THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT’S +CHARITY WALK FOR THE ELDERLY+.

A MAJOR EVENT OF THE + HOUSING FESTIVAL ’84+ AIMED AT RAISING FUNDS IN AID OF HOSTELS FOR THE ELDERLY AT PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES, THE WALK WILL BE HELD SIMULTANEOUSLY AT 9 AM ON SUNDAY AT SIX ESTATES AND A HOME OWNERSHIP COURT IN KOWLOON AND THE NEW TERRITORIES AND ON HONG KONG ISLAND.

THEY ARE ON TING ESTATE, TUEN MUN, POK HONG ESTATE, SHA T I N=j KWAI SHING ESTATE, TSUEN WAN, 01 MAN ESTATE, KOWLOON CENTRAL, SHUN CHI COURT, KOWLOON EAST, WAN TSUI, HONG KONG EAST, AND WAH FU, HONG kong WEST.

RESIDENTS AT THE SHEUNG SHU I TEMPORARY HOUSING AREA WILL ALSO BE JOINING IN THE + HOUSING FESTIVAL ’84+ CELEBRATIONS.

STARTING AT 2.30 PM THAT DAY, THEY WILL BE TREATED TO A TWO-HOUR PROGRAMME OF A MAGIC AND VARIETY SHOW, FOLK AND LION DANCES AS WELL AS MARTIAL ART AND CYCLING DEMONSTRATIONS, ORGANISED BY THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT'S TEMPORARY HOUSING DIVISION.

The DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF HOUSING (OPERATIONS), MR H.H.T. BARMA, WILL DECLARE THE FESTIVE EVENT OPEN AT 2.30 PM BY PERFORMING THE TRADITIONAL CHINESE LION EYE-DOTTING CEREMONY.

THIS will be followed by presentation of souvenirs by THE ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF HOUSING (TEMPORARY HOUSING), MR W.W. KWAN, TO REPRESENTATIVES OF THREE KAIFONG ASSOCIATIONS WHICH HAVE SPONSORED THE PROGRAMME AND TO THOSE WHO HAVE OFFERED ASSISTANCE FOR THE EVENT.

-----o------

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 23, 1984

14

I.D. CARD SCHEME IN PHASE 17 * * *

WOMEN BORN IN 1951 AND 1952 MUST APPLY FOR NEW IDENTITY CARDS BETWEEN DECEMBER 3 AND JANUARY 5, 1985, THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY (FRIDAY).

THERE ARE 92 OOO PEOPLE IN THESE TWO AGE GROUPS, AND DEPARTMENT EXPECTS TO RECEIVE ABOUT 3 000 APPLICATIONS A DAY DURING THE FIVE-WEEK PERIOD. THE SCHEME WILL BE IN ITS 17TH PHASE.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID, +THOSE PLANNING TO SPEND THEIR CHRISTMAS AND NEW YEAR HOLIDAYS OUTSIDE HONG KONG ARE ADVISED TO APPLY EITHER BEFORE THEIR DEPARTURE OR WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THEIR RETURN.*

THE BUSINESS HOURS OF THE EIGHT ISSUE OFFICES ARE FROM 8 AM TO 9.30 PM, MONDAY THROUGH SATURDAY.

MEANWHILE, WOMEN BORN IN 1953 AND 1954 WHO HAVE NOT YET APPLIED FOR NEW CARDS ARE REMINDED TO DO SO NO LATER THAN DECEMBER 1.

THE SPOKESMAN STRESSED AGAIN THAT NO AMNESTY WOULD BE GRANTED TO ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS.

+ THEY WILL BE REPATRIATED IMMEDIATELY ONCE THEY ARE DETECTED,* HE SAID.

- 0 - -

ALL-OUT EFFORTS TO PREVENT SQUATTER FIRES * * *

A TWO-MONTH FIRE PREVENTION CAMPAIGN WILL BE LAUNCHED TOMORROW (SATURDAY) FOR SQUATTERS AT HILLSIDE VILLAGES IN EASTERN DISTRICT.

THE CAMPAIGN, ORGANISED BY THE EASTERN DISTRICT OFFICE, WILL INCLUDE SEMINARS, VISITS TO FIRE STATIONS AND REFRESHER COURSES FOR FIRE WATCH TEAMS.

A DISTRICT OFFICE SPOKESMAN SAID ALL-OUT EFFORTS WERE NECESSARY TO HELP PREVENT HILL AND SQUATTER FIRES DURING THE DRY SEASON.

+IT IS HOPED THAT THROUGH THE CAMPAIGN, HILLSIDE VILLAGERS WILL LEARN MORE ABOUT FIRE PREVENTION PRECAUTIONS AND EXERCISE SPECIAL CARE AND VIGILANCE.

+PARTICULAR EMPHASIS WILL BE PLACED ON THE 13 VILLAGES IN SHAU KEI WAN WHICH HAVE A TOTAL POPULATION OF ABOUT 30 000 PEOPLE,* HE SAID.

/POSTERS AND

FEIDAY, NOVEMBER 23, 1984

- 15 -

POSTERS AND BANNERS WITH FIRE PREVENTION MESSAGES WILL BE MOUNTED AT VANTAGE POINTS IN THE SQUATTER AREAS.

REFRESHER COURSES FOR FIRE WATCH TEAMS IN THE VILLAGES WILL BE HELD ON FOUR CONSECUTIVE SUNDAYS FROM NOVEMBER 25 AT THE SHAU KEI wAN FIRE STATION.

THE COURSES WILL BE REPEATED ON FOUR OTHER CONSECUTIVE SUNDAYS, STARTING ON DECEMBER 23.

OFFICERS FROM THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT WILL HOLD FIRE PREVENTION SEMINARS AT VARIOUS MUTUAL AID COMMITTEE OFFICES.

IN ADDITION, COPIES OF A FIRE PREVENTION HANDBOOK PRINTED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICE WILL BE DISTRIBUTED.

AN OPENING CEREMONY WILL BE HELD AT 2 PM TOMORROW (SATURDAY) AT THE REST GARDEN IN TSIN SHU I MA TAU VILLAGE IN SHAU KE I WAN. THERE WILL ALSO BE AN EXHIBITION ON THE WORK AND SERVICES OF THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT.

AN ASSISTANT DISTRICT OFFICER, DR SIMON VICKERS, AND THE DIVISIONAL COMMANDER (EASTERN) OF THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT, MR HENRY S. TANG, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE CEREMONY.

-----o-----

PRISONERS GET TOP EXAM MARKS * * * *

EIGHT PRISONERS IN STANLEY PRISON WHO ATTAINED DISTINCTIONS IN ALL THE PAPERS THEY SAT IN THE CITY AND GUILDS OF LONDON INSTITUTE TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIANS EXAMINATIONS WERE TODAY PRESENTED WITH CERTIFICATES BY THE COMMISSIONER OF CORRECTIONAL SERVICES, MR THOMAS GARNER.

THEY HAD SAT 24 PAPERS IN THE SECOND YEAR EXAMINATIONS HELD LAST JUNE, WHICH CONSISTED OF PRACTICAL MATHEMATICS, ENGINEERING SCIENCE AND ELEMENTARY TELECOMMUNICATION PRACTICE, HE SAID.

+EVERY PAPER CARRIES A DISTINCTION WHICH PROBABLY CREATES SOMETHING OF A RECORD LOCALLY, IF NOT INTERNATIONALLY, FOR TH LS LEVEL OF ACHIEVEMENT IN A GROUP,+ MR GARNER SAID AT THE PRESENTATION CEREMONY HELD IN STANLEY PRISON.

HE SAID THEIR ACHIEVEMENT WAS A TRIBUTE TO THEIR INTEREST AND DEDICATION TO LEARNING.

+IT AGAIN HIGHLIGHTS THAT A GOOD CORRECTIONAL SERVICE Cr.i ACHIEVE RESULTS, + HE SAID.

/HE CONGRATULATED....... .

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 23, 1984

HE CONGRATULATED THE SENIOR SUPERINTENDENT AND STAFF OF STANLEY PRISON, PARTICULARLY THE TEACHERS AND INSTRUCTORS, AND SAID THEY SHARED IN THE CREDIT FOR THIS ACHIEVEMENT.

THE RECIPIENTS, AGED BETWEEN 22 AND 30, ARE SERVING SENTENCES RANGING FROM 5 TO 14 YEARS AND ARE ALL DUE FOR DISCHARGE WITHIN THE NEXT 24 MONTHS.

THEY HAD ALSO EARNED REMARKABLE RESULTS - 21 DISTINCTIONS AND THREE CREDITS - IN THE FIRST YEAR EXAMINATIONS HELD LAST DECEMBER.

MR GARNER ALSO SAID THAT DURING THE PAST TWO YEARS, A TOTAL CF 152 CANDIDATES FROM DIFFERENT INSTITUTIONS HAD SAT VARIOUS EXAMINATIONS AND HAD ACHIEVED A PASS RATE OF OVER 90 PER CENT.

- - 0 - -

SEMINAR TO FIGHT CRIME * * *

A CRIME PREVENTION SEMINAR FOR CARETAKERS AND WATCHMEN IN THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICTS WILL BE HELD TOMORROW (SATURDAY) EVENING AT THE WESTERN DISTRICT COMMUNITY CENTRE.

THE ANNUAL SEMINAR IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT FIGHT CRIME COMMITTEE AND THE MULTI-STOREY BUILDING OWNERS ASSOCIATIONS OF BOTH DISTRICTS.

THE SEMINAR WILL START WITH A 30-MINUTE FILM SHOW ON METHODS CF CRIME PREVENTION. OFFICERS FROM VARIOUS GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS WILL THEN GIVE TALKS ON THE SUBJECT.

MEMBERS OF MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES, OWNERS CORPORATIONS AND BUILDING OWNERS ASSOCIATIONS HAVE ALSO BEEN INVITED TO ATTEND THE SEMINAR.

GUEST SPEAKERS WILL INCLUDE THE POLICE REGIONAL CRIME PREVENTION OFFICER, CRIME PREVENTION BUREAU, (HONG KONG ISLAND), NR C.N. IPj THE FIRE STATION OFFICER OF THE FIRE PROTECTION BUREAU, MR LEUNG KWONG-SAKl THE CHIEF BUILDING SURVEYOR OF THE BUILDING ORDINANCE OFFICE, MR PATRICK AUJ AND A MEMBER OF THE DISTRICT FIGHT CRIME COMMITTEE, MR MA CHING-YUK.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE WELCOME TO ATTEND THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN CRIME PREVENTION SEMINAR WHICH WILL BE HELD AT 8 PM TOMORROW (Saturday) at the western district community centre, room 203, 105 THIRD STREET, WESTERN DISTRICT.

- - 0 -

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 23, 1984

17

SPEEDPOST GOES TO NORWAY, UAE

* * * *

SPEEDPOST SERVICE WILL BE EXTENDED TO NORWAY AND THE UNITED ARAB EMIRATES FROM MONDAY (NOVEMBER 26), A POST OFFICE SPOKESMAN ANNOUNCED TODAY.

THERE WILL THEN BE 27 COUNTRIES INCLUDED IN THE SPEEDPOST NETWORK OF 3OO MAJOR CITIES SERVED FROM HONG KONG, HE SAID.

SPEEDPOST ITEMS WOULD BE ACCEPTED FOR TRANSMISSION TO ALL AREAS IN NORWAY AND THE UNITED ARAB EMIRATES.

ITEMS POSTED IN HONG KONG WOULD BE DELIVERED TO THE ADDRESSEES IN OSLO AND ALL AREAS IN THE UNITED ARAB EMIRATES ON THE NEXT WORKING DAY.

ONLY +0N DEMAND* SERVICE IS AVAILABLE AT PRESENT.

THE MAXIMUM WEIGHT LIMIT PER ITEM IS 15 KG AND THE POSTAGE RATES WILL BE AS FOLLOWS:

NORWAY UNITED ARAB

------ emirates

ITEMS WEIGHING UNDER 250 G $75 $62

ITEMS WEIGHING BETWEEN 250 G AND 500 G $90 $74

EACH SUBSEQUENT ADDITIONAL $21 $14

500 G

+THE SPEEDPOST SERVICE IS A FAST AND RELIABLE MEANS FOR FORWARDING BUSINESS DOCUMENTS, SAMPLES AND MERCHANDISE OVERSEAS.

CUSTOMERS REQUIRING MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE SERVICE SHOULD CONTACT THE POSTAL SERVICES REPRESENTATIVES ON 5-2671108,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

- - 0 ---------

/18........

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 23, 1984

18

SAI KUNG OFFICE OFFICIALLY OPENED *****

THE REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR ADOLF HSU TODAY (FRIDAY) OFFICIALLY OPENED THE NEW PREMISES OF THE SAI KUNG DISTRICT BOARD AND THE DISTRICT OFFICE.

THE BOARD SECRETARIAT, THE DISTRICT OFFICE AND THE BRANCH OFFICE PREVIOUSLY OPERATED FROM DIFFERENT AREAS OF KOWLOON AND THE NEW TERRITORIES, BUT ALL THREE MOVED ON NOVEMBER 13 INTO THE NEW PREMISES ON THE SECOND FLOOR OF THE SAI KUNG GOVERNMENT OFFICES BUILDING IN SAI KUNG TOWN.

SPEAKING AT THE RIBBON CUTTING CEREMONY TO MARK THE OFFICIAL OPENING, MR HSU SAID RESIDENTS IN THE DISTRICT WOULD NO LONGER HAVE TO TRAVEL TO DIFFERENT PLACES TO MEET DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS OR DISTRICT OFFICE STAFF.

+THERE WILL CONTINUE TO BE CLOSE CONTACTS BETWEEN STAFF, BOARD MEMBERS AND THE PUBLIC,* HE SAID.

+1 BELIEVE THAT THE FINE TRADITION OF ACTIVE COMMUNITY PARTICIPATION IN DISTRICT AFFAIRS WOULD BE CONTINUED FOR THE PROSPERITY AND STABILITY OF SAI KUNG.+ MR HSU SAID.

EARLIER IN THE DAY, MR HSU VISITED THE LOK YUK PRIMARY SCHOOL AT WO MEI, WHICH IS ONE OF EIGHT RURAL PRIMARY SCHOOLS RECENTLY INCORPORATED INTO THE SAI KUNG CENTRALISED PRIMARY SCHOOL.

HE ALSO VISITED THE CENTRALISED PRIMARY SCHOOL AT HO CHUNG TO LOOK INTO THE SCHOOL’S OPERATION, SUCH AS TRANSPORT ARRANGEMENTS TO BRING CHILDREN TO THE SCHOOL, AND THE ORGANISATION OF THE SCHOOL MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE.

MR HSU ALSO SAW WORK ON SEVERAL DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS IN THE DISTRICT, INCLUDING THE SOON-TO-BE-COMPLETED RURAL PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATE IN TUI MIN HOI, THE SAI KUNG TOWN HALL AND SAI KUNG MARKET, THE NEWLY RENOVATED SAI KUNG ADVENTURE PLAYGROUND, AND THE SITES FOR THE SAI KUNG CLINIC AND THE BUS TERMINUS.

-----o------

/19........

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 23, 1934

19

PENG CHAU WATER SUPPLY TO BE IMPROVED

* * * *

PLANS HAVE BEEN DRAWN UP FOR LAYING A 1 7OO-METRE LONG SUBMARINE PIPELINE WITHIN THE LIMITS OF ABOUT 5.1 HECTARES OF FORESHORE AND SEABED BETWEEN PENG CHAU ISLAND AND CHAU KUNG ISLAND.

THE PROPOSED PIPELINE, OF 3OO-MILLI METRE DIAMETER, WILL REPLACE THE PRESENT PIPELINE BEING USED TO BRING FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO PENG CHAU, BUT WHICH IS CONSIDERED TOO SMALL FOR THE FUTURE DEVELOPMENT OF PENG CHAU.

THE SUPPLY WILL BE DRAWN FROM AN EXISTING 760-MILLIMETRE DIAMETER MAIN SUBMARINE PIPELINE WHICH LIES TO THE NORTH OF CHAU KUNG ISLAND AND CARRIES WATER FROM SILVERMINE BAY CLEAR WATER TANK TO HONG KONG ISLAND.

THE PIPE LAYING WORK IS EXPECTED TO START IN JULY 1985 AND TAKE ABOUT ONE YEAR TO COMPLETE.

THE EXTENT OF THE AREA AFFECTED IS DESCRIBED IN A NOTICE PUBLISHED IN THE LATEST GOVERNMENT GAZETTE UNDER THE PUBLIC RECLAMATIONS AND WORKS ORDINANCE.

PLANS CAN BE SEEN ATs

* NOTICE BOARDS POSTED NEAR THE SITEJ

H LANDS DEPARTMENT SURVEY DIVISION, 5TH FLOOR, MURRAY BUILDING, GARDEN ROAD, HONG KONG?

* DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE/KOWLOON WEST, YAU MA TEI CAR PARK BUILDING, 1OTH FLOOR, 250 SHANGHAI STREET, KOWLOONj AND

* ISLAND DISTRICT OFFICE, SINCERE BUILDING, 16TH FLOOR, 173 DES VOEUX ROAD CENTRAL, HONG KONG.

OBJECTIONS TO THIS PROPOSAL AND CLAIMS FOR COMPENSATION SHOULD REACH THE DIRECTOR OF LANDS WITHIN TWO MONTHS.

-----o------

/20........

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 23, 1984

- 20 -

SPORTS MEET FOR ISLANDERS

* * *

MORE THAN 300 ATHLETES WILL COMPETE IN ABOUT 50 FIELD-AND-TRACK EVENTS IN THE SEVENTH ISLANDS DISTRICT ATHLETIC MEET ON SUNDAY (NOVEMBER 25), STARTING AT 10 AM IN THE SHA TIN SPORTS GROUND ON YUEN WO ROAD.

THE COMPETITIONS WILL BE DIVIDED INTO MEN’S AND WOMEN’S SECTIONS COVERING SIX DIFFERENT AGE GROUPS.

IN ADDITION, THERE WILL BE TWO NEW SECTIONS THIS YEAR FOR BOYS AND GIRLS BETWEEN 11 AND 12, WITH THE AIM OF ENCOURAGING MORE YOUNGSTERS IN ISLANDS DISTRICT TO PARTICIPATE IN SPORTS ACTIVITIES.

SPONSORED BY THE DISTRICT BOARD, THE ANNUAL ATHLETIC MEET IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE ISLANDS DISTRICT SPORTS ASSOCIATION, THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT AND THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT.

THE DISTRICT OFFICER, MR WILLIAM YAPj RECREATION AND SPORT OFFICER, MR ALBERT THUMB; HONORARY PRESIDENT OF THE SPORTS ASSOCIATION, MR YOUNG WING-YAU; VICE PRESIDENT OF THE HEUNG YEE KUK, MR TSANG LIN; AND DISTRICT AMENITY OFFICER, MR P.S. NG, WILL PRESENT PRIZES TO WINNERS AT A CEREMONY AT 4 PM.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE SEVENTH ISLANDS DISTRICT ATHLETIC MEET TO BE HELD AT 10 AM ON SUNDAY (NOVEMBER 25) AT THE SHA TIN SPORTS GROUND ON YUEN WO ROAD AND THE PRIZEGIVING CEREMONY AT 4 PM.

-------o----------

SPREADING THE FIRE PREVENTION MESSAGE

* * * *

A FIRE PREVENTION DAY WILL BE HELD IN SHAM SHUI PO ON SUNDAY (NOVEMBER 25) AS PART OF A TERRITORY-WIDE FIRE PREVENTION CAMPAIGN.

THE EVENT IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT, SHAM SHUI PO DISTRICT OFFICE, SHAM SHUI PO DISTRICT BOARD AND GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES.

/GHIJF FIRS .......

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 23, 1984

CHIEF FIRE OFFICER, KOWLOON FIRE COMMAND, MR M. KINGDOM, AND SHAM SHU I PO DISTRICT OFFICER, MR SYLVESTER TSE, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE OPENING CEREMONY.

A SPECTACULAR FIRE DRILL AND EXERCISE WILL THEN BE STAGED BY THE FIRE SERVICES.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE EVENT WHICH WILL START AT 10.45 AM AT THE MAPLE STREET PLAYGROUND IN CHEUNG SHA WAN.

- - 0

DANCERS TO PERFORM * * *

ORIENTAL AND WESTERN DANCES WILL BE PERFORMED BY SIXTEEN FAMOUS DANCE TROUPES AT TSUEN WAN TOWN HALL ON SUNDAY (NOVEMBER 25) EVENING.

THE DANCE PERFORMANCE EVENING IS JOINTLY PRESENTED BY THE RECREATION AND SPORTS SERVICE OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT AND THE HONG KONG DANCE FEDERATION.

PERFORMING GROUPS WILL INCLUDE THE RECREATION AND SPORTS SERVICE CHINESE DANCE TROUPE, THE HONG KONG DANCE COMPANY, THE HONG KONG SCHOOLS DANCE TEAM AND THE HONG KONG ACADEMY OF BALLET.

MR YEUNG PO-KWAN, UNOFFICIAL MEMBER OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, WILL PRESENT SOUVENIRS TO THE DANCERS DURING THE INTERMISSION OF THE PERFORMANCE.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE PERFORMANCE STARTING FROM 7.30 PM ON SUNDAY (NOVEMBER 25) AT TSUEN WAN TOWN HALL. PHOTOGRAPHERS ARE REMINDED TO BRING TELEPHOTO LENSES.

- - 0 - -

/22

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 23, 1984

22

ORIENTEERING’ CATCHES ON HERE * * * *

AN +ORIENTEERING TRIM COURSE* SET UP BY THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT IN POK FU LAM COUNTRY PARK WILL BE OFFICIALLY OPENED TOMORROW (SATURDAY).

MR HOWARD YOUNG, PATRON OF THE ORIENTEERING ASSOCIATION OF HONG KONG AND AN UNOFFICIAL MEMBER OF THE COUNTRY PARKS BOARD, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE OPENING CEREMONY. <«•

THOUGH NEW HERE, ORIENTEERING IS FAST BECOMING A POPULAR SPORT WITH LOCAL PEOPLE, PARTICULARLY YOUNGSTERS.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE OPENING CEREMONY WHICH WILL BE HELD AT THE POK FU LAM COUNTRY PARK NEAR POK FU LAM RESERVOIR ROAD AT 2.30 PM.

A 14-SEATER VAN WILL BE PROVIDED ON A FIRST COME FIRST SERVED BASIS. IT WILL LEAVE THE OPEN CAR PARK BY THE SIDE OF THE CANTON ROAD GOVERNMENT OFFICES, 393 CANTON ROAD AT 1 PM SHARP. INFORMATION OFFICERS WILL BE ON HAND TO ASSIST THE PRESS.

- 0 - -

CHILDREN TO CLEAN UP COUNTRY PARK * * *

ABOUT 80 CHILDREN WILL TAKE PART IN A DRAWING COMPETITION AND WILL HELP CLEAN UP TWISK COUNTRY PARK TOMORROW (SATURDAY) MORNING AS PART OF THE YUEN LONG DISTRICT CLEAN HONG KONG CAMPAIGN.

THE DRAWING COMPETITION WILL START AT 10 AM AND WILL BE FOLLOWED BY THE CLEAN-UP EXERCISE.

THE YUEN LONG DISTRICT CLEAN HONG KONG COMMITTEE HAS ALSO ORGANISED OTHER ACTIVITIES, SUCH AS THE CLEANING OF BUILDINGS AND RURAL AREAS, AND A TREE PLANTING EXERCISE AS PART OF ITS PROMOTIONAL DRIVE TO INSTIL THE IMPORTANCE OF CLEANLINESS IN THE DISTRICT.

/the assistant

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 23, 1984

THE ASSISTANT DISTRICT OFFICER, MR ALLEN WONG WILL ALSO TAKE PART IN THE CLEAN-UP EXERCISE AT TWISK COUNTRY PARK AND WILL BE PRESENTING PRIZES TO WINNERS OF THE DRAWING COMPETITION AT 12 NOON.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE CLEAN-UP EXERCISE AT TWISK COUNTRY PARK. A GOVERNMENT VEHICLE WILL LEAVE THE YUEN LONG DISTRICT OFFICE, YUEN LONG DISTRICT BRANCH OFFICES BUILDING, 269 CASTLE PEAK ROAD, AT 10.30 AM TO TAKE MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES TO THE PARK.

- - 0 - -

CJ TO OPEN BOYS HOME * * *

THE CHIEF JUSTICE, SIR DENYS ROBERTS, WILL OPEN THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT’S PUI CHI BOYS’ HOME IN QUARRY BAY AT 11 AM TOMORROW (SATURDAY).

THE NEW HOME IS LOCATED AT 986 KING’S ROAD, NEAR MT. PARKER

ROAD

IT WAS CONVERTED FROM A JUNIOR ENGLISH SCHOOL, AND PROVIDES RESIDENTIAL TRAINING FOR UP TO 60 OFFENDERS BETWEEN THE AGES OF SEVEN AND 13. IT IS THE SIXTH RESIDENTIAL TRAINING INSTITUTION FOR YOUNG OFFENDERS OPERATED BY THE DEPARTMENT.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE EVENT.

- - 0 - -

/24

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 23, 1934 .

- 24 -

SEMINAR FOR SPORTS INSTRUCTORS * * * *

A SEMINAR FOR PART-TIME SPORTS INSTRUCTORS WILL BE HELD BY THE RECREATION AND SPORTS SERVICE OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT.

IT WILL PROVIDE AN OPPORTUNITY FOR SPORTS INSTRUCTORS, PARTICULARLY THOSE EMPLOYED BY THE DEPARTMENT, TO UNDERSTAND THEIR WORK BETTER, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY.

THE SPEAKERS WILL INCLUDE A RECREATION AND SPORT OFFICER, WHO WILL TALK ABOUT THE PREVENTION OF SPORT INJURIES, AND AN AUXILIARY MEDICAL SERVICES TRAINING OFFICER WHO WILL TALK ON THE FIRST-AID FOR SUCH INJURIES.

SPORTS INSTRUCTORS ARE WELCOME TO ATTEND THE SEMINAR, WHICH WILL BE HELD AT THE HOLIDAY INN (HARBOUR VIEW) ON SUNDAY (NOVEMBER 25).

THE HALF-DAY SEMINAR WILL BEGIN AT 9 AM AND IS EXPECTED TO CONCLUDE BEFORE NOON.

TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE AT 5-458511.

-------0 - - - -

STREET ALTERATIONS FOR MTR ISLAND LINE * * * *

A NUMBER OF STREET ALTERATIONS WILL BE INTRODUCED IN THE CAUSEWAY BAY AREA AND NOTICES TO THIS EFFECT ARE PUBLISHED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE TODAY.

FOLLOWING COMPLETION OF THE VENTILATION SHAFT FOR THE MTR CAUSEWAY BAY STATION, THE CARRIAGEWAY OF LEE GARDEN ROAD WILL BE REINSTATED TO A MINIMUM WIDTH OF 5.5 METRES WITH THE EASTERN FOOTPATH MAINTAINED AT ITS ORIGINAL WIDTH.

MTR CHILLERS TO SERVE CAUSEWAY BAY (WEST) STATION CONCOURSE WILL BE TEMPORARILY LOCATED ON STEEL PLATFORMS ABOVE THE FOOTPATHS IN LOCKHART ROAD (SOUTH SIDE ONLY) AND PERCIVAL STREET (EAST SIDE ONLY). A MINIMUM FOOTPATH WIDTH OF 2.5 METRES WILL BE PROVIDED UNDER THE PLATFORMS. LOCKHART ROAD WILL BE REINSTATED TO A MINIMUM WIDTH OF 8.5 METRES.

MTR CHILLERS TO SERVE TIN HAU STATION CONCOURSE WILL BE TEMPORARILY LOCATED IN PART OF THE CARPARK ADJACENT TO HING FAT STREET OPPOSITE THE CAUSEWAY BAY MAGISTRACY BUILDING.

THE EFFECTIVE DATES FOR THE STREET ALTERATIONS AND CARPARK CLOSURE WILL BE ANNOUNCED LATER.

/DETAILS OF........

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 23, 1964

- 25 -

DETAILS OF THE ALTERATIONS AND CLOSURE ARE SHOWN ON PLANS NOS MT/G/296, MT/G/297 AND MT/G/298.

COPIES OF THE PLANS AND THE GAZETTE NOTICES AUTHORISING THE CLOSURE AND ALTERATIONS MAY BE INSPECTED BETWEEN 9.30 AM ’ 4.30 =>M ON ANY DAY OTHER THAN SATURDAYS AND PUBLIC HOLIDAYS ' THE ENQUIRY SUB-OFFICE OF THE DISTRICT OFFICE (CENTRAL AND WESTERN) AT CGO wEST WING OR THE LANDS DEPARTMENT, SURVEY DIVISION IN MURRAY BUILDING, COTTON TREE DRIVE.

ADDITIONALLY, THE PLAN ON THE CARPARK CLOSURE (NO. MT/G/297) mND THE RELEVANT GAZETTE NOTICE ARE AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION AT HE DISTRICT OFFICE (EASTERN) AT 884-886 KING’S ROAD.

THE PLANS FOR THE STREET ALTERATIONS (NOS. MT/G/296 AND T/G/298) AND THE CORRESPONDING GAZETTE NOTICES MAY ALSO BE INSPECTED ’ ' •' DISTRICT OFFICE (WAN CHAI) AT 201 HENNESSY ROAD.

CLAIMS FOR COMPENSATION IN RESPECT OF THE CLOSURE AND '_’:P’TIONS must BE MADE IN WRITING TO THE DIRECTOR OF ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT AND MUST REACH HIS OFFICE WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER Trie ■'-F’CTED PORTION OF THE CARPARK OR THE AFFECTED ROADS ARE REINSTrTcv.

----0------

ROAD SECTIONS TO BE WIDENED

* * * *

THE ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT PROPOSES TO WIDEN TWO SECTIONS OF LAM KAM ROAD TO 6.75 METRES AND CONSTRUCT FOOTPATHS TO IMPROVE SAFETY FOR PEDESTRIANS.

THE FIRST SECTION IS BETWEEN PAK NGAU SHEK AND CHAI KEK AND THE SECOND SECTION IS BETWEEN NAM SHEUNG TIN AND KADOORIE FARM.

A 1.6 METRE WIDE FOOTPATH WILL BE CONSTRUCTED ON ONE SIDE OF EACH SECTION.

A NOTICE CONCERNING THE PROPOSED WORKS WAS PUBLISHED IN THE LATEST GOVERNMENT GAZETTE UNDER THE ROADS (WORKS, USE AND COMPENSATION) ORDINANCE.

PLANS CAN BE SEEN AT:

4 THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT OFFICE, CENTRAL ENQUIRY SUE-OFFICE, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, wEST *ING, MAIN ENTRANCE LOBBY, HONG KONG;

M THE TAI PO DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE, TAI PO GOVERNMENT OFFICES BUILDING, TING KOK ROAD, Ta I PO MARKET, NE/. TERRITORIES;

/♦ THE TAI ......

FfilJAY, NOVEMBER 23, 1984

# THE TAI PO DISTRICT OFFICE, TAI PO GOVERNMENT OFFICES BUILDING, TING KOK ROAD, TAI PO MARKET, NEW

TERR I TOR IES;

* THE YUEN LONG DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE, YUEN LONG DISTRICT BRANCH OFFICE, 269 CASTLE PEAK ROAD, YUEN LO TERRITORIES; AND

* THE YUEN LONG DISTRICT OFFICE, 269 CASTLE PEAK ROAD, YUEN LONG, NEW TERRITORIES.

OBJECTIONS TO THE PROPOSAL SHOULD BE SENT IN WRITING TO SECRETARY FOR LANDS AND WORKS BY JANUARY 22, 1985.

- 0 -

KWAI CHUNG MAINS WORK * * *

SALT WATER SUPPLY TO SOME AREAS IN KWAI CHUNG WILL BE TURNED CFF FROM 10 AM ON MONDAY (NOVEMBER 26) TO 4 PM THE FOLLOWING DAY FOR MAINS WORK.

THE AFFECTED PREMISES ARE EAST SIDE OF CHUNG ON STREET, BOUNDED BY MA TAU PA STREET, TEXACO ROAD AND CASTLE PEAK ROAD, BLOCK 1 TO 19 TAI WO HAU ESTATE, KWAI CHUNG ESTATE AND KWAI HOP STREET.

- - 0 -

TRAFFIC CHANGE FOR FEAST * * * *

SPECIAL TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORT ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE IMPLEMENTED FROM 3 PM TO 4.30 PM AND FROM 8 PM TO 9.30 PM ON SUNDAY (NOVEMBER 25) TO FACILITATE THE CELEBRATION OF FEAST OF CHRIST OF THE KING 1984 AT THE HONG KONG COLISEUM.

ONE HOUR PRIOR TO EACH OF THE ABOVE TWO PERIODS, TAXIS WILL BE PERMITTED TO SET DOWN PASSENGERS AT THE LAYBY ON THE NORTHS IDt OF THE HONG KONG COLISEUM.

ADDITIONAL CROSS HARBOUR TUNNEL BUSES WILL BE OPERATED TO PICK UP PARTICIPANTS AT THE BUS STOPS OUTSIDE THE CROSS HARBOUR TL'r.NEL ON KOWLOON SIDE AFTER THE EVENTS.

FERRY SERVICES FROM WAN CHAI TO HUNG HOM AND FROM EDINBURGH PI CE TO HUNG HOM wILL ALSO OPERATE AT STRENGTHENED FREQUENCIES.

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 23, 1984

27

CENTRAL, WESTERN TRAFFIC CHANGES * * *

tijc ' ' M ' VE,J IC' ~' CE ~' 1 . 5 T > 1SS AT WATER

btrfft BETWEEN QUEEN’S ROAD WEST AND DES VOEUX kuaD WES i Astern district .ill be lifted FROM 10 AM ON sundry (NOVEMBER 25), FOLLOWING THE COMPLETION OF ROAD WORK.

ALSO ON SUNDAY (NOVEMBER 25), ED! NE 'RGH MAST IN

CENTRAL BETWEEN THE EASTERN END OF URBAN <,HAMdERS AND

QUEEN’S PIER WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FROM 8 AM TO 7 PM, A CHARITY FAIR TO BE HELD.

TRAFFIC FROM 8 AM TO

7 PM,

TO ALLO*

LAMBETH WALK NOT TO CLOSE X X X

PLANS ANNOUNCED EARLIER TO CLOSE LAMBETH WALK IN CENTRAL FROM 7.45 AM TO NOON ON NOVEMBER 25 AND DECEMBER 2 HAVE NOW BEEN CANCELLED.

A TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THAT THE TERMINUS FOR MAXICAB ROUTE 32 IN LAMBETH WALK WOULD NOT BE RESITED DURING THE PERIODS.

-----o------

BRIEF ROAD CLOSURE

* * * *

THE NORTHBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF TAI HO ROAD FLYOVER WILL BE CLOSED TO GENERAL TRAFFIC BETWEEN 9.30 AM AND 10 AM, ON SUNDAY (NOVEMBER 25) DUE TO THE HOLDING OF THE SIXTH TSUEN WAN SPORTS FESTIVAL.

THE SECTION OF SAM TUNG UK ROAD AND SHING MUN ROAD NEAR THE SHING MUN RESERVOIR WluL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC, cXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES AND MAXICABS, BETWEEN 9.30 AM AND 12.30 PM.

-----o-----

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 24, 1984

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

GOVERNOR OPENS 'BETTER HOMES IN ESTATES' DISPLAY ........... 1

OATHS LINKED WITH PRESENT SYSTEM, BRAY SAYS ................ 3

CJ OPENS NEW BOYS HOKE...................................... 5

+G00D NEIGHBOUR*- SPIRIT ENCOURAGED......................... 6

PARENTS URGED TO PROTECT CHILDREN FROM DRUGS ............... 7

YOUTHS BEAT DISABILITY IN SPORTS ........................

ACTIVE EVENTS FOR THE ELDERLY ...........................

TAI PO RESIDENTS URGED TO TAKE PART IN ELECTIONS............ 9

ROAD SAFETY DAY............................................ 10

'OUTSIDERS' BEHIND MOST CRIMES ............................ 11

HK'S FIRST +ORIENTEERING TRIM COURSE*- OPENS .............. 11

SIU CHAI WAN TO BE DEVELOPED ............................   12

SPECIAL CAR NUMBERS AUCTIONED ............................. 13

CALLIGRAPHY ON SHOW ....................................... 13

PRIVATE SWIMMING POOLS NEED LICENCE........................ 14

MAINS WORK IN YUEN LONG.................................... 14

FIRING PRACTICE WARNING.................................... 15

STREET RE-ROUTED ........................................

ROAD CLOSURE IN SHSUNG SHUI

16

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 24, 1984

GOVERNOR OPENS 'BETTER HOMES IN ESTATES' DISPLAY

*****

THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, SAID TODAY THAT NOWHERE WAS THE GOVERNMENT’S INVESTMENT IN THE FUTURE MORE EVIDENT THAN IN PUBLIC HOUSING.

SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF A LARGE-SCALE EXHIBITION STAGED AS PART OF THE HOUSING FESTIVAL ’84 AT THE CITY HALL, SIR EDWARD SAID THE GOVERNMENT’S COMMITMENT IN PUBLIC HOUSING WAS SUBSTANTIAL.

+ABOUT ONE-THIRD OF OUR TOTAL PUBLIC CAPITAL EXPENDITURE AND 10 PER CENT OF OUR ANNUALLY RECURRENT EXPENDITURE GO TO PUBLIC HOUSING DEVELOPMENT.

+WITH ANOTHER MILLION PEOPLE STILL TO BE REHOUSED BY THE END OF THE DECADE AND HOUSING PRODUCTION PROGRAMMES EXTENDING INTO THE NEXT DECADE, THIS COMMITMENT WILL CONTINUE TO GROW.*

THE GOVERNOR SAID IT REMAINED THE AIM OF THE GOVERNMENT TO PROVIDE, IN COOPERATION WITH THE PRIVATE SECTOR, DECENT ACCOMMODATION FOR ALL WHO LIVED IN HONG KONG.

+THIS WILL REQUIRE US TO MAINTAIN A HIGH LEVEL OF HOUSING PRODUCTION FOR MANY YEARS TO COME.*

A

HE SAID THE PROVISION OF HOUSING WAS ONE OF THE MOST

IMPORTANT OF THE GOVERNMENT’S SOCIAL PROGRAMMES, AND WAS AN .';****..</

OUTSTANDING ACHIEVEMENT HONG KONG COULD BE JUSTLY PROUD OF. .<

+OVER 2.4 MILLION PEOPLE, OR ABOUT 45 PER CENT OF OUR POPULATION, NOW LIVE IN PUBLIC HOUSING.+

IN THE STANDARD OF PUBLIC HOUSING, SIR EDWARD SAID CONSTANT IMPROVEMENTS HAD BEEN MADE OVER THE YEARS AND THESE WOULD CONTINUE IN LINE WITH RISING EXPECTATIONS AND STANDARD OF LIVING.

♦FROM THE BASIC DESIGN OF THE OLD RESETTLEMENT BLOCKS EQUIPPED WITH BASIC ESSENTIALS, WE HAVE GRADUALLY ADVANCED TO THE PRESENT HIGHER STANDARD AND FULLY INTEGRATED ESTATES.*

WITH THIS YEAR MARKING THE 30TH ANNIVERSARY OF HONG KONG’S PUBLIC HOUSING, THE GOVERNOR SAID THE EXHIBITION SERVED AS A PROUD REMINDER OF WHAT HONG KONG HAD ACHIEVED OVER THE PAST THREE DECADES.

HE PAID TRIBUTE TO THE HOUSING AUTHORITY AND THOSE WHO SERVED ON IT FOR THEIR OUTSTANDING CONTRIBUTION TO THE WELFARE OF ’HOSE IN NEED OF HOUSING OVER MANY YEARS.

/earlier in .......

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 24, 1984

2 -

EARLIER IN HIS WELCOME SPEECH, THE SECREiART FOR HOUSING, MR DONALD LIAO, SAID THAT FOR THE FIFTH YEAR IN SUCCESSION, THE HOUSING AUTHORITY WOULD EXCEED ITS ANNUAL CONSTRUCTION TARGET OF 35 OOO FLATS.

+CREDIT SHOULD GO TO THOSE CONCERNED, NAMELY THE PLANNERS, ARCHITECTS, ENGINEERS AND, OF COURSE, WE SHOULD NOT FORGET THE IMPORTANT PART PLAYED BY THE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY WHICH BUILDS THESE FLATS.+

MR LIAO SAID THE EXHIBITION WAS ONE OF THE MAIN EVENTS OF THE HOUSING FESTIVAL ’84 AND WAS DESIGNED TO PORTRAY THE GOVERNMENT’S AIM OF PROVIDING GOOD HOMES FOR ALL THOSE IN NEED.

+ THUS ONE OF THE MORE DRAMATIC FEATURES IS AN AUDIO-VISUAL SHOW WHICH DEPICTS THE EVOLUTION OF PUBLIC HOUSING IN HONG KONG OVER THE PAST 30 YEARS AND ILLUSTRATES THE IMPROVED QUALITY OF LIFE FOR THE COMMUNITY LIVING IN PUBLIC HOUSING.+

HE EXPRESSED APPRECIATION EXHIBITION.

TO ALL WHO HAD SUPPORTED THE

ENTITLED +BETTER HOMES IN ESTATES+, THE EXHIBITION DEPICTS THE MODERN LIFESTYLE IN PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES AND STRESSES THE RESIDENTS’ EVER-IMPROVI NG QUALITY OF LIFE.

USING ULTRA MODERN SOUND AND VISUAL TECHNIQUES, IT IS DESIGNED TO PRESENT A NEW LOOK TO VISITORS AND TO PROVE TO BE A +STATE OF ART+ IN TERMS OF EXHIBITIONS IN HONG KONG.

IT FEATURES A +TIME TUNNEL+ WHICH, BY MEANS OF SPECIAL EFFECTS AND VIDEO PRESENTATIONS, TAKES VISITORS THROUGH VARIOUS STAGES OF THE BIRTH OF A PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATE FROM PLANNING, CLEARANCE, CONSTRUCTION TO MANAGEMENT AND MAINTENANCE.

THE MANY OTHER HIGHLIGHTS INCLUDE A SPECIAL STAND WHERE VISITORS CAN VIEW FUTURE NEW TOWNS OF JUNK BAY, MA ON SHAN AND TIN SHUI WAI, SEEN AS IF RIDING ON A HELICOPTER.

THERE ARE EXHIBITS ON IMAGINATIVE SCHEMES OF PUBLIC HOUSING FOR THE YEAR 2001 AS ENVISAGED BY ARCHITECTURAL STUDENTS FROM HONG KONG UNIVERSITY.

ALSO ON DISPLAY ARE THE WINNING ENTRIES TO A RECENT PHOTOGRAPHIC COMPETITION ENTITLED +LIFESTYLE+, DEPICTING THE PLEASANT LIFESTYLE ENJOYED BY ESTATE TENANTS.

THE EXHIBITION, STAGED AT THE CITY HALL LOW BLOCK EXHIBITION HALL, WILL REMAIN OPEN DAILY BETWEEN 10 AM AND 6 PM UNTIL DECEMBER 3.

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 24, 1934

- 3 -

OATHS LINKED WITH PRESENT SYSTEM, BRAY SAYS * * * *

THE PRESENT SYSTEM OF ADMINISTRATION IN HONG KONG WILL CONTINUE RIGHT UP TO 1997 AND THEREFORE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL MEMBERS WILL BE EXPECTED TO AFFIRM THEIR SUPPORT OF THAT SYSTEM. SAID THE SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS, MR DENIS BRAY, THIS (SATURDAY) EVENING.

MR BRAY WAS SPEAKING ON A TELEVISION PROGRAMME WHERE THE INTERVIEWER RAISED THE QUESTION OF ELECTED MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL HAVING TO SWEAR THE OATH OF ALLEGIANCE TO THE QUEEN.

MR BRAY DESCRIBED THE ISSUE AS +A BIT OF A TECHNICALITY+ BUT SAID IT WAS ONLY REASONABLE TO EXPECT THAT A PERSON WHO WAS PREPARED TO TAKE A SEAT ON THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL WOULD PLEDGE SUPPORT FOR THE ADMINISTRATION THAT IT REPRESENTED.

ON OTHER ISSUES, MR BRAY WAS ASKED WHETHER AN ATTEMPT HAD BEEN MADE TO MAKE AS MANY CHANGES AS POSSIBLE AHEAD OF THE ARRIVAL OF THE SI NO-BRITISH JOINT LIAISON GROUP.

HE REPLIED THAT THE CHANGES WERE INTENDED TO GIVE THE PEOPLE CF HONG KONG A GREATER ROLE IN THE ADMINISTRATION. THE JOINT LIAISON GROUP WAS A CHANNEL FOR CONSULTATION. HE REPEATED THAT BRITAIN IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG. A COPY CF THE WHITE PAPER HAD BEEN GIVEN TO PEKING AS A COURTESY, SAID NR BRAY.

CHANGES TO PROPOSALS BETWEEN THE WHITE AND GREEN PAPERS WERE THE RESULT OF THE COMMENT AND DISCUSSIONS OF THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG.

MR BRAY WAS ASKED WHY PEOPLE COULD BE ALLOWED TO VOTE DIRECTLY FOR MEMBERS OF DISTRICT BOARDS BUT WERE NOT ALLOWED TO VOTE DIRECTLY FOR MEMBERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL. IN REPLY HE SAID THAT THERE HAD BEEN NO PUBLIC PRESSURE FOR DIRECT ELECTIONS IN 1985, THOUGH THIS COULD BE CONSIDERED FURTHER IN LATER YEARS.

IT WAS SUGGESTED THAT THERE WAS INSUFFICIENT TIME BEFORE THE WHITE PAPER PROPOSALS TOOK EFFECT FOR CANDIDATES AND GROUPS TO ORGANISE PROPERLY. MR BRAY SAID THAT PEOPLE WERE ALREADY VERY INTERESTED AND THAT ABOUT 50 PER CENT OF THOSE ELIGIBLE WERE ALREADY REGISTERED AS ELECTORS.

ASKED WHETHER THERE WOULD BE DIRECT ELECTIONS IN 1987 TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, MR BRAY SAID THAT THAT DEPENDED A LOT UPON WHAT HAPPENED BETWEEN NOW AND THEN. THE POINT HAD BEEN MADE THAT THERE HAD NOT BEEN ENOUGH TIME BETWEEN THE PUBLICATION OF THt WHITE AND THE GREEN PAPERS FOR COMMENT. THERE WAS NOW THREE YEARa FOR JUDGEMENTS AS TO WHETHER THE SYSTEM SHOULD CONTINUE OR CHANGES SHOULD BE MADE.

/Lffi BRAY ...............

SATUHMY, NOVEMBER 24, 1984

4 -

MR BRAY WAS ASKED ABOUT FUNCTIONAL CONSTITUENCIES - IN PARTICULAR THAT FOR THE FINANCIAL SECTOR WHERE THE REPRESENTATIVE ORGANISATION HAS BEEN NAMED AS THE HONG KONG ASSOCIATION OF BANKS. OF THE 135 MEMBERS ONLY 32 ARE LOCAL BANKS.

WHY SHOULD FOREIGN BANKS BE IN THE POSITION OF HAVING A MAJORITY SAY IN THE ELECTION?

HE REPLIED THAT FUNCTIONAL CONSTITUENCIES WERE A DEVELOPMENT CF THE PRESENT SYSTEM OF APPOINTMENTS TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL. FOREIGN BANKS HAD PLAYED AN IMPORTANT ROLE IN THE SUCCESS OF HONG KONG AND MANY HAD BEEN IN THE TERRITORY FOR A VERY LONG TIME. THEIR CONTRIBUTION TO THE GDP WAS VERY SUBSTANTIAL AND BANKS WERE A VERY IMPORTANT SECTOR.

MR BRAY WAS ASKED WHY A MINISTERIAL SYSTEM WAS NOT PROPOSED TO ALLOW UNOFFICIALS TO TAKE OVER EFFECTIVE POWER. IN REPLY HE POINTED OUT THAT THE UNOFFICIALS ALREADY HAD JUST THIS POWER, CONTROLLING BOTH THE EXECUTIVE AND LEGISLATIVE COUNCILS. THE SYSTEM OPERATED AS ONE OF CORPORATE, RATHER THAN MINISTERIAL, RESPONSIBILITY. HE FORESAW THAT WITH DEVELOPMENTS IN THE FUTURE THE BASIS OF ARGUMENT MIGHT SHIFT FROM BEING BETWEEN OFFICIALS AND UNOFFICIALS TO BETWEEN THE UNOFFICIALS THEMSELVES.

IT WAS SAID THAT AS THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL OPERATED IN SECRET, PEOPLE DID NOT KNOW WHAT ITS POWER WAS. MR BRAY REPLIED THAT ALTHOUGH ITS PROCEEDINGS WERE SECRET ITS POWER WAS KNOWN AND THAT SECRECY WAS PROBABLY THE ONLY WAY THAT CORPORATE CONTROL COULD BE EXERCISED WITH ARGUMENTS TAKING PLACE AND THEN AN AGREEMENT BEING SUPPORTED BY ALL MEMBERS.

ON REMUNERATION AND EXPENSE ALLOWANCES FOR LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLORS, MR BRAY SAID THAT LEVELS HAD NOT YET BEEN DECIDED. HE WAS ASKED WHETHER MEMBERS COULD RECEIVE DOUBLE PAYMENT IN THE FORM OF ALLOWANCES AND THEIR REMUNERATION FROM THEIR NORMAL JOBS AND HE REPLIED THAT HE THOUGHT THIS WOULD BE SO.

MR BRAY DOUBTED THAT PROBLEMS WOULD ARISE WITH REGARD TO CONFLICT OF INTERESTS - SAYING THAT THIS HAD NEVER HAPPENED IN THE PAST.

HE WAS ASKED WHETHER CIVIL SERVANTS WOULD FEEL UNHAPPY AT AN INCREASING ROLE BEING PLAYED BY UNOFFICIALS. MR BRAY SAID THIS WAS UNLIKELY IN VIEW OF THEIR ALREADY CLOSE INVOLVEMENT IN THE ADMINISTRATION - FOR INSTANCE THE CHAIRMAN OF A COMMITTEE WAS OFTEN AN UNOFFICIAL AND THE SECRETARY WAS AN OFFICIAL BUT BOTH WORKED TOGETHER IN HARMONY.

0---------

/5 .......

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 24, 1934

- 5 -

CJ OPENS NEW BOYS HOME * * * *

THE CHIEF JUSTICE, SIR DENYS ROBERTS, SAID TODAY (SATURDAY) THAT HE DID NOT THINK THE MAIN OBJECTIVE OF THE TREATMENT OF YOUNG OFFENDERS COULD EE ACHIEVED BY HARSHNESS, OR EVEN BY FIRMNESS, ALONE.

HE WAS SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT’S PUI CHI BOYS’ HOME IN QUARRY BAY THIS MORNING.

YOUNG PEOPLE WERE RESPONSIVE TO KINDNESS AND UNDERSTANDING AND TREATMENT WHICH DID NOT CONTAIN THESE WAS UNLIKELY TO BE SUCCESSFUL, HE SAID.

SOME PEOPLE, HE SAID, BELIEVED THAT THE SOCIAL WORK APPROACH TO THE CORRECTION AND MODIFICATION OF BEHAVIOUR, AS PIONEERED IN WESTERN COUNTRIES, WAS TOO SOFT.

+CLEARLY WE MUST IMPRESS UPON YOUNG OFFENDERS THE SERIOUSNESS OF THEIR CONDUCT AND THE RISKS WHICH IT POSES FOR THEIR OWN WELFARt AND FOR THE PEACE OF MIND OF THOSE WHO ARE FOND OF THEM,* He SAID.

+NO DOUBT THERE MUST BE PUNISHMENT FOR WRONG-DOING, BUT wE MUST NOT LOSE SIGHT OF THE MAIN OBJECTIVES OF THE TREATMENT OF YOUNG OFFENDERS, WHICH IS TO ENSURE THAT THEY DO NOT REPEAT THOSE CFFENCES AND DO NOT FALL INTO A PATTERN OF LONG-TERM CRIMINAL BEHAVIOUR WHICH WILL ULTIMATELY LEAD THEM TO SPENDING YEARS OF THE IR L IVES IN PRISON.*

SIR DENYS SAID THE PUI CHI BOYS’ HOME HAD BEEN PLANNED AS +AN OPEN INSTITUTION WHERE THE BOYS WILL LIVE IN SMALL GROUPS IN A DOMESTIC ATMOSPHERE.*

+THIS HOME,* HE SAID, +WILL BE RUN BY MEN AND WOMEN WHO ARE EXPERIENCED IN DEALING WITH YOUNG PEOPLE WHOSE LIVES HAVE BEEN UNEASY, UNHAPPY, UNSATISFACTORY OR TURBULENT.*

+THEY WILL, I AM SURE, DEAL WITH THEM WITH SYMPATHY AND UNDERSTANDING SO THAT THEY EMERGE FROM THE HOME BETTER EQUIPPED TO TAKE A PROPER PLACE IN SOCIETY THAN WHEN THEY ENTERED IT,* HE SAID.

SPEAKING EARLIER, THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR JOHN CHAMBERS. SAID THAT HIS DEPARTMENT WAS RESPONSIBLE FOR CARRYING OUT THE COURTS’ DIRECTIONS ON THE TREATMENT OF YOUNG OFFENDER^ BY MEANS OF PROBATION SUPERVISION, RESIDENTIAL TRAINING AND AFTERCARE SERVICES.

THE RESIDENTIAL INSTITUTIONS, HE SAID, PROVIDED TRAINING IN A DISCIPLINED AND CONTROLLED ENVIRONMENT, USING SOCIAL ATTITUDES SO THAT THE YOUNG OFFENDERS aOULD LJVE AS LAW-ABIDING MEMBERS OF THE COMMUNITY AFTER THEIR DISCHARGE.

/+FOH SOME........

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 24, 1984

- 6

+FOR SOME TIME WE HAVE BEEN CONCERNED ABOUT THE ADEQUACY OF THE FIVE EXISTING HOMES TO MEET THE DEMANDS JHAT ARE MADE

THEM + HE SAID. SEVtRAL OF THE HOMES HAD HAD TO TAKE IN OFFENDERS THAN THEIR INTENDED CAPACITY.

UPON

MORE

HE EXPRESSED DELIGHT THAT THE BUILDING NOW USED AS THE HOME HAD BECOME AVAILABLE FOR CONVERSION INTO AN ADDITIONAL HOME FOR BOYS.

FOUR

THE NEW HOME, CONVERTED FROM A JUNIOR ENGLISH SCHOOL, HAS DORMITORIES, TWO CLASSROOMS, A MULTI-PURPOSE HALL, AN AUDIOVISUAL ROOM, A DINING HALL, A SICK BAY AND AMPLE OPEN SPACE FO'SPORTS.

IT PROVIDES LIVING AND TRAINING ACCOMMODATION FOR UP TO 63 BOYS BETWEEN THE AGES OF SEVEN AND 13.

- - - - 0 -----------

+GOOD NEIGHBOUR+ SPIRIT ENCOURAGED * * * *

A SPIRIT OF NEIGHBOURLINESS CAN DO MUCH TO ENHANCE THE QUALITY OF LIFE IN ANY COMMUNITY.

THE DIRECTOR OF HOUSING, MR DAVID FORD, SAID THIS TODAY WHEN OFFICIATING AT AN OPENING CEREMONY OF A TWO-DAY FESTIVAL AT THE CHOI HUNG ESTATE.

ATTENDED BY LOCAL DIGNITARIES, COMMUNITY LEADERS AND HUNDREDS OF TENANTS, THE CEREMONY MARKED THE START OF A VARIETY OF PROGRAMMES TO CELEBRATE BOTH THE ESTATE’S 22ND ANNIVERSARY AND THE HOUSING FESTIVAL ’84.

+ALTHOUGH CHOI HUNG WAS BUILT SOME 22 YEARS AGO, THE FACILITIES HERE COMPARE FAVOURABLY WITH MODERN PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES AS A RESULT OF A SERIES OF IMPROVEMENTS MADE OVER THE PAST YEARS BY THE HOUSING AUTHORITY.

+THESE HAVE INCLUDED THE PROVISION OF TOWN GAS, A COMMUNAL TV AERIAL SYSTEM, PETTER ROOF INSULATION AND MORE REST GARDENS,+ MR FORD SAID.

BUT MORE IMPORTANT THAN THE BUILDINGS IN THE ESTATE WAS THE COMMUNITY SPIRIT FOR WHICH IT WAS FAMOUS, MR FORD SAID.

/+IT IS .......

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 24, 1984

- 7 -

+ IT IS NOT SURPRISING THEREFORE THAT CHOI HUNG WAS ONE OF THE FIRST ESTATES TO SUPPORT THE IDEA OF A HOUSING FESTIVAL WHEN IT WAS INITIALLY SUGGESTED.+

MR FORD THANKED THE ORGANISING COMMITTEE OF THE 22ND ANNIVERSARY CELEBRATIONS, THE CHOI HUNG ESTATE SOCIAL SERVICES ASSOCIATION, THE MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES, VOLUNTARY AGENCIES, SCHOOLS AND ABOVE ALL THE PEOPLE OF CHOI HUNG FOR THEIR SUPPORT.

+ IT IS THEIR CONTRIBUTION AND EFFORTS THAT HAVE HELPED MAKE THE HOUSING FESTIVAL HERE SUCH A SUCCESS,* HE ADDED.

-----0-----------

PARENTS URGED TO PROTECT CHILDREN FROM DRUGS * * * *

PARENTS WERE URGED TODAY (SATURDAY) TO PROTECT THEIR CHILDREN FROM HEROIN AND OTHER DRUGS.

MAKING THIS APPEAL, THE COMMISSIONER FOR NARCOTICS, MR G.L. MORTIMER, SAID THEY COULD DO SO BY MAINTAINING CLOSE CONTACT WITH THEIR CHILDREN AND SHOWING THEM LOVE AND UNDERSTANDING.

THIS WAS A DUTY WHICH NO PARENT COULD AFFORD TO NEGLECT, HE SAID.

HE WAS SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF AN ANT I-NARCOTICS FAMILY CAMP IN SAI KUNG.

+HOWEVER, PARENTS NEED INFORMATION, ADVICE AND ASSISTANCE TO ENABLE THEM TO TALK EFFECTIVELY TO THEIR CHILDREN ABOUT THE DANGERS OF DRUG ABUSE,* HE ADDED.

THE TWO-DAY CAMP IS ORGANISED BY THE ACTION COMMITTEE AGAINST NARCOTICS (ACAN) AS ONE OF ITS PREVENTIVE EDUCATION AND PUBLICITY PROGRAMMES FOR 1984-85.

MR MORTIMER SAID HE FIRMLY BELIEVED THAT THE CAMP OFFERED A RICH EDUCATIONAL AND ENTERTAINING PROGRAMME.

IT WOULD AROUSE PARENTS’ AWARENESS, ENHANCE THEIR UNDERSTANDING OF THE DANGERS OF DRUG ABUSE AND SHOW HOW THEY COULD PROTECT THEIR CHILDREN AGAINST THESE DANGERS, HE SAID.

BESIDES DRUG EDUCATION TALKS BY NARCOTICS DIVISION STAFF AND GROUP DISCUSSIONS, THERE ARE SLIDE AND FILM SHOWS, EXHIBITIONS AND GAMES WITH AN ANT I-NARCOTICS THEME.

THE CAMP, WHICH IS BEING HELD AT THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE’S SAI KUNG OUTDOOR RECREATION CENTRE, HAS ATTRACTED 160 PARTICIPANTS FROM FAMILIES IN THE SHAM SHU I PO DISTRICT.

0 -------

/8........


SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 24, 1984

8

YOUTHS BEAT DISABILITY IN SPORTS * * * * *

MORE THAN 85 PER CENT OF PARTICIPANTS OF A SPORTS AWARD SCHEME DESIGNED FOR THE MENTALLY-HANDICAPPED PROVED THAT THEY COULD OVERCOME THEIR DISABILITY AND MEET THE REQUIREMENT FOR AN AWARD.

THIS WAS MADE KNOWN BY MR PATRICK WILLIAMSON, COMMISSIONER FOR RECREATION AND CULTURE, AT THE PRIZE-GIVING CEREMONY, WHEN HE PRAISED THE YOUNG SPORTSMEN AND WOMEN FOR THE DETERMINATION, CONFIDENCE AND COURAGE THEY HAD SHOWN IN TAKING PART IN THE SCHEME.

THE CEREMONY WAS HELD AT THE JUBILEE SPORTS CENTRE IN SHA TIN, WHEN 30 OF THE YOUNG PEOPLE RECEIVED GOLD OR SILVER PRIZES, AND 63 OTHERS RECEIVED BRONZE OR +PROGRESS+ PRIZES.

THE SPORTS AWARD SCHEME FOR THE MENTALLY-HANDICAPPED, HAD BEEN LAUNCHED IN SEPTEMBER.

UNDER THE SCHEME, 120 PARTICIPANTS RECEIVED TRAINING IN SEVEN SELECTED SPORT ACTIVITIES -- ATHLETICS, SWIMMING, HIKING, ORIENTEERING, DANCE, SOCCER AND BASKETBALL WAS OFFERED TO SOME 120 PARTICIPANTS. THEY WERE REQUIRED TO SHOW PROGRESS DURING THE PAST MONTHS.

MR WILLIAMSON COMMENDED THE ORGANISERS, VOLUNTARY COACHES AND HELPERS, PARENTS AND TEACHERS FOR THEIR ASSISTANCE IN MAKING THE SCHEME A HIGHLY WORTHWHILE EVENT.

THE SCHEME WAS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE RECREATION AND SPORTS SERVICE OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT AND THE HONG KONG SPORTS ASSOCIATION FOR THE MENTALLY HANDICAPPED AND SPONSORED BY NCR (HONG KONG) LIMITED.

- - 0 - -

ACTIVE EVENTS FOR THE ELDERLY # O * *

A WIDE VARIETY OF EVENTS TO PROMOTE UNDERSTANDING AND LOVING CARE FOR THE ELDERLY WILL BE HELD IN SAI KUNG DISTRICT BETWEEN TOMORROW (SUNDAY) AND DECEMBER 16.

FEATURING MORE THAN 20 RECREATIONAL, CULTURAL AND SOCIAL ACTIVITIES, THE THREE-WEEK SAI KUNG DISTRICT FESTIVAL FOR THE ELDERLY WILL BE HELD IN DIFFERENT VENUES IN AND OUT OF THE DISTR ICT.

/THE HIGHLIGHT

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 24, 1984

THE HIGHLIGHT OF THE FESTIVAL WILL BE A BANQUET AND A TALENT QUEST BY 1 000 OLD PEOPLE IN THE DISTRICT. OTHER DISTRICT-WIDE FUNCTIONS INCLUDE HOME HELP SERVICES, MEDICAL CHECK-UPS, AN ORTHOPAEDICS EXHIBITION, CHINESE PAINTING AND PENMANSHIP COMPETITIONS.

THE FESTIVAL IS ORGANISED BY VARIOUS ORGANISATIONS IN SAI KUNG, HANG HAU AND RENNIE’S MILL WITH THE DISTRICT BOARD CONTRIBUTING $90 000 TOWARDS THE TOTAL COST OF ABOUT $140 000 FOR THE FESTIVAL.

TOMORROW, DISTRICT OFFICER, MISS CARRIE CHENG W LL OFFICIATE AT THREE OPENING CEREMONIES IN SUNG TSUN MIDDLE SCHOOL AT 9.30 AMj IN SAI KUNG AND HANG HAU DISTRICT CHENG CHIK CHEE SECONDARY SCHOOL AT 10.30 AM; AND IN RENNIE’S MILL MIDDLE SCHOOL AT 2 PM TO START A SERIES OF AREA BASED ACTIVITIES FOR SENIOR RESIDENTS IN THE THREE AREAS.

AFTER THE CEREMONIES, A VARIETY SHOW WILL BE STAGED IN THE SUNG TSUN MIDDLE SCHOOL FOR 600 OLD PEOPLE IN SAI KUNG, WHILE 400 SENIOR CITIZENS IN HANG HAU WILL GO ON A PICNIC IN CHUK LAM SIM YUEN IN TSUEN WAN.

IN THE RENNIE’S MILL MIDDLE SCHOOL, 600 OLD PEOPLE WILL BE TREATED TO MAGIC AND ACROBATIC PERFORMANCES, A LUCKY DRAw AND SEVERAL SPECIALLY DESIGNED GAMES STALLS.

-----o------

TAI PO RESIDENTS URGED TO TAKE PART IN ELECTIONS

OK*

THE REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR ADOLF HSU, TODAY (SATURDAY) URGED RESIDENTS OF TAI PO TO PARTICIPATE IN THE DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS IN MARCH NEXT YEAR.

SPEAKING AT THE OPEN DAY OF THE LOK SIN TONG CHU TING CHEONG HOME FOR THE AGED, MR HSU SAID THOSE WHO WANTED TO PARTICIPATE IN COMMUNITY AFFAIRS DIRECTLY COULD STAND AS CANDIDATES IN THE ELECTIONS.

+THEY CAN THEN REFLECT RESIDENTS’ VIEWS AND HELP THE GOVERNMENT IN FORMULATING POLICIES THAT WILL MEET THE NEEDS OF THE LOCAL PEOPLE,* HE SAID.

MR HSU REPORTED THAT MORE THAN 15 000 RESIDENTS IN TAI PO HAD SIGNED UP AS VOTERS IN THE RECENT REGISTRATION EXERCISE, BOOSTING THE TOTAL NUMBER OF REGISTERED VOTERS IN THE DISTRICT TO MORE THAN 27 800.

/TH ADDITION.........

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 24, 1984

10 -

IN ADDITION, HE SAID, HONG FUTURE WITH GREATER CONFIDENCE, SINO-BRITISH JOINT DECLARATION.

KONG PEOPLE WERE NOW FACING THE FOLLOWING THE ANNOUNCEMENT OF THE

+THE DOCUMENT HAS LAID A SOUND FOUNDATION FOR THE PRESERVATION OF THE TERRITORY’S PROSPERITY AND STABILITY IN THE YEARS AHEAD,+ HE SAID.

MR HSU ALSO PRAISED THE LOK SIN TONG FOR ITS LONG SERVICE TO THE COMMUNITY AND FOR PROVIDING A HOME FOR THE AGED IN TAI PO.

+IT IS GRATIFYING TO LEARN THAT THERE ARE PLANS TO OPERATE A CLINIC IN THIS HOME FOR THE AGED, WHICH WILL ALSO SERVE RESIDENTS IN THE DISTRICT,+ HE SAID.

- - - - 0-----------

ROAD SAFETY DAY

X X *

A ROAD SAFETY DAY WILL BE HELD TOMORROW (SUNDAY) AT 2 PM AT THE TUEN MUN PLAYGROUND TO MARK THE END OF THIS YEAR’S TUEN MUN DISTRICT ROAD SAFETY CAMPAIGN.

PROGRAMMES FOR THE ROAD SAFETY DAY INCLUDE A VARIETY SHOW, A DEMONSTRATION ON THE USE OF SAFETY BELTS, EXHIBITIONS OF A ROAD SAFETY BUS AND VARIOUS TYPES OF VEHICLES AND THE FINALS OF THE ROAD SAFETY RECITATION COMPETITION.

A PRIZE PRESENTATION CEREMONY WILL BE HELD FOR WINNERS OF THE ROAD SAFETY RECITATION COMPETITION, A DRAWING COMPETITION AND A SLOGAN DESIGN COMPETITION.

OFFICIATING AT THE ROAD SAFETY DAY WILL BE THE TUEN MUN DISTRICT OFFICER, MR RICKY FUNG, THE POLICE DISTRICT COMMANDER, bP MARTIN BROWN, AND THE CHAIRMAN OF THE HEUNG YEE KUK, MR LAU WONG-FAT.

THE WEEK-LONG CAMPAIGN IS SPONSORED BY THE TUEN MUN DISTRICT BOARD AND IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICE AND THE ROYAL HONG KONG POLICE FORCE.

/11

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 24, 1984

- 1'1 -

’OUTSIDERS’ BEHIND MOST CRIMES

* * *

THE MAJORITY OF CRIMES IN THE YAU MA TEI DISTRICT ARE COMMITTED BY PEOPLE WHO DO NOT LIVE IN THE AREA, DISTRICT OFFICER, NR BOWEN LEUNG SAID TODAY (SATURDAY).

SPEAKING AT THE DISTRICT CRIME PREVENTION QUIZ COMPETITION, NR LEUNG SAID A RECENT POLICE SURVEY SHOWED THAT ABOUT 80 PER CENT OF THE CRIMES COMMITTED IN THE DISTRICT WERE NOT BY RESIDENTS OF YAU MA TEI, WHILE 70 PER CENT OF THE VICTIMS WERE NON-LOCAL RESIDENTS.

+ABOUT 40 PER CENT OF THE CRIMES WERE COMMITTED BY YOUNG PEOPLE, EIGHT PER CENT OF WHOM HAVE CRIMINAL RECORDS,* MR LEUNG SAID.

+THE RESULTS OF THE SURVEY SHOW THAT MOST OF THE LOCAL RESIDENTS ARE LAW-ABIDING CITIZENS,* HE ADDED.

MR LEUNG SAID THE POLICE WOULD BE PAYING SPECIAL ATTENTION TO THE FACT THAT OUTSIDERS WERE GOING INTO THE DISTRICT TO COMMIT CRIMES AND WOULD BE ADOPTING MEASURES TO HELP PREVENT LOCAL RESIDENTS FROM BECOMING VICTIMS OF CRIME.

THERE ARE NOW ABOUT 170 000 PEOPLE LIVING IN YAU MA TEI, BUT ABOUT 310 000 PEOPLE FROM OTHER AREAS PASS THROUGH THE DISTRICT DAILY, PARTICULARLY IN TSIM SHA TSUI WHERE THERE IS A HIGH CONCENTRATION OF COMMERCIAL AND ENTERTAINMENT CENTRES.

MR LEUNG NOTED THAT REGULAR VISITS TO OWNERS CORPORATIONS AND MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES BY STAFF OF THE POLICE PUBLIC RELATIONS BRANCH HAD BEEN VERY EFFECTIVE IN PROMOTING CO-OPERATION BETWEEN THE POLICE AND THE PUBLIC.

- - - - 0 -----------

HK’S FIRST +0RIENTEERING TRIM COURSE* OPENS

X II

YOUNGSTERS WHO PREFER OUTDOOR EXERCISES THAT ARE MORE CHALLENGING THAN JOGGING OR HIKING CAN NOW TRY THE NEW +0RIENTEERING TRIM COURSE* IN THE POK FU LAM COUNTRY PARK.

THE COURSE, THE FIRST OF ITS KIND IN HONG KONG, WAS DESIGNED BY THE ORIENTEERING ASSOCIATION OF HONG KONG (OAHK) AND SET UP BY THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT.

IT WAS OFFICIALLY OPENED THIS (SATURDAY) AFTERNOON BY NR HOWARD YOUNG, PATRON OF OAHK AND AN UNOFFICIAL MEMBER OF THE COUNTRY PARKS BOARD.

/SPEAKING AT .......

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 24, 1984

- 12

SPEAKING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY, MR YOUNG SAIDs +ORIENTEERI NG IS A HEALTHY OUTDOOR PURSUIT WHICH PROVIDES PHYSICAL EXERCISE IN THE OPEN AIR TEMPERED WITH THE MENTAL CHALLENGE OF MAP READING AND ROUTE SELECTION AS WELL AS THE STIMULUS OF COMPETITION.+

♦THE SPORT IS A FAIRLY RECENT INTRODUCTION TO HONG KONG BUT IS FAST BECOMING POPULAR WITH YOUNGSTERS WHO PREFER AN INDIVIDUAL FORM OF OUTDOOR EXERCISE WITH GREATER INTEREST THAN SIMPLE JOGGING OR HIKING.+

HE SAID THAT AS THE TRIM COURSE IS CLOSE TO TOWN, HE WAS SURE IT WOULD SOON BECOME VERY POPULAR WITH ORIENTEERS AND HELP PROMOTE THE NEW SPORT.

ALSO PRESENT AT THE OPENING WERE DR LAWRENCE LEE, DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES, AND MR P.E. BIRNEY, PRESIDENT OF OAHK.

THE TRIM COURSE HAS A TOTAL OF 16 CONTROL POSTS. ORIENTEERS ARE REQUIRED TO LOCATE THESE POSTS ERECTED THROUGHOUT THE PARK IN NUMERICAL ORDER.

THE LOCATIONS OF THESE POSTS, EACH ABOUT ONE METRE HIGH WITH A LETTER CODE ON IT, ARE MARKED ON A MAP, WHICH HAS BEEN PRODUCED BY OAHK.

A GROUP OF POLICE CADETS LATER DEMONSTRATED THE USE OF THE COURSE TO THOSE PRESENT.

-----0-----

SIU CHAI WAN TO BE DEVELOPED * * * *

A 400-METRE-LONG SEAWALL WILL BE BUILT AND ABOUT 13.5 HECTARES OF FORESHORE AND SEABED RECLAIMED IN SIU CHAI WAN BAY.

THE PROJECT IS THE FIRST STAGE IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF SIU CHAI WAN, WHICH LIES TO THE EAST OF CHAI WAN.

THE CIVIL ENGINEERING OFFICE OF THE ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS FOR THE PROJECT.

WORK IS EXPECTED TO START NEXT FEBRUARY AND TAKE ABOUT 24 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.

IN THE REMAINING STAGES, ADDITIONAL LENGTHS OF THE SEAWALL WILL BE CONSTRUCTED, MORE LAND RECLAIMED AND INFRASTRUCTURE PROVIDED.

THE RECLAIMED LAND WILL BE USED FOR COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL PURPOSES AND FOR THE PROVISION OF COMMUNITY FACILITIES.

-----0-----

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 24, 1984

SPECIAL CAR NUMBERS AUCTIONED H X M *

THIRTY-FOUR SPECIAL VEHICLE REGISTRATION NUMBERS WERE SOLD BY AUCTION THIS MORNING (SATURDAY) FOR A TOTAL OF $879 800 WHICH WILL GO INTO THE GOVERNMENT LOTTERIES FUND FOR CHARITY PURPOSES.

THE AUCTION, HELD AT THE CITY HALL RECITAL HALL SAW THE REGISTRATION NUMBER DD1 FETCH THE HIGHEST PRICE OF $190 000.

F

NUMBER 338 WAS SOLD AT THE SECOND HIGHEST PRICE OF $185 000 WHILE THE LOWEST PRICE WAS $1 000 FOR AB2204 AND DD1701.

THE OTHER SPECIAL REGISTRATION NUMBERS WERE SOLD AT THE FOLLOWING PRICESt

DD2823 $ 2 800 AT8888 $ 39 000 DD 778 1 i 10 000

DD 981 $ 2 400 DD 668 $ 15 000 CY 827 1 1 3 000

DD 118 $ 13 000 DB 3 $ 46 000 1949 i 16 000

DD8889 $ 12 500 DD1323 $ 1 200 DD 907 i 2 000

BC 368 $ 9 000 DD 389 $ 4 800 AC 8 I i 70 000

DC9129 $ 2 400 DD 331 $ 6 500 DD3O33 1 i 4 000

DD 248 $ 2 800 DD 88 $170 000 DD6328 1 8 000

DD 103 $ 4 400 DD 711 $ 3 500 DD 284 i 2 000

DD 980 $ 9 000 DD3368 $ 5 500 DD 663 i 10 000

BC 678 $ 10 000 DD9832 $ 3 500 DC 4 1 14 500

THE NUMBERS AUCTIONED WILL BE ASSIGNED ONLY TO VEHICLES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDERS WITHIN 12 MONTHS OF THE DATE OF AUCTION.

TODAY’S SALE, THE 94TH ORGANISED BY THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SINCE MAY 1973, BROUGHT THE TOTAL AMOUNT OF MONEY FOR CHARITY REALISED SO FAR TO $32 592 332.

--------o----------

CALLIGRAPHY ON SHOW K K H X

AN EXHIBITION OF MORE THAN 100 CHINESE PAINTINGS AND CALLIGRAPHY WILL BE HELD TOMORROW (SUNDAY) JUST INSIDE THE ENTRANCE OF THE NEW WORLD CENTRE IN SALISBURY ROAD, TSIM SHA TSUI AT 3 PM.

THE DISPLAYS ARE THE PRODUCTS OF LAST YEAR’S GATHERING OF ABOUT 200 FAMOUS CHINESE PAINTERS AND CALL I GRAPHISTS IN HONG KONG ORGANISED BY THE YAU MA TEI CULTURAL AND ARTS ASSOCIATION.

YAU MA TEI DISTRICT OFFICER, MR BOWEN LEUNG WILL OFFICIATE AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE EXHIBITION.

- - - - 0 ----------

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 24, 1984

14

PRIVATE SWIMMING POOLS NEED LICENCE * * *

PRIVATE SWIMMING POOLS IN HONG KONG ARE REQUIRED BY LAW TO BE LICENSED.

MR NG YING-NEEN, THE URBAN SERVICES OFFICER OF SHA TIN, POINTED THIS OUT TODAY (SATURDAY) AT A SEMINAR ORGANISED FOR NT PRIVATE SWIMMING POOL OPERATORS.

MR NG TOLD THE 20 PARTICIPANTS THAT ANY SWIMMING POOL MANAGED BY A CLUE, AN INSTITUTION OR ANY OTHER ORGANISATION NEEDS A LICENCE.

UNDER THE LICENSING REQUIREMENTS, TWO OR MORE QUALIFIED LIFEGUARDS MUST BE ON DUTY AT SUCH A POOL.

THE POOL MUST HAVE A FILTRATION PLANT AND REGULAR WATER SAMPLING TESTS SHOULD BE TAKEN TO ENSURE GOOD HYGIENE STANDARDS.

MR NG SAID THE GENERAL ENVIRONMENT OF THE POOL MUST ALSO BE KEPT CLEAN.

STAFF OF THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT INSPECT PRIVATE SWIMMING POOLS REGULARLY TO MAKE SURE THAT THE LICENSING REQUIREMENTS ARE COMPLIED WITH.

MR NG SAID THAT IN THE NEW TERRITORIES, DETAILS OF THE REQUIREMENTS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE DEPARTMENT’S LICENSING OFF ICE.

- 0 - -

MAINS WORK IN YUEN LONG * * K

FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO FIVE AREAS IN YUEN LONG WILL BE TURNED OFF FROM 10 PM ON TUESDAY (NOVEMBER 27) TO 7 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY FOR MAINS WORK.

THE FIVE AREAS ARE AS FOLLOWS;

* CASTLE PEAK ROAD FROM LAM TEI PUMPING STATION TO AU TAU, INCLUDING WANG CHAU INDUSTRIAL ESTATE,

* CASTLE PEAK ROAD (SAN TIN SECTION) FROM AU TAU TO SAN TIN, INCLUDING FAIRVIEW PARK,

* KAM TIN ROAD FROM AU TAU TO SHEUNG TSUEN,

* KAM SHEUNG ROAD FROM KAM TIN ROAD TO SHEUNG TSUEN, AND

H FAN KAM ROAD FROM KAM TIN ROAD TO PAT HEUNG FIRE SERVICE TRAINING SCHOOL, INCLUDING SHEK KONG CAMP AND ALL THE ADJACENT VILLAGES.

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 24, 1984

- 15 -

FIRING PRACTICE WARNING * * *

FIRING PRACTICE WILL TAKE PLACE AT THE HA TSUEN-CASTLE PEAK RANGE FOR 18 DAYS NEXT MONTH (DECEMBER).

THE PUBLIC ARE WARNED NOT TO ENTER THE AREA WHEN RED FLAGS ARE FLYING.

THE DATES AND TIMES OF THE PRACTICE AREs

DATE TIME

DECEMBER 1 (SATURDAY) 8 AM - 5 PM

DECEMBER 3 (MONDAY) 8 AM - 5 PM

DECEMBER 4 (TUESDAY) 8 AM - 11 PM

DECEMBER 5 (WEDNESDAY) 8 AM - 11 PM

DECEMBER 6 (THURSDAY) 8 AM - 11 PM

DECEMBER 7 (FRIDAY) 8 AM - 11 PM

DECEMBER 10 (MONDAY) 8 AM - 5 PM

DECEMBER 11 (TUESDAY) 8 AM - 5 PM

DECEMBER 12 (WEDNESDAY) 8 AM - 5 PM

DECEMBER 13 (THURSDAY) 8 AM - 5 PM

DECEMBER 14 (FRIDAY) 8 AM - 5 PM

DECEMBER 15 (SATURDAY) 8 AM - 5 PM

DECEMBER 17 (MONDAY) 8 AM - 5 PM

DECEMBER 18 (TUESDAY) 8 AM - 11 PM

DECEMBER 19 (WEDNESDAY) 8 AM - 5 PM

DECEMBER 20 (THURSDAY) 8 AM - 5 PM

DECEMBER 21 (FRIDAY) 8 AM - 5 PM

DECEMBER 22 (SATURDAY) 8 AM - 5 PM

- - 0 ----------

/16 .......

SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 24, 1984

16

STREET RE-ROUTED * * * *

FROM 10 AM ON MONDAY (NOVEMBER 26), THE SECTION OF SHU I WO STREET BETWEEN KA LOK STREET AND FU YAN STREET WILL BE RE-ROUTED FROM TWO-WAY TO ONE-WAY SOUTHBOUND.

THE MEASURE IS TO FACILITATE THE RE-SITING OF HAWKERS IN SHU I WO STREET.

THE RIGHT-TURNING MOVEMENT FROM FU YAN STREET NORTHBOUND AND THE LEFT-TURNING MOVEMENT FROM SHUNG YAN STREET SOUTHBOUND ONTO SHUI WO STREET WILL BE PROHIBITED.

- - 0 - -

ROAD CLOSURE IN SHEUNG SHUI

XXX

THE SECTION OF ROAD D4 NEAR SHEUNG SHUI MINI-ROUNDABOUT WILL BE CLOSED FOR CONSTRUCTION WORK FROM 12 MIDNIGHT TO 5 AM ON MONDAY AND TUESDAY (NOVEMBER 26 AND 27).

TRAFFIC HEADING FOR YUEN LONG AND SHEK KONG FROM MAN KAM TO WILL BE DIVERTED VIA JOCKEY CLUB ROAD, ROAD DI, FANLING ROUNDABOUT, ROAD L2 AND TAI PO ROAD.

WESTBOUND TRAFFIC FROM TAI PO WILL BE DIVERTED VIA FANLING ROUNDABOUT, ROAD L2 AND TAI PO ROAD.

- - 0 - -

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 25, 1984

CONTENTS PAGE NO,

OCTOBER PROVISIONAL TRADE FIGURES RELEASED .................. 1

GOOD RESPONSE TO CHARITY WALKS .............................. 4

VALUE OF VOLUNTARY HELP STRESSED ............................ 5

DANCE TREAT FOR 2 OOO ....................................... 6

BIG SHOW ENDS DISTRICT FESTIVAL ............................. 6

PUBLIC HELP IN FIRE PREVENTION URGED ........................ 7

call for insurance cover in schools ......................... 8

+SUNKEN+ GARDEN FOR KOWLOON PARK............................. 9

CULTURAL FESTIVAL POPULAR ................................... 9

FESTIVAL FOR SAI KUNG ELDERLY................................ 10

TAPS OFF IN SHAU KEI WAN, MAGAZINE GAP ...................... 10

RESTRICTED ZONES IN KOWLOON ................................. 11

ROAD DIVERSION .............................................. 12

PLANTS AND TREES UNDER FLYOVER............................... 12

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 25, 1984

1

OCTOBER PROVISIONAL TRADE FIGURES RELEASED * K X *

THE VALUE OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS IN OCTOBER 1984 ROSE BY 19 PER CENT OR $1 995 MILLION OVER THE SAME MONTH LAST YEAR TO REACH 312 473 MILLION, ACCORDING TO THE PROVISIONAL TRADE FIGURES RELEASED TODAY (SUNDAY) BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.

THE VALUE OF RE-EXPORTS ALSO INCREASED, BY 38 PER CENT OR 32 181 MILLION, TO $7 896 MILLION. THE VALUE OF TOTAL EXPORTS — DOMESTIC EXPORTS PLUS RE-EXPORTS — AT $20 369 MILLION, WAS 26 PER CENT OR $4 176 MILLION HIGHER THAN A YEAR AGO.

THE VALUE OF IMPORTS WAS $19 628 MILLION IN OCTOBER 1984, REPRESENTING AN INCREASE OF 11 PER CENT OR $2 010 MILLION OVER THE SAME MONTH LAST YEAR.

AS THE VALUE OF TOTAL EXPORTS WAS GREATER THAN THAT OF IMPORTS, THE VISIBLE TRADE ACCOUNT RECORDED A SURPLUS OF $741 MILL ION.

PUTTING THE MONTH’S TRADE FIGURES INTO CONTEXT, A GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT SPOKESMAN POINTED OUT THAT THE VALUE OF TOTAL EXPORTS FOR THE FIRST 10 MONTHS OF 1984 WAS $180 840 MILLION, MADE UP OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS OF $114 362 MILLION AND RE-EXPORTS OF $66 478 MILLION.

COMPARED WITH THE FIRST 10 MONTHS OF 1983, THE VALUE OF TOTAL EXPORTS HAD INCREASED BY $53 418 MILLION OR 42 PER CENT, DOMESTIC EXPORTS BY $31 271 MILLION OR 38 PER CENT, AND RE-EXPORTS BY $22 147 MILLION OR 50 PER CENT.

THE VALUE OF IMPORTS HAD INCREASED BY $43 213 MILLION OR 31 PER CENT, TO $182 699 MILLION.

AS THE GROWTH RATE OF THE VALUE OF TOTAL EXPORTS WAS MUCH FASTER THAN THAT OF IMPORTS, THE VISIBLE TRADE GAP HAD NARROWED TO 1 PER CENT IN THE FIRST TEN MONTHS OF 1984, FROM 9 PER CENT IN THE SAME PERIOD LAST YEAR.

COMMENTING ON THESE COMPARATIVE FIGURES, THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT THE GROWTH RATES OF THE VALUE OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS, RE-EXPORTS AND IMPORTS HAD ALL SLOWED DOWN IN RECENT MONTHS, DUE PRIMARILY TO THE SUBSTANTIAL RECOVERY IN THE SECOND HALF CF 1983.

HOWEVER, REFLECTING A SHARPER SLOWING DOWN IN THE GROWTH RATE OF THE VALUE OF IMPORTS THAN THAT OF TOTAL EXPORTS, ■OCTOBER 1984 WAS THE FOURTH CONSECUTIVE MONTH IN WHICH A VISIBLE TRADE SURPLUS WAS RECORDED.

/THE FOLLOWING........

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 25, 1984

2

THE FOLLOWING TABLE PRESENTS THE TRADE FIGURES FOR OCTOBER 1984:-

PROVISIONAL MERCHANDISE

YERCHANDISE: DOMESTIC EXPORTS

RE-EXPORTS

TOTAL EXPORTS

IMPORTS

TRADE BALANCE

COMPARATIVE FIGURES

$12 473

$ 7 896

• ■ $20 369

$19 628

$ 741

MILLION

MILLION

LATEST 3 MONTHS AUG-OCT 1984

DOMESTIC EXPORTS $ MN. 38 627

RE-EXPORTS 22 208

TOTAL EXPORTS 60 835.

IMPORTS 57 339

TRADE BALANCE + 3 496

SAME MONTH LAST YEAR OCTOBER 1984

$ MN.

DOMESTIC EXPORTS 12 473

(% OF TOTAL EXPORTS) (61.2%)

RE-EXPORTS 7 896

TOTAL EXPORTS 20 369

IMPORTS 19 628

TRADE BALANCE + 741

AUG-OCT 1983

$ MN.

30 077

15 639

45 716

48 228

- 2 512

OCTOBER 1983

$ MN.

10 478 (64.7%)

5 715

16 193

17 618

- 1 425

MILLION

MILLION

MILLION

SURPLUS)

INCREASE OR DECREASE

$ MN. %

+ 8 550 + 28.4

6 569 + 42.0

+15 119 + 33.1

+ 9 111 + 18.9

4- 6 008

INCREASE OR DECREASE

$ MN. %

+ 1 995 + 19

+ 2 181 + 38.2.

+ 4 176 + 25.8^

. •

+ 2 010 + 11.4

+ 2 166

/LAST MONTH........

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 25, 1984

- 3 -

LAST MONTH OCTOBER 1984 SEPTEMBER 1984 INCREASE OR DECREASE

$ MN. $ MN. $ MN. %

DOMESTIC EXPORTS 12 473 12 414 + 59 +0.5

(% OF TOTAL EXPORTS) (61.2%) (63.5%)

RE-EXPORTS 7 896 7 142 + 754 + 10.6

TOTAL EXPORTS 20 369 19 556 + 813 + 4.2

IMPORTS 19 628 18 587 + 1 041 + 5.6

TRADE BALANCE + 741 + 969 228

JAN-OCT JAN-OCT INCREASE OR

CALENDAR YEAR TO-DATE 1984 1983 DECRESE

$ MN. $ MN. $ MN. %

DOMESTIC EXPORTS 114 362 83 091 +31 271 + 37.6

(% OF TOTAL EXPORTS) (63.2%) (65.2%)

RE-EXPORTS 66 478 44 331 +22 147 + 50.0

TOTAL EXPORTS 180 840 127 422 +53 418 + 41.9

IMPORTS 182 699 139 486 +43 213 + 31.0

TRADE BALANCE - 1 859 -12 064 +10 205

NOV 1983 NOV 1982

TO TO INCREASE OR

LAST 12 MONTHS OCT 1984 OCT 1983 DECREASE

$ MN. $ MN. $ MN. %

DOMESTIC EXPORTS 135 676 98 630 +37 046 +37.6

RE-EXPORTS 78 441 52 767 +25 674 + 48.7

TOTAL EXPORTS 214 117 151 397 +62 720 + 41.4

IMPORTS 218 656 165 729 +52 927 + 31.9

TRADE BALANCE - 4 539 -14 332 + 9 793

- - - - 0 -----------

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 25, 1984

4

GOOD RESPONSE TO CHARITY WALKS

* * * *

THOUSANDS OF PEOPLE THIS MORNING TURNED UP IN FESTIVE MOOD AT SEVEN PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES TO RAISE FUNDS IN AID OF THE ELDERLY.

THEY WERE TAKING PART IN THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT’S +CHARITY WALK FOR THE ELDERLY+ ORGANISED AS ONE OF THE HOUSING FESTIVAL ’84 EVENTS CELEBRATING THE 3OTH ANNIVERSARY OF PUBLIC HOUSING.

AMONG THEM WERE HOUSING AUTHORITY MEMBERS, LEGISLATIVE AND URBAN COUNCILLORS, DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS AND STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT.

THE DIRECTOR OF HOUSING, MR DAVID FORD, LED A HOUSING TEAM IN THE WALK ON ONE OF SEVEN ROUTES, AT SHA TIN, AFTER OFFICIATING AT AN OPENING CEREMONY.

OVER 200 ORGANISATIONS, INCLUDING MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES, RESIDENTS’ ASSOCIATIONS, SCHOOLS, KAIFONG ASSOCIATIONS AND BANKS TOOK PART.

THE WALK BEGAN SIMULTANEOUSLY ON ALL SEVEN ROUTES, AT ON TING ESTATE IN TUEN MUN, POK HONG IN SHA TIN, KWAI SHING WEST IN TSUEN WAN, 01 MAN IN HO MAN TIN, SHUN CHI COURT IN NGAU CHI WAN, WAN TSUI IN CHAI WAN AND WAH FU IN ABERDEEN.

APART FROM MR FORD, SIX OTHER DIRECTORATE OFFICERS OF THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT WALKED ON THE SIX OTHER ROUTES.

THEY WERE DEPUTY DIRECTOR (ADMINISTRATION) MISS ELAINE CHUNG, IN TSUEN WAN? DEPUTY DIRECTOR (ESTATE MANAGEMENT) MR FUNG TUNG IN NGAU CHI WAN? DEPUTY DIRECTOR (OPERATIONS) MR H.H.T. BARMA IN HO MAN TIN? DEPUTY DIRECTOR (CONSTRUCTION) MR PANG YUK-LING IN CHAI WAN? ASSISTANT DIRECTOR (GENERAL) MR LIM YEW-GUAN IN WAH FU? AND ASSISTANT DIRECTOR (ESTATES) MR CHAN PAK IN TUEN MUN.

ON THE SHA TIN ROUTE, MR FORD WAS JOINED BY HOUSING AUTHORITY MEMBER MR CHEUNG YAN-LUNG AND COMMITTEE MEMBER MR WAI HON-LEUNG, MISS CHUNG WAS JOINED ON THE TSUEN WAN ROUTE BY HOUSING AUTHORITY MEMBERS MR CHARLES SIN AND MR ALAN SCOTT AND COMMITTEE MEMBER THE REV. SEAN BURKE.

OTHER HOUSING AUTHORITY MEMBERS AND COMMITTEE MEMBERS ON THE WALK WERE MR EDWARD HO, MR TSE KIT-TO, MR CHAU CHAM-SON, MRS MARGARET CARTER AND MR LAU WAH-SUM ON THE WAH FU ROUTE? MR CHEUNG KIN-CHUNG AND MR CHAN YING-LUN, CHAI WAN ROUTE? MR TSO SHIU-WAI, TUEN MUN ROUTEj AND MRS LEE LO YUK-SIM, NGAU CHI WAN ROUTE.

UNOFFICIAL LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLOR MR LAM HON-KEUNG TOOK PART ON THE WAH FU ROUTE.

/SPEAKING ABOUT........

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 25, 1984

** ,♦* * • >•*, j

- 5 -

SPEAKING ABOUT THE WALK TODAY, THE CHAIRMAN OF THE WALK S ORGANISING COMMITTEE, CHIEF HOUSINNG MANAGER M0K,Y'^-KWONG SAID: +l THINK IT IS A GREAT SUCCESS JUDGING FROM THE LARGE AMOUNT OF DONATIONS WE HAVE RECEIVED SO FAR.

+WE HAVE ALREADY COLLECTED S25O OOO AND I EXPECT THAT MORE WILL COME FROM PLEDGES MADE BY SPONSORS.

+l AM MOST GRATEFUL TO ALL THOSE WHO HAVE CONTRIBUTED TO THE SUCCESS OF THIS WORTHWHILE EVENT.+

- - 0 - -

VALUE OF VOLUNTARY HELP STRESSED

*****

COMMUNITY RECREATION AND SPORT ACTIVITIES HAD BECOME A NECESSITY AND THEIR STANDARD OF SERVICE DEPENDED HEAVILY ON THE PARTICIPATION AND HELP OF VOLUNTEERS, MR DICKEN YUNG, DEPUTY COMMISSIONER FOR RECREATION AND CULTURE, SAID TODAY.

MR YUNG SAID THAT THE RECREATION AND SPORTS SERVICE OF THE DEPARTMENT HAD BEEN ABLE TO PROVIDE ACTIVITIES FOR MASS PARTICIPATION THROUGH THE SUPPORT OF VOLUNTEERS.

HE WAS SPEAKING AT A SEMINAR ORGANISED BY THE RSS FOR PART-TIME INSTRUCTORS IN RECREATION AND SPORTS HELD AT THE HARBOUR VIEW HOLIDAY INN TODAY (SUNDAY).

HE SAID THAT THE NUMBER OF VOLUNTEERS INVOLVED IN THE PROMOTION OF SPORT WAS THE YARDSTICK FOR THE STANDARD OF SPORT.

HE SAID THAT ALTHOUGH THERE WAS STILL ROOM OF IMPROVEMENT IN SPORTS IN HONG KONG, THE SERVICE RENDERED BY VOLUNTEERS AS COACHES, LEADERS, DIRECTORS AND OTHERS HAD HELPED PROMOTE THE STANDARD OF SPORTING ACTIVITIES AND HAD MADE THESE ACTIVITIES ACCESSIBLE TO THE MASSES.

AFTER THE SEMINAR, THE +RSS SERVICE AWARD+ WAS PRESENTED TO 20 MEN AND WOMEN VOLUNTEER INSTRUCTORS ON BEHALF OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT BY MR GRAHAM BARNES, DIRECTOR OF URBAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT.

- - 0 - -

/$ .......

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 25, 1934 •

6

DANCE TREAT FOR 2 OOO

* * * * *

SOME 2 000 PERSONS WERE GIVEN A TREAT OF ORIENTAL AND WESTERN DANCES AT TSUEN WAN TOWN HALL THIS (SUNDAY) EVENING.

THE DANCE PERFORMANCE EVENING WAS JOINTLY PRESENTED BY THE RECREATION AND SPORTS SERVICE OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT AND THE HONG KONG DANCE FEDERATION.

AMONG THE 16 PERFORMING DANCE TROUPES WERE THE RECREATION AND SPORTS SERVICE CHINESE DANCE TROUPE, THE HONG KONG DANCE COMPANY, THE HONG KONG SCHOOLS DANCE TEAM AND THE HONG KONG ACADEMY OF BALLET.

MR YEUNG PO-KWAN, AN UNOFFICIAL MEMBER OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, PRESENTED SOUVENIRS TO THE DANCERS DURING THE INTERMISSION.

ADDRESSING THE GATHERING, MR YEUNG SAID DANCE HAD BECOME ONE OF THE MOST POPULAR RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES IN HONG KONG.

+THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT AND THE HONG KONG DANCE FEDERATION HAVE ORGANISED VARIOUS TRAINING COURSES, SEMINARS, AND COMPETITIONS PROVIDING LOCAL DANCERS AMPLE OPPORTUNITIES TO DISPLAY THEIR TALENTS.

♦ THEY HAVE HELPED PROMOTE DANCE AND IMPROVE ITS GENERAL STANDARD,+ HE SAID.

A SIMILAR PERFORMANCE WILL BE STAGED AT LUT SAU HALL IN YUEN LONG AT 7.30 PM NEXT SUNDAY (DECEMBER 9).

TICKET VOUCHERS FOR THE EVENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE HEAD OFFICE OR DISTRICT OFFICES OF RSS.

--------0 ----------

BIG SHOW ENDS DISTRICT FESTIVAL * * * *

A SPECTACULAR TWO-HOUR VARIETY SHOW PRESENTED BY RADIO TELEVISION HONG KONG AT TSZ WAN SHAN MARKED THE CLOSING OF THE SECOND WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT FESTIVAL TONIGHT (SUNDAY).

HIGHLIGHTS OF THE NIGHT’S PROGRAMME INCLUDE SONGS BY LEADING LOCAL ARTISTES, CHILDREN’S CHOIR SINGING, ORIENTAL DANCES AND OPERATIC PERFORMANCES, WHICH WILL BE TELEVISED AT 9.45 PM ON HKTVB JADE ON SATURDAY (DECEMBER 1).

OFFICIATING AT THE CLOSING CEREMONY, WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT OFFICER, MR PHILIP CHOK PRAISED THE ORGANISERS FOR THEIR EFFORTS IN MAKING THE FESTIVAL A SUCCESS.

/HE ALSO .......

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 25, 1964

- 7

HE ALSO SAID THAT MANY OF THE FESTIVAL PROGRAMMES, AIMED AT BRINGING TOGETHER DIFFERENT SECTORS OF THE COMMUNITY, HAD HELPED ENHANCE PUBLIC AWARENESS TOWARDS COMMUNITY BUILDING.

+FROM THE OVERWHELMING RESPONSE TO THE FESTIVAL, I AM CONFIDENT THAT MORE RESIDENTS WILL TAKE PART IN THE FORTHCOMING ELECTION AND BECOME ACTIVELY INVOLVE IN DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION,* fvR CHOK SAID.

OVER 50 300 PEOPLE ENJOYED A TOTAL OF 26 RECREATIONAL AND SPORT ACTIVITIES, PROVIDED FREE OF CHARGE OR AT NOMINAL ADMISSION FEES DUR ING THE FESTIVAL.

THESE INCLUDED VARIOUS BALL GAMES AND COMPETITIONS, TELEMATCHES, A CROSS-COUNTRY RACE, A WATER TOUR, FAMILY OUTINGS, VARIETY SHOWS, CANTONESE OPERAS, A PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION, A PUPPET SHOW AND AN OPEN-AIR CONCERT.

THE FESTIVAL WAS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT ARTS COUNCIL, THE URBAN COUNCIL, THE wONG TAI SIN DISTRICT RECREATION AND SPORTS COUNCIL, THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT AND SPONSORED BY THE DISTRICT BOARD AND SIK SIK YUEN.

ALSO PRESENT AT TONIGHT’S CEREMONY WERE THE ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF BROADCASTING, MR SIMON LUN AND THE CHAIRMAN (F THE FESTIVAL ORGANISING COMMITTEE, MR FUNG KWONG-CHUNG.

-----0-----

PUBLIC HELP IN FIRE PREVENTION URGED * * X *

MORE THAN 1 000 FIRE INCIDENTS HAD OCCURRED IN SHAM SHU I PO DISTRICT OVER THE PAST TEN MONTHS, RESULTING IN TWO DEATHS AND INJURIES TO 48 PERSONS, THE DIVISIONAL COMMANDER OF KOWLOON WEST, KOWLOON FIRE COMMAND, MR TSANG KWONG-YU SAID TODAY (SUNDAY).

SPEAKING AT THE SHAM SHU I PO DISTRICT FIRE PREVENTION DAY, MR TSANG URGED THE PEOPLE TO CALL THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT AS SOON AS A FIRE WAS DETECTED.

HE TOLD THEM NOT TO ASSUME THAT SOMEONE ELSE HAD ALREADY REPORTED THE FIRE TO THE POLICE.

+ |F EVERYBODY THOUGHT THE SAME, NO ONE WOULD ALERT THE POLICE AN? THE FIRE COULD GET OUT OF CONTROL.

+ THE SOONER THE FIREMEN ARRIVE AT THE SCENE, THE QUICKER WILL THE FIRE BE PUT OUT,* HE SAID.

/MH TSANG........

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 25, 1984


- 8

MR TSANG ALSO TOLD RESIDENTS TO KEEP AN EYE ON ANYTHING, BOTH INSIDE OR OUTSIDE THEIR HOMES, THAT MIGHT POSE A FIRE HAZARD.

REFERRING TO FACTORY OPERATORS HE URGED THEM TO TAKE GOOD CARE OF FIRE SERVICE INSTALLATIONS, AND TO MAKE SURE THEY WOULD BE AVAILABLE FOR USE.

ALSO SPEAKING, SHAM SHU I PO DISTRICT OFFICER MR SYLVESTER TSE SAID THAT SINCE THE SETTING UP OF THE SHAM SHU I PO DISTRICT BOARD, FUNDS HAD BEEN PROVIDED TIME AND AGAIN BY THE BOARD TO SUBSIDISE THE PROMOTION OF FIRE PREVENTION CAMPAIGNS IN THE DISTRICT, AND ACTIONS HAD BEEN TAKEN TO IMPROVE FIRE SERVICES EQUIPMENT IN SQUATTER AREAS AND TEMPORARY HOUSING AREAS IN SHAM SHU I PO.

DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS, HE SAID, WERE VERY CONCERNED ABOUT FIRE SERVICE INSTALLATIONS IN PRIVATE BUILDINGS IN THE DISTRICT AND THE MATTER HAD BEEN FREQUENTLY RAISED AND DISCUSSED IN THE MEETINGS OF DISTRICT BOARD, INCORPORATED OWNERS OF BUILDINGS AND MUTUAL-AID COMMITTEES SO AS TO SAFEGUARD THE LIVES AND PROPERTIES CF RESIDENTS.

THE SHAM SHU I PO FIRE PREVENTION DAY, PART OF THE TERRITORYWIDE FIRE PREVENTION CAMPAIGN THIS YEAR, WAS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT, INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT, SHAM SHU I PO DISTRICT BOARD AND SHAM SHU I PO DISTRICT OFFICE.

-----o-----

CALL FOR INSURANCE COVER IN SCHOOLS

* *

SCHOOL SUPERVISORS AND MANAGEMENT COMMITTEES ARE BEING URGED TO OBTAIN ADEQUATE INSURANCE COVER FOR THEIR PUPILS, EMPLOYEES AND THE SCHOOL PREMISES.

IN A CIRCULAR THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT SAID IN ADDITION TO SAFETY PRECAUTIONS IN LESSONS SUCH AS PHYSICAL EDUCATION, SCIENCE, PRACTICAL AND TECHNICAL SUBJECTS AS WELL AS IN EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES, SCHOOL HEADS SHOULD TAKE OUT AN INSURANCE POLICY ON BEHALF OF THEIR PUPILS AGAINST ANY ACCIDENTAL INJURY THAT MAY BE SUSTAINED DURING SUCH LESSONS AND ACTIVITIES.

AS EMPLOYERS, MANAGEMENT COMMITTEES HAVE A STATUTORY OBLIGATION TO TAKE OUT INSURANCE POLICIES ON BEHALF OF THEIR STAFF, WHO ARE COVERED BY THE EMPLOYEES’ COMPENSATION ORDINANCE WHICH IS APPLICABLE NOT ONLY TO MANUAL WORKERS BUT ALSO TO OTHER EMPLOYEES, INCLUDING TEACHERS, IRRESPECTIVE OF THEIR EARNINGS.

MANAGEMENT COMMITTEES ARE ALSO BEING ADVISED THAT IN THEIR OWN INTERESTS, THEY SHOULD HAVE THEIR SCHOOL PREMISES, TOGETHER WITH FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT, INSURED AGAINST LOSS, OR DAMAGE BY FIRE.

INSURANCE COVER IS PARTICULARLY IMPORTANT FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL PREMISES BECAUSE OF THEIR WORKSHOPS AND LABORATORIES, THE DEPARTMENT SAID.

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 25, 1984

9

+SUNKEN+ GARDEN FOR KOWLOON PARK

******

KOWLOON PARK WILL HAVE A +SUNKEN+ GARDEN AS PART OF ITS DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME.

THE PROJECT INVOLVES THE ALTERATION OF A FORMER MILITARY SITE.

THE GARDEN, MEASURING 850 SQUARE METRES, WILL BE BUILT NEXT TO THE PARK’S AVIARY.

THE GARDEN WILL CONSIST OF FOUNTAINS, FLOWER BEDS, PATHS, A PAVILION AND A SUN SHELTER. THE SURROUNDING AREAS WILL BE LANDSCAPED.

THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS FOR THE PROJECT.

WORK IS EXPECTED TO START IN FEBRUARY NEXT YEAR AND BE COMPLETED IN AUGUST.

-----o------

CULTURAL FESTIVAL POPULAR * * * *

AN EXHIBITION SOCCER MATCH BETWEEN THE TIANJIN FOOTBALL TEAM AND THE LOCAL SIDE, HONG KONG ELECTRIC TEAM AT THE MONG KOK STADIUM MARKED THE CLOSING OF THE MONG KOK CULTURAL AND SPORTS FESTIVAL THIS (SUNDAY) EVENING.

THE SOCCER MATCH IS ONE OF 30 CULTURAL AND SPORTS EVENTS PRESENTED DURING THE MONTH-LONG FESTIVAL, WHICH ATTRACTED THOUSANDS OF PEOPLE.

MONG KOK DISTRICT OFFICER, MR BOWEN LEUNG SAID TONIGHT THAT THE TURNOUT FOR THE FESTIVAL’S PROGRAMMES WAS VERY HIGH WITH ATTENDANCE RECORDED AT ABOUT 80 PER CENT FOR MOST EVENTS.

+THIS SHOWED THAT THE FESTIVAL WAS WELL RECEIVED BY RESIDENTS AND THAT THE EFFORTS AND CO-OPERATION OF LOCAL ORGANISATIONS AND VARIOUS GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS ARE WELL REWARDED,+ HE SAID.

-----o------

/10 .......

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 25, 1984

10

FESTIVAL FOR SAI KUNG ELDERLY * * *

SAI KUNG DISTRICT OFFICER, MISS CARRIE CHENG, SAID AT TODAY’S OPENING OF THE LOCAL FESTIVAL FOR THE ELDERLY THAT THEY COULD TAKE THIS CHANCE TO ENGAGE IN COMMUNITY ACTIVITIES.

+THROUGH PARTICIPATION, THEY CAN ALSO GET TO MEET OTHER SENIOR CITIZENS FROM VARIOUS PARTS OF THIS VAST AND UNEVENLY POPULATED DISTRICT,* SHE SAID.

SPONSORED BY THE DISTRICT BOARD, THE THREE-WEEK FESTIVAL FEATURES MORE THAN 20 SOCIAL, RECREATIONAL AND CULTURAL EVENTS, INDOOR AND OUTDOOR ACTIVITIES, TO BE STAGED IN THREE MAIN AREAS OF THE DISTRICT, SAI KUNG, HANG HAU AND RENNIE’S MILL.

HIGHLIGHTS OF THE FESTIVAL WILL INCLUDE DISTRICT-WIDE PROGRAMMES SUCH AS A BANQUET FOR 1 000 ELDERLY PEOPLE, AN ORTHOPAEDICS EXHIBITION, TALENT QUEST AND PHYSICAL CHECK-UPS AND HOME-HELP SERVICE FOR THE AGED.

MISS CHENG SAID, +1 SINCERELY HOPE THAT THE SPIRIT OF THE FESTIVAL CAN REACH OUT TO ALL OUR SENIOR RESIDENTS, AS WELL AS INSTIL IN THE YOUNG A SENSE OF THE LOVING CARE FOR THEM.*

+T0 RESPECT THE ELDERLY AND TO PROMOTE FILIAL PIETY IS A CHINESE TRADITIONAL VIRTUE.+

+WE SHOULD ALSO NOTE THAT THE STABILITY AND PROSPERITY WHICH THE YOUNG GENERATION NOW ENJOYS IS THE RESULT OF EFFORTS OF THE SENIOR CITIZENS,* SHE SAID.

MISS CHENG THANKED THE RURAL COMMITTEES, COMMUNITY AND YOUTH CENTRES, HOMES FOR THE ELDERLY, AND OTHER LOCAL ORGANISATIONS AND INDIVIDUALS FOR THEIR ENTHUSIASTIC SUPPORT TO THE FESTIVAL.

0 - -

TAPS OFF IN SHAU KEI WAN, MAGAZINE GAP * * * *

FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO CERTAIN PREMISES IN SHAU KEI WAN AND MAGAZINE GAP WILL BE TURNED OFF FOR SEVERAL HOURS ON WEDNESDAY (NOVEMBER 28) AND THURSDAY (NOVEMBER 29) FOR MAINS WORK.

IN SHAU KEI WAN THE SUSPENSION WILL BE FROM 10 PM ON WEDNESDAY TO 6 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY.

THE AFFECTED PREMISES WILL BE ALONG THE SOUTH SIDE OF SHAU KEI WAN ROAD FROM CHAI WAN ROAD TO SUN SHING STREET, INCLUDING SHAU KEI WAN JOCKEY CLUB CLINIC, ALDRICH VILLAGE, KAU MAN TSUEN, TSIN SHU I MA TAU VILLAGE, FU TAU WAT VILLAGE AND NAM ON FONG VILLAGE.

/IT WILL

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 25, 1?84

IT WILL ALSO AFFECT PREMISES ALONG SHAU KEI WAN MAIN STREET EAST, BASEL ROAD, FACTORY STREET, KAM WAH STREET, TAI TAK STREET, MONG LUNG STREET, WANG WA STREET, A KUNG NGAM ROAD AND A KUNG NGAM VILLAGE ROAD, INCLUDING MING WAH DAI HA.

IN MAGAZINE GAP, SUPPLY WILL BE OFF FROM 11 PM ON WEDNESDAY TO 6 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY.

THE SUSPENSION WILL AFFECT PREMISES AT GUILDFORD ROAD, MANSFIELD ROAD, WATFORD ROAD, COOMBE ROAD, MIDDLE GAP ROAD, MOUNT CAMERON ROAD, 22-50 AND 21-35 MAGAZINE GAP ROAD, 25 AND 40-56 PEAK ROAD AS WELL AS 1-3 BARKER ROAD.

0

RESTRICTED ZONES IN KOWLOON H * * *

FROM 10 AM ON TUESDAY (NOVEMBER 27), TWO ROAD SECTIONS IN KOWLOON TONG WILL BE MADE RESTRICTED ZONES FROM 7 AM TO 7 PM DAILY.

THEY AREs THE NORTHERN KERBSIDE LANE OF BOUNDARY STREET BETWEEN WATERLOO ROAD AND HO TUNG ROAD, AND THE SOUTHBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF WATERLOO ROAD BETWEEN ITS JUNCTION WITH BOUNDARY STREET AND A POINT ABOUT 60 METRES NORTH OF THE JUNCTION.

ALSO FROM 10 AM THE SAME DAY (NOVEMBER 27), THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS OF ROADS WILL BE DESIGNATED 24-HOUR RESTRICTED ZONES:-

* LUNG CHEUNG ROAD BETWEEN WATERLOO ROAD AND HAMMER HILL ROAD, AND

* FUNG MO STREET BETWEEN LUNG CHEUNG ROAD AND FU MEI STREET.

WITHIN THE RESTRICTED ZONES, MOTOR VEHICLES EXCEPT THOSE WITH PERMITS ISSUED BY THE COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPORT WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM PICKING UP OR SETTING DOWN PASSENGERS- OR LOADING OR UNLOADING GOODS.

-----0-----

/12 ........

SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 25, 1984

12

ROAD DIVERSION * * *

THF SECTION OF TAI PO ROAD OUTSIDE SHA TIN RACE COURSE WILL BE OPEN TO TWO-LANE TRAFFIC FROM 1 AM TO 5 AM ON TUESDAY (NOVEMBER 27).

THE MEASURE IS TO FACILITATE CONSTRUCTION WORK.

_ _ 0 - -

PLANTS AND TREES UNDER FLYOVER * * *

THE SPACE UNDER THE PRINCE EDWARD ROAD FLYOVER IN MONG KOK WILL BE TURNED INTO A PLANTED AREA.

THE SITE STRETCHES FROM LAI CHI KOK ROAD TO PORTLAND STREET.

THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS FOR THE PROJECT.

THE TENDER DEADLINE IS DECEMBER 14.

WORK ON THE PROJECT WILL START EARLY NEXT YEAR AND TAKE THREE MONTHS TO COMPLETE.

- 0 - -

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 26, 1984 coxTaras page no,

TOWN PLANNER SEES CONTINUED NT GROWTH ........................ 1

POLLUTION EFFECT ON VISIBILITY BEING STUDIED.................. 3

REMINDER ABOUT GOLD MARKING ORDER...................-......... 4

MORE TO B3IEFIT FROM HOMES SCHEMES............................ 5

OLD CLAN HALT, TO BE RESTORED ................................ 7

15O-STR0NG CHILDREN'S CHORUS TO PERFORM....................... 7

BIG SAVINGS FROM NEW 'LAP SAP' BINS........................... 8

NT WORKS CONTRACTS OFFERED ...................................

DISABLED TRAINEES TO GET SKILLS CERTS ........................

NURSERY SITES FOR VOLUNTARY GROUPS ........................... 10

REST GARDEN ON SLOPE..........................................

PPRSS CONFERENCE ON NEW HEALTH COUNCIL ....................... 1°

WATER STORAGE FIGURES ........................................

KWUN TONG TAPS OFF ...........................................

TRAFFIC CHANGE................................................

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 26, 1934

1 -

TOWN PLANNER SEES CONTINUED NT GROWTH * * * *

THE NEW TERRITORIES HAS THE CAPACITY TO ACCOMMODATE MORE THAN HALF OF THE HONG KONG POPULATION BY THE 199O’S, AN ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT, DR K.S. PUN, SAID TODAY.

DR PUN SAID THAT CONTRARY TO WHAT MANY THOUGHT, THE ROLE OF THE NEW TERRITORIES IN THE FUTURE DEVELOPMENT OF HONG KONG WOULD NOT ONLY CONTINUE, BUT WOULD INCREASE SIGNIFICANTLY.

DR PUN, WHO IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PLANNING OF NEW TOWNS, TOLD A LUNCHEON MEETING THAT SINCE THE HONG KONG TERRITORIAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY WAS ANNOUNCED BY THE GOVERNMENT IN JULY THIS YEAR, PEOPLE HAD THOUGHT THAT GOVERNMENT WAS REVERSING ITS PAST POLICY OF CONCENTRATING MAJOR DEVELOPMENT EFFORTS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.

♦THEY THINK, WRONGLY, THAT FROM NOW ON THE GOVERNMENT WILL PAY LESS ATTENTION TO THE NEW TOWNS AND OTHER DEVELOPMENT AREAS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES IN FAVOUR OF THE URBAN AREA,* HE SAID.

♦ SOME EVEN REGARD THIS AS A MAJOR CHANGE OF POLICY AND RELATE IT TO THE 1997 QUESTION.

+1 MUST EMPHASISE HERE THAT THIS IS NOT THE REAL SITUATION OR INTENTION. CURRENTLY COMMITTED NEW TOWNS AND DEVELOPMENT AREAS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES WILL DEFINITELY CONTINUE UNTIL THEY ARE COMPLETED IN THE 1990’S.+

HE SAID THESE INCLUDED THE PARTLY BUILT TOWNS OF TSUEN WAN, SHA TIN, TAI PO, FANLING, YUEN LONG, TUEN MUN AND SEVERAL RURAL TOWNSHIPS.

WORK HAS ALSO STARTED IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE INITIAL STAGE OF TIN SHUI WAI AND THE FIRST PHASE OF JUNK BAY.

HE SAID THAT THE DEVELOPMENT AREAS UNDER THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT, WHEN COMPLETED IN THE EARLY 199O'S, WOULD HAVE A TOTAL ACCOMMODATION CAPACITY OF MORE THAN THREE MILLION PERSONS.

WITHIN THE BOUNDARIES OF IDENTIFIED DEVELOPMENT AREAS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES, THERE WERE STILL FURTHER DEVELOPMENT POTENTIALS AT SOME STAGE.

♦PRINCIPAL EXAMPLES ARE THE EXTENSION AREAS IN SHA TIN AND TUEN MUN THE LAND BANK IN TIN SHUI WAI AND THE REMAINING PARTS OF JUNK BAY AFTER THE FIRST PHASE,+ HE SAID.

PREDICTING THAT MORE THAN HALF OF HONG KONG’S POPULATION 'WOULD LIVE IN THE NEW TERRITORIES IN THE NEXT DECADE, DR PUN SAID THESE PEOPLE WOULD LIVE IN +WELL-PROVIDED AND WELL-MANAGED HOUSING PSTATES SET IN ATTRACTIVE ENVIRONMENT, SUPPLEMENTED WITH RECREATIONAL OUTLETS LIKE THE COUNTRY PARKS, BEACHES AND CAMPING SITES.*

/DB PUN .......

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 26, 1984

2

DR PUN ALSO SPOKE ABOUT +A LONG-STANDING MISINTERPRETATION OF A PLANNING PRINCIPLE ADOPTED IN THE PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT OF NEW TOWNS.*

HE SAID THE PRINCIPLE OF +BALANCED DEVELOPMENT* AND THE ♦CONCEPT OF SELF-CONTAINMENT* HAD BEEN THE SUBJECT OF NUMEROUS DEBATES.

+THE PRINCIPAL POINT OF CONTENTION IS WHETHER ’BALANCED DEVELOPMENT’ IN NEW TOWNS IN HONG KONG IS EVER A PRACTICABLE PROPOSITION,* DR PUN SAID.

+ONE ARGUMENT IS THAT GIVEN THE SMALL GEOGRAPHICAL AREA OF THE TERRITORY AND HENCE THE SHORT DISTANCES BETWEEN PLACES, THE CONVENIENCE IN TRAVEL BETWEEN POINTS OF ACTIVITIES WILL ENCOURAGE ITS PEOPLE TO LIVE IN ONE PLACE AND WORK IN ANOTHER.

+ANOTHER RELATED ASPECT IS THAT IT IS ARGUED THAT MOST OF THE JOBS ARE AND WILL BE FOR A LONG TIME IN FUTURE CONCENTRATED IN THE AREAS AROUND THE PRINCIPAL BUSINESS DISTRICTS AND THE HARBOUR.

+ADVOCATES OF THESE ARGUMENTS ASSERT THAT NO MATTER HOW THE PLANNER PLANS THESE TOWNS TOWARD THIS TARGET OF BALANCED DEVELOPMENT IT CAN NEVER BE ACHIEVED,* HE SAID.

ARGUMENTS AGAINST BALANCED DEVELOPMENT HAD OVERLOOKED A POINT THAT NO PLANNING COULD EVER CATER FOR EVERY ATTITUDE OR ACTIVITY IN A LARGE COMMUNITY’ AND FROM THE OUTSET, PLANNERS REALISED THAT THEY MUST PROVIDE FOR THE OVERALL DESIRES OF THE RESIDENTS.

THIS MEANT, IN PRACTICE, PLANNING FOR A HIGH LEVEL OF SELFCONTAINMENT, BUT total self-containment COULD NOT REALISTICALLY BE EXPECTED GIVEN THE UNIQUE CIRCUMSTANCES OF SOME INDIVIDUALS AND THE OPERATIONAL PATTERN OF A TERRITORY LIKE HONG KONG.

+THE FACT THAT SOME OF THE RESIDENTS HAVE TO TRAVEL BACK TO THE OLD URBAN AREA TO WORK OR FOR OTHER PURPOSES, AND VICE VERSA, DOES NOT INVALIDATE THE MERITS OF THE CONCEPT,* HE SAID.

DR PUN SAID THE NEW TOWNS IN HONG KONG WERE STILL IN THEIR YOUTH, WITH MOST OF THEIR POPULATION STILL FIRST GENERATION RESIDENTS WHO HAD ESTABLISHED LONG AND FIRM ASSOCIATION WITH PLACES WHERE THEY HAD COME FROM.

+l AM SURE THAT GIVEN TIME AND AS THE TOWNS MATURE THE FUTURE LABOUR FORCE AND PROVIDERS OF JOBS WILL ADJUST TO MATCH EACH OTHER TO A MUCH GREATER EXTENT THAN WHAT PREDOMINATES AT PRESENT,* HE ADDED.

-----0------

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 26, 1984

- 3 -

POLLUTION EFFECT ON VISIBILITY BEING STUDIED * * * *

THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY IS STUDYING THE EFFECT OF AIR POLLUTANTS ON VISIBILITY IN HONG KONG.

AROUND THE WORLD REDUCED VISIBILITY IS ONE OF THE MOST COMMON EFFECTS OF AIR POLLUTANTS. IT AFFECTS THE ENVIRONMENT AND MAY EVEN INTERFERE WITH AVIATION.

+DURING RECENT YEARS IN HONG KONG, INDUSTRIALISATION AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT HAVE MADE A CERTAIN IMPACT ON THE VISIBILITY IN OUR ENVIRONMENT,* SAID MRS ELAINE KOO, SENIOR SCIENTIFIC OFFICER IN CHARGE OF THE OBSERVATORY’S AIR POLLUTION METEOROLOGY RESEARCH UNIT.

+VISIBILITY IS MAINLY AFFECTED BY METEOROLOGICAL FACTORS, AND THE CHARACTERISTICS AND AMOUNT OF POLLUTANTS IN THE AIR. UNDER CERTAIN CONDITIONS, VISIBILITY SHOWS STRONG GEOGRAPHICAL VARIATIONS IN HONG KONG,+ SHE ADDED.

FOR EXAMPLE, VERY OFTEN IN VICTORIA HARBOUR, THE SAME HAZE PERSISTING FOR A FEW DAYS IN THE SUMMER MAY NOT BE OBSERVED IN OTHER PARTS OF HONG KONG.

THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY HAS MADE CONTINUOUS OBSERVATIONS OF VISIBILITY SINCE THE 194O’S.

TO DETERMINE THE LONG-TERM TREND, THE PRESENT STUDY IS BASED ON A COMPREHENSIVE SET OF DATA COLLECTED BY FOUR METEOROLOGICAL STATIONS IN DIFFERENT LOCATIONS FROM 1968 TO 1982.

EXPLAINING HOW THE ANALYSIS IS DONE, MRS KOO SAID, +AFTER ALLOWING FOR NATURAL FACTORS LIKE PRECIPITATION, FOG, MIST AND HIGH HUMIDITY, THE RESULTING TREND WOULD REFLECT THE IMPACT OF LOCAL AIR POLLUTION SOURCES AND TO A LESSER EXTENT, ANY LONG-RANGE TRANSPORT EFFECTS.*

A REPORT ON THE STUDY WILL BE MADE WHEN THE RESEARCH IS COMPLETED AT THE END OF THIS YEAR.

MRS KOO SAID AN ANALYSIS OF AIRBORNE PARTICLES AND GASEOUS POLLUTANTS TRANSPORTED ACROSS LONG DISTANCES WAS ALSO BEING CONDUCTED IN CO-OPERATION WITH AN OVERSEAS SCIENTIFIC ORGANISATION.

EXTENSIVE METEOROLOGICAL DATA COLLECTED IN THE UPPER ATMOSPHERE FROM 1979 TO 1980 ARE BEING ANALYSED TO TRACE THE ORIGINS OF AIR MASSES ARRIVING IN HONG KONG.

AN AIR POLLUTION DISPERSION STUDY FOR JUNK BAY WAS COMPLETED EARLY THIS YEAR. MRS KOO SAID THE FINAL REPORT ON THIS 12-MONTH SURVEY AND ANALYSIS HAD BEEN SUBMITTED TO THE JUNK BAY DEVELOPMENT OFFICE FOR CONSIDERATION.

/THE REPORT

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 26, 1984

- 4 -

THE REPORT GIVES BROAD CONCLUSIONS ON THE METEOROLOGICALLY FAVOURABLE SITES FOR POLLUTANT-EMITTING INDUSTRIES WITHIN THE JUNK BAY NEW TOWN.

+THE REPORT RECOMMENDS THAT BASED ON METEOROLOGICAL FACTORS ALONE, IT WOULD BE LEAST DESIRABLE TO LOCATE SUCH INDUSTRIES AT THE HEAD OF THE BAY IN THE NORTH, AS A CLOSE CIRCULATION OF WINDS DURING THE SUMMER MONSOON CAUSES A STAGNATION OF POLLUTANTS.

+BY COMPARISON, THE SOUTHEASTERN PART WAS CONSIDERED BETTER SITES FOR POLLUTION EMISSION SOURCES,+ SHE SAID.

WITH THE COMPLETION OF THE JUNK BAY STUDY, THE EQUIPMENT HAS BEEN RELOCATED TO THE CHEUNG SHA WAN AREA.

+AGAIN, ON-SITE METEOROLOGICAL DATA WILL BE COLLECTED FOR A 12-MONTH PERIOD. THE FINDINGS WILL BE USEFUL FOR OTHER GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS IN THE ASSESSMENT OF THE STUDY ON HARBOUR RECLAMATION AND URBAN GROWTH,+ SHE SAID.

------0-------

REMINDER ABOUT GOLD MARKING ORDER * * * *

THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE DEPARTMENT TODAY (MONDAY) REMINDED ALL TRADERS IN GOLD AND GOLD PRODUCTS THAT THE GRACE PERIOD ALLOWED FOR THE TRADE TO CLEAR STOCKS OF UNMARKED GOODS WILL EXPIRE ON DECEMBER 31.

THE PROVISIONS OF THE TRADE DESCRIPTIONS (MARKING) (GOLD AND GOLD ALLOY) ORDER WILL TAKE EFFECT FROM JANUARY 1, 1985.

THE MARKING ORDER CAME INTO EFFECT ON JANUARY 13, 1984, UNDER SECTION 4(1) OF THE TRADE DESCRIPTIONS ORDINANCE, CHAPTER 362, WHICH PROVIDES THAT THE GOVERNOR-IN-COUNCIL MAY BY ORDER REQUIRE ANY GOODS TO BE MARKED OR ACCOMPANIED BY CERTAIN INFORMATION.

ACCORDING TO THE MARKING ORDER, ANY ARTICLE MADE OF GOLD OR GOLD ALLOY CONTAINING NOT LESS THAN 8 CARATS OR 333 PARTS PER THOUSAND OF GOLD THAT IS SUPPLIED OR OFFERED FOR SUPPLY BY ANY PERSON IN THE COURSE OF TRADE OR BUSINESS, SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS AND EXCEPTIONS, MUST BEAR A STANDARD OF FINENESS MARK AND BE ACCOMPANIED BY AN INVOICE OR RECEIPT.

THE TRADITIONAL CHINESE MARK CONSISTING OF THE CHINESE CHARACTERS +CHUK KAM+ IS DEFINED AS EQUIVALENT TO A FINENESS OF NOT LESS THAN 990. IN THE CASE OF ARTICLES COMPRISING SECTIONS WITH DIFFERENT FINENESSES OF GOLD, EITHER EACH PART MUST BE SEPARATELY MARKED OR ONE MARK SHALL BE AFFIXED WHICH SHALL BE THAT OF THE FINENESS OF THE ARTICLE AS A WHOLE.

/TRADERS ARE........

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 26, 1984

TRADERS ARE REQUIRED TO DISPLAY A NOTICE IN ENGLISH AND CHINESE IN A CONSPICIOUS PLACE IN THEIR TRADING PREMISES GIVING SPECIFIC INFORMATION ABOUT THE MARKING ORDER.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT POINTED OUT THAT, ON THE EXPIRY CF THE GRACE PERIOD, FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE MARKING ORDER WILL RENDER A TRADER LIABLE ON SUMMARY CONVICTION, TO A FINE OF $100 003 AND TO IMPRISONMENT FOR TWO YEARS AND, ON CONVICTION ON INDICTMENT, TO A FINE OF $500 000 AND TO IMPRISONMENT FOR FIVE YEARS.

HE SAID THE PRIME OBJECTIVE OF THE ORDER WAS TO PROTECT CONSUMERS AGAINST FALSELY MARKED GOLD PRODUCTS AND URGED THE PUBLIC TO REGISTER COMPLAINTS WITH THE DEPARTMENT WHERE-THEY HAD REASON TO BELIEVE TRADERS WERE IN INFRINGEMENT OF THE ORDER.

THEY SHOULD TELEPHONE 3-7158558 OR WRITE TO THE CHIEF

INDUSTRY OFFICER, INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY INVESTIGATION SECTION, CUSTOMS AND EXCISE DEPARTMENT, TO KWA WAN MARKET AND GOVERNMENT OFFICES, 11TH FLOOR, MA TAU WEI ROAD, TO KWA WAN, KOWLOON.

- - 0 - -

MORE TO BENEFIT FROM HOMES SCHEMES * * * X

THE GREEN FORM ELIGIBILITY FOR THE PURCHASE OF HOME OWNERSHIP SCHEME AND PRIVATE SECTOR PARTICIPATION SCHEME FLATS WILL BE EXTENDED TO MORE PEOPLE IN FOUR CURRENT CATEGORIES OF PROSPECTIVE PUBLIC HOUSING TENANTS.

THE FOUR CATEGORIES ARE THE WAITING LIST APPLICANTS WHO HAVE BEEN INVESTIGATED, TEMPORARY HOUSING AND COTTAGE AREA RESIDENTS, CLEAREES AND DISASTER VICTIMS AND JUNIOR CIVIL SERVANTS FOUND ELIGIBLE FOR PUBLIC HOUSING.

ANNOUNCING THE EXTENSION OF ELIGIBILITY TODAY, A HOUSING AUTHORITY SPOKESMAN SAID, HOWEVER, THAT THESE PROSPECTIVE HOUSING AUTHORITY TENANTS MUST BE AT LEAST 21 YEARS OF AGE AND MUST SATISFY THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA:

FIRSTLY, THE HOUSEHOLD MUST CONSIST OF AT LEAST TWO PERSONS WHO SHOULD COMPRISE HUSBAND AND WIFE, TWO CLOSELY RELATED PERSONS WHO ARE LIVING TOGETHER SUCH AS PARENT AND CHILD OR BROTHER AND SISTER LIVING AWAY FROM PARENTS, OR THE APPLICANT AND A RELATIVE WHO IS DEPENDENT ON AND LIVING WITH THE APPLICANT.

SECONDLY, THE APPLICANT OR ANY OTHER MEMBER OF THE HOUSEHOLD MUST NOT POSSESS DOMESTIC PROPERTY. THIS RULE WILL NOT APPLY TO THE AUTHORITY’S EXISTING DOMESTIC TENANTS, INCLUDING TEMPORARY HOUSING AND COTTAGE AREA RESIDENTS.

/thibdly, the

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 26, 1984

6

THIRDLY, THE APPLICANT AND ONE OTHER MEMBER OF THE HOUSEHOLD MUST HAVE LIVED IN HONG KONG FOR AT LEAST SEVEN YEARS.

IN THE FIRST CATEGORY, THE EXTENDED ELIGIBILITY COVERS THOSE APPLICANTS ON THE GENERAL WAITING LIST WHOSE ELIGIBILITY FOR RENTAL HOUSING HAS BEEN ESTABLISHED.

THIS CATEGORY WILL INCLUDE RENTAL HOUSING APPLICANTS WHO HAVE BEEN ON THE WAITING LIST FOR A SPECIFIED NUMBER OF YEARS, FOR EXAMPLE, THOSE WHO HAVE WAITED FOR SEVEN YEARS OR MORE WILL BE GIVEN THE OPTION TO BUY HOS FLATS IN THE NEXT SALE EXERCISE.

APPLICANTS WHOSE INCOME IS OVER THE WAITING LIST LIMIT, FOR EXAMPLE 54 500 PER MONTH FOR A FIVE PERSON FAMILY, BUT BELOW THAT OF THE HOS LIMIT OF 57 500, ARE ALSO INCLUDED.

THIS ARRANGEMENT WILL ALSO APPLY TO THOSE WHOSE APPLICATIONS HAVE BEEN CANCELLED FOR OVER-SPACE. HOWEVER, THEY MUST APPLY FOR ' HOS-PSPS FLATS WITHIN ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF CANCELLATION.

IN THE SECOND CATEGORY, RESIDENTS LIVING IN TEMPORARY HOUSING AND COTTAGE AREAS AS WELL AS THOSE IN PRIMARY HOUSING OF THE MARK l/lI ESTATES WILL BE INCLUDED. THESE RESIDENTS WILL NOT BE SUBJECT TO THE HOS-PSPS INCOME LIMIT.

UNDER THE THIRD CATEGORY, THOSE CLEAREES AND DISASTER VICTIMS WHO OCCUPY SURVEYED STRUCTURES ARE ALSO ELIGIBLE.

THIS CATEGORY OF HOUSEHOLDS WILL NOT BE SUBJECT TO MEANSTESTING BUT THEIR GREEN FORM STATUS WILL BE VALID FOR ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF CLEARANCE.

THE FOURTH CATEGORY WILL BE EXTENDED TO COVER JUNIOR CIVIL SERVANTS WHO HAVE BEEN FOUND TO BE ELIGIBLE AND ARE AWAITING ALLOCATION OF PUBLIC HOUSING.

THE GREEN FORM STATUS FOR THIS CATEGORY WILL BE VALID FOR ONE YEAR.

+APART FROM THE FOUR CATEGORIES LISTED ABOVE, MEMBERS OF LARGE TENANT FAMILIES OCCUPYING MORE THAN ONE PUBLIC RENTAL FLAT ARE ALSO ALLOWED TO APPLY UNDER GREEN FORM ELIGIBILITY PROVIDED THEY SURRENDER AT LEAST ONE OF THEIR EXISTING FLATS. THIS HAS BEEN IMPLEMENTED IN THE CURRENT PHASE OF SALE.

+THE NEW ARRANGEMENTS WILL TAKE EFFECT AS FROM PHASE VIIA OF THE SALE OF HOS-PSPS FLATS WHICH WILL TAKE PLACE EARLY NEXT YEAR,+ THE SPOKESMAN ADDED.

-------0----------

/7 ........

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 26, 1984

7

OLD CLAN HALL TO BE RESTORED

* * * *

AN EARTHBREAKING CEREMONY WILL BE HELD ON THURSDAY (NOVEMBER 29) MORNING TO MARK THE START OF RESTORATION WORK ON THE MAN SHEK TONG ANCESTRAL HALL IN SHEUNG SHU I.

MAN SHEK TONG IS THE ANCESTRAL HALL - CHI TONG - OF THE LIU CLAN, ONE OF THE FIVE LARGEST CLANS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES. THE CLAN ESTIMATES IT WAS BUILT IN 1751.

THE RESTORATION WORK, COSTING ABOUT $500 000 IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED BY MARCH NEXT YEAR. MR IAN WOTHERSPOON DISTRICT OFFICER, TOGETHER WITH MR LIU KAU-LUNG, HEAD OF THE CLAN, WILL PERFORM TRADITIONAL RITES AT THE CEREMONY.

THE DATE WAS CHOSEN BY FUNG SHU I EXPERTS AS MOST SUITABLE FOR THE EVENT.

A WORKING GROUP HAD BEEN FORMED LAST YEAR BY THE NORTH DISTRICT OFFICE TO CONSIDER THE POSSIBLE RESTORATION OF THE HALL, WHICH WAS LATER DECLARED AN HISTORICAL BUILDING.

IN THE WORKING GROUP, CHAIRED BY MR WOTHERSPOON, WERE GOVERNMENT ARCHITECTS, CURATORS, VILLAGE REPRESENTATIVES AND OTHER INTERESTED PARTIES, SUCH AS THE HONG KONG TOURIST ASSOCIATION AND THE HISTORY DEPARTMENT OF THE CHINESE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG.

- - 0 - -

150-STR0NG CHILDREN’S CHORUS TO PERFORM X * * *

MORE THAN 20 WESTERN AND CHINESE SONGS WILL BE FEATURED IN THE CONCERT TO BE HELD BY THE 150-STRONG KWUN TONG CHILDREN’S CHORUS IN THE CITY HALL CONCERT HALL ON THURSDAY (NOVEMBER 29) EVENING, STARTING AT 8 O’CLOCK.

SET UP IN 1978, THE CHILDREN’S CHORUS HAS BEEN PERFORMING IN PUBLIC ANNUALLY SINCE THEN. AND IT HAS RECENTLY FORMED ANOTHER JUNIOR CHOIR.

THE CHILDREN’S CHORUS HAS BEEN PRACTISING HARD UNDER THE' MUSIC DIRECTOR, MR Y.Y. WONG, FOR THE COMING CONCERT.

APART FROM FOSTERING MUSIC IN THE DISTRICT, THE CHORUS HAS TAKEN PART IN MANY CHARITY FUNCTIONS, INCLUDING FUND-RAISING CONCPRTS IN THE PHILIPPINES AND MACAU IN THE LAST TWO YEARS.

/THE LOCAL

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 26, 1984

8

THE LOCAL DISTRICT BOARD HAS BEEN SPONSORING THE CHORUS SINCE 1981, AND THIS YEAR THE BOARD ALLOCATED $70 000 TO IT.

THE CHORUS PLAN TO HOLD A MUSIC CAMP NEXT MONTH AND A CHILDREN’S SINGING CONTEST IN THE DISTRICT EARLY NEXT YEAR.

ADMISSION TICKETS FOR THE SEVENTH ANNUAL CONCERT OF THE KWUN TONG CHILDREN’S CHORUS TO BE HELD AT 8 PM ON THURSDAY ARE STILL ON SALE AT THE CITY HALL BOX OFFICE.

- - - - 0 -----------

BIG SAVINGS FROM NEW ’LAP SAP’ BINS

* * * *

PLASTIC BINS WILL REPLACE THE OLD-STYLE BAMBOO BASKETS USED BY STREET SWEEPERS FOR THE DAILY CLEARING OF REFUSE, PROVIDING MORE DURABLE USE AT HALF THE COST.

FROM THIS WEEK, THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT AND THE URBAN COUNCIL WILL BE CHANGING OVER TO THE USE OF THESE NEW TYPE BINS.

THE NTSD WILL HAVE ABOUT 4 000 OF THE POLYTHENE BINS BY EARLY hEXR YEAR, AND THE UC WILL HAVE ABOUT 10 000 OF THEM IN USE BY JULY.

WHILE THE NEW PLASTIC BINS COST MORE THAN THE BAMBOO BASKETS, THEY ARE FAR MORE DURABLE AND SERVE THE PURPOSE BETTER, AND ARE, THEREFORE MORE ECONOMICAL TO USE, SPOKESMEN FOR THE TWO DEPARTMENTS EXPLAINED TODAY.

EACH BIN CAN CONTAIN ABOUT 80 LITRES OF +LAP SAP+.

THE UC HAD BEEN SPENDING ABOUT $1 MILLION AND THE NTSD ABOUT $600 000 A YEAR ON THE BAMBOO BASKETS, AND EXPECT TO SAVE 50 PER CENT BY USING THE PLASTIC BINS.

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 26, 1984

9

NT WORKS CONTRACTS OFFERED

* * * *

THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT IS REFURBISHING SPORTS GROUNDS, GARDENS, PARKS, CEMETERIES, AND ROADSIDE AMENITY PLOTS UNDER ITS ADMINISTRATION.

THE DEPARTMENT IS INVITING SEPARATE TENDERS FOR TWO CONTRACTS. ONE CONTRACT IS FOR RETURFING THESE FACILITIES AND THE OTHER FOR CUTTING UNDERGROWTH.

BOTH CONTRACTS ARE FOR ONE YEAR, STARTING FEBRUARY 1 NEXT YEAR.

TENDER FORMS ARE AVAILABLE AT THE RECREATION AND AMENITIES SECTION OF THE DEPARTMENT’S HEADQUARTERS ON THE THIRD FLOOR OF SWIRE AND MACLAINE HOUSE (AUSTIN CENTRE), 19-23 AUSTIN AVENUE, KOWLOON.

COMPLETED FORMS SHOULD BE PLACED IN THE GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT TENDER BOX IN THE LIFT LOBBY ON THE LOWER GROUND FLOOR OF CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES (EAST WING), LOWER ALBERT ROAD, HONG KONG BEFORE DECEMBER 14 (FRIDAY).

FURTHER INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED AT TELEPHONE 3-678675.

-----o-----

DISABLED TRAINEES TO GET SKILLS CERTS X X * * *

TWENTY-SIX FULL-TIME AND SIX PART-TIME DISABLED TRAINEES WILL BE PRESENTED WITH SKILLS CERTIFICATES OF COMPETENCE BY THE COMMISSIONER FOR REHABILITATION, MR MARTIN LEWIS.

THEY HAVE SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED THEIR SKILL TRAINING PROGRAMMES OFFERED BY THE KWUN TONG AND ABERDEEN SKILLS CENTRES FOR THE DISABLED.

ALSO OFFICIATING AT THE PRESENTATION CEREMONY WILL BE THE ACTING DIRECTOR OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION AND INDUSTRIAL TRAINING, MR HORACE KNIGHT.

--------0 ----------

/W ....

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 26, 1984

10

NURSERY SITES FOR VOLUNTARY GROUPS * * * *

VOLUNTARY WELFARE AGENCIES ARE INVITED TO APPLY FOR 13 SITES BEING SET ASIDE IN THE NEXT FEW YEARS IN NEW HOUSING ESTATES FOR THE OPERATION OF NURSERIES AND SOCIAL CENTRES FOR THE ELDERLY.

A SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY THAT A TOTAL OF 4 000 SQUARE METRES WOULD BE AVAILABLE IN EIGHT HOUSING ESTATES PLANNED FOR CHAI WAN, SAI YING PUN, AP LEI CHAU, CHUK YUEN, JUNK BAY, TSING Yl, TUEN MUN AND SHA TIN.

THE EIGHT ESTATES WILL EVENTUALLY PROVIDE HOMES FOR MORE THAN 300 000 PEOPLE.

SEVEN OF THE PREMISES WOULD BE USED FOR NURSERIES AND THE OTHER SIX FOR THE OPERATION OF SOCIAL CENTRES FOR THE ELDERLY.

-----0------

REST GARDEN ON SLOPE * * *

A REST GARDEN IS TO BE BUILT ON A SLOPE BETWEEN WING MING STREET AND WING HONG STREET IN CHEUNG SHA WAN.

COVERING ABOUT 2 500 SQUARE METRES, THE GARDEN WILL BE BUILT ON PAVED PLATFORMS AT DIFFERENT LEVELS LINKED BY STEPS AND RAMPS.

FACILITIES WILL INCLUDE CHESS-TABLES, STOOLS, BENCHES, ARBOURS, PLANTINGS AND A CONCRETE PAVILION.

TENDERS FOR THE NINE-MONTH PROJECT ARE BEING INVITED BY THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT, WITH THE DEADLINE SET AT DECEMBER 14.

WORK ON THE PROJECT IS EXPECTED TO BEGIN EARLY NEXT YEAR.

o --------

PRESS CONFERENCE ON NEW HEALTH COUNCIL

* * * X

THE DEPUTY SECRETARY FOR HEALTH AND WELFARE, MR GEOFFREY BARNES, WILL GIVE A PRESS CONFERENCE TOMORROW (TUESDAY) AT 3 PM TO ANNOUNCE PLANS TO ESTABLISH A COUNCIL ON SMOKING AND HEALTH.

RESULTS OF THE LATEST SURVEY ON SMOKING HABITS WILL ALSO BE RELEASED AT THE PRESS CONFERENCE. A SENIOR MEDICAL AND HEALTH OFFICER, DR W.M. CHAN, AND A STATISTICIAN, MISS P. M. WU, WILL BE PRESENT TO ANSWER QUESTIONS ON THE SURVEY.

- - 0 -----------

/11 ........

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 26, 1984

WATER STORAGE FIGURES * * *

STORAGE IN HONG KONG’S RESERVOIRS AT 9 AM TODAY (MONDAY) STOOD AT 77.9 PER CENT OF CAPACITY OR 456.829 MILLION CUBIC rt TRES.

THIS TIME LAST YEAR THE RESERVOIRS CONTAINED 557.683 MILLION CUBIC METRES OF WATER, REPRESENTING 95.1 PER CENT CF CAPACITY.

- - 0 - -

KWUN TONG TAPS OFF * * *

FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO KWUN TONG WILL BE TURNED OFF FROM 11 PM ON THURSDAY (NOVEMBER 29) TO 6 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY FOR LEAKAGE TEST.

PREMISES ALONG KUNG LOK ROAD, HONG LEE ROAD, SAU YAN PATH, ON SHIN ROAD AND ON TAK ROAD WILL BE AFFECTED.

ALSO AFFECTED WILL BE UPPER NGAU TAU KOK ESTATE.

- - 0 - -

TRAFFIC CHANGE * * *

THE SECTION OF LUEN WO ROAD BETWEEN LUEN FAT STREET AND LUEN HING STREET WILL BE REROUTED ONE-WAY NORTHBOUND, FROM 10 AM ON WEDNESDAY (NOVEMBER 28).

- 0 - -

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 27, 1984

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

PROFESSIONALS' VITAL ROLE STRESSED .............................. 1

NT TAXI BOUNDARY EXTENDED ....................................... 2

FREIGHT INDUSTRY NEEDS MORE TRAINED HANDS ....................... 3

TAC HEARS ABOUT KCR MISHAP ...................................... 4

TAX RESERVE INTEREST CUT ....................................... **

TUEN MUN SITE SOLD .............................................. 6

NO WINTER SWIMMING CHILLS ....................................... 7

GYMNASTIC TRAINING FOR CHILDREN ................................... 8

VISITS TO ELDERLY FOLK ............................................ 8

WHEELCHAIR TRAIL ................................................ 9

SEMINAR FOR TEACHERS OF ENGLISH ................................. 9

LUNCHTIME MUSIC ................................................ 10

VENEZUELA MaIL RESUMES ........................................... 1°

PLB CLEARWAYS IN CENTRAL ......................................... 1°

FLYOVER CLOSURE .............................  • ............ 11

NIGHT ROAD WORK .................................................. 11

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 27, 1984

1

PROFESSIONALS’ VITAL ROLE STRESSED * * * *

HONG KONG’S PRESENT LEVEL OF PROSPERITY AND SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT COULD NOT HAVE BEEN ACHIEVED WITHOUT THE EXPERT KNOWLEDGE AND ADVICE OF THE PROFESSIONALS, THE SECRETARY FOR DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION, MR DAVID AKERS-JONES, SAID TODAY.

AND HONG KONG WITHOUT THE PROFESSIONAL WOULD BE A HONG KONG WITH NO FUTURE, HE SAID.

SINCE HE WAS A FIRM BELIEVER IN THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG, HE WAS EQUALLY CERTAIN THAT THE CONTRIBUTION OF THE PROFESSIONAL TO THAT FUTURE WOULD CONTINUE TO GROW IN IMPORTANCE IN THE YEARS AHEAD, HE SAID.

MR AKERS-JONES WAS ADDRESSING THE ANNUAL SYMPOSIUM OF THE HONG KONG INSTITUTION OF ENGINEERS ON +THE ROLE OF THE PROFESSIONAL IN THE FUTURE HONG KONG.+ THIS EVENING.

HONG KONG, HE SAID, SEEMED TO HIM TO BE CONTINUALLY UNDERESTIMATING ITSELF.

IT WAS COMMON TO HEAR SOME PEOPLE SAY THAT THE PEOPLE HERE LACKED POLITICAL MATURITY, AND YET THERE WERE FEW PLACES IN THE WORLD WHERE THERE WAS SUCH A VARIETY OF POLITICAL COMMENT AND EXPRESSION AVAILABLE FOR DAILY CONSUMPTION FROM THE PRESS, RADIO AND TELEVISION, HE SAID.

IN THE PAST TWO YEARS, THERE HAD BEEN AN ENORMOUS FERMENT

OF POLITICAL ACTIVITY AND THIS EVENING’S SYMPOSIUM WAS A FURTHER EXAMPLE OF THIS INTENSE INTEREST IN A SATISFACTORY AND SUCCESSFUL RESOLUTION OF THE DEBATE ABOUT THE FORM OF SOCIETY TO BE ESTABLISHED DURING THE NEXT FEW YEARS.

THE ROLE OF THE PROFESSIONAL IN THE ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL GROWTH OF HONG KONG THROUGH THE YEARS HAD BEEN ESSENTIAL, HE SAID.

+AND IN KEEPING WITH THIS ESSENTIAL ROLE, THE SIZE OF THE PROFESSIONAL CLASS IN OUR SOCIETY HAS GROWN TO MEET THE DEMANDS OF A DIVERSIFIED AND INCREASINGLY SOPHISTICATED ECONOMY AND A PUBLIC. WHOSE GROWING ASPIRATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS IN THE FIELD OF LAW MEDICINE, EDUCATION AND AN IMPROVED ENVIRONMENT, PLACES NEW DEMANDS EACH DAY UPON THE SERVICES OF PROFESSIONAL MEN AND WOMEN,+ MR AKERS-JONES SAID.

DURING THESE YEARS, HONG KONG HAD ALSO STRENGTHENED ITS LINKS AND ITS DEPENDENCE UPON A WIDER COMMUNITY OF KNOWLEDGE AND THE ADVICE AND HELP WHEN NECESSARY OF EXPERTS FROM OVERSEAS.

♦THESE LINKS ARE NECESSARY, AND I AM SURE THEY WILL CONTINUE TO GROW,* HE SAID.

/THE PRESENCE .......

TUESDAY, NOVIMBEH 27, 1984

THE PRESENCE OF REPRESENTATIVES OF BUSINESS, INDUSTRY AND THE PROFESSIONAL IN THE HIGHER COUNCILS OF GOVERNMENT HAD LONG BEEN A FEATURE OF THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT.

+NEXT YEAR THIS LINK IS BEING STRENGTHENED BY ASKING THESE GROUPS AND THE PRINCIPAL PROFESSIONAL ORGANISATIONS TO SELECT AND ELECT THEIR OWN REPRESENTATIVES TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL,* HE SAID.

DURING THE NEXT FEW MONTHS, THE METHOD OF ELECTION, DECIDING WHO HAD THE RIGHT TO PARTICIPATE IN THE ELECTIONS AND HOW THOSE ELECTIONS WOULD BE HELD, WOULD BE AGREED WITH THE VARIOUS ORGANISATIONS CONCERNED IN TIME FOR THE NECESSARY LEGISLATION TO BE ENACTED.

HE WAS SURE, HE SAID, THAT THE PROFESSIONAL ORGANISATIONS CONCERNED WOULD GRASP THIS CHANCE TO SELECT THEIR OWN REPRESENTATIVES AND HAVE A DIRECT VOICE IN THE COUNCILS OF GOVERNMENT.

HONG KONG LEGISLATURE, LIKE ANY

OTHER LEGISLATURE

MR AKERS-JONES SAID THAT THE

OTHER LEGISLATURE, WAS ACCOUNTABLE TO THE PEOPLE AS A WHOLE, WHILE REPRESENTATIVES WOULD BRING THEIR EXPERT KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERIENCE TO BEAR, THEY WOULD ALSO HAVE TO RELATE THIS RESPONSIBILITY TO A MORE GENERAL BACKGROUND AND TO THE WIDER

PUBLIC INTEREST.

THE SYMPOSIUM WAS AN INDICATION OF HOW RESPONSIBLY THE PROFESSIONALS VIEWED THEIR TASK IN THE YEARS AHEAD, HE SAID.

-------0 ---------

NT TAXI BOUNDARY EXTENDED K X X

THE GOVERNOR-IN-COUNCIL HAS APPROVED THE EXTENSION OF THE OPERATING BOUNDARY FOR NEW TERRITORIES TAXIS TO THE PRINCE OF WALES HOSPITAL IN SHA TIN, A TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY (TUESDAY).

THE NEW BOUNDARY LIMIT IS EXPECTED TO TAKE EFFECT SOME TIME IN DECEMBER, PENDING ERECTION OF TRAFFIC SIGNS.

+NT TAXIS WILL SOON BE ABLE TO PROVIDE SERVICES BETWEEN THE EASTERN NEW TERRITORIES AND THE CASUALTY UNIT OF THE HOSPITAL WHICH WAS OPENED RECENTLY,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

THE ACCESS ROUTE FOR THESE TAXIS TO THE HOSPITAL WILL BE VIA TAI PO ROAD, SHA TIN ROAD (ROAD Tl), SLIP ROAD TO SHA TIN WAI ROAD, SHA TIN WAI ROAD, NGAN SHING STREET AND CHAP WAI KON STREET.

/Tiffi ROUTING .....

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 27, 1984

- 3 -

racecourse°andNthe'meiEshaLferryMterminal.ACCESS T° ™E SHA TIN the rSrIeV^se'by 5? nS?" INSIDE THE H0SPITAL ANa DACor*^EVER» THEY WILL N0T BE ALLOWED to pick up or set down Mn^p^TAiERS AL0NG THE SPECIFIED ROUTE IN SHA TIN LEADING TO THE nVor I I AL.

+THESE ADDITIONAL NT TAXI ACTIVITIES ALONG THE SPECIFIC

TOxTmS^^SPOKESM^AIo! ‘ SE"IOUS 'MMCT UP°N ™E URBAN

- 0---------

FREIGHT INDUSTRY NEEDS MORE TRAINED HANDS

*****

WITH ITS EXPANSION AND INCREASING SOPHISTICATION, THE FREIGHT TRANSPORT INDUSTRY IN HONG KONG DEMANDS MORE BETTER-TRAINED PERSONNEL, ACCORDING TO THE FINDINGS OF THE INDUSTRY’S FIRST MANPOWER SURVEY.

+STAFF TRAINING IS VITAL TO THE OVERALL GROWTH OF AN INDUSTRY WHOSE PRODUCTIVITY DEPENDS MORE AND MORE ON OFFICE AUTOMATION AND THE INCREASING USE OF MACHINES IN CARGO-HANDLI NG,+ SAID A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TRANSPORT AND PHYSICAL DISTRIBUTION INDUSTRY TRAINING BOARD OF THE VOCATIONAL TRAINING COUNCIL.

THE SURVEY, ORGANISED BY THE BOARD IN SEPTEMBER 1983, PREDICTS THAT THE INDUSTRY WILL BE OFFERING MORE JOBS FOLLOWING THE RECOVERY IN HONG KONG’S FOREIGN TRADE.

THE SURVEY FINDINGS, NOW PUBLISHED IN A REPORT, PROMPTED THE BOARD TO RECOMMEND ORGANISING TRAINING COURSES FOR THE INDUSTRY’S EMPLOYEES AT ALL LEVELS.

THE SPOKESMAN SAID A NUMBER OF SEMINARS WOULD BE OFFERED AT THE MANAGERIAL LEVEL. THE TOPICS WILL RANGE FROM WAREHOUSING TO THE USE OF COMPUTERS.

THE BOARD IS ALSO CONSIDERING SETTING UP, IN COOPERATION WITH THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC, TWO PART-TIME EVENING CERTIFICATE COURSES ON THE SEA AND AIR FREIGHT INDUSTRY FOR SUPERVISORY STAFF.

THE SURVEY PROBED INTO THE STAFFING AND TRAINING NEEDS AMONG AIR-FREIGHT CARRIERS, SHIPPING FIRMS AND FORWARDING AGENTS. IT ALSO COVERED LAND FREIGHT TRANSPORT BY TRUCKS, GODOWNS AND COLD STORAGE, CARGO-HANDLING TERMINALS AND CONTAINER SERVICES.

/ALTOGETHER, the .......

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 27, 1984

4

ALTOGETHER, THE INDUSTRY EMPLOYED ABOUT 31 OOO STAFF, ABOUT HALF OF WHOM WERE TRUCK OR CONTAINER HAULAGE DRIVERS.

AT THE TIME OF THE SURVEY, THE INDUSTRY HAD ONLY 167 VACANCIES, OR 0.5 PER CENT OF ITS TOTAL EMPLOYMENT. THE LOW PERCENTAGE MIGHT EE DUE TO THE RECESSION THEN, ACCORDING TO THE SPOKESMAN.

THE REPORT, PUBLISHED IN ENGLISH AND CHINESE, IS ON SALE AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE AT $26.50 A COPY.

------o-------

TAC HEARS ABOUT KCR MISHAP * * * *

QUICK,

THE TRANSPORT ADVISORY COMMITTEE THIS (TUESDAY) AFTERNOON HAD A DETAILED BRIEFING BY THE KCRC GENERAL MANAGER, MR PETER ON THE DERAILMENT ACCIDENT OVER THE WEEKEND.

MEMBERS RAISED A NUMBER OF QUESTIONS RELATING TO THE SAFETY OPERATION OF THE KCR. THEY WERE INFORMED THAT KCRC WOULD MAKE A FULL REPORT ON THE INCIDENT TO THE GOVERNMENT WHICH WOULD THEN DECIDE WHETHER A FULL INQUIRY IS REQUIRED.

A FILM ON The electronic road pricing project, +a fair WAY TO G0+, PRODUCED BY RTHK WAS SHOWN AT THE MEETING.

THE SECRETARY FOR TRANSPORT, MR ALAN SCOTT, REPORTED THAT SATISFACTORY PROGRESS HAD BEEN MADE ON THE PILOT SCHEME. ON-ROAD TEST FOR THE SYSTEM WILL COMMENCE AT THE END OF JANUARY NEXT YEAR.

EXPERTS FROM TRANSPOTECH, APPOINTED BY THE GOVERNMENT TO CONDUCT VARIOUS STUDIES RELATING TO THE PROJECT, WERE PRESENT TO ANSWER QUESTIONS RAISED BY MEMBERS AT THE MEETING.

--------o----------

TAX RESERVE INTEREST CUT

* * *

THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY HAS AUTHORISED A DECREASE IN THE'RATE CF INTEREST PAYABLE ON TAX RESERVE CERTIFICATES.

AS FROM NOVEMBER 28, 1984, THE NEW ANNUAL RATE OF INTEREST WILL BE 7.56 PER CENT (TAX FREE), AS AGAINST THE CURRENT RATE OF 8.04 PER CENT (TAX FREE).

/INTEREST ON .......

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 27, 1984

5 -

INTEREST ON TAX RESERVE CERTIFICATES IS CALCULATED IN MONTHLY STEPS AND THE NEW RATE WILL BE $0.63 PER MONTH PER $100. INTEREST WILL BE CREDITED AS BEFORE IN RESPECT OF COMPLETED MONTHS BETWEEN PURCHASE AND SURRENDER IN PAYMENT OF TAX.

DETAILS ARE CONTAINED IN THE LATEST GOVERNMENT GAZETTE.

INTEREST IS ONLY CREDITED WHEN CERTIFICATES ARE USED TO PAY TAX AND NO INTEREST IS DUE WHERE THE PRINCIPAL VALUE OF A CERTIFICATE IS REPAID BY A CHEQUE.

THE NEW RATE WILL APPLY TO ALL CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR AFTER NOVEMBER 28, 1984.

CERTIFICATES ISSUED BEFORE THIS DATE WILL CONTINUE TO EARN INTEREST AS FOLLOWS l~

7.8% PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR AFTER DECEMBER 3, 1982 AND BEFORE MAY 27, 1983t

10.2% PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR AFTER MAY 27, 1983 AND BEFORE OCTOBER 28, 1983?

12% PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR AFTER OCTOBER 28, 1983 AND BEFORE NOVEMBER 7, 1983;

9.6% PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR AFTER NOVEMBER 7, 1983 AND BEFORE FEBRUARY 10, 1984;

7.8% PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR AFTER FEBRUARY 10, 1984 AND BEFORE MARCH 23, 1984 ;

5.16% PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR AFTER MARCH 23, 1984 AND BEFORE MAY 18, 1984 ;

8.4% PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR AFTER MAY 18, 1984 AND BEFORE JULY 6, 1984;

10.08% PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR AFTER JULY 6, 1984 AND BEFORE JULY 13, 1984-;

12.84% PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR AFTER JULY 13, 1984 AND BEFORE AUGUST 10, 1984;

10.8% PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR AFTER AUGUST 10, 1984 AND BEFORE AUGUST 31, 1984;

9.6% PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR AFTER AUGUST 31, 1984 AND BEFORE OCTOBER 5, 1984;

^8.52% PER ANNUM ......

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 27, 1984

6

8.52% PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR AFTER OCTOBER 5, 1984 AND BEFORE OCTOBER 31, 1984; AND

8.04% PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR AFTER OCTOBER 31, 1984 AND BEFORE NOVEMBER 28, 1984.

BUT THEY ARE ALWAYS SUBJECT TO THE GENERAL RULE THAT INTEREST CEASES TO ACCRUE AFTER 36 COMPLETED MONTHS WITHOUT SURRENDER FOR PAYMENT OF TAX.

EXAMPLE: $1 000 CERTIFICATES PURCHASED ON NOVEMBER 28, 1984, DECEMBER 28, 1984 AND JANUARY 28, 1985 RESPECTIVELY, AND SURRENDERED IN PAYMENT OF TAX DUE ON FEBRUARY 27 1985 WILL HAVE INTEREST CALCULATED AS FOLLOWS:-

ON $1 000, NOVEMBER 28, 1984 TO

FEBRUARY 27, 1985 THREE COMPLETE

MONTHS AT $6.30 PER MONTH - $18.90

ON $1 000, DECEMBER 28, 1984 TO FEBRUARY 27, 1985 TWO COMPLETE MONTHS AT $6.30 PER MONTH - $12.60

ON $1 000, JANUARY 28, 1985 TO

FEBRUARY 27, 1985 ONE COMPLETE

MONTH AT $6.30 PER MONTH » $ 6.30

$37.80

-----0------

TUEN MUN SITE SOLD

% % K

A 6 800-SQUARE-METRE SITE ON THE SEAFRONT AT TUEN MUN HAS BEEN SOLD BY TENDER FOR $7 MILLION TO A SUBSIDIARY OF THE SUN WAH MARINE PRODUCTS TRADING COMPANY LIMITED.

THE COMPANY, WHICH IS THE FLAGSHIP OF A GROUP OF LOCAL SEAFOOD PROCESSING AND TRADING COMPANIES, IS EXPECTED TO DEVELOP THE SITE FOR THE PROCESSING OF SEAFOOD INTO PREPARED SEAFOOD, DRIED AND FROZEN SEAFOOD.

HOWEVER, THE PROCESSING OF FISH AND SHRIMP WASTE INTO FISH MEAL, FISH OIL OR OTHER BY-PRODUCTS IS NOT PERMITTED, TO AVOID POSSIBLE POLLUTION.

/THE PURCHASER .......

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 27, 1984

7 -

THE PURCHASER ALSO HAS THE EXCLUSIVE RIGHT TO USE THE 113-METRE SEA WALL WHICH FORMS ONE BOUNDARY OF THE LOT FOR LOADING AND UNLOADING SEAFOOD.

A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THE SITE IS CONVENIENTLY LOCATED ADJACENT TO AN AREA WHERE A WHOLESALE FISH AND CRUSTACEA MARKET WILL BE BUILT TOWARDS THE END OF THE DECADE, FORMING AN IMPORTANT PART OF THE DEVELOPMENTS WHICH WILL BOTH SERVICE AND BENEFIT FROM THE LARGE CASTLE PEAK FISHING FLEET.

-----0-------

NO WINTER SWIMMING CHILLS * * * *

THE WINTER CHILL THAT USED TO DETER REGULAR SWIMMERS FROM TAKING THEIR DAILY DIP WILL SOON BE A THING CF THE PAST WITH THE EXTENDED OPENING HOURS OF URBAN COUNCIL’S TWO HEATED SWIMMING POOLS.

STARTING FROM SATURDAY (DECEMBER 1) AND UNTIL THE END OF FEBRUARY 1985, THE LAI CHI KOK PARK SWIMMING POOL WILL OPERATE TWO SESSIONS DAILY - FROM 7 A.M. TO 12 NOON AND FROM 1 P.M. TO 6 P.M.

THE MORRISON HILL SWIMMING POOL WILL, HOWEVER, BE OPEN TO THE PUBLIC IN THREE SESSIONS DAILY - FROM 6.30 A.M TO 12 NOON- 1 P.M. TO 6.30 P.M. AND 7.45 P.M. TO 10 P.M.

MEANWHILE, THE NEWLY-COMPLETED WAN CHAI TRAINING POOL WILL BE OPEN ON SATURDAY.

THIS POOL WHICH IS ALSO HEATED, HAS TEN LANES AND IS EQUIPPED WITH UNDERWATER VIEWING BAYS, THE FIRST OF ITS KIND IN HONG KONG.

IT WILL CATER TO ORGANISED TRAINING IN SWIMMING, WATER POLO AND LIFE-SAVING BY CLUBS, SCHOOLS AND ORGANISATIONS.

INTERESTED PARTIES WHO WISH TO MAKE USE OF THIS POOL, WHICH OPENS FROM 9 A.M. TO 8 P.M., SHOULD CALL 5-745240 FOR FURTHER DETAILS.

0 -------

/8........

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 27, 1984

8

GYMNASTIC TRAINING FOR CHILDREN *****

CHILDREN ARE BEING INVITED TO JOIN ELEMENTARY GYMNASTICS COURSES BEING OFFERED THROUGHOUT HONG KONG.

THE COURSES ARE JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE RECREATION AND SPORTS SERVICE OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT AND THE HONG KONG AMATEUR GYMNASTICS ASSOCIATION.

+CHILREN WHO ARE GIFTED IN GYMNASTICS WILL ONLY BE DISCOVERED THROUGH PROPER TRAINING,+ SAID A SPOKESMAN FOR THE ORGANISERS.

THE TRAINING SCHEME COVERS THREE SETS OF EXERCISES DESIGNED FOR PARTICIPANTS WHO WISH TO ATTAIN BRONZE, SILVER AND GOLD AWARD BADGES. EACH SET IS DIVIDED INTO ELEMENTARY, INTERMEDIATE AND ADVANCED LEVELS.

+WE ARE ORGANISING 19 BRONZE BADGE ELEMENTARY TRAINING COURSES IN DIFFERENT PARTS OF THE TERRITORY TO TAP TALENTS AT DISTRICT LEVEL,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

THE SCHEME CAN ACCOMMODATE MORE THAN 700 CHILDREN. THOSE BETWEEN THE AGES OF 10 AND 14 ARE WELCOME TO ATTEND.

PARTICIPANTS WILL BE GIVEN BRONZE ELEMENTARY AWARDS AND CERTIFICATES ON PASSING THE EXAMINATION SET BY THE ASSOCIATION.

THE FIRST COURSE WILL START ON DECEMBER 1 AND THE LAST, IN FEBRUARY NEXT YEAR.

APPLICATION FORMS AND DETAILS CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE HEAD CFFICE OR DISTRICT OFFICES OF THE RECREATION AND SPORTS SERVICE.

ENQUIRIES MAY BE MADE AT 5-458511.

-----o------

VISITS TO ELDERLY FOLK

* * *

OLD PEOPLE AT HOMES FOR THE ELDERLY IN NORTH DISTRICT WILL BE VISITED BY MEMBERS OF THE NORTH DISTRICT CO-ORDINATING COMMITTEE FOR ELDERLY ACTIVITIES ON THURSDAY (NOVEMBER 29).

THE COMMITTEE WILL VISIT THE PO CHING CARE AND ATTENTION HOME FOR THE AGED IN FANLING, WHICH HAS 221 PEOPLE, AND THE WONG FUNG TING HOME FOR THE AGED IN SHEUNG SHUI, WHICH HAS 102.

/LED BY .......

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 27, 1984

9

LED BY THE CHAIRMAN, MR TAO MAN-KWONG, AND ACCOMPANIED BY THE ASSISTANT DISTRICT OFFICER, MR VICTOR NG, THEY WILL PRESENT EACH OLD PERSON WITH A PACKAGE OF GIFTS AS A GESTURE OF RESPECT FOR THEM.

THE VISITS ARE PART OF ACTIVITIES FOR THE ELDERLY ORGANISED BY THE COMMITTEE FOR THIS YEAR.

IN THE COMING CHRISTMAS AND NEW YEAR CELEBRATIONS, THE LOCAL ELDERLY WILL BE INVITED TO A CANTONESE OPERA BY THE LUNG CHEUNG OPERA TROUPE AT THE NORTH DISTRICT TOWN HALL.

------0-------

WHEELCHAIR TRAIL * * *

A WHEELCHAIR TRAIL, DESIGNED AS A CHALLENGING BUT ENJOYABLE EXERCISE COURSE SPECIALLY FOR PEOPLE IN WHEELCHAIRS, WILL BE OPENED BY MR JOHN WHOLEY, ASSISTANT DIRECTOR (CONSERVATION AND COUNTRY PARKS), OF THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT AT THE ABERDEEN COUNTRY PARK TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY) MORNING.

THE TRAIL IS THE FIRST OF ITS KIND IN HONG KONG, AND CONSISTS OF 15 STATIONS EQUIPPED WITH SUCH THINGS AS PARALLEL BARS, CHIN-UP BARS AND CLIMBING ROPES FOR EXERCISES.

-------0----------

SEMINAR FOR TEACHERS OF ENGLISH

X * K X *

TEACHERS OF ENGLISH IN PRIMARY SCHOOLS ARE INVITED TO TAKE PART IN FOUR SIMILAR SEMINARS ON THE USE OF THE WIREFREE INDUCTION LOOP SYSTEM IN JANUARY NEXT YEAR.

THE SEMINARS ARE ORGANISED BY THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT’S ENGLISH LANGUAGE TEACHING CENTRE. THEY WILL BE HELD AT THE CENTRE’S HONG KONG OFFICE AT 9A BONHAM ROAD ON JANUARY 11, AND AT THE KOWLOON OFFICE AT TO KWA WAN MARKET AND GOVERNMENT OFFICES, 7/F., 165 MA TAU WAI ROAD ON JANUARY 25, STARTING AT 9.30 AM AND AT 2.30 PM.

EACH OF THE SEMINAR LASTS TWO HOURS.

THERE WILL BE SHORT TALKS ON THE DIFFERENT MODES OF UTILISING THE SYSTEM TO PROMOTE PUPILS’ LISTENING SKILLS, MAINTENANCE OF THE EQUIPMENT AND ADMINISTERING A TAPED PROGRAMME IN THE ENGLISH LESSON.

THERE WILL BE PLACES FOR 40 TEACHERS AT EACH SEMINAR, AND APPLICATIONS WILL BE TREATED ON A FIRST-COME-FIRST-SERVED BASIS.

HEADS OF SCHOOLS SHOULD SEND IN THEIR NOMINATIONS TO THE SENIOR INSPECTOR, ENGLISH LANGUAGE TEACHING CENTRE, 9A BONHAM ROAD, HONG KONG ON OR BEFORE DECEMBER 20.

ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE AT THE CENTRE ON 5-482537.

------0-------

/10......

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 27, 1984

10

LUNCHTIME MUSIC * * *

LUNCHTIME CONCERTS WILL BE HELD FOR AND FACTORY WORKERS IN WONG CHUK HANG ON THURSDAYS FROM NOVEMBER 29.

THE BENEFIT OF RESIDENTS FOUR CONSECUTIVE

iniMTiY PRESENTED BY THE MUSIC OFFICE OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT BOARD AND THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OFFICE THE CONCERTS WILL BE HELD AT THE ABERDEEN SPORTS soccer pitch (no. 2 m 3) betoeen 12.30 pm and 1.30 pm ON THOSE THURSDAYS.

THE BAND OF THE 1ST BATTALION, THE 22ND (CHESHIRE) REGIMENT f*iP nF THF MOST WELL-ESTABLISHED BANDS IN THE UNITED KINGDOM SINCE 1758 WILL PERFORM IN THE OPENING CONCERT TOGETHER WITH"TWO POPULAR LOCAL SINGERS.

fiTMFR RANDS IN THE CONCERT SERIES, WILL BE THE HONG KONG PERCUSSION ENSEMBLE, THE LOS P1T0S (FLAMENCO) GUITARENSEMBLE Sd THE CHINESE INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLE OF THE MUSIC OFFICE, WITH POPULAR SINGERS.

TOGETHER

-------0---------

VENEZUELA MAIL RESUMES * * *

ALL POSTAL SERVICES TO VENEZUELA, HAVE NOW BEEN RESUMED, THE POST OFFICE ANNOUNCED TODAY.

THE SERVICES HAD BEEN SUSPENDED ON NOVEMBER 10.

-----0-----

PLB CLEARWAYS IN CENTRAL

* * *

STANLEY STREET IN CENTRAL, FROM ITS JUNCTION WITH COCHRANE STREET TO A POINT ABOUT 25 METRES WEST OF THE SAME JUNCTION, WILL BE DESIGNATED AS A PLB URBAN CLEARWAY FROM 10 AM ON THURSDAY (NOVEMBER 29).

WITHIN THE ROAD SECTION, NO PLB WILL BE ALLOWED TO STOP FOR PASSENGERS BETWEEN 7 AM AND MIDNIGHT DAILY.

AT THE SAME TIME, THE DAILY 7 AM-TO-MIDNIGHT PLB CLEARWAY ON COCHRANE STREET, BETWEEN QUEEN’S ROAD CENTRAL AND STANLEY STREET, WILL BE EXTENDED SOUTHWARD FOR ABOUT 10 METRES.

-----0------

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 27, 1984

11

FLYOVER CLOSURE * * * *

THE UP-RAMP LEADING FROM GLOUCESTER ROAD WESTBOUND TO THE SOUTHBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF CANAL ROAD FLYOVER WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC BETWEEN 1 AM AND 6 AM DAILY FROM NOVEMBER 29 TO DECEMBER 4, FOR ROAD RESURFACING WORK.

DURING THE CLOSURE, TRAFFIC WILL BE DIVERTED VIA PERCIVAL STREET, LEIGHTON ROAD, MORRISON HILL ROAD AND WONG NAI CHUNG ROAD.

- - o - -

NIGHT ROAD WORK * * * *

A SHORT SECTION OF THE TUEN MUN-BOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF TUEN MUN ROAD NEAR CHI LOK FA YUEN WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FROM 10.30 PM ON THURSDAY (NOVEMBER 29) UNTIL 5 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY FOR ROAD WORK.

DURING THE CLOSURE, VEHICLES HEADING FOR TUEN MUN OR YUEN LONG WILL BE DIVERTED TO USE CASTLE PEAK ROAD AT THE SIU NAM INTERCHANGE.

THE MEASURES WILL BE REPEATED ON FRIDAY (NOVEMBER 30) AND NEXT MONDAY (DECEMBER 3) NIGHTS.

- - 0 -

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 28, 1984

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

PRIME MINISTER TO VISIT HK............................  . . 1

BUSY TIME FOR PM HERE..................................... 1

TSIM SHA TSUI EAST SITE SOLD FOR S190 M .................. 2

MORE STRESS ON CARE FOR ELDERLY........................... 3

MASSIVE URBAN RENEWAL PLAN FOR KOWLOON CENTRAL ESTATES ... 5

UK EXPERTS STUDY HK PUBLIC HOUSING ....................... 7

FACELIFT FOR ESTATE ...................................... 8

PROBLEMS OF SINGLE ELDERLY PEOPLE HIGHLIGHTED............. 8

BORDER LIAISON GROUPS MEET ............................... 10

PARK TRAIL FOR HANDICAPPED OPENED ........................ 10

TWO DB’S TO DISCUSS WHITE PAPER........................... 11

DB TO DISCUSS WHITE PAPER ON GOVERNMENT .................. 12

WORK TO BEGIN ON EASTERN HOSPITAL......................... 13

MORE POST OFFICES FOR INTELPOST .......................... 13

SPECIAL EXEMPTION FOR ^iaLL HARBOUR CRaFT ................ 14

THAI OFFICIALS STUDY HK CORRECTIONAL SERVICES ............ 15

REFRESHER COURSE FOR ENGLISH TEACHERS .................... 16

TSUEN WAN TRAFFIC CHANGES ................................ 16

TIME CHANGE FOR LEARNER DRIVERS .......................... 17

TAI PO PROHIBITED ZONE ................................... 17

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 28, 1934

1

PRIME MINISTER TO VISIT HK * * *

THE FOLLOWING ANNOUNCEMENT IS BEING MADE SIMULTANEOUSLY IN LONDON:-

+AT THE INVITATION OF MR ZHAO ZI YANG, PREMIER OF THE STATE COUNCIL OF THE PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA, MRS MARGARET THATCHER, PRIME MINISTER OF THE UNITED KINGDOM, WILL PAY AN OFFICIAL VISIT TO PEKING BETWEEN 18 AND 20 DECEMBER. THE PRIME MINISTER WILL BE ACCOMPANIED BY THE FOREIGN SECRETARY. THE MAIN PURPOSE OF HER VISIT, SUBJECT TO THE OUTCOME OF THE DEBATE IN PARLIAMENT, WILL BE TO SIGN THE JOINT DECLARATION OF THE GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED KINGDOM OF GREAT BRITAIN AND NORTHERN IRELAND AND THE GOVERNMENT OF THE PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA ON THE QUESTION OF HONG KONG. THE PRIME MINISTER WILL ALSO HOLD TALKS WITH CHINESE LEADERS.

THE PRIME MINISTER AND FOREIGN SECRETARY WILL VISIT HONG KONG ON DECEMBER 20 AND 21. THEY WILL HOLD DISCUSSIONS WITH THE GOVERNOR AND THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL AND MEET MEMBERS OF THE HONG KONG COMMUNITY. THE PRIME MINISTER WILL ADDRESS A JOINT MEETING CF THE EXECUTIVE AND LEGISLATIVE COUNCILS.*

- - 0 - -

BUSY TIME FOR PM HERE * * *

THE PRIME MINISTER, MRS MARGARET THATCHER, WILL VISIT HONG KONG ON DECEMBER 20 AND 21 FOLLOWING AN OFFICIAL VISIT TO PEKING.

SHE WILL BE ACCOMPANIED BY THE SECRETARY OF STATE FOR FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH AFFAIRS, SIR GEOFFREY HOWE, AND LADY HOWE.

THIS WILL BE THE PRIME MINISTER’S SECOND VISIT TO HONG KONG. SHE VISITED THE TERRITORY IN SEPTEMBER 1982.

ON DECEMBER 20, MRS THATCHER WILL HAVE LUNCH WITH MEMBERS OF UMELCO AND THEN TOUR AP LEI CHAU TO SEE DEVELOPMENTS.

IN THE EARLY EVENING, SHE WILL HOST A RECEPTION FOR ABOUT 500 COMMUNITY REPRESENTATIVES IN GOVERNMENT HOUSE.

SHE WILL THEN ADDRESS A JOINT MEETING OF THE EXECUTIVE AND LEGISLATIVE COUNCILS IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL CHAMBER.

EARLY IN THE FOLLOWING MORNING, MRS THATCHER WILL GIVE A PRESS CONFERENCE IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL CHAMBER. SHE WILL LEAVE HONG KONG LATER THE SAME MORNING.

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 28, 1984

2

TSIM SHA TSUI EAST SITE SOLD FOR $190 M

* * *

HUNDREDS OF PEOPLE TODAY (WEDNESDAY) TURNED UP FOR THE AUCTION OF THE REMAINING SITE IN THE PRIME LOCATION OF TSIM SHA TSUI EAST WHICH WAS SOLD FOR $190 MILLION.

BIDDING WAS HECTIC FOR THE 2 850-SQUARE METRE SITE DURING THE AUCTION AT A CENTRAL HOTEL, WITH THE UPSET PRICE SET AT $100 MILLION.

THE SITE WAS BOUGHT BY QUINNOLEX LIMITED AT $66 666 PER SQUARE METRE.

IT HAS A BUILDING HEIGHT RESTRICTION OF 51.82 METRES.

THE BUYER OF THE SITE, WHICH IS FOR NON-INDUSTRI AL DEVELOPMENT, INCLUDING A HOTEL, HAS THE OPTION TO PAY THE PREMIUM IN THE FORM OF MONETISED LAND EXCHANGE ENTITLEMENTS (LETTERS A/B).

UNDER THE SALES CONDITIONS, THE DEVELOPER HAS TO COMPLETE AT LEAST 13 500 SQUARE METRES OF GROSS FLOOR AREA ON THE SCIENCE MUSEUM ROAD SITE BEFORE DECEMBER 31, 1988.

ANOTHER SITE AT KOWLOON BAY RECLAMATION WAS KEENLY BID BETWEEN MR LI KAR-SHING AND ANOTHER BUYER.

THE SITE, MEASURING 2 058 SQUARE METRES, WAS EVENTUALLY BOUGHT BY MR LI AT $30 MILLION - AN INCREASE OF 200 PER CENT OVER THE OPENING PRICE OF $10 MILLION.

DURING THE 20 MINUTE CONTEST, THE TWO BIDDERS RAISED THEIR HANDS FOR A TOTAL OF 53 TIMES.

ALTHOUGH EACH INCREASE WAS SET AT $100 000, MR LI RAISED THE SET INCREASE TO ALMOST $1 MILLION ON AT LEAST 10 OCCASIONS.

THE SITE IS TO BE USED FOR STORAGE, DISTRIBUTION AND SALE OF CEMENT, SAND AND OTHER SIMILAR BUILDING MATERIALS AS WELL AS FOR CONCRETE OR ASPHALT BATCHING.

THE THIRD SITE, AT SHA TIN, MEASURING 2 200 SQUARE METRES, WAS SOLD TO THE BANK OF CHINA (HONG KONG BRANCH) FOR $3.85 MILLION.

THE SITE IS AT THE JUNCTION OF WONG CHUK YEUNG STREET AND KWEI TEI STREET IN FO TAN.

THE DEVELOPER OF THE SITE, WHICH IS FOR INDUSTRIAL AND GODOWN DEVELOPMENT OR FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF A DATA PROCESSING CENTRE, ALSO HAS THE OPTION TO PAY THE PREMIUM IN THE FORM OF MONETISED LAND EXCHANGE ENTITLEMENTS (LETTERS A/B).

COMMENTING ON THE SALE, THE AUCTIONEER, GOVERNMENT LAND AGENT, MR ROBERT POPE, SAID THE RESULTS OF THIS AFTERNOON’S AUCTION WERE EXTREMELY GOOD AND SHOWED THAT THERE WAS INCREASED CONFIDENCE IN PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT IN HONG KONG.

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 28, 1934

5

MORE STRESS ON CARE FOR ELDERLY * * * *

SERVICES AND HOUSING FOR ELDERLY PEOPLE WOULD BE AMONG THE MAJOR AREAS OF GROWTH IN THE WELFARE FIELD IN THE NEXT FEW YEARS, THE SECRETARY FOR HEALTH AND WELFARE (DESIGNATE), MR JOHN CHAMBERS, SAID AT A LUNCHEON MEETING OF THE ZONTA CLUB OF HONG KONG TODAY.

♦WE OWE IT TO OUR SENIOR CITIZENS, WHO HAVE THEMSELVES PLAYED A VITAl ROLE IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF HONG KONG TO WHAT IT IS TODAY, TO SEE THAT THEY CAN SPEND THEIR LATER YEARS IN A COMFORTABLE AND CARING ENVIRONMENT,* MR CHAMBERS SAID.

THE ESTABLISHMENT OF PROPER PLANNING RATIOS WOULD BE THE FIRST STAGE OF THE STRATEGIC PLAN WHICH THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT WOULD BE PREPARING TO MEET SHORTFALLS IN ALL TYPES OF GROUP ACCOMMODATION FOR THE ELDERLY, MR CHAMBERS SAID.

+WHILE WE HAVE PLANNING RATIOS FOR SOME TYPES OF ACCOMMODATION, SUCH AS HOMES FOR THE AGED AND CARE AND ATTENTION HOMES, THESE ARE FAIRLY ARBITRARY AND NEED RE-EXAMINATION,* HE SAID.

+IN ADDITION WE HAVE NO REAL PLANNING RATIOS FOR BASIC HOSTEL ACCOMMODATION AND HAVE LARGELY RELIED ON THE SIZE OF THE WAITING LIST WHICH IS NOT NECESSARILY AN ACCURATE INDICATOR OF DEMAND.*

MR CHAMBERS SAID HE WOULD LIKE TO SEE THE VARIOUS TYPES OF HOMES GROUPED TOGETHER SO THAT PEOPLE COULD BE CARED FOR APPROPRIATELY WITHOUT BEING UPROOTED AND MOVED AROUND.

*IT MIGHT BE POSSIBLE TO DO THIS WITHIN HOUSING ESTATES OR ALTERNATIVELY IN SPECIALLY BUILT COMPLEXES, ALTHOUGH IT MIGHT NOT BE VERY EASY TO FIND LARGE ENOUGH SITES FOR THIS PURPOSE,* HE SAID.

SPEAKING GENERALLY ON RESIDENTIAL ACCOMMODATION FOR THE ELDERLY, MR CHAMBERS SAID THAT FOR A VARIETY OF SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC REASONS, THERE WAS A NEED IN HONG KONG TO PROVIDE A RANGE OF DIFFERENT TYPES OF ACCOMMODATION FOR ELDERLY PEOPLE.

AT ONE END OF THE SCALE WERE A NUMBER OF SCHEMES BY WHICH ELDERLY PEOPLE COULD OBTAIN ACCOMMODATION IN PUBLIC OR PRIVATE HOUSING AREAS.

THE HOUSING AUTHORITY HAD A QUOTE OF 800 FLATS A YEAR FOR ALLOCATION TO ELDERLY PEOPLE IN GROUPS OF THREE OR MORE, NOT NECESSARILY RELATED, WHO HAD PRIORITY ON THE WAITING LIST.

THERE WERE ALSO ARRANGEMENTS TO GIVE PRIORITY FOR PUBLIC HOUSING TO COMPASSIONATE CASES OF PEOPLE WITH PARTICULAR WELFARE PROBLEMS, AND MANY OF THESE WERE ELDERLY PEOPLE.

/MB CHAMBERS .......

Wednesday, November 28, 1984

4

MR CHAMBERS SAID A SIMILAR DEVELOPMENT WAS THE SHELTERED HOUSING SCHEMES OPERATED BY THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT, CONSISTING OF PRIVATE FLATS BOUGHT WITH MONEY RAISED BY THE SALE CF CHINESE NEW YEAR GOLD COINS. THE FIRST SCHEME, OPENED IN SHA TIN OVER A YEAR AGO, CONSISTED OF 80 FLATS HOUSING ABOUT 480 PEOPLE. A SECOND SCHEME OF 23 FLATS FOR 115 PEOPLE HAD BEEN RECENTLY OPENED IN WAN CHAI.

+WE ARE NOW LOOKING FOR MORE FLATS TO BUY, PREFERABLY IN KOWLOON,+ MR CHAMBERS SAID.

REFERRING TO HOSTELS FOR THE ELDERLY IN PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES, 14? CHAMBERS SAID THERE WERE AT PRESENT OVER 1 300 HOSTEL PLACES.

THESE HOSTELS WERE OPERATED BY WELFARE AGENCIES WITH GOVERNMENT SUBVENTIONS. THEY HAD A SMALL STAFF AND SOME FAIRLY MINIMAL WELFARE SERVICES WERE PROVIDED.

TURNING TO THE MORE TRADITIONAL HOMES FOR THE AGED, MR CHAMBERS SAID THAT SUCH HOMES WERE CLASSIFIED WITH A NUMBER OF HOSTELS IN PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES THAT PROVIDED MEALS.

ALTOGETHER THERE ARE JUST OVER 4 000 PLACES IN THIS CATEGORY -ABOUT 1 400 IN HOSTELS IN HOUSING ESTATES AND THE REST IN PURPOSE-BUILT HOMES.

+ANOTHER 269 PLACES ARE PLANNED FOR THE PRESENT FINANCIAL YEAR,* MR CHAMBERS SAID.

REFERRING TO CARE-AND-ATTENTI ON HOMES WHICH PROVIDED GENERAL PERSONAL CARE AND A LIMITED AMOUNT OF NURSING CARE, MR CHAMBERS SAID THAT AT PRESENT THERE WERE EIGHT HOMES OF THIS TYPE PROVIDING 880 PLACES.

♦THERE IS A LARGE SHORTFALL IN THIS CATEGORY AT PRESENT,+ HE SAID, +BUT QUITE A NUMBER OF PROJECTS ARE IN THE BUILDING OR PLANNING STAGE AND WE HOPE THAT THE POSITION WILL IMPROVE GREATLY OVER THE NEXT FEW YEARS.+

SPEAKING OF INFIRMARIES, MR CHAMBERS SAID THIS TYPE OF INSTITUTIONS WAS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT AND WAS INTENDED TO CATER FOR THE BED-RIDDEN AND THOSE WHO NEEDED REGULAR NURSING AND MEDICAL CARE.

ON THE QUESTION OF PRIVATE HOMES FOR THE ELDERLY, MR CHAMBERS NOTED THAT THERE HAD BEEN CALLS FOR GOVERNMENT ACTION TO REGULATE SUCH HOMES.

HOWEVER, HE SAID THE GOVERNMENT WOULD +PREFER NOT TO HAVE TO SET UP AN ELABORATE AND EXPENSIVE CONTROL SYSTEM UNLESS THIS IS REALLY NECESSARY*.

/TEE SOCIAL........

WBDNEbDAY, NOVa-iBEH 28, 1984

5

THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT WAS KEEPING A CLOSE WATCH ON THESE HOMES AND SO FAR THERE HAD BEEN NO REAL INDICATION OF ANY ABUSES, HE SAID.

+UNLESS THESE OCCUR WE DO NOT PROPOSE TO ENACT LEGISLATION TO CONTROL THEM,+ HE SAID.

+AT PRESENT THE INDICATIONS ARE THAT THESE PRIVATE HOMES PROVIDE A USEFUL SERVICE FOR RATHER BETTER-OFF PEOPLE WHO CAN AFFORD TO PAY THE FEES NECESSARY TO MEET THE OPERATING COSTS,+ HE ADDED.

MASSIVE URBAN RENEWAL PLAN FOR KOWLOON CENTRAL ESTATES * * * * *

THE HOUSING AUTHORITY HAS EMBARKED ON A $1 500 MILLION PLAN TO TRANSFORM THE ENTIRE KOWLOON CENTRAL ESTATES DISTRICT INTO A MODERN URBAN COMMUNITY. THE REDEVELOPMENT IS ON A SCALE RARELY SEEN IN ANY CITY IN THE WORLD IN RECENT TIMES.

THE DISTRICT ENCOMPASSES THE FOUR FORMER RESETTLEMENT ESTATES OF WONG TAI SIN, TUNG TAU, WANG TAU HOM AND LOK FU. IT WAS IN THESE ^STATES THAT SQUATTERS CLEARED FROM DEVELOPMENT SITES DURING THE 1958/64 PERIOD WERE REHOUSED IN MARK l/lI BLOCKS. THESE BLOCKS ARE NOW OBSOLESCENT IN TERMS OF SOCIAL, ENVIRONMENTAL AND LIVING CONDITIONS.

UNDER THE RENEWAL PROGRAMME, NOT ONLY WILL ALL THE OLD HOUSING BLOCKS BE DEMOLISHED AND REDEVELOPED, BUT ALSO THE ENTIRE DISTRICT WILL BE RE-PLANNED AND MODERNISED AROUND DISTRICT PARKS. NEW DOMESTIC BLOCKS WILL BE OF THE LATEST STANDARDS WITH PROVISION OF ALL ESSENTIAL FACILITIES.

MR DAVID FORD, DIRECTOR OF HOUSING SAID TODAY: +THE ENTIRE RENEWAL PROGRAMME WILL INVOLVt AN ESTIMATED EXPENDITURE IN THE ORDER OF $1 500 MILLION ON CONSTRUCTION ALONE. THE AIM IS THAT BY 1991/92, ALL THE MARK l/lI ESTATES WILL HAVE BEEN REPLACED AND THE PEOPLE REHOUSED. THE SPEED OF REDEVELOPMENT HAS BEEN STEPPED UP CONSIDERABLY BECAUSE WE DO NOT BELIEVE THE MARK I AND II BLOCKS ARE AN ACCEPTABLE FORM OF HOUSING FOR THE 1990. ALSO INCLUDED IN THE PLAN IS PROVISION FOR THREE AREAS TO BE SET ASIDE FOR HOS ACCOMMODATION. THIS IS TO TAKE ADVANTAGE OF SOME OF THE PRIME LOCATIONS AND SITES IN THE LATER PHASES WHICH wILL BE RELEASED UNDER THE SCHEME.+

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 28, 1984

6

THE SCHEME WILL ACCOMMODATE SOME 136 OOO PERSONS UPON COMPLETION OF REDEVELOPMENT. A SIGNIFICANT PROPORTION OF THE EXISTING POPULATION WILL BE REHOUSED IN THE SAME ESTATE. THIS MEANS THAT THE MAJORITY OF THE NEW FLATS WILL BE USED AS RECEPTION ACCOMMODATION. HOWEVER, SOME 10 TO 15 PER CENT COULD BE DEVELOPED FOR HOME OWNERSHIP SCHEME IN LINE WITH THE LATEST POLICIES TO ENCOURAGE HOME OWNERSHIP AND TO PROVIDE GREATER FLEXIBILITY. NO MAJOR NEW COMMERCIAL CENTRES ARE PROPOSED FOR THE FOUR ESTATES, AS THEY WILL BE WELL SERVED BY THE DISTRICT SHOPPING CENTRES AT LOK FU/WANG TAU HOM AND THE LOWER WONG TAI SIN.

IN THIS MAMMOTH REDEVELOPMENT PLAN, THE PROBLEMS OF RELOCATION OF THE RESIDENTS HAVE NOT BEEN NEGLECTED. EXISTING TENANTS OF THE ESTATES INVOLVED ARE BEING GIVEN OPPORTUNITIES TO MOVE TO ESTATES OF THEIR OWN LIKING AND AMPLE TIME IS ALLOwED FOR THE MOVE TO TAKE PLACE IN ORDER THAT AS LITTLE INCONVENIENCE AS POSSIBLE WOULD BE CAUSED. THE PROBLEMS OF DISPLACEMENTS OF SHOPS, MARKET STALLS AND OTHER FACILITIES ARE ALSO CAREFULLY PLANNED AND CO-ORDINATED.

FOLLOWING DETAILED DISCUSSION WITH THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT, A NUMBER OF NEW COMMUNITY FACILITIES WILL BE PROVIDED WITHIN THE FOUR ESTATES WHICH INCLUDE AN AREA CENTRE, NURSERIES, AND CHILDREN AND YOUTH CENTRES.

ACCESS AND TRANSPORTATION NEEDS HAVE BEEN CAREFULLY STUDIED BY CONSULTANTS. TO LINK THE ESTATES INTERNALLY AND EXTERNALLY, SAFER AND MORE CONVENIENT TRANSPORT AND PEDESTRIAN NETWORKS HAVE BEEN PLANNED WITH MORE OPEN SPACES TO BE PROVIDED TO FORM AN ATTRACTIVE SYSTEM OF LINKED PARKS AND LANDSCAPED WALKWAYS.

THE URBAN COUNCIL HAS AGREED THAT THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT SHOULD TAKE OVER ALL THE PLAYGROUNDS NOW UNDER URBAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT CONTROL INCLUDING THE DISTRICT OPEN SPACE IN WANG TAU HOM IN EXCHANGE FOR 2.8 HECTARES OF DISTRICT OPEN SPACE IN LOK FU.

MR FORD RECALLED THAT REDEVELOPMENT AND IMPROVEMENT OF OLDER ESTATES WAS INITIATED IN 1972. EARLIER IMPROVEMENTS WERE MADE IN THE FORM OF INSITU-CONVERSIONS OF THE OLD BLOCKS TO RELIEVE OVERCROWDING. AND LATER, NEW ’PUMP-PRIMING’ HOUSING BLOCKS WERE BUILT TO PROVIDE RECEPTION ACCOMMODATION WITHIN THE DISTRICT. THE POPULATION OF THE FOUR ESTATES HAS STEADILY REDUCED FROM 262 000 IN 1967 TO THE CURRENT FIGURE OF 137 000.

HE SAID THE PRESENT PLANS ALLOW FOR THE REHOUSING OF 136 000 PEOPLE TO MODERN STANDARDS AND PROVIDE A FAR MORE COMPREHENSIVE AND PRACTICAL APPROACH FOR IMPLEMENTATION MORE RAPIDLY.

/)•.?. FOriD....................

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 28, 198*+

7

MR FORD SAID: + IN ORDER TO CARRY OUT SUCH A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN AN OVERALL CO-ORDINATING COMMITTEE HAS BEEN FORMED WITH ALL THE INTERESTED GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS INCLUDING THE CITY SERVICES DEPARTMENT, URBAN AREA DEVELOPMENT ORGANISATION, CITY DISTRICT OFFICE, TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT, THE ROYAL HONG KONG POLICE FORCE AND THE LANDS AND WORKS GROUP OF DEPARTMENTS.+

THIS COMMITTEE CO-ORDINATED AND ADVISED ON THE PREPARATION CF A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN FOR THE DISTRICT WHICH INCLUDED A THOROUGH TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORTATION STUDY BY CONSULTANTS.

+ITS PROPOSALS AS OUTLINED ABOVE HAVE BEEN APPROVED BY THE AUTHORITY’S BUILDING COMMITTEE AND THE DEVELOPMENT PROGRESS COMMITTEE THEY HAVE ALSO BEEN PRESENTED TO AND ACCEPTED BY THE URBAN COUNCIL AND THE TOWN PLANNING BOARD. A BRIEFING SESSION HAS ALSO BEEN HELD WITH MEMBERS OF THE WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT

-------SAID.

BOARD WHO WELCOME THE PROPOSALS,+ MR FORD

-------o---------

UK EXPERTS STUDY HK PUBLIC HOUSING * * * *

TWO TOP OFFICIALS FROM THE INSTITUTE OF HOUSING IN BRITAIN TODAY GAINED AN INSIGHT INTO HONG KONG’S PUBLIC HOUSING DEVELOPMENT OVER THE PAST 30 YEARS DURING A TOUR OF AN EXHIBITION IN THE CITY HALL.

PRESIDENT OF THE INSTITUTE, MR GEORGE SMITH, AND DIRECTOR, MR PETER MCGURK, ARE HERE ON AN EIGHT-DAY OFFICIAL VISIT.

ACCOMPANIED BY THE DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF HOUSING (ESTATE MANAGEMENT), MR FUNG TUNG, THEY TOOK A LOOK INTO THE MODERN LIFESTYLE TO BE FOUND IN PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES AT THE +BETTER LIVING IN ESTATES* EXHIBITION.

THEY SHOWED KEEN INTEREST IN THE EXHIBITION’S SPECIAL SOUND AND VISUAL EFFECTS WHICH HAD BEEN ONE OF THE ATTRACTIONS TO VISITOR SINCE THE EXHIBITION OPENED LAST WEEK.

THEY THEN WENT ON AN INSPECTION TOUR OF THE HOME OWNERSHIP CHUN MAN COURT AND THE RENTAL Ol MAN ESTATE IN HO MAN TIN, LOOKING AT THE WIDE-RANGING FACILITIES PROVIDED FOR TENANTS.

THE VISITORS HAD EARLIER HAD DISCUSSIONS WITH THE SECRETARY FOR HOUSING, MR DONALD LIAO, AND THE DIRECTOR OF HOUSING, MR DAVID FORD, ON VARIOUS ASPECTS OF PUBLIC HOUSING.

-------o --------

/8........

WEDNESDAY., NOVEMBER 28, 1984

8

FACELIFT FOR ESTATE * * X

SHEK KIP MEI ESTATE IS TO CELEBRATE ON FRIDAY (NOVEMBER 30) THE COMPLETION OF A REDEVELOPMENT SCHEME WHICH HAS GIVEN THE ESTATE A FACELIFT AND UPGRADED THE LIVING ENVIRONMENT.

ORGANISED AS PART OF THE HOUSING FESTIVAL ’84, THE CELEBRATIONS WILL FEATURE A VARIETY SHOW, A LION DANCE AROUND THE ESTATE AND AN EXHIBITION DEPICTING THE CHANGING FACES OF THE ESTATE.

OFFICIATING AT THE CELEBRATION CEREMONY WILL BE MR F.K. LI WHO SOME 30 YEARS AGO WAS IN CHARGE OF PLANNING REHOUSING FOR VICTIMS OF THE BIG SHEK KIP MEI FIRE WHICH TRIGGERED OFF HONG KONG’S PUBLIC HOUSING PROGRAMME.

MR LI NOW CHAIRMAN OF THE PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION, WILL BE PRESENTED WITH A SOUVENIR BY THE SECRETARY FOR HOUSING, MR DONALD LIAO.

SHEK KIP MEI ESTATE IS THE FIRST PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATE BUILT, AND THE FIRST IN WHICH REDEVELOPMENT WORKS HAVE BEEN FULLY COMPLETED.

-----o------

PROBLEMS OF SINGLE ELDERLY PEOPLE HIGHLIGHTED * * * *

WELFARE AGENCIES AND PROFESSIONAL SOCIAL WORKERS WERE TODAY (WEDNESDAY) URGED TO PAY SPECIAL ATTENTION TO SINGLE ELDERLY PEOPLE, PARTICULARLY THOSE WHO HAD RECENTLY LOST THEIR SPOUSES.

SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE TUNG WAH GROUP OF HOSPITALS’ PONG WING SHIU SOCIAL CENTRE FOR THE ELDERLY AT PING SHEK ESTATE, THE ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MRS ROSE GOODSTADT, SAID THAT HONG KONG HAD A VERY LARGE GROUP OF SINGLE ELDERLY PEOPLE.

THE 1981 CENSUS SHOWED THAT ABOUT 40 PER CENT OF HONG KONG’S ELDERLY POPULATION WERE EITHER NOT MARRIED, WERE SEPARATED FROM THEIR SPOUSES OR WERE WIDOWED AND THAT ABOUT 90 000 OF THEM WERE LIVING ALONE, SHE SAID.

+AS THEY GROW OLDER,* SHE SAID, +THEY BECOME INCREASINGLY ALONE AS THEIR FRIENDS DIE OFF AND THE NUMBER OF SURVIVORS IN THEIR OWN GENERATION DECLINES.*

+FOR THE ESTIMATED 200 000 OR SO ELDERLY WIDOWS OR WIDOWERS IN OUR MIDST, THE PROBLEM IS MUCH MORE ACUTE,* SHE ADDED.

/Mh£ GuOLfclWDT .......

9

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 28, 1984

MRS GOODSTADT SAID WHEN DEATH DEPRIVED AN ELDERLY PERSON OF HIS OR HER SPOUSE, THE RESULTS WERE OFTEN HARDER TO ADJUST TO THAN WAS THE CASE WITH YOUNGER PEOPLE. +BEREAVEMENT FOR ELDERLY PEOPLE CANNOT BE CURED,* SHE SAID.

BEREAVEMENT FOR AN ELDERLY PERSON ALSO MEANT A DRASTIC CHANGE IN THE HABITS OF A LIFETIME.

+IN ADDITION TO THEIR DEEP LOSS AND NEED FOR EMOTIONAL ADJUSTMENT, THEY ARE FACED WITH THE NECESSITY FOR A MAJOR RECONSTRUCTION OF THEIR WAY OF LIFE AT A TIME WHEN SUCH RECONSTRUCTION IS PARTICULARLY HARD TO ACHIEVE,* MRS GOODSTADT SAID.

ANOTHER PROBLEM WHICH USUALLY MUST BE FACED BY A SURVIVING SPOUSE, SHE SAID, WAS THE DIFFICULT ONE OF WHETHER TO LIVE WITH THE CHILDREN’S FAMILY, WITH A FRIEND, OR ALONE.

♦EVEN IF THEY WERE TO MOVE IN TO LIVE WITH THEIR CHILDREN CR GRANDCHILDREN, PROBLEMS WOULD STILL ARISE,* MRS GOODSTADT SAID.

♦RARELY DO THE ELDERLY SHARE ENOUGH OF THE OUTLOOK AND THE INTERESTS EVEN OF THEIR CHILDREN - LET ALONE THEIR GRANDCHILDREN -TO BE ABLE TO TOTALLY RELAX WITH YOUNGER PEOPLE.+

ANOTHER PROBLEM OF THE WIDOW OR WIDOWER CONCERNED FINANCE AND THE MAINTENANCE OF THE SINGLE-PERSON HOUSEHOLD. +THE ECONOMIC STATUS OF THE ELDERLY INDIVIDUAL IS OFTEN COMPLETELY DIFFERENT FROM THAT OF THE ELDERLY MARRIED COUPLE,+ SHE SAID.

REFERRING TO THE SOCIAL SECURITY SYSTEM, MRS GOODSTADT SAID THAT OLD AGE ALLOWANCE, OLD AGE SUPPLEMENT AND PUBLIC ASSISTANCE WERE NOT ENOUGH BY THEMSELVES TO OVERCOME THE DIFFICULTIES.

SHE SAID SOCIAL CENTRES COULD BE A SOURCE OF COMFORT AND STRENGTH AT THIS DESOLATE TIME.

♦THEY PROVIDE THE OPPORTUNITY FOR THE SINGLE ELDERLY TO INCREASE COMPANIONSHIP, TO WORK FOR OTHERS THROUGH VOLUNTEER SERVICE, TO START NEW HOBBIES AND SPORTS,+ SHE SAID.

MRS GOODSTADT SAID IN THE NEXT FOUR YEARS, THERE WOULD BE 67 MORE SOCIAL CENTRES FOR THE ELDERLY.

♦OUR PLAN IS TO PROVIDE ONE SUCH CENTRE FOR A POPULATION CF 30 000. IN OTHER WORDS, WE SHALL EVENTUALLY HAVE 200 SOCIAL CENTRES TO LOOK AFTER THE EMOTIONAL, RECREATIONAL AND SOCIAL NEEDS OF ELDERLY,+ SHE SAID.

MRS GOODSTADT PRAISED THE TUNG WAH GROUP FOR ITS FINE TRADITION OF MEETING COMMUNITY’S MEDICAL AND SOCIAL NEEDS AND SAID IT HAD EXTENSIVE KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERTISE IN PROVIDING SERVICES FOR THE ELDERLY.

OVER THE NEXT FIVE YEARS, THE GROUP WILL ESTABLISH TWO MORE CARE-AND-ATTENTION HOMES, THREE HOSTELS, TWO SOCIAL CENTRES AND ONE DAY-CARE CENTRE. AS A PIONEER PROJECT, IT WILL ALSO RUN A SELF-FINANCING HOME FOR THOSE WHO HAVE PRIVATE NEANS.

------0-------

/IO......

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 28, 1984

- 10 -

BORDER LIAISON GROUPS MEET * * * *

AT THE INVITATION OF VICE-GOVERNOR YANG LI AND THE GUANGDONG PROVINCIAL GOVERNMENT, DELEGATIONS FROM HONG KONG AND GUANGDONG MET IN GUANGZHOU YESTERDAY (NOVEMBER 27) FOR THE FIFTH IN A SERIES OF REGULAR MEETINGS TO REVIEW BORDER LIAISON ARRANGEMENTS.

THE HONG KONG DELEGATION WAS LED BY THE POLITICAL ADVISER, MR ROBIN MCLAREN, AND INCLUDED THE DIRECTOR OF IMMIGRATION, MR ALAN CARTER. THE GUANGDONG DELEGATION WAS LED BY FU FEN, DEPUTY HEAD OF THE GUANGDONG PROVINCIAL FOREIGN AFFAIRS OFFICE.

THE BORDER LIAISON SYSTEM WAS FORMALLY ESTABLISHED IN 1981 AS A CHANNEL OF CONTACT FOR POLICE, IMMIGRATION AND CUSTOMS AUTHORITIES TO EXCHANGE INFORMATION AND COOPERATE IN MONITORING AND CONTROLLING CROSS-BORDER TRAFFIC MOVEMENTS AND ILLEGAL ACTIVITIES ON BOTH SIDES OF THE BORDER.

THE DELEGATIONS HELD DETAILED AND USEFUL DISCUSSIONS TO REVIEW THE RESULTS OF THE COOPERATION AND EXCHANGES BETWEEN THE TWO SIDES SINCE THE LAST MEETING. THE TWO SIDES WELCOMED THE EXCELLENT RELATIONS BETWEEN OFFICIALS AND THE SUCCESSFUL OUTCOME OF THE CONTACTS IN MANY AREAS, WHICH FULLY REFLECTED THE LARGE INCREASE IN THE NUMBER OF TRAVELLERS AND VEHICLES CROSSING THE BORDER.

AMONG THE SUBJECTS DISCUSSED WERE MEASURES TO COORDINATE THE INTERCEPTION OF ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS INCLUDING ILLEGAL IMMIGRANT CHILDREN, AND SMUGGLING AND MEASURES TO FACILITATE FURTHER THE ARRANGEMENTS FOR GROUP TOURS VISITING HONG KONG. THE TWO SIDES ALSO CONSIDERED ARRANGEMENTS FOR FACILITATING TRAFFIC MOVEMENTS AT PEAK TIMES SUCH AS FESTIVAL PERIODS.

VICE-GOVERNOR YANG LI HOSTED A BANQUET AT THE GUANGDONG GOVERNMENT GUESTHOUSE TO WELCOME THE HONG KONG DELEGATION, WHICH WAS RECIPROCATED BY MR MCLAREN WI TH A BANQUET AT THE GARDEN HOTEL WHERE THE HONG KONG DELEGATION WAS ACCOMMODATED.

-----o-----

PARK TRAIL FOR HANDICAPPED OPENED

* * * *

A NEW TRAIL, BUILT TO HELP PEOPLE IN WHEELCHAIRS DEVELOP AND IMPROVE THEIR STRENGTH, BODY BALANCE AND CO-ORDINATION, WAS OPENED TODAY BY THE ASSISTANT DIRECTOR (CONSERVATION AND COUNTRY PARKS), CF THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT, MR JOHN WHOLEY, AT THE ABERDEEN COUNTRY PARK.

THE 200 METRE LONG FITNESS COURSE CONSISTS OF 15 STATIONS EQUIPPED WITH SUCH THINGS AS PURPOSE-BUILT PARALLEL AND CHIN-UP BARS AND CLIMBING ROPES.

/SIGNBOARDS AT .......

WEDNESDAY, NOVUffiER 28, 1984

11

SIGNBOARDS AT EACH OF THE STATIONS SHOW HOW DIFFERENT EXERCISES SHOULD BE PERFORMED.

AND ALONG THE NETWORK OF FOOTPATHS IS A MINI NATURE TRAIL WHERE PLANTS ARE IDENTIFIED FOR THE BENEFIT OF VISITORS.

THE WHEELCHAIR TRAIL FORMS PARTS OF THE ABERDEEN P.H.A.B. BARBECUE SITE, WHICH COVERS JUST OVER HALF A HECTARE NEAR THE ENTRANCE TO THE ABERDEEN COUNTRY PARK.

AMONG THE FACILITIES AT THE BARBECUE SITE ARE BARBECUE PITS, TABLES, BENCHES AND TOILETS, ALL SUITABLE FOR USE BY THE HANDICAPPED AS WELL.

MR WHOLEY SAID THAT THE PURPOSE OF SETTING UP THE P.H.A,B. SITE WAS TO INTEGRATE THE HANDICAPPED INTO THE COMMUNITY THROUGH THE SHARING OF FACILITIES IN COUNTRY PARKS.

THE IDEA HAD BEEN INITIATED BY THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT BUT TECHNICAL ADVICE HAD BEEN SOUGHT FROM RELEVANT ORGANISATIONS.

MR WHOLEY SAID THAT THE ABERDEEN COUNTRY PARK HAD BEEN CHOSEN FOR THE P.H.A.B. SITE BECAUSE IT WAS CLOSE TO THE URBAN AREA AND WAS EASILY ACCESSIBLE BY BOTH PRIVATE AND PUBLIC TRANSPORT.

IN ADDITION, IT WAS NEAR A NUMBER OF ORGANISATIONS FOR THE HANDICAPPED IN THE SOUTHERN PART OF HONG KONG ISLAND.

+IN VIEW OF THIS, I AM CONFIDENT THAT THE P.H.A.B. SITE WILL PROVE TO BE VERY POPULAR,* HE SAID.

-----0------

TWO DB’S TO DISCUSS WHITE PAPER * * * * *

CENTRAL AND

WESTERN DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS WILL DISCUSS THE WHITE PAPER ON THE FURTHER DEVELOPMENT OF REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT IN HONG KONG AT THEIR MEETING TOMORROW (THURSDAY) AFTERNOON

THEY WILL ALSO DISCUSS THE REPROVISIONING OF SMITHFIELD CATTLE DEPOT IN KENNEDY TOWN AND THE ELECTRONIC ROAD PRICING SCHEME.

THE SECRETARY FOR TRANSPORT, MR ALAN SCOTT, WILL ATTEND THE MEETING TO BRIEF MEMBERS ON THE SCHEME.

AT THE MEETING, BOARD MEMBERS WILL ALSO BE BRIEFED ON THE URBAN COUNCIL’S FIVE-YEAR CAPITAL WORKS PROGRAMME.

/OTHER ITEMS........

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 28, 19'84 '

12

OTHER ITEMS FOR DISCUSSION INCLUDE THE PROVISION OF WELFARE FACILITIES IN THE URBAN COUNCIL WESTERN COMPLEX AND PROGRESS REPORTS FROM VARIOUS COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD.

THE WHITE PAPER ON THE FURTHER DEVELOPMENT OF REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT WILL ALSO BE DISCUSSED AT THE SHAM SHUI PO DISTRICT BOARD MEETING TO BE HELD ON FRIDAY (NOVEMBER 30).

NOTE TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER BOTH MEETINGS. THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT BOARD MEETING WILL BE HELD TOMORROW (THURSDAY) AT 2.30 PM IN THE CONFERENCE ROOM OF THE DISTRICT OFFICE ON THE 3RD FLOOR OF WILLIE BUILDING, 222-224 DES VOEUX ROAD, CENTRAL.

THE SHAM SHUI PO DISTRICT BOARD MEETING WILL BE HELD ON FRIDAY (NOVEMBER 30) AT 10.30 AM IN THE CONFERENCE ROOM OF THE DISTRICT OFFICE ON THE 2ND FLOOR, 37-39 TONKIN STREET.

-----0------

DB TO DISCUSS WHITE PAPER ON GOVERNMENT * * * *

THE EASTERN DISTRICT BOARD WILL DISCUSS THE WHITE PAPER ON THE FURTHER DEVELOPMENT OF REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT IN HONG KONG AT ITS MEETING ON FRIDAY (NOVEMBER 30) AFTERNOON.

AT THE MEETING, THE BOARD WILL ALSO CONSIDER A PROPOSAL TO BUILD A TYPHOON SHELTER IN CHAI WAN, AND A REQUEST FOR THE GOVERNMENT'TO PARTICIPATE IN THE MANAGEMENT OF PRIVATE MULTISTOREY BUILDINGS IN THE DISTRICT.

THE BOARD WILL BE ASKED TO ENDORSE THE ALLOCATION OF FUNDS FOR CHRISTMAS AND NEW YEAR LIGHTING IN CHAI WAN, AND THE STAGING OF A LARGE-SCALE CHRISTMAS CARNIVAL IN VICTORIA PARK ON CHRISTMAS EVE.

OTHER ITEMS ON THE AGENDA INCLUDE PROPOSALS TO SET UP WELCOME SIGNS IN THE DISTRICT, THE URBAN COUNCIL CAPITAL WORKS PROGRAMME, AND PROGRESS REPORTS OF THE BOARD’S VARIOUS COMMITTEES.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE WELCOME TO COVER THE EASTERN DISTRICT BOARD MEETING AT 2.30 PM ON FRIDAY (NOVEMBER 30) IN THE CONFERENCE ROOM OF THE EASTERN DISTRICT OFFICE ON THE 1ST FLOOR, 880-886, KING’S ROAD.

------o-------

/13......

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 28, 1984

13

WORK TO BEGIN ON EASTERN HOSPITAL * * * *

A RIBBON-CUTTING AND GROUND-BREAKING CEREMONY WILL BE HELD TOMORROW (THURSDAY) MORNING TO MARK THE START OF SITE FORMATION WORK FOR THE EASTERN DISTRICT HOSPITAL, IN CHAI WAN.

THE HOSPITAL WILL BE THE FIRST FULLY-EQUIPPED GENERAL HOSPITAL IN THE EASTERN DISTRICT AND WILL HAVE 1 450 BEDS. IT IS BEING BUILT ON THE SITE OF THE FORMER CHAI WAN COTTAGE AREA SECTION ONE, AND SHOULD BE COMPLETED IN LATE 1989.

THE REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR HONG KONG AND KOWLOON, MR BARRIE WIGGHAM, AND THE VICE-PRESIDENT OF JAPAN DEVELOPMENT AND CONSTRUCTION CORPORATION, MR KUNISUKE KUGE, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE CEREMONY.

NOTE TO EDITORS!

YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE RIBBON-CUTTING AND GROUNDBREAKING CEREMONY OF THE EASTERN DISTRICT HOSPITAL AT 11 AM TOMORROW (THURSDAY) OPPOSITE THE CHAI WAN POLICE STATION IN LOK MAN ROAD, CHAI WAN.

0 -------

MORE POST OFFICES FOR INTELPOST

*****

NINE MORE POST OFFICES WILL BE ACCEPTING INTELPOST FROM MONDAY (DECEMBER 3), THE POST OFFICE ANNOUNCED TODAY.

THESE ARE IN ADDITION TO THE GENERAL POST OFFICE AND THE TSIM SHA TSUI POST OFFICE.

THEY ARE:

BEACONSFIELD HOUSE POST OFFICE

HENNESSY ROAD POST OFFICE

QUEEN’S ROAD POST OFFICE

WYNDHAM STREET POST OFFICE

GRANVILLE ROAD POST OFFICE

- 4 QUEEN’S ROAD CENTRAL

- 1 HENNESSY ROAD, WAN CHAI

- 160-164 QUEEN’S ROAD CENTRAL

- 69 WYNDHAM STREET, CENTRAL

- 2-6 GRANVILLE ROAD, TSIM SHA TSUI

/INTERNATIONAL MAIL........

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 28, 1984

14

INTERNATIONAL MAIL CENTRE POST OFFICE

KOWLOON CENTRAL POST OFFICE

KWUN TONG POST OFFICE

MCNG KOK POST OFFICE

- 80 SALISBURY ROAD, TSIM SHA TSUI

- 405 NATHAN ROAD, YAU MA TEI

- 6 TUNG YAN STREET, KWUN TONG

- 37 BUTE STREET, MONG KOK

FACILITIES ARE ALSO AVAILABLE FOR CUSTOMERS TO OPEN DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS WITH THE POST OFFICE FOR PAYMENT OF INTELPOST, A SPOKESMAN SAID.

FURTHER INFORMATION ON THE SERVICE AND DEPOSIT ACCOUNT FACILITIES MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE INTELPOST REPRESENTATIVE ON TELEPHONE 5-2671148.

-------0 --------

SPECIAL EXEMPTION FOR SMALL HARBOUR CRAFT *****

THE DIRECTOR OF MARINE HAS GIVEN SPECIAL EXEMPTION WHICH WILL NOW ENABLE SOME 2 000 SMALL VESSELS OR SAMPANS FITTED WITH OUTBOARD PETROL ENGINES TO GO ABOUT THEIR COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES LAWFULLY IN HONG KONG HARBOUR.

THIS FOLLOWS A RECENT DETAILED STUDY UNDERTAKEN BY THE DEPARTMENT WHICH SHOWED THE EXTENT TO WHICH SUCH SMALL VESSELS, PREVIOUSLY NON-MECHANISED, HAD BEEN FITTED WITH THE PETROL ENGINES TO ENABLE THEM +T0 MEET PRESENT DAY TRADE REQUIREMENTS IN TERMS OF SPEED, ECONOMY AND COMPETITIVENESS,+ A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID.

THESE SMALL CRAFT RANGE FROM ABOUT 3.3 TO 10 METRES IN LENGTH AND ARE FITTED WITH OUTBOARD PETROL ENGINES OF 2.9 AND 11.2 KILOWATTS (BETWEEN FOUR AND 15 HORSEPOWER). SOME OF THEM ARE CURRENTLY ENGAGED IN FISHING ACTIVITIES, WHILE MANY OTHERS ARE SERVING AS LOGISTIC AND WORK BOATS FOR THE MARINE FISH CULTURE AND OYSTER REARING BUSINESS.

HOWEVER, LEGISLATION ENACTED ABOUT 25 YEARS AGO PRECLUDES LICENSING OF SUCH VESSELS.

/RECOGNISE;-', THE .

WEDNESDAY, N0VU4BER 28, 1984

- 15 -

RECOGNISING THE PROBLEM OF THESE CRAFT OPERATORS, AND TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE RECOMMENDATIONS IN THE STUDY, THE DIRECTOR OF MARINE HAS GRANTED EXEMPTIONS TO EVERY SAMPAN OF LESS THAN 10 METRES IN LENGTH AND FITTED WITH A PETROL OUTBOARD ENGINE OF POWER NOT EXCEEDING 12 KILOWATTS, FROM THE REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATIONS IQ (1), 10 (3) AND 48 (A) OF THE MERCHANT SHIPPING (MISCELLANEOUS CRAFT) REGULATIONS.

SUCH EXEMPTIONS, THE SPOKESMAN SAID, WOULD BE CONDITIONAL ON EACH VESSEL BEING SURVEYED AND ISSUED WITH A +CERTIFICATE OF INSPECTION*, AND THE OPERATOR OBTAINING THE REQUIRED +RESTRICTED CERTIFICATES OF COMPETENCY* WITHIN ONE YEAR OF THE SIGNING OF THE EXEMPTION ORDERS ON AUGUST 30 THIS YEAR.

AT THE SAME TIME, THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT WAS ASSESSING THE NEED TO PROVIDE SPECIAL TRAINING COURSES FOR THOSE WHO INTEND TO OBTAIN THE APPROPRIATE COMPETENCY CERTIFICATE, HE SAID.

-----o------

THAI OFFICIALS STUDY HK CORRECTIONAL SERVICES * * * *

SEVEN SENIOR CORRECTIONAL OFFICIALS FROM THAILAND ARE IN HONG KONG TO STUDY THE VARIOUS TYPES OF INSTITUTIONS ADMINISTERED BY THE CORRECTIONAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT.

DURING THEIR FOUR-DAY VISIT, THEY HAVE TOURED SEVERAL ADULT INSTITUTIONS INCLUDING AN ADDICTION TREATMENT CENTRE ON HEI LING CHAU, A MINIMUM SECURITY PRISON AT PIK UK AND THE MAXIMUM SECURITY STANLEY PRISON AND SHEK PIK PRISON.

THEY WERE SHOWN THE FACILITIES AND PROGRAMMES FOR YOUNG OFFENDERS, -INCLUDING THE DETENTION CENTRE PROGRAMME AT SHA TSU I-THE TRAINING CENTRE PROGRAMME AT TAI TAM GAP CORRECTIONAL INSTITUTION- THE LAI SUN CORRECTIONAL INSTITUTION AND THE PIK UK CORRECTIONAL INSTITUTION.

IN ADDITION, THEY TOURED THE DEPARTMENT’S STAFF TRAINING INSTITUTE, AND WATCHED PROFESSIONAL CORRECTIONAL OFFICERS BEING TRAINED.

TODAY, THEY HELD TALKS WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORRECTIONAL SERVICES, MR THOMAS GARNER.

THEY ARE DUE TO LEAVE FOR BANGKOK THIS EVENING.

/16........

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 28, 1^84

- 16 -

REFRESHER COURSE FOR ENGLISH TEACHERS * * **

THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT HAS COMMISSIONED THE BRITISH COUNCIL TO RUN A SERIES OF REFRESHER COURSES FOR TEACHERS OF ENGLISH IN PRIMARY SCHOOLS.

THE FULL, 93-HOUR COURSES WILL BE HELD ON MONDAYS, WEDNESDAYS AND THURSDAYS, FROM JANUARY 7 TO APRIL 4 NEXT YEAR.

THE COURSES ARE FOR THE PURPOSE OF ACQUAINTING TEACHERS WITH THE USE OF THE REVISED PRIMARY ENGLISH SYLLABUS AND INTRODUCING THEM TO COMMUNICATIVE TEACHING TECHNIQUES, AND ALSO AT IMPROVING THEIR FLUENCY IN SPOKEN ENGLISH.

THERE WILL BE PLACES FOR 25 TEACHERS IN EACH COURSE AND APPLICATIONS WILL BE TREATED ON A FIRST-COME-FIRST-SERVED BASIS.

CLASSES WILL BE HELD AT THE BRITISH COUNCIL, 253-261, HENNESSY ROAD, HONG KONG, FROM 9 AM TO 11.30 AM OR 2 PM TO 4.30 PM.

AS A FOLLOW-UP TO FURTHER IMPROVE PARTICIPANTS’ ORAL PROFICIENCY IN ENGLISH, ARRANGEMENTS HAVE ALSO BEEN MADE FOR TEACHERS WHO SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETE THE REFRESHER COURSE TO ENROL, FREE OF CHARGE, FOR A TERM, OF ABOUT THREE MONTHS IN THE ENGLISH CLASSES AT THE BRITISH COUNCIL.

SCHOOL HEADS ARE REQUESTED TO SUBMIT THE NOMINATION FORMS TO THE PRINCIPAL INSPECTOR (ENGLISH), EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, LEE GARDENS, 5/F., HYSAN AVENUE, HONG KONG ON OR BEFORE DECEMBER 8.

ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE ON 5-8392442.

-----o------

TSUEN WAN TRAFFIC CHANGES * * * *

NEW TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE IN FORCE IN TSUEN WAN FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY (NOVEMBER 30).

UNDER THE ARRANGEMENTS, THE FOLLOWING ROAD SECTIONS WILL BE DESIGNATED 24-HOUR URBAN CLEARWAYS TO IMPROVE TRAFFIC CIRCULATION:

* THE EASTBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF TSUEN WAN MARKET STREET BETWEEN YAN CHAI STREET AND KWAN MUN HAU STREET.

* THE SOUTHBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF KWAN MUN HAU STREET BETWEEN TSUEN WAH STREET AND TAK WAH STREET.

K THE NORTHBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF KWAN MUN HAU STREET BETWEEN TSUEN WAN MARKET STREET AND TSUEN WAH STREET.

/• THE NORTHBOUND

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 28, 198A

17

H THE NORTHBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF KWAN MUN HAU STREET BETWEEN TAK WAH STREET AND TSUEN LOK STREET.

* THE NORTHERN KERBSIDE LANE OF TAK WAH STREET.

* A SHORT SECTION OF THE SOUTHERN KERBSIDE LANE OF TAK WAH STREET AT ITS JUNCTION WITH KWAN MUN HAU STREET.

H THE EASTERN KERBSIDE LANE OF HAM TIN STREET NORTH OF ITS JUNCTION WITH SHA TSUI ROAD.

WITHIN THESE RESTRICTED ZONES, NO VEHICLE WILL BE ALLOWED TO STOP FOR PASSENGERS OR GOODS.

TWO ROAD SECTIONS WILL BE REROUTED TWO WAYS - KWAN MUN HAU STREET BETWEEN TAK WAH STREET AND TSUEN WAN MARKET STREET, AND THE SECTION OF TSUEN WAN MARKET STREET BETWEEN YAN CHAI STREET AND KWAN MUN HAU STR.EET.

ALSO FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY (NOVEMBER 30), AN 80-METRE SECTION AT THE MIDDLE OF YAN CHAI STREET IN TSUEN WAN WILL BE PERMANENTLY CLOSED TO TRAFFIC TO ALLOW FOR THE YAN CHAI HOSPITAL EXTENSION PROJECT.

THE REMAINING SECTIONS OF YAN CHAI STREET WILL THEN BE REROUTED TWO WAYS, AND ALSO MADE A 24-HOUR URBAN CLEARWAY.

- - 0 -

TIME CHANGE FOR LEARNER DRIVERS * * * *

THE PROHIBITION HOURS DURING WHICH ALL LEARNER DRIVERS ARE BANNED FROM STADIUM PATH IN HAPPY VALLEY WILL BE REVISED AS FROM 7.30 PM ON-FRIDAY (NOVEMBER 30).

THE NEW PROHIBITION HOURS WILL BE 7.30 AM TO 7.30 PM DAILY, EXCEPT SUNDAYS AND PUBLIC HOLIDAYS.

- - 0 - -

TAI PO PROHIBITED ZONE * * * *

KWONG FUK ESTATE BUS TERMINUS AT TAI PO WILL BE DESIGNATED A PROHIBITED ZONE, FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY (NOVEMBER 30).

ALL VEHICLES, EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES AND THOSE WITH PERMITS ISSUED BY THE COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPORT, WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM ENTERING THE KWONG FUK ESTATE BUS TERMINUS.

0

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG TEL: 5-233191

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 29, 1984

CONTENTS PAGE NO,

ASSESSMENT REPORT AVAILABLE TO PUBLIC ....................... 1

GOVERNOR, UMELCO LEAVING FOR UK ............................. 1

STEPS TOWARDS REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT ..................... 2

EEC'S MEASURES WELCOMED ..................................... 2

TSB TO CONSIDER HK'S REFERRAL................................ 3

HOSPITAL PROJECT ON TIME..................................... 4

'HK DOING GOOD HOUSING JOB' ................................. 4

FUTURE HOS PROJECTS CW SHOW ................................. 5

ESTATE SITE FORMATION ENDS .................................. 6

YOUTHS VITAL FUTURE ROLE STRESSED ........................... 7

YOUTHS URGED TO TAKE PART IN DECISION-MAKING................. 7

CHILDREN GIVE THEIR VIEWS ................................... 8

LOCAL GOODS GET BIGGER MARKET SHARE.......................... 9

LUNCH PROBLEM IN KWUN TONG INDUSTRIAL AREA TO BE EASED....... 10

ANTI-NARCOTICS FIGHT GETS GOOD RESULTS ...................... 10

TATTOOS COULD BE A STIGMA FOR LIFE........................... 11

MORE TRAINING PLACES FOR THE DISABLED ....................... 13

POPULATION PROJECTION REVISED................................ 14

SHEK WU HUI SEWAGE TREATMENT WORKS OPENED.................... 14

TALK ON SPECIAL TEACHING APPROACH............................ 16

CARTOON CHARACTERS TO HELP WITH CLEAN-UP DRIVE............... 16

SHAU KEI WAN, WAN CHAI TRAFFIC CHANGE........................ 17

TRAFFIC DIVERSION ........................................... 18

PROHIBITED ZONE.............................................. 18

CAS TO COMPETE FOR TROPHY ................................... 19

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 29, 1984

1

ASSESSMENT REPORT AVAILABLE TO PUBLIC

*****

COPIES OF THE ASSESSMENT OFFICE AND INDEPENDENT MONITORING TEAM REPORTS WILL BE AVAILABLE FOR COLLECTION BY MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC FROM TOMORROW (FRIDAY), A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY.

INTERESTED INDIVIDUALS AND ORGANISATIONS CAN COLLECT COPIES CF THE REPORTS AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, CONNAUGHT PLACE AND ALL DISTRICT OFFICES DURING NORMAL OFFICE HOURS.

THE SPOKESMAN SAID 100 000 COPIES OF THE REPORTS IN CHINESE AND 100 000 IN ENGLISH HAD BEEN PRINTED.

COPIES OF THE ANNEXES TO THE ASSESSMENT OFFICE REPORT WILL ALSO BE PLACED AT ALL DISTRICT OFFICES AND PUBLIC LIBRARIES FOR PUBLIC REFERENCE.

- - 0 - -

GOVERNOR, UMELCO LEAVING FOR UK

*****

THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, WILL LEAVE FOR LONDON TOMORROW (FRIDAY) ON FLIGHT CX 201, ETD 10.50 PM.

ALSO TRAVELLING ON THE FLIGHT WILL BE 12 UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS OF THE EXECUTIVE AND LEGISLATIVE COUNCILS.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

THERE WILL BE A PHOTOGRAPHIC FACILITY FOR COVERAGE OF TOMORROW’S DEPARTURE. PHOTOGRAPHERS AND CAMERAMEN SHOULD ASSEMBLE AT THE AIRPORT PRESS CONFERENCE ROOM BY 9.50 PM.

GIS OFFICERS WILL BE ON HAND TO ASSIST.

-----o------

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 29, 1984

2

STEPS TOWARDS REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT

*****

HONG KONG’S POLITICAL SYSTEM WAS MAKING GREAT STRIDES TOWARDS REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT AND PEOPLE WOULD HAVE MORE OPPORTUNITIES AND CHANNELS TO PARTICIPATE IN POLICY-MAKING, THE REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR ADOLF HSU, SAID TODAY (THURSDAY).

SPEAKING AT THE ANNUAL SPEECH DAY- OF THE TAI PO WONG SHIU CHI MIDDLE SCHOOL, MR HSU SAID FOR THIS SYSTEM TO ACHIEVE ITS DESIRED EFFECTS, PEOPLE MUST HAVE CIVIC RESPONSIBILITY AND A CONCERN FOR THE COMMUNITY.

HE HOPED STUDENTS WOULD BROADEN THEIR HORIZON, UNDERSTAND THEIR COMMUNITY AND LEARN ABOUT DISTRICT AFFAIRS.

♦FOR IN A FEW YEARS’ TIME, YOU WILL BE ELIGIBLE TO REGISTER AS VOTERS FOR DISTRICT BOARD OR REGIONAL COUNCIL ELECTIONS,* MR HSU SAID.

BUT HE SAID UNDERSTANDING AND LEARNING TO USE THIS RIGHT TOOK TIME.

BEFORE THIS RIGHT COULD BE BROUGHT INTO FULL PLAY, ONE MUST PAY ATTENTION TO COMMUNITY AFFAIRS AND HAVE A SENSE OF BELONGING, HE ADDED.

FOR THIS REASON, THE GOVERNMENT WAS PLANNING TO ADD A SUBJECT ON GOVERNMENT AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS TO THE MATRICULATION CURRICULUM.

+STILL THE MOST IMPORTANT THING IS YOUR SPONTANEOUS CONCERN FOR THE COMMUNITY SO THAT THE FORMULATION OF GOVERNMENT POLICIES CAN MEET THE NEEDS OF THE PUBLIC,* MR HSU SAID.

-----o------

EEC’S MEASURES WELCOMED XXX

THE TRADE DEPARTMENT TODAY (THURSDAY) IN RESPONSE TO PRESS ENQUIRIES WELCOMED THE EEC’S ANNOUNCEMENT OF A PACKAGE OF MEASURES TO LIBERALISE THE ILLEGAL IMPORT RESTRAINTS IMPOSED BY FRANCE ON CERTAIN HONG KONG PRODUCTS.

IT WAS REPORTED THAT AT THE CURRENT MEETING OF THE 40TH SESSION OF THE GENERAL AGREEMENT ON TARIFFS AND TRADE (GATT) IN GENEVA, THE LEADER OF THE EEC DELEGATION, MR PAUL LUYTEN HAD ANNOUNCED ON NOVEMBER 27 FURTHER LIBERALISATION OF THE REMAINING ILLEGAL QUANTITATIVE RESTRICTIONS ON HONG KONG’S EXPORTS OF UMBRELLAS, RADIO RECEIVERS AND TOYS TO FRANCE.

/■THE MEASURES.......

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 2?, 1984

- 3 -

THE MEASURES INCLUDE DE FACTO LIBERALISATION OF RESTRICTION ON UMBRELLAS, A 20 PER CENT INCREASE IN THE ANNUAL LEVEL OF THE QUOTA FOR RADIO RECEIVERS, AND AN INCREASE IN QUOTA FOR TOYS IN THREE STAGES LEADING TO WITHDRAWAL OF RESTRICTIONS ON JANUARY 1, 1987.

IN WELCOMING THE MOVE, MR MICHAEL CARTLAND, HONG KONG’S COUNSELLOR IN GENEVA, DESCRIBED THIS AS A POSITIVE AND HELPFUL GESTURE BY THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITY.

HOWEVER, HE NOTED THAT THERE WOULD STILL BE RESTRAINTS ON RADIO RECEIVERS AND TOYS. HE THEREFORE URGED THE COMMUNITY TO EFFECT THE FINAL ELIMINATION OF THESE RESTRAINTS AS SOON AS POSSIBLE AND NOT TO FACILITATE THEIR FUTURE CONTINUATION.

THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT OFFICE IN BRUSSELS IS OBTAINING FURTHER DETAILS FROM THE EEC COMMISSION.

-----0------

TSB TO CONSIDER HK’S REFERRAL * * * *

THE TEXTILES SURVEILLANCE BODY (TSB) IN GENEVA WILL DISCUSS ON DECEMBER 12 TO 14 THE REFERRAL BY HONG KONG OF FOUR EXPORT AUTHORISATION (EA) CALLS BY THE UNITED STATES AND THE THREE CASES CF SHIPMENTS OF HONG KONG-MADE SWEATERS HELD UP BY U.S. CUSTOMS.

THE SHIPMENTS WERE REFUSED ENTRY TO THE UNITED STATES UNDER THE NEW COUNTRY OF ORIGIN RULES ALTHOUGH PROPERLY LICENSED UNDER THE BILATERAL AGREEMENT.

THE FOUR EA CALLS RELATE TO CATEGORY 652 (MAN-MADE FIBRE UNDERWEAR), CATEGORY 637 (MAN-MADE FIBRE PL£YSUITS, ETC), CATEGORY 650 (MAN-MADE FIBRE DRESSING GOWNS), AND CATEGORY 651 (MAN-MADE FIBRE NIGHTWEAR).

THE DIRECTOR OF TRADE, MR HAMISH MACLEOD, WILL LEAVE BY AIR FOR GENEVA ON DECEMBER 7 TO PRESENT HONG KONG’S CASE TO THE TSB. HE IS EXPECTED TO RETURN ON DECEMBER 16.

-----0-----

/4

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 29, 1984

- 4 -

HOSPITAL PROJECT ON TIME * * * * *

THE KEEN INTEREST SHOWN BY THE COMMUNITY AND THE CO-OPERATION BETWEEN VARIOUS GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS AND LOCAL ORGANISATIONS, HAVE HELPED THE EASTERN DISTRICT HOSPITAL PROJECT TO PROCEED ON TIME, THE REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR HONG KONG AND KOWLOON, MR BARRIE WIGGHAM SAID TODAY.

SPEAKING AT THE RIBBON-CUTTING AND GROUND-BREAKING CEREMONY OF THE EASTERN DISTRICT HOSPITAL HELD TODAY IN LOK MAN ROAD, CHAI WAN, NR WIGGHAM SAID THAT THE LARGE NUMBER OF RIBBON-CUTTERS PARTICIPATING IN THE CEREMONY WAS A REFLECTION OF THE WIDE RANGE OF ORGANISATIONS WHICH HAD CONTRIBUTED TO THIS IMPORTANT PROJECT.

♦THE COMMUNITY HAVE TAKEN A CLOSE INTEREST IN THIS VERY SIGNIFICANT PROJECT FOR THE DISTRICT, AND INTEREST GROUPS AND THE EASTERN DISTRICT BOARD HAVE ALL CONTRIBUTED THEIR HELP IN SECURING THE SITE IN TIME FOR THE SITE FORMATION OF THE HOSPITAL,* MR WIGGHAM ADDED.

HE ALSO PAID TRIBUTE TO THE VARIOUS GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS INVOLVED FOR THEIR EFFORTS AND THEIR FLEXIBILITY IN CARRYING OUT THE PROJECT, PARTICULARLY IN VIEW OF THE SEVERE TIME LIMITS.

THE 1 450-BED EASTERN DISTRICT HOSPITAL, THE FIRST FULLY-EQUIPPED GENERAL HOSPITAL IN THE DISTRICT, WILL PROVIDE A COMPREHENSIVE RANGE OF SPECIALIST TREATMENT FACILITIES, INCLUDING PSYCHIATRY, A ROUND-THE-CLOCK ACCIDENT AND EMERGENCY SERVICE, A NURSES’ TRAINING SCHOOL AND A SPECIALISTS’ OUTPATIENT CLINIC.

SITE FORMATION WORK ON THE HOSPITAL HAS BEGUN AND WILL TAKE ABOUT 22 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.

- - 0 ---------

’HK DOING GOOD HOUSING JOB’ * * * *

HONG KONG’S PUBLIC HOUSING PROGRAMME NOT ONLY IS DEVELOPING AT A FAST PACE, BUT ALSO HAS ATTAINED A VERY HIGH STANDARD, A SENIOR CHINESE OFFICIAL SAID TODAY.

+AND THESE CAN BE SEEN FROM THIS LARGE-SCALE EXHIBITION,* SAID THE DEPUTY MAYOR OF SHENZHEN, MADAM LI CHUAN-FANG, THIS MORNING AFTER VISITING THE HOUSING AUTHORITY’S +BETTER HOMES IN ESTATES* EXHIBITION IN THE CITY HALL.

/+I'M PARTICULARLY .......

THUfiSDAY, NOVEMBER 29, 1984

+ I’M PARTICULARLY INTERESTED IN THE FIELD OF HOUSING MANAGEMENT! AND IN THIS RESPECT HONG KONG IS DOING A GOOD JOB.+ SHE ADDED.

MADAM LI AND HER PARTY HAD COME TO HONG KONG SPECIFICALLY FOR THE EXHIBITION, ON THE INVITATION OF THE SECRETARY FOR HOUSING, MR DONALD LIAO.

HER VIEWS WERE SHARED BY THE PRESIDENT OF THE CHINA STATE CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING CORPORATION IN BEIJING, MR ZHANG ENSHU, WHO ALSO VISITED THE EXHIBITION WITH SEVEN OFFICIALS FROM THE CHINA OVERSEAS BUILDING DEVELOPMENT COMPANY IN HONG KONG.

MR ZHANG SAID: +l WAS HERE IN 1978 AND SINCE THEN HONG KONG’S PUBLIC HOUSING HAS BEEN DEVELOPING VERY FAST. THERE ARE MANY GOOD EXPERIENCES IN TACKLING HOUSING PROBLEMS WHICH ARE WORTHWHILE FOR US TO PICK UP.+

EARLIER, MADAM LI, AND SIX SHENZHEN OFFICIALS RESPONSIBLE FOR TOWN PLANNING AND HOUSING DEVELOPMENT, TOGETHER WITH THE OTHER GROUP OF VISITORS, WERE BRIEFED ON THE EXHIBITION BY THE SECRETARY FOR HOUSING, MR DONALD LIAO, DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF HOUSING (CONSTRUCTION), MR PANG YUK-LING, AND DEPUTY DIRECTOR (ESTATE MANAGEMENT), MR FUNG TUNG.

FOLLOWING THE TOUR, THEY HAD FURTHER DISCUSSIONS AND EXCHANGE OF VIEWS AT LUNCH.

THE EXHIBITION, WHICH FOCUSES ON THE DEVELOPMENT AND ACHIEVEMENTS OF HONG KONG’S PUBLIC HOUSING PROGRAMME, IS OPEN TO THE PUBLIC BETWEEN 10 AM AND 6 PM DAILY UNTIL NEXT MONDAY.

IT WILL BE RE-STAGED IN THE NEW WORLD CENTRE FROM DECEMBER 8 TO 16, OPENING FOR THE SAME HOURS.

-----0------

FUTURE HOS PROJECTS ON SHOW * * X *

DETAILS OF A NUMBER OF FUTURE HOME OWNERSHIP SCHEME AND PRIVATE SECTOR PARTICIPATION SCHEME PROJECTS WILL BE DISPLAYED FROM TOMORROW (FRIDAY) AT A LARGE-SCALE EXHIBITION ENTITLED +IDEAL LIVING SHOW ’B4+, AT THE NEW WORLD PLAZA IN TSIM SHA TSU I.

IT WILL BE OPENED BY THE CHAIRMAN OF THE HOUSING AUTHORITY’S HOME OWNERSHIP COMMITTEE, MR CHARLES C.C. SIN.

/the bos .......

THURSDAY, NOVSMBEH 29, 1984

THE HOS DISPLAYS WILL INCLUDE INFORMATION ON TWO NEW PSPS PROJECTS IN CHAI WAN AND TUEN MUN AND ANOTHER HOS PROJECT IN SHEUNG SHUI, WHICH WILL BE AVAILABLE FOR SALE NEXT YEAR.

ALSO ON DISPLAY WILL BE DETAILS OF THE RECENTLY REVISED HOS ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA AS WELL AS SOME EXISTING HOS-PSPS DEVELOPMENTS.

IN ADDITION TO PLANS, PHOTOGRAPHS AND MODELS, THE EXHIBITION WILL HAVE AN ENQUIRIES COUNTER MANNED BY HOUSING STAFF THROUGHOUT THE EXHIBITION PERIOD.

THE EXHIBITION WILL BE OPEN TO THE PUBLIC DAILY BETWEEN 11 AM AND 7 PM FROM NOVEMBER 30 TO DECEMBER 3.

- - 0 - -

ESTATE SITE FORMATION ENDS * * * *

THE DIRECTOR OF HOUSING, MR DAVID FORD, TODAY JOINED CONTRACTORS TO CELEBRATE THE COMPLETION OF SITE FORMATION AND BUILDING FOUNDATION WORKS AT LEI TUNG ESTATE ON AP LEI CHAU.

TOGETHER WITH OFFICIALS FROM THE LEIGHTON (ASIA) LTD. AND BINNIE AND PARTNERS, MR FORD ATTENDED A BRIEF RITUAL CEREMONY TO MARK THE OCCASION.

THE WORKS AT $220 MILLION ARE FOR THE FORMATION OF 24 PLATFORMS AT LEI TUNG ESTATE WHERE 15 MODERN DOMESTIC BLOCKS WILL RISE BY 1988 WHEN THE ESTATE IS FULLY BUILT.

FOUR OF THE BLOCKS ARE BEING BUILT UNDER THE FIRST PHASE OF THE ESTATE, AND CONSTRUCTION OF FOUR MORE BLOCKS WILL BEGIN SHORTLY UNDER THE SECOND PHASE.

LEI TUNG ESTATE IS BEING DEVELOPED IN THREE PHASES AND WILL PROVIDE PUBLIC HOUSING FOR 37 000 PEOPLE.

- - 0 - -

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 29, 1984

YOUTHS VITAL FUTURE ROLE STRESSED

******

HONG KONG’S YOUNG PEOPLE WILL BE THE ONES TO DECIDE THE LINES ALONG WHICH THE TERRITORY’S SOCIETY WILL DEVELOP, AND THE FORM HONG KONG’S CULTURAL IDENTITY WILL TAKE, THE REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR HONG KONG AND KOWLOON, MR BARRIE WIGGHAM SAID TODAY.

+IT IS IN THEIR HANDS THAT THE SUCCESS OF OUR EVOLVING SYSTEMS WILL RESIDE,* HE SAID AT THE CONSERVATORY OF MUSIC GRADUATION DAY.

MR WIGGHAM SAID THAT ALTHOUGH PEOPLE HAD RECENTLY BEEN ANXIOUS ABOUT THE FUTURE, THE SINO-BRITISH DRAFT AGREEMENT HAD GONE A LONG WAY TOWARDS +CLEARING AWAY THE CLOUDS OF UNCERTAINTY*.

HE ALSO NOTED THAT THE CONSERVATORY OF MUSIC WOULD BE ABSORBED INTO THE SCHOOL OF MUSIC OF THE NEW ACADEMY FOR PERFORMING ARTS.

+THE CONSERVATORY, IN ITS NEW GUISE IN THE ACADEMY, HAS A FUTURE, THE STUDENTS HAVE A FUTURE, AND THE GRADUATES HAVE A FUTURE,* HE SAID.

* INDEED, I BELIEVE FIRMLY THAT OUR MUSIC GRADUATES, ALONGSIDE THEIR COLLEAGUES IN OTHER PROFESSIONAL FIELDS OF LAW, MEDICINE, ACCOUNTING AND SO ON, ARE A VITAL PART OF HONG KONG, BOTH NOW AND IN THE YEARS TO COME,* MR WIGGHAM SAID.

AFTER THE ADDRESS, MR WIGGHAM REPEATED HIS SPEECH IN PUTONGHUA FOR THE BENEFIT OF SOME STUDENTS FROM CHINA WHO ARE STUDYING IN THE CONSERVATORY.

- - 0 - -

YOUTHS URGED TO TAKE PART IN DECISION-MAKING

******

YOUNG PEOPLE IN HONG KONG WERE TODAY (THURSDAY) URGED TO FACE CHALLENGES WITH COURAGE AND TAKE ACTIVE PART IN THE DECISION-MAKING PROCESS THAT CONCERNS THEIR FUTURE.

ADDRESSING A PRESS LUNCHEON AT THE PACIFIC CLUB, MRS SELINA CHOW, CHAIRMAN OF THE CENTRAL CO-ORDINATING COMMITTEE ON THE 1985 INTERNATIONAL YOUTH YEAR, SAID, +THE INTERNATIONAL YOUTH YEAR (I.Y.Y.) HAS A SPECIAL MEANING FOR HONG KONG WHICH IS NOW UNDERGOING A CRUCIAL PERIOD IN HER HISTORY.*

THE YOUNG GENERATION SHOULD NOT BE APATHETIC TOWARDS ADMINISTRATION REFORMS BEING INTRODUCED, AND THE FURTHER DEVELOPMENT OF REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT, FOR INSTANCE, DEPENDED 1RY MUCH ON THEIR SUPPORT, SHE SAID.

/+THEY SHOULD

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 29, 1984

+THEY SHOULD SEIZE THIS OPPORTUNITY TO MAKE CONSTRUCTIVE SUGGESTIONS AND PLAY AN IMPORTANT ROLE IN THE DECISION-MAKING PROCESS,* SHE ADDED.

MRS CHOW ALSO APPEALED TO THE MASS MEDIA FOR THEIR SUPPORT IN PUBLICISING THE SPIRIT OF I.Y.Y., WHOSE THEME IS ’PARTICIPATION, DEVELOPMENT AND PEACE’.

THEY COULD SHOW THEIR SUPPORT BY PUBLICISING THE I.Y.Y. LOGO, INTRODUCING YOUTH COLUMNS IN THE NEWSPAPERS AND ORGANISING SPECIAL PROGRAMMES FOR YOUTH ON TELEVISION AND RADIO IN WHICH YOUNGSTERS FROM ALL WALKS OF LIFE COULD PARTICIPATE, SHE SAID.

TODAY’S PRESS LUNCHEON WAS SPONSORED BY A TRAVEL AGENCY TO DEMONSTRATE HOW COMMERCIAL ORGANISATIONS COULD CONTRIBUTE TOWARDS THE 1985 INTERNATIONAL YOUTH YEAR.

PREPARATION WORK FOR THE YEAR’S ACTIVITIES IS PROCEEDING SMOOTHLY WITH THE SUPPORT AND SPONSORSHIP OF VARIOUS ORGANISATIONS, INCLUDING A $750 000 DONATION FROM THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB.

_ _ 0 - -

CHILDREN GIVE THEIR VIEWS * * * *

CHILDREN FROM MORE THAN 20 PRIMARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS IN KWUN TONG WILL BE EXPRESSING THEIR THOUGHTS ABOUT DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION THROUGH EXHIBITIONS AND CREATIVE PERFORMANCES ON SATURDAY (DECEMBER 1) MORNING.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE KWUN TONG SCHOOL LIAISON COMMITTEE SAID THIS JOINT SCHOOL ACTIVITY HAD BEEN ORGANISED TO ENCOURAGE INTEREST AMONG CHILDREN IN THEIR DISTRICT BOARD AND COMMUNITY AFFAIRS AS A WHOLE.

+FROM EARLY NOVEMBER, THE STUDENTS HAVE BEEN COLLECTING INFORMATION, AND WORKING HARD AT PLANS ON HOW TO PRESENT THEIR EXHIBITIONS,* HE SAID.

+IT IS ALSO AMAZING TO SEE HOW THEY CAN PUT ACROSS SUCH A SERIOUS MESSAGE AS DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION WITH SOME LIGHTHEARTED PERFORMANCES THROUGH DRAMA, SINGING, AND DANCING,* HE SAID.

PRIZES WILL BE AWARDED TO THE THREE OUTSTANDING EXHIBITIONS AND PERFORMANCES.

THE EXHIBITION AND PERFORMANCES WILL START AT 9 AM IN THE COVERED PLAYGROUND AND ASSEMBLY HALL OF THE SKH LEUNG KWAI YEE SECONDARY SCHOOL IN HIU MING STREET, SAU MAU PING.

THE PUBLIC ARE WELCOME TO ATTEND. ADMISSION IS FREE.

- 0 -

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 29, 1984 - 9 -

LOCAL GOODS GET BIGGER MARKET SHARE

*****

OVER 30 PER CENT OF PRIVATE CONSUMPTION EXPENDITURE ON FOOD AND CONSUMER GOODS IN HONG KONG IS ON LOCAL PRODUCTS, THE DIRECTOR CF INDUSTRY, MR JOHN YAXLEY TOLD THE RETAIL MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATION, TODAY.

+THIS HEAVY EXPENDITURE ON CONSUMER GOODS IS OBVIOUSLY OF GREAT BENEFIT TO LOCAL MANUFACTURERS,+ MR YAXLEY SAID.

HE WAS SPEAKING AT THE ASSOCIATION’S FIRST ANNIVERSARY DINNER.

MR YAXLEY SUGGESTED THAT RETAILERS COULD ASSIST INDUSTRY EVEN MORE BY CO-OPERATING WITH MANUFACTURERS TO PROVIDE FEEDBACK ON CONSUMER TASTES AND DEMAND TO HELP THEM TO CAPTURE AN EVEN GREATER SHARE OF THE MARKET.

+THE RELATIVE MARKET SHARE OF LOCALLY PRODUCED GOODS HAS BEEN CREEPING UP FOR THE PAST SEVERAL YEARS, BUT IF WE CAN COMPETE SO SUCCESSFULLY OVERSEAS, SURELY THERE MUST BE EVEN GREATER SCOPE ON OUR OWN DOORSTEP,+ HE SAID.

ESTIMATED SALES FOR THE ENTIRE RETAIL TRADE IN 1983 AMOUNTED TO $57 377 MILLION, REPRESENTING AN 11.5 PER CENT INCREASE OVER 1982.

IN JUNE 1984, THERE WERE 46 785 RETAIL ESTABLISHMENTS IN HONG KONG EMPLOYING 165 288 PERSONS.

+THIS IS A VERY SUBSTANTIAL CONTRIBUTION TO OUR ECONOMIC LIFE. OUR SUCCESS IN THE TOURIST INDUSTRY ESPECIALLY, WHERE SHOPPING IS ONE OF THE MAIN ATTRACTIONS, IS CLEAR EVIDENCE OF OUR ABILITIES IN THE RETAIL SECTOR.

+WITH THE GROWTH OF OUR SERVICE INDUSTRIES AND THE ENTREPOT TRADE WITH CHINA, I HAVE NO DOUBT THAT RETAILERS WILL BENEFIT FROM CONTINUING INCREASES IN THE NUMBER OF VISITORS COMING TO HONG KONG OR PASSING THROUGH TO AND FROM CHINA,+ MR YAXLEY SAID.

THE GOVERNMENT FOR ITS PART IS VERY CONSCIOUS OF THE IMPORTANCE CF THE RETAIL INDUSTRY AND HAS SPECIFICALLY RECOGNISED THIS IN

THE TRAINING AREA.

+AS DEMAND FOR TRAINED PERSONNEL IN THE SECTOR HAS INCREASED, THE VOCATIONAL TRAINING COUNCIL HAS SET UP A WHOLESALE-RETAIL AND IMPORT-EXPORT TRAINING BOARD TO DETERMINE TRAINING NEEDS.

+SUBSIDISED COURSES ON CUSTOMER SERVICES, PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES AND FUNDAMENTALS OF SALESMANSHIP IN RETAILING HAVE BEEN ORGANISED FOR THE INDUSTRY, AND OTHER COURSES WILL BE DEVELOPED IN RESPONSE TO THE INDUSTRY’S NEEDS,+ MR YAXLEY SAID.

--------0--------

/10........

THDBSDAY, N0V2MBEE 29, 1984

- 10 -

lunch problem in kwun tong industrial area to be eased

* * * * *

THE ACUTE SHORTAGE OF EATING FACILITIES FOR FACTORY WORKERS, ESPECIALLY AT LUNCH TIME, IN KWUN TONG INDUSTRIAL AREA IS EXPECTED TO BE EASED WITH THE OPENING OF A NEW COOKED FOOD CENTRE AT KWUN TONG FERRY CONCOURSE EARLY NEXT MONTH.

THE TWO-STOREY BUILDING, CAPABLE OF ACCOMMODATING 29 STALLS, WILL REPLACE THE EXISTING COOKED FOOD BAZAAR NEAR THE ROUNDABOUT AT WAI YIP STREET.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE URBAN COUNCIL SAID TODAY THAT THE DECISION TO BUILD A NEW CENTRE WAS MADE FOLLOWING A SURVEY ON THE SEVERE SHORTAGE OF EATING ESTABLISHMENTS AND THE INCREASING NUMBER OF ILLEGAL FOOD-FOR-MAN STREET TRADERS IN THE AREA.

+WITH THE COMPLETION OF THIS $2.64 MILLION PROJECT, WORKERS IN THE AREA WILL HAVE MORE HYGIENIC AND BETTER EATING FACILITIES,+ SAID -THE SPOKESMAN.

THE OLD BAZAAR WHICH WAS BUILT IN 1975 AND HAS ONLY NINE STALLS, WILL BE DEMOLISHED TO MAKE WAY FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF A PUBLIC TOILET AND A REFUSE COLLECTION POINT. TENDERS FOR THIS PROJECT WILL BE INVITED IN THE NEAR FUTURE.

-----0------

ANTI-NARCOTICS

FIGHT GETS GOOD RESULTS * * * *

THE NUMBER OF YOUNG INVOLVEMENT IN DRUGS HAD AGAINST NARCOTICS (ACAN)

PERSONS WHO WERE NEWLY REPORTED FOR

DROPPED SIGNIFICANTLY, THE ACTION COMMITTEE SAID AT ITS 54TH MEETING TODAY (THURSDAY).

DURING" THE FIRST NINE MONTHS OF 1984, 649 PERSONS UNDER 21

YEARS OF AGE WERE THUS REPORTED TO THE CENTRAL REGISTRY OF DRUG ABJoE FOR INVOLVEMENT IN DRUGS, DOWN BY 24 PER CENT FROM THE 858 YOUNG PERSONS REPORTED IN LAST YEAR’S CORRESPONDING PERIOD.

IN THE FIRST NINE MONTHS, 1 096 KGS OF ILLICIT HEROIN WERE SEIZED, COMPARED WITH 725 KGS CAUGHT IN THE WHOLE OF 1983, WHICH WAS ITSELF A RECORD YEAR.

AS A RESULT, THE RETAIL PRICE OF NO. 3 HEROIN INCREASED FROM $76 A GRAM AT THE END OF 1983 TO $137 BY THE END OF SEPTEMBER THIS YEAR.

THIS PRICE RISE LED TO MORE PEOPLE BEING ADMITTED FOR VARIOUS TREATMENT PROGRAMMES.

/AS AT .......

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 29, 1964

AS AT SEPTEMBER 30, 14 598 PERSONS WERE RECEIVING TREATMENT OR AFTERCARE, UP 16 PER CENT OVER THE YEAR-EARLIER FIGURE OF 12 611.

ACAN ATTRIBUTED THESE TRENDS TO THE COMBINED EFFECTS OF LAW ENFORCEMENT AND PREVENTIVE EDUCATION AND PUBLICITY.

BUT IT ADDED THAT THE FIGHT AGAINST DRUG ABUSE WOULD CONTINUE UNABATED.

COMMUNITY SOCIAL WORKERS HAD BEEN ENLISTED FOR HELP AND TALKS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS WERE BEING GIVEN BY NARCOTICS DIVISION TEAMS.

THE ACAN YOUTH VOLUNTEER GROUP WAS OPERATING FROM ITS NEW PREMISES IN VICTORIA BARRACKS AND SUPPORTING NUMBEROUS ANTI-NARCOTICS ACTIVITIES.

FROM MID-FEBRUARY TO MID-NOVEMBER 1984, OVER 48 000 STUDENTS ATTENDED 122 TALKS GIVEN IN 96 SECONDARY SCHOOLS IN THE MORE DENSELY POPULATED URBAN AREAS.

ALSO, ACAN HAD JOINED HANDS WITH THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT TO LAUNCH THE +STUDENTS AGAINST DRUGS MOVEMENT* AS ITS MAJOR PREVENTIVE EDUCATION AND PUBLICITY EVENT FOR 1984-35.

TODAY’S ACAN MEETING WAS THE LAST UNDER THE CHAIRMANSHIP OF DR SIR ALBERT RODRIGUES WHO WILL RETIRE FROM ACAN AT THE END OF THE YEAR. HE WILL BE SUCCEEDED BY PROFESSOR G.H. CHOA, DEAN OF THE FACULTY OF MEDICINE, CHINESE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG.

SIR ALBERT HAS LED HONG KONG’S FIGHT AGAINST NARCOTICS SINCE ACAN WAS FIRST ESTABLISHED IN 1965.

THE COMMITTEE WAS RECONSTITUTED IN 1974 TO BECOME THE SOLE ADVISORY BODY OF THE GOVERNMENT ON ALL POLICY MATTERS RELATING TO THE ERADICATION OF DRUG TRAFFICKING AND ABUSE IN HONG KONG.

— u —

TATTOOS COULD BE A STIGMA FOR LIFE

*****

TATTOOS ARE NOT ONLY PRICKED MARKS ON ONE’S SKIN BUT MAY ALSO BE A STIGMA FOR LIFE.

A SURVEY OF SOME 400 RESIDENTS IN THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT’S BOYS’ AND GIRLS’ HOMES LAST YEAR SHOWED THAT ABOUT AO PER CENT OF THEM WERE TATTOOED.

THE DESIGNS CAN BE NAMES OF THEIR FRIENDS, EMBLEMS OF GANGS, PATTERNS OF ANIMALS AND PLANTS AND RELIGIOUS SYMBOLS.

/♦MANY YOUNG

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 29, 1984

+MANY YOUNG PEOPLE TATTOOED THEMSELVES OUT OF CURIOSITY WHEN THEY WERE 13 OR 14 YEARS OLD,* SAID MRS JUNE SHERRY, SUPERINTENDENT CF MA TAU WAI GIRLS’ HOME, WHO HAD TAKEN PART IN THE SURVEY.

+PEER GROUP INFLUENCE PLAYS AN IMPORTANT PART. NOT A FEW YOUNG PEOPLE HAVE THEMSELVES TATTOOED ON THE PERSUASION OF THEIR FRIENDS OR IN ORDER TO IDENTIFY THEMSELVES WITH THE COMPANY THEY KEEP,* SHE SAID.

OTHERS DID SO JUST TO SHOW THEY WERE NO LESS COURAGEOUS.

+OFTEN THE DECISION TO HAVE TATTOOS IS MADE ON IMPULSE, WITHOUT CONSENT OF THE PARENTS,* SHE SAID.

IN FACT, ONLY TWO OF THE 50 GIRLS INTERVIEWED IN MA TAU WAI GIRLS’ HOME HAD CONSULTED THEIR PARENTS BEFORE THEY MADE SUCH A DECISION.

MRS SHERRY POINTED OUT THAT THE FEELING OF SMARTNESS AFTER BEING TATTOOED WOULD GRADUALLY GIVE WAY TO ONE OF REGRET WHEN THE UNDESIRABLE EFFECTS BEGAN TO SURFACE.

+FOR INSTANCE, THOSE WITH TATTOOS MAY HAVE DIFFICULTY IN FINDING JOBS AS THEIR PRICKED MARKS ARE OFTEN ASSOCIATED WITH CRIMINAL BACKGROUNDS,* SHE SAID.

TATTOOED GIRLS MAY FEEL EMBARRASSED IN EXPLAINING TO THEIR HUSBAND OR CHILDREN WHY THEY HAVE SUCH MARKS WHICH MAY MEAN AN ILL-SPENT AND MISCHIEVOUS YOUTH. THEY ARE THEREFORE MORE INCLINED TO HAVE THEIR TATTOOS REMOVED.

SO FAR THIS YEAR 12 INMATES IN MA TAU WAI GIRLS’ HOME HAVE APPLIED FOR REFERRALS TO GOVERNMENT HOSPITALS FOR THE REMOVAL CF THEIR TATTOOS AND SIX OF THEM HAVE COMPLETED THE OPERATION.

SOME RESORT TO WEARING LONG-SLEEVE CLOTHES TO HIDE THE ■►UNWANTED* MARKS.

+JUVENILE DELIQUENTS SOMETIMES FIND IT IMPOSSIBLE TO LEAVE THEIR GANG BECAUSE THEIR TATTOOS ARE A GROUP IDENTITY SHARED BY ALL THE MEMBERS. THIS PHYSICAL REMINDER THUS POSES A PROBLEM IN THE REHABILITATION OF SUCH PERSONS,* MRS SHERRY SAID.

TATTOOS DONE UNHYGIENICALLY CAN CAUSE SUCH DISEASES AS SKIN INFECTIONS AND SERUM HEPATITIS.

WITH THE PASSAGE OF THE TATTOOING OF YOUNG PERSONS BILL 1984 EARLIER THIS YEAR, IT IS NOW AN OFFENCE TO TATTOO A PERSON UNDER THE AGE OF 18.

+THIS PIECE OF LEGISLATION IS INDEED A TIMELY ONE TO PREVENT YOUNG PEOPLE FROM DOING SOMETHING IRREVOCABLE,* SHE SAID.

--------0 -

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 29, 1984

- 13 -

MORE TRAINING PLACES FOR THE DISABLED *****

VOCATIONAL TRAINING FACILITIES FOR THE DISABLED WOULD BE GREATLY INCREASED WITH THE COMPLETION OF FOUR BUILDING AND EXPANSION PROJECTS IN THE NEXT FIVE YEARS, THE COMMISSIONER FOR REHABILITATION, MR MARTIN LEWIS, SAID TODAY (THURSDAY).

SPEAKING AT A CERTIFICATE PRESENTATION CEREMONY FOR DISABLED TRAINEES, MR LEWIS SAID THAT PLANS WERE IN HAND TO EXPAND THE CAPACITY OF VOCATIONAL TRAINING FOR THE DISABLED FROM TODAY’S 630 PLACES TO 1 270 PLACES BY 1989 IN BOTH THE GOVERNMENT AND SUBVENTED SECTORS.

THE TECHNICAL EDUCATION AND INDUSTRIAL TRAINING DEPARTMENT (TEITD) WILL BE BUILDING A NEW VOCATIONAL TRAINING SKILLS CENTRE AT TUEN MUN AS WELL AS REPROVISIONING THE ABERDEEN SKILLS CENTRE FOR THE DISABLED. EACH CENTRE WILL BE DESIGNED TO ACCOMMODATE 300 TRAINEES.

+ANOTHER PROJECT WILL BE THE SETTING UP OF A VOCATIONAL TRAINING SECTION WITH FACILITIES TO TRAIN 72 DISABLED PERSONS WITHIN A REHABILITATION CENTRE IN WESTERN KOWLOON, WHICH IS A JOINT VENTURE BETWEEN TEITD AND THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT.

+IN THE SUBVENTED AREA, THE EXPANSION OF THE PINEHILL VILLAGE ADVANCED TRAINING CENTRE WILL PROVIDE 160 TRAINING PLACES AS WELL,+ HE ADDED.

THE TEITD AT PRESENT OPERATES TWO SKILLS CENTRE FOR THE DISABLED AT KWUN TONG AND ABERDEEN WITH A COMBINED CAPACITY OF ABOUT 380 PLACES. THERE ARE ALSO FOUR SUBVENTED VOLUNTARY AGENCIES OFFERING A TOTAL OF 230 TRAINING PLACES.

AT THE PRESENTATION CEREMONY, 26 FULL-TIME AND SIX PART-TIME TRAINEES FROM THE KWUN TONG AND ABERDEEN CENTRES WERE AWARDED CERTIFICATES OF COMPETENCE AFTER COMPLETION OF THEIR TRAINING.

MR LEWIS SAID THERE WAS ALSO IMPROVEMENT IN EMPLOYMENT PROSPECTS AND IN THE INTEGRATION OF THE DISABLED INTO THE COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL WORKFORCE.

MANY DISABLED WORKERS, CRAFTSMEN AND TECHNICIANS WERE PERFORMING DUTIES IN INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL SECTORS AT THE SAME LEVELS AND